On Apache/2.4.6 (CentOS)
Under GNU General Public License
2025-06-23 22:03 @127.0.0.1 CrawledBy Wget/1.21.2
File: zsh.info, Node: Top, Next: The Z Shell Manual, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir)
The Z Shell Manual
******************
This Info file documents Zsh, a freely available UNIX command
interpreter (shell), which of the standard shells most closely resembles
the Korn shell (ksh), although it is not completely compatible.
Version 5.0.2, last updated December 21, 2012.
* Menu:
* The Z Shell Manual::
* Introduction::
* Roadmap::
* Invocation::
* Files::
* Shell Grammar::
* Redirection::
* Command Execution::
* Functions::
* Jobs & Signals::
* Arithmetic Evaluation::
* Conditional Expressions::
* Prompt Expansion::
* Expansion::
* Parameters::
* Options::
* Shell Builtin Commands::
* Zsh Line Editor::
* Completion Widgets::
* Completion System::
* Completion Using compctl::
* Zsh Modules::
* Calendar Function System::
* TCP Function System::
* Zftp Function System::
* User Contributions::
-- Indices --
* Concept Index::
* Variables Index::
* Options Index::
* Functions Index::
* Editor Functions Index::
* Style and Tag Index::
-- The Detailed Node Listing --
Introduction
* Author::
* Availability::
* Mailing Lists::
* The Zsh FAQ::
* The Zsh Web Page::
* The Zsh Userguide::
* See Also::
Roadmap
Invocation
* Compatibility::
* Restricted Shell::
Shell Grammar
* Simple Commands & Pipelines::
* Precommand Modifiers::
* Complex Commands::
* Alternate Forms For Complex Commands::
* Reserved Words::
* Comments::
* Aliasing::
* Quoting::
Expansion
* History Expansion::
* Process Substitution::
* Parameter Expansion::
* Command Substitution::
* Arithmetic Expansion::
* Brace Expansion::
* Filename Expansion::
* Filename Generation::
Parameters
* Array Parameters::
* Positional Parameters::
* Local Parameters::
* Parameters Set By The Shell::
* Parameters Used By The Shell::
Options
* Specifying Options::
* Description of Options::
* Option Aliases::
* Single Letter Options::
Zsh Line Editor
* Movement::
* History Control::
* Modifying Text::
* Arguments::
* Completion::
* Miscellaneous::
Completion Widgets
* Completion Special Parameters::
* Completion Builtin Commands::
* Completion Condition Codes::
* Completion Matching Control::
* Completion Widget Example::
Completion System
* Initialization::
* Completion System Configuration::
* Control Functions::
* Bindable Commands::
* Completion Functions::
* Completion Directories::
Completion Using compctl
* Command Flags::
* Option Flags::
* Alternative Completion::
* Extended Completion::
* Example::
Zsh Modules
* The zsh/attr Module::
* The zsh/cap Module::
* The zsh/clone Module::
* The zsh/compctl Module::
* The zsh/complete Module::
* The zsh/complist Module::
* The zsh/computil Module::
* The zsh/curses Module::
* The zsh/datetime Module::
* The zsh/deltochar Module::
* The zsh/example Module::
* The zsh/files Module::
* The zsh/langinfo Module::
* The zsh/mapfile Module::
* The zsh/mathfunc Module::
* The zsh/newuser Module::
* The zsh/parameter Module::
* The zsh/pcre Module::
* The zsh/regex Module::
* The zsh/sched Module::
* The zsh/net/socket Module::
* The zsh/stat Module::
* The zsh/system Module::
* The zsh/net/tcp Module::
* The zsh/termcap Module::
* The zsh/terminfo Module::
* The zsh/zftp Module::
* The zsh/zle Module::
* The zsh/zleparameter Module::
* The zsh/zprof Module::
* The zsh/zpty Module::
* The zsh/zselect Module::
* The zsh/zutil Module::
TCP Function System
* TCP Functions::
* TCP Parameters::
* TCP Examples::
* TCP Bugs::
Zftp Function System
* Installation::
* Zftp Functions::
* Miscellaneous Features::
User Contributions
* Utilities::
* Prompt Themes::
* ZLE Functions::
* Other Functions::
File: zsh.info, Node: The Z Shell Manual, Next: Introduction, Prev: Top, Up: Top
1 The Z Shell Manual
********************
This document has been produced from the texinfo file zsh.texi, included
in the Doc sub-directory of the Zsh distribution.
1.1 Producing documentation from zsh.texi
=========================================
The texinfo source may be converted into several formats:
The Info manual
The Info format allows searching for topics, commands, functions,
etc. from the many Indices. The command 'makeinfo zsh.texi' is
used to produce the Info documentation.
The printed manual
The command 'texi2dvi zsh.texi' will output zsh.dvi which can then
be processed with 'dvips' and optionally 'gs' (Ghostscript) to
produce a nicely formatted printed manual.
The HTML manual
An HTML version of this manual is available at the Zsh web site
via:
http://zsh.sourceforge.net/Doc/.
(The HTML version is produced with 'texi2html', which may be
obtained from http://www.nongnu.org/texi2html/. The command is
'texi2html --output . --ifinfo --split=chapter --node-files
zsh.texi'. If necessary, upgrade to version 1.78 of texi2html.)
For those who do not have the necessary tools to process texinfo,
precompiled documentation (PostScript, dvi, info and HTML formats) is
available from the zsh archive site or its mirrors, in the file
zsh-doc.tar.gz. (See *note Availability:: for a list of sites.)
File: zsh.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Roadmap, Prev: The Z Shell Manual, Up: Top
2 Introduction
**************
Zsh is a UNIX command interpreter (shell) usable as an interactive login
shell and as a shell script command processor. Of the standard shells,
zsh most closely resembles 'ksh' but includes many enhancements. Zsh
has command line editing, builtin spelling correction, programmable
command completion, shell functions (with autoloading), a history
mechanism, and a host of other features.
* Menu:
* Author::
* Availability::
* Mailing Lists::
* The Zsh FAQ::
* The Zsh Web Page::
* The Zsh Userguide::
* See Also::
File: zsh.info, Node: Author, Next: Availability, Up: Introduction
2.1 Author
==========
Zsh was originally written by Paul Falstad <pf AT zsh.org>. Zsh is now
maintained by the members of the zsh-workers mailing list
<zsh-workers AT zsh.org>. The development is currently coordinated by
Peter Stephenson <pws AT zsh.org>. The coordinator can be contacted at
<coordinator AT zsh.org>, but matters relating to the code should generally
go to the mailing list.
File: zsh.info, Node: Availability, Next: Mailing Lists, Prev: Author, Up: Introduction
2.2 Availability
================
Zsh is available from the following anonymous FTP sites. These mirror
sites are kept frequently up to date. The sites marked with _(H)_ may
be mirroring ftp.cs.elte.hu instead of the primary site.
Primary site
ftp://ftp.zsh.org/pub/
http://www.zsh.org/pub/
Australia
ftp://ftp.zsh.org/pub/
http://www.zsh.org/pub/
http://mirror.dejanseo.com.au/pub/zsh/
Hungary
ftp://ftp.cs.elte.hu/pub/zsh/
http://www.cs.elte.hu/pub/zsh/
The up-to-date source code is available via anonymous CVS and Git
from Sourceforge. See http://sourceforge.net/projects/zsh/ for details.
A summary of instructions for the CVS and Git archives can be found at
http://zsh.sourceforget.net/.
File: zsh.info, Node: Mailing Lists, Next: The Zsh FAQ, Prev: Availability, Up: Introduction
2.3 Mailing Lists
=================
Zsh has 3 mailing lists:
<zsh-announce AT zsh.org>
Announcements about releases, major changes in the shell and the
monthly posting of the Zsh FAQ. (moderated)
<zsh-users AT zsh.org>
User discussions.
<zsh-workers AT zsh.org>
Hacking, development, bug reports and patches.
To subscribe or unsubscribe, send mail to the associated administrative
address for the mailing list.
<zsh-announce-subscribe AT zsh.org>
<zsh-users-subscribe AT zsh.org>
<zsh-workers-subscribe AT zsh.org>
<zsh-announce-unsubscribe AT zsh.org>
<zsh-users-unsubscribe AT zsh.org>
<zsh-workers-unsubscribe AT zsh.org>
YOU ONLY NEED TO JOIN ONE OF THE MAILING LISTS AS THEY ARE NESTED. All
submissions to 'zsh-announce' are automatically forwarded to
'zsh-users'. All submissions to 'zsh-users' are automatically forwarded
to 'zsh-workers'.
If you have problems subscribing/unsubscribing to any of the mailing
lists, send mail to <listmaster AT zsh.org>. The mailing lists are
maintained by Karsten Thygesen <karthy AT kom.dk>.
The mailing lists are archived; the archives can be accessed via the
administrative addresses listed above. There is also a hypertext
archive, maintained by Geoff Wing <gcw AT zsh.org>, available at
http://www.zsh.org/mla/.
File: zsh.info, Node: The Zsh FAQ, Next: The Zsh Web Page, Prev: Mailing Lists, Up: Introduction
2.4 The Zsh FAQ
===============
Zsh has a list of Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), maintained by Peter
Stephenson <pws AT zsh.org>. It is regularly posted to the newsgroup
'comp.unix.shell' and the 'zsh-announce' mailing list. The latest
version can be found at any of the Zsh FTP sites, or at
http://www.zsh.org/FAQ/. The contact address for FAQ-related matters is
<faqmaster AT zsh.org>.
File: zsh.info, Node: The Zsh Web Page, Next: The Zsh Userguide, Prev: The Zsh FAQ, Up: Introduction
2.5 The Zsh Web Page
====================
Zsh has a web page which is located at http://www.zsh.org/. This is
maintained by Karsten Thygesen <karthy AT zsh.org>, of SunSITE Denmark.
The contact address for web-related matters is <webmaster AT zsh.org>.
File: zsh.info, Node: The Zsh Userguide, Next: See Also, Prev: The Zsh Web Page, Up: Introduction
2.6 The Zsh Userguide
=====================
A userguide is currently in preparation. It is intended to complement
the manual, with explanations and hints on issues where the manual can
be cabbalistic, hierographic, or downright mystifying (for example, the
word 'hierographic' does not exist). It can be viewed in its current
state at http://zsh.sourceforge.net/Guide/. At the time of writing,
chapters dealing with startup files and their contents and the new
completion system were essentially complete.
2.7 The Zsh Wiki
================
A 'wiki' website for zsh has been created at http://www.zshwiki.org/.
This is a site which can be added to and modified directly by users
without any special permission. You can add your own zsh tips and
configurations.
File: zsh.info, Node: See Also, Prev: The Zsh Userguide, Up: Introduction
2.8 See Also
============
man page sh(1), man page csh(1), man page tcsh(1), man page rc(1), man
page bash(1), man page ksh(1)
'IEEE Standard for information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX) - Part 2: Shell and Utilities', IEEE Inc, 1993, ISBN
1-55937-255-9.
File: zsh.info, Node: Roadmap, Next: Invocation, Prev: Introduction, Up: Top
3 Roadmap
*********
The Zsh Manual, like the shell itself, is large and often complicated.
This section of the manual provides some pointers to areas of the shell
that are likely to be of particular interest to new users, and indicates
where in the rest of the manual the documentation is to be found.
3.1 When the shell starts
=========================
When it starts, the shell reads commands from various files. These can
be created or edited to customize the shell. See *note Files::.
If no personal initialization files exist for the current user, a
function is run to help you change some of the most common settings. It
won't appear if your administrator has disabled the zsh/newuser module.
The function is designed to be self-explanatory. You can run it by hand
with 'autoload -Uz zsh-newuser-install; zsh-newuser-install -f'. See
also *note User Configuration Functions::.
3.2 Interactive Use
===================
Interaction with the shell uses the builtin Zsh Line Editor, ZLE. This
is described in detail in *note Zsh Line Editor::.
The first decision a user must make is whether to use the Emacs or Vi
editing mode as the keys for editing are substantially different. Emacs
editing mode is probably more natural for beginners and can be selected
explicitly with the command bindkey -e.
A history mechanism for retrieving previously typed lines (most simply
with the Up or Down arrow keys) is available; note that, unlike other
shells, zsh will not save these lines when the shell exits unless you
set appropriate variables, and the number of history lines retained by
default is quite small (30 lines). See the description of the shell
variables (referred to in the documentation as parameters) HISTFILE,
HISTSIZE and SAVEHIST in *note Parameters Used By The Shell::.
The shell now supports the UTF-8 character set (and also others if
supported by the operating system). This is (mostly) handled
transparently by the shell, but the degree of support in terminal
emulators is variable. There is some discussion of this in the shell
FAQ, http://zsh.dotsrc.org/FAQ/ . Note in particular that for combining
characters to be handled the option COMBINING_CHARS needs to be set.
Because the shell is now more sensitive to the definition of the
character set, note that if you are upgrading from an older version of
the shell you should ensure that the appropriate variable, either LANG
(to affect all aspects of the shell's operation) or LC_CTYPE (to affect
only the handling of character sets) is set to an appropriate value.
This is true even if you are using a single-byte character set including
extensions of ASCII such as ISO-8859-1 or ISO-8859-15. See the
description of LC_CTYPE in *note Parameters::.
3.2.1 Completion
----------------
Completion is a feature present in many shells. It allows the user to
type only a part (usually the prefix) of a word and have the shell fill
in the rest. The completion system in zsh is programmable. For
example, the shell can be set to complete email addresses in arguments
to the mail command from your ~/.abook/addressbook; usernames,
hostnames, and even remote paths in arguments to scp, and so on.
Anything that can be written in or glued together with zsh can be the
source of what the line editor offers as possible completions.
Zsh has two completion systems, an old, so called compctl completion
(named after the builtin command that serves as its complete and only
user interface), and a new one, referred to as compsys, organized as
library of builtin and user-defined functions. The two systems differ
in their interface for specifying the completion behavior. The new
system is more customizable and is supplied with completions for many
commonly used commands; it is therefore to be preferred.
The completion system must be enabled explicitly when the shell starts.
For more information see *note Completion System::.
3.2.2 Extending the line editor
-------------------------------
Apart from completion, the line editor is highly extensible by means of
shell functions. Some useful functions are provided with the shell;
they provide facilities such as:
insert-composed-char
composing characters not found on the keyboard
match-words-by-style
configuring what the line editor considers a word when moving or
deleting by word
history-beginning-search-backward-end, etc.
alternative ways of searching the shell history
replace-string, replace-pattern
functions for replacing strings or patterns globally in the command
line
edit-command-line
edit the command line with an external editor.
See *note ZLE Functions:: for descriptions of these.
3.3 Options
===========
The shell has a large number of options for changing its behaviour.
These cover all aspects of the shell; browsing the full documentation is
the only good way to become acquainted with the many possibilities. See
*note Options::.
3.4 Pattern Matching
====================
The shell has a rich set of patterns which are available for file
matching (described in the documentation as 'filename generation' and
also known for historical reasons as 'globbing') and for use when
programming. These are described in *note Filename Generation::.
Of particular interest are the following patterns that are not commonly
supported by other systems of pattern matching:
**
for matching over multiple directories
~, ^
the ability to exclude patterns from matching when the
EXTENDED_GLOB option is set
(...)
glob qualifiers, included in parentheses at the end of the pattern,
which select files by type (such as directories) or attribute (such
as size).
3.5 General Comments on Syntax
==============================
Although the syntax of zsh is in ways similar to the Korn shell, and
therefore more remotely to the original UNIX shell, the Bourne shell,
its default behaviour does not entirely correspond to those shells.
General shell syntax is introduced in *note Shell Grammar::.
One commonly encountered difference is that variables substituted onto
the command line are not split into words. See the description of the
shell option SH_WORD_SPLIT in *note Parameter Expansion::. In zsh, you
can either explicitly request the splitting (e.g. ${=foo}) or use an
array when you want a variable to expand to more than one word. See
*note Array Parameters::.
3.6 Programming
===============
The most convenient way of adding enhancements to the shell is typically
by writing a shell function and arranging for it to be autoloaded.
Functions are described in *note Functions::. Users changing from the C
shell and its relatives should notice that aliases are less used in zsh
as they don't perform argument substitution, only simple text
replacement.
A few general functions, other than those for the line editor described
above, are provided with the shell and are described in *note User
Contributions::. Features include:
promptinit
a prompt theme system for changing prompts easily, see *note Prompt
Themes::
zsh-mime-setup
a MIME-handling system which dispatches commands according to the
suffix of a file as done by graphical file managers
zcalc
a calculator
zargs
a version of xargs that makes the find command redundant
zmv
a command for renaming files by means of shell patterns.
File: zsh.info, Node: Invocation, Next: Files, Prev: Roadmap, Up: Top
4 Invocation
************
4.1 Invocation
==============
The following flags are interpreted by the shell when invoked to
determine where the shell will read commands from:
-c
Take the first argument as a command to execute, rather than
reading commands from a script or standard input. If any further
arguments are given, the first one is assigned to $0, rather than
being used as a positional parameter.
-i
Force shell to be interactive. It is still possible to specify a
script to execute.
-s
Force shell to read commands from the standard input. If the -s
flag is not present and an argument is given, the first argument is
taken to be the pathname of a script to execute.
If there are any remaining arguments after option processing, and
neither of the options -c or -s was supplied, the first argument is
taken as the file name of a script containing shell commands to be
executed. If the option PATH_SCRIPT is set, and the file name does not
contain a directory path (i.e. there is no '/' in the name), first the
current directory and then the command path given by the variable PATH
are searched for the script. If the option is not set or the file name
contains a '/' it is used directly.
After the first one or two arguments have been appropriated as described
above, the remaining arguments are assigned to the positional
parameters.
For further options, which are common to invocation and the set builtin,
see *note Options::.
Options may be specified by name using the -o option. -o acts like a
single-letter option, but takes a following string as the option name.
For example,
zsh -x -o shwordsplit scr
runs the script scr, setting the XTRACE option by the corresponding
letter '-x' and the SH_WORD_SPLIT option by name. Options may be turned
_off_ by name by using +o instead of -o. -o can be stacked up with
preceding single-letter options, so for example '-xo shwordsplit' or
'-xoshwordsplit' is equivalent to '-x -o shwordsplit'.
Options may also be specified by name in GNU long option style,
'--OPTION-NAME'. When this is done, '-' characters in the option name
are permitted: they are translated into '_', and thus ignored. So, for
example, 'zsh --sh-word-split' invokes zsh with the SH_WORD_SPLIT option
turned on. Like other option syntaxes, options can be turned off by
replacing the initial '-' with a '+'; thus '+-sh-word-split' is
equivalent to '--no-sh-word-split'. Unlike other option syntaxes,
GNU-style long options cannot be stacked with any other options, so for
example '-x-shwordsplit' is an error, rather than being treated like '-x
--shwordsplit'.
The special GNU-style option '--version' is handled; it sends to
standard output the shell's version information, then exits
successfully. '--help' is also handled; it sends to standard output a
list of options that can be used when invoking the shell, then exits
successfully.
Option processing may be finished, allowing following arguments that
start with '-' or '+' to be treated as normal arguments, in two ways.
Firstly, a lone '-' (or '+') as an argument by itself ends option
processing. Secondly, a special option '--' (or '+-'), which may be
specified on its own (which is the standard POSIX usage) or may be
stacked with preceding options (so '-x-' is equivalent to '-x --').
Options are not permitted to be stacked after '--' (so '-x-f' is an
error), but note the GNU-style option form discussed above, where
'--shwordsplit' is permitted and does not end option processing.
Except when the 'sh'/'ksh' emulation single-letter options are in
effect, the option '-b' (or '+b') ends option processing. '-b' is like
'--', except that further single-letter options can be stacked after the
'-b' and will take effect as normal.
* Menu:
* Compatibility::
* Restricted Shell::
File: zsh.info, Node: Compatibility, Next: Restricted Shell, Up: Invocation
4.2 Compatibility
=================
Zsh tries to emulate 'sh' or 'ksh' when it is invoked as sh or ksh
respectively; more precisely, it looks at the first letter of the name
by which it was invoked, excluding any initial 'r' (assumed to stand for
'restricted'), and if that is 's' or 'k' it will emulate 'sh' or 'ksh'.
Furthermore, if invoked as su (which happens on certain systems when the
shell is executed by the su command), the shell will try to find an
alternative name from the SHELL environment variable and perform
emulation based on that.
In 'sh' and 'ksh' compatibility modes the following parameters are not
special and not initialized by the shell: ARGC, argv, cdpath, fignore,
fpath, HISTCHARS, mailpath, MANPATH, manpath, path, prompt, PROMPT,
PROMPT2, PROMPT3, PROMPT4, psvar, status, watch.
The usual zsh startup/shutdown scripts are not executed. Login shells
source /etc/profile followed by $HOME/.profile. If the ENV environment
variable is set on invocation, $ENV is sourced after the profile
scripts. The value of ENV is subjected to parameter expansion, command
substitution, and arithmetic expansion before being interpreted as a
pathname. Note that the PRIVILEGED option also affects the execution of
startup files.
The following options are set if the shell is invoked as sh or ksh:
NO_BAD_PATTERN, NO_BANG_HIST, NO_BG_NICE, NO_EQUALS,
NO_FUNCTION_ARGZERO, GLOB_SUBST, NO_GLOBAL_EXPORT, NO_HUP,
INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS, KSH_ARRAYS, NO_MULTIOS, NO_NOMATCH, NO_NOTIFY,
POSIX_BUILTINS, NO_PROMPT_PERCENT, RM_STAR_SILENT, SH_FILE_EXPANSION,
SH_GLOB, SH_OPTION_LETTERS, SH_WORD_SPLIT. Additionally the BSD_ECHO
and IGNORE_BRACES options are set if zsh is invoked as sh. Also, the
KSH_OPTION_PRINT, LOCAL_OPTIONS, PROMPT_BANG, PROMPT_SUBST and
SINGLE_LINE_ZLE options are set if zsh is invoked as ksh.
File: zsh.info, Node: Restricted Shell, Prev: Compatibility, Up: Invocation
4.3 Restricted Shell
====================
When the basename of the command used to invoke zsh starts with the
letter 'r' or the '-r' command line option is supplied at invocation,
the shell becomes restricted. Emulation mode is determined after
stripping the letter 'r' from the invocation name. The following are
disabled in restricted mode:
* changing directories with the cd builtin
* changing or unsetting the PATH, path, MODULE_PATH, module_path,
SHELL, HISTFILE, HISTSIZE, GID, EGID, UID, EUID, USERNAME,
LD_LIBRARY_PATH, LD_AOUT_LIBRARY_PATH, LD_PRELOAD and
LD_AOUT_PRELOAD parameters
* specifying command names containing /
* specifying command pathnames using hash
* redirecting output to files
* using the exec builtin command to replace the shell with another
command
* using jobs -Z to overwrite the shell process' argument and
environment space
* using the ARGV0 parameter to override argv[0] for external commands
* turning off restricted mode with set +r or unsetopt RESTRICTED
These restrictions are enforced after processing the startup files. The
startup files should set up PATH to point to a directory of commands
which can be safely invoked in the restricted environment. They may
also add further restrictions by disabling selected builtins.
Restricted mode can also be activated any time by setting the RESTRICTED
option. This immediately enables all the restrictions described above
even if the shell still has not processed all startup files.
File: zsh.info, Node: Files, Next: Shell Grammar, Prev: Invocation, Up: Top
5 Files
*******
5.1 Startup/Shutdown Files
==========================
Commands are first read from /etc/zshenv; this cannot be overridden.
Subsequent behaviour is modified by the RCS and GLOBAL_RCS options; the
former affects all startup files, while the second only affects global
startup files (those shown here with an path starting with a /). If one
of the options is unset at any point, any subsequent startup file(s) of
the corresponding type will not be read. It is also possible for a file
in $ZDOTDIR to re-enable GLOBAL_RCS. Both RCS and GLOBAL_RCS are set by
default.
Commands are then read from $ZDOTDIR/.zshenv. If the shell is a login
shell, commands are read from /etc/zprofile and then $ZDOTDIR/.zprofile.
Then, if the shell is interactive, commands are read from /etc/zshrc and
then $ZDOTDIR/.zshrc. Finally, if the shell is a login shell,
/etc/zlogin and $ZDOTDIR/.zlogin are read.
When a login shell exits, the files $ZDOTDIR/.zlogout and then
/etc/zlogout are read. This happens with either an explicit exit via
the exit or logout commands, or an implicit exit by reading end-of-file
from the terminal. However, if the shell terminates due to exec'ing
another process, the logout files are not read. These are also affected
by the RCS and GLOBAL_RCS options. Note also that the RCS option
affects the saving of history files, i.e. if RCS is unset when the
shell exits, no history file will be saved.
If ZDOTDIR is unset, HOME is used instead. Files listed above as being
in /etc may be in another directory, depending on the installation.
As /etc/zshenv is run for all instances of zsh, it is important that it
be kept as small as possible. In particular, it is a good idea to put
code that does not need to be run for every single shell behind a test
of the form 'if [[ -o rcs ]]; then ...' so that it will not be executed
when zsh is invoked with the '-f' option.
5.2 Files
=========
$ZDOTDIR/.zshenv
$ZDOTDIR/.zprofile
$ZDOTDIR/.zshrc
$ZDOTDIR/.zlogin
$ZDOTDIR/.zlogout
${TMPPREFIX}* (default is /tmp/zsh*)
/etc/zshenv
/etc/zprofile
/etc/zshrc
/etc/zlogin
/etc/zlogout (installation-specific - /etc is the default)
Any of these files may be pre-compiled with the zcompile builtin command
(*note Shell Builtin Commands::). If a compiled file exists (named for
the original file plus the .zwc extension) and it is newer than the
original file, the compiled file will be used instead.
File: zsh.info, Node: Shell Grammar, Next: Redirection, Prev: Files, Up: Top
6 Shell Grammar
***************
* Menu:
* Simple Commands & Pipelines::
* Precommand Modifiers::
* Complex Commands::
* Alternate Forms For Complex Commands::
* Reserved Words::
* Errors::
* Comments::
* Aliasing::
* Quoting::
File: zsh.info, Node: Simple Commands & Pipelines, Next: Precommand Modifiers, Up: Shell Grammar
6.1 Simple Commands & Pipelines
===============================
A _simple command_ is a sequence of optional parameter assignments
followed by blank-separated words, with optional redirections
interspersed. The first word is the command to be executed, and the
remaining words, if any, are arguments to the command. If a command
name is given, the parameter assignments modify the environment of the
command when it is executed. The value of a simple command is its exit
status, or 128 plus the signal number if terminated by a signal. For
example,
echo foo
is a simple command with arguments.
A _pipeline_ is either a simple command, or a sequence of two or more
simple commands where each command is separated from the next by '|' or
'|&'. Where commands are separated by '|', the standard output of the
first command is connected to the standard input of the next. '|&' is
shorthand for '2>&1 |', which connects both the standard output and the
standard error of the command to the standard input of the next. The
value of a pipeline is the value of the last command, unless the
pipeline is preceded by '!' in which case the value is the logical
inverse of the value of the last command. For example,
echo foo | sed 's/foo/bar/'
is a pipeline, where the output ('foo' plus a newline) of the first
command will be passed to the input of the second.
If a pipeline is preceded by 'coproc', it is executed as a coprocess; a
two-way pipe is established between it and the parent shell. The shell
can read from or write to the coprocess by means of the '>&p' and '<&p'
redirection operators or with 'print -p' and 'read -p'. A pipeline
cannot be preceded by both 'coproc' and '!'. If job control is active,
the coprocess can be treated in other than input and output as an
ordinary background job.
A _sublist_ is either a single pipeline, or a sequence of two or more
pipelines separated by '&&' or '||'. If two pipelines are separated by
'&&', the second pipeline is executed only if the first succeeds
(returns a zero status). If two pipelines are separated by '||', the
second is executed only if the first fails (returns a nonzero status).
Both operators have equal precedence and are left associative. The
value of the sublist is the value of the last pipeline executed. For
example,
dmesg | grep panic && print yes
is a sublist consisting of two pipelines, the second just a simple
command which will be executed if and only if the grep command returns a
zero status. If it does not, the value of the sublist is that return
status, else it is the status returned by the print (almost certainly
zero).
A _list_ is a sequence of zero or more sublists, in which each sublist
is terminated by ';', '&', '&|', '&!', or a newline. This terminator
may optionally be omitted from the last sublist in the list when the
list appears as a complex command inside '(...)' or '{...}'. When a
sublist is terminated by ';' or newline, the shell waits for it to
finish before executing the next sublist. If a sublist is terminated by
a '&', '&|', or '&!', the shell executes the last pipeline in it in the
background, and does not wait for it to finish (note the difference from
other shells which execute the whole sublist in the background). A
backgrounded pipeline returns a status of zero.
More generally, a list can be seen as a set of any shell commands
whatsoever, including the complex commands below; this is implied
wherever the word 'list' appears in later descriptions. For example,
the commands in a shell function form a special sort of list.
File: zsh.info, Node: Precommand Modifiers, Next: Complex Commands, Prev: Simple Commands & Pipelines, Up: Shell Grammar
6.2 Precommand Modifiers
========================
A simple command may be preceded by a _precommand modifier_, which will
alter how the command is interpreted. These modifiers are shell builtin
commands with the exception of nocorrect which is a reserved word.
-
The command is executed with a '-' prepended to its argv[0] string.
builtin
The command word is taken to be the name of a builtin command,
rather than a shell function or external command.
command [ -pvV ]
The command word is taken to be the name of an external command,
rather than a shell function or builtin. If the POSIX_BUILTINS
option is set, builtins will also be executed but certain special
properties of them are suppressed. The -p flag causes a default
path to be searched instead of that in $path. With the -v flag,
command is similar to whence and with -V, it is equivalent to
whence -v.
exec [ -cl ] [ -a ARGV0 ]
The following command together with any arguments is run in place
of the current process, rather than as a sub-process. The shell
does not fork and is replaced. The shell does not invoke TRAPEXIT,
nor does it source zlogout files. The options are provided for
compatibility with other shells.
The -c option clears the environment.
The -l option is equivalent to the - precommand modifier, to treat
the replacement command as a login shell; the command is executed
with a - prepended to its argv[0] string. This flag has no effect
if used together with the -a option.
The -a option is used to specify explicitly the argv[0] string (the
name of the command as seen by the process itself) to be used by
the replacement command and is directly equivalent to setting a
value for the ARGV0 environment variable.
nocorrect
Spelling correction is not done on any of the words. This must
appear before any other precommand modifier, as it is interpreted
immediately, before any parsing is done. It has no effect in
non-interactive shells.
noglob
Filename generation (globbing) is not performed on any of the
words.
File: zsh.info, Node: Complex Commands, Next: Alternate Forms For Complex Commands, Prev: Precommand Modifiers, Up: Shell Grammar
6.3 Complex Commands
====================
A _complex command_ in zsh is one of the following:
if LIST then LIST [ elif LIST then LIST ] ... [ else LIST ] fi
The if LIST is executed, and if it returns a zero exit status, the
then LIST is executed. Otherwise, the elif LIST is executed and if
its status is zero, the then LIST is executed. If each elif LIST
returns nonzero status, the else LIST is executed.
for NAME ... [ in WORD ... ] TERM do LIST done
where TERM is at least one newline or ;. Expand the list of WORDs,
and set the parameter NAME to each of them in turn, executing LIST
each time. If the in WORD is omitted, use the positional
parameters instead of the WORDs.
More than one parameter NAME can appear before the list of WORDs.
If N NAMEs are given, then on each execution of the loop the next N
WORDs are assigned to the corresponding parameters. If there are
more NAMEs than remaining WORDs, the remaining parameters are each
set to the empty string. Execution of the loop ends when there is
no remaining WORD to assign to the first NAME. It is only possible
for in to appear as the first NAME in the list, else it will be
treated as marking the end of the list.
for (( [EXPR1] ; [EXPR2] ; [EXPR3] )) do LIST done
The arithmetic expression EXPR1 is evaluated first (see *note
Arithmetic Evaluation::). The arithmetic expression EXPR2 is
repeatedly evaluated until it evaluates to zero and when non-zero,
LIST is executed and the arithmetic expression EXPR3 evaluated. If
any expression is omitted, then it behaves as if it evaluated to 1.
while LIST do LIST done
Execute the do LIST as long as the while LIST returns a zero exit
status.
until LIST do LIST done
Execute the do LIST as long as until LIST returns a nonzero exit
status.
repeat WORD do LIST done
WORD is expanded and treated as an arithmetic expression, which
must evaluate to a number N. LIST is then executed N times.
The repeat syntax is disabled by default when the shell starts in a
mode emulating another shell. It can be enabled with the command
'enable -r repeat'
case WORD in [ [(] PATTERN [ | PATTERN ] ... ) LIST (;;|;&|;|) ] ... esac
Execute the LIST associated with the first PATTERN that matches
WORD, if any. The form of the patterns is the same as that used
for filename generation. See *note Filename Generation::.
If the LIST that is executed is terminated with ;& rather than ;;,
the following list is also executed. The rule for the terminator
of the following list ;;, ;& or ;| is applied unless the esac is
reached.
If the LIST that is executed is terminated with ;| the shell
continues to scan the PATTERNs looking for the next match,
executing the corresponding LIST, and applying the rule for the
corresponding terminator ;;, ;& or ;|. Note that WORD is not
re-expanded; all applicable PATTERNs are tested with the same WORD.
select NAME [ in WORD ... TERM ] do LIST done
where TERM is one or more newline or ; to terminate the WORDs.
Print the set of WORDs, each preceded by a number. If the in WORD
is omitted, use the positional parameters. The PROMPT3 prompt is
printed and a line is read from the line editor if the shell is
interactive and that is active, or else standard input. If this
line consists of the number of one of the listed WORDs, then the
parameter NAME is set to the WORD corresponding to this number. If
this line is empty, the selection list is printed again.
Otherwise, the value of the parameter NAME is set to null. The
contents of the line read from standard input is saved in the
parameter REPLY. LIST is executed for each selection until a break
or end-of-file is encountered.
( LIST )
Execute LIST in a subshell. Traps set by the trap builtin are
reset to their default values while executing LIST.
{ LIST }
Execute LIST.
{ TRY-LIST } always { ALWAYS-LIST }
First execute TRY-LIST. Regardless of errors, or break, continue,
or return commands encountered within TRY-LIST, execute
ALWAYS-LIST. Execution then continues from the result of the
execution of TRY-LIST; in other words, any error, or break,
continue, or return command is treated in the normal way, as if
ALWAYS-LIST were not present. The two chunks of code are referred
to as the 'try block' and the 'always block'.
Optional newlines or semicolons may appear after the always; note,
however, that they may _not_ appear between the preceding closing
brace and the always.
An 'error' in this context is a condition such as a syntax error
which causes the shell to abort execution of the current function,
script, or list. Syntax errors encountered while the shell is
parsing the code do not cause the ALWAYS-LIST to be executed. For
example, an erroneously constructed if block in try-list would
cause the shell to abort during parsing, so that always-list would
not be executed, while an erroneous substitution such as ${*foo*}
would cause a run-time error, after which always-list would be
executed.
An error condition can be tested and reset with the special integer
variable TRY_BLOCK_ERROR. Outside an always-list the value is
irrelevant, but it is initialised to -1. Inside always-list, the
value is 1 if an error occurred in the try-list, else 0. If
TRY_BLOCK_ERROR is set to 0 during the always-list, the error
condition caused by the try-list is reset, and shell execution
continues normally after the end of always-list. Altering the
value during the try-list is not useful (unless this forms part of
an enclosing always block).
Regardless of TRY_BLOCK_ERROR, after the end of always-list the
normal shell status $? is the value returned from always-list.
This will be non-zero if there was an error, even if
TRY_BLOCK_ERROR was set to zero.
The following executes the given code, ignoring any errors it
causes. This is an alternative to the usual convention of
protecting code by executing it in a subshell.
{
# code which may cause an error
} always {
# This code is executed regardless of the error.
(( TRY_BLOCK_ERROR = 0 ))
}
# The error condition has been reset.
An exit command (or a return command executed at the outermost
function level of a script) encountered in try-list does _not_
cause the execution of ALWAYS-LIST. Instead, the shell exits
immediately after any EXIT trap has been executed.
function WORD ... [ () ] [ TERM ] { LIST }
WORD ... () [ TERM ] { LIST }
WORD ... () [ TERM ] COMMAND
where TERM is one or more newline or ;. Define a function which is
referenced by any one of WORD. Normally, only one WORD is
provided; multiple WORDs are usually only useful for setting traps.
The body of the function is the LIST between the { and }. See
*note Functions::.
If the option SH_GLOB is set for compatibility with other shells,
then whitespace may appear between between the left and right
parentheses when there is a single WORD; otherwise, the parentheses
will be treated as forming a globbing pattern in that case.
time [ PIPELINE ]
The PIPELINE is executed, and timing statistics are reported on the
standard error in the form specified by the TIMEFMT parameter. If
PIPELINE is omitted, print statistics about the shell process and
its children.
[[ EXP ]]
Evaluates the conditional expression EXP and return a zero exit
status if it is true. See *note Conditional Expressions:: for a
description of EXP.
File: zsh.info, Node: Alternate Forms For Complex Commands, Next: Reserved Words, Prev: Complex Commands, Up: Shell Grammar
6.4 Alternate Forms For Complex Commands
========================================
Many of zsh's complex commands have alternate forms. These are
non-standard and are likely not to be obvious even to seasoned shell
programmers; they should not be used anywhere that portability of shell
code is a concern.
The short versions below only work if SUBLIST is of the form '{ LIST }'
or if the SHORT_LOOPS option is set. For the if, while and until
commands, in both these cases the test part of the loop must also be
suitably delimited, such as by '[[ ... ]]' or '(( ... ))', else the end
of the test will not be recognized. For the for, repeat, case and
select commands no such special form for the arguments is necessary, but
the other condition (the special form of SUBLIST or use of the
SHORT_LOOPS option) still applies.
if LIST { LIST } [ elif LIST { LIST } ] ... [ else { LIST } ]
An alternate form of if. The rules mean that
if [[ -o ignorebraces ]] {
print yes
}
works, but
if true { # Does not work!
print yes
}
does _not_, since the test is not suitably delimited.
if LIST SUBLIST
A short form of the alternate 'if'. The same limitations on the
form of LIST apply as for the previous form.
for NAME ... ( WORD ... ) SUBLIST
A short form of for.
for NAME ... [ in WORD ... ] TERM SUBLIST
where TERM is at least one newline or ;. Another short form of
for.
for (( [EXPR1] ; [EXPR2] ; [EXPR3] )) SUBLIST
A short form of the arithmetic for command.
foreach NAME ... ( WORD ... ) LIST end
Another form of for.
while LIST { LIST }
An alternative form of while. Note the limitations on the form of
LIST mentioned above.
until LIST { LIST }
An alternative form of until. Note the limitations on the form of
LIST mentioned above.
repeat WORD SUBLIST
This is a short form of repeat.
case WORD { [ [(] PATTERN [ | PATTERN ] ... ) LIST (;;|;&|;|) ] ... }
An alternative form of case.
select NAME [ in WORD TERM ] SUBLIST
where TERM is at least one newline or ;. A short form of select.
File: zsh.info, Node: Reserved Words, Next: Errors, Prev: Alternate Forms For Complex Commands, Up: Shell Grammar
6.5 Reserved Words
==================
The following words are recognized as reserved words when used as the
first word of a command unless quoted or disabled using disable -r:
do done esac then elif else fi for case if while function repeat time
until select coproc nocorrect foreach end ! [[ { }
Additionally, '}' is recognized in any position if neither the
IGNORE_BRACES option nor the IGNORE_CLOSE_BRACES option is set.
File: zsh.info, Node: Errors, Next: Comments, Prev: Reserved Words, Up: Shell Grammar
6.6 Errors
==========
Certain errors are treated as fatal by the shell: in an interactive
shell, they cause control to return to the command line, and in a
non-interactive shell they cause the shell to be aborted. In older
versions of zsh, a non-interactive shell running a script would not
abort completely, but would resume execution at the next command to be
read from the script, skipping the remainder of any functions or shell
constructs such as loops or conditions; this somewhat illogical
behaviour can be recovered by setting the option CONTINUE_ON_ERROR.
Fatal errors found in non-interactive shells include:
Failure to parse shell options passed when invoking the shell
Failure to change options with the set builtin
Parse errors of all sorts, including failures to parse
mathematical expressions
Failures to set or modify variable behaviour with typeset,
local, declare, export, integer, float
Execution of incorrectly positioned loop control structures
(continue, break)
Attempts to use regular expression with no regular expression
module available
Disallowed operations when the RESTRICTED options is set
Failure to create a pipe needed for a pipeline
Failure to create a multio
Failure to autoload a module needed for a declared shell feature
Errors creating command or process substitutions
Syntax errors in glob qualifiers
File generation errors where not caught by the option BAD_PATTERN
All bad patterns used for matching within case statements
File generation failures where not caused by NO_MATCH or
All file generation errors where the pattern was used to create a
multio
Memory errors where detected by the shell
Invalid subscripts to shell variables
Attempts to assign read-only variables
Logical errors with variables such as assignment to the wrong type
Use of invalid variable names
Errors in variable substitution syntax
Failure to convert characters in $'...' expressions
similar options
If the POSIX_BUILTINS option is set, more errors associated with shell
builtin commands are treated as fatal, as specified by the POSIX
standard.
File: zsh.info, Node: Comments, Next: Aliasing, Prev: Errors, Up: Shell Grammar
6.7 Comments
============
In non-interactive shells, or in interactive shells with the
INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS option set, a word beginning with the third
character of the histchars parameter ('#' by default) causes that word
and all the following characters up to a newline to be ignored.
File: zsh.info, Node: Aliasing, Next: Quoting, Prev: Comments, Up: Shell Grammar
6.8 Aliasing
============
Every token in the shell input is checked to see if there is an alias
defined for it. If so, it is replaced by the text of the alias if it is
in command position (if it could be the first word of a simple command),
or if the alias is global. If the text ends with a space, the next word
in the shell input is treated as though it were in command position for
purposes of alias expansion. An alias is defined using the alias
builtin; global aliases may be defined using the -g option to that
builtin.
Alias expansion is done on the shell input before any other expansion
except history expansion. Therefore, if an alias is defined for the
word foo, alias expansion may be avoided by quoting part of the word,
e.g. \foo. Any form of quoting works, although there is nothing to
prevent an alias being defined for the quoted form such as \foo as well.
For use with completion, which would remove an initial backslash
followed by a character that isn't special, it may be more convenient to
quote the word by starting with a single quote, i.e. 'foo; completion
will automatically add the trailing single quote.
There is a commonly encountered problem with aliases illustrated by the
following code:
alias echobar='echo bar'; echobar
This prints a message that the command echobar could not be found. This
happens because aliases are expanded when the code is read in; the
entire line is read in one go, so that when echobar is executed it is
too late to expand the newly defined alias. This is often a problem in
shell scripts, functions, and code executed with 'source' or '.'.
Consequently, use of functions rather than aliases is recommended in
non-interactive code.
Note also the unhelpful interaction of aliases and function definitions:
alias func='noglob func'
func() {
echo Do something with $*
}
Because aliases are expanded in function definitions, this causes the
following command to be executed:
noglob func() {
echo Do something with $*
}
which defines noglob as well as func as functions with the body given.
To avoid this, either quote the name func or use the alternative
function definition form 'function func'. Ensuring the alias is defined
after the function works but is problematic if the code fragment might
be re-executed.
File: zsh.info, Node: Quoting, Prev: Aliasing, Up: Shell Grammar
6.9 Quoting
===========
A character may be QUOTED (that is, made to stand for itself) by
preceding it with a '\'. '\' followed by a newline is ignored.
A string enclosed between '$'' and ''' is processed the same way as the
string arguments of the print builtin, and the resulting string is
considered to be entirely quoted. A literal ''' character can be
included in the string by using the '\'' escape.
All characters enclosed between a pair of single quotes ('') that is not
preceded by a '$' are quoted. A single quote cannot appear within
single quotes unless the option RC_QUOTES is set, in which case a pair
of single quotes are turned into a single quote. For example,
print ''''
outputs nothing apart from a newline if RC_QUOTES is not set, but one
single quote if it is set.
Inside double quotes (""), parameter and command substitution occur, and
'\' quotes the characters '\', '`', '"', and '$'.
File: zsh.info, Node: Redirection, Next: Command Execution, Prev: Shell Grammar, Up: Top
7 Redirection
*************
If a command is followed by & and job control is not active, then the
default standard input for the command is the empty file /dev/null.
Otherwise, the environment for the execution of a command contains the
file descriptors of the invoking shell as modified by input/output
specifications.
The following may appear anywhere in a simple command or may precede or
follow a complex command. Expansion occurs before WORD or DIGIT is used
except as noted below. If the result of substitution on WORD produces
more than one filename, redirection occurs for each separate filename in
turn.
< WORD
Open file WORD for reading as standard input.
<> WORD
Open file WORD for reading and writing as standard input. If the
file does not exist then it is created.
> WORD
Open file WORD for writing as standard output. If the file does
not exist then it is created. If the file exists, and the CLOBBER
option is unset, this causes an error; otherwise, it is truncated
to zero length.
>| WORD
>! WORD
Same as >, except that the file is truncated to zero length if it
exists, even if CLOBBER is unset.
>> WORD
Open file WORD for writing in append mode as standard output. If
the file does not exist, and the CLOBBER option is unset, this
causes an error; otherwise, the file is created.
>>| WORD
>>! WORD
Same as >>, except that the file is created if it does not exist,
even if CLOBBER is unset.
<<[-] WORD
The shell input is read up to a line that is the same as WORD, or
to an end-of-file. No parameter expansion, command substitution or
filename generation is performed on WORD. The resulting document,
called a _here-document_, becomes the standard input.
If any character of WORD is quoted with single or double quotes or
a '\', no interpretation is placed upon the characters of the
document. Otherwise, parameter and command substitution occurs,
'\' followed by a newline is removed, and '\' must be used to quote
the characters '\', '$', '`' and the first character of WORD.
Note that WORD itself does not undergo shell expansion. Backquotes
in WORD do not have their usual effect; instead they behave
similarly to double quotes, except that the backquotes themselves
are passed through unchanged. (This information is given for
completeness and it is not recommended that backquotes be used.)
Quotes in the form $'...' have their standard effect of expanding
backslashed references to special characters.
If <<- is used, then all leading tabs are stripped from WORD and
from the document.
<<< WORD
Perform shell expansion on WORD and pass the result to standard
input. This is known as a _here-string_. Compare the use of WORD
in here-documents above, where WORD does not undergo shell
expansion.
<& NUMBER
>& NUMBER
The standard input/output is duplicated from file descriptor NUMBER
(see man page dup2(2)).
<& -
>& -
Close the standard input/output.
<& p
>& p
The input/output from/to the coprocess is moved to the standard
input/output.
>& WORD
&> WORD
(Except where '>& WORD' matches one of the above syntaxes; '&>' can
always be used to avoid this ambiguity.) Redirects both standard
output and standard error (file descriptor 2) in the manner of '>
WORD'. Note that this does _not_ have the same effect as '> WORD
2>&1' in the presence of multios (see the section below).
>&| WORD
>&! WORD
&>| WORD
&>! WORD
Redirects both standard output and standard error (file descriptor
2) in the manner of '>| WORD'.
>>& WORD
&>> WORD
Redirects both standard output and standard error (file descriptor
2) in the manner of '>> WORD'.
>>&| WORD
>>&! WORD
&>>| WORD
&>>! WORD
Redirects both standard output and standard error (file descriptor
2) in the manner of '>>| WORD'.
If one of the above is preceded by a digit, then the file descriptor
referred to is that specified by the digit instead of the default 0 or
1. The order in which redirections are specified is significant. The
shell evaluates each redirection in terms of the (_file descriptor_,
_file_) association at the time of evaluation. For example:
... 1>FNAME 2>&1
first associates file descriptor 1 with file FNAME. It then associates
file descriptor 2 with the file associated with file descriptor 1 (that
is, FNAME). If the order of redirections were reversed, file descriptor
2 would be associated with the terminal (assuming file descriptor 1 had
been) and then file descriptor 1 would be associated with file FNAME.
The '|&' command separator described in *note Simple Commands &
Pipelines:: is a shorthand for '2>&1 |'.
The various forms of process substitution, '<(LIST)', and '=(LIST())'
for input and '>(LIST)' for output, are often used together with
redirection. For example, if WORD in an output redirection is of the
form '>(LIST)' then the output is piped to the command represented by
LIST. See *note Process Substitution::.
7.1 Opening file descriptors using parameters
=============================================
When the shell is parsing arguments to a command, and the shell option
IGNORE_BRACES is not set, a different form of redirection is allowed:
instead of a digit before the operator there is a valid shell identifier
enclosed in braces. The shell will open a new file descriptor that is
guaranteed to be at least 10 and set the parameter named by the
identifier to the file descriptor opened. No whitespace is allowed
between the closing brace and the redirection character. For example:
... {myfd}>&1
This opens a new file descriptor that is a duplicate of file descriptor
1 and sets the parameter myfd to the number of the file descriptor,
which will be at least 10. The new file descriptor can be written to
using the syntax >&$myfd.
The syntax {VARID}>&-, for example {myfd}>&-, may be used to close a
file descriptor opened in this fashion. Note that the parameter given
by VARID must previously be set to a file descriptor in this case.
It is an error to open or close a file descriptor in this fashion when
the parameter is readonly. However, it is not an error to read or write
a file descriptor using <&$PARAM or >&$PARAM if PARAM is readonly.
If the option CLOBBER is unset, it is an error to open a file descriptor
using a parameter that is already set to an open file descriptor
previously allocated by this mechanism. Unsetting the parameter before
using it for allocating a file descriptor avoids the error.
Note that this mechanism merely allocates or closes a file descriptor;
it does not perform any redirections from or to it. It is usually
convenient to allocate a file descriptor prior to use as an argument to
exec. The syntax does not in any case work when used around complex
commands such as parenthesised subshells or loops, where the opening
brace is interpreted as part of a command list to be executed in the
current shell.
The following shows a typical sequence of allocation, use, and closing
of a file descriptor:
integer myfd
exec {myfd}>~/logs/mylogfile.txt
print This is a log message. >&$myfd
exec {myfd}>&-
Note that the expansion of the variable in the expression >&$myfd occurs
at the point the redirection is opened. This is after the expansion of
command arguments and after any redirections to the left on the command
line have been processed.
7.2 Multios
===========
If the user tries to open a file descriptor for writing more than once,
the shell opens the file descriptor as a pipe to a process that copies
its input to all the specified outputs, similar to 'tee', provided the
MULTIOS option is set, as it is by default. Thus:
date >foo >bar
writes the date to two files, named 'foo' and 'bar'. Note that a pipe
is an implicit redirection; thus
date >foo | cat
writes the date to the file 'foo', and also pipes it to cat.
If the MULTIOS option is set, the word after a redirection operator is
also subjected to filename generation (globbing). Thus
: > *
will truncate all files in the current directory, assuming there's at
least one. (Without the MULTIOS option, it would create an empty file
called '*'.) Similarly, you can do
echo exit 0 >> *.sh
If the user tries to open a file descriptor for reading more than once,
the shell opens the file descriptor as a pipe to a process that copies
all the specified inputs to its output in the order specified, similar
to 'cat', provided the MULTIOS option is set. Thus
sort <foo <fubar
or even
sort <f{oo,ubar}
is equivalent to 'cat foo fubar | sort'.
Expansion of the redirection argument occurs at the point the
redirection is opened, at the point described above for the expansion of
the variable in >&$myfd.
Note that a pipe is an implicit redirection; thus
cat bar | sort <foo
is equivalent to 'cat bar foo | sort' (note the order of the inputs).
If the MULTIOS option is _un_set, each redirection replaces the previous
redirection for that file descriptor. However, all files redirected to
are actually opened, so
echo foo > bar > baz
when MULTIOS is unset will truncate bar, and write 'foo' into baz.
There is a problem when an output multio is attached to an external
program. A simple example shows this:
cat file >file1 >file2
cat file1 file2
Here, it is possible that the second 'cat' will not display the full
contents of file1 and file2 (i.e. the original contents of file
repeated twice).
The reason for this is that the multios are spawned after the cat
process is forked from the parent shell, so the parent shell does not
wait for the multios to finish writing data. This means the command as
shown can exit before file1 and file2 are completely written. As a
workaround, it is possible to run the cat process as part of a job in
the current shell:
{ cat file } >file >file2
Here, the {...} job will pause to wait for both files to be written.
7.3 Redirections with no command
================================
When a simple command consists of one or more redirection operators and
zero or more parameter assignments, but no command name, zsh can behave
in several ways.
If the parameter NULLCMD is not set or the option CSH_NULLCMD is set, an
error is caused. This is the 'csh' behavior and CSH_NULLCMD is set by
default when emulating 'csh'.
If the option SH_NULLCMD is set, the builtin ':' is inserted as a
command with the given redirections. This is the default when emulating
'sh' or 'ksh'.
Otherwise, if the parameter NULLCMD is set, its value will be used as a
command with the given redirections. If both NULLCMD and READNULLCMD
are set, then the value of the latter will be used instead of that of
the former when the redirection is an input. The default for NULLCMD is
'cat' and for READNULLCMD is 'more'. Thus
< file
shows the contents of file on standard output, with paging if that is a
terminal. NULLCMD and READNULLCMD may refer to shell functions.
File: zsh.info, Node: Command Execution, Next: Functions, Prev: Redirection, Up: Top
8 Command Execution
*******************
If a command name contains no slashes, the shell attempts to locate it.
If there exists a shell function by that name, the function is invoked
as described in *note Functions::. If there exists a shell builtin by
that name, the builtin is invoked.
Otherwise, the shell searches each element of $path for a directory
containing an executable file by that name. If the search is
unsuccessful, the shell prints an error message and returns a nonzero
exit status.
If execution fails because the file is not in executable format, and the
file is not a directory, it is assumed to be a shell script. /bin/sh is
spawned to execute it. If the program is a file beginning with '#!',
the remainder of the first line specifies an interpreter for the
program. The shell will execute the specified interpreter on operating
systems that do not handle this executable format in the kernel.
If no external command is found but a function command_not_found_handler
exists the shell executes this function with all command line arguments.
The function should return status zero if it successfully handled the
command, or non-zero status if it failed. In the latter case the
standard handling is applied: 'command not found' is printed to standard
error and the shell exits with status 127. Note that the handler is
executed in a subshell forked to execute an external command, hence
changes to directories, shell parameters, etc. have no effect on the
main shell.
File: zsh.info, Node: Functions, Next: Jobs & Signals, Prev: Command Execution, Up: Top
9 Functions
***********
Shell functions are defined with the function reserved word or the
special syntax 'FUNCNAME ()'. Shell functions are read in and stored
internally. Alias names are resolved when the function is read.
Functions are executed like commands with the arguments passed as
positional parameters. (See *note Command Execution::.)
Functions execute in the same process as the caller and share all files
and present working directory with the caller. A trap on EXIT set
inside a function is executed after the function completes in the
environment of the caller.
The return builtin is used to return from function calls.
Function identifiers can be listed with the functions builtin.
Functions can be undefined with the unfunction builtin.
9.1 Autoloading Functions
=========================
A function can be marked as _undefined_ using the autoload builtin (or
'functions -u' or 'typeset -fu'). Such a function has no body. When
the function is first executed, the shell searches for its definition
using the elements of the fpath variable. Thus to define functions for
autoloading, a typical sequence is:
fpath=(~/myfuncs $fpath)
autoload myfunc1 myfunc2 ...
The usual alias expansion during reading will be suppressed if the
autoload builtin or its equivalent is given the option -U. This is
recommended for the use of functions supplied with the zsh distribution.
Note that for functions precompiled with the zcompile builtin command
the flag -U must be provided when the .zwc file is created, as the
corresponding information is compiled into the latter.
For each ELEMENT in fpath, the shell looks for three possible files, the
newest of which is used to load the definition for the function:
ELEMENT.zwc
A file created with the zcompile builtin command, which is expected
to contain the definitions for all functions in the directory named
ELEMENT. The file is treated in the same manner as a directory
containing files for functions and is searched for the definition
of the function. If the definition is not found, the search for a
definition proceeds with the other two possibilities described
below.
If ELEMENT already includes a .zwc extension (i.e. the extension
was explicitly given by the user), ELEMENT is searched for the
definition of the function without comparing its age to that of
other files; in fact, there does not need to be any directory named
ELEMENT without the suffix. Thus including an element such as
'/usr/local/funcs.zwc' in fpath will speed up the search for
functions, with the disadvantage that functions included must be
explicitly recompiled by hand before the shell notices any changes.
ELEMENT/FUNCTION.zwc
A file created with zcompile, which is expected to contain the
definition for FUNCTION. It may include other function definitions
as well, but those are neither loaded nor executed; a file found in
this way is searched _only_ for the definition of FUNCTION.
ELEMENT/FUNCTION
A file of zsh command text, taken to be the definition for
FUNCTION.
In summary, the order of searching is, first, in the _parents of_
directories in fpath for the newer of either a compiled directory or a
directory in fpath; second, if more than one of these contains a
definition for the function that is sought, the leftmost in the fpath is
chosen; and third, within a directory, the newer of either a compiled
function or an ordinary function definition is used.
If the KSH_AUTOLOAD option is set, or the file contains only a simple
definition of the function, the file's contents will be executed. This
will normally define the function in question, but may also perform
initialization, which is executed in the context of the function
execution, and may therefore define local parameters. It is an error if
the function is not defined by loading the file.
Otherwise, the function body (with no surrounding 'FUNCNAME() {...}') is
taken to be the complete contents of the file. This form allows the
file to be used directly as an executable shell script. If processing
of the file results in the function being re-defined, the function
itself is not re-executed. To force the shell to perform initialization
and then call the function defined, the file should contain
initialization code (which will be executed then discarded) in addition
to a complete function definition (which will be retained for subsequent
calls to the function), and a call to the shell function, including any
arguments, at the end.
For example, suppose the autoload file func contains
func() { print This is func; }
print func is initialized
then 'func; func' with KSH_AUTOLOAD set will produce both messages on
the first call, but only the message 'This is func' on the second and
subsequent calls. Without KSH_AUTOLOAD set, it will produce the
initialization message on the first call, and the other message on the
second and subsequent calls.
It is also possible to create a function that is not marked as
autoloaded, but which loads its own definition by searching fpath, by
using 'autoload -X' within a shell function. For example, the following
are equivalent:
myfunc() {
autoload -X
}
myfunc args...
and
unfunction myfunc # if myfunc was defined
autoload myfunc
myfunc args...
In fact, the functions command outputs 'builtin autoload -X' as the body
of an autoloaded function. This is done so that
eval "$(functions)"
produces a reasonable result. A true autoloaded function can be
identified by the presence of the comment '# undefined' in the body,
because all comments are discarded from defined functions.
To load the definition of an autoloaded function myfunc without
executing myfunc, use:
autoload +X myfunc
9.2 Anonymous Functions
=======================
If no name is given for a function, it is 'anonymous' and is handled
specially. Either form of function definition may be used: a '()' with
no preceding name, or a 'function' with an immediately following open
brace. The function is executed immediately at the point of definition
and is not stored for future use. The function name is set to '(anon)'.
Arguments to the function may be specified as words following the
closing brace defining the function, hence if there are none no
arguments (other than $0) are set. This is a difference from the way
other functions are parsed: normal function definitions may be followed
by certain keywords such as 'else' or 'fi', which will be treated as
arguments to anonymous functions, so that a newline or semicolon is
needed to force keyword interpretation.
Note also that the argument list of any enclosing script or function is
hidden (as would be the case for any other function called at this
point).
Redirections may be applied to the anonymous function in the same manner
as to a current-shell structure enclosed in braces. The main use of
anonymous functions is to provide a scope for local variables. This is
particularly convenient in start-up files as these do not provide their
own local variable scope.
For example,
variable=outside
function {
local variable=inside
print "I am $variable with arguments $*"
} this and that
print "I am $variable"
outputs the following:
I am inside with arguments this and that
I am outside
Note that function definitions with arguments that expand to nothing,
for example 'name=; function $name { ... }', are not treated as
anonymous functions. Instead, they are treated as normal function
definitions where the definition is silently discarded.
9.3 Special Functions
=====================
Certain functions, if defined, have special meaning to the shell.
9.3.1 Hook Functions
--------------------
For the functions below, it is possible to define an array that has the
same name as the function with '_functions' appended. Any element in
such an array is taken as the name of a function to execute; it is
executed in the same context and with the same arguments as the basic
function. For example, if $chpwd_functions is an array containing the
values 'mychpwd', 'chpwd_save_dirstack', then the shell attempts to
execute the functions 'chpwd', 'mychpwd' and 'chpwd_save_dirstack', in
that order. Any function that does not exist is silently ignored. A
function found by this mechanism is referred to elsewhere as a 'hook
function'. An error in any function causes subsequent functions not to
be run. Note further that an error in a precmd hook causes an
immediately following periodic function not to run (though it may run at
the next opportunity).
chpwd
Executed whenever the current working directory is changed.
periodic
If the parameter PERIOD is set, this function is executed every
$PERIOD seconds, just before a prompt. Note that if multiple
functions are defined using the array periodic_functions only one
period is applied to the complete set of functions, and the
scheduled time is not reset if the list of functions is altered.
Hence the set of functions is always called together.
precmd
Executed before each prompt. Note that precommand functions are
not re-executed simply because the command line is redrawn, as
happens, for example, when a notification about an exiting job is
displayed.
preexec
Executed just after a command has been read and is about to be
executed. If the history mechanism is active (and the line was not
discarded from the history buffer), the string that the user typed
is passed as the first argument, otherwise it is an empty string.
The actual command that will be executed (including expanded
aliases) is passed in two different forms: the second argument is a
single-line, size-limited version of the command (with things like
function bodies elided); the third argument contains the full text
that is being executed.
zshaddhistory
Executed when a history line has been read interactively, but
before it is executed. The sole argument is the complete history
line (so that any terminating newline will still be present).
If any of the hook functions return a non-zero value the history
line will not be saved, although it lingers in the history until
the next line is executed allow you to reuse or edit it
immediately.
A hook function may call 'fc -p ...' to switch the history context
so that the history is saved in a different file from the that in
the global HISTFILE parameter. This is handled specially: the
history context is automatically restored after the processing of
the history line is finished.
The following example function first adds the history line to the
normal history with the newline stripped, which is usually the
correct behaviour. Then it switches the history context so that
the line will be written to a history file in the current
directory.
zshaddhistory() {
print -sr -- ${1%%$'\n'}
fc -p .zsh_local_history
}
zshexit
Executed at the point where the main shell is about to exit
normally. This is not called by exiting subshells, nor when the
exec precommand modifier is used before an external command. Also,
unlike TRAPEXIT, it is not called when functions exit.
9.3.2 Trap Functions
--------------------
The functions below are treated specially but do not have corresponding
hook arrays.
TRAPNAL
If defined and non-null, this function will be executed whenever
the shell catches a signal SIGNAL, where NAL is a signal name as
specified for the kill builtin. The signal number will be passed
as the first parameter to the function.
If a function of this form is defined and null, the shell and
processes spawned by it will ignore SIGNAL.
The return status from the function is handled specially. If it is
zero, the signal is assumed to have been handled, and execution
continues normally. Otherwise, the shell will behave as
interrupted except that the return status of the trap is retained.
Programs terminated by uncaught signals typically return the status
128 plus the signal number. Hence the following causes the handler
for SIGINT to print a message, then mimic the usual effect of the
signal.
TRAPINT() {
print "Caught SIGINT, aborting."
return $(( 128 + $1 ))
}
The functions TRAPZERR, TRAPDEBUG and TRAPEXIT are never executed
inside other traps.
TRAPDEBUG
If the option DEBUG_BEFORE_CMD is set (as it is by default),
executed before each command; otherwise executed after each
command. See the description of the trap builtin in *note Shell
Builtin Commands:: for details of additional features provided in
debug traps.
TRAPEXIT
Executed when the shell exits, or when the current function exits
if defined inside a function. The value of $? at the start of
execution is the exit status of the shell or the return status of
the function exiting.
TRAPZERR
Executed whenever a command has a non-zero exit status. However,
the function is not executed if the command occurred in a sublist
followed by '&&' or '||'; only the final command in a sublist of
this type causes the trap to be executed. The function TRAPERR
acts the same as TRAPZERR on systems where there is no SIGERR (this
is the usual case).
The functions beginning 'TRAP' may alternatively be defined with the
trap builtin: this may be preferable for some uses. Setting a trap with
one form removes any trap of the other form for the same signal;
removing a trap in either form removes all traps for the same signal.
The forms
TRAPNAL() {
# code
}
('function traps') and
trap '
# code
' NAL
('list traps') are equivalent in most ways, the exceptions being the
following:
* Function traps have all the properties of normal functions,
appearing in the list of functions and being called with their own
function context rather than the context where the trap was
triggered.
* The return status from function traps is special, whereas a return
from a list trap causes the surrounding context to return with the
given status.
* Function traps are not reset within subshells, in accordance with
zsh behaviour; list traps are reset, in accordance with POSIX
behaviour.
File: zsh.info, Node: Jobs & Signals, Next: Arithmetic Evaluation, Prev: Functions, Up: Top
10 Jobs & Signals
*****************
10.1 Jobs
=========
If the MONITOR option is set, an interactive shell associates a _job_
with each pipeline. It keeps a table of current jobs, printed by the
jobs command, and assigns them small integer numbers. When a job is
started asynchronously with '&', the shell prints a line to standard
error which looks like:
[1] 1234
indicating that the job which was started asynchronously was job number
1 and had one (top-level) process, whose process ID was 1234.
If a job is started with '&|' or '&!', then that job is immediately
disowned. After startup, it does not have a place in the job table, and
is not subject to the job control features described here.
If you are running a job and wish to do something else you may hit the
key ^Z (control-Z) which sends a TSTP signal to the current job: this
key may be redefined by the susp option of the external stty command.
The shell will then normally indicate that the job has been 'suspended',
and print another prompt. You can then manipulate the state of this
job, putting it in the background with the bg command, or run some other
commands and then eventually bring the job back into the foreground with
the foreground command fg. A ^Z takes effect immediately and is like an
interrupt in that pending output and unread input are discarded when it
is typed.
A job being run in the background will suspend if it tries to read from
the terminal.
Note that if the job running in the foreground is a shell function, then
suspending it will have the effect of causing the shell to fork. This
is necessary to separate the function's state from that of the parent
shell performing the job control, so that the latter can return to the
command line prompt. As a result, even if fg is used to continue the
job the function will no longer be part of the parent shell, and any
variables set by the function will not be visible in the parent shell.
Thus the behaviour is different from the case where the function was
never suspended. Zsh is different from many other shells in this
regard.
The same behaviour is found when the shell is executing code as the
right hand side of a pipeline or any complex shell construct such as if,
for, etc., in order that the entire block of code can be managed as a
single job. Background jobs are normally allowed to produce output, but
this can be disabled by giving the command 'stty tostop'. If you set
this tty option, then background jobs will suspend when they try to
produce output like they do when they try to read input.
When a command is suspended and continued later with the fg or wait
builtins, zsh restores tty modes that were in effect when it was
suspended. This (intentionally) does not apply if the command is
continued via 'kill -CONT', nor when it is continued with bg.
There are several ways to refer to jobs in the shell. A job can be
referred to by the process ID of any process of the job or by one of the
following:
%NUMBER
The job with the given number.
%STRING
Any job whose command line begins with STRING.
%?STRING
Any job whose command line contains STRING.
%%
Current job.
%+
Equivalent to '%%'.
%-
Previous job.
The shell learns immediately whenever a process changes state. It
normally informs you whenever a job becomes blocked so that no further
progress is possible. If the NOTIFY option is not set, it waits until
just before it prints a prompt before it informs you. All such
notifications are sent directly to the terminal, not to the standard
output or standard error.
When the monitor mode is on, each background job that completes triggers
any trap set for CHLD.
When you try to leave the shell while jobs are running or suspended, you
will be warned that 'You have suspended (running) jobs'. You may use
the jobs command to see what they are. If you do this or immediately
try to exit again, the shell will not warn you a second time; the
suspended jobs will be terminated, and the running jobs will be sent a
SIGHUP signal, if the HUP option is set.
To avoid having the shell terminate the running jobs, either use the
'nohup' command (see man page nohup(1)) or the disown builtin.
10.2 Signals
============
The INT and QUIT signals for an invoked command are ignored if the
command is followed by '&' and the MONITOR option is not active. The
shell itself always ignores the QUIT signal. Otherwise, signals have
the values inherited by the shell from its parent (but see the TRAPNAL
special functions in *note Functions::).
File: zsh.info, Node: Arithmetic Evaluation, Next: Conditional Expressions, Prev: Jobs & Signals, Up: Top
11 Arithmetic Evaluation
************************
The shell can perform integer and floating point arithmetic, either
using the builtin let, or via a substitution of the form $((...)). For
integers, the shell is usually compiled to use 8-byte precision where
this is available, otherwise precision is 4 bytes. This can be tested,
for example, by giving the command 'print - $(( 12345678901 ))'; if the
number appears unchanged, the precision is at least 8 bytes. Floating
point arithmetic always uses the 'double' type with whatever
corresponding precision is provided by the compiler and the library.
The let builtin command takes arithmetic expressions as arguments; each
is evaluated separately. Since many of the arithmetic operators, as
well as spaces, require quoting, an alternative form is provided: for
any command which begins with a '((', all the characters until a
matching '))' are treated as a quoted expression and arithmetic
expansion performed as for an argument of let. More precisely,
'((...))' is equivalent to 'let "..."'. The return status is 0 if the
arithmetic value of the expression is non-zero, 1 if it is zero, and 2
if an error occurred.
For example, the following statement
(( val = 2 + 1 ))
is equivalent to
let "val = 2 + 1"
both assigning the value 3 to the shell variable val and returning a
zero status.
Integers can be in bases other than 10. A leading '0x' or '0X' denotes
hexadecimal. Integers may also be of the form 'BASE#N', where BASE is a
decimal number between two and thirty-six representing the arithmetic
base and N is a number in that base (for example, '16#ff' is 255 in
hexadecimal). The BASE# may also be omitted, in which case base 10 is
used. For backwards compatibility the form '[BASE]N' is also accepted.
An integer expression or a base given in the form 'BASE#N' may contain
underscores ('_') after the leading digit for visual guidance; these are
ignored in computation. Examples are 1_000_000 or 0xffff_ffff which are
equivalent to 1000000 and 0xffffffff respectively.
It is also possible to specify a base to be used for output in the form
'[#BASE]', for example '[#16]'. This is used when outputting
arithmetical substitutions or when assigning to scalar parameters, but
an explicitly defined integer or floating point parameter will not be
affected. If an integer variable is implicitly defined by an arithmetic
expression, any base specified in this way will be set as the variable's
output arithmetic base as if the option '-i BASE' to the typeset builtin
had been used. The expression has no precedence and if it occurs more
than once in a mathematical expression, the last encountered is used.
For clarity it is recommended that it appear at the beginning of an
expression. As an example:
typeset -i 16 y
print $(( [#8] x = 32, y = 32 ))
print $x $y
outputs first '8#40', the rightmost value in the given output base, and
then '8#40 16#20', because y has been explicitly declared to have output
base 16, while x (assuming it does not already exist) is implicitly
typed by the arithmetic evaluation, where it acquires the output base 8.
If the C_BASES option is set, hexadecimal numbers in the standard C
format, for example 0xFF instead of the usual '16#FF'. If the option
OCTAL_ZEROES is also set (it is not by default), octal numbers will be
treated similarly and hence appear as '077' instead of '8#77'. This
option has no effect on the output of bases other than hexadecimal and
octal, and these formats are always understood on input.
When an output base is specified using the '[#BASE]' syntax, an
appropriate base prefix will be output if necessary, so that the value
output is valid syntax for input. If the # is doubled, for example
'[##16]', then no base prefix is output.
Floating point constants are recognized by the presence of a decimal
point or an exponent. The decimal point may be the first character of
the constant, but the exponent character e or E may not, as it will be
taken for a parameter name. All numeric parts (before and after the
decimal point and in the exponent) may contain underscores after the
leading digit for visual guidance; these are ignored in computation.
An arithmetic expression uses nearly the same syntax and associativity
of expressions as in C.
In the native mode of operation, the following operators are supported
(listed in decreasing order of precedence):
+ - ! ~ ++ --
unary plus/minus, logical NOT, complement, {pre,post}{in,de}crement
<< >>
bitwise shift left, right
&
bitwise AND
^
bitwise XOR
|
bitwise OR
**
exponentiation
* / %
multiplication, division, modulus (remainder)
+ -
addition, subtraction
< > <= >=
comparison
== !=
equality and inequality
&&
logical AND
|| ^^
logical OR, XOR
? :
ternary operator
= += -= *= /= %= &= ^= |= <<= >>= &&= ||= ^^= **=
assignment
,
comma operator
The operators '&&', '||', '&&=', and '||=' are short-circuiting, and
only one of the latter two expressions in a ternary operator is
evaluated. Note the precedence of the bitwise AND, OR, and XOR
operators.
With the option C_PRECEDENCES the precedences (but no other properties)
of the operators are altered to be the same as those in most other
languages that support the relevant operators:
+ - ! ~ ++ --
unary plus/minus, logical NOT, complement, {pre,post}{in,de}crement
**
exponentiation
* / %
multiplication, division, modulus (remainder)
+ -
addition, subtraction
<< >>
bitwise shift left, right
< > <= >=
comparison
== !=
equality and inequality
&
bitwise AND
^
bitwise XOR
|
bitwise OR
&&
logical AND
^^
logical XOR
||
logical OR
? :
ternary operator
= += -= *= /= %= &= ^= |= <<= >>= &&= ||= ^^= **=
assignment
,
comma operator
Note the precedence of exponentiation in both cases is below that of
unary operators, hence '-3**2' evaluates as '9', not -9. Use
parentheses where necessary: '-(3**2)'. This is for compatibility with
other shells.
Mathematical functions can be called with the syntax 'FUNC(ARGS)', where
the function decides if the ARGS is used as a string or a
comma-separated list of arithmetic expressions. The shell currently
defines no mathematical functions by default, but the module
zsh/mathfunc may be loaded with the zmodload builtin to provide standard
floating point mathematical functions.
An expression of the form '##X' where X is any character sequence such
as 'a', '^A', or '\M-\C-x' gives the value of this character and an
expression of the form '#FOO' gives the value of the first character of
the contents of the parameter FOO. Character values are according to
the character set used in the current locale; for multibyte character
handling the option MULTIBYTE must be set. Note that this form is
different from '$#FOO', a standard parameter substitution which gives
the length of the parameter FOO. '#\' is accepted instead of '##', but
its use is deprecated.
Named parameters and subscripted arrays can be referenced by name within
an arithmetic expression without using the parameter expansion syntax.
For example,
((val2 = val1 * 2))
assigns twice the value of $val1 to the parameter named val2.
An internal integer representation of a named parameter can be specified
with the integer builtin. Arithmetic evaluation is performed on the
value of each assignment to a named parameter declared integer in this
manner. Assigning a floating point number to an integer results in
rounding down to the next integer.
Likewise, floating point numbers can be declared with the float builtin;
there are two types, differing only in their output format, as described
for the typeset builtin. The output format can be bypassed by using
arithmetic substitution instead of the parameter substitution, i.e.
'${FLOAT}' uses the defined format, but '$((FLOAT))' uses a generic
floating point format.
Promotion of integer to floating point values is performed where
necessary. In addition, if any operator which requires an integer ('~',
'&', '|', '^', '%', '<<', '>>' and their equivalents with assignment) is
given a floating point argument, it will be silently rounded down to the
next integer.
Scalar variables can hold integer or floating point values at different
times; there is no memory of the numeric type in this case.
If a variable is first assigned in a numeric context without previously
being declared, it will be implicitly typed as integer or float and
retain that type either until the type is explicitly changed or until
the end of the scope. This can have unforeseen consequences. For
example, in the loop
for (( f = 0; f < 1; f += 0.1 )); do
# use $f
done
if f has not already been declared, the first assignment will cause it
to be created as an integer, and consequently the operation 'f += 0.1'
will always cause the result to be truncated to zero, so that the loop
will fail. A simple fix would be to turn the initialization into 'f =
0.0'. It is therefore best to declare numeric variables with explicit
types.
File: zsh.info, Node: Conditional Expressions, Next: Prompt Expansion, Prev: Arithmetic Evaluation, Up: Top
12 Conditional Expressions
**************************
A _conditional expression_ is used with the [[ compound command to test
attributes of files and to compare strings. Each expression can be
constructed from one or more of the following unary or binary
expressions:
-a FILE
true if FILE exists.
-b FILE
true if FILE exists and is a block special file.
-c FILE
true if FILE exists and is a character special file.
-d FILE
true if FILE exists and is a directory.
-e FILE
true if FILE exists.
-f FILE
true if FILE exists and is a regular file.
-g FILE
true if FILE exists and has its setgid bit set.
-h FILE
true if FILE exists and is a symbolic link.
-k FILE
true if FILE exists and has its sticky bit set.
-n STRING
true if length of STRING is non-zero.
-o OPTION
true if option named OPTION is on. OPTION may be a single
character, in which case it is a single letter option name. (See
*note Specifying Options::.)
-p FILE
true if FILE exists and is a FIFO special file (named pipe).
-r FILE
true if FILE exists and is readable by current process.
-s FILE
true if FILE exists and has size greater than zero.
-t FD
true if file descriptor number FD is open and associated with a
terminal device. (note: FD is not optional)
-u FILE
true if FILE exists and has its setuid bit set.
-w FILE
true if FILE exists and is writable by current process.
-x FILE
true if FILE exists and is executable by current process. If FILE
exists and is a directory, then the current process has permission
to search in the directory.
-z STRING
true if length of STRING is zero.
-L FILE
true if FILE exists and is a symbolic link.
-O FILE
true if FILE exists and is owned by the effective user ID of this
process.
-G FILE
true if FILE exists and its group matches the effective group ID of
this process.
-S FILE
true if FILE exists and is a socket.
-N FILE
true if FILE exists and its access time is not newer than its
modification time.
FILE1 -nt FILE2
true if FILE1 exists and is newer than FILE2.
FILE1 -ot FILE2
true if FILE1 exists and is older than FILE2.
FILE1 -ef FILE2
true if FILE1 and FILE2 exist and refer to the same file.
STRING = PATTERN
STRING == PATTERN
true if STRING matches PATTERN. The '==' form is the preferred
one. The '=' form is for backward compatibility and should be
considered obsolete.
STRING != PATTERN
true if STRING does not match PATTERN.
STRING =~ REGEXP
true if STRING matches the regular expression REGEXP. If the
option RE_MATCH_PCRE is set REGEXP is tested as a PCRE regular
expression using the zsh/pcre module, else it is tested as a POSIX
extended regular expression using the zsh/regex module. Upon
successful match, some variables will be updated; no variables are
changed if the matching fails.
If the option BASH_REMATCH is not set the scalar parameter MATCH is
set to the substring that matched the pattern and the integer
parameters MBEGIN and MEND to the index of the start and end,
respectively, of the match in STRING, such that if STRING is
contained in variable var the expression '${var[$MBEGIN,$MEND]}' is
identical to '$MATCH'. The setting of the option KSH_ARRAYS is
respected. Likewise, the array match is set to the substrings that
matched parenthesised subexpressions and the arrays mbegin and mend
to the indices of the start and end positions, respectively, of the
substrings within STRING. The arrays are not set if there were no
parenthesised subexpresssions. For example, if the string 'a short
string' is matched against the regular expression 's(...)t', then
(assuming the option KSH_ARRAYS is not set) MATCH, MBEGIN and MEND
are 'short', 3 and 7, respectively, while match, mbegin and mend
are single entry arrays containing the strings 'hor', '4' and '6,
respectively.
If the option BASH_REMATCH is set the array BASH_REMATCH is set to
the substring that matched the pattern followed by the substrings
that matched parenthesised subexpressions within the pattern.
STRING1 < STRING2
true if STRING1 comes before STRING2 based on ASCII value of their
characters.
STRING1 > STRING2
true if STRING1 comes after STRING2 based on ASCII value of their
characters.
EXP1 -eq EXP2
true if EXP1 is numerically equal to EXP2. Note that for purely
numeric comparisons use of the ((...)) builtin described in *note
Arithmetic Evaluation:: is more convenient than conditional
expressions.
EXP1 -ne EXP2
true if EXP1 is numerically not equal to EXP2.
EXP1 -lt EXP2
true if EXP1 is numerically less than EXP2.
EXP1 -gt EXP2
true if EXP1 is numerically greater than EXP2.
EXP1 -le EXP2
true if EXP1 is numerically less than or equal to EXP2.
EXP1 -ge EXP2
true if EXP1 is numerically greater than or equal to EXP2.
( EXP )
true if EXP is true.
! EXP
true if EXP is false.
EXP1 && EXP2
true if EXP1 and EXP2 are both true.
EXP1 || EXP2
true if either EXP1 or EXP2 is true.
Normal shell expansion is performed on the FILE, STRING and PATTERN
arguments, but the result of each expansion is constrained to be a
single word, similar to the effect of double quotes. Filename
generation is not performed on any form of argument to conditions.
However, pattern metacharacters are active for the PATTERN arguments;
the patterns are the same as those used for filename generation, see
*note Filename Generation::, but there is no special behaviour of '/'
nor initial dots, and no glob qualifiers are allowed.
In each of the above expressions, if FILE is of the form '/dev/fd/N',
where N is an integer, then the test applied to the open file whose
descriptor number is N, even if the underlying system does not support
the /dev/fd directory.
In the forms which do numeric comparison, the expressions EXP undergo
arithmetic expansion as if they were enclosed in $((...)).
For example, the following:
[[ ( -f foo || -f bar ) && $report = y* ]] && print File exists.
tests if either file foo or file bar exists, and if so, if the value of
the parameter report begins with 'y'; if the complete condition is true,
the message 'File exists.' is printed.
File: zsh.info, Node: Prompt Expansion, Next: Expansion, Prev: Conditional Expressions, Up: Top
13 Prompt Expansion
*******************
13.1 Expansion of Prompt Sequences
==================================
Prompt sequences undergo a special form of expansion. This type of
expansion is also available using the -P option to the print builtin.
If the PROMPT_SUBST option is set, the prompt string is first subjected
to _parameter expansion_, _command substitution_ and _arithmetic
expansion_. See *note Expansion::.
Certain escape sequences may be recognised in the prompt string.
If the PROMPT_BANG option is set, a '!' in the prompt is replaced by the
current history event number. A literal '!' may then be represented as
'!!'.
If the PROMPT_PERCENT option is set, certain escape sequences that start
with '%' are expanded. Many escapes are followed by a single character,
although some of these take an optional integer argument that should
appear between the '%' and the next character of the sequence. More
complicated escape sequences are available to provide conditional
expansion.
13.2 Simple Prompt Escapes
==========================
13.2.1 Special characters
-------------------------
%%
A '%'.
%)
A ')'.
13.2.2 Login information
------------------------
%l
The line (tty) the user is logged in on, without '/dev/' prefix.
If the name starts with '/dev/tty', that prefix is stripped.
%M
The full machine hostname.
%m
The hostname up to the first '.'. An integer may follow the '%' to
specify how many components of the hostname are desired. With a
negative integer, trailing components of the hostname are shown.
%n
$USERNAME.
%y
The line (tty) the user is logged in on, without '/dev/' prefix.
This does not treat '/dev/tty' names specially.
13.2.3 Shell state
------------------
%#
A '#' if the shell is running with privileges, a '%' if not.
Equivalent to '%(!.#.%%)'. The definition of 'privileged', for
these purposes, is that either the effective user ID is zero, or,
if POSIX.1e capabilities are supported, that at least one
capability is raised in either the Effective or Inheritable
capability vectors.
%?
The return status of the last command executed just before the
prompt.
%_
The status of the parser, i.e. the shell constructs (like 'if' and
'for') that have been started on the command line. If given an
integer number that many strings will be printed; zero or negative
or no integer means print as many as there are. This is most
useful in prompts PS2 for continuation lines and PS4 for debugging
with the XTRACE option; in the latter case it will also work
non-interactively.
%d
/
Current working directory. If an integer follows the '%', it
specifies a number of trailing components of the current working
directory to show; zero means the whole path. A negative integer
specifies leading components, i.e. %-1d specifies the first
component.
%~
As %d and %/, but if the current working directory has a named
directory as its prefix, that part is replaced by a '~' followed by
the name of the directory. If it starts with $HOME, that part is
replaced by a '~'.
%h
%!
Current history event number.
%i
The line number currently being executed in the script, sourced
file, or shell function given by %N. This is most useful for
debugging as part of $PS4.
%I
The line number currently being executed in the file %x. This is
similar to %i, but the line number is always a line number in the
file where the code was defined, even if the code is a shell
function.
%j
The number of jobs.
%L
The current value of $SHLVL.
%N
The name of the script, sourced file, or shell function that zsh is
currently executing, whichever was started most recently. If there
is none, this is equivalent to the parameter $0. An integer may
follow the '%' to specify a number of trailing path components to
show; zero means the full path. A negative integer specifies
leading components.
%x
The name of the file containing the source code currently being
executed. This behaves as %N except that function and eval command
names are not shown, instead the file where they were defined.
%c
%.
%C
Trailing component of the current working directory. An integer
may follow the '%' to get more than one component. Unless '%C' is
used, tilde contraction is performed first. These are deprecated
as %c and %C are equivalent to %1~ and %1/, respectively, while
explicit positive integers have the same effect as for the latter
two sequences.
13.2.4 Date and time
--------------------
%D
The date in YY-MM-DD format.
%T
Current time of day, in 24-hour format.
%t
%@
Current time of day, in 12-hour, am/pm format.
%*
Current time of day in 24-hour format, with seconds.
%w
The date in DAY-DD format.
%W
The date in MM/DD/YY format.
%D{STRING}
STRING is formatted using the strftime function. See man page
strftime(3) for more details. Various zsh extensions provide
numbers with no leading zero or space if the number is a single
digit:
%f
a day of the month
%K
the hour of the day on the 24-hour clock
%L
the hour of the day on the 12-hour clock
The GNU extension that a '-' between the % and the format character
causes a leading zero or space to be stripped is handled directly
by the shell for the format characters d, f, H, k, l, m, M, S and
y; any other format characters are provided to strftime() with any
leading '-', present, so the handling is system dependent. Further
GNU extensions are not supported at present.
13.2.5 Visual effects
---------------------
%B (%b)
Start (stop) boldface mode.
%E
Clear to end of line.
%U (%u)
Start (stop) underline mode.
%S (%s)
Start (stop) standout mode.
%F (%f)
Start (stop) using a different foreground colour, if supported by
the terminal. The colour may be specified two ways: either as a
numeric argument, as normal, or by a sequence in braces following
the %F, for example %F{red}. In the latter case the values allowed
are as described for the fg zle_highlight attribute; *note
Character Highlighting::. This means that numeric colours are
allowed in the second format also.
%K (%k)
Start (stop) using a different bacKground colour. The syntax is
identical to that for %F and %f.
%{...%}
Include a string as a literal escape sequence. The string within
the braces should not change the cursor position. Brace pairs can
nest.
A positive numeric argument between the % and the { is treated as
described for %G below.
%G
Within a %{...%} sequence, include a 'glitch': that is, assume that
a single character width will be output. This is useful when
outputting characters that otherwise cannot be correctly handled by
the shell, such as the alternate character set on some terminals.
The characters in question can be included within a %{...%}
sequence together with the appropriate number of %G sequences to
indicate the correct width. An integer between the '%' and 'G'
indicates a character width other than one. Hence %{SEQ%2G%}
outputs SEQ and assumes it takes up the width of two standard
characters.
Multiple uses of %G accumulate in the obvious fashion; the position
of the %G is unimportant. Negative integers are not handled.
Note that when prompt truncation is in use it is advisable to
divide up output into single characters within each %{...%} group
so that the correct truncation point can be found.
13.3 Conditional Substrings in Prompts
======================================
%v
The value of the first element of the psvar array parameter.
Following the '%' with an integer gives that element of the array.
Negative integers count from the end of the array.
%(X.TRUE-TEXT.FALSE-TEXT)
Specifies a ternary expression. The character following the X is
arbitrary; the same character is used to separate the text for the
'true' result from that for the 'false' result. This separator may
not appear in the TRUE-TEXT, except as part of a %-escape sequence.
A ')' may appear in the FALSE-TEXT as '%)'. TRUE-TEXT and
FALSE-TEXT may both contain arbitrarily-nested escape sequences,
including further ternary expressions.
The left parenthesis may be preceded or followed by a positive
integer N, which defaults to zero. A negative integer will be
multiplied by -1. The test character X may be any of the
following:
!
True if the shell is running with privileges.
#
True if the effective uid of the current process is N.
?
True if the exit status of the last command was N.
_
True if at least N shell constructs were started.
C
/
True if the current absolute path has at least N elements
relative to the root directory, hence / is counted as 0
elements.
c
.
~
True if the current path, with prefix replacement, has at
least N elements relative to the root directory, hence / is
counted as 0 elements.
D
True if the month is equal to N (January = 0).
d
True if the day of the month is equal to N.
g
True if the effective gid of the current process is N.
j
True if the number of jobs is at least N.
L
True if the SHLVL parameter is at least N.
l
True if at least N characters have already been printed on the
current line.
S
True if the SECONDS parameter is at least N.
T
True if the time in hours is equal to N.
t
True if the time in minutes is equal to N.
v
True if the array psvar has at least N elements.
V
True if element N of the array psvar is set and non-empty.
w
True if the day of the week is equal to N (Sunday = 0).
%<STRING<
%>STRING>
%[XSTRING]
Specifies truncation behaviour for the remainder of the prompt
string. The third, deprecated, form is equivalent to '%XSTRINGX',
i.e. X may be '<' or '>'. The numeric argument, which in the
third form may appear immediately after the '[', specifies the
maximum permitted length of the various strings that can be
displayed in the prompt. The STRING will be displayed in place of
the truncated portion of any string; note this does not undergo
prompt expansion.
The forms with '<' truncate at the left of the string, and the
forms with '>' truncate at the right of the string. For example,
if the current directory is '/home/pike', the prompt '%8<..<%/'
will expand to '..e/pike'. In this string, the terminating
character ('<', '>' or ']'), or in fact any character, may be
quoted by a preceding '\'; note when using print -P, however, that
this must be doubled as the string is also subject to standard
print processing, in addition to any backslashes removed by a
double quoted string: the worst case is therefore 'print -P
"%<\\\\<<..."'.
If the STRING is longer than the specified truncation length, it
will appear in full, completely replacing the truncated string.
The part of the prompt string to be truncated runs to the end of
the string, or to the end of the next enclosing group of the '%('
construct, or to the next truncation encountered at the same
grouping level (i.e. truncations inside a '%(' are separate),
which ever comes first. In particular, a truncation with argument
zero (e.g. '%<<') marks the end of the range of the string to be
truncated while turning off truncation from there on. For example,
the prompt '%10<...<%~%<<%# ' will print a truncated representation
of the current directory, followed by a '%' or '#', followed by a
space. Without the '%<<', those two characters would be included
in the string to be truncated.
File: zsh.info, Node: Expansion, Next: Parameters, Prev: Prompt Expansion, Up: Top
14 Expansion
************
The following types of expansions are performed in the indicated order
in five steps:
_History Expansion_
This is performed only in interactive shells.
_Alias Expansion_
Aliases are expanded immediately before the command line is parsed
as explained in *note Aliasing::.
_Process Substitution_
_Parameter Expansion_
_Command Substitution_
_Arithmetic Expansion_
_Brace Expansion_
These five are performed in one step in left-to-right fashion.
After these expansions, all unquoted occurrences of the characters
'\', ''' and '"' are removed.
_Filename Expansion_
If the SH_FILE_EXPANSION option is set, the order of expansion is
modified for compatibility with 'sh' and 'ksh'. In that case
_filename expansion_ is performed immediately after _alias
expansion_, preceding the set of five expansions mentioned above.
_Filename Generation_
This expansion, commonly referred to as 'globbing', is always done
last.
The following sections explain the types of expansion in detail.
* Menu:
* History Expansion::
* Process Substitution::
* Parameter Expansion::
* Command Substitution::
* Arithmetic Expansion::
* Brace Expansion::
* Filename Expansion::
* Filename Generation::
File: zsh.info, Node: History Expansion, Next: Process Substitution, Up: Expansion
14.1 History Expansion
======================
History expansion allows you to use words from previous command lines in
the command line you are typing. This simplifies spelling corrections
and the repetition of complicated commands or arguments. Immediately
before execution, each command is saved in the history list, the size of
which is controlled by the HISTSIZE parameter. The one most recent
command is always retained in any case. Each saved command in the
history list is called a history _event_ and is assigned a number,
beginning with 1 (one) when the shell starts up. The history number
that you may see in your prompt (see *note Prompt Expansion::) is the
number that is to be assigned to the _next_ command.
* Menu:
* Overview::
* Event Designators::
* Word Designators::
* Modifiers::
File: zsh.info, Node: Overview, Next: Event Designators, Up: History Expansion
14.1.1 Overview
---------------
A history expansion begins with the first character of the histchars
parameter, which is '!' by default, and may occur anywhere on the
command line; history expansions do not nest. The '!' can be escaped
with '\' or can be enclosed between a pair of single quotes ('') to
suppress its special meaning. Double quotes will _not_ work for this.
Following this history character is an optional event designator (*note
Event Designators::) and then an optional word designator (*note Word
Designators::); if neither of these designators is present, no history
expansion occurs.
Input lines containing history expansions are echoed after being
expanded, but before any other expansions take place and before the
command is executed. It is this expanded form that is recorded as the
history event for later references.
By default, a history reference with no event designator refers to the
same event as any preceding history reference on that command line; if
it is the only history reference in a command, it refers to the previous
command. However, if the option CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY is set, then every
history reference with no event specification _always_ refers to the
previous command.
For example, '!' is the event designator for the previous command, so
'!!:1' always refers to the first word of the previous command, and
'!!$' always refers to the last word of the previous command. With
CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY set, then '!:1' and '!$' function in the same manner
as '!!:1' and '!!$', respectively. Conversely, if CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY is
unset, then '!:1' and '!$' refer to the first and last words,
respectively, of the same event referenced by the nearest other history
reference preceding them on the current command line, or to the previous
command if there is no preceding reference.
The character sequence '^FOO^BAR' (where '^' is actually the second
character of the histchars parameter) repeats the last command,
replacing the string FOO with BAR. More precisely, the sequence
'^FOO^BAR^' is synonymous with '!!:s^FOO^BAR^', hence other modifiers
(see *note Modifiers::) may follow the final '^'. In particular,
'^FOO^BAR^:G' performs a global substitution.
If the shell encounters the character sequence '!"' in the input, the
history mechanism is temporarily disabled until the current list (see
*note Shell Grammar::) is fully parsed. The '!"' is removed from the
input, and any subsequent '!' characters have no special significance.
A less convenient but more comprehensible form of command history
support is provided by the fc builtin.
File: zsh.info, Node: Event Designators, Next: Word Designators, Prev: Overview, Up: History Expansion
14.1.2 Event Designators
------------------------
An event designator is a reference to a command-line entry in the
history list. In the list below, remember that the initial `!' in each
item may be changed to another character by setting the histchars
parameter.
!
Start a history expansion, except when followed by a blank,
newline, '=' or '('. If followed immediately by a word designator
(*note Word Designators::), this forms a history reference with no
event designator (*note Overview::).
!!
Refer to the previous command. By itself, this expansion repeats
the previous command.
!N
Refer to command-line N.
!-N
Refer to the current command-line minus N.
!STR
Refer to the most recent command starting with STR.
!?STR[?]
Refer to the most recent command containing STR. The trailing '?'
is necessary if this reference is to be followed by a modifier or
followed by any text that is not to be considered part of STR.
!#
Refer to the current command line typed in so far. The line is
treated as if it were complete up to and including the word before
the one with the '!#' reference.
!{...}
Insulate a history reference from adjacent characters (if
necessary).
File: zsh.info, Node: Word Designators, Next: Modifiers, Prev: Event Designators, Up: History Expansion
14.1.3 Word Designators
-----------------------
A word designator indicates which word or words of a given command line
are to be included in a history reference. A ':' usually separates the
event specification from the word designator. It may be omitted only if
the word designator begins with a '^', '$', '*', '-' or '%'. Word
designators include:
0
The first input word (command).
N
The Nth argument.
^
The first argument. That is, 1.
$
The last argument.
%
The word matched by (the most recent) ?STR search.
X-Y
A range of words; X defaults to 0.
*
All the arguments, or a null value if there are none.
X*
Abbreviates 'X-$'.
X-
Like 'X*' but omitting word $.
Note that a '%' word designator works only when used in one of '!%',
'!:%' or '!?STR?:%', and only when used after a !? expansion (possibly
in an earlier command). Anything else results in an error, although the
error may not be the most obvious one.
File: zsh.info, Node: Modifiers, Prev: Word Designators, Up: History Expansion
14.1.4 Modifiers
----------------
After the optional word designator, you can add a sequence of one or
more of the following modifiers, each preceded by a ':'. These
modifiers also work on the result of _filename generation_ and
_parameter expansion_, except where noted.
a
Turn a file name into an absolute path: prepends the current
directory, if necessary, and resolves any use of '..' and '.' in
the path. Note that the transformation takes place even if the
file or any intervening directories do not exist.
A
As 'a', but also resolve use of symbolic links where possible.
Note that resolution of '..' occurs _before_ resolution of symbolic
links. This call is equivalent to a unless your system has the
realpath system call (modern systems do).
c
Resolve a command name into an absolute path by searching the
command path given by the PATH variable. This does not work for
commands containing directory parts. Note also that this does not
usually work as a glob qualifier unless a file of the same name is
found in the current directory.
e
Remove all but the part of the filename extension following the
'.'; see the definition of the filename extension in the
description of the r modifier below. Note that according to that
definition the result will be empty if the string ends with a '.'.
h
Remove a trailing pathname component, leaving the head. This works
like 'dirname'.
l
Convert the words to all lowercase.
p
Print the new command but do not execute it. Only works with
history expansion.
q
Quote the substituted words, escaping further substitutions. Works
with history expansion and parameter expansion, though for
parameters it is only useful if the resulting text is to be
re-evaluated such as by eval.
Q
Remove one level of quotes from the substituted words.
r
Remove a filename extension leaving the root name. Strings with no
filename extension are not altered. A filename extension is a '.'
followed by any number of characters (including zero) that are
neither '.' nor '/' and that continue to the end of the string.
For example, the extension of 'foo.orig.c' is '.c', and 'dir.c/foo'
has no extension.
s/L/R[/]
Substitute R for L as described below. The substitution is done
only for the first string that matches L. For arrays and for
filename generation, this applies to each word of the expanded
text. See below for further notes on substitutions.
The forms 'gs/L/R' and 's/L/R/:G' perform global substitution, i.e.
substitute every occurrence of R for L. Note that the g or :G must
appear in exactly the position shown.
See further notes on this form of substitution below.
&
Repeat the previous s substitution. Like s, may be preceded
immediately by a g. In parameter expansion the & must appear
inside braces, and in filename generation it must be quoted with a
backslash.
t
Remove all leading pathname components, leaving the tail. This
works like 'basename'.
u
Convert the words to all uppercase.
x
Like q, but break into words at whitespace. Does not work with
parameter expansion.
The s/L/R/ substitution works as follows. By default the left-hand side
of substitutions are not patterns, but character strings. Any character
can be used as the delimiter in place of '/'. A backslash quotes the
delimiter character. The character '&', in the right-hand-side R, is
replaced by the text from the left-hand-side L. The '&' can be quoted
with a backslash. A null L uses the previous string either from the
previous L or from the contextual scan string S from '!?S'. You can
omit the rightmost delimiter if a newline immediately follows R; the
rightmost '?' in a context scan can similarly be omitted. Note the same
record of the last L and R is maintained across all forms of expansion.
Note that if a '&' is used within glob qualifers an extra backslash is
needed as a & is a special character in this case.
If the option HIST_SUBST_PATTERN is set, L is treated as a pattern of
the usual form described in *note Filename Generation::. This can be
used in all the places where modifiers are available; note, however,
that in globbing qualifiers parameter substitution has already taken
place, so parameters in the replacement string should be quoted to
ensure they are replaced at the correct time. Note also that
complicated patterns used in globbing qualifiers may need the extended
glob qualifier notation (#q:s/.../.../) in order for the shell to
recognize the expression as a glob qualifier. Further, note that bad
patterns in the substitution are not subject to the NO_BAD_PATTERN
option so will cause an error.
When HIST_SUBST_PATTERN is set, L may start with a # to indicate that
the pattern must match at the start of the string to be substituted, and
a % may appear at the start or after an # to indicate that the pattern
must match at the end of the string to be substituted. The % or # may
be quoted with two backslashes.
For example, the following piece of filename generation code with the
EXTENDED_GLOB option:
print *.c(#q:s/#%(#b)s(*).c/'S${match[1]}.C'/)
takes the expansion of *.c and applies the glob qualifiers in the
(#q...) expression, which consists of a substitution modifier anchored
to the start and end of each word (#%). This turns on backreferences
((#b)), so that the parenthesised subexpression is available in the
replacement string as ${match[1]}. The replacement string is quoted so
that the parameter is not substituted before the start of filename
generation.
The following f, F, w and W modifiers work only with parameter expansion
and filename generation. They are listed here to provide a single point
of reference for all modifiers.
f
Repeats the immediately (without a colon) following modifier until
the resulting word doesn't change any more.
F:EXPR:
Like f, but repeats only N times if the expression EXPR evaluates
to N. Any character can be used instead of the ':'; if '(', '[',
or '{' is used as the opening delimiter, the closing delimiter
should be ')', ']', or '}', respectively.
w
Makes the immediately following modifier work on each word in the
string.
W:SEP:
Like w but words are considered to be the parts of the string that
are separated by SEP. Any character can be used instead of the
':'; opening parentheses are handled specially, see above.
File: zsh.info, Node: Process Substitution, Next: Parameter Expansion, Prev: History Expansion, Up: Expansion
14.2 Process Substitution
=========================
Each part of a command argument that takes the form '<(LIST)', '>(LIST)'
or '=(LIST)' is subject to process substitution. The expression may be
preceded or followed by other strings except that, to prevent clashes
with commonly occurring strings and patterns, the last form must occur
at the start of a command argument, and the forms are only expanded when
first parsing command or assignment arguments. Process substitutions
may be used following redirection operators; in this case, the
substitution must appear with no trailing string.
In the case of the < or > forms, the shell runs the commands in LIST as
a subprocess of the job executing the shell command line. If the system
supports the /dev/fd mechanism, the command argument is the name of the
device file corresponding to a file descriptor; otherwise, if the system
supports named pipes (FIFOs), the command argument will be a named pipe.
If the form with > is selected then writing on this special file will
provide input for LIST. If < is used, then the file passed as an
argument will be connected to the output of the LIST process. For
example,
paste <(cut -f1 FILE1) <(cut -f3 FILE2) |
tee >(PROCESS1) >(PROCESS2) >/dev/null
cuts fields 1 and 3 from the files FILE1 and FILE2 respectively, pastes
the results together, and sends it to the processes PROCESS1 and
PROCESS2.
If =(...) is used instead of <(...), then the file passed as an argument
will be the name of a temporary file containing the output of the LIST
process. This may be used instead of the < form for a program that
expects to lseek (see man page lseek(2)) on the input file.
There is an optimisation for substitutions of the form =(<<<ARG), where
ARG is a single-word argument to the here-string redirection <<<. This
form produces a file name containing the value of ARG after any
substitutions have been performed. This is handled entirely within the
current shell. This is effectively the reverse of the special form
$(<ARG) which treats ARG as a file name and replaces it with the file's
contents.
The = form is useful as both the /dev/fd and the named pipe
implementation of <(...) have drawbacks. In the former case, some
programmes may automatically close the file descriptor in question
before examining the file on the command line, particularly if this is
necessary for security reasons such as when the programme is running
setuid. In the second case, if the programme does not actually open the
file, the subshell attempting to read from or write to the pipe will (in
a typical implementation, different operating systems may have different
behaviour) block for ever and have to be killed explicitly. In both
cases, the shell actually supplies the information using a pipe, so that
programmes that expect to lseek (see man page lseek(2)) on the file will
not work.
Also note that the previous example can be more compactly and
efficiently written (provided the MULTIOS option is set) as:
paste <(cut -f1 FILE1) <(cut -f3 FILE2) > >(PROCESS1) > >(PROCESS2)
The shell uses pipes instead of FIFOs to implement the latter two
process substitutions in the above example.
There is an additional problem with >(PROCESS); when this is attached to
an external command, the parent shell does not wait for PROCESS to
finish and hence an immediately following command cannot rely on the
results being complete. The problem and solution are the same as
described in the section _MULTIOS_ in *note Redirection::. Hence in a
simplified version of the example above:
paste <(cut -f1 FILE1) <(cut -f3 FILE2) > >(PROCESS)
(note that no MULTIOS are involved), PROCESS will be run asynchronously
as far as the parent shell is concerned. The workaround is:
{ paste <(cut -f1 FILE1) <(cut -f3 FILE2) } > >(PROCESS)
The extra processes here are spawned from the parent shell which will
wait for their completion.
Another problem arises any time a job with a substitution that requires
a temporary file is disowned by the shell, including the case where '&!'
or '&|' appears at the end of a command containing a subsitution. In
that case the temporary file will not be cleaned up as the shell no
longer has any memory of the job. A workaround is to use a subshell,
for example,
(mycmd =(myoutput)) &!
as the forked subshell will wait for the command to finish then remove
the temporary file.
A general workaround to ensure a process substitution endures for an
appropriate length of time is to pass it as a parameter to an anonymous
shell function (a piece of shell code that is run immediately with
function scope). For example, this code:
() {
print File $1:
cat $1
} =(print This be the verse)
outputs something resembling the following
File /tmp/zsh6nU0kS:
This be the verse
The temporary file created by the process substitution will be deleted
when the function exits.
File: zsh.info, Node: Parameter Expansion, Next: Command Substitution, Prev: Process Substitution, Up: Expansion
14.3 Parameter Expansion
========================
The character '$' is used to introduce parameter expansions. See *note
Parameters:: for a description of parameters, including arrays,
associative arrays, and subscript notation to access individual array
elements.
Note in particular the fact that words of unquoted parameters are not
automatically split on whitespace unless the option SH_WORD_SPLIT is
set; see references to this option below for more details. This is an
important difference from other shells.
In the expansions discussed below that require a pattern, the form of
the pattern is the same as that used for filename generation; see *note
Filename Generation::. Note that these patterns, along with the
replacement text of any substitutions, are themselves subject to
parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion. In
addition to the following operations, the colon modifiers described in
*note Modifiers:: in *note History Expansion:: can be applied: for
example, ${i:s/foo/bar/} performs string substitution on the expansion
of parameter $i.
${NAME}
The value, if any, of the parameter NAME is substituted. The
braces are required if the expansion is to be followed by a letter,
digit, or underscore that is not to be interpreted as part of NAME.
In addition, more complicated forms of substitution usually require
the braces to be present; exceptions, which only apply if the
option KSH_ARRAYS is not set, are a single subscript or any colon
modifiers appearing after the name, or any of the characters '^',
'=', '~', '#' or '+' appearing before the name, all of which work
with or without braces.
If NAME is an array parameter, and the KSH_ARRAYS option is not
set, then the value of each element of NAME is substituted, one
element per word. Otherwise, the expansion results in one word
only; with KSH_ARRAYS, this is the first element of an array. No
field splitting is done on the result unless the SH_WORD_SPLIT
option is set. See also the flags = and s:STRING:.
${+NAME}
If NAME is the name of a set parameter '1' is substituted,
otherwise '0' is substituted.
${NAME-WORD}
${NAME:-WORD}
If NAME is set, or in the second form is non-null, then substitute
its value; otherwise substitute WORD. In the second form NAME may
be omitted, in which case WORD is always substituted.
${NAME+WORD}
${NAME:+WORD}
If NAME is set, or in the second form is non-null, then substitute
WORD; otherwise substitute nothing.
${NAME=WORD}
${NAME:=WORD}
${NAME::=WORD}
In the first form, if NAME is unset then set it to WORD; in the
second form, if NAME is unset or null then set it to WORD; and in
the third form, unconditionally set NAME to WORD. In all forms,
the value of the parameter is then substituted.
${NAME?WORD}
${NAME:?WORD}
In the first form, if NAME is set, or in the second form if NAME is
both set and non-null, then substitute its value; otherwise, print
WORD and exit from the shell. Interactive shells instead return to
the prompt. If WORD is omitted, then a standard message is
printed.
In any of the above expressions that test a variable and substitute an
alternate WORD, note that you can use standard shell quoting in the WORD
value to selectively override the splitting done by the SH_WORD_SPLIT
option and the = flag, but not splitting by the s:STRING: flag.
In the following expressions, when NAME is an array and the substitution
is not quoted, or if the '(@)' flag or the NAME[@] syntax is used,
matching and replacement is performed on each array element separately.
${NAME#PATTERN}
${NAME##PATTERN}
If the PATTERN matches the beginning of the value of NAME, then
substitute the value of NAME with the matched portion deleted;
otherwise, just substitute the value of NAME. In the first form,
the smallest matching pattern is preferred; in the second form, the
largest matching pattern is preferred.
${NAME%PATTERN}
${NAME%%PATTERN}
If the PATTERN matches the end of the value of NAME, then
substitute the value of NAME with the matched portion deleted;
otherwise, just substitute the value of NAME. In the first form,
the smallest matching pattern is preferred; in the second form, the
largest matching pattern is preferred.
${NAME:#PATTERN}
If the PATTERN matches the value of NAME, then substitute the empty
string; otherwise, just substitute the value of NAME. If NAME is
an array the matching array elements are removed (use the '(M)'
flag to remove the non-matched elements).
${NAME:|ARRAYNAME}
If ARRAYNAME is the name (N.B., not contents) of an array variable,
then any elements contained in ARRAYNAME are removed from the
substitution of NAME. If the substitution is scalar, either
because NAME is a scalar variable or the expression is quoted, the
elements of ARRAYNAME are instead tested against the entire
expression.
${NAME:*ARRAYNAME}
Similar to the preceding subsitution, but in the opposite sense, so
that entries present in both the original substitution and as
elements of ARRAYNAME are retained and others removed.
${NAME:OFFSET}
${NAME:OFFSET:LENGTH}
This syntax gives effects similar to parameter subscripting in the
form $NAME[START,END], but is compatible with other shells; note
that both OFFSET and LENGTH are interpreted differently from the
components of a subscript.
If OFFSET is non-negative, then if the variable NAME is a scalar
substitute the contents starting OFFSET characters from the first
character of the string, and if NAME is an array substitute
elements starting OFFSET elements from the first element. If
LENGTH is given, substitute that many characters or elements,
otherwise the entire rest of the scalar or array.
A positive OFFSET is always treated as the offset of a character or
element in NAME from the first character or element of the array
(this is different from native zsh subscript notation). Hence 0
refers to the first character or element regardless of the setting
of the option KSH_ARRAYS.
A negative offset counts backwards from the end of the scalar or
array, so that -1 corresponds to the last character or element, and
so on.
When positive, LENGTH counts from the OFFSET position toward the
end of the scalar or array. When negative, LENGTH counts back from
the end. If this results in a position smaller than OFFSET, a
diagnostic is printed and nothing is substituted.
The option MULTIBYTE is obeyed, i.e. the offset and length count
multibyte characters where appropriate.
OFFSET and LENGTH undergo the same set of shell substitutions as
for scalar assignment; in addition, they are then subject to
arithmetic evaluation. Hence, for example
print ${foo:3}
print ${foo: 1 + 2}
print ${foo:$(( 1 + 2))}
print ${foo:$(echo 1 + 2)}
all have the same effect, extracting the string starting at the
fourth character of $foo if the substution would otherwise return a
scalar, or the array starting at the fourth element if $foo would
return an array. Note that with the option KSH_ARRAYS $foo always
returns a scalar (regardless of the use of the offset syntax) and a
form such as $foo[*]:3 is required to extract elements of an array
named foo.
If OFFSET is negative, the - may not appear immediately after the :
as this indicates the ${NAME:-WORD} form of substitution. Instead,
a space may be inserted before the -. Furthermore, neither OFFSET
nor LENGTH may begin with an alphabetic character or & as these are
used to indicate history-style modifiers. To substitute a value
from a variable, the recommended approach is to precede it with a $
as this signifies the intention (parameter substitution can easily
be rendered unreadable); however, as arithmetic substitution is
performed, the expression ${var: offs} does work, retrieving the
offset from $offs.
For further compatibility with other shells there is a special case
for array offset 0. This usually accesses to the first element of
the array. However, if the substitution refers the positional
parameter array, e.g. $@ or $*, then offset 0 instead refers to
$0, offset 1 refers to $1, and so on. In other words, the
positional parameter array is effectively extended by prepending
$0. Hence ${*:0:1} substitutes $0 and ${*:1:1} substitutes $1.
${NAME/PATTERN/REPL}
${NAME//PATTERN/REPL}
Replace the longest possible match of PATTERN in the expansion of
parameter NAME by string REPL. The first form replaces just the
first occurrence, the second form all occurrences. Both PATTERN
and REPL are subject to double-quoted substitution, so that
expressions like ${name/$opat/$npat} will work, but note the usual
rule that pattern characters in $opat are not treated specially
unless either the option GLOB_SUBST is set, or $opat is instead
substituted as ${~opat}.
The PATTERN may begin with a '#', in which case the PATTERN must
match at the start of the string, or '%', in which case it must
match at the end of the string, or '#%' in which case the PATTERN
must match the entire string. The REPL may be an empty string, in
which case the final '/' may also be omitted. To quote the final
'/' in other cases it should be preceded by a single backslash;
this is not necessary if the '/' occurs inside a substituted
parameter. Note also that the '#', '%' and '#% are not active if
they occur inside a substituted parameter, even at the start.
The first '/' may be preceded by a ':', in which case the match
will only succeed if it matches the entire word. Note also the
effect of the I and S parameter expansion flags below; however, the
flags M, R, B, E and N are not useful.
For example,
foo="twinkle twinkle little star" sub="t*e" rep="spy"
print ${foo//${~sub}/$rep}
print ${(S)foo//${~sub}/$rep}
Here, the '~' ensures that the text of $sub is treated as a pattern
rather than a plain string. In the first case, the longest match
for t*e is substituted and the result is 'spy star', while in the
second case, the shortest matches are taken and the result is 'spy
spy lispy star'.
${#SPEC}
If SPEC is one of the above substitutions, substitute the length in
characters of the result instead of the result itself. If SPEC is
an array expression, substitute the number of elements of the
result. Note that '^', '=', and '~', below, must appear to the
left of '#' when these forms are combined.
${^SPEC}
Turn on the RC_EXPAND_PARAM option for the evaluation of SPEC; if
the '^' is doubled, turn it off. When this option is set, array
expansions of the form FOO${XX}BAR, where the parameter XX is set
to (A B C), are substituted with 'FOOABAR FOOBBAR FOOCBAR' instead
of the default 'FOOA B CBAR'. Note that an empty array will
therefore cause all arguments to be removed.
Internally, each such expansion is converted into the equivalent
list for brace expansion. E.g., ${^var} becomes
{$var[1],$var[2],...}, and is processed as described in *note Brace
Expansion:: below. If word splitting is also in effect the $var[N]
may themselves be split into different list elements.
${=SPEC}
Perform word splitting using the rules for SH_WORD_SPLIT during the
evaluation of SPEC, but regardless of whether the parameter appears
in double quotes; if the '=' is doubled, turn it off. This forces
parameter expansions to be split into separate words before
substitution, using IFS as a delimiter. This is done by default in
most other shells.
Note that splitting is applied to WORD in the assignment forms of
SPEC _before_ the assignment to NAME is performed. This affects
the result of array assignments with the A flag.
${~SPEC}
Turn on the GLOB_SUBST option for the evaluation of SPEC; if the
'~' is doubled, turn it off. When this option is set, the string
resulting from the expansion will be interpreted as a pattern
anywhere that is possible, such as in filename expansion and
filename generation and pattern-matching contexts like the right
hand side of the '=' and '!=' operators in conditions.
In nested substitutions, note that the effect of the ~ applies to
the result of the current level of substitution. A surrounding
pattern operation on the result may cancel it. Hence, for example,
if the parameter foo is set to *, ${~foo//\*/*.c} is substituted by
the pattern *.c, which may be expanded by filename generation, but
${${~foo}//\*/*.c} substitutes to the string *.c, which will not be
further expanded.
If a ${...} type parameter expression or a $(...) type command
substitution is used in place of NAME above, it is expanded first and
the result is used as if it were the value of NAME. Thus it is possible
to perform nested operations: ${${foo#head}%tail} substitutes the value
of $foo with both 'head' and 'tail' deleted. The form with $(...) is
often useful in combination with the flags described next; see the
examples below. Each NAME or nested ${...} in a parameter expansion may
also be followed by a subscript expression as described in *note Array
Parameters::.
Note that double quotes may appear around nested expressions, in which
case only the part inside is treated as quoted; for example,
${(f)"$(foo)"} quotes the result of $(foo), but the flag '(f)' (see
below) is applied using the rules for unquoted expansions. Note further
that quotes are themselves nested in this context; for example, in
"${(@f)"$(foo)"}", there are two sets of quotes, one surrounding the
whole expression, the other (redundant) surrounding the $(foo) as
before.
14.3.1 Parameter Expansion Flags
--------------------------------
If the opening brace is directly followed by an opening parenthesis, the
string up to the matching closing parenthesis will be taken as a list of
flags. In cases where repeating a flag is meaningful, the repetitions
need not be consecutive; for example, '(q%q%q)' means the same thing as
the more readable '(%%qqq)'. The following flags are supported:
#
Evaluate the resulting words as numeric expressions and output the
characters corresponding to the resulting integer. Note that this
form is entirely distinct from use of the # without parentheses.
If the MULTIBYTE option is set and the number is greater than 127
(i.e. not an ASCII character) it is treated as a Unicode
character.
%
Expand all % escapes in the resulting words in the same way as in
prompts (see *note Prompt Expansion::). If this flag is given
twice, full prompt expansion is done on the resulting words,
depending on the setting of the PROMPT_PERCENT, PROMPT_SUBST and
PROMPT_BANG options.
@
In double quotes, array elements are put into separate words.
E.g., '"${(@)foo}"' is equivalent to '"${foo[@]}"' and
'"${(@)foo[1,2]}"' is the same as '"$foo[1]" "$foo[2]"'. This is
distinct from _field splitting_ by the f, s or z flags, which still
applies within each array element.
A
Create an array parameter with '${...=...}', '${...:=...}' or
'${...::=...}'. If this flag is repeated (as in 'AA'), create an
associative array parameter. Assignment is made before sorting or
padding. The NAME part may be a subscripted range for ordinary
arrays; the WORD part _must_ be converted to an array, for example
by using '${(AA)=NAME=...}' to activate field splitting, when
creating an associative array.
a
Sort in array index order; when combined with 'O' sort in reverse
array index order. Note that 'a' is therefore equivalent to the
default but 'Oa' is useful for obtaining an array's elements in
reverse order.
c
With ${#NAME}, count the total number of characters in an array, as
if the elements were concatenated with spaces between them.
C
Capitalize the resulting words. 'Words' in this case refers to
sequences of alphanumeric characters separated by
non-alphanumerics, _not_ to words that result from field splitting.
D
Assume the string or array elements contain directories and attempt
to substitute the leading part of these by names. The remainder of
the path (the whole of it if the leading part was not subsituted)
is then quoted so that the whole string can be used as a shell
argument. This is the reverse of '~' substitution: see *note
Filename Expansion::.
e
Perform _parameter expansion_, _command substitution_ and
_arithmetic expansion_ on the result. Such expansions can be
nested but too deep recursion may have unpredictable effects.
f
Split the result of the expansion at newlines. This is a shorthand
for 'ps:\n:'.
F
Join the words of arrays together using newline as a separator.
This is a shorthand for 'pj:\n:'.
g:opts:
Process escape sequences like the echo builtin when no options are
given (g::). With the o option, octal escapes don't take a leading
zero. With the c option, sequences like '^X' are also processed.
With the e option, processes '\M-t' and similar sequences like the
print builtin. With both of the o and e options, behaves like the
print builtin except that in none of these modes is '\c'
interpreted.
i
Sort case-insensitively. May be combined with 'n' or 'O'.
k
If NAME refers to an associative array, substitute the _keys_
(element names) rather than the values of the elements. Used with
subscripts (including ordinary arrays), force indices or keys to be
substituted even if the subscript form refers to values. However,
this flag may not be combined with subscript ranges.
L
Convert all letters in the result to lower case.
n
Sort decimal integers numerically; if the first differing
characters of two test strings are not digits, sorting is lexical.
Integers with more initial zeroes are sorted before those with
fewer or none. Hence the array 'foo1 foo02 foo2 foo3 foo20 foo23'
is sorted into the order shown. May be combined with 'i' or 'O'.
o
Sort the resulting words in ascending order; if this appears on its
own the sorting is lexical and case-sensitive (unless the locale
renders it case-insensitive). Sorting in ascending order is the
default for other forms of sorting, so this is ignored if combined
with 'a', 'i' or 'n'.
O
Sort the resulting words in descending order; 'O' without 'a', 'i'
or 'n' sorts in reverse lexical order. May be combined with 'a',
'i' or 'n' to reverse the order of sorting.
P
This forces the value of the parameter NAME to be interpreted as a
further parameter name, whose value will be used where appropriate.
Note that flags set with one of the typeset family of commands (in
particular case transformations) are not applied to the value of
NAME used in this fashion.
If used with a nested parameter or command substitution, the result
of that will be taken as a parameter name in the same way. For
example, if you have 'foo=bar' and 'bar=baz', the strings
${(P)foo}, ${(P)${foo}}, and ${(P)$(echo bar)} will be expanded to
'baz'.
q
Quote characters that are special to the shell in the resulting
words with backslashes; unprintable or invalid characters are
quoted using the $'\NNN' form, with separate quotes for each octet.
If this flag is given twice, the resulting words are quoted in
single quotes and if it is given three times, the words are quoted
in double quotes; in these forms no special handling of unprintable
or invalid characters is attempted. If the flag is given four
times, the words are quoted in single quotes preceded by a $. Note
that in all three of these forms quoting is done unconditionally,
even if this does not change the way the resulting string would be
interpreted by the shell.
If a q- is given (only a single q may appear), a minimal form of
single quoting is used that only quotes the string if needed to
protect special characters. Typically this form gives the most
readable output.
Q
Remove one level of quotes from the resulting words.
t
Use a string describing the type of the parameter where the value
of the parameter would usually appear. This string consists of
keywords separated by hyphens ('-'). The first keyword in the
string describes the main type, it can be one of 'scalar', 'array',
'integer', 'float' or 'association'. The other keywords describe
the type in more detail:
local
for local parameters
left
for left justified parameters
right_blanks
for right justified parameters with leading blanks
right_zeros
for right justified parameters with leading zeros
lower
for parameters whose value is converted to all lower case when
it is expanded
upper
for parameters whose value is converted to all upper case when
it is expanded
readonly
for readonly parameters
tag
for tagged parameters
export
for exported parameters
unique
for arrays which keep only the first occurrence of duplicated
values
hide
for parameters with the 'hide' flag
special
for special parameters defined by the shell
u
Expand only the first occurrence of each unique word.
U
Convert all letters in the result to upper case.
v
Used with k, substitute (as two consecutive words) both the key and
the value of each associative array element. Used with subscripts,
force values to be substituted even if the subscript form refers to
indices or keys.
V
Make any special characters in the resulting words visible.
w
With ${#NAME}, count words in arrays or strings; the s flag may be
used to set a word delimiter.
W
Similar to w with the difference that empty words between repeated
delimiters are also counted.
X
With this flag, parsing errors occurring with the Q, e and # flags
or the pattern matching forms such as '${NAME#PATTERN}' are
reported. Without the flag, errors are silently ignored.
z
Split the result of the expansion into words using shell parsing to
find the words, i.e. taking into account any quoting in the value.
Comments are not treated specially but as ordinary strings, similar
to interactive shells with the INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS option unset
(however, see the Z flag below for related options)
Note that this is done very late, even later than the '(s)' flag.
So to access single words in the result use nested expansions as in
'${${(z)foo}[2]}'. Likewise, to remove the quotes in the resulting
words use '${(Q)${(z)foo}}'.
0
Split the result of the expansion on null bytes. This is a
shorthand for 'ps:\0:'.
The following flags (except p) are followed by one or more arguments as
shown. Any character, or the matching pairs '(...)', '{...}', '[...]',
or '<...>', may be used in place of a colon as delimiters, but note that
when a flag takes more than one argument, a matched pair of delimiters
must surround each argument.
p
Recognize the same escape sequences as the print builtin in string
arguments to any of the flags described below that follow this
argument.
~
Force string arguments to any of the flags below that follow within
the parentheses to be treated as patterns. Compare with a ~
outside parentheses, which forces the entire substituted string to
be treated as a pattern. Hence, for example,
[[ "?" = ${(~j.|.)array} ]]
with the EXTENDED_GLOB option set succeeds if and only if $array
contains the string '?' as an element. The argument may be
repeated to toggle the behaviour; its effect only lasts to the end
of the parenthesised group.
j:STRING:
Join the words of arrays together using STRING as a separator.
Note that this occurs before field splitting by the s:STRING: flag
or the SH_WORD_SPLIT option.
l:EXPR::STRING1::STRING2:
Pad the resulting words on the left. Each word will be truncated
if required and placed in a field EXPR characters wide.
The arguments :STRING1: and :STRING2: are optional; neither, the
first, or both may be given. Note that the same pairs of
delimiters must be used for each of the three arguments. The space
to the left will be filled with STRING1 (concatenated as often as
needed) or spaces if STRING1 is not given. If both STRING1 and
STRING2 are given, string2 is inserted once directly to the left of
each word, truncated if necessary, before STRING1 is used to
produce any remaining padding.
If the MULTIBYTE option is in effect, the flag m may also be given,
in which case widths will be used for the calculation of padding;
otherwise individual multibyte characters are treated as occupying
one unit of width.
If the MULTIBYTE option is not in effect, each byte in the string
is treated as occupying one unit of width.
Control characters are always assumed to be one unit wide; this
allows the mechanism to be used for generating repetitions of
control characters.
m
Only useful together with one of the flags l or r or with the #
length operator when the MULTIBYTE option is in effect. Use the
character width reported by the system in calculating how much of
the string it occupies or the overall length of the string. Most
printable characters have a width of one unit, however certain
Asian character sets and certain special effects use wider
characters; combining characters have zero width. Non-printable
characters are arbitrarily counted as zero width; how they would
actually be displayed will vary.
If the m is repeated, the character either counts zero (if it has
zero width), else one. For printable character strings this has
the effect of counting the number of glyphs (visibly separate
characters), except for the case where combining characters
themselves have non-zero width (true in certain alphabets).
r:EXPR::STRING1::STRING2:
As l, but pad the words on the right and insert STRING2 immediately
to the right of the string to be padded.
Left and right padding may be used together. In this case the
strategy is to apply left padding to the first half width of each
of the resulting words, and right padding to the second half. If
the string to be padded has odd width the extra padding is applied
on the left.
s:STRING:
Force field splitting at the separator STRING. Note that a STRING
of two or more characters means that all of them must match in
sequence; this differs from the treatment of two or more characters
in the IFS parameter. See also the = flag and the SH_WORD_SPLIT
option. An empty string may also be given in which case every
character will be a separate element.
For historical reasons, the usual behaviour that empty array
elements are retained inside double quotes is disabled for arrays
generated by splitting; hence the following:
line="one::three"
print -l "${(s.:.)line}"
produces two lines of output for one and three and elides the empty
field. To override this behaviour, supply the "(@)" flag as well,
i.e. "${(@s.:.)line}".
Z:OPTS:
As z but takes a combination of option letters between a following
pair of delimiter characters. With no options the effect is
identical to z. (Z+c+) causes comments to be parsed as a string
and retained; any field in the resulting array beginning with an
unquoted comment character is a comment. (Z+C+) causes comments to
be parsed and removed. The rule for comments is standard: anything
between a word starting with the third character of $HISTCHARS,
default #, up to the next newline is a comment. (Z+n+) causes
unquoted newlines to be treated as ordinary whitespace, else they
are treated as if they are shell code delimiters and converted to
semicolons. Options are combined within the same set of
delimiters, e.g. (Z+Cn+).
_:FLAGS:
The underscore (_) flag is reserved for future use. As of this
revision of zsh, there are no valid FLAGS; anything following an
underscore, other than an empty pair of delimiters, is treated as
an error, and the flag itself has no effect.
The following flags are meaningful with the ${...#...} or ${...%...}
forms. The S and I flags may also be used with the ${.../...} forms.
S
Search substrings as well as beginnings or ends; with # start from
the beginning and with % start from the end of the string. With
substitution via ${.../...} or ${...//...}, specifies non-greedy
matching, i.e. that the shortest instead of the longest match
should be replaced.
I:EXPR:
Search the EXPRth match (where EXPR evaluates to a number). This
only applies when searching for substrings, either with the S flag,
or with ${.../...} (only the EXPRth match is substituted) or
${...//...} (all matches from the EXPRth on are substituted). The
default is to take the first match.
The EXPRth match is counted such that there is either one or zero
matches from each starting position in the string, although for
global substitution matches overlapping previous replacements are
ignored. With the ${...%...} and ${...%%...} forms, the starting
position for the match moves backwards from the end as the index
increases, while with the other forms it moves forward from the
start.
Hence with the string
which switch is the right switch for Ipswich?
substitutions of the form ${(SI:N:)string#w*ch} as N increases from
1 will match and remove 'which', 'witch', 'witch' and 'wich'; the
form using '##' will match and remove 'which switch is the right
switch for Ipswich', 'witch is the right switch for Ipswich',
'witch for Ipswich' and 'wich'. The form using '%' will remove the
same matches as for '#', but in reverse order, and the form using
'%%' will remove the same matches as for '##' in reverse order.
B
Include the index of the beginning of the match in the result.
E
Include the index of the end of the match in the result.
M
Include the matched portion in the result.
N
Include the length of the match in the result.
R
Include the unmatched portion in the result (the _R_est).
14.3.2 Rules
------------
Here is a summary of the rules for substitution; this assumes that
braces are present around the substitution, i.e. ${...}. Some
particular examples are given below. Note that the Zsh Development
Group accepts _no responsibility_ for any brain damage which may occur
during the reading of the following rules.
1. _Nested substitution_
If multiple nested ${...} forms are present, substitution is
performed from the inside outwards. At each level, the
substitution takes account of whether the current value is a scalar
or an array, whether the whole substitution is in double quotes,
and what flags are supplied to the current level of substitution,
just as if the nested substitution were the outermost. The flags
are not propagated up to enclosing substitutions; the nested
substitution will return either a scalar or an array as determined
by the flags, possibly adjusted for quoting. All the following
steps take place where applicable at all levels of substitution.
Note that, unless the '(P)' flag is present, the flags and any
subscripts apply directly to the value of the nested substitution;
for example, the expansion ${${foo}} behaves exactly the same as
${foo}.
At each nested level of substitution, the substituted words undergo
all forms of single-word substitution (i.e. not filename
generation), including command substitution, arithmetic expansion
and filename expansion (i.e. leading ~ and =). Thus, for example,
${${:-=cat}:h} expands to the directory where the cat program
resides. (Explanation: the internal substitution has no parameter
but a default value =cat, which is expanded by filename expansion
to a full path; the outer substitution then applies the modifier :h
and takes the directory part of the path.)
2. _Internal parameter flags_
Any parameter flags set by one of the typeset family of commands,
in particular the L, R, Z, u and l flags for padding and
capitalization, are applied directly to the parameter value. Note
these flags are options to the command, e.g. 'typeset -Z'; they
are not the same as the flags used within parameter substitutions.
3. _Parameter subscripting_
If the value is a raw parameter reference with a subscript, such as
${VAR[3]}, the effect of subscripting is applied directly to the
parameter. Subscripts are evaluated left to right; subsequent
subscripts apply to the scalar or array value yielded by the
previous subscript. Thus if var is an array, ${var[1][2]} is the
second character of the first word, but ${var[2,4][2]} is the
entire third word (the second word of the range of words two
through four of the original array). Any number of subscripts may
appear.
4. _Parameter name replacement_
The effect of any (P) flag, which treats the value so far as a
parameter name and replaces it with the corresponding value, is
applied.
5. _Double-quoted joining_
If the value after this process is an array, and the substitution
appears in double quotes, and no (@) flag is present at the current
level, the words of the value are joined with the first character
of the parameter $IFS, by default a space, between each word
(single word arrays are not modified). If the (j) flag is present,
that is used for joining instead of $IFS.
6. _Nested subscripting_
Any remaining subscripts (i.e. of a nested substitution) are
evaluated at this point, based on whether the value is an array or
a scalar. As with 3., multiple subscripts can appear. Note that
${foo[2,4][2]} is thus equivalent to ${${foo[2,4]}[2]} and also to
"${${(@)foo[2,4]}[2]}" (the nested substitution returns an array in
both cases), but not to "${${foo[2,4]}[2]}" (the nested
substitution returns a scalar because of the quotes).
7. _Modifiers_
Any modifiers, as specified by a trailing '#', '%', '/' (possibly
doubled) or by a set of modifiers of the form :... (see *note
Modifiers:: in *note History Expansion::), are applied to the words
of the value at this level.
8. _Character evaluation_
Any (#) flag is applied, evaluating the result so far numerically
as a character.
9. _Length_
Any initial # modifier, i.e. in the form ${#VAR}, is used to
evaluate the length of the expression so far.
10. _Forced joining_
If the '(j)' flag is present, or no '(j)' flag is present but the
string is to be split as given by rule 11., and joining did not
take place at step 5., any words in the value are joined together
using the given string or the first character of $IFS if none.
Note that the '(F)' flag implicitly supplies a string for joining
in this manner.
11. _Simple word splitting_
If one of the '(s)' or '(f)' flags are present, or the '='
specifier was present (e.g. ${=VAR}), the word is split on
occurrences of the specified string, or (for = with neither of the
two flags present) any of the characters in $IFS.
If no '(s)', '(f)' or '=' was given, but the word is not quoted and
the option SH_WORD_SPLIT is set, the word is split on occurrences
of any of the characters in $IFS. Note this step, too, takes place
at all levels of a nested substitution.
12. _Case modification_
Any case modification from one of the flags (L), (U) or (C) is
applied.
13. _Escape sequence replacement_
First any replacements from the (g) flag are performed, then any
prompt-style formatting from the (%) family of flags is applied.
14. _Quote application_
Any quoting or unquoting using (q) and (Q) and related flags is
applied.
15. _Directory naming_
Any directory name substitution using (D) flag is applied.
16. _Visibility enhancement_
Any modifications to make characters visible using the (V) flag are
applied.
17. _Lexical word splitting_
If the '(z)' flag or one of the forms of the '(Z)' flag is present,
the word is split as if it were a shell command line, so that
quotation marks and other metacharacters are used to decide what
constitutes a word. Note this form of splitting is entirely
distinct from that described by rule 11.: it does not use $IFS, and
does not cause forced joining.
18. _Uniqueness_
If the result is an array and the '(u)' flag was present, duplicate
elements are removed from the array.
19. _Ordering_
If the result is still an array and one of the '(o)' or '(O)' flags
was present, the array is reordered.
20. _Re-evaluation_
Any '(e)' flag is applied to the value, forcing it to be
re-examined for new parameter substitutions, but also for command
and arithmetic substitutions.
21. _Padding_
Any padding of the value by the '(l.FILL.)' or '(r.FILL.)' flags is
applied.
22. _Semantic joining_
In contexts where expansion semantics requires a single word to
result, all words are rejoined with the first character of IFS
between. So in '${(P)${(f)lines}}' the value of ${lines} is split
at newlines, but then must be joined again before the P flag can be
applied.
If a single word is not required, this rule is skipped.
23. _Empty argument removal_
If the substitution does not appear in double quotes, any resulting
zero-length argument, whether from a scalar or an element of an
array, is elided from the list of arguments inserted into the
command line.
Strictly speaking, the removal happens later as the same happens
with other forms of substitution; the point to note here is simply
that it occurs after any of the above parameter operations.
14.3.3 Examples
---------------
The flag f is useful to split a double-quoted substitution line by line.
For example, ${(f)"$(<FILE)"} substitutes the contents of FILE divided
so that each line is an element of the resulting array. Compare this
with the effect of $(<FILE) alone, which divides the file up by words,
or the same inside double quotes, which makes the entire content of the
file a single string.
The following illustrates the rules for nested parameter expansions.
Suppose that $foo contains the array (bar baz):
"${(@)${foo}[1]}"
This produces the result b. First, the inner substitution
"${foo}", which has no array (@) flag, produces a single word
result "bar baz". The outer substitution "${(@)...[1]}" detects
that this is a scalar, so that (despite the '(@)' flag) the
subscript picks the first character.
"${${(@)foo}[1]}"
This produces the result 'bar'. In this case, the inner
substitution "${(@)foo}" produces the array '(bar baz)'. The outer
substitution "${...[1]}" detects that this is an array and picks
the first word. This is similar to the simple case "${foo[1]}".
As an example of the rules for word splitting and joining, suppose $foo
contains the array '(ax1 bx1)'. Then
${(s/x/)foo}
produces the words 'a', '1 b' and '1'.
${(j/x/s/x/)foo}
produces 'a', '1', 'b' and '1'.
${(s/x/)foo%%1*}
produces 'a' and ' b' (note the extra space). As substitution
occurs before either joining or splitting, the operation first
generates the modified array (ax bx), which is joined to give "ax
bx", and then split to give 'a', ' b' and ''. The final empty
string will then be elided, as it is not in double quotes.
File: zsh.info, Node: Command Substitution, Next: Arithmetic Expansion, Prev: Parameter Expansion, Up: Expansion
14.4 Command Substitution
=========================
A command enclosed in parentheses preceded by a dollar sign, like
'$(...)', or quoted with grave accents, like '`...`', is replaced with
its standard output, with any trailing newlines deleted. If the
substitution is not enclosed in double quotes, the output is broken into
words using the IFS parameter. The substitution '$(cat FOO)' may be
replaced by the equivalent but faster '$(<FOO)'. In either case, if the
option GLOB_SUBST is set, the output is eligible for filename
generation.
File: zsh.info, Node: Arithmetic Expansion, Next: Brace Expansion, Prev: Command Substitution, Up: Expansion
14.5 Arithmetic Expansion
=========================
A string of the form '$[EXP]' or '$((EXP))' is substituted with the
value of the arithmetic expression EXP. EXP is subjected to _parameter
expansion_, _command substitution_ and _arithmetic expansion_ before it
is evaluated. See *note Arithmetic Evaluation::.
File: zsh.info, Node: Brace Expansion, Next: Filename Expansion, Prev: Arithmetic Expansion, Up: Expansion
14.6 Brace Expansion
====================
A string of the form 'FOO{XX,YY,ZZ}BAR' is expanded to the individual
words 'FOOXXBAR', 'FOOYYBAR' and 'FOOZZBAR'. Left-to-right order is
preserved. This construct may be nested. Commas may be quoted in order
to include them literally in a word.
An expression of the form '{N1..N2}', where N1 and N2 are integers, is
expanded to every number between N1 and N2 inclusive. If either number
begins with a zero, all the resulting numbers will be padded with
leading zeroes to that minimum width, but for negative numbers the -
character is also included in the width. If the numbers are in
decreasing order the resulting sequence will also be in decreasing
order.
An expression of the form '{N1..N2..N3}', where N1, N2, and N3 are
integers, is expanded as above, but only every N3th number starting from
N1 is output. If N3 is negative the numbers are output in reverse
order, this is slightly different from simply swapping N1 and N2 in the
case that the step N3 doesn't evenly divide the range. Zero padding can
be specified in any of the three numbers, specifying it in the third can
be useful to pad for example '{-99..100..01}' which is not possible to
specify by putting a 0 on either of the first two numbers (i.e. pad to
two characters).
If a brace expression matches none of the above forms, it is left
unchanged, unless the option BRACE_CCL (an abbreviation for 'brace
character class') is set. In that case, it is expanded to a list of the
individual characters between the braces sorted into the order of the
characters in the ASCII character set (multibyte characters are not
currently handled). The syntax is similar to a [...] expression in
filename generation: '-' is treated specially to denote a range of
characters, but '^' or '!' as the first character is treated normally.
For example, '{abcdef0-9}' expands to 16 words 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 a b c
d e f.
Note that brace expansion is not part of filename generation (globbing);
an expression such as */{foo,bar} is split into two separate words */foo
and */bar before filename generation takes place. In particular, note
that this is liable to produce a 'no match' error if _either_ of the two
expressions does not match; this is to be contrasted with */(foo|bar),
which is treated as a single pattern but otherwise has similar effects.
To combine brace expansion with array expansion, see the ${^SPEC} form
described in *note Parameter Expansion:: above.
File: zsh.info, Node: Filename Expansion, Next: Filename Generation, Prev: Brace Expansion, Up: Expansion
14.7 Filename Expansion
=======================
Each word is checked to see if it begins with an unquoted '~'. If it
does, then the word up to a '/', or the end of the word if there is no
'/', is checked to see if it can be substituted in one of the ways
described here. If so, then the '~' and the checked portion are
replaced with the appropriate substitute value.
A '~' by itself is replaced by the value of $HOME. A '~' followed by a
'+' or a '-' is replaced by current or previous working directory,
respectively.
A '~' followed by a number is replaced by the directory at that position
in the directory stack. '~0' is equivalent to '~+', and '~1' is the top
of the stack. '~+' followed by a number is replaced by the directory at
that position in the directory stack. '~+0' is equivalent to '~+', and
'~+1' is the top of the stack. '~-' followed by a number is replaced by
the directory that many positions from the bottom of the stack. '~-0'
is the bottom of the stack. The PUSHD_MINUS option exchanges the
effects of '~+' and '~-' where they are followed by a number.
14.7.1 Dynamic named directories
--------------------------------
If the function zsh_directory_name exists, or the shell variable
zsh_directory_name_functions exists and contains an array of function
names, then the functions are used to implement dynamic directory
naming. The functions are tried in order until one returns status zero,
so it is important that functions test whether they can handle the case
in question and return an appropriate status.
A '~' followed by a string NAMSTR in unquoted square brackets is treated
specially as a dynamic directory name. Note that the first unquoted
closing square bracket always terminates NAMSTR. The shell function is
passed two arguments: the string n (for name) and NAMSTR. It should
either set the array reply to a single element which is the directory
corresponding to the name and return status zero (executing an
assignment as the last statement is usually sufficient), or it should
return status non-zero. In the former case the element of reply is used
as the directory; in the latter case the substitution is deemed to have
failed. If all functions fail and the option NOMATCH is set, an error
results.
The functions defined as above are also used to see if a directory can
be turned into a name, for example when printing the directory stack or
when expanding %~ in prompts. In this case each function is passed two
arguments: the string d (for directory) and the candidate for dynamic
naming. The function should either return non-zero status, if the
directory cannot be named by the function, or it should set the array
reply to consist of two elements: the first is the dynamic name for the
directory (as would appear within '~[...]'), and the second is the
prefix length of the directory to be replaced. For example, if the
trial directory is /home/myname/src/zsh and the dynamic name for
/home/myname/src (which has 16 characters) is s, then the function sets
reply=(s 16)
The directory name so returned is compared with possible static names
for parts of the directory path, as described below; it is used if the
prefix length matched (16 in the example) is longer than that matched by
any static name.
It is not a requirement that a function implements both n and d calls;
for example, it might be appropriate for certain dynamic forms of
expansion not to be contracted to names. In that case any call with the
first argument d should cause a non-zero status to be returned.
The completion system calls 'zsh_directory_name c' followed by
equivalent calls to elements of the array zsh_directory_name_functions,
if it exists, in order to complete dynamic names for directories. The
code for this should be as for any other completion function as
described in *note Completion System::.
As a working example, here is a function that expands any dynamic names
beginning with the string p: to directories below /home/pws/perforce.
In this simple case a static name for the directory would be just as
effective.
zsh_directory_name() {
emulate -L zsh
setopt extendedglob
local -a match mbegin mend
if [[ $1 = d ]]; then
# turn the directory into a name
if [[ $2 = (#b)(/home/pws/perforce/)([^/]##)* ]]; then
typeset -ga reply
reply=(p:$match[2] $(( ${#match[1]} + ${#match[2]} )) )
else
return 1
fi
elif [[ $1 = n ]]; then
# turn the name into a directory
[[ $2 != (#b)p:(?*) ]] && return 1
typeset -ga reply
reply=(/home/pws/perforce/$match[1])
elif [[ $1 = c ]]; then
# complete names
local expl
local -a dirs
dirs=(/home/pws/perforce/*(/:t))
dirs=(p:${^dirs})
_wanted dynamic-dirs expl 'dynamic directory' compadd -S\] -a dirs
return
else
return 1
fi
return 0
}
14.7.2 Static named directories
-------------------------------
A '~' followed by anything not already covered consisting of any number
of alphanumeric characters or underscore ('_'), hyphen ('-'), or dot
('.') is looked up as a named directory, and replaced by the value of
that named directory if found. Named directories are typically home
directories for users on the system. They may also be defined if the
text after the '~' is the name of a string shell parameter whose value
begins with a '/'. Note that trailing slashes will be removed from the
path to the directory (though the original parameter is not modified).
It is also possible to define directory names using the -d option to the
hash builtin.
In certain circumstances (in prompts, for instance), when the shell
prints a path, the path is checked to see if it has a named directory as
its prefix. If so, then the prefix portion is replaced with a '~'
followed by the name of the directory. The shortest way of referring to
the directory is used, with ties broken in favour of using a named
directory, except when the directory is / itself. The parameters $PWD
and $OLDPWD are never abbreviated in this fashion.
14.7.3 '=' expansion
--------------------
If a word begins with an unquoted '=' and the EQUALS option is set, the
remainder of the word is taken as the name of a command. If a command
exists by that name, the word is replaced by the full pathname of the
command.
14.7.4 Notes
------------
Filename expansion is performed on the right hand side of a parameter
assignment, including those appearing after commands of the typeset
family. In this case, the right hand side will be treated as a
colon-separated list in the manner of the PATH parameter, so that a '~'
or an '=' following a ':' is eligible for expansion. All such behaviour
can be disabled by quoting the '~', the '=', or the whole expression
(but not simply the colon); the EQUALS option is also respected.
If the option MAGIC_EQUAL_SUBST is set, any unquoted shell argument in
the form 'IDENTIFIER=EXPRESSION' becomes eligible for file expansion as
described in the previous paragraph. Quoting the first '=' also
inhibits this.
File: zsh.info, Node: Filename Generation, Prev: Filename Expansion, Up: Expansion
14.8 Filename Generation
========================
If a word contains an unquoted instance of one of the characters '*',
'(', '|', '<', '[', or '?', it is regarded as a pattern for filename
generation, unless the GLOB option is unset. If the EXTENDED_GLOB
option is set, the '^' and '#' characters also denote a pattern;
otherwise they are not treated specially by the shell.
The word is replaced with a list of sorted filenames that match the
pattern. If no matching pattern is found, the shell gives an error
message, unless the NULL_GLOB option is set, in which case the word is
deleted; or unless the NOMATCH option is unset, in which case the word
is left unchanged.
In filename generation, the character '/' must be matched explicitly;
also, a '.' must be matched explicitly at the beginning of a pattern or
after a '/', unless the GLOB_DOTS option is set. No filename generation
pattern matches the files '.' or '..'. In other instances of pattern
matching, the '/' and '.' are not treated specially.
14.8.1 Glob Operators
---------------------
*
Matches any string, including the null string.
?
Matches any character.
[...]
Matches any of the enclosed characters. Ranges of characters can
be specified by separating two characters by a '-'. A '-' or ']'
may be matched by including it as the first character in the list.
There are also several named classes of characters, in the form
'[:NAME:]' with the following meanings. The first set use the
macros provided by the operating system to test for the given
character combinations, including any modifications due to local
language settings, see man page ctype(3):
[:alnum:]
The character is alphanumeric
[:alpha:]
The character is alphabetic
[:ascii:]
The character is 7-bit, i.e. is a single-byte character
without the top bit set.
[:blank:]
The character is either space or tab
[:cntrl:]
The character is a control character
[:digit:]
The character is a decimal digit
[:graph:]
The character is a printable character other than whitespace
[:lower:]
The character is a lowercase letter
[:print:]
The character is printable
[:punct:]
The character is printable but neither alphanumeric nor
whitespace
[:space:]
The character is whitespace
[:upper:]
The character is an uppercase letter
[:xdigit:]
The character is a hexadecimal digit
Another set of named classes is handled internally by the shell and
is not sensitive to the locale:
[:IDENT:]
The character is allowed to form part of a shell identifier,
such as a parameter name
[:IFS:]
The character is used as an input field separator, i.e. is
contained in the IFS parameter
[:IFSSPACE:]
The character is an IFS white space character; see the
documentation for IFS in *note Parameters Used By The Shell::.
[:WORD:]
The character is treated as part of a word; this test is
sensitive to the value of the WORDCHARS parameter
Note that the square brackets are additional to those enclosing the
whole set of characters, so to test for a single alphanumeric
character you need '[[:alnum:]]'. Named character sets can be used
alongside other types, e.g. '[[:alpha:]0-9]'.
[^...]
[!...]
Like [...], except that it matches any character which is not in
the given set.
<[X]-[Y]>
Matches any number in the range X to Y, inclusive. Either of the
numbers may be omitted to make the range open-ended; hence '<->'
matches any number. To match individual digits, the [...] form is
more efficient.
Be careful when using other wildcards adjacent to patterns of this
form; for example, <0-9>* will actually match any number whatsoever
at the start of the string, since the '<0-9>' will match the first
digit, and the '*' will match any others. This is a trap for the
unwary, but is in fact an inevitable consequence of the rule that
the longest possible match always succeeds. Expressions such as
'<0-9>[^[:digit:]]*' can be used instead.
(...)
Matches the enclosed pattern. This is used for grouping. If the
KSH_GLOB option is set, then a '@', '*', '+', '?' or '!'
immediately preceding the '(' is treated specially, as detailed
below. The option SH_GLOB prevents bare parentheses from being
used in this way, though the KSH_GLOB option is still available.
Note that grouping cannot extend over multiple directories: it is
an error to have a '/' within a group (this only applies for
patterns used in filename generation). There is one exception: a
group of the form (PAT/)# appearing as a complete path segment can
match a sequence of directories. For example, foo/(a*/)#bar
matches foo/bar, foo/any/bar, foo/any/anyother/bar, and so on.
X|Y
Matches either X or Y. This operator has lower precedence than any
other. The '|' character must be within parentheses, to avoid
interpretation as a pipeline.
^X
(Requires EXTENDED_GLOB to be set.) Matches anything except the
pattern X. This has a higher precedence than '/', so '^foo/bar'
will search directories in '.' except './foo' for a file named
'bar'.
X~Y
(Requires EXTENDED_GLOB to be set.) Match anything that matches
the pattern X but does not match Y. This has lower precedence than
any operator except '|', so '*/*~foo/bar' will search for all files
in all directories in '.' and then exclude 'foo/bar' if there was
such a match. Multiple patterns can be excluded by 'FOO~BAR~BAZ'.
In the exclusion pattern (Y), '/' and '.' are not treated specially
the way they usually are in globbing.
X#
(Requires EXTENDED_GLOB to be set.) Matches zero or more
occurrences of the pattern X. This operator has high precedence;
'12#' is equivalent to '1(2#)', rather than '(12)#'. It is an
error for an unquoted '#' to follow something which cannot be
repeated; this includes an empty string, a pattern already followed
by '##', or parentheses when part of a KSH_GLOB pattern (for
example, '!(FOO)#' is invalid and must be replaced by '*(!(FOO))').
X##
(Requires EXTENDED_GLOB to be set.) Matches one or more
occurrences of the pattern X. This operator has high precedence;
'12##' is equivalent to '1(2##)', rather than '(12)##'. No more
than two active '#' characters may appear together. (Note the
potential clash with glob qualifiers in the form '1(2##)' which
should therefore be avoided.)
14.8.2 ksh-like Glob Operators
------------------------------
If the KSH_GLOB option is set, the effects of parentheses can be
modified by a preceding '@', '*', '+', '?' or '!'. This character need
not be unquoted to have special effects, but the '(' must be.
@(...)
Match the pattern in the parentheses. (Like '(...)'.)
*(...)
Match any number of occurrences. (Like '(...)#'.)
+(...)
Match at least one occurrence. (Like '(...)##'.)
?(...)
Match zero or one occurrence. (Like '(|...)'.)
!(...)
Match anything but the expression in parentheses. (Like
'(^(...))'.)
14.8.3 Precedence
-----------------
The precedence of the operators given above is (highest) '^', '/', '~',
'|' (lowest); the remaining operators are simply treated from left to
right as part of a string, with '#' and '##' applying to the shortest
possible preceding unit (i.e. a character, '?', '[...]', '<...>', or a
parenthesised expression). As mentioned above, a '/' used as a
directory separator may not appear inside parentheses, while a '|' must
do so; in patterns used in other contexts than filename generation (for
example, in case statements and tests within '[[...]]'), a '/' is not
special; and '/' is also not special after a '~' appearing outside
parentheses in a filename pattern.
14.8.4 Globbing Flags
---------------------
There are various flags which affect any text to their right up to the
end of the enclosing group or to the end of the pattern; they require
the EXTENDED_GLOB option. All take the form (#X) where X may have one
of the following forms:
i
Case insensitive: upper or lower case characters in the pattern
match upper or lower case characters.
l
Lower case characters in the pattern match upper or lower case
characters; upper case characters in the pattern still only match
upper case characters.
I
Case sensitive: locally negates the effect of i or l from that
point on.
b
Activate backreferences for parenthesised groups in the pattern;
this does not work in filename generation. When a pattern with a
set of active parentheses is matched, the strings matched by the
groups are stored in the array $match, the indices of the beginning
of the matched parentheses in the array $mbegin, and the indices of
the end in the array $mend, with the first element of each array
corresponding to the first parenthesised group, and so on. These
arrays are not otherwise special to the shell. The indices use the
same convention as does parameter substitution, so that elements of
$mend and $mbegin may be used in subscripts; the KSH_ARRAYS option
is respected. Sets of globbing flags are not considered
parenthesised groups; only the first nine active parentheses can be
referenced.
For example,
foo="a string with a message"
if [[ $foo = (a|an)' '(#b)(*)' '* ]]; then
print ${foo[$mbegin[1],$mend[1]]}
fi
prints 'string with a'. Note that the first parenthesis is before
the (#b) and does not create a backreference.
Backreferences work with all forms of pattern matching other than
filename generation, but note that when performing matches on an
entire array, such as ${ARRAY#PATTERN}, or a global substitution,
such as ${PARAM//PAT/REPL}, only the data for the last match
remains available. In the case of global replacements this may
still be useful. See the example for the m flag below.
The numbering of backreferences strictly follows the order of the
opening parentheses from left to right in the pattern string,
although sets of parentheses may be nested. There are special
rules for parentheses followed by '#' or '##'. Only the last match
of the parenthesis is remembered: for example, in '[[ abab =
(#b)([ab])# ]]', only the final 'b' is stored in match[1]. Thus
extra parentheses may be necessary to match the complete segment:
for example, use 'X((ab|cd)#)Y' to match a whole string of either
'ab' or 'cd' between 'X' and 'Y', using the value of $match[1]
rather than $match[2].
If the match fails none of the parameters is altered, so in some
cases it may be necessary to initialise them beforehand. If some
of the backreferences fail to match -- which happens if they are in
an alternate branch which fails to match, or if they are followed
by # and matched zero times -- then the matched string is set to
the empty string, and the start and end indices are set to -1.
Pattern matching with backreferences is slightly slower than
without.
B
Deactivate backreferences, negating the effect of the b flag from
that point on.
cN,M
The flag (#cN,M) can be used anywhere that the # or ## operators
can be used except in the expressions '(*/)#' and '(*/)##' in
filename generation, where '/' has special meaning; it cannot be
combined with other globbing flags and a bad pattern error occurs
if it is misplaced. It is equivalent to the form {N,M} in regular
expressions. The previous character or group is required to match
between N and M times, inclusive. The form (#cN) requires exactly
N matches; (#c,M) is equivalent to specifying N as 0; (#cN,)
specifies that there is no maximum limit on the number of matches.
m
Set references to the match data for the entire string matched;
this is similar to backreferencing and does not work in filename
generation. The flag must be in effect at the end of the pattern,
i.e. not local to a group. The parameters $MATCH, $MBEGIN and
$MEND will be set to the string matched and to the indices of the
beginning and end of the string, respectively. This is most useful
in parameter substitutions, as otherwise the string matched is
obvious.
For example,
arr=(veldt jynx grimps waqf zho buck)
print ${arr//(#m)[aeiou]/${(U)MATCH}}
forces all the matches (i.e. all vowels) into uppercase, printing
'vEldt jynx grImps wAqf zhO bUck'.
Unlike backreferences, there is no speed penalty for using match
references, other than the extra substitutions required for the
replacement strings in cases such as the example shown.
M
Deactivate the m flag, hence no references to match data will be
created.
aNUM
Approximate matching: NUM errors are allowed in the string matched
by the pattern. The rules for this are described in the next
subsection.
s, e
Unlike the other flags, these have only a local effect, and each
must appear on its own: '(#s)' and '(#e)' are the only valid forms.
The '(#s)' flag succeeds only at the start of the test string, and
the '(#e)' flag succeeds only at the end of the test string; they
correspond to '^' and '$' in standard regular expressions. They
are useful for matching path segments in patterns other than those
in filename generation (where path segments are in any case treated
separately). For example, '*((#s)|/)test((#e)|/)*' matches a path
segment 'test' in any of the following strings: test,
test/at/start, at/end/test, in/test/middle.
Another use is in parameter substitution; for example
'${array/(#s)A*Z(#e)}' will remove only elements of an array which
match the complete pattern 'A*Z'. There are other ways of
performing many operations of this type, however the combination of
the substitution operations '/' and '//' with the '(#s)' and '(#e)'
flags provides a single simple and memorable method.
Note that assertions of the form '(^(#s))' also work, i.e. match
anywhere except at the start of the string, although this actually
means 'anything except a zero-length portion at the start of the
string'; you need to use '(""~(#s))' to match a zero-length portion
of the string not at the start.
q
A 'q' and everything up to the closing parenthesis of the globbing
flags are ignored by the pattern matching code. This is intended
to support the use of glob qualifiers, see below. The result is
that the pattern '(#b)(*).c(#q.)' can be used both for globbing and
for matching against a string. In the former case, the '(#q.)'
will be treated as a glob qualifier and the '(#b)' will not be
useful, while in the latter case the '(#b)' is useful for
backreferences and the '(#q.)' will be ignored. Note that colon
modifiers in the glob qualifiers are also not applied in ordinary
pattern matching.
u
Respect the current locale in determining the presence of multibyte
characters in a pattern, provided the shell was compiled with
MULTIBYTE_SUPPORT. This overrides the MULTIBYTE option; the
default behaviour is taken from the option. Compare U. (Mnemonic:
typically multibyte characters are from Unicode in the UTF-8
encoding, although any extension of ASCII supported by the system
library may be used.)
U
All characters are considered to be a single byte long. The
opposite of u. This overrides the MULTIBYTE option.
For example, the test string fooxx can be matched by the pattern
(#i)FOOXX, but not by (#l)FOOXX, (#i)FOO(#I)XX or ((#i)FOOX)X. The
string (#ia2)readme specifies case-insensitive matching of readme with
up to two errors.
When using the ksh syntax for grouping both KSH_GLOB and EXTENDED_GLOB
must be set and the left parenthesis should be preceded by @. Note also
that the flags do not affect letters inside [...] groups, in other words
(#i)[a-z] still matches only lowercase letters. Finally, note that when
examining whole paths case-insensitively every directory must be
searched for all files which match, so that a pattern of the form
(#i)/foo/bar/... is potentially slow.
14.8.5 Approximate Matching
---------------------------
When matching approximately, the shell keeps a count of the errors
found, which cannot exceed the number specified in the (#aNUM) flags.
Four types of error are recognised:
1.
Different characters, as in fooxbar and fooybar.
2.
Transposition of characters, as in banana and abnana.
3.
A character missing in the target string, as with the pattern road
and target string rod.
4.
An extra character appearing in the target string, as with stove
and strove.
Thus, the pattern (#a3)abcd matches dcba, with the errors occurring by
using the first rule twice and the second once, grouping the string as
[d][cb][a] and [a][bc][d].
Non-literal parts of the pattern must match exactly, including
characters in character ranges: hence (#a1)??? matches strings of length
four, by applying rule 4 to an empty part of the pattern, but not
strings of length two, since all the ? must match. Other characters
which must match exactly are initial dots in filenames (unless the
GLOB_DOTS option is set), and all slashes in filenames, so that a/bc is
two errors from ab/c (the slash cannot be transposed with another
character). Similarly, errors are counted separately for non-contiguous
strings in the pattern, so that (ab|cd)ef is two errors from aebf.
When using exclusion via the ~ operator, approximate matching is treated
entirely separately for the excluded part and must be activated
separately. Thus, (#a1)README~READ_ME matches READ.ME but not READ_ME,
as the trailing READ_ME is matched without approximation. However,
(#a1)README~(#a1)READ_ME does not match any pattern of the form READ?ME
as all such forms are now excluded.
Apart from exclusions, there is only one overall error count; however,
the maximum errors allowed may be altered locally, and this can be
delimited by grouping. For example, (#a1)cat((#a0)dog)fox allows one
error in total, which may not occur in the dog section, and the pattern
(#a1)cat(#a0)dog(#a1)fox is equivalent. Note that the point at which an
error is first found is the crucial one for establishing whether to use
approximation; for example, (#a1)abc(#a0)xyz will not match abcdxyz,
because the error occurs at the 'x', where approximation is turned off.
Entire path segments may be matched approximately, so that
'(#a1)/foo/d/is/available/at/the/bar' allows one error in any path
segment. This is much less efficient than without the (#a1), however,
since every directory in the path must be scanned for a possible
approximate match. It is best to place the (#a1) after any path
segments which are known to be correct.
14.8.6 Recursive Globbing
-------------------------
A pathname component of the form '(FOO/)#' matches a path consisting of
zero or more directories matching the pattern FOO.
As a shorthand, '**/' is equivalent to '(*/)#'; note that this therefore
matches files in the current directory as well as subdirectories. Thus:
ls (*/)#bar
or
ls **/bar
does a recursive directory search for files named 'bar' (potentially
including the file 'bar' in the current directory). This form does not
follow symbolic links; the alternative form '***/' does, but is
otherwise identical. Neither of these can be combined with other forms
of globbing within the same path segment; in that case, the '*'
operators revert to their usual effect.
14.8.7 Glob Qualifiers
----------------------
Patterns used for filename generation may end in a list of qualifiers
enclosed in parentheses. The qualifiers specify which filenames that
otherwise match the given pattern will be inserted in the argument list.
If the option BARE_GLOB_QUAL is set, then a trailing set of parentheses
containing no '|' or '(' characters (or '~' if it is special) is taken
as a set of glob qualifiers. A glob subexpression that would normally
be taken as glob qualifiers, for example '(^x)', can be forced to be
treated as part of the glob pattern by doubling the parentheses, in this
case producing '((^x))'.
If the option EXTENDED_GLOB is set, a different syntax for glob
qualifiers is available, namely '(#qx)' where x is any of the same glob
qualifiers used in the other format. The qualifiers must still appear
at the end of the pattern. However, with this syntax multiple glob
qualifiers may be chained together. They are treated as a logical AND
of the individual sets of flags. Also, as the syntax is unambiguous,
the expression will be treated as glob qualifiers just as long any
parentheses contained within it are balanced; appearance of '|', '(' or
'~' does not negate the effect. Note that qualifiers will be recognised
in this form even if a bare glob qualifier exists at the end of the
pattern, for example '*(#q*)(.)' will recognise executable regular files
if both options are set; however, mixed syntax should probably be
avoided for the sake of clarity.
A qualifier may be any one of the following:
/
directories
F
'full' (i.e. non-empty) directories. Note that the opposite sense
(^F) expands to empty directories and all non-directories. Use
(/^F) for empty directories.
.
plain files
@
symbolic links
=
sockets
p
named pipes (FIFOs)
*
executable plain files (0100)
%
device files (character or block special)
%b
block special files
%c
character special files
r
owner-readable files (0400)
w
owner-writable files (0200)
x
owner-executable files (0100)
A
group-readable files (0040)
I
group-writable files (0020)
E
group-executable files (0010)
R
world-readable files (0004)
W
world-writable files (0002)
X
world-executable files (0001)
s
setuid files (04000)
S
setgid files (02000)
t
files with the sticky bit (01000)
fSPEC
files with access rights matching SPEC. This SPEC may be a octal
number optionally preceded by a '=', a '+', or a '-'. If none of
these characters is given, the behavior is the same as for '='.
The octal number describes the mode bits to be expected, if
combined with a '=', the value given must match the file-modes
exactly, with a '+', at least the bits in the given number must be
set in the file-modes, and with a '-', the bits in the number must
not be set. Giving a '?' instead of a octal digit anywhere in the
number ensures that the corresponding bits in the file-modes are
not checked, this is only useful in combination with '='.
If the qualifier 'f' is followed by any other character anything up
to the next matching character ('[', '{', and '<' match ']', '}',
and '>' respectively, any other character matches itself) is taken
as a list of comma-separated SUB-SPECs. Each SUB-SPEC may be
either an octal number as described above or a list of any of the
characters 'u', 'g', 'o', and 'a', followed by a '=', a '+', or a
'-', followed by a list of any of the characters 'r', 'w', 'x',
's', and 't', or an octal digit. The first list of characters
specify which access rights are to be checked. If a 'u' is given,
those for the owner of the file are used, if a 'g' is given, those
of the group are checked, a 'o' means to test those of other users,
and the 'a' says to test all three groups. The '=', '+', and '-'
again says how the modes are to be checked and have the same
meaning as described for the first form above. The second list of
characters finally says which access rights are to be expected: 'r'
for read access, 'w' for write access, 'x' for the right to execute
the file (or to search a directory), 's' for the setuid and setgid
bits, and 't' for the sticky bit.
Thus, '*(f70?)' gives the files for which the owner has read,
write, and execute permission, and for which other group members
have no rights, independent of the permissions for other users.
The pattern '*(f-100)' gives all files for which the owner does not
have execute permission, and '*(f:gu+w,o-rx:)' gives the files for
which the owner and the other members of the group have at least
write permission, and for which other users don't have read or
execute permission.
eSTRING
+CMD
The STRING will be executed as shell code. The filename will be
included in the list if and only if the code returns a zero status
(usually the status of the last command).
In the first form, the first character after the 'e' will be used
as a separator and anything up to the next matching separator will
be taken as the STRING; '[', '{', and '<' match ']', '}', and '>',
respectively, while any other character matches itself. Note that
expansions must be quoted in the STRING to prevent them from being
expanded before globbing is done. STRING is then executed as shell
code. The string globqual is appended to the array
zsh_eval_context the duration of execution.
During the execution of STRING the filename currently being tested
is available in the parameter REPLY; the parameter may be altered
to a string to be inserted into the list instead of the original
filename. In addition, the parameter reply may be set to an array
or a string, which overrides the value of REPLY. If set to an
array, the latter is inserted into the command line word by word.
For example, suppose a directory contains a single file 'lonely'.
Then the expression '*(e:'reply=(${REPLY}{1,2})':)' will cause the
words 'lonely1' and 'lonely2' to be inserted into the command line.
Note the quoting of STRING.
The form +CMD has the same effect, but no delimiters appear around
CMD. Instead, CMD is taken as the longest sequence of characters
following the + that are alphanumeric or underscore. Typically CMD
will be the name of a shell function that contains the appropriate
test. For example,
nt() { [[ $REPLY -nt $NTREF ]] }
NTREF=reffile
ls -l *(+nt)
lists all files in the directory that have been modified more
recently than reffile.
dDEV
files on the device DEV
l[-|+]CT
files having a link count less than CT (-), greater than CT (+), or
equal to CT
U
files owned by the effective user ID
G
files owned by the effective group ID
uID
files owned by user ID ID if that is a number. Otherwise, ID
specifies a user name: the character after the 'u' will be taken as
a separator and the string between it and the next matching
separator will be taken as a user name. The starting separators
'[', '{', and '<' match the final separators ']', '}', and '>',
respectively; any other character matches itself. The selected
files are those owned by this user. For example, 'u:foo:' or
'u[foo]' selects files owned by user 'foo'.
gID
like uID but with group IDs or names
a[Mwhms][-|+]N
files accessed exactly N days ago. Files accessed within the last
N days are selected using a negative value for N (-N). Files
accessed more than N days ago are selected by a positive N value
(+N). Optional unit specifiers 'M', 'w', 'h', 'm' or 's' (e.g.
'ah5') cause the check to be performed with months (of 30 days),
weeks, hours, minutes or seconds instead of days, respectively. An
explicit 'd' for days is also allowed.
Any fractional part of the difference between the access time and
the current part in the appropriate units is ignored in the
comparison. For instance, 'echo *(ah-5)' would echo files accessed
within the last five hours, while 'echo *(ah+5)' would echo files
accessed at least six hours ago, as times strictly between five and
six hours are treated as five hours.
m[Mwhms][-|+]N
like the file access qualifier, except that it uses the file
modification time.
c[Mwhms][-|+]N
like the file access qualifier, except that it uses the file inode
change time.
L[+|-]N
files less than N bytes (-), more than N bytes (+), or exactly N
bytes in length.
If this flag is directly followed by a 'k' ('K'), 'm' ('M'), or 'p'
('P') (e.g. 'Lk-50') the check is performed with kilobytes,
megabytes, or blocks (of 512 bytes) instead. In this case a file
is regarded as "exactly" the size if the file size rounded up to
the next unit is equal to the test size. Hence '*(Lm1)' matches
files from 1 byte up to 1 Megabyte inclusive. Note also that the
set of files "less than" the test size only includes files that
would not match the equality test; hence '*(Lm-1)' only matches
files of zero size.
^
negates all qualifiers following it
-
toggles between making the qualifiers work on symbolic links (the
default) and the files they point to
M
sets the MARK_DIRS option for the current pattern
T
appends a trailing qualifier mark to the filenames, analogous to
the LIST_TYPES option, for the current pattern (overrides M)
N
sets the NULL_GLOB option for the current pattern
D
sets the GLOB_DOTS option for the current pattern
n
sets the NUMERIC_GLOB_SORT option for the current pattern
oC
specifies how the names of the files should be sorted. If C is n
they are sorted by name (the default); if it is L they are sorted
depending on the size (length) of the files; if l they are sorted
by the number of links; if a, m, or c they are sorted by the time
of the last access, modification, or inode change respectively; if
d, files in subdirectories appear before those in the current
directory at each level of the search -- this is best combined with
other criteria, for example 'odon' to sort on names for files
within the same directory; if N, no sorting is performed. Note
that a, m, and c compare the age against the current time, hence
the first name in the list is the youngest file. Also note that
the modifiers ^ and - are used, so '*(^-oL)' gives a list of all
files sorted by file size in descending order, following any
symbolic links. Unless oN is used, multiple order specifiers may
occur to resolve ties.
oe and o+ are special cases; they are each followed by shell code,
delimited as for the e glob qualifier and the + glob qualifier
respectively (see above). The code is executed for each matched
file with the parameter REPLY set to the name of the file on entry
and globsort appended to zsh_eval_context. The code should modify
the parameter REPLY in some fashion. On return, the value of the
parameter is used instead of the file name as the string on which
to sort. Unlike other sort operators, oe and o+ may be repeated,
but note that the maximum number of sort operators of any kind that
may appear in any glob expression is 12.
OC
like 'o', but sorts in descending order; i.e. '*(^oc)' is the same
as '*(Oc)' and '*(^Oc)' is the same as '*(oc)'; 'Od' puts files in
the current directory before those in subdirectories at each level
of the search.
[BEG[,END]]
specifies which of the matched filenames should be included in the
returned list. The syntax is the same as for array subscripts.
BEG and the optional END may be mathematical expressions. As in
parameter subscripting they may be negative to make them count from
the last match backward. E.g.: '*(-OL[1,3])' gives a list of the
names of the three largest files.
PSTRING
The STRING will be prepended to each glob match as a separate word.
STRING is delimited in the same way as arguments to the e glob
qualifier described above. The qualifier can be repeated; the
words are prepended separately so that the resulting command line
contains the words in the same order they were given in the list of
glob qualifiers.
A typical use for this is to prepend an option before all
occurrences of a file name; for example, the pattern '*(P:-f:)'
produces the command line arguments '-f FILE1 -f FILE2 ...'
More than one of these lists can be combined, separated by commas. The
whole list matches if at least one of the sublists matches (they are
'or'ed, the qualifiers in the sublists are 'and'ed). Some qualifiers,
however, affect all matches generated, independent of the sublist in
which they are given. These are the qualifiers 'M', 'T', 'N', 'D', 'n',
'o', 'O' and the subscripts given in brackets ('[...]').
If a ':' appears in a qualifier list, the remainder of the expression in
parenthesis is interpreted as a modifier (see *note Modifiers:: in *note
History Expansion::). Each modifier must be introduced by a separate
':'. Note also that the result after modification does not have to be
an existing file. The name of any existing file can be followed by a
modifier of the form '(:..)' even if no actual filename generation is
performed, although note that the presence of the parentheses causes the
entire expression to be subjected to any global pattern matching options
such as NULL_GLOB. Thus:
ls *(-/)
lists all directories and symbolic links that point to directories, and
ls *(%W)
lists all world-writable device files in the current directory, and
ls *(W,X)
lists all files in the current directory that are world-writable or
world-executable, and
echo /tmp/foo*(u0^@:t)
outputs the basename of all root-owned files beginning with the string
'foo' in /tmp, ignoring symlinks, and
ls *.*~(lex|parse).[ch](^D^l1)
lists all files having a link count of one whose names contain a dot
(but not those starting with a dot, since GLOB_DOTS is explicitly
switched off) except for lex.c, lex.h, parse.c and parse.h.
print b*.pro(#q:s/pro/shmo/)(#q.:s/builtin/shmiltin/)
demonstrates how colon modifiers and other qualifiers may be chained
together. The ordinary qualifier '.' is applied first, then the colon
modifiers in order from left to right. So if EXTENDED_GLOB is set and
the base pattern matches the regular file builtin.pro, the shell will
print 'shmiltin.shmo'.
File: zsh.info, Node: Parameters, Next: Options, Prev: Expansion, Up: Top
15 Parameters
*************
15.1 Description
================
A parameter has a name, a value, and a number of attributes. A name may
be any sequence of alphanumeric characters and underscores, or the
single characters '*', '@', '#', '?', '-', '$', or '!'. The value may
be a _scalar_ (a string), an integer, an array (indexed numerically), or
an _associative_ array (an unordered set of name-value pairs, indexed by
name). To declare the type of a parameter, or to assign a scalar or
integer value to a parameter, use the typeset builtin.
The value of a scalar or integer parameter may also be assigned by
writing:
NAME=VALUE
If the integer attribute, -i, is set for NAME, the VALUE is subject to
arithmetic evaluation. Furthermore, by replacing '=' with '+=', a
parameter can be added or appended to. See *note Array Parameters:: for
additional forms of assignment.
To refer to the value of a parameter, write '$NAME' or '${NAME}'. See
*note Parameter Expansion:: for complete details.
In the parameter lists that follow, the mark '<S>' indicates that the
parameter is special. Special parameters cannot have their type changed
or their readonly attribute turned off, and if a special parameter is
unset, then later recreated, the special properties will be retained.
'<Z>' indicates that the parameter does not exist when the shell
initializes in sh or ksh emulation mode.
* Menu:
* Array Parameters::
* Positional Parameters::
* Local Parameters::
* Parameters Set By The Shell::
* Parameters Used By The Shell::
File: zsh.info, Node: Array Parameters, Next: Positional Parameters, Up: Parameters
15.2 Array Parameters
=====================
To assign an array value, write one of:
set -A NAME VALUE ...
NAME=(VALUE ...)
If no parameter NAME exists, an ordinary array parameter is created. If
the parameter NAME exists and is a scalar, it is replaced by a new
array. Ordinary array parameters may also be explicitly declared with:
typeset -a NAME
Associative arrays _must_ be declared before assignment, by using:
typeset -A NAME
When NAME refers to an associative array, the list in an assignment is
interpreted as alternating keys and values:
set -A NAME KEY VALUE ...
NAME=(KEY VALUE ...)
Every KEY must have a VALUE in this case. Note that this assigns to the
entire array, deleting any elements that do not appear in the list.
To create an empty array (including associative arrays), use one of:
set -A NAME
NAME=()
15.2.1 Array Subscripts
-----------------------
Individual elements of an array may be selected using a subscript. A
subscript of the form '[EXP]' selects the single element EXP, where EXP
is an arithmetic expression which will be subject to arithmetic
expansion as if it were surrounded by '$((...))'. The elements are
numbered beginning with 1, unless the KSH_ARRAYS option is set in which
case they are numbered from zero.
Subscripts may be used inside braces used to delimit a parameter name,
thus '${foo[2]}' is equivalent to '$foo[2]'. If the KSH_ARRAYS option
is set, the braced form is the only one that works, as bracketed
expressions otherwise are not treated as subscripts.
If the KSH_ARRAYS option is not set, then by default accesses to an
array element with a subscript that evaluates to zero return an empty
string, while an attempt to write such an element is treated as an
error. For backward compatibility the KSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT option can be
set to cause subscript values 0 and 1 to be equivalent; see the
description of the option in *note Description of Options::.
The same subscripting syntax is used for associative arrays, except that
no arithmetic expansion is applied to EXP. However, the parsing rules
for arithmetic expressions still apply, which affects the way that
certain special characters must be protected from interpretation. See
_Subscript Parsing_ below for details.
A subscript of the form '[*]' or '[@]' evaluates to all elements of an
array; there is no difference between the two except when they appear
within double quotes. '"$foo[*]"' evaluates to '"$foo[1] $foo[2] ..."',
whereas '"$foo[@]"' evaluates to '"$foo[1]" "$foo[2]" ...'. For
associative arrays, '[*]' or '[@]' evaluate to all the values, in no
particular order. Note that this does not substitute the keys; see the
documentation for the 'k' flag under *note Parameter Expansion:: for
complete details. When an array parameter is referenced as '$NAME'
(with no subscript) it evaluates to '$NAME[*]', unless the KSH_ARRAYS
option is set in which case it evaluates to '${NAME[0]}' (for an
associative array, this means the value of the key '0', which may not
exist even if there are values for other keys).
A subscript of the form '[EXP1,EXP2]' selects all elements in the range
EXP1 to EXP2, inclusive. (Associative arrays are unordered, and so do
not support ranges.) If one of the subscripts evaluates to a negative
number, say -N, then the Nth element from the end of the array is used.
Thus '$foo[-3]' is the third element from the end of the array foo, and
'$foo[1,-1]' is the same as '$foo[*]'.
Subscripting may also be performed on non-array values, in which case
the subscripts specify a substring to be extracted. For example, if FOO
is set to 'foobar', then 'echo $FOO[2,5]' prints 'ooba'.
15.2.2 Array Element Assignment
-------------------------------
A subscript may be used on the left side of an assignment like so:
NAME[EXP]=VALUE
In this form of assignment the element or range specified by EXP is
replaced by the expression on the right side. An array (but not an
associative array) may be created by assignment to a range or element.
Arrays do not nest, so assigning a parenthesized list of values to an
element or range changes the number of elements in the array, shifting
the other elements to accommodate the new values. (This is not
supported for associative arrays.)
This syntax also works as an argument to the typeset command:
typeset "NAME[EXP]"=VALUE
The VALUE may _not_ be a parenthesized list in this case; only
single-element assignments may be made with typeset. Note that quotes
are necessary in this case to prevent the brackets from being
interpreted as filename generation operators. The noglob precommand
modifier could be used instead.
To delete an element of an ordinary array, assign '()' to that element.
To delete an element of an associative array, use the unset command:
unset "NAME[EXP]"
15.2.3 Subscript Flags
----------------------
If the opening bracket, or the comma in a range, in any subscript
expression is directly followed by an opening parenthesis, the string up
to the matching closing one is considered to be a list of flags, as in
'NAME[(FLAGS)EXP]'.
The flags s, n and b take an argument; the delimiter is shown below as
':', but any character, or the matching pairs '(...)', '{...}', '[...]',
or '<...>', may be used, but note that '<...>' can only be used if the
subscript is inside a double quoted expression or a parameter
substitution enclosed in braces as otherwise the expression is
interpreted as a redirection.
The flags currently understood are:
w
If the parameter subscripted is a scalar then this flag makes
subscripting work on words instead of characters. The default word
separator is whitespace. This flag may not be used with the i or I
flag.
s:STRING:
This gives the STRING that separates words (for use with the w
flag). The delimiter character : is arbitrary; see above.
p
Recognize the same escape sequences as the print builtin in the
string argument of a subsequent 's' flag.
f
If the parameter subscripted is a scalar then this flag makes
subscripting work on lines instead of characters, i.e. with
elements separated by newlines. This is a shorthand for 'pws:\n:'.
r
Reverse subscripting: if this flag is given, the EXP is taken as a
pattern and the result is the first matching array element,
substring or word (if the parameter is an array, if it is a scalar,
or if it is a scalar and the 'w' flag is given, respectively). The
subscript used is the number of the matching element, so that pairs
of subscripts such as '$foo[(r)??,3]' and '$foo[(r)??,(r)f*]' are
possible if the parameter is not an associative array. If the
parameter is an associative array, only the value part of each pair
is compared to the pattern, and the result is that value.
If a search through an ordinary array failed, the search sets the
subscript to one past the end of the array, and hence
${array[(r)pattern]} will substitute the empty string. Thus the
success of a search can be tested by using the (i) flag, for
example (assuming the option KSH_ARRAYS is not in effect):
[[ ${array[(i)pattern]} -le ${#array} ]]
If KSH_ARRAYS is in effect, the -le should be replaced by -lt.
R
Like 'r', but gives the last match. For associative arrays, gives
all possible matches. May be used for assigning to ordinary array
elements, but not for assigning to associative arrays. On failure,
for normal arrays this has the effect of returning the element
corresponding to subscript 0; this is empty unless one of the
options KSH_ARRAYS or KSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT is in effect.
Note that in subscripts with both 'r' and 'R' pattern characters
are active even if they were substituted for a parameter
(regardless of the setting of GLOB_SUBST which controls this
feature in normal pattern matching). The flag 'e' can be added to
inhibit pattern matching. As this flag does not inhibit other
forms of substitution, care is still required; using a parameter to
hold the key has the desired effect:
key2='original key'
print ${array[(Re)$key2]}
i
Like 'r', but gives the index of the match instead; this may not be
combined with a second argument. On the left side of an
assignment, behaves like 'r'. For associative arrays, the key part
of each pair is compared to the pattern, and the first matching key
found is the result. On failure substitutes the length of the
array plus one, as discussed under the description of 'r', or the
empty string for an associative array.
I
Like 'i', but gives the index of the last match, or all possible
matching keys in an associative array. On failure substitutes 0,
or the empty string for an associative array. This flag is best
when testing for values or keys that do not exist.
k
If used in a subscript on an associative array, this flag causes
the keys to be interpreted as patterns, and returns the value for
the first key found where EXP is matched by the key. Note this
could be any such key as no ordering of associative arrays is
defined. This flag does not work on the left side of an assignment
to an associative array element. If used on another type of
parameter, this behaves like 'r'.
K
On an associative array this is like 'k' but returns all values
where EXP is matched by the keys. On other types of parameters
this has the same effect as 'R'.
n:EXPR:
If combined with 'r', 'R', 'i' or 'I', makes them give the Nth or
Nth last match (if EXPR evaluates to N). This flag is ignored when
the array is associative. The delimiter character : is arbitrary;
see above.
b:EXPR:
If combined with 'r', 'R', 'i' or 'I', makes them begin at the Nth
or Nth last element, word, or character (if EXPR evaluates to N).
This flag is ignored when the array is associative. The delimiter
character : is arbitrary; see above.
e
This flag causes any pattern matching that would be performed on
the subscript to use plain string matching instead. Hence
'${array[(re)*]}' matches only the array element whose value is *.
Note that other forms of substitution such as parameter
substitution are not inhibited.
This flag can also be used to force * or @ to be interpreted as a
single key rather than as a reference to all values. It may be
used for either purpose on the left side of an assignment.
See _Parameter Expansion Flags_ (*note Parameter Expansion::) for
additional ways to manipulate the results of array subscripting.
15.2.4 Subscript Parsing
------------------------
This discussion applies mainly to associative array key strings and to
patterns used for reverse subscripting (the 'r', 'R', 'i', etc. flags),
but it may also affect parameter substitutions that appear as part of an
arithmetic expression in an ordinary subscript.
It is possible to avoid the use of subscripts in assignments to
associative array elements by using the syntax:
aa+=('key with "*strange*" characters' 'value string')
This adds a new key/value pair if the key is not already present, and
replaces the value for the existing key if it is.
The basic rule to remember when writing a subscript expression is that
all text between the opening '[' and the closing ']' is interpreted _as
if_ it were in double quotes (*note Quoting::). However, unlike double
quotes which normally cannot nest, subscript expressions may appear
inside double-quoted strings or inside other subscript expressions (or
both!), so the rules have two important differences.
The first difference is that brackets ('[' and ']') must appear as
balanced pairs in a subscript expression unless they are preceded by a
backslash ('\'). Therefore, within a subscript expression (and unlike
true double-quoting) the sequence '\[' becomes '[', and similarly '\]'
becomes ']'. This applies even in cases where a backslash is not
normally required; for example, the pattern '[^[]' (to match any
character other than an open bracket) should be written '[^\[]' in a
reverse-subscript pattern. However, note that '\[^\[\]' and even
'\[^[]' mean the _same_ thing, because backslashes are always stripped
when they appear before brackets!
The same rule applies to parentheses ('(' and ')') and braces ('{' and
'}'): they must appear either in balanced pairs or preceded by a
backslash, and backslashes that protect parentheses or braces are
removed during parsing. This is because parameter expansions may be
surrounded by balanced braces, and subscript flags are introduced by
balanced parentheses.
The second difference is that a double-quote ('"') may appear as part of
a subscript expression without being preceded by a backslash, and
therefore that the two characters '\"' remain as two characters in the
subscript (in true double-quoting, '\"' becomes '"'). However, because
of the standard shell quoting rules, any double-quotes that appear must
occur in balanced pairs unless preceded by a backslash. This makes it
more difficult to write a subscript expression that contains an odd
number of double-quote characters, but the reason for this difference is
so that when a subscript expression appears inside true double-quotes,
one can still write '\"' (rather than '\\\"') for '"'.
To use an odd number of double quotes as a key in an assignment, use the
typeset builtin and an enclosing pair of double quotes; to refer to the
value of that key, again use double quotes:
typeset -A aa
typeset "aa[one\"two\"three\"quotes]"=QQQ
print "$aa[one\"two\"three\"quotes]"
It is important to note that the quoting rules do not change when a
parameter expansion with a subscript is nested inside another subscript
expression. That is, it is not necessary to use additional backslashes
within the inner subscript expression; they are removed only once, from
the innermost subscript outwards. Parameters are also expanded from the
innermost subscript first, as each expansion is encountered left to
right in the outer expression.
A further complication arises from a way in which subscript parsing is
_not_ different from double quote parsing. As in true double-quoting,
the sequences '\*', and '\@' remain as two characters when they appear
in a subscript expression. To use a literal '*' or '@' as an
associative array key, the 'e' flag must be used:
typeset -A aa
aa[(e)*]=star
print $aa[(e)*]
A last detail must be considered when reverse subscripting is performed.
Parameters appearing in the subscript expression are first expanded and
then the complete expression is interpreted as a pattern. This has two
effects: first, parameters behave as if GLOB_SUBST were on (and it
cannot be turned off); second, backslashes are interpreted twice, once
when parsing the array subscript and again when parsing the pattern. In
a reverse subscript, it's necessary to use _four_ backslashes to cause a
single backslash to match literally in the pattern. For complex
patterns, it is often easiest to assign the desired pattern to a
parameter and then refer to that parameter in the subscript, because
then the backslashes, brackets, parentheses, etc., are seen only when
the complete expression is converted to a pattern. To match the value
of a parameter literally in a reverse subscript, rather than as a
pattern, use '${(q)NAME}' (*note Parameter Expansion::) to quote the
expanded value.
Note that the 'k' and 'K' flags are reverse subscripting for an ordinary
array, but are _not_ reverse subscripting for an associative array!
(For an associative array, the keys in the array itself are interpreted
as patterns by those flags; the subscript is a plain string in that
case.)
One final note, not directly related to subscripting: the numeric names
of positional parameters (*note Positional Parameters::) are parsed
specially, so for example '$2foo' is equivalent to '${2}foo'.
Therefore, to use subscript syntax to extract a substring from a
positional parameter, the expansion must be surrounded by braces; for
example, '${2[3,5]}' evaluates to the third through fifth characters of
the second positional parameter, but '$2[3,5]' is the entire second
parameter concatenated with the filename generation pattern '[3,5]'.
File: zsh.info, Node: Positional Parameters, Next: Local Parameters, Prev: Array Parameters, Up: Parameters
15.3 Positional Parameters
==========================
The positional parameters provide access to the command-line arguments
of a shell function, shell script, or the shell itself; see *note
Invocation::, and also *note Functions::. The parameter N, where N is a
number, is the Nth positional parameter. The parameters *, @ and argv
are arrays containing all the positional parameters; thus '$argv[N]',
etc., is equivalent to simply '$N'.
Positional parameters may be changed after the shell or function starts
by using the set builtin, by assigning to the argv array, or by direct
assignment of the form 'N=VALUE' where N is the number of the positional
parameter to be changed. This also creates (with empty values) any of
the positions from 1 to N that do not already have values. Note that,
because the positional parameters form an array, an array assignment of
the form 'N=(VALUE ...)' is allowed, and has the effect of shifting all
the values at positions greater than N by as many positions as necessary
to accommodate the new values.
File: zsh.info, Node: Local Parameters, Next: Parameters Set By The Shell, Prev: Positional Parameters, Up: Parameters
15.4 Local Parameters
=====================
Shell function executions delimit scopes for shell parameters.
(Parameters are dynamically scoped.) The typeset builtin, and its
alternative forms declare, integer, local and readonly (but not export),
can be used to declare a parameter as being local to the innermost
scope.
When a parameter is read or assigned to, the innermost existing
parameter of that name is used. (That is, the local parameter hides any
less-local parameter.) However, assigning to a non-existent parameter,
or declaring a new parameter with export, causes it to be created in the
_outer_most scope.
Local parameters disappear when their scope ends. unset can be used to
delete a parameter while it is still in scope; any outer parameter of
the same name remains hidden.
Special parameters may also be made local; they retain their special
attributes unless either the existing or the newly-created parameter has
the -h (hide) attribute. This may have unexpected effects: there is no
default value, so if there is no assignment at the point the variable is
made local, it will be set to an empty value (or zero in the case of
integers). The following:
typeset PATH=/new/directory:$PATH
is valid for temporarily allowing the shell or programmes called from it
to find the programs in /new/directory inside a function.
Note that the restriction in older versions of zsh that local parameters
were never exported has been removed.
File: zsh.info, Node: Parameters Set By The Shell, Next: Parameters Used By The Shell, Prev: Local Parameters, Up: Parameters
15.5 Parameters Set By The Shell
================================
The following parameters are automatically set by the shell:
! <S>
The process ID of the last command started in the background with
&, or put into the background with the bg builtin.
# <S>
The number of positional parameters in decimal. Note that some
confusion may occur with the syntax $#PARAM which substitutes the
length of PARAM. Use ${#} to resolve ambiguities. In particular,
the sequence '$#-...' in an arithmetic expression is interpreted as
the length of the parameter -, q.v.
ARGC <S> <Z>
Same as #.
$ <S>
The process ID of this shell. Note that this indicates the
original shell started by invoking zsh; all processes forked from
the shells without executing a new program, such as subshells
started by (...), substitute the same value.
- <S>
Flags supplied to the shell on invocation or by the set or setopt
commands.
* <S>
An array containing the positional parameters.
argv <S> <Z>
Same as *. Assigning to argv changes the local positional
parameters, but argv is _not_ itself a local parameter. Deleting
argv with unset in any function deletes it everywhere, although
only the innermost positional parameter array is deleted (so * and
@ in other scopes are not affected).
@ <S>
Same as argv[@], even when argv is not set.
? <S>
The exit status returned by the last command.
0 <S>
The name used to invoke the current shell. If the FUNCTION_ARGZERO
option is set, this is set temporarily within a shell function to
the name of the function, and within a sourced script to the name
of the script.
status <S> <Z>
Same as ?.
pipestatus <S> <Z>
An array containing the exit statuses returned by all commands in
the last pipeline.
_ <S>
The last argument of the previous command. Also, this parameter is
set in the environment of every command executed to the full
pathname of the command.
CPUTYPE
The machine type (microprocessor class or machine model), as
determined at run time.
EGID <S>
The effective group ID of the shell process. If you have
sufficient privileges, you may change the effective group ID of the
shell process by assigning to this parameter. Also (assuming
sufficient privileges), you may start a single command with a
different effective group ID by '(EGID=GID; command)'
EUID <S>
The effective user ID of the shell process. If you have sufficient
privileges, you may change the effective user ID of the shell
process by assigning to this parameter. Also (assuming sufficient
privileges), you may start a single command with a different
effective user ID by '(EUID=UID; command)'
ERRNO <S>
The value of errno (see man page errno(3)) as set by the most
recently failed system call. This value is system dependent and is
intended for debugging purposes. It is also useful with the
zsh/system module which allows the number to be turned into a name
or message.
GID <S>
The real group ID of the shell process. If you have sufficient
privileges, you may change the group ID of the shell process by
assigning to this parameter. Also (assuming sufficient
privileges), you may start a single command under a different group
ID by '(GID=GID; command)'
HISTCMD
The current history line number in an interactive shell, in other
words the line number for the command that caused $HISTCMD to be
read.
HOST
The current hostname.
LINENO <S>
The line number of the current line within the current script,
sourced file, or shell function being executed, whichever was
started most recently. Note that in the case of shell functions
the line number refers to the function as it appeared in the
original definition, not necessarily as displayed by the functions
builtin.
LOGNAME
If the corresponding variable is not set in the environment of the
shell, it is initialized to the login name corresponding to the
current login session. This parameter is exported by default but
this can be disabled using the typeset builtin.
MACHTYPE
The machine type (microprocessor class or machine model), as
determined at compile time.
OLDPWD
The previous working directory. This is set when the shell
initializes and whenever the directory changes.
OPTARG <S>
The value of the last option argument processed by the getopts
command.
OPTIND <S>
The index of the last option argument processed by the getopts
command.
OSTYPE
The operating system, as determined at compile time.
PPID <S>
The process ID of the parent of the shell. As for $$, the value
indicates the parent of the original shell and does not change in
subshells.
PWD
The present working directory. This is set when the shell
initializes and whenever the directory changes.
RANDOM <S>
A pseudo-random integer from 0 to 32767, newly generated each time
this parameter is referenced. The random number generator can be
seeded by assigning a numeric value to RANDOM.
The values of RANDOM form an intentionally-repeatable pseudo-random
sequence; subshells that reference RANDOM will result in identical
pseudo-random values unless the value of RANDOM is referenced or
seeded in the parent shell in between subshell invocations.
SECONDS <S>
The number of seconds since shell invocation. If this parameter is
assigned a value, then the value returned upon reference will be
the value that was assigned plus the number of seconds since the
assignment.
Unlike other special parameters, the type of the SECONDS parameter
can be changed using the typeset command. Only integer and one of
the floating point types are allowed. For example, 'typeset -F
SECONDS' causes the value to be reported as a floating point
number. The value is available to microsecond accuracy, although
the shell may show more or fewer digits depending on the use of
typeset. See the documentation for the builtin typeset in *note
Shell Builtin Commands:: for more details.
SHLVL <S>
Incremented by one each time a new shell is started.
signals
An array containing the names of the signals.
TRY_BLOCK_ERROR <S>
In an always block, indicates whether the preceding list of code
caused an error. The value is 1 to indicate an error, 0 otherwise.
It may be reset, clearing the error condition. See *note Complex
Commands::
TTY
The name of the tty associated with the shell, if any.
TTYIDLE <S>
The idle time of the tty associated with the shell in seconds or -1
if there is no such tty.
UID <S>
The real user ID of the shell process. If you have sufficient
privileges, you may change the user ID of the shell by assigning to
this parameter. Also (assuming sufficient privileges), you may
start a single command under a different user ID by '(UID=UID;
command)'
USERNAME <S>
The username corresponding to the real user ID of the shell
process. If you have sufficient privileges, you may change the
username (and also the user ID and group ID) of the shell by
assigning to this parameter. Also (assuming sufficient
privileges), you may start a single command under a different
username (and user ID and group ID) by '(USERNAME=USERNAME;
command)'
VENDOR
The vendor, as determined at compile time.
zsh_eval_context <S> <Z> (ZSH_EVAL_CONTEXT <S>)
An array (colon-separated list) indicating the context of shell
code that is being run. Each time a piece of shell code that is
stored within the shell is executed a string is temporarily
appended to the array to indicate the type of operation that is
being performed. Read in order the array gives an indication of
the stack of operations being performed with the most immediate
context last.
Note that the variable does not give information on syntactic
context such as pipelines or subshells. Use $ZSH_SUBSHELL to
detect subshells.
The context is one of the following:
cmdarg
Code specified by the -c option to the command line that
invoked the shell.
cmdsubst
Command substitution using the `...` or $(...) construct.
equalsubst
File substitution using the =(...) construct.
eval
Code executed by the eval builtin.
evalautofunc
Code executed with the KSH_AUTOLOAD mechanism in order to
define an autoloaded function.
fc
Code from the shell history executed by the -e option to the
fc builtin.
file
Lines of code being read directly from a file, for example by
the source builtin.
filecode
Lines of code being read from a .zwc file instead of directly
from the source file.
globqual
Code executed by the e or + glob qualifier.
globsort
Code executed to order files by the o glob qualifier.
insubst
File substitution using the <(...) construct.
loadautofunc
Code read directly from a file to define an autoloaded
function.
outsubst
File substitution using the >(...) construct.
sched
Code executed by the sched builtin.
shfunc
A shell function.
stty
Code passed to stty by the STTY environment variable.
Normally this is passed directly to the system's stty command,
so this value is unlikely to be seen in practice.
style
Code executed as part of a style retrieved by the zstyle
builtin from the zsh/zutil module.
toplevel
The highest execution level of a script or interactive shell.
trap
Code executed as a trap defined by the trap builtin. Traps
defined as functions have the context shfunc. As traps are
asynchronous they may have a different hierarchy from other
code.
zpty
Code executed by the zpty builtin from the zsh/zpty module.
zregexparse-guard
Code executed as a guard by the zregexparse command from the
zsh/zutil module.
zregexparse-action
Code executed as an action by the zregexparse command from the
zsh/zutil module.
ZSH_NAME
Expands to the basename of the command used to invoke this instance
of zsh.
ZSH_PATCHLEVEL
The revision string for the version number of the ChangeLog file in
the zsh distribution. This is most useful in order to keep track
of versions of the shell during development between releases; hence
most users should not use it and should instead rely on
$ZSH_VERSION.
zsh_scheduled_events
See *note The zsh/sched Module::.
ZSH_SUBSHELL
Readonly integer. Initially zero, incremented each time the shell
forks to create a subshell for executing code. Hence '(print
$ZSH_SUBSHELL)' and 'print $(print $ZSH_SUBSHELL)' output 1, while
'( (print $ZSH_SUBSHELL) )' outputs 2.
ZSH_VERSION
The version number of the release of zsh.
File: zsh.info, Node: Parameters Used By The Shell, Prev: Parameters Set By The Shell, Up: Parameters
15.6 Parameters Used By The Shell
=================================
The following parameters are used by the shell.
In cases where there are two parameters with an upper- and lowercase
form of the same name, such as path and PATH, the lowercase form is an
array and the uppercase form is a scalar with the elements of the array
joined together by colons. These are similar to tied parameters created
via 'typeset -T'. The normal use for the colon-separated form is for
exporting to the environment, while the array form is easier to
manipulate within the shell. Note that unsetting either of the pair
will unset the other; they retain their special properties when
recreated, and recreating one of the pair will recreate the other.
ARGV0
If exported, its value is used as the argv[0] of external commands.
Usually used in constructs like 'ARGV0=emacs nethack'.
BAUD
The rate in bits per second at which data reaches the terminal.
The line editor will use this value in order to compensate for a
slow terminal by delaying updates to the display until necessary.
If the parameter is unset or the value is zero the compensation
mechanism is turned off. The parameter is not set by default.
This parameter may be profitably set in some circumstances, e.g.
for slow modems dialing into a communications server, or on a slow
wide area network. It should be set to the baud rate of the
slowest part of the link for best performance.
cdpath <S> <Z> (CDPATH <S>)
An array (colon-separated list) of directories specifying the
search path for the cd command.
COLUMNS <S>
The number of columns for this terminal session. Used for printing
select lists and for the line editor.
CORRECT_IGNORE
If set, is treated as a pattern during spelling correction. Any
potential correction that matches the pattern is ignored. For
example, if the value is '_*' then completion functions (which, by
convention, have names beginning with '_') will never be offered as
spelling corrections. The pattern does not apply to the correction
of file names, as applied by the CORRECT_ALL option (so with the
example just given files beginning with '_' in the current
directory would still be completed).
DIRSTACKSIZE
The maximum size of the directory stack, by default there is no
limit. If the stack gets larger than this, it will be truncated
automatically. This is useful with the AUTO_PUSHD option.
ENV
If the ENV environment variable is set when zsh is invoked as sh or
ksh, $ENV is sourced after the profile scripts. The value of ENV
is subjected to parameter expansion, command substitution, and
arithmetic expansion before being interpreted as a pathname. Note
that ENV is _not_ used unless zsh is emulating 'sh' or 'ksh'.
FCEDIT
The default editor for the fc builtin. If FCEDIT is not set, the
parameter EDITOR is used; if that is not set either, a builtin
default, usually vi, is used.
fignore <S> <Z> (FIGNORE <S>)
An array (colon separated list) containing the suffixes of files to
be ignored during filename completion. However, if completion only
generates files with suffixes in this list, then these files are
completed anyway.
fpath <S> <Z> (FPATH <S>)
An array (colon separated list) of directories specifying the
search path for function definitions. This path is searched when a
function with the -u attribute is referenced. If an executable
file is found, then it is read and executed in the current
environment.
histchars <S>
Three characters used by the shell's history and lexical analysis
mechanism. The first character signals the start of a history
expansion (default '!'). The second character signals the start of
a quick history substitution (default '^'). The third character is
the comment character (default '#').
The characters must be in the ASCII character set; any attempt to
set histchars to characters with a locale-dependent meaning will be
rejected with an error message.
HISTCHARS <S> <Z>
Same as histchars. (Deprecated.)
HISTFILE
The file to save the history in when an interactive shell exits.
If unset, the history is not saved.
HISTSIZE <S>
The maximum number of events stored in the internal history list.
If you use the HIST_EXPIRE_DUPS_FIRST option, setting this value
larger than the SAVEHIST size will give you the difference as a
cushion for saving duplicated history events.
HOME <S>
The default argument for the cd command. This is not set
automatically by the shell in sh, ksh or csh emulation, but it is
typically present in the environment anyway, and if it becomes set
it has its usual special behaviour.
IFS <S>
Internal field separators (by default space, tab, newline and NUL),
that are used to separate words which result from command or
parameter expansion and words read by the read builtin. Any
characters from the set space, tab and newline that appear in the
IFS are called _IFS white space_. One or more IFS white space
characters or one non-IFS white space character together with any
adjacent IFS white space character delimit a field. If an IFS
white space character appears twice consecutively in the IFS, this
character is treated as if it were not an IFS white space
character.
If the parameter is unset, the default is used. Note this has a
different effect from setting the parameter to an empty string.
KEYBOARD_HACK
This variable defines a character to be removed from the end of the
command line before interpreting it (interactive shells only). It
is intended to fix the problem with keys placed annoyingly close to
return and replaces the SUNKEYBOARDHACK option which did this for
backquotes only. Should the chosen character be one of
singlequote, doublequote or backquote, there must also be an odd
number of them on the command line for the last one to be removed.
For backward compabitility, if the SUNKEYBOARDHACK option is
explicitly set, the value of KEYBOARD_HACK reverts to backquote.
If the option is explicitly unset, this variable is set to empty.
KEYTIMEOUT
The time the shell waits, in hundredths of seconds, for another key
to be pressed when reading bound multi-character sequences.
LANG <S>
This variable determines the locale category for any category not
specifically selected via a variable starting with 'LC_'.
LC_ALL <S>
This variable overrides the value of the 'LANG' variable and the
value of any of the other variables starting with 'LC_'.
LC_COLLATE <S>
This variable determines the locale category for character
collation information within ranges in glob brackets and for
sorting.
LC_CTYPE <S>
This variable determines the locale category for character handling
functions. If the MULTIBYTE option is in effect this variable or
LANG should contain a value that reflects the character set in use,
even if it is a single-byte character set, unless only the 7-bit
subset (ASCII) is used. For example, if the character set is
ISO-8859-1, a suitable value might be en_US.iso88591 (certain Linux
distributions) or en_US.ISO8859-1 (MacOS).
LC_MESSAGES <S>
This variable determines the language in which messages should be
written. Note that zsh does not use message catalogs.
LC_NUMERIC <S>
This variable affects the decimal point character and thousands
separator character for the formatted input/output functions and
string conversion functions. Note that zsh ignores this setting
when parsing floating point mathematical expressions.
LC_TIME <S>
This variable determines the locale category for date and time
formatting in prompt escape sequences.
LINES <S>
The number of lines for this terminal session. Used for printing
select lists and for the line editor.
LISTMAX
In the line editor, the number of matches to list without asking
first. If the value is negative, the list will be shown if it
spans at most as many lines as given by the absolute value. If set
to zero, the shell asks only if the top of the listing would scroll
off the screen.
LOGCHECK
The interval in seconds between checks for login/logout activity
using the watch parameter.
MAIL
If this parameter is set and mailpath is not set, the shell looks
for mail in the specified file.
MAILCHECK
The interval in seconds between checks for new mail.
mailpath <S> <Z> (MAILPATH <S>)
An array (colon-separated list) of filenames to check for new mail.
Each filename can be followed by a '?' and a message that will be
printed. The message will undergo parameter expansion, command
substitution and arithmetic expansion with the variable $_ defined
as the name of the file that has changed. The default message is
'You have new mail'. If an element is a directory instead of a
file the shell will recursively check every file in every
subdirectory of the element.
manpath <S> <Z> (MANPATH <S> <Z>)
An array (colon-separated list) whose value is not used by the
shell. The manpath array can be useful, however, since setting it
also sets MANPATH, and vice versa.
match
mbegin
mend
Arrays set by the shell when the b globbing flag is used in pattern
matches. See the subsection _Globbing flags_ in *note Filename
Generation::.
MATCH
MBEGIN
MEND
Set by the shell when the m globbing flag is used in pattern
matches. See the subsection _Globbing flags_ in *note Filename
Generation::.
module_path <S> <Z> (MODULE_PATH <S>)
An array (colon-separated list) of directories that zmodload
searches for dynamically loadable modules. This is initialized to
a standard pathname, usually '/usr/local/lib/zsh/$ZSH_VERSION'.
(The '/usr/local/lib' part varies from installation to
installation.) For security reasons, any value set in the
environment when the shell is started will be ignored.
These parameters only exist if the installation supports dynamic
module loading.
NULLCMD <S>
The command name to assume if a redirection is specified with no
command. Defaults to cat. For 'sh'/'ksh' behavior, change this to
:. For 'csh'-like behavior, unset this parameter; the shell will
print an error message if null commands are entered.
path <S> <Z> (PATH <S>)
An array (colon-separated list) of directories to search for
commands. When this parameter is set, each directory is scanned
and all files found are put in a hash table.
POSTEDIT <S>
This string is output whenever the line editor exits. It usually
contains termcap strings to reset the terminal.
PROMPT <S> <Z>
PROMPT2 <S> <Z>
PROMPT3 <S> <Z>
PROMPT4 <S> <Z>
Same as PS1, PS2, PS3 and PS4, respectively.
prompt <S> <Z>
Same as PS1.
PROMPT_EOL_MARK
When the PROMPT_CR and PROMPT_SP options are set, the
PROMPT_EOL_MARK parameter can be used to customize how the end of
partial lines are shown. This parameter undergoes prompt
expansion, with the PROMPT_PERCENT option set. If not set, the
default behavior is equivalent to the value '%B%S%#%s%b'.
PS1 <S>
The primary prompt string, printed before a command is read. It
undergoes a special form of expansion before being displayed; see
*note Prompt Expansion::. The default is '%m%# '.
PS2 <S>
The secondary prompt, printed when the shell needs more information
to complete a command. It is expanded in the same way as PS1. The
default is '%_> ', which displays any shell constructs or quotation
marks which are currently being processed.
PS3 <S>
Selection prompt used within a select loop. It is expanded in the
same way as PS1. The default is '?# '.
PS4 <S>
The execution trace prompt. Default is '+%N:%i> ', which displays
the name of the current shell structure and the line number within
it. In sh or ksh emulation, the default is '+ '.
psvar <S> <Z> (PSVAR <S>)
An array (colon-separated list) whose first nine values can be used
in PROMPT strings. Setting psvar also sets PSVAR, and vice versa.
READNULLCMD <S>
The command name to assume if a single input redirection is
specified with no command. Defaults to more.
REPORTTIME
If nonnegative, commands whose combined user and system execution
times (measured in seconds) are greater than this value have timing
statistics printed for them. Output is suppressed for commands
executed within the line editor, including completion; commands
explicitly marked with the time keyword still cause the summary to
be printed in this case.
REPLY
This parameter is reserved by convention to pass string values
between shell scripts and shell builtins in situations where a
function call or redirection are impossible or undesirable. The
read builtin and the select complex command may set REPLY, and
filename generation both sets and examines its value when
evaluating certain expressions. Some modules also employ REPLY for
similar purposes.
reply
As REPLY, but for array values rather than strings.
RPROMPT <S>
RPS1 <S>
This prompt is displayed on the right-hand side of the screen when
the primary prompt is being displayed on the left. This does not
work if the SINGLE_LINE_ZLE option is set. It is expanded in the
same way as PS1.
RPROMPT2 <S>
RPS2 <S>
This prompt is displayed on the right-hand side of the screen when
the secondary prompt is being displayed on the left. This does not
work if the SINGLE_LINE_ZLE option is set. It is expanded in the
same way as PS2.
SAVEHIST
The maximum number of history events to save in the history file.
SPROMPT <S>
The prompt used for spelling correction. The sequence '%R' expands
to the string which presumably needs spelling correction, and '%r'
expands to the proposed correction. All other prompt escapes are
also allowed.
STTY
If this parameter is set in a command's environment, the shell runs
the stty command with the value of this parameter as arguments in
order to set up the terminal before executing the command. The
modes apply only to the command, and are reset when it finishes or
is suspended. If the command is suspended and continued later with
the fg or wait builtins it will see the modes specified by STTY, as
if it were not suspended. This (intentionally) does not apply if
the command is continued via 'kill -CONT'. STTY is ignored if the
command is run in the background, or if it is in the environment of
the shell but not explicitly assigned to in the input line. This
avoids running stty at every external command by accidentally
exporting it. Also note that STTY should not be used for window
size specifications; these will not be local to the command.
TERM <S>
The type of terminal in use. This is used when looking up termcap
sequences. An assignment to TERM causes zsh to re-initialize the
terminal, even if the value does not change (e.g., 'TERM=$TERM').
It is necessary to make such an assignment upon any change to the
terminal definition database or terminal type in order for the new
settings to take effect.
TERMINFO <S>
A reference to a compiled description of the terminal, used by the
'terminfo' library when the system has it; see man page
terminfo(5). If set, this causes the shell to reinitialise the
terminal, making the workaround 'TERM=$TERM' unnecessary.
TIMEFMT
The format of process time reports with the time keyword. The
default is '%J %U user %S system %P cpu %*E total'. Recognizes the
following escape sequences, although not all may be available on
all systems, and some that are available may not be useful:
%%
A '%'.
%U
CPU seconds spent in user mode.
%S
CPU seconds spent in kernel mode.
%E
Elapsed time in seconds.
%P
The CPU percentage, computed as (100*%U+%S)/%E.
%W
Number of times the process was swapped.
%X
The average amount in (shared) text space used in kilobytes.
%D
The average amount in (unshared) data/stack space used in
kilobytes.
%K
The total space used (%X+%D) in kilobytes.
%M
The maximum memory the process had in use at any time in
megabytes.
%F
The number of major page faults (page needed to be brought
from disk).
%R
The number of minor page faults.
%I
The number of input operations.
%O
The number of output operations.
%r
The number of socket messages received.
%s
The number of socket messages sent.
%k
The number of signals received.
%w
Number of voluntary context switches (waits).
%c
Number of involuntary context switches.
%J
The name of this job.
A star may be inserted between the percent sign and flags printing
time. This cause the time to be printed in 'HH:MM:SS.TTT' format
(hours and minutes are only printed if they are not zero).
TMOUT
If this parameter is nonzero, the shell will receive an ALRM signal
if a command is not entered within the specified number of seconds
after issuing a prompt. If there is a trap on SIGALRM, it will be
executed and a new alarm is scheduled using the value of the TMOUT
parameter after executing the trap. If no trap is set, and the
idle time of the terminal is not less than the value of the TMOUT
parameter, zsh terminates. Otherwise a new alarm is scheduled to
TMOUT seconds after the last keypress.
TMPPREFIX
A pathname prefix which the shell will use for all temporary files.
Note that this should include an initial part for the file name as
well as any directory names. The default is '/tmp/zsh'.
watch <S> <Z> (WATCH <S>)
An array (colon-separated list) of login/logout events to report.
If it contains the single word 'all', then all login/logout events
are reported. If it contains the single word 'notme', then all
events are reported as with 'all' except $USERNAME. An entry in
this list may consist of a username, an '@' followed by a remote
hostname, and a '%' followed by a line (tty). Any or all of these
components may be present in an entry; if a login/logout event
matches all of them, it is reported.
WATCHFMT
The format of login/logout reports if the watch parameter is set.
Default is '%n has %a %l from %m'. Recognizes the following escape
sequences:
%n
The name of the user that logged in/out.
%a
The observed action, i.e. "logged on" or "logged off".
%l
The line (tty) the user is logged in on.
%M
The full hostname of the remote host.
%m
The hostname up to the first '.'. If only the IP address is
available or the utmp field contains the name of an X-windows
display, the whole name is printed.
_NOTE:_ The '%m' and '%M' escapes will work only if there is a
host name field in the utmp on your machine. Otherwise they
are treated as ordinary strings.
%S (%s)
Start (stop) standout mode.
%U (%u)
Start (stop) underline mode.
%B (%b)
Start (stop) boldface mode.
%t
%@
The time, in 12-hour, am/pm format.
%T
The time, in 24-hour format.
%w
The date in 'DAY-DD' format.
%W
The date in 'MM/DD/YY' format.
%D
The date in 'YY-MM-DD' format.
%(X:TRUE-TEXT:FALSE-TEXT)
Specifies a ternary expression. The character following the X
is arbitrary; the same character is used to separate the text
for the "true" result from that for the "false" result. Both
the separator and the right parenthesis may be escaped with a
backslash. Ternary expressions may be nested.
The test character X may be any one of 'l', 'n', 'm' or 'M',
which indicate a 'true' result if the corresponding escape
sequence would return a non-empty value; or it may be 'a',
which indicates a 'true' result if the watched user has logged
in, or 'false' if he has logged out. Other characters
evaluate to neither true nor false; the entire expression is
omitted in this case.
If the result is 'true', then the TRUE-TEXT is formatted
according to the rules above and printed, and the FALSE-TEXT
is skipped. If 'false', the TRUE-TEXT is skipped and the
FALSE-TEXT is formatted and printed. Either or both of the
branches may be empty, but both separators must be present in
any case.
WORDCHARS <S>
A list of non-alphanumeric characters considered part of a word by
the line editor.
ZBEEP
If set, this gives a string of characters, which can use all the
same codes as the bindkey command as described in *note The zsh/zle
Module::, that will be output to the terminal instead of beeping.
This may have a visible instead of an audible effect; for example,
the string '\e[?5h\e[?5l' on a vt100 or xterm will have the effect
of flashing reverse video on and off (if you usually use reverse
video, you should use the string '\e[?5l\e[?5h' instead). This
takes precedence over the NOBEEP option.
ZDOTDIR
The directory to search for shell startup files (.zshrc, etc), if
not $HOME.
ZLE_LINE_ABORTED
This parameter is set by the line editor when an error occurs. It
contains the line that was being edited at the point of the error.
'print -zr -- $ZLE_LINE_ABORTED' can be used to recover the line.
Only the most recent line of this kind is remembered.
ZLE_REMOVE_SUFFIX_CHARS
ZLE_SPACE_SUFFIX_CHARS
These parameters are used by the line editor. In certain
circumstances suffixes (typically space or slash) added by the
completion system will be removed automatically, either because the
next editing command was not an insertable character, or because
the character was marked as requiring the suffix to be removed.
These variables can contain the sets of characters that will cause
the suffix to be removed. If ZLE_REMOVE_SUFFIX_CHARS is set, those
characters will cause the suffix to be removed; if
ZLE_SPACE_SUFFIX_CHARS is set, those characters will cause the
suffix to be removed and replaced by a space.
If ZLE_REMOVE_SUFFIX_CHARS is not set, the default behaviour is
equivalent to:
ZLE_REMOVE_SUFFIX_CHARS=$' \t\n;&|'
If ZLE_REMOVE_SUFFIX_CHARS is set but is empty, no characters have
this behaviour. ZLE_SPACE_SUFFIX_CHARS takes precedence, so that
the following:
ZLE_SPACE_SUFFIX_CHARS=$'&|'
causes the characters '&' and '|' to remove the suffix but to
replace it with a space.
To illustrate the difference, suppose that the option
AUTO_REMOVE_SLASH is in effect and the directory DIR has just been
completed, with an appended /, following which the user types '&'.
The default result is 'DIR&'. With ZLE_REMOVE_SUFFIX_CHARS set but
without including '&' the result is 'DIR/&'. With
ZLE_SPACE_SUFFIX_CHARS set to include '&' the result is 'DIR &'.
Note that certain completions may provide their own suffix removal
or replacement behaviour which overrides the values described here.
See the completion system documentation in *note Completion
System::.
File: zsh.info, Node: Options, Next: Shell Builtin Commands, Prev: Parameters, Up: Top
16 Options
**********
* Menu:
* Specifying Options::
* Description of Options::
* Option Aliases::
* Single Letter Options::
File: zsh.info, Node: Specifying Options, Next: Description of Options, Up: Options
16.1 Specifying Options
=======================
Options are primarily referred to by name. These names are case
insensitive and underscores are ignored. For example, 'allexport' is
equivalent to 'A__lleXP_ort'.
The sense of an option name may be inverted by preceding it with 'no',
so 'setopt No_Beep' is equivalent to 'unsetopt beep'. This inversion
can only be done once, so 'nonobeep' is _not_ a synonym for 'beep'.
Similarly, 'tify' is not a synonym for 'nonotify' (the inversion of
'notify').
Some options also have one or more single letter names. There are two
sets of single letter options: one used by default, and another used to
emulate 'sh'/'ksh' (used when the SH_OPTION_LETTERS option is set). The
single letter options can be used on the shell command line, or with the
set, setopt and unsetopt builtins, as normal Unix options preceded by
'-'.
The sense of the single letter options may be inverted by using '+'
instead of '-'. Some of the single letter option names refer to an
option being off, in which case the inversion of that name refers to the
option being on. For example, '+n' is the short name of 'exec', and
'-n' is the short name of its inversion, 'noexec'.
In strings of single letter options supplied to the shell at startup,
trailing whitespace will be ignored; for example the string '-f ' will
be treated just as '-f', but the string '-f i' is an error. This is
because many systems which implement the '#!' mechanism for calling
scripts do not strip trailing whitespace.
File: zsh.info, Node: Description of Options, Next: Option Aliases, Prev: Specifying Options, Up: Options
16.2 Description of Options
===========================
In the following list, options set by default in all emulations are
marked <D>; those set by default only in csh, ksh, sh, or zsh emulations
are marked <C>, <K>, <S>, <Z> as appropriate. When listing options (by
'setopt', 'unsetopt', 'set -o' or 'set +o'), those turned on by default
appear in the list prefixed with 'no'. Hence (unless KSH_OPTION_PRINT
is set), 'setopt' shows all options whose settings are changed from the
default.
16.2.1 Changing Directories
---------------------------
AUTO_CD (-J)
If a command is issued that can't be executed as a normal command,
and the command is the name of a directory, perform the cd command
to that directory.
AUTO_PUSHD (-N)
Make cd push the old directory onto the directory stack.
CDABLE_VARS (-T)
If the argument to a cd command (or an implied cd with the AUTO_CD
option set) is not a directory, and does not begin with a slash,
try to expand the expression as if it were preceded by a '~' (see
*note Filename Expansion::).
CHASE_DOTS
When changing to a directory containing a path segment '..' which
would otherwise be treated as canceling the previous segment in the
path (in other words, 'foo/..' would be removed from the path, or
if '..' is the first part of the path, the last part of the current
working directory would be removed), instead resolve the path to
the physical directory. This option is overridden by CHASE_LINKS.
For example, suppose /foo/bar is a link to the directory /alt/rod.
Without this option set, 'cd /foo/bar/..' changes to /foo; with it
set, it changes to /alt. The same applies if the current directory
is /foo/bar and 'cd ..' is used. Note that all other symbolic
links in the path will also be resolved.
CHASE_LINKS (-w)
Resolve symbolic links to their true values when changing
directory. This also has the effect of CHASE_DOTS, i.e. a '..'
path segment will be treated as referring to the physical parent,
even if the preceding path segment is a symbolic link.
POSIX_CD
Modifies the behaviour of cd, chdir and pushd commands to make them
more compatible with the POSIX standard. The behaviour with the
option unset is described in the documentation for the cd builtin
in *note Shell Builtin Commands::. If the option is set, the shell
does not test for directories beneath the local directory ('.')
until after all directories in cdpath have been tested.
Also, if the option is set, the conditions under which the shell
prints the new directory after changing to it are modified. It is
no longer restricted to interactive shells (although printing of
the directory stack with pushd is still limited to interactive
shells); and any use of a component of CDPATH, including a '.' but
excluding an empty component that is otherwise treated as '.',
causes the directory to be printed.
PUSHD_IGNORE_DUPS
Don't push multiple copies of the same directory onto the directory
stack.
PUSHD_MINUS
Exchanges the meanings of '+' and '-' when used with a number to
specify a directory in the stack.
PUSHD_SILENT (-E)
Do not print the directory stack after pushd or popd.
PUSHD_TO_HOME (-D)
Have pushd with no arguments act like 'pushd $HOME'.
16.2.2 Completion
-----------------
ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT <D>
If unset, key functions that list completions try to return to the
last prompt if given a numeric argument. If set these functions
try to return to the last prompt if given _no_ numeric argument.
ALWAYS_TO_END
If a completion is performed with the cursor within a word, and a
full completion is inserted, the cursor is moved to the end of the
word. That is, the cursor is moved to the end of the word if
either a single match is inserted or menu completion is performed.
AUTO_LIST (-9) <D>
Automatically list choices on an ambiguous completion.
AUTO_MENU <D>
Automatically use menu completion after the second consecutive
request for completion, for example by pressing the tab key
repeatedly. This option is overridden by MENU_COMPLETE.
AUTO_NAME_DIRS
Any parameter that is set to the absolute name of a directory
immediately becomes a name for that directory, that will be used by
the '%~' and related prompt sequences, and will be available when
completion is performed on a word starting with '~'. (Otherwise,
the parameter must be used in the form '~PARAM' first.)
AUTO_PARAM_KEYS <D>
If a parameter name was completed and a following character
(normally a space) automatically inserted, and the next character
typed is one of those that have to come directly after the name
(like '}', ':', etc.), the automatically added character is
deleted, so that the character typed comes immediately after the
parameter name. Completion in a brace expansion is affected
similarly: the added character is a ',', which will be removed if
'}' is typed next.
AUTO_PARAM_SLASH <D>
If a parameter is completed whose content is the name of a
directory, then add a trailing slash instead of a space.
AUTO_REMOVE_SLASH <D>
When the last character resulting from a completion is a slash and
the next character typed is a word delimiter, a slash, or a
character that ends a command (such as a semicolon or an
ampersand), remove the slash.
BASH_AUTO_LIST
On an ambiguous completion, automatically list choices when the
completion function is called twice in succession. This takes
precedence over AUTO_LIST. The setting of LIST_AMBIGUOUS is
respected. If AUTO_MENU is set, the menu behaviour will then start
with the third press. Note that this will not work with
MENU_COMPLETE, since repeated completion calls immediately cycle
through the list in that case.
COMPLETE_ALIASES
Prevents aliases on the command line from being internally
substituted before completion is attempted. The effect is to make
the alias a distinct command for completion purposes.
COMPLETE_IN_WORD
If unset, the cursor is set to the end of the word if completion is
started. Otherwise it stays there and completion is done from both
ends.
GLOB_COMPLETE
When the current word has a glob pattern, do not insert all the
words resulting from the expansion but generate matches as for
completion and cycle through them like MENU_COMPLETE. The matches
are generated as if a '*' was added to the end of the word, or
inserted at the cursor when COMPLETE_IN_WORD is set. This actually
uses pattern matching, not globbing, so it works not only for files
but for any completion, such as options, user names, etc.
Note that when the pattern matcher is used, matching control (for
example, case-insensitive or anchored matching) cannot be used.
This limitation only applies when the current word contains a
pattern; simply turning on the GLOB_COMPLETE option does not have
this effect.
HASH_LIST_ALL <D>
Whenever a command completion or spelling correction is attempted,
make sure the entire command path is hashed first. This makes the
first completion slower but avoids false reports of spelling
errors.
LIST_AMBIGUOUS <D>
This option works when AUTO_LIST or BASH_AUTO_LIST is also set. If
there is an unambiguous prefix to insert on the command line, that
is done without a completion list being displayed; in other words,
auto-listing behaviour only takes place when nothing would be
inserted. In the case of BASH_AUTO_LIST, this means that the list
will be delayed to the third call of the function.
LIST_BEEP <D>
Beep on an ambiguous completion. More accurately, this forces the
completion widgets to return status 1 on an ambiguous completion,
which causes the shell to beep if the option BEEP is also set; this
may be modified if completion is called from a user-defined widget.
LIST_PACKED
Try to make the completion list smaller (occupying less lines) by
printing the matches in columns with different widths.
LIST_ROWS_FIRST
Lay out the matches in completion lists sorted horizontally, that
is, the second match is to the right of the first one, not under it
as usual.
LIST_TYPES (-X) <D>
When listing files that are possible completions, show the type of
each file with a trailing identifying mark.
MENU_COMPLETE (-Y)
On an ambiguous completion, instead of listing possibilities or
beeping, insert the first match immediately. Then when completion
is requested again, remove the first match and insert the second
match, etc. When there are no more matches, go back to the first
one again. reverse-menu-complete may be used to loop through the
list in the other direction. This option overrides AUTO_MENU.
REC_EXACT (-S)
In completion, recognize exact matches even if they are ambiguous.
16.2.3 Expansion and Globbing
-----------------------------
BAD_PATTERN (+2) <C> <Z>
If a pattern for filename generation is badly formed, print an
error message. (If this option is unset, the pattern will be left
unchanged.)
BARE_GLOB_QUAL <Z>
In a glob pattern, treat a trailing set of parentheses as a
qualifier list, if it contains no '|', '(' or (if special) '~'
characters. See *note Filename Generation::.
BRACE_CCL
Expand expressions in braces which would not otherwise undergo
brace expansion to a lexically ordered list of all the characters.
See *note Brace Expansion::.
CASE_GLOB <D>
Make globbing (filename generation) sensitive to case. Note that
other uses of patterns are always sensitive to case. If the option
is unset, the presence of any character which is special to
filename generation will cause case-insensitive matching. For
example, cvs(/) can match the directory CVS owing to the presence
of the globbing flag (unless the option BARE_GLOB_QUAL is unset).
CASE_MATCH <D>
Make regular expressions using the zsh/regex module (including
matches with =~) sensitive to case.
CSH_NULL_GLOB <C>
If a pattern for filename generation has no matches, delete the
pattern from the argument list; do not report an error unless all
the patterns in a command have no matches. Overrides NOMATCH.
EQUALS <Z>
Perform = filename expansion. (See *note Filename Expansion::.)
EXTENDED_GLOB
Treat the '#', '~' and '^' characters as part of patterns for
filename generation, etc. (An initial unquoted '~' always produces
named directory expansion.)
GLOB (+F, ksh: +f) <D>
Perform filename generation (globbing). (See *note Filename
Generation::.)
GLOB_ASSIGN <C>
If this option is set, filename generation (globbing) is performed
on the right hand side of scalar parameter assignments of the form
'NAME=PATTERN (e.g. 'foo=*'). If the result has more than one
word the parameter will become an array with those words as
arguments. This option is provided for backwards compatibility
only: globbing is always performed on the right hand side of array
assignments of the form 'NAME=(VALUE)' (e.g. 'foo=(*)') and this
form is recommended for clarity; with this option set, it is not
possible to predict whether the result will be an array or a
scalar.
GLOB_DOTS (-4)
Do not require a leading '.' in a filename to be matched
explicitly.
GLOB_SUBST <C> <K> <S>
Treat any characters resulting from parameter expansion as being
eligible for file expansion and filename generation, and any
characters resulting from command substitution as being eligible
for filename generation. Braces (and commas in between) do not
become eligible for expansion.
HIST_SUBST_PATTERN
Substitutions using the :s and :& history modifiers are performed
with pattern matching instead of string matching. This occurs
wherever history modifiers are valid, including glob qualifiers and
parameters. See *note Modifiers::.
IGNORE_BRACES (-I) <S>
Do not perform brace expansion. For historical reasons this also
includes the effect of the IGNORE_CLOSE_BRACES option.
IGNORE_CLOSE_BRACES
When neither this option nor IGNORE_BRACES is set, a sole close
brace character '}' is syntactically significant at any point on a
command line. This has the effect that no semicolon or newline is
necessary before the brace terminating a function or current shell
construct. When either option is set, a closing brace is
syntactically significant only in command position. Unlike
IGNORE_BRACES, this option does not disable brace expansion.
For example, with both options unset a function may be defined in
the following fashion:
args() { echo $# }
while if either option is set, this does not work and something
equivalent to the following is required:
args() { echo $#; }
KSH_GLOB <K>
In pattern matching, the interpretation of parentheses is affected
by a preceding '@', '*', '+', '?' or '!'. See *note Filename
Generation::.
MAGIC_EQUAL_SUBST
All unquoted arguments of the form 'ANYTHING=EXPRESSION' appearing
after the command name have filename expansion (that is, where
EXPRESSION has a leading '~' or '=') performed on EXPRESSION as if
it were a parameter assignment. The argument is not otherwise
treated specially; it is passed to the command as a single
argument, and not used as an actual parameter assignment. For
example, in echo foo=~/bar:~/rod, both occurrences of ~ would be
replaced. Note that this happens anyway with typeset and similar
statements.
This option respects the setting of the KSH_TYPESET option. In
other words, if both options are in effect, arguments looking like
assignments will not undergo word splitting.
MARK_DIRS (-8, ksh: -X)
Append a trailing '/' to all directory names resulting from
filename generation (globbing).
MULTIBYTE <C> <K> <Z>
Respect multibyte characters when found in strings. When this
option is set, strings are examined using the system library to
determine how many bytes form a character, depending on the current
locale. This affects the way characters are counted in pattern
matching, parameter values and various delimiters.
The option is on by default if the shell was compiled with
MULTIBYTE_SUPPORT except in sh emulation; otherwise it is off by
default and has no effect if turned on. The mode is off in sh
emulation for compatibility but for interactive use may need to be
turned on if the terminal interprets multibyte characters.
If the option is off a single byte is always treated as a single
character. This setting is designed purely for examining strings
known to contain raw bytes or other values that may not be
characters in the current locale. It is not necessary to unset the
option merely because the character set for the current locale does
not contain multibyte characters.
The option does not affect the shell's editor, which always uses
the locale to determine multibyte characters. This is because the
character set displayed by the terminal emulator is independent of
shell settings.
NOMATCH (+3) <C> <Z>
If a pattern for filename generation has no matches, print an
error, instead of leaving it unchanged in the argument list. This
also applies to file expansion of an initial '~' or '='.
NULL_GLOB (-G)
If a pattern for filename generation has no matches, delete the
pattern from the argument list instead of reporting an error.
Overrides NOMATCH.
NUMERIC_GLOB_SORT
If numeric filenames are matched by a filename generation pattern,
sort the filenames numerically rather than lexicographically.
RC_EXPAND_PARAM (-P)
Array expansions of the form 'FOO${XX}BAR', where the parameter XX
is set to (A B C), are substituted with 'FOOABAR FOOBBAR FOOCBAR'
instead of the default 'FOOA B CBAR'. Note that an empty array
will therefore cause all arguments to be removed.
REMATCH_PCRE <Z>
If set, regular expression matching with the =~ operator will use
Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions from the PCRE library, if
available. If not set, regular expressions will use the extended
regexp syntax provided by the system libraries.
SH_GLOB <K> <S>
Disables the special meaning of '(', '|', ')' and '<' for globbing
the result of parameter and command substitutions, and in some
other places where the shell accepts patterns. If SH_GLOB is set
but KSH_GLOB is not, the shell allows the interpretation of
subshell expressions enclosed in parentheses in some cases where
there is no space before the opening parenthesis, e.g. !(true) is
interpreted as if there were a space after the !. This option is
set by default if zsh is invoked as sh or ksh.
UNSET (+u, ksh: +u) <K> <S> <Z>
Treat unset parameters as if they were empty when substituting.
Otherwise they are treated as an error.
WARN_CREATE_GLOBAL
Print a warning message when a global parameter is created in a
function by an assignment. This often indicates that a parameter
has not been declared local when it should have been. Parameters
explicitly declared global from within a function using typeset -g
do not cause a warning. Note that there is no warning when a local
parameter is assigned to in a nested function, which may also
indicate an error.
16.2.4 History
--------------
APPEND_HISTORY <D>
If this is set, zsh sessions will append their history list to the
history file, rather than replace it. Thus, multiple parallel zsh
sessions will all have the new entries from their history lists
added to the history file, in the order that they exit. The file
will still be periodically re-written to trim it when the number of
lines grows 20% beyond the value specified by $SAVEHIST (see also
the HIST_SAVE_BY_COPY option).
BANG_HIST (+K) <C> <Z>
Perform textual history expansion, 'csh'-style, treating the
character '!' specially.
EXTENDED_HISTORY <C>
Save each command's beginning timestamp (in seconds since the
epoch) and the duration (in seconds) to the history file. The
format of this prefixed data is:
': <BEGINNING TIME>:<ELAPSED SECONDS>;<COMMAND>'.
HIST_ALLOW_CLOBBER
Add '|' to output redirections in the history. This allows history
references to clobber files even when CLOBBER is unset.
HIST_BEEP <D>
Beep when an attempt is made to access a history entry which isn't
there.
HIST_EXPIRE_DUPS_FIRST
If the internal history needs to be trimmed to add the current
command line, setting this option will cause the oldest history
event that has a duplicate to be lost before losing a unique event
from the list. You should be sure to set the value of HISTSIZE to
a larger number than SAVEHIST in order to give you some room for
the duplicated events, otherwise this option will behave just like
HIST_IGNORE_ALL_DUPS once the history fills up with unique events.
HIST_FCNTL_LOCK
When writing out the history file, by default zsh uses ad-hoc file
locking to avoid known problems with locking on some operating
systems. With this option locking is done by means of the system's
fcntl call, where this method is available. On recent operating
systems this may provide better performance, in particular avoiding
history corruption when files are stored on NFS.
HIST_FIND_NO_DUPS
When searching for history entries in the line editor, do not
display duplicates of a line previously found, even if the
duplicates are not contiguous.
HIST_IGNORE_ALL_DUPS
If a new command line being added to the history list duplicates an
older one, the older command is removed from the list (even if it
is not the previous event).
HIST_IGNORE_DUPS (-h)
Do not enter command lines into the history list if they are
duplicates of the previous event.
HIST_IGNORE_SPACE (-g)
Remove command lines from the history list when the first character
on the line is a space, or when one of the expanded aliases
contains a leading space. Only normal aliases (not global or
suffix aliases) have this behaviour. Note that the command lingers
in the internal history until the next command is entered before it
vanishes, allowing you to briefly reuse or edit the line. If you
want to make it vanish right away without entering another command,
type a space and press return.
HIST_LEX_WORDS
By default, shell history that is read in from files is split into
words on all white space. This means that arguments with quoted
whitespace are not correctly handled, with the consequence that
references to words in history lines that have been read from a
file may be inaccurate. When this option is set, words read in
from a history file are divided up in a similar fashion to normal
shell command line handling. Although this produces more
accurately delimited words, if the size of the history file is
large this can be slow. Trial and error is necessary to decide.
HIST_NO_FUNCTIONS
Remove function definitions from the history list. Note that the
function lingers in the internal history until the next command is
entered before it vanishes, allowing you to briefly reuse or edit
the definition.
HIST_NO_STORE
Remove the history (fc -l) command from the history list when
invoked. Note that the command lingers in the internal history
until the next command is entered before it vanishes, allowing you
to briefly reuse or edit the line.
HIST_REDUCE_BLANKS
Remove superfluous blanks from each command line being added to the
history list.
HIST_SAVE_BY_COPY <D>
When the history file is re-written, we normally write out a copy
of the file named $HISTFILE.new and then rename it over the old
one. However, if this option is unset, we instead truncate the old
history file and write out the new version in-place. If one of the
history-appending options is enabled, this option only has an
effect when the enlarged history file needs to be re-written to
trim it down to size. Disable this only if you have special needs,
as doing so makes it possible to lose history entries if zsh gets
interrupted during the save.
When writing out a copy of the history file, zsh preserves the old
file's permissions and group information, but will refuse to write
out a new file if it would change the history file's owner.
HIST_SAVE_NO_DUPS
When writing out the history file, older commands that duplicate
newer ones are omitted.
HIST_VERIFY
Whenever the user enters a line with history expansion, don't
execute the line directly; instead, perform history expansion and
reload the line into the editing buffer.
INC_APPEND_HISTORY
This options works like APPEND_HISTORY except that new history
lines are added to the $HISTFILE incrementally (as soon as they are
entered), rather than waiting until the shell exits. The file will
still be periodically re-written to trim it when the number of
lines grows 20% beyond the value specified by $SAVEHIST (see also
the HIST_SAVE_BY_COPY option).
SHARE_HISTORY <K>
This option both imports new commands from the history file, and
also causes your typed commands to be appended to the history file
(the latter is like specifying INC_APPEND_HISTORY). The history
lines are also output with timestamps ala EXTENDED_HISTORY (which
makes it easier to find the spot where we left off reading the file
after it gets re-written).
By default, history movement commands visit the imported lines as
well as the local lines, but you can toggle this on and off with
the set-local-history zle binding. It is also possible to create a
zle widget that will make some commands ignore imported commands,
and some include them.
If you find that you want more control over when commands get
imported, you may wish to turn SHARE_HISTORY off,
INC_APPEND_HISTORY on, and then manually import commands whenever
you need them using 'fc -RI'.
16.2.5 Initialisation
---------------------
ALL_EXPORT (-a, ksh: -a)
All parameters subsequently defined are automatically exported.
GLOBAL_EXPORT (<Z>)
If this option is set, passing the -x flag to the builtins declare,
float, integer, readonly and typeset (but not local) will also set
the -g flag; hence parameters exported to the environment will not
be made local to the enclosing function, unless they were already
or the flag +g is given explicitly. If the option is unset,
exported parameters will be made local in just the same way as any
other parameter.
This option is set by default for backward compatibility; it is not
recommended that its behaviour be relied upon. Note that the
builtin export always sets both the -x and -g flags, and hence its
effect extends beyond the scope of the enclosing function; this is
the most portable way to achieve this behaviour.
GLOBAL_RCS (-d) <D>
If this option is unset, the startup files /etc/zprofile,
/etc/zshrc, /etc/zlogin and /etc/zlogout will not be run. It can
be disabled and re-enabled at any time, including inside local
startup files (.zshrc, etc.).
RCS (+f) <D>
After /etc/zshenv is sourced on startup, source the .zshenv,
/etc/zprofile, .zprofile, /etc/zshrc, .zshrc, /etc/zlogin, .zlogin,
and .zlogout files, as described in *note Files::. If this option
is unset, the /etc/zshenv file is still sourced, but any of the
others will not be; it can be set at any time to prevent the
remaining startup files after the currently executing one from
being sourced.
16.2.6 Input/Output
-------------------
ALIASES <D>
Expand aliases.
CLOBBER (+C, ksh: +C) <D>
Allows '>' redirection to truncate existing files, and '>>' to
create files. Otherwise '>!' or '>|' must be used to truncate a
file, and '>>!' or '>>|' to create a file.
CORRECT (-0)
Try to correct the spelling of commands. Note that, when the
HASH_LIST_ALL option is not set or when some directories in the
path are not readable, this may falsely report spelling errors the
first time some commands are used.
The shell variable CORRECT_IGNORE may be set to a pattern to match
words that will never be offered as corrections.
CORRECT_ALL (-O)
Try to correct the spelling of all arguments in a line.
DVORAK
Use the Dvorak keyboard instead of the standard qwerty keyboard as
a basis for examining spelling mistakes for the CORRECT and
CORRECT_ALL options and the spell-word editor command.
FLOW_CONTROL <D>
If this option is unset, output flow control via start/stop
characters (usually assigned to ^S/^Q) is disabled in the shell's
editor.
IGNORE_EOF (-7)
Do not exit on end-of-file. Require the use of exit or logout
instead. However, ten consecutive EOFs will cause the shell to
exit anyway, to avoid the shell hanging if its tty goes away.
Also, if this option is set and the Zsh Line Editor is used,
widgets implemented by shell functions can be bound to EOF
(normally Control-D) without printing the normal warning message.
This works only for normal widgets, not for completion widgets.
INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS (-k) <K> <S>
Allow comments even in interactive shells.
HASH_CMDS <D>
Note the location of each command the first time it is executed.
Subsequent invocations of the same command will use the saved
location, avoiding a path search. If this option is unset, no path
hashing is done at all. However, when CORRECT is set, commands
whose names do not appear in the functions or aliases hash tables
are hashed in order to avoid reporting them as spelling errors.
HASH_DIRS <D>
Whenever a command name is hashed, hash the directory containing
it, as well as all directories that occur earlier in the path. Has
no effect if neither HASH_CMDS nor CORRECT is set.
HASH_EXECUTABLES_ONLY
When hashing commands because of HASH_COMMANDS, check that the file
to be hashed is actually an executable. This option is unset by
default as if the path contains a large number of commands, or
consists of many remote files, the additional tests can take a long
time. Trial and error is needed to show if this option is
beneficial.
MAIL_WARNING (-U)
Print a warning message if a mail file has been accessed since the
shell last checked.
PATH_DIRS (-Q)
Perform a path search even on command names with slashes in them.
Thus if '/usr/local/bin' is in the user's path, and he or she types
'X11/xinit', the command '/usr/local/bin/X11/xinit' will be
executed (assuming it exists). Commands explicitly beginning with
'/', './' or '../' are not subject to the path search. This also
applies to the '.' builtin.
Note that subdirectories of the current directory are always
searched for executables specified in this form. This takes place
before any search indicated by this option, and regardless of
whether '.' or the current directory appear in the command search
path.
PATH_SCRIPT <K> <S>
If this option is not set, a script passed as the first non-option
argument to the shell must contain the name of the file to open.
If this option is set, and the script does not specify a directory
path, the script is looked for first in the current directory, then
in the command path. See *note Invocation::.
PRINT_EIGHT_BIT
Print eight bit characters literally in completion lists, etc.
This option is not necessary if your system correctly returns the
printability of eight bit characters (see man page ctype(3)).
PRINT_EXIT_VALUE (-1)
Print the exit value of programs with non-zero exit status.
RC_QUOTES
Allow the character sequence '''' to signify a single quote within
singly quoted strings. Note this does not apply in quoted strings
using the format $'...', where a backslashed single quote can be
used.
RM_STAR_SILENT (-H) <K> <S>
Do not query the user before executing 'rm *' or 'rm path/*'.
RM_STAR_WAIT
If querying the user before executing 'rm *' or 'rm path/*', first
wait ten seconds and ignore anything typed in that time. This
avoids the problem of reflexively answering 'yes' to the query when
one didn't really mean it. The wait and query can always be
avoided by expanding the '*' in ZLE (with tab).
SHORT_LOOPS <C> <Z>
Allow the short forms of for, repeat, select, if, and function
constructs.
SUN_KEYBOARD_HACK (-L)
If a line ends with a backquote, and there are an odd number of
backquotes on the line, ignore the trailing backquote. This is
useful on some keyboards where the return key is too small, and the
backquote key lies annoyingly close to it. As an alternative the
variable KEYBOARD_HACK lets you choose the character to be removed.
16.2.7 Job Control
------------------
AUTO_CONTINUE
With this option set, stopped jobs that are removed from the job
table with the disown builtin command are automatically sent a CONT
signal to make them running.
AUTO_RESUME (-W)
Treat single word simple commands without redirection as candidates
for resumption of an existing job.
BG_NICE (-6) <C> <Z>
Run all background jobs at a lower priority. This option is set by
default.
CHECK_JOBS <Z>
Report the status of background and suspended jobs before exiting a
shell with job control; a second attempt to exit the shell will
succeed. NO_CHECK_JOBS is best used only in combination with
NO_HUP, else such jobs will be killed automatically.
The check is omitted if the commands run from the previous command
line included a 'jobs' command, since it is assumed the user is
aware that there are background or suspended jobs. A 'jobs'
command run from one of the hook functions defined in the section
Special Functions in *note Functions:: is not counted for this
purpose.
HUP <Z>
Send the HUP signal to running jobs when the shell exits.
LONG_LIST_JOBS (-R)
List jobs in the long format by default.
MONITOR (-m, ksh: -m)
Allow job control. Set by default in interactive shells.
NOTIFY (-5, ksh: -b) <Z>
Report the status of background jobs immediately, rather than
waiting until just before printing a prompt.
POSIX_JOBS <K> <S>
This option makes job control more compliant with the POSIX
standard.
When the option is not set, the MONITOR option is unset on entry to
subshells, so that job control is no longer active. When the
option is set, the MONITOR option and job control remain active in
the subshell, but note that the subshell has no access to jobs in
the parent shell.
When the option is not set, jobs put in the background or
foreground with bg or fg are displayed with the same information
that would be reported by jobs. When the option is set, only the
text is printed. The output from jobs itself is not affected by
the option.
When the option is not set, job information from the parent shell
is saved for output within a subshell (for example, within a
pipeline). When the option is set, the output of jobs is empty
until a job is started within the subshell.
When the option is set, it becomes possible to use the wait builtin
to wait for the last job started in the background (as given by $!)
even if that job has already exited. This works even if the option
is turned on temporarily around the use of the wait builtin.
16.2.8 Prompting
----------------
PROMPT_BANG <K>
If set, '!' is treated specially in prompt expansion. See *note
Prompt Expansion::.
PROMPT_CR (+V) <D>
Print a carriage return just before printing a prompt in the line
editor. This is on by default as multi-line editing is only
possible if the editor knows where the start of the line appears.
PROMPT_SP <D>
Attempt to preserve a partial line (i.e. a line that did not end
with a newline) that would otherwise be covered up by the command
prompt due to the PROMPT_CR option. This works by outputting some
cursor-control characters, including a series of spaces, that
should make the terminal wrap to the next line when a partial line
is present (note that this is only successful if your terminal has
automatic margins, which is typical).
When a partial line is preserved, by default you will see an
inverse+bold character at the end of the partial line: a "%" for a
normal user or a "#" for root. If set, the shell parameter
PROMPT_EOL_MARK can be used to customize how the end of partial
lines are shown.
NOTE: if the PROMPT_CR option is not set, enabling this option will
have no effect. This option is on by default.
PROMPT_PERCENT <C> <Z>
If set, '%' is treated specially in prompt expansion. See *note
Prompt Expansion::.
PROMPT_SUBST <K> <S>
If set, _parameter expansion_, _command substitution_ and
_arithmetic expansion_ are performed in prompts. Substitutions
within prompts do not affect the command status.
TRANSIENT_RPROMPT
Remove any right prompt from display when accepting a command line.
This may be useful with terminals with other cut/paste methods.
16.2.9 Scripts and Functions
----------------------------
C_BASES
Output hexadecimal numbers in the standard C format, for example
'0xFF' instead of the usual '16#FF'. If the option OCTAL_ZEROES is
also set (it is not by default), octal numbers will be treated
similarly and hence appear as '077' instead of '8#77'. This option
has no effect on the choice of the output base, nor on the output
of bases other than hexadecimal and octal. Note that these formats
will be understood on input irrespective of the setting of C_BASES.
C_PRECEDENCES
This alters the precedence of arithmetic operators to be more like
C and other programming languages; Arithmetic Evaluation has an
explicit list.
DEBUG_BEFORE_CMD
Run the DEBUG trap before each command; otherwise it is run after
each command. Setting this option mimics the behaviour of ksh 93;
with the option unset the behaviour is that of ksh 88.
ERR_EXIT (-e, ksh: -e)
If a command has a non-zero exit status, execute the ZERR trap, if
set, and exit. This is disabled while running initialization
scripts.
The behaviour is also disabled inside DEBUG traps. In this case
the option is handled specially: it is unset on entry to the trap.
If the option DEBUG_BEFORE_CMD is set, as it is by default, and the
option ERR_EXIT is found to have been set on exit, then the command
for which the DEBUG trap is being executed is skipped. The option
is restored after the trap exits.
ERR_RETURN
If a command has a non-zero exit status, return immediately from
the enclosing function. The logic is identical to that for
ERR_EXIT, except that an implicit return statement is executed
instead of an exit. This will trigger an exit at the outermost
level of a non-interactive script.
EVAL_LINENO <Z>
If set, line numbers of expressions evaluated using the builtin
eval are tracked separately of the enclosing environment. This
applies both to the parameter LINENO and the line number output by
the prompt escape %i. If the option is set, the prompt escape %N
will output the string '(eval)' instead of the script or function
name as an indication. (The two prompt escapes are typically used
in the parameter PS4 to be output when the option XTRACE is set.)
If EVAL_LINENO is unset, the line number of the surrounding script
or function is retained during the evaluation.
EXEC (+n, ksh: +n) <D>
Do execute commands. Without this option, commands are read and
checked for syntax errors, but not executed. This option cannot be
turned off in an interactive shell, except when '-n' is supplied to
the shell at startup.
FUNCTION_ARGZERO <C> <Z>
When executing a shell function or sourcing a script, set $0
temporarily to the name of the function/script.
LOCAL_OPTIONS <K>
If this option is set at the point of return from a shell function,
most options (including this one) which were in force upon entry to
the function are restored; options that are not restored are
PRIVILEGED and RESTRICTED. Otherwise, only this option and the
XTRACE and PRINT_EXIT_VALUE options are restored. Hence if this is
explicitly unset by a shell function the other options in force at
the point of return will remain so. A shell function can also
guarantee itself a known shell configuration with a formulation
like 'emulate -L zsh'; the -L activates LOCAL_OPTIONS.
LOCAL_TRAPS <K>
If this option is set when a signal trap is set inside a function,
then the previous status of the trap for that signal will be
restored when the function exits. Note that this option must be
set _prior_ to altering the trap behaviour in a function; unlike
LOCAL_OPTIONS, the value on exit from the function is irrelevant.
However, it does not need to be set before any global trap for that
to be correctly restored by a function. For example,
unsetopt localtraps
trap - INT
fn() { setopt localtraps; trap '' INT; sleep 3; }
will restore normal handling of SIGINT after the function exits.
MULTI_FUNC_DEF <Z>
Allow definitions of multiple functions at once in the form 'fn1
fn2...()'; if the option is not set, this causes a parse error.
Definition of multiple functions with the function keyword is
always allowed. Multiple function definitions are not often used
and can cause obscure errors.
MULTIOS <Z>
Perform implicit 'tee's or 'cat's when multiple redirections are
attempted (see *note Redirection::).
OCTAL_ZEROES <S>
Interpret any integer constant beginning with a 0 as octal, per
IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 (ISO 9945-2:1993). This is not enabled by
default as it causes problems with parsing of, for example, date
and time strings with leading zeroes.
Sequences of digits indicating a numeric base such as the '08'
component in '08#77' are always interpreted as decimal, regardless
of leading zeroes.
SOURCE_TRACE
If set, zsh will print an informational message announcing the name
of each file it loads. The format of the output is similar to that
for the XTRACE option, with the message <sourcetrace>. A file may
be loaded by the shell itself when it starts up and shuts down
(Startup/Shutdown Files) or by the use of the 'source' and 'dot'
builtin commands.
TYPESET_SILENT
If this is unset, executing any of the 'typeset' family of commands
with no options and a list of parameters that have no values to be
assigned but already exist will display the value of the parameter.
If the option is set, they will only be shown when parameters are
selected with the '-m' option. The option '-p' is available
whether or not the option is set.
VERBOSE (-v, ksh: -v)
Print shell input lines as they are read.
XTRACE (-x, ksh: -x)
Print commands and their arguments as they are executed. The
output is proceded by the value of $PS4, formatted as described in
*note Prompt Expansion::.
16.2.10 Shell Emulation
-----------------------
BASH_REMATCH
When set, matches performed with the =~ operator will set the
BASH_REMATCH array variable, instead of the default MATCH and match
variables. The first element of the BASH_REMATCH array will
contain the entire matched text and subsequent elements will
contain extracted substrings. This option makes more sense when
KSH_ARRAYS is also set, so that the entire matched portion is
stored at index 0 and the first substring is at index 1. Without
this option, the MATCH variable contains the entire matched text
and the match array variable contains substrings.
BSD_ECHO <S>
Make the echo builtin compatible with the BSD man page echo(1)
command. This disables backslashed escape sequences in echo
strings unless the -e option is specified.
CONTINUE_ON_ERROR
If a fatal error is encountered (see *note Errors::), and the code
is running in a script, the shell will resume execution at the next
statement in the script at the top level, in other words outside
all functions or shell constructs such as loops and conditions.
This mimics the behaviour of interactive shells, where the shell
returns to the line editor to read a new command; it was the normal
behaviour in versions of zsh before 5.0.1.
CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY <C>
A history reference without an event specifier will always refer to
the previous command. Without this option, such a history
reference refers to the same event as the previous history
reference, defaulting to the previous command.
CSH_JUNKIE_LOOPS <C>
Allow loop bodies to take the form 'LIST; end' instead of 'do LIST;
done'.
CSH_JUNKIE_QUOTES <C>
Changes the rules for single- and double-quoted text to match that
of 'csh'. These require that embedded newlines be preceded by a
backslash; unescaped newlines will cause an error message. In
double-quoted strings, it is made impossible to escape '$', '`' or
'"' (and '\' itself no longer needs escaping). Command
substitutions are only expanded once, and cannot be nested.
CSH_NULLCMD <C>
Do not use the values of NULLCMD and READNULLCMD when running
redirections with no command. This make such redirections fail
(see *note Redirection::).
KSH_ARRAYS <K> <S>
Emulate 'ksh' array handling as closely as possible. If this
option is set, array elements are numbered from zero, an array
parameter without subscript refers to the first element instead of
the whole array, and braces are required to delimit a subscript
('${path[2]}' rather than just '$path[2]').
KSH_AUTOLOAD <K> <S>
Emulate 'ksh' function autoloading. This means that when a
function is autoloaded, the corresponding file is merely executed,
and must define the function itself. (By default, the function is
defined to the contents of the file. However, the most common
'ksh'-style case - of the file containing only a simple definition
of the function - is always handled in the 'ksh'-compatible
manner.)
KSH_OPTION_PRINT <K>
Alters the way options settings are printed: instead of separate
lists of set and unset options, all options are shown, marked 'on'
if they are in the non-default state, 'off' otherwise.
KSH_TYPESET <K>
Alters the way arguments to the typeset family of commands,
including declare, export, float, integer, local and readonly, are
processed. Without this option, zsh will perform normal word
splitting after command and parameter expansion in arguments of an
assignment; with it, word splitting does not take place in those
cases.
KSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT
Treat use of a subscript of value zero in array or string
expressions as a reference to the first element, i.e. the element
that usually has the subscript 1. Ignored if KSH_ARRAYS is also
set.
If neither this option nor KSH_ARRAYS is set, accesses to an
element of an array or string with subscript zero return an empty
element or string, while attempts to set element zero of an array
or string are treated as an error. However, attempts to set an
otherwise valid subscript range that includes zero will succeed.
For example, if KSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT is not set,
array[0]=(element)
is an error, while
array[0,1]=(element)
is not and will replace the first element of the array.
This option is for compatibility with older versions of the shell
and is not recommended in new code.
POSIX_ALIASES <K> <S>
When this option is set, reserved words are not candidates for
alias expansion: it is still possible to declare any of them as an
alias, but the alias will never be expanded. Reserved words are
described in *note Reserved Words::.
Alias expansion takes place while text is being read; hence when
this option is set it does not take effect until the end of any
function or other piece of shell code parsed as one unit. Note
this may cause differences from other shells even when the option
is in effect. For example, when running a command with 'zsh -c',
or even 'zsh -o posixaliases -c', the entire command argument is
parsed as one unit, so aliases defined within the argument are not
available even in later lines. If in doubt, avoid use of aliases
in non-interactive code.
POSIX_BUILTINS <K> <S>
When this option is set the command builtin can be used to execute
shell builtin commands. Parameter assignments specified before
shell functions and special builtins are kept after the command
completes unless the special builtin is prefixed with the command
builtin. Special builtins are ., :, break, continue, declare,
eval, exit, export, integer, local, readonly, return, set, shift,
source, times, trap and unset.
In addition, various error conditions associated with the above
builtins or exec cause a non-interactive shell to exit and an
interactive shell to return to its top-level processing.
POSIX_IDENTIFIERS <K> <S>
When this option is set, only the ASCII characters a to z, A to Z,
0 to 9 and _ may be used in identifiers (names of shell parameters
and modules).
When the option is unset and multibyte character support is enabled
(i.e. it is compiled in and the option MULTIBYTE is set), then
additionally any alphanumeric characters in the local character set
may be used in identifiers. Note that scripts and functions
written with this feature are not portable, and also that both
options must be set before the script or function is parsed;
setting them during execution is not sufficient as the syntax
VARIABLE=VALUE has already been parsed as a command rather than an
assignment.
If multibyte character support is not compiled into the shell this
option is ignored; all octets with the top bit set may be used in
identifiers. This is non-standard but is the traditional zsh
behaviour.
POSIX_STRINGS <K> <S>
This option affects processing of quoted strings. Currently it
only affects the behaviour of null characters, i.e. character 0 in
the portable character set corresponding to US ASCII.
When this option is not set, null characters embedded within
strings of the form $'...' are treated as ordinary characters. The
entire string is maintained within the shell and output to files
where necessary, although owing to restrictions of the library
interface the string is truncated at the null character in file
names, environment variables, or in arguments to external programs.
When this option is set, the $'...' expression is truncated at the
null character. Note that remaining parts of the same string
beyond the termination of the quotes are not trunctated.
For example, the command line argument a$'b\0c'd is treated with
the option off as the characters a, b, null, c, d, and with the
option on as the characters a, b, d.
POSIX_TRAPS <K> <S>
When the is option is set, the usual zsh behaviour of executing
traps for EXIT on exit from shell functions is suppressed. In that
case, manipulating EXIT traps always alters the global trap for
exiting the shell; the LOCAL_TRAPS option is ignored for the EXIT
trap.
SH_FILE_EXPANSION <K> <S>
Perform filename expansion (e.g., ~ expansion) _before_ parameter
expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion and brace
expansion. If this option is unset, it is performed _after_ brace
expansion, so things like '~$USERNAME' and '~{pfalstad,rc}' will
work.
SH_NULLCMD <K> <S>
Do not use the values of NULLCMD and READNULLCMD when doing
redirections, use ':' instead (see *note Redirection::).
SH_OPTION_LETTERS <K> <S>
If this option is set the shell tries to interpret single letter
options (which are used with set and setopt) like 'ksh' does. This
also affects the value of the - special parameter.
SH_WORD_SPLIT (-y) <K> <S>
Causes field splitting to be performed on unquoted parameter
expansions. Note that this option has nothing to do with word
splitting. (See *note Parameter Expansion::.)
TRAPS_ASYNC
While waiting for a program to exit, handle signals and run traps
immediately. Otherwise the trap is run after a child process has
exited. Note this does not affect the point at which traps are run
for any case other than when the shell is waiting for a child
process.
16.2.11 Shell State
-------------------
INTERACTIVE (-i, ksh: -i)
This is an interactive shell. This option is set upon
initialisation if the standard input is a tty and commands are
being read from standard input. (See the discussion of
SHIN_STDIN.) This heuristic may be overridden by specifying a
state for this option on the command line. The value of this
option can only be changed via flags supplied at invocation of the
shell. It cannot be changed once zsh is running.
LOGIN (-l, ksh: -l)
This is a login shell. If this option is not explicitly set, the
shell becomes a login shell if the first character of the argv[0]
passed to the shell is a '-'.
PRIVILEGED (-p, ksh: -p)
Turn on privileged mode. This is enabled automatically on startup
if the effective user (group) ID is not equal to the real user
(group) ID. Turning this option off causes the effective user and
group IDs to be set to the real user and group IDs. This option
disables sourcing user startup files. If zsh is invoked as 'sh' or
'ksh' with this option set, /etc/suid_profile is sourced (after
/etc/profile on interactive shells). Sourcing ~/.profile is
disabled and the contents of the ENV variable is ignored. This
option cannot be changed using the -m option of setopt and
unsetopt, and changing it inside a function always changes it
globally regardless of the LOCAL_OPTIONS option.
RESTRICTED (-r)
Enables restricted mode. This option cannot be changed using
unsetopt, and setting it inside a function always changes it
globally regardless of the LOCAL_OPTIONS option. See *note
Restricted Shell::.
SHIN_STDIN (-s, ksh: -s)
Commands are being read from the standard input. Commands are read
from standard input if no command is specified with -c and no file
of commands is specified. If SHIN_STDIN is set explicitly on the
command line, any argument that would otherwise have been taken as
a file to run will instead be treated as a normal positional
parameter. Note that setting or unsetting this option on the
command line does not necessarily affect the state the option will
have while the shell is running - that is purely an indicator of
whether on not commands are _actually_ being read from standard
input. The value of this option can only be changed via flags
supplied at invocation of the shell. It cannot be changed once zsh
is running.
SINGLE_COMMAND (-t, ksh: -t)
If the shell is reading from standard input, it exits after a
single command has been executed. This also makes the shell
non-interactive, unless the INTERACTIVE option is explicitly set on
the command line. The value of this option can only be changed via
flags supplied at invocation of the shell. It cannot be changed
once zsh is running.
16.2.12 Zle
-----------
BEEP (+B) <D>
Beep on error in ZLE.
COMBINING_CHARS
Assume that the terminal displays combining characters correctly.
Specifically, if a base alphanumeric character is followed by one
or more zero-width punctuation characters, assume that the
zero-width characters will be displayed as modifications to the
base character within the same width. Not all terminals handle
this. If this option is not set, zero-width characters are
displayed separately with special mark-up.
If this option is set, the pattern test [[:WORD:]] matches a
zero-width punctuation character on the assumption that it will be
used as part of a word in combination with a word character.
Otherwise the base shell does not handle combining characters
specially.
EMACS
If ZLE is loaded, turning on this option has the equivalent effect
of 'bindkey -e'. In addition, the VI option is unset. Turning it
off has no effect. The option setting is not guaranteed to reflect
the current keymap. This option is provided for compatibility;
bindkey is the recommended interface.
OVERSTRIKE
Start up the line editor in overstrike mode.
SINGLE_LINE_ZLE (-M) <K>
Use single-line command line editing instead of multi-line.
Note that although this is on by default in ksh emulation it only
provides superficial compatibility with the ksh line editor and
reduces the effectiveness of the zsh line editor. As it has no
effect on shell syntax, many users may wish to disable this option
when using ksh emulation interactively.
VI
If ZLE is loaded, turning on this option has the equivalent effect
of 'bindkey -v'. In addition, the EMACS option is unset. Turning
it off has no effect. The option setting is not guaranteed to
reflect the current keymap. This option is provided for
compatibility; bindkey is the recommended interface.
ZLE (-Z)
Use the zsh line editor. Set by default in interactive shells
connected to a terminal.
File: zsh.info, Node: Option Aliases, Next: Single Letter Options, Prev: Description of Options, Up: Options
16.3 Option Aliases
===================
Some options have alternative names. These aliases are never used for
output, but can be used just like normal option names when specifying
options to the shell.
BRACE_EXPAND
_NO__IGNORE_BRACES (ksh and bash compatibility)
DOT_GLOB
GLOB_DOTS (bash compatibility)
HASH_ALL
HASH_CMDS (bash compatibility)
HIST_APPEND
APPEND_HISTORY (bash compatibility)
HIST_EXPAND
BANG_HIST (bash compatibility)
LOG
_NO__HIST_NO_FUNCTIONS (ksh compatibility)
MAIL_WARN
MAIL_WARNING (bash compatibility)
ONE_CMD
SINGLE_COMMAND (bash compatibility)
PHYSICAL
CHASE_LINKS (ksh and bash compatibility)
PROMPT_VARS
PROMPT_SUBST (bash compatibility)
STDIN
SHIN_STDIN (ksh compatibility)
TRACK_ALL
HASH_CMDS (ksh compatibility)
File: zsh.info, Node: Single Letter Options, Prev: Option Aliases, Up: Options
16.4 Single Letter Options
==========================
16.4.1 Default set
------------------
-0
CORRECT
-1
PRINT_EXIT_VALUE
-2
_NO__BAD_PATTERN
-3
_NO__NOMATCH
-4
GLOB_DOTS
-5
NOTIFY
-6
BG_NICE
-7
IGNORE_EOF
-8
MARK_DIRS
-9
AUTO_LIST
-B
_NO__BEEP
-C
_NO__CLOBBER
-D
PUSHD_TO_HOME
-E
PUSHD_SILENT
-F
_NO__GLOB
-G
NULL_GLOB
-H
RM_STAR_SILENT
-I
IGNORE_BRACES
-J
AUTO_CD
-K
_NO__BANG_HIST
-L
SUN_KEYBOARD_HACK
-M
SINGLE_LINE_ZLE
-N
AUTO_PUSHD
-O
CORRECT_ALL
-P
RC_EXPAND_PARAM
-Q
PATH_DIRS
-R
LONG_LIST_JOBS
-S
REC_EXACT
-T
CDABLE_VARS
-U
MAIL_WARNING
-V
_NO__PROMPT_CR
-W
AUTO_RESUME
-X
LIST_TYPES
-Y
MENU_COMPLETE
-Z
ZLE
-a
ALL_EXPORT
-e
ERR_EXIT
-f
_NO__RCS
-g
HIST_IGNORE_SPACE
-h
HIST_IGNORE_DUPS
-i
INTERACTIVE
-k
INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS
-l
LOGIN
-m
MONITOR
-n
_NO__EXEC
-p
PRIVILEGED
-r
RESTRICTED
-s
SHIN_STDIN
-t
SINGLE_COMMAND
-u
_NO__UNSET
-v
VERBOSE
-w
CHASE_LINKS
-x
XTRACE
-y
SH_WORD_SPLIT
16.4.2 sh/ksh emulation set
---------------------------
-C
_NO__CLOBBER
-T
TRAPS_ASYNC
-X
MARK_DIRS
-a
ALL_EXPORT
-b
NOTIFY
-e
ERR_EXIT
-f
_NO__GLOB
-i
INTERACTIVE
-l
LOGIN
-m
MONITOR
-n
_NO__EXEC
-p
PRIVILEGED
-r
RESTRICTED
-s
SHIN_STDIN
-t
SINGLE_COMMAND
-u
_NO__UNSET
-v
VERBOSE
-x
XTRACE
16.4.3 Also note
----------------
-A
Used by set for setting arrays
-b
Used on the command line to specify end of option processing
-c
Used on the command line to specify a single command
-m
Used by setopt for pattern-matching option setting
-o
Used in all places to allow use of long option names
-s
Used by set to sort positional parameters
File: zsh.info, Node: Shell Builtin Commands, Next: Zsh Line Editor, Prev: Options, Up: Top
17 Shell Builtin Commands
*************************
- SIMPLE COMMAND
See *note Precommand Modifiers::.
. FILE [ ARG ... ]
Read commands from FILE and execute them in the current shell
environment.
If FILE does not contain a slash, or if PATH_DIRS is set, the shell
looks in the components of $path to find the directory containing
FILE. Files in the current directory are not read unless '.'
appears somewhere in $path. If a file named 'FILE.zwc' is found,
is newer than FILE, and is the compiled form (created with the
zcompile builtin) of FILE, then commands are read from that file
instead of FILE.
If any arguments ARG are given, they become the positional
parameters; the old positional parameters are restored when the
FILE is done executing. If FILE was not found the return status is
127; if FILE was found but contained a syntax error the return
status is 126; else the return status is the exit status of the
last command executed.
: [ ARG ... ]
This command does nothing, although normal argument expansions is
performed which may have effects on shell parameters. A zero exit
status is returned.
alias [ {+|-}gmrsL ] [ NAME[=VALUE] ... ]
For each NAME with a corresponding VALUE, define an alias with that
value. A trailing space in VALUE causes the next word to be
checked for alias expansion. If the -g flag is present, define a
global alias; global aliases are expanded even if they do not occur
in command position.
If the -s flags is present, define a suffix alias: if the command
word on a command line is in the form 'TEXT.NAME', where TEXT is
any non-empty string, it is replaced by the text 'VALUE TEXT.NAME'.
Note that NAME is treated as a literal string, not a pattern. A
trailing space in VALUE is not special in this case. For example,
alias -s ps=gv
will cause the command '*.ps' to be expanded to 'gv *.ps'. As
alias expansion is carried out earlier than globbing, the '*.ps'
will then be expanded. Suffix aliases constitute a different name
space from other aliases (so in the above example it is still
possible to create an alias for the command ps) and the two sets
are never listed together.
For each NAME with no VALUE, print the value of NAME, if any. With
no arguments, print all currently defined aliases other than suffix
aliases. If the -m flag is given the arguments are taken as
patterns (they should be quoted to preserve them from being
interpreted as glob patterns), and the aliases matching these
patterns are printed. When printing aliases and one of the -g, -r
or -s flags is present, restrict the printing to global, regular or
suffix aliases, respectively; a regular alias is one which is
neither a global nor a suffix alias. Using '+' instead of '-', or
ending the option list with a single '+', prevents the values of
the aliases from being printed.
If the -L flag is present, then print each alias in a manner
suitable for putting in a startup script. The exit status is
nonzero if a NAME (with no VALUE) is given for which no alias has
been defined.
For more on aliases, include common problems, *note Aliasing::.
autoload [ {+|-}UXkmtz ] [ -w ] [ NAME ... ]
Equivalent to functions -u, with the exception of -X/+X and -w.
The flag -X may be used only inside a shell function, and may not
be followed by a NAME. It causes the calling function to be marked
for autoloading and then immediately loaded and executed, with the
current array of positional parameters as arguments. This replaces
the previous definition of the function. If no function definition
is found, an error is printed and the function remains undefined
and marked for autoloading.
The flag +X attempts to load each NAME as an autoloaded function,
but does _not_ execute it. The exit status is zero (success) if
the function was not previously defined _and_ a definition for it
was found. This does _not_ replace any existing definition of the
function. The exit status is nonzero (failure) if the function was
already defined or when no definition was found. In the latter
case the function remains undefined and marked for autoloading. If
ksh-style autoloading is enabled, the function created will contain
the contents of the file plus a call to the function itself
appended to it, thus giving normal ksh autoloading behaviour on the
first call to the function. If the -m flag is also given each NAME
is treated as a pattern and all functions already marked for
autoload that match the pattern are loaded.
With the -w flag, the NAMEs are taken as names of files compiled
with the zcompile builtin, and all functions defined in them are
marked for autoloading.
The flags -z and -k mark the function to be autoloaded using the
zsh or ksh style, as if the option KSH_AUTOLOAD were unset or were
set, respectively. The flags override the setting of the option at
the time the function is loaded.
Note that the autoload command makes no attempt to ensure the shell
options set during the loading or execution of the file have any
particular value. For this, the emulate command can be used:
emulate zsh -c 'autoload -Uz FUNC'
arranges that when FUNC is loaded the shell is in native zsh
emulation, and this emulation is also applied when FUNC is run.
bg [ JOB ... ]
JOB ... &
Put each specified JOB in the background, or the current job if
none is specified.
bindkey
See *note Zle Builtins::.
break [ N ]
Exit from an enclosing for, while, until, select or repeat loop.
If N is specified, then break N levels instead of just one.
builtin NAME [ ARGS ... ]
Executes the builtin NAME, with the given ARGS.
bye
Same as exit.
cap
See *note The zsh/cap Module::.
cd [ -qsLP ] [ ARG ]
cd [ -qsLP ] OLD NEW
cd [ -qsLP ] {+|-}N
Change the current directory. In the first form, change the
current directory to ARG, or to the value of $HOME if ARG is not
specified. If ARG is '-', change to the previous directory.
Otherwise, if ARG begins with a slash, attempt to change to the
directory given by ARG.
If ARG does not begin with a slash, the behaviour depends on
whether the current directory '.' occurs in the list of directories
contained in the shell parameter cdpath. If it does not, first
attempt to change to the directory ARG under the current directory,
and if that fails but cdpath is set and contains at least one
element attempt to change to the directory ARG under each component
of cdpath in turn until successful. If '.' occurs in cdpath, then
cdpath is searched strictly in order so that '.' is only tried at
the appropriate point.
The order of testing cdpath is modified if the option POSIX_CD is
set, as described in the documentation for the option.
If no directory is found, the option CDABLE_VARS is set, and a
parameter named ARG exists whose value begins with a slash, treat
its value as the directory. In that case, the parameter is added
to the named directory hash table.
The second form of cd substitutes the string NEW for the string OLD
in the name of the current directory, and tries to change to this
new directory.
The third form of cd extracts an entry from the directory stack,
and changes to that directory. An argument of the form '+N'
identifies a stack entry by counting from the left of the list
shown by the dirs command, starting with zero. An argument of the
form '-N' counts from the right. If the PUSHD_MINUS option is set,
the meanings of '+' and '-' in this context are swapped.
If the -q (quiet) option is specified, the hook function chpwd and
the functions in the array chpwd_functions are not called. This is
useful for calls to cd that do not change the environment seen by
an interactive user.
If the -s option is specified, cd refuses to change the current
directory if the given pathname contains symlinks. If the -P
option is given or the CHASE_LINKS option is set, symbolic links
are resolved to their true values. If the -L option is given
symbolic links are retained in the directory (and not resolved)
regardless of the state of the CHASE_LINKS option.
chdir
Same as cd.
clone
See *note The zsh/clone Module::.
command [ -pvV ] SIMPLE COMMAND
The simple command argument is taken as an external command instead
of a function or builtin and is executed. If the POSIX_BUILTINS
option is set, builtins will also be executed but certain special
properties of them are suppressed. The -p flag causes a default
path to be searched instead of that in $path. With the -v flag,
command is similar to whence and with -V, it is equivalent to
whence -v.
See also *note Precommand Modifiers::.
comparguments
See *note The zsh/computil Module::.
compcall
See *note The zsh/compctl Module::.
compctl
See *note The zsh/compctl Module::.
compdescribe
See *note The zsh/computil Module::.
compfiles
See *note The zsh/computil Module::.
compgroups
See *note The zsh/computil Module::.
compquote
See *note The zsh/computil Module::.
comptags
See *note The zsh/computil Module::.
comptry
See *note The zsh/computil Module::.
compvalues
See *note The zsh/computil Module::.
continue [ N ]
Resume the next iteration of the enclosing for, while, until,
select or repeat loop. If N is specified, break out of N-1 loops
and resume at the Nth enclosing loop.
declare
Same as typeset.
dirs [ -c ] [ ARG ... ]
dirs [ -lpv ]
With no arguments, print the contents of the directory stack.
Directories are added to this stack with the pushd command, and
removed with the cd or popd commands. If arguments are specified,
load them onto the directory stack, replacing anything that was
there, and push the current directory onto the stack.
-c
clear the directory stack.
-l
print directory names in full instead of using of using ~
expressions.
-p
print directory entries one per line.
-v
number the directories in the stack when printing.
disable [ -afmrs ] NAME ...
Temporarily disable the NAMEd hash table elements. The default is
to disable builtin commands. This allows you to use an external
command with the same name as a builtin command. The -a option
causes disable to act on regular or global aliases. The -s option
causes disable to act on suffix aliases. The -f option causes
disable to act on shell functions. The -r options causes disable
to act on reserved words. Without arguments all disabled hash
table elements from the corresponding hash table are printed. With
the -m flag the arguments are taken as patterns (which should be
quoted to prevent them from undergoing filename expansion), and all
hash table elements from the corresponding hash table matching
these patterns are disabled. Disabled objects can be enabled with
the enable command.
disown [ JOB ... ]
JOB ... &|
JOB ... &!
Remove the specified JOBs from the job table; the shell will no
longer report their status, and will not complain if you try to
exit an interactive shell with them running or stopped. If no JOB
is specified, disown the current job.
If the JOBs are currently stopped and the AUTO_CONTINUE option is
not set, a warning is printed containing information about how to
make them running after they have been disowned. If one of the
latter two forms is used, the JOBs will automatically be made
running, independent of the setting of the AUTO_CONTINUE option.
echo [ -neE ] [ ARG ... ]
Write each ARG on the standard output, with a space separating each
one. If the -n flag is not present, print a newline at the end.
echo recognizes the following escape sequences:
\a
bell character
\b
backspace
\c
suppress final newline
\e
escape
\f
form feed
\n
linefeed (newline)
\r
carriage return
\t
horizontal tab
\v
vertical tab
\\
backslash
\0NNN
character code in octal
\xNN
character code in hexadecimal
\uNNNN
unicode character code in hexadecimal
\UNNNNNNNN
unicode character code in hexadecimal
The -E flag, or the BSD_ECHO option, can be used to disable these
escape sequences. In the latter case, -e flag can be used to
enable them.
echotc
See *note The zsh/termcap Module::.
echoti
See *note The zsh/terminfo Module::.
emulate [ -LR ] [ {zsh|sh|ksh|csh} [ FLAGS ... ] ]
Without any argument print current emulation mode.
With single argument set up zsh options to emulate the specified
shell as much as possible. 'csh' will never be fully emulated. If
the argument is not one of the shells listed above, zsh will be
used as a default; more precisely, the tests performed on the
argument are the same as those used to determine the emulation at
startup based on the shell name, see *note Compatibility:: .
If the emulate command occurs inside a function that has been
marked for execution tracing with functions -t then the xtrace
option will be turned on regardless of emulation mode or other
options. Note that code executed inside the function by the .,
source, or eval commands is not considered to be running directly
from the function, hence does not provoke this behaviour.
If the -R switch is given, all settable options are reset to their
default value corresponding to the specified emulation mode, except
for certain options describing the interactive environment;
otherwise, only those options likely to cause portability problems
in scripts and functions are altered. If the -L switch is given,
the options LOCAL_OPTIONS and LOCAL_TRAPS will be set as well,
causing the effects of the emulate command and any setopt and trap
commands to be local to the immediately surrounding shell function,
if any; normally these options are turned off in all emulation
modes except ksh. The -L switch is mutually exclusive with the use
of -c in FLAGS.
The FLAGS may be any of the invocation-time flags described in
*note Invocation::, except that '-o EMACS' and '-o VI' may not be
used. Flags such as '+r'/'+o RESTRICTED' may be prohibited in some
circumstances.
If -c ARG appears in FLAGS, ARG is evaluated while the requested
emulation is temporarily in effect. In this case the emulation
mode and all options are restored to their previous values before
emulate returns. The -R switch may precede the name of the shell
to emulate; note this has a meaning distinct from including -R in
FLAGS.
Use of -c enables 'sticky' emulation mode for functions defined
within the evaluated expression: the emulation mode is associated
thereafter with the function so that whenever the function is
executed the emulation (respecting the -R switch, if present) and
all options are set before entry to the function, and restored
after exit. If the function is called when the sticky emulation is
already in effect, either within an 'emulate SHELL -c' expression
or within another function with the same sticky emulation, entry
and exit from the function do not cause options to be altered
(except due to standard processing such as the LOCAL_OPTIONS
option). This also applies to functions marked for autoload within
the sticky emulation; the appropriate set of options will be
applied at the point the function is loaded as well as when it is
run.
For example:
emulate sh -c 'fni() { setopt cshnullglob; }
fno() { fni; }'
fno
The two functions fni and fno are defined with sticky sh emulation.
fno is then executed, causing options associated with emulations to
be set to their values in sh. fni then calls fno; because fno is
also marked for sticky sh emulation, no option changes take place
on entry to or exit from it. Hence the option cshnullglob, turned
off by sh emulation, will be turned on within fni and remain on on
return to fno. On exit from fno, the emulation mode and all
options will be restored to the state they were in before entry to
the temporary emulation.
The documentation above is typically sufficient for the intended
purpose of executing code designed for other shells in a suitable
environment. More detailed rules follow.
1.
The sticky emulation environment provided by 'emulate SHELL
-c' is identical to that provided by entry to a function
marked for sticky emulation as a consequence of being defined
in such an environment. Hence, for example, the sticky
emulation is inherited by subfunctions defined within
functions with sticky emulation.
2.
No change of options takes place on entry to or exit from
functions that are not marked for sticky emulation, other than
those that would normally take place, even if those functions
are called within sticky emulation.
3.
No special handling is provided for functions marked for
autoload nor for functions present in wordcode created by the
zcompile command.
4.
The presence or absence of the -R switch to emulate
corresponds to different sticky emulation modes, so for
example 'emulate sh -c', 'emulate -R sh -c' and 'emulate csh
-c' are treated as three distinct sticky emulations.
5.
Difference in shell options supplied in addition to the basic
emulation also mean the sticky emulations are different, so
for example 'emulate zsh -c' and 'emulate zsh -o cbases -c'
are treated as distinct sticky emulations.
enable [ -afmrs ] NAME ...
Enable the NAMEd hash table elements, presumably disabled earlier
with disable. The default is to enable builtin commands. The -a
option causes enable to act on regular or global aliases. The -s
option causes enable to act on suffix aliases. The -f option
causes enable to act on shell functions. The -r option causes
enable to act on reserved words. Without arguments all enabled
hash table elements from the corresponding hash table are printed.
With the -m flag the arguments are taken as patterns (should be
quoted) and all hash table elements from the corresponding hash
table matching these patterns are enabled. Enabled objects can be
disabled with the disable builtin command.
eval [ ARG ... ]
Read the arguments as input to the shell and execute the resulting
command(s) in the current shell process. The return status is the
same as if the commands had been executed directly by the shell; if
there are no ARGS or they contain no commands (i.e. are an empty
string or whitespace) the return status is zero.
exec [ -cl ] [ -a ARGV0 ] SIMPLE COMMAND
Replace the current shell with an external command rather than
forking. With -c clear the environment; with -l prepend - to the
argv[0] string of the command executed (to simulate a login shell);
with -a ARGV0 set the argv[0] string of the command executed. See
*note Precommand Modifiers::.
exit [ N ]
Exit the shell with the exit status specified by N; if none is
specified, use the exit status from the last command executed. An
EOF condition will also cause the shell to exit, unless the
IGNORE_EOF option is set.
export [ NAME[=VALUE] ... ]
The specified NAMEs are marked for automatic export to the
environment of subsequently executed commands. Equivalent to
typeset -gx. If a parameter specified does not already exist, it
is created in the global scope.
false [ ARG ... ]
Do nothing and return an exit status of 1.
fc [ -e ENAME ] [ -m MATCH ] [ OLD=NEW ... ] [ FIRST [ LAST ] ]
fc -l [ -nrdfEiD ] [ -t TIMEFMT ] [ -m MATCH ]
[ OLD=NEW ... ] [ FIRST [ LAST ] ]
fc -p [ -a ] [ FILENAME [ HISTSIZE [ SAVEHISTSIZE ] ] ]
fc -P
fc -ARWI [ FILENAME ]
Select a range of commands from FIRST to LAST from the history
list. The arguments FIRST and LAST may be specified as a number or
as a string. A negative number is used as an offset to the current
history event number. A string specifies the most recent event
beginning with the given string. All substitutions OLD=NEW, if
any, are then performed on the commands.
If the -l flag is given, the resulting commands are listed on
standard output. If the -m flag is also given the first argument
is taken as a pattern (should be quoted) and only the history
events matching this pattern will be shown. Otherwise the editor
program ENAME is invoked on a file containing these history events.
If ENAME is not given, the value of the parameter FCEDIT is used;
if that is not set the value of the parameter EDITOR is used; if
that is not set a builtin default, usually 'vi' is used. If ENAME
is '-', no editor is invoked. When editing is complete, the edited
command is executed.
If FIRST is not specified, it will be set to -1 (the most recent
event), or to -16 if the -l flag is given. If LAST is not
specified, it will be set to FIRST, or to -1 if the -l flag is
given.
The flag -r reverses the order of the commands and the flag -n
suppresses command numbers when listing.
Also when listing,
-d
prints timestamps for each command
-f
prints full time-date stamps in the US 'MM/DD/YY HH:MM' format
-E
prints full time-date stamps in the European 'DD.MM.YYYY
HH:MM' format
-i
prints full time-date stamps in ISO8601 'YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM'
format
-t FMT
prints time and date stamps in the given format; FMT is
formatted with the strftime function with the zsh extensions
described for the %D{STRING} prompt format in *note Prompt
Expansion::. The resulting formatted string must be no more
than 256 characters or will not be printed.
-D
prints elapsed times; may be combined with one of the options
above.
'fc -p' pushes the current history list onto a stack and switches
to a new history list. If the -a option is also specified, this
history list will be automatically popped when the current function
scope is exited, which is a much better solution than creating a
trap function to call 'fc -P' manually. If no arguments are
specified, the history list is left empty, $HISTFILE is unset, and
$HISTSIZE & $SAVEHIST are set to their default values. If one
argument is given, $HISTFILE is set to that filename, $HISTSIZE &
$SAVEHIST are left unchanged, and the history file is read in (if
it exists) to initialize the new list. If a second argument is
specified, $HISTSIZE & $SAVEHIST are instead set to the single
specified numeric value. Finally, if a third argument is
specified, $SAVEHIST is set to a separate value from $HISTSIZE.
You are free to change these environment values for the new history
list however you desire in order to manipulate the new history
list.
'fc -P' pops the history list back to an older list saved by 'fc
-p'. The current list is saved to its $HISTFILE before it is
destroyed (assuming that $HISTFILE and $SAVEHIST are set
appropriately, of course). The values of $HISTFILE, $HISTSIZE, and
$SAVEHIST are restored to the values they had when 'fc -p' was
called. Note that this restoration can conflict with making these
variables "local", so your best bet is to avoid local declarations
for these variables in functions that use 'fc -p'. The one other
guaranteed-safe combination is declaring these variables to be
local at the top of your function and using the automatic option
(-a) with 'fc -p'. Finally, note that it is legal to manually pop
a push marked for automatic popping if you need to do so before the
function exits.
'fc -R' reads the history from the given file, 'fc -W' writes the
history out to the given file, and 'fc -A' appends the history out
to the given file. If no filename is specified, the $HISTFILE is
assumed. If the -I option is added to -R, only those events that
are not already contained within the internal history list are
added. If the -I option is added to -A or -W, only those events
that are new since last incremental append/write to the history
file are appended/written. In any case, the created file will have
no more than $SAVEHIST entries.
fg [ JOB ... ]
JOB ...
Bring each specified JOB in turn to the foreground. If no JOB is
specified, resume the current job.
float [ {+|-}EFHghlprtux ] [ -LRZ [ N ]] [ NAME[=VALUE] ... ]
Equivalent to typeset -E, except that options irrelevant to
floating point numbers are not permitted.
functions [ {+|-}UXkmtTuz ] [ NAME ... ]
functions -M MATHFN [ MIN [ MAX [ SHELLFN ] ] ]
functions -M [ -m PATTERN ... ]
functions +M [ -m ] MATHFN
Equivalent to typeset -f, with the exception of the -M option. Use
of the -M option may not be combined with any of the options
handled by typeset -f.
functions -M MATHFN defines MATHFN as the name of a mathematical
function recognised in all forms of arithmetical expressions; see
*note Arithmetic Evaluation::. By default MATHFN may take any
number of comma-separated arguments. If MIN is given, it must have
exactly MIN args; if MIN and MAX are both given, it must have at
least MIN and at most MAX args. MAX may be -1 to indicate that
there is no upper limit.
By default the function is implemented by a shell function of the
same name; if SHELLFN is specified it gives the name of the
corresponding shell function while MATHFN remains the name used in
arithmetical expressions. The name of the function in $0 is MATHFN
(not SHELLFN as would usually be the case), provided the option
FUNCTION_ARGZERO is in effect. The positional parameters in the
shell function correspond to the arguments of the mathematical
function call. The result of the last arithmetical expression
evaluated inside the shell function (even if it is a form that
normally only returns a status) gives the result of the
mathematical function.
functions -M with no arguments lists all such user-defined
functions in the same form as a definition. With the additional
option -m and a list of arguments, all functions whose MATHFN
matches one of the pattern arguments are listed.
function +M removes the list of mathematical functions; with the
additional option -m the arguments are treated as patterns and all
functions whose mathfn matches the pattern are removed. Note that
the shell function implementing the behaviour is not removed
(regardless of whether its name coincides with mathfn).
For example, the following prints the cube of 3:
zmath_cube() { (( $1 * $1 * $1 )) }
functions -M cube 1 1 zmath_cube
print $(( cube(3) ))
getcap
See *note The zsh/cap Module::.
getln [ -AclneE ] NAME ...
Read the top value from the buffer stack and put it in the shell
parameter name. Equivalent to read -zr.
getopts OPTSTRING NAME [ ARG ... ]
Checks the ARGs for legal options. If the ARGs are omitted, use
the positional parameters. A valid option argument begins with a
'+' or a '-'. An argument not beginning with a '+' or a '-', or
the argument '--', ends the options. Note that a single '-' is not
considered a valid option argument. OPTSTRING contains the letters
that getopts recognizes. If a letter is followed by a ':', that
option requires an argument. The options can be separated from the
argument by blanks.
Each time it is invoked, getopts places the option letter it finds
in the shell parameter NAME, prepended with a '+' when ARG begins
with a '+'. The index of the next ARG is stored in OPTIND. The
option argument, if any, is stored in OPTARG.
The first option to be examined may be changed by explicitly
assigning to OPTIND. OPTIND has an initial value of 1, and is
normally reset to 1 upon exit from a shell function. OPTARG is not
reset and retains its value from the most recent call to getopts.
If either of OPTIND or OPTARG is explicitly unset, it remains
unset, and the index or option argument is not stored. The option
itself is still stored in NAME in this case.
A leading ':' in OPTSTRING causes getopts to store the letter of
any invalid option in OPTARG, and to set NAME to '?' for an unknown
option and to ':' when a required argument is missing. Otherwise,
getopts sets NAME to '?' and prints an error message when an option
is invalid. The exit status is nonzero when there are no more
options.
hash [ -Ldfmrv ] [ NAME[=VALUE] ] ...
hash can be used to directly modify the contents of the command
hash table, and the named directory hash table. Normally one would
modify these tables by modifying one's PATH (for the command hash
table) or by creating appropriate shell parameters (for the named
directory hash table). The choice of hash table to work on is
determined by the -d option; without the option the command hash
table is used, and with the option the named directory hash table
is used.
Given no arguments, and neither the -r or -f options, the selected
hash table will be listed in full.
The -r option causes the selected hash table to be emptied. It
will be subsequently rebuilt in the normal fashion. The -f option
causes the selected hash table to be fully rebuilt immediately.
For the command hash table this hashes all the absolute directories
in the PATH, and for the named directory hash table this adds all
users' home directories. These two options cannot be used with any
arguments.
The -m option causes the arguments to be taken as patterns (which
should be quoted) and the elements of the hash table matching those
patterns are printed. This is the only way to display a limited
selection of hash table elements.
For each NAME with a corresponding VALUE, put 'NAME' in the
selected hash table, associating it with the pathname 'VALUE'. In
the command hash table, this means that whenever 'NAME' is used as
a command argument, the shell will try to execute the file given by
'VALUE'. In the named directory hash table, this means that
'VALUE' may be referred to as '~NAME'.
For each NAME with no corresponding VALUE, attempt to add NAME to
the hash table, checking what the appropriate value is in the
normal manner for that hash table. If an appropriate value can't
be found, then the hash table will be unchanged.
The -v option causes hash table entries to be listed as they are
added by explicit specification. If has no effect if used with -f.
If the -L flag is present, then each hash table entry is printed in
the form of a call to hash.
history
Same as fc -l.
integer [ {+|-}Hghilprtux ] [ -LRZ [ N ]] [ NAME[=VALUE] ... ]
Equivalent to typeset -i, except that options irrelevant to
integers are not permitted.
jobs [ -dlprs ] [ JOB ... ]
jobs -Z STRING
Lists information about each given job, or all jobs if JOB is
omitted. The -l flag lists process IDs, and the -p flag lists
process groups. If the -r flag is specified only running jobs will
be listed and if the -s flag is given only stopped jobs are shown.
If the -d flag is given, the directory from which the job was
started (which may not be the current directory of the job) will
also be shown.
The -Z option replaces the shell's argument and environment space
with the given string, truncated if necessary to fit. This will
normally be visible in ps (man page ps(1)) listings. This feature
is typically used by daemons, to indicate their state.
kill [ -s SIGNAL_NAME | -n SIGNAL_NUMBER | -SIG ] JOB ...
kill -l [ SIG ... ]
Sends either SIGTERM or the specified signal to the given jobs or
processes. Signals are given by number or by names, with or
without the 'SIG' prefix. If the signal being sent is not 'KILL'
or 'CONT', then the job will be sent a 'CONT' signal if it is
stopped. The argument JOB can be the process ID of a job not in
the job list. In the second form, kill -l, if SIG is not specified
the signal names are listed. Otherwise, for each SIG that is a
name, the corresponding signal number is listed. For each SIG that
is a signal number or a number representing the exit status of a
process which was terminated or stopped by a signal the name of the
signal is printed.
On some systems, alternative signal names are allowed for a few
signals. Typical examples are SIGCHLD and SIGCLD or SIGPOLL and
SIGIO, assuming they correspond to the same signal number. kill -l
will only list the preferred form, however kill -l ALT will show if
the alternative form corresponds to a signal number. For example,
under Linux kill -l IO and kill -l POLL both output 29, hence kill
-IO and kill -POLL have the same effect.
Many systems will allow process IDs to be negative to kill a
process group or zero to kill the current process group.
let ARG ...
Evaluate each ARG as an arithmetic expression. See *note
Arithmetic Evaluation:: for a description of arithmetic
expressions. The exit status is 0 if the value of the last
expression is nonzero, 1 if it is zero, and 2 if an error occurred.
limit [ -hs ] [ RESOURCE [ LIMIT ] ] ...
Set or display resource limits. Unless the -s flag is given, the
limit applies only the children of the shell. If -s is given
without other arguments, the resource limits of the current shell
is set to the previously set resource limits of the children.
If LIMIT is not specified, print the current limit placed on
RESOURCE, otherwise set the limit to the specified value. If the
-h flag is given, use hard limits instead of soft limits. If no
RESOURCE is given, print all limits.
When looping over multiple resources, the shell will abort
immediately if it detects a badly formed argument. However, if it
fails to set a limit for some other reason it will continue trying
to set the remaining limits.
RESOURCE can be one of:
addressspace
Maximum amount of address space used.
aiomemorylocked
Maximum amount of memory locked in RAM for AIO operations.
aiooperations
Maximum number of AIO operations.
cachedthreads
Maximum number of cached threads.
coredumpsize
Maximum size of a core dump.
cputime
Maximum CPU seconds per process.
datasize
Maximum data size (including stack) for each process.
descriptors
Maximum value for a file descriptor.
filesize
Largest single file allowed.
maxproc
Maximum number of processes.
maxpthreads
Maximum number of threads per process.
memorylocked
Maximum amount of memory locked in RAM.
memoryuse
Maximum resident set size.
msgqueue
Maximum number of bytes in POSIX message queues.
resident
Maximum resident set size.
sigpending
Maximum number of pending signals.
sockbufsize
Maximum size of all socket buffers.
stacksize
Maximum stack size for each process.
vmemorysize
Maximum amount of virtual memory.
Which of these resource limits are available depends on the system.
RESOURCE can be abbreviated to any unambiguous prefix. It can also
be an integer, which corresponds to the integer defined for the
resource by the operating system.
If argument corresponds to a number which is out of the range of
the resources configured into the shell, the shell will try to read
or write the limit anyway, and will report an error if this fails.
As the shell does not store such resources internally, an attempt
to set the limit will fail unless the -s option is present.
LIMIT is a number, with an optional scaling factor, as follows:
Nh
hours
Nk
kilobytes (default)
Nm
megabytes or minutes
[MM:]SS
minutes and seconds
The limit command is not made available by default when the shell
starts in a mode emulating another shell. It can be made available
with the command 'zmodload -F zsh/rlimits b:limit'.
local [ {+|-}AEFHUahlprtux ] [ -LRZi [ N ]] [ NAME[=VALUE] ] ...
Same as typeset, except that the options -g, and -f are not
permitted. In this case the -x option does not force the use of
-g, i.e. exported variables will be local to functions.
log
List all users currently logged in who are affected by the current
setting of the watch parameter.
logout [ N ]
Same as exit, except that it only works in a login shell.
noglob SIMPLE COMMAND
See *note Precommand Modifiers::.
popd [ [-q] {+|-}N ]
Remove an entry from the directory stack, and perform a cd to the
new top directory. With no argument, the current top entry is
removed. An argument of the form '+N' identifies a stack entry by
counting from the left of the list shown by the dirs command,
starting with zero. An argument of the form -n counts from the
right. If the PUSHD_MINUS option is set, the meanings of '+' and
'-' in this context are swapped.
If the -q (quiet) option is specified, the hook function chpwd and
the functions in the array $chpwd_functions are not called, and the
new directory stack is not printed. This is useful for calls to
popd that do not change the environment seen by an interactive
user.
print [ -abcDilmnNoOpPrsSz ] [ -u N ] [ -f FORMAT ] [ -C COLS ]
[ -R [ -en ]] [ ARG ... ]
With the '-f' option the arguments are printed as described by
printf. With no flags or with the flag '-', the arguments are
printed on the standard output as described by echo, with the
following differences: the escape sequence '\M-X' metafies the
character X (sets the highest bit), '\C-X' produces a control
character ('\C-@' and '\C-?' give the characters NUL and delete),
and '\E' is a synonym for '\e'. Finally, if not in an escape
sequence, '\' escapes the following character and is not printed.
-a
Print arguments with the column incrementing first. Only
useful with the -c and -C options.
-b
Recognize all the escape sequences defined for the bindkey
command, see *note Zle Builtins::.
-c
Print the arguments in columns. Unless -a is also given,
arguments are printed with the row incrementing first.
-C COLS
Print the arguments in COLS columns. Unless -a is also given,
arguments are printed with the row incrementing first.
-D
Treat the arguments as directory names, replacing prefixes
with ~ expressions, as appropriate.
-i
If given together with -o or -O, sorting is performed
case-independently.
-l
Print the arguments separated by newlines instead of spaces.
-m
Take the first argument as a pattern (should be quoted), and
remove it from the argument list together with subsequent
arguments that do not match this pattern.
-n
Do not add a newline to the output.
-N
Print the arguments separated and terminated by nulls.
-o
Print the arguments sorted in ascending order.
-O
Print the arguments sorted in descending order.
-p
Print the arguments to the input of the coprocess.
-P
Perform prompt expansion (see *note Prompt Expansion::).
-r
Ignore the escape conventions of echo.
-R
Emulate the BSD echo command, which does not process escape
sequences unless the -e flag is given. The -n flag suppresses
the trailing newline. Only the -e and -n flags are recognized
after -R; all other arguments and options are printed.
-s
Place the results in the history list instead of on the
standard output. Each argument to the print command is
treated as a single word in the history, regardless of its
content.
-S
Place the results in the history list instead of on the
standard output. In this case only a single argument is
allowed; it will be split into words as if it were a full
shell command line. The effect is similar to reading the line
from a history file with the HIST_LEX_WORDS option active.
-u N
Print the arguments to file descriptor N.
-z
Push the arguments onto the editing buffer stack, separated by
spaces.
If any of '-m', '-o' or '-O' are used in combination with '-f' and
there are no arguments (after the removal process in the case of
'-m') then nothing is printed.
printf FORMAT [ ARG ... ]
Print the arguments according to the format specification.
Formatting rules are the same as used in C. The same escape
sequences as for echo are recognised in the format. All C
conversion specifications ending in one of csdiouxXeEfgGn are
handled. In addition to this, '%b' can be used instead of '%s' to
cause escape sequences in the argument to be recognised and '%q'
can be used to quote the argument in such a way that allows it to
be reused as shell input. With the numeric format specifiers, if
the corresponding argument starts with a quote character, the
numeric value of the following character is used as the number to
print otherwise the argument is evaluated as an arithmetic
expression. See *note Arithmetic Evaluation:: for a description of
arithmetic expressions. With '%n', the corresponding argument is
taken as an identifier which is created as an integer parameter.
Normally, conversion specifications are applied to each argument in
order but they can explicitly specify the Nth argument is to be
used by replacing '%' by '%N$' and '*' by '*N$'. It is recommended
that you do not mix references of this explicit style with the
normal style and the handling of such mixed styles may be subject
to future change.
If arguments remain unused after formatting, the format string is
reused until all arguments have been consumed. With the print
builtin, this can be suppressed by using the -r option. If more
arguments are required by the format than have been specified, the
behaviour is as if zero or an empty string had been specified as
the argument.
pushd [ -qsLP ] [ ARG ]
pushd [ -qsLP ] OLD NEW
pushd [ -qsLP ] {+|-}N
Change the current directory, and push the old current directory
onto the directory stack. In the first form, change the current
directory to ARG. If ARG is not specified, change to the second
directory on the stack (that is, exchange the top two entries), or
change to $HOME if the PUSHD_TO_HOME option is set or if there is
only one entry on the stack. Otherwise, ARG is interpreted as it
would be by cd. The meaning of OLD and NEW in the second form is
also the same as for cd.
The third form of pushd changes directory by rotating the directory
list. An argument of the form '+N' identifies a stack entry by
counting from the left of the list shown by the dirs command,
starting with zero. An argument of the form '-N' counts from the
right. If the PUSHD_MINUS option is set, the meanings of '+' and
'-' in this context are swapped.
If the -q (quiet) option is specified, the hook function chpwd and
the functions in the array $chpwd_functions are not called, and the
new directory stack is not printed. This is useful for calls to
pushd that do not change the environment seen by an interactive
user.
If the option -q is not specified and the shell option PUSHD_SILENT
is not set, the directory stack will be printed after a pushd is
performed.
The options -s, -L and -P have the same meanings as for the cd
builtin.
pushln [ ARG ... ]
Equivalent to print -nz.
pwd [ -rLP ]
Print the absolute pathname of the current working directory. If
the -r or the -P flag is specified, or the CHASE_LINKS option is
set and the -L flag is not given, the printed path will not contain
symbolic links.
r
Same as fc -e -.
read [ -rszpqAclneE ] [ -t [ NUM ] ] [ -k [ NUM ] ] [ -d DELIM ] [ -u N ] [ NAME[?PROMPT] ] [ NAME ... ]
Read one line and break it into fields using the characters in $IFS
as separators, except as noted below. The first field is assigned
to the first NAME, the second field to the second NAME, etc., with
leftover fields assigned to the last NAME. If NAME is omitted then
REPLY is used for scalars and reply for arrays.
-r
Raw mode: a '\' at the end of a line does not signify line
continuation and backslashes in the line don't quote the
following character and are not removed.
-s
Don't echo back characters if reading from the terminal.
Currently does not work with the -q option.
-q
Read only one character from the terminal and set NAME to 'y'
if this character was 'y' or 'Y' and to 'n' otherwise. With
this flag set the return status is zero only if the character
was 'y' or 'Y'. This option may be used with a timeout; if
the read times out, or encounters end of file, status 2 is
returned. Input is read from the terminal unless one of -u or
-p is present. This option may also be used within zle
widgets.
-k [ NUM ]
Read only one (or NUM) characters. All are assigned to the
first NAME, without word splitting. This flag is ignored when
-q is present. Input is read from the terminal unless one of
-u or -p is present. This option may also be used within zle
widgets.
Note that despite the mnemonic 'key' this option does read
full characters, which may consist of multiple bytes if the
option MULTIBYTE is set.
-z
Read one entry from the editor buffer stack and assign it to
the first NAME, without word splitting. Text is pushed onto
the stack with 'print -z' or with push-line from the line
editor (see *note Zsh Line Editor::). This flag is ignored
when the -k or -q flags are present.
-e
-E
The input read is printed (echoed) to the standard output. If
the -e flag is used, no input is assigned to the parameters.
-A
The first NAME is taken as the name of an array and all words
are assigned to it.
-c
-l
These flags are allowed only if called inside a function used
for completion (specified with the -K flag to compctl). If
the -c flag is given, the words of the current command are
read. If the -l flag is given, the whole line is assigned as
a scalar. If both flags are present, -l is used and -c is
ignored.
-n
Together with -c, the number of the word the cursor is on is
read. With -l, the index of the character the cursor is on is
read. Note that the command name is word number 1, not word
0, and that when the cursor is at the end of the line, its
character index is the length of the line plus one.
-u N
Input is read from file descriptor N.
-p
Input is read from the coprocess.
-d DELIM
Input is terminated by the first character of DELIM instead of
by newline.
-t [ NUM ]
Test if input is available before attempting to read. If NUM
is present, it must begin with a digit and will be evaluated
to give a number of seconds, which may be a floating point
number; in this case the read times out if input is not
available within this time. If NUM is not present, it is
taken to be zero, so that read returns immediately if no input
is available. If no input is available, return status 1 and
do not set any variables.
This option is not available when reading from the editor
buffer with -z, when called from within completion with -c or
-l, with -q which clears the input queue before reading, or
within zle where other mechanisms should be used to test for
input.
Note that read does not attempt to alter the input processing
mode. The default mode is canonical input, in which an entire
line is read at a time, so usually 'read -t' will not read
anything until an entire line has been typed. However, when
reading from the terminal with -k input is processed one key
at a time; in this case, only availability of the first
character is tested, so that e.g. 'read -t -k 2' can still
block on the second character. Use two instances of 'read -t
-k' if this is not what is wanted.
If the first argument contains a '?', the remainder of this word is
used as a PROMPT on standard error when the shell is interactive.
The value (exit status) of read is 1 when an end-of-file is
encountered, or when -c or -l is present and the command is not
called from a compctl function, or as described for -q. Otherwise
the value is 0.
The behavior of some combinations of the -k, -p, -q, -u and -z
flags is undefined. Presently -q cancels all the others, -p
cancels -u, -k cancels -z, and otherwise -z cancels both -p and -u.
The -c or -l flags cancel any and all of -kpquz.
readonly
Same as typeset -r.
rehash
Same as hash -r.
return [ N ]
Causes a shell function or '.' script to return to the invoking
script with the return status specified by N. If N is omitted, the
return status is that of the last command executed.
If return was executed from a trap in a TRAPNAL function, the
effect is different for zero and non-zero return status. With zero
status (or after an implicit return at the end of the trap), the
shell will return to whatever it was previously processing; with a
non-zero status, the shell will behave as interrupted except that
the return status of the trap is retained. Note that the numeric
value of the signal which caused the trap is passed as the first
argument, so the statement 'return $((128+$1))' will return the
same status as if the signal had not been trapped.
sched
See *note The zsh/sched Module::.
set [ {+|-}OPTIONS | {+|-}o [ OPTION_NAME ] ] ... [ {+|-}A [ NAME ] ] [ ARG ... ]
Set the options for the shell and/or set the positional parameters,
or declare and set an array. If the -s option is given, it causes
the specified arguments to be sorted before assigning them to the
positional parameters (or to the array NAME if -A is used). With
+s sort arguments in descending order. For the meaning of the
other flags, see *note Options::. Flags may be specified by name
using the -o option. If no option name is supplied with -o, the
current option states are printed: see the description of setopt
below for more information on the format. With +o they are printed
in a form that can be used as input to the shell.
If the -A flag is specified, NAME is set to an array containing the
given ARGs; if no NAME is specified, all arrays are printed
together with their values.
If +A is used and NAME is an array, the given arguments will
replace the initial elements of that array; if no NAME is
specified, all arrays are printed without their values.
The behaviour of arguments after -A NAME or +A NAME depends on
whether the option KSH_ARRAYS is set. If it is not set, all
arguments following NAME are treated as values for the array,
regardless of their form. If the option is set, normal option
processing continues at that point; only regular arguments are
treated as values for the array. This means that
set -A array -x -- foo
sets array to '-x -- foo' if KSH_ARRAYS is not set, but sets the
array to foo and turns on the option '-x' if it is set.
If the -A flag is not present, but there are arguments beyond the
options, the positional parameters are set. If the option list (if
any) is terminated by '--', and there are no further arguments, the
positional parameters will be unset.
If no arguments and no '--' are given, then the names and values of
all parameters are printed on the standard output. If the only
argument is '+', the names of all parameters are printed.
For historical reasons, 'set -' is treated as 'set +xv' and 'set -
ARGS' as 'set +xv -- ARGS' when in any other emulation mode than
zsh's native mode.
setcap
See *note The zsh/cap Module::.
setopt [ {+|-}OPTIONS | {+|-}o OPTION_NAME ] [ NAME ... ]
Set the options for the shell. All options specified either with
flags or by name are set.
If no arguments are supplied, the names of all options currently
set are printed. The form is chosen so as to minimize the
differences from the default options for the current emulation (the
default emulation being native zsh, shown as <Z> in *note
Description of Options::). Options that are on by default for the
emulation are shown with the prefix no only if they are off, while
other options are shown without the prefix no and only if they are
on. In addition to options changed from the default state by the
user, any options activated automatically by the shell (for
example, SHIN_STDIN or INTERACTIVE) will be shown in the list. The
format is further modified by the option KSH_OPTION_PRINT, however
the rationale for choosing options with or without the no prefix
remains the same in this case.
If the -m flag is given the arguments are taken as patterns (which
should be quoted to protect them from filename expansion), and all
options with names matching these patterns are set.
Note that a bad option name does not cause execution of subsequent
shell code to be aborted; this is behaviour is different from that
of 'set -o'. This is because set is regarded as a special builtin
by the POSIX standard, but setopt is not.
shift [ N ] [ NAME ... ]
The positional parameters ${N+1} ... are renamed to $1 ..., where
N is an arithmetic expression that defaults to 1. If any NAMEs are
given then the arrays with these names are shifted instead of the
positional parameters.
source FILE [ ARG ... ]
Same as '.', except that the current directory is always searched
and is always searched first, before directories in $path.
stat
See *note The zsh/stat Module::.
suspend [ -f ]
Suspend the execution of the shell (send it a SIGTSTP) until it
receives a SIGCONT. Unless the -f option is given, this will
refuse to suspend a login shell.
test [ ARG ... ]
[ [ ARG ... ] ]
Like the system version of test. Added for compatibility; use
conditional expressions instead (see *note Conditional
Expressions::). The main differences between the conditional
expression syntax and the test and [ builtins are: these commands
are not handled syntactically, so for example an empty variable
expansion may cause an argument to be omitted; syntax errors cause
status 2 to be returned instead of a shell error; and arithmetic
operators expect integer arguments rather than arithmetic
expressions.
The command attempts to implement POSIX and its extensions where
these are specified. Unfortunately there are intrinsic ambiguities
in the syntax; in particular there is no distinction between test
operators and strings that resemble them. The standard attempts to
resolve these for small numbers of arguments (up to four); for five
or more arguments compatibility cannot be relied on. Users are
urged wherever possible to use the '[[' test syntax which does not
have these ambiguities.
times
Print the accumulated user and system times for the shell and for
processes run from the shell.
trap [ ARG ] [ SIG ... ]
ARG is a series of commands (usually quoted to protect it from
immediate evaluation by the shell) to be read and executed when the
shell receives any of the signals specified by one or more SIG
args. Each SIG can be given as a number, or as the name of a
signal either with or without the string SIG in front (e.g. 1,
HUP, and SIGHUP are all the same signal).
If ARG is '-', then the specified signals are reset to their
defaults, or, if no SIG args are present, all traps are reset.
If ARG is an empty string, then the specified signals are ignored
by the shell (and by the commands it invokes).
If ARG is omitted but one or more SIG args are provided (i.e. the
first argument is a valid signal number or name), the effect is the
same as if ARG had been specified as '-'.
The trap command with no arguments prints a list of commands
associated with each signal.
If SIG is ZERR then ARG will be executed after each command with a
nonzero exit status. ERR is an alias for ZERR on systems that have
no SIGERR signal (this is the usual case).
If SIG is DEBUG then ARG will be executed before each command if
the option DEBUG_BEFORE_CMD is set (as it is by default), else
after each command. Here, a 'command' is what is described as a
'sublist' in the shell grammar, see *note Simple Commands &
Pipelines::. If DEBUG_BEFORE_CMD is set various additional
features are available. First, it is possible to skip the next
command by setting the option ERR_EXIT; see the description of the
ERR_EXIT option in *note Description of Options::. Also, the shell
parameter ZSH_DEBUG_CMD is set to the string corresponding to the
command to be executed following the trap. Note that this string
is reconstructed from the internal format and may not be formatted
the same way as the original text. The parameter is unset after
the trap is executed.
If SIG is 0 or EXIT and the trap statement is executed inside the
body of a function, then the command ARG is executed after the
function completes. The value of $? at the start of execution is
the exit status of the shell or the return status of the function
exiting. If SIG is 0 or EXIT and the trap statement is not
executed inside the body of a function, then the command ARG is
executed when the shell terminates; the trap runs before any
zshexit hook functions.
ZERR, DEBUG, and EXIT traps are not executed inside other traps.
ZERR and DEBUG traps are kept within subshells, while other traps
are reset.
Note that traps defined with the trap builtin are slightly
different from those defined as 'TRAPNAL () { ... }', as the
latter have their own function environment (line numbers, local
variables, etc.) while the former use the environment of the
command in which they were called. For example,
trap 'print $LINENO' DEBUG
will print the line number of a command executed after it has run,
while
TRAPDEBUG() { print $LINENO; }
will always print the number zero.
Alternative signal names are allowed as described under kill above.
Defining a trap under either name causes any trap under an
alternative name to be removed. However, it is recommended that
for consistency users stick exclusively to one name or another.
true [ ARG ... ]
Do nothing and return an exit status of 0.
ttyctl -fu
The -f option freezes the tty, and -u unfreezes it. When the tty
is frozen, no changes made to the tty settings by external programs
will be honored by the shell, except for changes in the size of the
screen; the shell will simply reset the settings to their previous
values as soon as each command exits or is suspended. Thus, stty
and similar programs have no effect when the tty is frozen.
Without options it reports whether the terminal is frozen or not.
type [ -wfpams ] NAME ...
Equivalent to whence -v.
typeset [ {+|-}AEFHUafghklprtuxmz ] [ -LRZi [ N ]] [ NAME[=VALUE] ... ]
typeset -T [ {+|-}Urux ] [ -LRZ [ N ]] SCALAR[=VALUE] ARRAY [ SEP ]
Set or display attributes and values for shell parameters.
A parameter is created for each NAME that does not already refer to
one. When inside a function, a new parameter is created for every
NAME (even those that already exist), and is unset again when the
function completes. See *note Local Parameters::. The same rules
apply to special shell parameters, which retain their special
attributes when made local.
For each NAME=VALUE assignment, the parameter NAME is set to VALUE.
Note that arrays currently cannot be assigned in typeset
expressions, only scalars and integers. Unless the option
KSH_TYPESET is set, normal expansion rules apply to assignment
arguments, so VALUE may be split into separate words; if the option
is set, assignments which can be recognised when expansion is
performed are treated as single words. For example the command
typeset vbl=$(echo one two) is treated as having one argument if
KSH_TYPESET is set, but otherwise is treated as having the two
arguments vbl=one and two.
If the shell option TYPESET_SILENT is not set, for each remaining
NAME that refers to a parameter that is set, the name and value of
the parameter are printed in the form of an assignment. Nothing is
printed for newly-created parameters, or when any attribute flags
listed below are given along with the NAME. Using '+' instead of
minus to introduce an attribute turns it off.
If the -p option is given, parameters and values are printed in the
form of a typeset command and an assignment (which will be printed
separately for arrays and associative arrays), regardless of other
flags and options. Note that the -h flag on parameters is
respected; no value will be shown for these parameters.
If the -T option is given, two or three arguments must be present
(an exception is that zero arguments are allowed to show the list
of parameters created in this fashion). The first two are the name
of a scalar and an array parameter (in that order) that will be
tied together in the manner of $PATH and $path. The optional third
argument is a single-character separator which will be used to join
the elements of the array to form the scalar; if absent, a colon is
used, as with $PATH. Only the first character of the separator is
significant; any remaining characters are ignored. Only the scalar
parameter may be assigned an initial value. Both the scalar and
the array may otherwise be manipulated as normal. If one is unset,
the other will automatically be unset too. There is no way of
untying the variables without unsetting them, or converting the
type of one of them with another typeset command; +T does not work,
assigning an array to SCALAR is an error, and assigning a scalar to
ARRAY sets it to be a single-element array. Note that both
'typeset -xT ...' and 'export -T ...' work, but only the scalar
will be marked for export. Setting the value using the scalar
version causes a split on all separators (which cannot be quoted).
It is possible to use the same two tied variables with a different
separator character in which case the variables remain joined as
before but the separator is changed. This flag has a different
meaning when used with -f; see below.
The -g (global) flag is treated specially: it means that any
resulting parameter will not be restricted to local scope. Note
that this does not necessarily mean that the parameter will be
global, as the flag will apply to any existing parameter (even if
unset) from an enclosing function. This flag does not affect the
parameter after creation, hence it has no effect when listing
existing parameters, nor does the flag +g have any effect except in
combination with -m (see below).
If no NAME is present, the names and values of all parameters are
printed. In this case the attribute flags restrict the display to
only those parameters that have the specified attributes, and using
'+' rather than '-' to introduce the flag suppresses printing of
the values of parameters when there is no parameter name. Also, if
the last option is the word '+', then names are printed but values
are not.
If the -m flag is given the NAME arguments are taken as patterns
(which should be quoted). With no attribute flags, all parameters
(or functions with the -f flag) with matching names are printed
(the shell option TYPESET_SILENT is not used in this case). Note
that -m is ignored if no patterns are given. If the +g flag is
combined with -m, a new local parameter is created for every
matching parameter that is not already local. Otherwise -m applies
all other flags or assignments to the existing parameters. Except
when assignments are made with NAME=VALUE, using +m forces the
matching parameters to be printed, even inside a function.
If no attribute flags are given and either no -m flag is present or
the +m form was used, each parameter name printed is preceded by a
list of the attributes of that parameter (array, association,
exported, integer, readonly). If +m is used with attribute flags,
and all those flags are introduced with +, the matching parameter
names are printed but their values are not.
Attribute flags that transform the final value (-L, -R, -Z, -l, u)
are only applied to the expanded value at the point of a parameter
expansion expression using '$'. They are not applied when a
parameter is retrieved internally by the shell for any purpose.
The following attribute flags may be specified:
-A
The names refer to associative array parameters; see *note
Array Parameters::.
-L
Left justify and remove leading blanks from VALUE. If N is
nonzero, it defines the width of the field. If N is zero, the
width is determined by the width of the value of the first
assignment. In the case of numeric parameters, the length of
the complete value assigned to the parameter is used to
determine the width, not the value that would be output.
The width is the count of characters, which may be multibyte
characters if the MULTIBYTE option is in effect. Note that
the screen width of the character is not taken into account;
if this is required, use padding with parameter expansion
flags ${(ml...)...} as described in 'Parameter Expansion
Flags' in *note Parameter Expansion::.
When the parameter is expanded, it is filled on the right with
blanks or truncated if necessary to fit the field. Note
truncation can lead to unexpected results with numeric
parameters. Leading zeros are removed if the -Z flag is also
set.
-R
Similar to -L, except that right justification is used; when
the parameter is expanded, the field is left filled with
blanks or truncated from the end. May not be combined with
the -Z flag.
-U
For arrays (but not for associative arrays), keep only the
first occurrence of each duplicated value. This may also be
set for colon-separated special parameters like PATH or
FIGNORE, etc. This flag has a different meaning when used
with -f; see below.
-Z
Specially handled if set along with the -L flag. Otherwise,
similar to -R, except that leading zeros are used for padding
instead of blanks if the first non-blank character is a digit.
Numeric parameters are specially handled: they are always
eligible for padding with zeroes, and the zeroes are inserted
at an appropriate place in the output.
-a
The names refer to array parameters. An array parameter may
be created this way, but it may not be assigned to in the
typeset statement. When displaying, both normal and
associative arrays are shown.
-f
The names refer to functions rather than parameters. No
assignments can be made, and the only other valid flags are
-t, -T, -k, -u, -U and -z. The flag -t turns on execution
tracing for this function; the flag -T does the same, but
turns off tracing on any function called from the present one,
unless that function also has the -t or -T flag. The -u and
-U flags cause the function to be marked for autoloading; -U
also causes alias expansion to be suppressed when the function
is loaded. The fpath parameter will be searched to find the
function definition when the function is first referenced; see
*note Functions::. The -k and -z flags make the function be
loaded using ksh-style or zsh-style autoloading respectively.
If neither is given, the setting of the KSH_AUTOLOAD option
determines how the function is loaded.
-h
Hide: only useful for special parameters (those marked '<S>'
in the table in *note Parameters Set By The Shell::), and for
local parameters with the same name as a special parameter,
though harmless for others. A special parameter with this
attribute will not retain its special effect when made local.
Thus after 'typeset -h PATH', a function containing 'typeset
PATH' will create an ordinary local parameter without the
usual behaviour of PATH. Alternatively, the local parameter
may itself be given this attribute; hence inside a function
'typeset -h PATH' creates an ordinary local parameter and the
special PATH parameter is not altered in any way. It is also
possible to create a local parameter using 'typeset +h
SPECIAL', where the local copy of SPECIAL will retain its
special properties regardless of having the -h attribute.
Global special parameters loaded from shell modules (currently
those in zsh/mapfile and zsh/parameter) are automatically
given the -h attribute to avoid name clashes.
-H
Hide value: specifies that typeset will not display the value
of the parameter when listing parameters; the display for such
parameters is always as if the '+' flag had been given. Use
of the parameter is in other respects normal, and the option
does not apply if the parameter is specified by name, or by
pattern with the -m option. This is on by default for the
parameters in the zsh/parameter and zsh/mapfile modules.
Note, however, that unlike the -h flag this is also useful for
non-special parameters.
-i
Use an internal integer representation. If N is nonzero it
defines the output arithmetic base, otherwise it is determined
by the first assignment. Bases from 2 to 36 inclusive are
allowed.
-E
Use an internal double-precision floating point
representation. On output the variable will be converted to
scientific notation. If N is nonzero it defines the number of
significant figures to display; the default is ten.
-F
Use an internal double-precision floating point
representation. On output the variable will be converted to
fixed-point decimal notation. If N is nonzero it defines the
number of digits to display after the decimal point; the
default is ten.
-l
Convert the result to lower case whenever the parameter is
expanded. The value is _not_ converted when assigned.
-r
The given NAMEs are marked readonly. Note that if NAME is a
special parameter, the readonly attribute can be turned on,
but cannot then be turned off.
-t
Tags the named parameters. Tags have no special meaning to
the shell. This flag has a different meaning when used with
-f; see above.
-u
Convert the result to upper case whenever the parameter is
expanded. The value is _not_ converted when assigned. This
flag has a different meaning when used with -f; see above.
-x
Mark for automatic export to the environment of subsequently
executed commands. If the option GLOBAL_EXPORT is set, this
implies the option -g, unless +g is also explicitly given; in
other words the parameter is not made local to the enclosing
function. This is for compatibility with previous versions of
zsh.
ulimit [ [ -SHacdfilmnpqrstvx | -N RESOURCE [ LIMIT ] ... ]
Set or display resource limits of the shell and the processes
started by the shell. The value of LIMIT can be a number in the
unit specified below or one of the values 'unlimited', which
removes the limit on the resource, or 'hard', which uses the
current value of the hard limit on the resource.
By default, only soft limits are manipulated. If the -H flag is
given use hard limits instead of soft limits. If the -S flag is
given together with the -H flag set both hard and soft limits.
If no options are used, the file size limit (-f) is assumed.
If LIMIT is omitted the current value of the specified resources
are printed. When more than one resource value is printed, the
limit name and unit is printed before each value.
When looping over multiple resources, the shell will abort
immediately if it detects a badly formed argument. However, if it
fails to set a limit for some other reason it will continue trying
to set the remaining limits.
Not all the following resources are supported on all systems.
Running ulimit -a will show which are supported.
-a
Lists all of the current resource limits.
-b
Socket buffer size in bytes (N.B. not kilobytes)
-c
512-byte blocks on the size of core dumps.
-d
Kilobytes on the size of the data segment.
-f
512-byte blocks on the size of files written.
-i
The number of pending signals.
-l
Kilobytes on the size of locked-in memory.
-m
Kilobytes on the size of physical memory.
-n
open file descriptors.
-q
Bytes in POSIX message queues.
-s
Kilobytes on the size of the stack.
-t
CPU seconds to be used.
-r
The number of simultaneous threads available to the user.
-u
The number of processes available to the user.
-v
Kilobytes on the size of virtual memory. On some systems this
refers to the limit called 'address space'.
-x
The number of locks on files.
A resource may also be specified by integer in the form '-N
RESOURCE', where RESOURCE corresponds to the integer defined for
the resource by the operating system. This may be used to set the
limits for resources known to the shell which do not correspond to
option letters. Such limits will be shown by number in the output
of 'ulimit -a'.
The number may alternatively be out of the range of limits compiled
into the shell. The shell will try to read or write the limit
anyway, and will report an error if this fails.
umask [ -S ] [ MASK ]
The umask is set to MASK. MASK can be either an octal number or a
symbolic value as described in man page chmod(1). If MASK is
omitted, the current value is printed. The -S option causes the
mask to be printed as a symbolic value. Otherwise, the mask is
printed as an octal number. Note that in the symbolic form the
permissions you specify are those which are to be allowed (not
denied) to the users specified.
unalias
Same as unhash -a.
unfunction
Same as unhash -f.
unhash [ -adfms ] NAME ...
Remove the element named NAME from an internal hash table. The
default is remove elements from the command hash table. The -a
option causes unhash to remove regular or global aliases; note when
removing a global aliases that the argument must be quoted to
prevent it from being expanded before being passed to the command.
The -s option causes unhash to remove suffix aliases. The -f
option causes unhash to remove shell functions. The -d options
causes unhash to remove named directories. If the -m flag is given
the arguments are taken as patterns (should be quoted) and all
elements of the corresponding hash table with matching names will
be removed.
unlimit [ -hs ] RESOURCE ...
The resource limit for each RESOURCE is set to the hard limit. If
the -h flag is given and the shell has appropriate privileges, the
hard resource limit for each RESOURCE is removed. The resources of
the shell process are only changed if the -s flag is given.
The unlimit command is not made available by default when the shell
starts in a mode emulating another shell. It can be made available
with the command 'zmodload -F zsh/rlimits b:unlimit'.
unset [ -fmv ] NAME ...
Each named parameter is unset. Local parameters remain local even
if unset; they appear unset within scope, but the previous value
will still reappear when the scope ends.
Individual elements of associative array parameters may be unset by
using subscript syntax on NAME, which should be quoted (or the
entire command prefixed with noglob) to protect the subscript from
filename generation.
If the -m flag is specified the arguments are taken as patterns
(should be quoted) and all parameters with matching names are
unset. Note that this cannot be used when unsetting associative
array elements, as the subscript will be treated as part of the
pattern.
The -v flag specifies that NAME refers to parameters. This is the
default behaviour.
unset -f is equivalent to unfunction.
unsetopt [ {+|-}OPTIONS | {+|-}o OPTION_NAME ] [ NAME ... ]
Unset the options for the shell. All options specified either with
flags or by name are unset. If no arguments are supplied, the
names of all options currently unset are printed. If the -m flag
is given the arguments are taken as patterns (which should be
quoted to preserve them from being interpreted as glob patterns),
and all options with names matching these patterns are unset.
vared
See *note Zle Builtins::.
wait [ JOB ... ]
Wait for the specified jobs or processes. If JOB is not given then
all currently active child processes are waited for. Each JOB can
be either a job specification or the process ID of a job in the job
table. The exit status from this command is that of the job waited
for.
whence [ -vcwfpams ] NAME ...
For each name, indicate how it would be interpreted if used as a
command name.
-v
Produce a more verbose report.
-c
Print the results in a 'csh'-like format. This takes
precedence over -v.
-w
For each NAME, print 'NAME: WORD' where WORD is one of alias,
builtin, command, function, hashed, reserved or none,
according as NAME corresponds to an alias, a built-in command,
an external command, a shell function, a command defined with
the hash builtin, a reserved word, or is not recognised. This
takes precedence over -v and -c.
-f
Causes the contents of a shell function to be displayed, which
would otherwise not happen unless the -c flag were used.
-p
Do a path search for NAME even if it is an alias, reserved
word, shell function or builtin.
-a
Do a search for all occurrences of NAME throughout the command
path. Normally only the first occurrence is printed.
-m
The arguments are taken as patterns (should be quoted), and
the information is displayed for each command matching one of
these patterns.
-s
If a pathname contains symlinks, print the symlink-free
pathname as well.
where [ -wpms ] NAME ...
Equivalent to whence -ca.
which [ -wpams ] NAME ...
Equivalent to whence -c.
zcompile [ -U ] [ -z | -k ] [ -R | -M ] FILE [ NAME ... ]
zcompile -ca [ -m ] [ -R | -M ] FILE [ NAME ... ]
zcompile -t FILE [ NAME ... ]
This builtin command can be used to compile functions or scripts,
storing the compiled form in a file, and to examine files
containing the compiled form. This allows faster autoloading of
functions and execution of scripts by avoiding parsing of the text
when the files are read.
The first form (without the -c, -a or -t options) creates a
compiled file. If only the FILE argument is given, the output file
has the name 'FILE.zwc' and will be placed in the same directory as
the FILE. The shell will load the compiled file instead of the
normal function file when the function is autoloaded; see *note
Functions:: for a description of how autoloaded functions are
searched. The extension .zwc stands for 'zsh word code'.
If there is at least one NAME argument, all the named files are
compiled into the output FILE given as the first argument. If FILE
does not end in .zwc, this extension is automatically appended.
Files containing multiple compiled functions are called 'digest'
files, and are intended to be used as elements of the FPATH/fpath
special array.
The second form, with the -c or -a options, writes the compiled
definitions for all the named functions into FILE. For -c, the
names must be functions currently defined in the shell, not those
marked for autoloading. Undefined functions that are marked for
autoloading may be written by using the -a option, in which case
the fpath is searched and the contents of the definition files for
those functions, if found, are compiled into FILE. If both -c and
-a are given, names of both defined functions and functions marked
for autoloading may be given. In either case, the functions in
files written with the -c or -a option will be autoloaded as if the
KSH_AUTOLOAD option were unset.
The reason for handling loaded and not-yet-loaded functions with
different options is that some definition files for autoloading
define multiple functions, including the function with the same
name as the file, and, at the end, call that function. In such
cases the output of 'zcompile -c' does not include the additional
functions defined in the file, and any other initialization code in
the file is lost. Using 'zcompile -a' captures all this extra
information.
If the -m option is combined with -c or -a, the NAMEs are used as
patterns and all functions whose names match one of these patterns
will be written. If no NAME is given, the definitions of all
functions currently defined or marked as autoloaded will be
written.
The third form, with the -t option, examines an existing compiled
file. Without further arguments, the names of the original files
compiled into it are listed. The first line of output shows the
version of the shell which compiled the file and how the file will
be used (i.e. by reading it directly or by mapping it into
memory). With arguments, nothing is output and the return status
is set to zero if definitions for _all_ NAMEs were found in the
compiled file, and non-zero if the definition for at least one NAME
was not found.
Other options:
-U
Aliases are not expanded when compiling the NAMEd files.
-R
When the compiled file is read, its contents are copied into
the shell's memory, rather than memory-mapped (see -M). This
happens automatically on systems that do not support memory
mapping.
When compiling scripts instead of autoloadable functions, it
is often desirable to use this option; otherwise the whole
file, including the code to define functions which have
already been defined, will remain mapped, consequently wasting
memory.
-M
The compiled file is mapped into the shell's memory when read.
This is done in such a way that multiple instances of the
shell running on the same host will share this mapped file.
If neither -R nor -M is given, the zcompile builtin decides
what to do based on the size of the compiled file.
-k
-z
These options are used when the compiled file contains
functions which are to be autoloaded. If -z is given, the
function will be autoloaded as if the KSH_AUTOLOAD option is
_not_ set, even if it is set at the time the compiled file is
read, while if the -k is given, the function will be loaded as
if KSH_AUTOLOAD _is_ set. These options also take precedence
over any -k or -z options specified to the autoload builtin.
If neither of these options is given, the function will be
loaded as determined by the setting of the KSH_AUTOLOAD option
at the time the compiled file is read.
These options may also appear as many times as necessary
between the listed NAMEs to specify the loading style of all
following functions, up to the next -k or -z.
The created file always contains two versions of the compiled
format, one for big-endian machines and one for small-endian
machines. The upshot of this is that the compiled file is machine
independent and if it is read or mapped, only one half of the file
is actually used (and mapped).
zformat
See *note The zsh/zutil Module::.
zftp
See *note The zsh/zftp Module::.
zle
See *note Zle Builtins::.
zmodload [ -dL ] [ ... ]
zmodload -F [ -lLme -P param ] MODULE [+-]FEATURE...
zmodload -e [ -A ] [ ... ]
zmodload [ -a [ -bcpf [ -I ] ] ] [ -iL ] ...
zmodload -u [ -abcdpf [ -I ] ] [ -iL ] ...
zmodload -A [ -L ] [ MODALIAS[=MODULE] ... ]
zmodload -R MODALIAS ...
Performs operations relating to zsh's loadable modules. Loading of
modules while the shell is running ('dynamical loading') is not
available on all operating systems, or on all installations on a
particular operating system, although the zmodload command itself
is always available and can be used to manipulate modules built
into versions of the shell executable without dynamical loading.
Without arguments the names of all currently loaded binary modules
are printed. The -L option causes this list to be in the form of a
series of zmodload commands. Forms with arguments are:
zmodload [ -i ] NAME ...
zmodload -u [ -i ] NAME ...
In the simplest case, zmodload loads a binary module. The
module must be in a file with a name consisting of the
specified NAME followed by a standard suffix, usually '.so'
('.sl' on HPUX). If the module to be loaded is already loaded
the duplicate module is ignored. If zmodload detects an
inconsistency, such as an invalid module name or circular
dependency list, the current code block is aborted. Hence
'zmodload MODULE 2>/dev/null' is sufficient to test whether a
module is available. If it is available, the module is loaded
if necessary, while if it is not available, non-zero status is
silently returned. The option -i is accepted for
compatibility but has no effect.
The NAMEd module is searched for in the same way a command is,
using $module_path instead of $path. However, the path search
is performed even when the module name contains a '/', which
it usually does. There is no way to prevent the path search.
If the module supports features (see below), zmodload tries to
enable all features when loading a module. If the module was
successfully loaded but not all features could be enabled,
zmodload returns status 2.
With -u, zmodload unloads modules. The same NAME must be
given that was given when the module was loaded, but it is not
necessary for the module to exist in the file system. The -i
option suppresses the error if the module is already unloaded
(or was never loaded).
Each module has a boot and a cleanup function. The module
will not be loaded if its boot function fails. Similarly a
module can only be unloaded if its cleanup function runs
successfully.
zmodload -F [ -almLe -P param ] MODULE [+-]FEATURE...
zmodload -F allows more selective control over the features
provided by modules. With no options apart from -F, the
module named MODULE is loaded, if it was not already loaded,
and the list of FEATUREs is set to the required state. If no
FEATUREs are specified, the module is loaded, if it was not
already loaded, but the state of features is unchanged. Each
feature may be preceded by a + to turn the feature on, or - to
turn it off; the + is assumed if neither character is present.
Any feature not explicitly mentioned is left in its current
state; if the module was not previously loaded this means any
such features will remain disabled. The return status is zero
if all features were set, 1 if the module failed to load, and
2 if some features could not be set (for example, a parameter
couldn't be added because there was a different parameter of
the same name) but the module was loaded.
The standard features are builtins, conditions, parameters and
math functions; these are indicated by the prefix 'b:', 'c:'
('C:' for an infix condition), 'p:' and 'f:', respectively,
followed by the name that the corresponding feature would have
in the shell. For example, 'b:strftime' indicates a builtin
named strftime and p:EPOCHSECONDS indicates a parameter named
EPOCHSECONDS. The module may provide other ('abstract')
features of its own as indicated by its documentation; these
have no prefix.
With -l or -L, features provided by the module are listed.
With -l alone, a list of features together with their states
is shown, one feature per line. With -L alone, a zmodload -F
command that would cause enabled features of the module to be
turned on is shown. With -lL, a zmodload -F command that
would cause all the features to be set to their current state
is shown. If one of these combinations is given the option -P
PARAM then the parameter param is set to an array of features,
either features together with their state or (if -L alone is
given) enabled features.
With the option -L the module name may be omitted; then a list
of all enabled features for all modules providing features is
printed in the form of zmodload -F commands. If -l is also
given, the state of both enabled and disabled features is
output in that form.
A set of features may be provided together with -l or -L and a
module name; in that case only the state of those features is
considered. Each feature may be preceded by + or - but the
character has no effect. If no set of features is provided,
all features are considered.
With -e, the command first tests that the module is loaded; if
it is not, status 1 is returned. If the module is loaded, the
list of features given as an argument is examined. Any
feature given with no prefix is simply tested to see if the
module provides it; any feature given with a prefix + or - is
tested to see if is provided and in the given state. If the
tests on all features in the list succeed, status 0 is
returned, else status 1.
With -m, each entry in the given list of features is taken as
a pattern to be matched against the list of features provided
by the module. An initial + or - must be given explicitly.
This may not be combined with the -a option as autoloads must
be specified explicitly.
With -a, the given list of features is marked for autoload
from the specified module, which may not yet be loaded. An
optional + may appear before the feature name. If the feature
is prefixed with -, any existing autoload is removed. The
options -l and -L may be used to list autoloads. Autoloading
is specific to individual features; when the module is loaded
only the requested feature is enabled. Autoload requests are
preserved if the module is subsequently unloaded until an
explicit 'zmodload -Fa MODULE -FEATURE' is issued. It is not
an error to request an autoload for a feature of a module that
is already loaded.
When the module is loaded each autoload is checked against the
features actually provided by the module; if the feature is
not provided the autoload request is deleted. A warning
message is output; if the module is being loaded to provide a
different feature, and that autoload is successful, there is
no effect on the status of the current command. If the module
is already loaded at the time when zmodload -Fa is run, an
error message is printed and status 1 returned.
zmodload -Fa can be used with the -l, -L, -e and -P options
for listing and testing the existence of autoloadable
features. In this case -l is ignored if -L is specified.
zmodload -FaL with no module name lists autoloads for all
modules.
Note that only standard features as described above can be
autoloaded; other features require the module to be loaded
before enabling.
zmodload -d [ -L ] [ NAME ]
zmodload -d NAME DEP ...
zmodload -ud NAME [ DEP ... ]
The -d option can be used to specify module dependencies. The
modules named in the second and subsequent arguments will be
loaded before the module named in the first argument.
With -d and one argument, all dependencies for that module are
listed. With -d and no arguments, all module dependencies are
listed. This listing is by default in a Makefile-like format.
The -L option changes this format to a list of zmodload -d
commands.
If -d and -u are both used, dependencies are removed. If only
one argument is given, all dependencies for that module are
removed.
zmodload -ab [ -L ]
zmodload -ab [ -i ] NAME [ BUILTIN ... ]
zmodload -ub [ -i ] BUILTIN ...
The -ab option defines autoloaded builtins. It defines the
specified BUILTINs. When any of those builtins is called, the
module specified in the first argument is loaded and all its
features are enabled (for selective control of features use
'zmodload -F -a' as described above). If only the NAME is
given, one builtin is defined, with the same name as the
module. -i suppresses the error if the builtin is already
defined or autoloaded, but not if another builtin of the same
name is already defined.
With -ab and no arguments, all autoloaded builtins are listed,
with the module name (if different) shown in parentheses after
the builtin name. The -L option changes this format to a list
of zmodload -a commands.
If -b is used together with the -u option, it removes builtins
previously defined with -ab. This is only possible if the
builtin is not yet loaded. -i suppresses the error if the
builtin is already removed (or never existed).
Autoload requests are retained if the module is subsequently
unloaded until an explicit 'zmodload -ub BUILTIN' is issued.
zmodload -ac [ -IL ]
zmodload -ac [ -iI ] NAME [ COND ... ]
zmodload -uc [ -iI ] COND ...
The -ac option is used to define autoloaded condition codes.
The COND strings give the names of the conditions defined by
the module. The optional -I option is used to define infix
condition names. Without this option prefix condition names
are defined.
If given no condition names, all defined names are listed (as
a series of zmodload commands if the -L option is given).
The -uc option removes definitions for autoloaded conditions.
zmodload -ap [ -L ]
zmodload -ap [ -i ] NAME [ PARAMETER ... ]
zmodload -up [ -i ] PARAMETER ...
The -p option is like the -b and -c options, but makes
zmodload work on autoloaded parameters instead.
zmodload -af [ -L ]
zmodload -af [ -i ] NAME [ FUNCTION ... ]
zmodload -uf [ -i ] FUNCTION ...
The -f option is like the -b, -p, and -c options, but makes
zmodload work on autoloaded math functions instead.
zmodload -a [ -L ]
zmodload -a [ -i ] NAME [ BUILTIN ... ]
zmodload -ua [ -i ] BUILTIN ...
Equivalent to -ab and -ub.
zmodload -e [ -A ] [ STRING ... ]
The -e option without arguments lists all loaded modules; if
the -A option is also given, module aliases corresponding to
loaded modules are also shown. If arguments are provided,
nothing is printed; the return status is set to zero if all
STRINGs given as arguments are names of loaded modules and to
one if at least on STRING is not the name of a loaded module.
This can be used to test for the availability of things
implemented by modules. In this case, any aliases are
automatically resolved and the -A flag is not used.
zmodload -A [ -L ] [ MODALIAS[=MODULE] ... ]
For each argument, if both MODALIAS and MODULE are given,
define MODALIAS to be an alias for the module MODULE. If the
module MODALIAS is ever subsequently requested, either via a
call to zmodload or implicitly, the shell will attempt to load
MODULE instead. If MODULE is not given, show the definition
of MODALIAS. If no arguments are given, list all defined
module aliases. When listing, if the -L flag was also given,
list the definition as a zmodload command to recreate the
alias.
The existence of aliases for modules is completely independent
of whether the name resolved is actually loaded as a module:
while the alias exists, loading and unloading the module under
any alias has exactly the same effect as using the resolved
name, and does not affect the connection between the alias and
the resolved name which can be removed either by zmodload -R
or by redefining the alias. Chains of aliases (i.e. where
the first resolved name is itself an alias) are valid so long
as these are not circular. As the aliases take the same
format as module names, they may include path separators: in
this case, there is no requirement for any part of the path
named to exist as the alias will be resolved first. For
example, 'any/old/alias' is always a valid alias.
Dependencies added to aliased modules are actually added to
the resolved module; these remain if the alias is removed. It
is valid to create an alias whose name is one of the standard
shell modules and which resolves to a different module.
However, if a module has dependencies, it will not be possible
to use the module name as an alias as the module will already
be marked as a loadable module in its own right.
Apart from the above, aliases can be used in the zmodload
command anywhere module names are required. However, aliases
will not be shown in lists of loaded modules with a bare
'zmodload'.
zmodload -R MODALIAS ...
For each MODALIAS argument that was previously defined as a
module alias via zmodload -A, delete the alias. If any was
not defined, an error is caused and the remainder of the line
is ignored.
Note that zsh makes no distinction between modules that were linked
into the shell and modules that are loaded dynamically. In both
cases this builtin command has to be used to make available the
builtins and other things defined by modules (unless the module is
autoloaded on these definitions). This is true even for systems
that don't support dynamic loading of modules.
zparseopts
See *note The zsh/zutil Module::.
zprof
See *note The zsh/zprof Module::.
zpty
See *note The zsh/zpty Module::.
zregexparse
See *note The zsh/zutil Module::.
zsocket
See *note The zsh/net/socket Module::.
zstyle
See *note The zsh/zutil Module::.
ztcp
See *note The zsh/net/tcp Module::.
File: zsh.info, Node: Zsh Line Editor, Next: Completion Widgets, Prev: Shell Builtin Commands, Up: Top
18 Zsh Line Editor
******************
18.1 Description
================
If the ZLE option is set (which it is by default in interactive shells)
and the shell input is attached to the terminal, the user is able to
edit command lines.
There are two display modes. The first, multiline mode, is the default.
It only works if the TERM parameter is set to a valid terminal type that
can move the cursor up. The second, single line mode, is used if TERM
is invalid or incapable of moving the cursor up, or if the
SINGLE_LINE_ZLE option is set. This mode is similar to 'ksh', and uses
no termcap sequences. If TERM is "emacs", the ZLE option will be unset
by default.
The parameters BAUD, COLUMNS, and LINES are also used by the line
editor. *note Parameters Used By The Shell::.
The parameter zle_highlight is also used by the line editor; *note
Character Highlighting::. Highlighting of special characters and the
region between the cursor and the mark (as set with set-mark-command in
Emacs mode) is enabled by default; consult this reference for more
information. Irascible conservatives will wish to know that all
highlighting may be disabled by the following setting:
zle_highlight=(none)
* Menu:
* Keymaps::
* Zle Builtins::
* Zle Widgets::
* Character Highlighting::
File: zsh.info, Node: Keymaps, Next: Zle Builtins, Up: Zsh Line Editor
18.2 Keymaps
============
A keymap in ZLE contains a set of bindings between key sequences and ZLE
commands. The empty key sequence cannot be bound.
There can be any number of keymaps at any time, and each keymap has one
or more names. If all of a keymap's names are deleted, it disappears.
bindkey can be used to manipulate keymap names.
Initially, there are six keymaps:
emacs
EMACS emulation
viins
vi emulation - insert mode
vicmd
vi emulation - command mode
isearch
incremental search mode
command
read a command name
.safe
fallback keymap
The '.safe' keymap is special. It can never be altered, and the name
can never be removed. However, it can be linked to other names, which
can be removed. In the future other special keymaps may be added; users
should avoid using names beginning with '.' for their own keymaps.
In addition to these names, either 'emacs' or 'viins' is also linked to
the name 'main'. If one of the VISUAL or EDITOR environment variables
contain the string 'vi' when the shell starts up then it will be
'viins', otherwise it will be 'emacs'. bindkey's -e and -v options
provide a convenient way to override this default choice.
When the editor starts up, it will select the 'main' keymap. If that
keymap doesn't exist, it will use '.safe' instead.
In the '.safe' keymap, each single key is bound to self-insert, except
for ^J (line feed) and ^M (return) which are bound to accept-line. This
is deliberately not pleasant to use; if you are using it, it means you
deleted the main keymap, and you should put it back.
18.2.1 Reading Commands
-----------------------
When ZLE is reading a command from the terminal, it may read a sequence
that is bound to some command and is also a prefix of a longer bound
string. In this case ZLE will wait a certain time to see if more
characters are typed, and if not (or they don't match any longer string)
it will execute the binding. This timeout is defined by the KEYTIMEOUT
parameter; its default is 0.4 sec. There is no timeout if the prefix
string is not itself bound to a command.
The key timeout is also applied when ZLE is reading the bytes from a
multibyte character string when it is in the appropriate mode. (This
requires that the shell was compiled with multibyte mode enabled;
typically also the locale has characters with the UTF-8 encoding,
although any multibyte encoding known to the operating system is
supported.) If the second or a subsequent byte is not read within the
timeout period, the shell acts as if ? were typed and resets the input
state.
As well as ZLE commands, key sequences can be bound to other strings, by
using 'bindkey -s'. When such a sequence is read, the replacement
string is pushed back as input, and the command reading process starts
again using these fake keystrokes. This input can itself invoke further
replacement strings, but in order to detect loops the process will be
stopped if there are twenty such replacements without a real command
being read.
A key sequence typed by the user can be turned into a command name for
use in user-defined widgets with the read-command widget, described in
*note Miscellaneous:: below.
File: zsh.info, Node: Zle Builtins, Next: Zle Widgets, Prev: Keymaps, Up: Zsh Line Editor
18.3 Zle Builtins
=================
The ZLE module contains three related builtin commands. The bindkey
command manipulates keymaps and key bindings; the vared command invokes
ZLE on the value of a shell parameter; and the zle command manipulates
editing widgets and allows command line access to ZLE commands from
within shell functions.
bindkey [ OPTIONS ] -l [ -L ] [ KEYMAP ... ]
bindkey [ OPTIONS ] -d
bindkey [ OPTIONS ] -D KEYMAP ...
bindkey [ OPTIONS ] -A OLD-KEYMAP NEW-KEYMAP
bindkey [ OPTIONS ] -N NEW-KEYMAP [ OLD-KEYMAP ]
bindkey [ OPTIONS ] -m
bindkey [ OPTIONS ] -r IN-STRING ...
bindkey [ OPTIONS ] -s IN-STRING OUT-STRING ...
bindkey [ OPTIONS ] IN-STRING COMMAND ...
bindkey [ OPTIONS ] [ IN-STRING ]
bindkey's options can be divided into three categories: keymap
selection for the current command, operation selection, and others.
The keymap selection options are:
-e
Selects keymap 'emacs' for any operations by the current
command, and also links 'emacs' to 'main' so that it is
selected by default the next time the editor starts.
-v
Selects keymap 'viins' for any operations by the current
command, and also links 'viins' to 'main' so that it is
selected by default the next time the editor starts.
-a
Selects keymap 'vicmd' for any operations by the current
command.
-M KEYMAP
The KEYMAP specifies a keymap name that is selected for any
operations by the current command.
If a keymap selection is required and none of the options above are
used, the 'main' keymap is used. Some operations do not permit a
keymap to be selected, namely:
-l
List all existing keymap names; if any arguments are given,
list just those keymaps.
If the -L option is also used, list in the form of bindkey
commands to create or link the keymaps. 'bindkey -lL main'
shows which keymap is linked to 'main', if any, and hence if
the standard emacs or vi emulation is in effect. This option
does not show the .safe keymap because it cannot be created in
that fashion; however, neither is 'bindkey -lL .safe' reported
as an error, it simply outputs nothing.
-d
Delete all existing keymaps and reset to the default state.
-D KEYMAP ...
Delete the named KEYMAPs.
-A OLD-KEYMAP NEW-KEYMAP
Make the NEW-KEYMAP name an alias for OLD-KEYMAP, so that both
names refer to the same keymap. The names have equal
standing; if either is deleted, the other remains. If there
is already a keymap with the NEW-KEYMAP name, it is deleted.
-N NEW-KEYMAP [ OLD-KEYMAP ]
Create a new keymap, named NEW-KEYMAP. If a keymap already
has that name, it is deleted. If an OLD-KEYMAP name is given,
the new keymap is initialized to be a duplicate of it,
otherwise the new keymap will be empty.
To use a newly created keymap, it should be linked to main. Hence
the sequence of commands to create and use a new keymap 'mymap'
initialized from the emacs keymap (which remains unchanged) is:
bindkey -N mymap emacs
bindkey -A mymap main
Note that while 'bindkey -A NEWMAP main' will work when NEWMAP is
emacs or viins, it will not work for vicmd, as switching from vi
insert to command mode becomes impossible.
The following operations act on the 'main' keymap if no keymap
selection option was given:
-m
Add the built-in set of meta-key bindings to the selected
keymap. Only keys that are unbound or bound to self-insert
are affected.
-r IN-STRING ...
Unbind the specified IN-STRINGs in the selected keymap. This
is exactly equivalent to binding the strings to undefined-key.
When -R is also used, interpret the IN-STRINGs as ranges.
When -p is also used, the IN-STRINGs specify prefixes. Any
binding that has the given IN-STRING as a prefix, not
including the binding for the IN-STRING itself, if any, will
be removed. For example,
bindkey -rpM viins '^['
will remove all bindings in the vi-insert keymap beginning
with an escape character (probably cursor keys), but leave the
binding for the escape character itself (probably
vi-cmd-mode). This is incompatible with the option -R.
-s IN-STRING OUT-STRING ...
Bind each IN-STRING to each OUT-STRING. When IN-STRING is
typed, OUT-STRING will be pushed back and treated as input to
the line editor. When -R is also used, interpret the
IN-STRINGs as ranges.
IN-STRING COMMAND ...
Bind each IN-STRING to each COMMAND. When -R is used,
interpret the IN-STRINGs as ranges.
[ IN-STRING ]
List key bindings. If an IN-STRING is specified, the binding
of that string in the selected keymap is displayed.
Otherwise, all key bindings in the selected keymap are
displayed. (As a special case, if the -e or -v option is used
alone, the keymap is _not_ displayed - the implicit linking of
keymaps is the only thing that happens.)
When the option -p is used, the IN-STRING must be present.
The listing shows all bindings which have the given key
sequence as a prefix, not including any bindings for the key
sequence itself.
When the -L option is used, the list is in the form of bindkey
commands to create the key bindings.
When the -R option is used as noted above, a valid range consists
of two characters, with an optional '-' between them. All
characters between the two specified, inclusive, are bound as
specified.
For either IN-STRING or OUT-STRING, the following escape sequences
are recognised:
\a
bell character
\b
backspace
\e, \E
escape
\f
form feed
\n
linefeed (newline)
\r
carriage return
\t
horizontal tab
\v
vertical tab
\NNN
character code in octal
\xNN
character code in hexadecimal
\M[-]X
character with meta bit set
\C[-]X
control character
^X
control character
In all other cases, '\' escapes the following character. Delete is
written as '^?'. Note that '\M^?' and '^\M?' are not the same, and
that (unlike emacs), the bindings '\M-X' and '\eX' are entirely
distinct, although they are initialized to the same bindings by
'bindkey -m'.
vared [ -Aache ] [ -p PROMPT ] [ -r RPROMPT ]
[ -M MAIN-KEYMAP ] [ -m VICMD-KEYMAP ]
[ -t TTY ] NAME
The value of the parameter NAME is loaded into the edit buffer, and
the line editor is invoked. When the editor exits, NAME is set to
the string value returned by the editor. When the -c flag is
given, the parameter is created if it doesn't already exist. The
-a flag may be given with -c to create an array parameter, or the
-A flag to create an associative array. If the type of an existing
parameter does not match the type to be created, the parameter is
unset and recreated.
If an array or array slice is being edited, separator characters as
defined in $IFS will be shown quoted with a backslash, as will
backslashes themselves. Conversely, when the edited text is split
into an array, a backslash quotes an immediately following
separator character or backslash; no other special handling of
backslashes, or any handling of quotes, is performed.
Individual elements of existing array or associative array
parameters may be edited by using subscript syntax on NAME. New
elements are created automatically, even without -c.
If the -p flag is given, the following string will be taken as the
prompt to display at the left. If the -r flag is given, the
following string gives the prompt to display at the right. If the
-h flag is specified, the history can be accessed from ZLE. If the
-e flag is given, typing ^D (Control-D) on an empty line causes
vared to exit immediately with a non-zero return value.
The -M option gives a keymap to link to the main keymap during
editing, and the -m option gives a keymap to link to the vicmd
keymap during editing. For vi-style editing, this allows a pair of
keymaps to override viins and vicmd. For emacs-style editing, only
-M is normally needed but the -m option may still be used. On
exit, the previous keymaps will be restored.
If '-t TTY' is given, TTY is the name of a terminal device to be
used instead of the default /dev/tty. If TTY does not refer to a
terminal an error is reported.
zle
zle -l [ -L | -a ] [ STRING ... ]
zle -D WIDGET ...
zle -A OLD-WIDGET NEW-WIDGET
zle -N WIDGET [ FUNCTION ]
zle -C WIDGET COMPLETION-WIDGET FUNCTION
zle -R [ -c ] [ DISPLAY-STRING ] [ STRING ... ]
zle -M STRING
zle -U STRING
zle -K KEYMAP
zle -F [ -L ] [ FD [ HANDLER ] ]
zle -I
zle -T [ tc FUNCTION | -r tc | -L ]
zle WIDGET [ -n NUM ] [ -Nw ] [ -K KEYMAP ] ARGS ...
The zle builtin performs a number of different actions concerning
ZLE.
With no options and no arguments, only the return status will be
set. It is zero if ZLE is currently active and widgets could be
invoked using this builtin command and non-zero otherwise. Note
that even if non-zero status is returned, zle may still be active
as part of the completion system; this does not allow direct calls
to ZLE widgets.
Otherwise, which operation it performs depends on its options:
-l [ -L | -a ]
List all existing user-defined widgets. If the -L option is
used, list in the form of zle commands to create the widgets.
When combined with the -a option, all widget names are listed,
including the builtin ones. In this case the -L option is
ignored.
If at least one STRING is given, and -a is present or -L is
not used, nothing will be printed. The return status will be
zero if all STRINGs are names of existing widgets and non-zero
if at least one STRING is not a name of a defined widget. If
-a is also present, all widget names are used for the
comparison including builtin widgets, else only user-defined
widgets are used.
If at least one STRING is present and the -L option is used,
user-defined widgets matching any STRING are listed in the
form of zle commands to create the widgets.
-D WIDGET ...
Delete the named WIDGETs.
-A OLD-WIDGET NEW-WIDGET
Make the NEW-WIDGET name an alias for OLD-WIDGET, so that both
names refer to the same widget. The names have equal
standing; if either is deleted, the other remains. If there
is already a widget with the NEW-WIDGET name, it is deleted.
-N WIDGET [ FUNCTION ]
Create a user-defined widget. If there is already a widget
with the specified name, it is overwritten. When the new
widget is invoked from within the editor, the specified shell
FUNCTION is called. If no function name is specified, it
defaults to the same name as the widget. For further
information, see the section _Widgets_ in *note Zsh Line
Editor::.
-C WIDGET COMPLETION-WIDGET FUNCTION
Create a user-defined completion widget named WIDGET. The
completion widget will behave like the built-in
completion-widget whose name is given as COMPLETION-WIDGET.
To generate the completions, the shell function FUNCTION will
be called. For further information, see *note Completion
Widgets::.
-R [ -c ] [ DISPLAY-STRING ] [ STRING ... ]
Redisplay the command line; this is to be called from within a
user-defined widget to allow changes to become visible. If a
DISPLAY-STRING is given and not empty, this is shown in the
status line (immediately below the line being edited).
If the optional STRINGs are given they are listed below the
prompt in the same way as completion lists are printed. If no
STRINGs are given but the -c option is used such a list is
cleared.
Note that this option is only useful for widgets that do not
exit immediately after using it because the strings displayed
will be erased immediately after return from the widget.
This command can safely be called outside user defined
widgets; if zle is active, the display will be refreshed,
while if zle is not active, the command has no effect. In
this case there will usually be no other arguments.
The status is zero if zle was active, else one.
-M STRING
As with the -R option, the STRING will be displayed below the
command line; unlike the -R option, the string will not be put
into the status line but will instead be printed normally
below the prompt. This means that the STRING will still be
displayed after the widget returns (until it is overwritten by
subsequent commands).
-U STRING
This pushes the characters in the STRING onto the input stack
of ZLE. After the widget currently executed finishes ZLE will
behave as if the characters in the STRING were typed by the
user.
As ZLE uses a stack, if this option is used repeatedly the
last string pushed onto the stack will be processed first.
However, the characters in each STRING will be processed in
the order in which they appear in the string.
-K KEYMAP
Selects the keymap named KEYMAP. An error message will be
displayed if there is no such keymap.
This keymap selection affects the interpretation of following
keystrokes within this invocation of ZLE. Any following
invocation (e.g., the next command line) will start as usual
with the 'main' keymap selected.
-F [ -L ] [ FD [ HANDLER ] ]
Only available if your system supports one of the 'poll' or
'select' system calls; most modern systems do.
Installs HANDLER (the name of a shell function) to handle
input from file descriptor FD. When zle is attempting to read
data, it will examine both the terminal and the list of
handled FD's. If data becomes available on a handled FD, zle
will call HANDLER with the fd which is ready for reading as
the only argument. If the handler produces output to the
terminal, it should call 'zle -I' before doing so (see below).
The handler should not attempt to read from the terminal.
Note that zle makes no attempt to check whether this fd is
actually readable when installing the handler. The user must
make their own arrangements for handling the file descriptor
when zle is not active.
Any number of handlers for any number of readable file
descriptors may be installed. Installing a handler for an FD
which is already handled causes the existing handler to be
replaced.
If no HANDLER is given, but an FD is present, any handler for
that FD is removed. If there is none, an error message is
printed and status 1 is returned.
If no arguments are given, or the -L option is supplied, a
list of handlers is printed in a form which can be stored for
later execution.
An FD (but not a HANDLER) may optionally be given with the -L
option; in this case, the function will list the handler if
any, else silently return status 1.
Note that this feature should be used with care. Activity on
one of the FD's which is not properly handled can cause the
terminal to become unusable.
Here is a simple example of using this feature. A connection
to a remote TCP port is created using the ztcp command; see
*note The zsh/net/tcp Module::. Then a handler is installed
which simply prints out any data which arrives on this
connection. Note that 'select' will indicate that the file
descriptor needs handling if the remote side has closed the
connection; we handle that by testing for a failed read.
if ztcp pwspc 2811; then
tcpfd=$REPLY
handler() {
zle -I
local line
if ! read -r line <&$1; then
# select marks this fd if we reach EOF,
# so handle this specially.
print "[Read on fd $1 failed, removing.]" >&2
zle -F $1
return 1
fi
print -r - $line
}
zle -F $tcpfd handler
fi
-I
Unusually, this option is most useful outside ordinary widget
functions, though it may be used within if normal output to
the terminal is required. It invalidates the current zle
display in preparation for output; typically this will be from
a trap function. It has no effect if zle is not active. When
a trap exits, the shell checks to see if the display needs
restoring, hence the following will print output in such a way
as not to disturb the line being edited:
TRAPUSR1() {
# Invalidate zle display
[[ -o zle ]] && zle -I
# Show output
print Hello
}
In general, the trap function may need to test whether zle is
active before using this method (as shown in the example),
since the zsh/zle module may not even be loaded; if it is not,
the command can be skipped.
It is possible to call 'zle -I' several times before control
is returned to the editor; the display will only be
invalidated the first time to minimise disruption.
Note that there are normally better ways of manipulating the
display from within zle widgets; see, for example, 'zle -R'
above.
The returned status is zero if zle was invalidated, even
though this may have been by a previous call to 'zle -I' or by
a system notification. To test if a zle widget may be called
at this point, execute zle with no arguments and examine the
return status.
-T
This is used to add, list or remove internal transformations
on the processing performed by the line editor. It is
typically used only for debugging or testing and is therefore
of little interest to the general user.
'zle -T TRANSFORMATION FUNC' specifies that the given
TRANSFORMATION (see below) is effected by shell function FUNC.
'zle -Tr TRANSFORMATION' removes the given TRANSFORMATION if
it was present (it is not an error if none was).
'zle -TL' can be used to list all transformations currently in
operation.
Currently the only transformation is tc. This is used instead
of outputting termcap codes to the terminal. When the
transformation is in operation the shell function is passed
the termcap code that would be output as its first argument;
if the operation required a numeric argument, that is passed
as a second argument. The function should set the shell
variable REPLY to the transformed termcap code. Typically
this is used to produce some simply formatted version of the
code and optional argument for debugging or testing. Note
that this transformation is not applied to other non-printing
characters such as carriage returns and newlines.
WIDGET [ -n NUM ] [ -Nw ] [ -K KEYMAP ] ARGS ...
Invoke the specified widget. This can only be done when ZLE
is active; normally this will be within a user-defined widget.
With the options -n and -N, the current numerical argument
will be saved and then restored after the call to widget; '-n
NUM' sets the numerical argument temporarily to NUM, while
'-N' sets it to the default, i.e. as if there were none.
With the option -K, KEYMAP will be used as the current keymap
during the execution of the widget. The previous keymap will
be restored when the widget exits.
Normally, calling a widget in this way does not set the
special parameter WIDGET and related parameters, so that the
environment appears as if the top-level widget called by the
user were still active. With the option -w, WIDGET and
related parameters are set to reflect the widget being
executed by the zle call.
Any further arguments will be passed to the widget; note that
as standard argument handling is performed, any general
argument list should be preceded by --. If it is a shell
function, these are passed down as positional parameters; for
builtin widgets it is up to the widget in question what it
does with them. Currently arguments are only handled by the
incremental-search commands, the history-search-forward and
-backward and the corresponding functions prefixed by vi-, and
by universal-argument. No error is flagged if the command
does not use the arguments, or only uses some of them.
The return status reflects the success or failure of the
operation carried out by the widget, or if it is a
user-defined widget the return status of the shell function.
A non-zero return status causes the shell to beep when the
widget exits, unless the BEEP options was unset or the widget
was called via the zle command. Thus if a user defined widget
requires an immediate beep, it should call the beep widget
directly.
File: zsh.info, Node: Zle Widgets, Next: Character Highlighting, Prev: Zle Builtins, Up: Zsh Line Editor
18.4 Widgets
============
All actions in the editor are performed by 'widgets'. A widget's job is
simply to perform some small action. The ZLE commands that key
sequences in keymaps are bound to are in fact widgets. Widgets can be
user-defined or built in.
The standard widgets built into ZLE are listed in Standard Widgets
below. Other built-in widgets can be defined by other modules (see
*note Zsh Modules::). Each built-in widget has two names: its normal
canonical name, and the same name preceded by a '.'. The '.' name is
special: it can't be rebound to a different widget. This makes the
widget available even when its usual name has been redefined.
User-defined widgets are defined using 'zle -N', and implemented as
shell functions. When the widget is executed, the corresponding shell
function is executed, and can perform editing (or other) actions. It is
recommended that user-defined widgets should not have names starting
with '.'.
18.5 User-Defined Widgets
=========================
User-defined widgets, being implemented as shell functions, can execute
any normal shell command. They can also run other widgets (whether
built-in or user-defined) using the zle builtin command. The standard
input of the function is closed to prevent external commands from
unintentionally blocking ZLE by reading from the terminal, but read -k
or read -q can be used to read characters. Finally, they can examine
and edit the ZLE buffer being edited by reading and setting the special
parameters described below.
These special parameters are always available in widget functions, but
are not in any way special outside ZLE. If they have some normal value
outside ZLE, that value is temporarily inaccessible, but will return
when the widget function exits. These special parameters in fact have
local scope, like parameters created in a function using local.
Inside completion widgets and traps called while ZLE is active, these
parameters are available read-only.
BUFFER (scalar)
The entire contents of the edit buffer. If it is written to, the
cursor remains at the same offset, unless that would put it outside
the buffer.
BUFFERLINES (integer)
The number of screen lines needed for the edit buffer currently
displayed on screen (i.e. without any changes to the preceding
parameters done after the last redisplay); read-only.
CONTEXT (scalar)
The context in which zle was called to read a line; read-only. One
of the values:
start
The start of a command line (at prompt PS1).
cont
A continuation to a command line (at prompt PS2).
select
In a select loop.
vared
Editing a variable in vared.
CURSOR (integer)
The offset of the cursor, within the edit buffer. This is in the
range 0 to $#BUFFER, and is by definition equal to $#LBUFFER.
Attempts to move the cursor outside the buffer will result in the
cursor being moved to the appropriate end of the buffer.
CUTBUFFER (scalar)
The last item cut using one of the 'kill-' commands; the string
which the next yank would insert in the line. Later entries in the
kill ring are in the array killring. Note that the command 'zle
copy-region-as-kill STRING' can be used to set the text of the cut
buffer from a shell function and cycle the kill ring in the same
way as interactively killing text.
HISTNO (integer)
The current history number. Setting this has the same effect as
moving up or down in the history to the corresponding history line.
An attempt to set it is ignored if the line is not stored in the
history. Note this is not the same as the parameter HISTCMD, which
always gives the number of the history line being added to the main
shell's history. HISTNO refers to the line being retrieved within
zle.
KEYMAP (scalar)
The name of the currently selected keymap; read-only.
KEYS (scalar)
The keys typed to invoke this widget, as a literal string;
read-only.
killring (array)
The array of previously killed items, with the most recently killed
first. This gives the items that would be retrieved by a yank-pop
in the same order. Note, however, that the most recently killed
item is in $CUTBUFFER; $killring shows the array of previous
entries.
The default size for the kill ring is eight, however the length may
be changed by normal array operations. Any empty string in the
kill ring is ignored by the yank-pop command, hence the size of the
array effectively sets the maximum length of the kill ring, while
the number of non-zero strings gives the current length, both as
seen by the user at the command line.
LASTABORTEDSEARCH (scalar)
The last search string used by an interactive search that was
aborted by the user (status 3 returned by the search widget).
LASTSEARCH (scalar)
The last search string used by an interactive search; read-only.
This is set even if the search failed (status 0, 1 or 2 returned by
the search widget), but not if it was aborted by the user.
LASTWIDGET (scalar)
The name of the last widget that was executed; read-only.
LBUFFER (scalar)
The part of the buffer that lies to the left of the cursor
position. If it is assigned to, only that part of the buffer is
replaced, and the cursor remains between the new $LBUFFER and the
old $RBUFFER.
MARK (integer)
Like CURSOR, but for the mark.
NUMERIC (integer)
The numeric argument. If no numeric argument was given, this
parameter is unset. When this is set inside a widget function,
builtin widgets called with the zle builtin command will use the
value assigned. If it is unset inside a widget function, builtin
widgets called behave as if no numeric argument was given.
PENDING (integer)
The number of bytes pending for input, i.e. the number of bytes
which have already been typed and can immediately be read. On
systems where the shell is not able to get this information, this
parameter will always have a value of zero. Read-only.
PREBUFFER (scalar)
In a multi-line input at the secondary prompt, this read-only
parameter contains the contents of the lines before the one the
cursor is currently in.
PREDISPLAY (scalar)
Text to be displayed before the start of the editable text buffer.
This does not have to be a complete line; to display a complete
line, a newline must be appended explicitly. The text is reset on
each new invocation (but not recursive invocation) of zle.
POSTDISPLAY (scalar)
Text to be displayed after the end of the editable text buffer.
This does not have to be a complete line; to display a complete
line, a newline must be prepended explicitly. The text is reset on
each new invocation (but not recursive invocation) of zle.
RBUFFER (scalar)
The part of the buffer that lies to the right of the cursor
position. If it is assigned to, only that part of the buffer is
replaced, and the cursor remains between the old $LBUFFER and the
new $RBUFFER.
REGION_ACTIVE (integer)
Indicates if the region is currently active. It can be assigned 0
or 1 to deactivate and activate the region respectively; *note
Character Highlighting::.
region_highlight (array)
Each element of this array may be set to a string that describes
highlighting for an arbitrary region of the command line that will
take effect the next time the command line is redisplayed.
Highlighting of the non-editable parts of the command line in
PREDISPLAY and POSTDISPLAY are possible, but note that the P flag
is needed for character indexing to include PREDISPLAY.
Each string consists of the following parts:
Optionally, a 'P' to signify that the start and end offset that
follow include any string set by the PREDISPLAY special
parameter; this is needed if the predisplay string itself is
to be highlighted. Whitespace may follow the 'P'.
A start offset in the same units as CURSOR, terminated by
whitespace.
An end offset in the same units as CURSOR, terminated by
whitespace.
A highlight specification in the same format as
used for contexts in the parameter zle_highlight, *note
Character Highlighting::; for example, standout or
fg=red,bold.
For example,
region_highlight=("P0 20 bold")
specifies that the first twenty characters of the text including
any predisplay string should be highlighted in bold.
Note that the effect of region_highlight is not saved and
disappears as soon as the line is accepted.
UNDO_CHANGE_NO (integer)
A number representing the state of the undo history. The only use
of this is passing as an argument to the undo widget in order to
undo back to the recorded point. Read-only.
WIDGET (scalar)
The name of the widget currently being executed; read-only.
WIDGETFUNC (scalar)
The name of the shell function that implements a widget defined
with either zle -N or zle -C. In the former case, this is the
second argument to the zle -N command that defined the widget, or
the first argument if there was no second argument. In the latter
case this is the third argument to the zle -C command that defined
the widget. Read-only.
WIDGETSTYLE (scalar)
Describes the implementation behind the completion widget currently
being executed; the second argument that followed zle -C when the
widget was defined. This is the name of a builtin completion
widget. For widgets defined with zle -N this is set to the empty
string. Read-only.
ZLE_STATE (scalar)
Contains a set of space-separated words that describe the current
zle state.
Currently, the states shown are the insert mode as set by the
overwrite-mode or vi-replace widgets and whether history commands
will visit imported entries as controlled by the set-local-history
widget. The string contains 'insert' if characters to be inserted
on the command line move existing characters to the right or
'overwrite' if characters to be inserted overwrite existing
characters. It contains 'localhistory' if only local history
commands will be visited or 'globalhistory' if imported history
commands will also be visited.
The substrings are sorted in alphabetical order so that if you want
to test for two specific substrings in a future-proof way, you can
do match by doing:
if [[ $ZLE_STATE == *insert*globalhistory* ]]; then ...; fi
18.5.1 Special Widgets
----------------------
There are a few user-defined widgets which are special to the shell. If
they do not exist, no special action is taken. The environment provided
is identical to that for any other editing widget.
zle-isearch-exit
Executed at the end of incremental search at the point where the
isearch prompt is removed from the display. See zle-isearch-update
for an example.
zle-isearch-update
Executed within incremental search when the display is about to be
redrawn. Additional output below the incremental search prompt can
be generated by using 'zle -M' within the widget. For example,
zle-isearch-update() { zle -M "Line $HISTNO"; }
zle -N zle-isearch-update
Note the line output by 'zle -M' is not deleted on exit from
incremental search. This can be done from a zle-isearch-exit
widget:
zle-isearch-exit() { zle -M ""; }
zle -N zle-isearch-exit
zle-line-init
Executed every time the line editor is started to read a new line
of input. The following example puts the line editor into vi
command mode when it starts up.
zle-line-init() { zle -K vicmd; }
zle -N zle-line-init
(The command inside the function sets the keymap directly; it is
equivalent to zle vi-cmd-mode.)
zle-line-finish
This is similar to zle-line-init but is executed every time the
line editor has finished reading a line of input.
zle-history-line-set
Executed when the history line changes.
zle-keymap-select
Executed every time the keymap changes, i.e. the special parameter
KEYMAP is set to a different value, while the line editor is
active. Initialising the keymap when the line editor starts does
not cause the widget to be called.
The value $KEYMAP within the function reflects the new keymap. The
old keymap is passed as the sole argument.
This can be used for detecting switches between the vi command
(vicmd) and insert (usually main) keymaps.
18.6 Standard Widgets
=====================
The following is a list of all the standard widgets, and their default
bindings in emacs mode, vi command mode and vi insert mode (the 'emacs',
'vicmd' and 'viins' keymaps, respectively).
Note that cursor keys are bound to movement keys in all three keymaps;
the shell assumes that the cursor keys send the key sequences reported
by the terminal-handling library (termcap or terminfo). The key
sequences shown in the list are those based on the VT100, common on many
modern terminals, but in fact these are not necessarily bound. In the
case of the viins keymap, the initial escape character of the sequences
serves also to return to the vicmd keymap: whether this happens is
determined by the KEYTIMEOUT parameter, see *note Parameters::.
* Menu:
* Movement::
* History Control::
* Modifying Text::
* Arguments::
* Completion::
* Miscellaneous::
File: zsh.info, Node: Movement, Next: History Control, Up: Zle Widgets
18.6.1 Movement
---------------
vi-backward-blank-word (unbound) (B) (unbound)
Move backward one word, where a word is defined as a series of
non-blank characters.
backward-char (^B ESC-[D) (unbound) (unbound)
Move backward one character.
vi-backward-char (unbound) (^H h ^?) (ESC-[D)
Move backward one character, without changing lines.
backward-word (ESC-B ESC-b) (unbound) (unbound)
Move to the beginning of the previous word.
emacs-backward-word
Move to the beginning of the previous word.
vi-backward-word (unbound) (b) (unbound)
Move to the beginning of the previous word, vi-style.
beginning-of-line (^A) (unbound) (unbound)
Move to the beginning of the line. If already at the beginning of
the line, move to the beginning of the previous line, if any.
vi-beginning-of-line
Move to the beginning of the line, without changing lines.
end-of-line (^E) (unbound) (unbound)
Move to the end of the line. If already at the end of the line,
move to the end of the next line, if any.
vi-end-of-line (unbound) ($) (unbound)
Move to the end of the line. If an argument is given to this
command, the cursor will be moved to the end of the line (argument
- 1) lines down.
vi-forward-blank-word (unbound) (W) (unbound)
Move forward one word, where a word is defined as a series of
non-blank characters.
vi-forward-blank-word-end (unbound) (E) (unbound)
Move to the end of the current word, or, if at the end of the
current word, to the end of the next word, where a word is defined
as a series of non-blank characters.
forward-char (^F ESC-[C) (unbound) (unbound)
Move forward one character.
vi-forward-char (unbound) (space l) (ESC-[C)
Move forward one character.
vi-find-next-char (^X^F) (f) (unbound)
Read a character from the keyboard, and move to the next occurrence
of it in the line.
vi-find-next-char-skip (unbound) (t) (unbound)
Read a character from the keyboard, and move to the position just
before the next occurrence of it in the line.
vi-find-prev-char (unbound) (F) (unbound)
Read a character from the keyboard, and move to the previous
occurrence of it in the line.
vi-find-prev-char-skip (unbound) (T) (unbound)
Read a character from the keyboard, and move to the position just
after the previous occurrence of it in the line.
vi-first-non-blank (unbound) (^) (unbound)
Move to the first non-blank character in the line.
vi-forward-word (unbound) (w) (unbound)
Move forward one word, vi-style.
forward-word (ESC-F ESC-f) (unbound) (unbound)
Move to the beginning of the next word. The editor's idea of a
word is specified with the WORDCHARS parameter.
emacs-forward-word
Move to the end of the next word.
vi-forward-word-end (unbound) (e) (unbound)
Move to the end of the next word.
vi-goto-column (ESC-|) (|) (unbound)
Move to the column specified by the numeric argument.
vi-goto-mark (unbound) (') (unbound)
Move to the specified mark.
vi-goto-mark-line (unbound) (') (unbound)
Move to beginning of the line containing the specified mark.
vi-repeat-find (unbound) (;) (unbound)
Repeat the last vi-find command.
vi-rev-repeat-find (unbound) (,) (unbound)
Repeat the last vi-find command in the opposite direction.
File: zsh.info, Node: History Control, Next: Modifying Text, Prev: Movement, Up: Zle Widgets
18.6.2 History Control
----------------------
beginning-of-buffer-or-history (ESC-<) (unbound) (unbound)
Move to the beginning of the buffer, or if already there, move to
the first event in the history list.
beginning-of-line-hist
Move to the beginning of the line. If already at the beginning of
the buffer, move to the previous history line.
beginning-of-history
Move to the first event in the history list.
down-line-or-history (^N ESC-[B) (j) (ESC-[B)
Move down a line in the buffer, or if already at the bottom line,
move to the next event in the history list.
vi-down-line-or-history (unbound) (+) (unbound)
Move down a line in the buffer, or if already at the bottom line,
move to the next event in the history list. Then move to the first
non-blank character on the line.
down-line-or-search
Move down a line in the buffer, or if already at the bottom line,
search forward in the history for a line beginning with the first
word in the buffer.
If called from a function by the zle command with arguments, the
first argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather
than the first word in the buffer.
down-history (unbound) (^N) (unbound)
Move to the next event in the history list.
history-beginning-search-backward
Search backward in the history for a line beginning with the
current line up to the cursor. This leaves the cursor in its
original position.
end-of-buffer-or-history (ESC->) (unbound) (unbound)
Move to the end of the buffer, or if already there, move to the
last event in the history list.
end-of-line-hist
Move to the end of the line. If already at the end of the buffer,
move to the next history line.
end-of-history
Move to the last event in the history list.
vi-fetch-history (unbound) (G) (unbound)
Fetch the history line specified by the numeric argument. This
defaults to the current history line (i.e. the one that isn't
history yet).
history-incremental-search-backward (^R ^Xr) (unbound) (unbound)
Search backward incrementally for a specified string. The search
is case-insensitive if the search string does not have uppercase
letters and no numeric argument was given. The string may begin
with '^' to anchor the search to the beginning of the line. When
called from a user-defined function returns the following statuses:
0, if the search succeeded; 1, if the search failed; 2, if the
search term was a bad pattern; 3, if the search was aborted by the
send-break command.
A restricted set of editing functions is available in the
mini-buffer. Keys are looked up in the special isearch keymap, and
if not found there in the main keymap (note that by default the
isearch keymap is empty). An interrupt signal, as defined by the
stty setting, will stop the search and go back to the original
line. An undefined key will have the same effect. Note that the
following always perform the same task within incremental searches
and cannot be replaced by user defined widgets, nor can the set of
functions be extended. The supported functions are:
accept-and-hold
accept-and-infer-next-history
accept-line
accept-line-and-down-history
Perform the usual function after exiting incremental search.
The command line displayed is executed.
backward-delete-char
vi-backward-delete-char
Back up one place in the search history. If the search has
been repeated this does not immediately erase a character in
the minibuffer.
accept-search
Exit incremental search, retaining the command line but
performing no further action. Note that this function is not
bound by default and has no effect outside incremental search.
backward-delete-word
backward-kill-word
vi-backward-kill-word
Back up one character in the minibuffer; if multiple searches
have been performed since the character was inserted the
search history is rewound to the point just before the
character was entered. Hence this has the effect of repeating
backward-delete-char.
clear-screen
Clear the screen, remaining in incremental search mode.
history-incremental-search-backward
Find the next occurrence of the contents of the mini-buffer.
history-incremental-search-forward
Invert the sense of the search.
magic-space
Inserts a non-magical space.
quoted-insert
vi-quoted-insert
Quote the character to insert into the minibuffer.
redisplay
Redisplay the command line, remaining in incremental search
mode.
vi-cmd-mode
Toggle between the 'main' and 'vicmd' keymaps; the 'main'
keymap (insert mode) will be selected initially.
vi-repeat-search
vi-rev-repeat-search
Repeat the search. The direction of the search is indicated
in the mini-buffer.
Any character that is not bound to one of the above functions, or
self-insert or self-insert-unmeta, will cause the mode to be
exited. The character is then looked up and executed in the keymap
in effect at that point.
When called from a widget function by the zle command, the
incremental search commands can take a string argument. This will
be treated as a string of keys, as for arguments to the bindkey
command, and used as initial input for the command. Any characters
in the string which are unused by the incremental search will be
silently ignored. For example,
zle history-incremental-search-backward forceps
will search backwards for forceps, leaving the minibuffer
containing the string 'forceps'.
history-incremental-search-forward (^S ^Xs) (unbound) (unbound)
Search forward incrementally for a specified string. The search is
case-insensitive if the search string does not have uppercase
letters and no numeric argument was given. The string may begin
with '^' to anchor the search to the beginning of the line. The
functions available in the mini-buffer are the same as for
history-incremental-search-backward.
history-incremental-pattern-search-backward
history-incremental-pattern-search-forward
These widgets behave similarly to the corresponding widgets with no
-pattern, but the search string typed by the user is treated as a
pattern, respecting the current settings of the various options
affecting pattern matching. See *note Filename Generation:: for a
description of patterns. If no numeric argument was given
lowercase letters in the search string may match uppercase letters
in the history. The string may begin with '^' to anchor the search
to the beginning of the line.
The prompt changes to indicate an invalid pattern; this may simply
indicate the pattern is not yet complete.
Note that only non-overlapping matches are reported, so an
expression with wildcards may return fewer matches on a line than
are visible by inspection.
history-search-backward (ESC-P ESC-p) (unbound) (unbound)
Search backward in the history for a line beginning with the first
word in the buffer.
If called from a function by the zle command with arguments, the
first argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather
than the first word in the buffer.
vi-history-search-backward (unbound) (/) (unbound)
Search backward in the history for a specified string. The string
may begin with '^' to anchor the search to the beginning of the
line.
A restricted set of editing functions is available in the
mini-buffer. An interrupt signal, as defined by the stty setting,
will stop the search. The functions available in the mini-buffer
are: accept-line, backward-delete-char, vi-backward-delete-char,
backward-kill-word, vi-backward-kill-word, clear-screen, redisplay,
quoted-insert and vi-quoted-insert.
vi-cmd-mode is treated the same as accept-line, and magic-space is
treated as a space. Any other character that is not bound to
self-insert or self-insert-unmeta will beep and be ignored. If the
function is called from vi command mode, the bindings of the
current insert mode will be used.
If called from a function by the zle command with arguments, the
first argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather
than the first word in the buffer.
history-search-forward (ESC-N ESC-n) (unbound) (unbound)
Search forward in the history for a line beginning with the first
word in the buffer.
If called from a function by the zle command with arguments, the
first argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather
than the first word in the buffer.
vi-history-search-forward (unbound) (?) (unbound)
Search forward in the history for a specified string. The string
may begin with '^' to anchor the search to the beginning of the
line. The functions available in the mini-buffer are the same as
for vi-history-search-backward. Argument handling is also the same
as for that command.
infer-next-history (^X^N) (unbound) (unbound)
Search in the history list for a line matching the current one and
fetch the event following it.
insert-last-word (ESC-_ ESC-.) (unbound) (unbound)
Insert the last word from the previous history event at the cursor
position. If a positive numeric argument is given, insert that
word from the end of the previous history event. If the argument
is zero or negative insert that word from the left (zero inserts
the previous command word). Repeating this command replaces the
word just inserted with the last word from the history event prior
to the one just used; numeric arguments can be used in the same way
to pick a word from that event.
When called from a shell function invoked from a user-defined
widget, the command can take one to three arguments. The first
argument specifies a history offset which applies to successive
calls to this widget: if it is -1, the default behaviour is used,
while if it is 1, successive calls will move forwards through the
history. The value 0 can be used to indicate that the history line
examined by the previous execution of the command will be
reexamined. Note that negative numbers should be preceded by a
'--' argument to avoid confusing them with options.
If two arguments are given, the second specifies the word on the
command line in normal array index notation (as a more natural
alternative to the prefix argument). Hence 1 is the first word,
and -1 (the default) is the last word.
If a third argument is given, its value is ignored, but it is used
to signify that the history offset is relative to the current
history line, rather than the one remembered after the previous
invocations of insert-last-word.
For example, the default behaviour of the command corresponds to
zle insert-last-word -- -1 -1
while the command
zle insert-last-word -- -1 1 -
always copies the first word of the line in the history immediately
before the line being edited. This has the side effect that later
invocations of the widget will be relative to that line.
vi-repeat-search (unbound) (n) (unbound)
Repeat the last vi history search.
vi-rev-repeat-search (unbound) (N) (unbound)
Repeat the last vi history search, but in reverse.
up-line-or-history (^P ESC-[A) (k) (ESC-[A)
Move up a line in the buffer, or if already at the top line, move
to the previous event in the history list.
vi-up-line-or-history (unbound) (-) (unbound)
Move up a line in the buffer, or if already at the top line, move
to the previous event in the history list. Then move to the first
non-blank character on the line.
up-line-or-search
Move up a line in the buffer, or if already at the top line, search
backward in the history for a line beginning with the first word in
the buffer.
If called from a function by the zle command with arguments, the
first argument is taken as the string for which to search, rather
than the first word in the buffer.
up-history (unbound) (^P) (unbound)
Move to the previous event in the history list.
history-beginning-search-forward
Search forward in the history for a line beginning with the current
line up to the cursor. This leaves the cursor in its original
position.
set-local-history
By default, history movement commands visit the imported lines as
well as the local lines. This widget lets you toggle this on and
off, or set it with the numeric argument. Zero for both local and
imported lines and nonzero for only local lines.
File: zsh.info, Node: Modifying Text, Next: Arguments, Prev: History Control, Up: Zle Widgets
18.6.3 Modifying Text
---------------------
vi-add-eol (unbound) (A) (unbound)
Move to the end of the line and enter insert mode.
vi-add-next (unbound) (a) (unbound)
Enter insert mode after the current cursor position, without
changing lines.
backward-delete-char (^H ^?) (unbound) (unbound)
Delete the character behind the cursor.
vi-backward-delete-char (unbound) (X) (^H)
Delete the character behind the cursor, without changing lines. If
in insert mode, this won't delete past the point where insert mode
was last entered.
backward-delete-word
Delete the word behind the cursor.
backward-kill-line
Kill from the beginning of the line to the cursor position.
backward-kill-word (^W ESC-^H ESC-^?) (unbound) (unbound)
Kill the word behind the cursor.
vi-backward-kill-word (unbound) (unbound) (^W)
Kill the word behind the cursor, without going past the point where
insert mode was last entered.
capitalize-word (ESC-C ESC-c) (unbound) (unbound)
Capitalize the current word and move past it.
vi-change (unbound) (c) (unbound)
Read a movement command from the keyboard, and kill from the cursor
position to the endpoint of the movement. Then enter insert mode.
If the command is vi-change, change the current line.
vi-change-eol (unbound) (C) (unbound)
Kill to the end of the line and enter insert mode.
vi-change-whole-line (unbound) (S) (unbound)
Kill the current line and enter insert mode.
copy-region-as-kill (ESC-W ESC-w) (unbound) (unbound)
Copy the area from the cursor to the mark to the kill buffer.
If called from a ZLE widget function in the form 'zle
copy-region-as-kill STRING' then STRING will be taken as the text
to copy to the kill buffer. The cursor, the mark and the text on
the command line are not used in this case.
copy-prev-word (ESC-^_) (unbound) (unbound)
Duplicate the word to the left of the cursor.
copy-prev-shell-word
Like copy-prev-word, but the word is found by using shell parsing,
whereas copy-prev-word looks for blanks. This makes a difference
when the word is quoted and contains spaces.
vi-delete (unbound) (d) (unbound)
Read a movement command from the keyboard, and kill from the cursor
position to the endpoint of the movement. If the command is
vi-delete, kill the current line.
delete-char
Delete the character under the cursor.
vi-delete-char (unbound) (x) (unbound)
Delete the character under the cursor, without going past the end
of the line.
delete-word
Delete the current word.
down-case-word (ESC-L ESC-l) (unbound) (unbound)
Convert the current word to all lowercase and move past it.
kill-word (ESC-D ESC-d) (unbound) (unbound)
Kill the current word.
gosmacs-transpose-chars
Exchange the two characters behind the cursor.
vi-indent (unbound) (>) (unbound)
Indent a number of lines.
vi-insert (unbound) (i) (unbound)
Enter insert mode.
vi-insert-bol (unbound) (I) (unbound)
Move to the first non-blank character on the line and enter insert
mode.
vi-join (^X^J) (J) (unbound)
Join the current line with the next one.
kill-line (^K) (unbound) (unbound)
Kill from the cursor to the end of the line. If already on the end
of the line, kill the newline character.
vi-kill-line (unbound) (unbound) (^U)
Kill from the cursor back to wherever insert mode was last entered.
vi-kill-eol (unbound) (D) (unbound)
Kill from the cursor to the end of the line.
kill-region
Kill from the cursor to the mark.
kill-buffer (^X^K) (unbound) (unbound)
Kill the entire buffer.
kill-whole-line (^U) (unbound) (unbound)
Kill the current line.
vi-match-bracket (^X^B) (%) (unbound)
Move to the bracket character (one of {}, () or []) that matches
the one under the cursor. If the cursor is not on a bracket
character, move forward without going past the end of the line to
find one, and then go to the matching bracket.
vi-open-line-above (unbound) (O) (unbound)
Open a line above the cursor and enter insert mode.
vi-open-line-below (unbound) (o) (unbound)
Open a line below the cursor and enter insert mode.
vi-oper-swap-case
Read a movement command from the keyboard, and swap the case of all
characters from the cursor position to the endpoint of the
movement. If the movement command is vi-oper-swap-case, swap the
case of all characters on the current line.
overwrite-mode (^X^O) (unbound) (unbound)
Toggle between overwrite mode and insert mode.
vi-put-before (unbound) (P) (unbound)
Insert the contents of the kill buffer before the cursor. If the
kill buffer contains a sequence of lines (as opposed to
characters), paste it above the current line.
vi-put-after (unbound) (p) (unbound)
Insert the contents of the kill buffer after the cursor. If the
kill buffer contains a sequence of lines (as opposed to
characters), paste it below the current line.
quoted-insert (^V) (unbound) (unbound)
Insert the next character typed into the buffer literally. An
interrupt character will not be inserted.
vi-quoted-insert (unbound) (unbound) (^Q ^V)
Display a '^' at the cursor position, and insert the next character
typed into the buffer literally. An interrupt character will not
be inserted.
quote-line (ESC-') (unbound) (unbound)
Quote the current line; that is, put a ''' character at the
beginning and the end, and convert all ''' characters to ''\'''.
quote-region (ESC-") (unbound) (unbound)
Quote the region from the cursor to the mark.
vi-replace (unbound) (R) (unbound)
Enter overwrite mode.
vi-repeat-change (unbound) (.) (unbound)
Repeat the last vi mode text modification. If a count was used
with the modification, it is remembered. If a count is given to
this command, it overrides the remembered count, and is remembered
for future uses of this command. The cut buffer specification is
similarly remembered.
vi-replace-chars (unbound) (r) (unbound)
Replace the character under the cursor with a character read from
the keyboard.
self-insert (printable characters) (unbound) (printable characters and some control characters)
Insert a character into the buffer at the cursor position.
self-insert-unmeta (ESC-^I ESC-^J ESC-^M) (unbound) (unbound)
Insert a character into the buffer after stripping the meta bit and
converting ^M to ^J.
vi-substitute (unbound) (s) (unbound)
Substitute the next character(s).
vi-swap-case (unbound) (~) (unbound)
Swap the case of the character under the cursor and move past it.
transpose-chars (^T) (unbound) (unbound)
Exchange the two characters to the left of the cursor if at end of
line, else exchange the character under the cursor with the
character to the left.
transpose-words (ESC-T ESC-t) (unbound) (unbound)
Exchange the current word with the one before it.
vi-unindent (unbound) (<) (unbound)
Unindent a number of lines.
up-case-word (ESC-U ESC-u) (unbound) (unbound)
Convert the current word to all caps and move past it.
yank (^Y) (unbound) (unbound)
Insert the contents of the kill buffer at the cursor position.
yank-pop (ESC-y) (unbound) (unbound)
Remove the text just yanked, rotate the kill-ring (the history of
previously killed text) and yank the new top. Only works following
yank or yank-pop.
vi-yank (unbound) (y) (unbound)
Read a movement command from the keyboard, and copy the region from
the cursor position to the endpoint of the movement into the kill
buffer. If the command is vi-yank, copy the current line.
vi-yank-whole-line (unbound) (Y) (unbound)
Copy the current line into the kill buffer.
vi-yank-eol
Copy the region from the cursor position to the end of the line
into the kill buffer. Arguably, this is what Y should do in vi,
but it isn't what it actually does.
File: zsh.info, Node: Arguments, Next: Completion, Prev: Modifying Text, Up: Zle Widgets
18.6.4 Arguments
----------------
digit-argument (ESC-0..ESC-9) (1-9) (unbound)
Start a new numeric argument, or add to the current one. See also
vi-digit-or-beginning-of-line. This only works if bound to a key
sequence ending in a decimal digit.
Inside a widget function, a call to this function treats the last
key of the key sequence which called the widget as the digit.
neg-argument (ESC--) (unbound) (unbound)
Changes the sign of the following argument.
universal-argument
Multiply the argument of the next command by 4. Alternatively, if
this command is followed by an integer (positive or negative), use
that as the argument for the next command. Thus digits cannot be
repeated using this command. For example, if this command occurs
twice, followed immediately by forward-char, move forward sixteen
spaces; if instead it is followed by -2, then forward-char, move
backward two spaces.
Inside a widget function, if passed an argument, i.e. 'zle
universal-argument NUM', the numerical argument will be set to NUM;
this is equivalent to 'NUMERIC=NUM'.
argument-base
Use the existing numeric argument as a numeric base, which must be
in the range 2 to 36 inclusive. Subsequent use of digit-argument
and universal-argument will input a new prefix in the given base.
The usual hexadecimal convention is used: the letter a or A
corresponds to 10, and so on. Arguments in bases requiring digits
from 10 upwards are more conveniently input with
universal-argument, since ESC-a etc. are not usually bound to
digit-argument.
The function can be used with a command argument inside a
user-defined widget. The following code sets the base to 16 and
lets the user input a hexadecimal argument until a key out of the
digit range is typed:
zle argument-base 16
zle universal-argument
File: zsh.info, Node: Completion, Next: Miscellaneous, Prev: Arguments, Up: Zle Widgets
18.6.5 Completion
-----------------
accept-and-menu-complete
In a menu completion, insert the current completion into the
buffer, and advance to the next possible completion.
complete-word
Attempt completion on the current word.
delete-char-or-list (^D) (unbound) (unbound)
Delete the character under the cursor. If the cursor is at the end
of the line, list possible completions for the current word.
expand-cmd-path
Expand the current command to its full pathname.
expand-or-complete (TAB) (unbound) (TAB)
Attempt shell expansion on the current word. If that fails,
attempt completion.
expand-or-complete-prefix
Attempt shell expansion on the current word up to cursor.
expand-history (ESC-space ESC-!) (unbound) (unbound)
Perform history expansion on the edit buffer.
expand-word (^X*) (unbound) (unbound)
Attempt shell expansion on the current word.
list-choices (ESC-^D) (^D =) (^D)
List possible completions for the current word.
list-expand (^Xg ^XG) (^G) (^G)
List the expansion of the current word.
magic-space
Perform history expansion and insert a space into the buffer. This
is intended to be bound to space.
menu-complete
Like complete-word, except that menu completion is used. See the
MENU_COMPLETE option.
menu-expand-or-complete
Like expand-or-complete, except that menu completion is used.
reverse-menu-complete
Perform menu completion, like menu-complete, except that if a menu
completion is already in progress, move to the _previous_
completion rather than the next.
end-of-list
When a previous completion displayed a list below the prompt, this
widget can be used to move the prompt below the list.
File: zsh.info, Node: Miscellaneous, Prev: Completion, Up: Zle Widgets
18.6.6 Miscellaneous
--------------------
accept-and-hold (ESC-A ESC-a) (unbound) (unbound)
Push the contents of the buffer on the buffer stack and execute it.
accept-and-infer-next-history
Execute the contents of the buffer. Then search the history list
for a line matching the current one and push the event following
onto the buffer stack.
accept-line (^J ^M) (^J ^M) (^J ^M)
Finish editing the buffer. Normally this causes the buffer to be
executed as a shell command.
accept-line-and-down-history (^O) (unbound) (unbound)
Execute the current line, and push the next history event on the
buffer stack.
auto-suffix-remove
If the previous action added a suffix (space, slash, etc.) to the
word on the command line, remove it. Otherwise do nothing.
Removing the suffix ends any active menu completion or menu
selection.
This widget is intended to be called from user-defined widgets to
enforce a desired suffix-removal behavior.
auto-suffix-retain
If the previous action added a suffix (space, slash, etc.) to the
word on the command line, force it to be preserved. Otherwise do
nothing. Retaining the suffix ends any active menu completion or
menu selection.
This widget is intended to be called from user-defined widgets to
enforce a desired suffix-preservation behavior.
beep
Beep, unless the BEEP option is unset.
vi-cmd-mode (^X^V) (unbound) (^[)
Enter command mode; that is, select the 'vicmd' keymap. Yes, this
is bound by default in emacs mode.
vi-caps-lock-panic
Hang until any lowercase key is pressed. This is for vi users
without the mental capacity to keep track of their caps lock key
(like the author).
clear-screen (^L ESC-^L) (^L) (^L)
Clear the screen and redraw the prompt.
describe-key-briefly
Reads a key sequence, then prints the function bound to that
sequence.
exchange-point-and-mark (^X^X) (unbound) (unbound)
Exchange the cursor position (point) with the position of the mark.
Unless a negative prefix argument is given, the region between
point and mark is activated so that it can be highlighted. If a
zero prefix argument is given, the region is activated but point
and mark are not swapped.
execute-named-cmd (ESC-x) (:) (unbound)
Read the name of an editor command and execute it. A restricted
set of editing functions is available in the mini-buffer. Keys are
looked up in the special command keymap, and if not found there in
the main keymap. An interrupt signal, as defined by the stty
setting, will abort the function. Note that the following always
perform the same task within the executed-named-cmd environment and
cannot be replaced by user defined widgets, nor can the set of
functions be extended. The allowed functions are:
backward-delete-char, vi-backward-delete-char, clear-screen,
redisplay, quoted-insert, vi-quoted-insert, backward-kill-word,
vi-backward-kill-word, kill-whole-line, vi-kill-line,
backward-kill-line, list-choices, delete-char-or-list,
complete-word, accept-line, expand-or-complete and
expand-or-complete-prefix.
kill-region kills the last word, and vi-cmd-mode is treated the
same as accept-line. The space and tab characters, if not bound to
one of these functions, will complete the name and then list the
possibilities if the AUTO_LIST option is set. Any other character
that is not bound to self-insert or self-insert-unmeta will beep
and be ignored. The bindings of the current insert mode will be
used.
Currently this command may not be redefined or called by name.
execute-last-named-cmd (ESC-z) (unbound) (unbound)
Redo the last function executed with execute-named-cmd.
Currently this command may not be redefined or called by name.
get-line (ESC-G ESC-g) (unbound) (unbound)
Pop the top line off the buffer stack and insert it at the cursor
position.
pound-insert (unbound) (#) (unbound)
If there is no # character at the beginning of the buffer, add one
to the beginning of each line. If there is one, remove a # from
each line that has one. In either case, accept the current line.
The INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS option must be set for this to have any
usefulness.
vi-pound-insert
If there is no # character at the beginning of the current line,
add one. If there is one, remove it. The INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS
option must be set for this to have any usefulness.
push-input
Push the entire current multiline construct onto the buffer stack
and return to the top-level (PS1) prompt. If the current parser
construct is only a single line, this is exactly like push-line.
Next time the editor starts up or is popped with get-line, the
construct will be popped off the top of the buffer stack and loaded
into the editing buffer.
push-line (^Q ESC-Q ESC-q) (unbound) (unbound)
Push the current buffer onto the buffer stack and clear the buffer.
Next time the editor starts up, the buffer will be popped off the
top of the buffer stack and loaded into the editing buffer.
push-line-or-edit
At the top-level (PS1) prompt, equivalent to push-line. At a
secondary (PS2) prompt, move the entire current multiline construct
into the editor buffer. The latter is equivalent to push-input
followed by get-line.
read-command
Only useful from a user-defined widget. A keystroke is read just
as in normal operation, but instead of the command being executed
the name of the command that would be executed is stored in the
shell parameter REPLY. This can be used as the argument of a
future zle command. If the key sequence is not bound, status 1 is
returned; typically, however, REPLY is set to undefined-key to
indicate a useless key sequence.
recursive-edit
Only useful from a user-defined widget. At this point in the
function, the editor regains control until one of the standard
widgets which would normally cause zle to exit (typically an
accept-line caused by hitting the return key) is executed.
Instead, control returns to the user-defined widget. The status
returned is non-zero if the return was caused by an error, but the
function still continues executing and hence may tidy up. This
makes it safe for the user-defined widget to alter the command line
or key bindings temporarily.
The following widget, caps-lock, serves as an example.
self-insert-ucase() {
LBUFFER+=${(U)KEYS[-1]}
}
integer stat
zle -N self-insert self-insert-ucase
zle -A caps-lock save-caps-lock
zle -A accept-line caps-lock
zle recursive-edit
stat=$?
zle -A .self-insert self-insert
zle -A save-caps-lock caps-lock
zle -D save-caps-lock
(( stat )) && zle send-break
return $stat
This causes typed letters to be inserted capitalised until either
accept-line (i.e. typically the return key) is typed or the
caps-lock widget is invoked again; the later is handled by saving
the old definition of caps-lock as save-caps-lock and then
rebinding it to invoke accept-line. Note that an error from the
recursive edit is detected as a non-zero return status and
propagated by using the send-break widget.
redisplay (unbound) (^R) (^R)
Redisplays the edit buffer.
reset-prompt (unbound) (unbound) (unbound)
Force the prompts on both the left and right of the screen to be
re-expanded, then redisplay the edit buffer. This reflects changes
both to the prompt variables themselves and changes in the
expansion of the values (for example, changes in time or directory,
or changes to the value of variables referred to by the prompt).
Otherwise, the prompt is only expanded each time zle starts, and
when the display as been interrupted by output from another part of
the shell (such as a job notification) which causes the command
line to be reprinted.
send-break (^G ESC-^G) (unbound) (unbound)
Abort the current editor function, e.g. execute-named-command, or
the editor itself, e.g. if you are in vared. Otherwise abort the
parsing of the current line; in this case the aborted line is
available in the shell variable ZLE_LINE_ABORTED.
run-help (ESC-H ESC-h) (unbound) (unbound)
Push the buffer onto the buffer stack, and execute the command
'run-help CMD', where CMD is the current command. run-help is
normally aliased to man.
vi-set-buffer (unbound) (") (unbound)
Specify a buffer to be used in the following command. There are 35
buffers that can be specified: the 26 'named' buffers "a to "z and
the nine 'queued' buffers "1 to "9. The named buffers can also be
specified as "A to "Z.
When a buffer is specified for a cut command, the text being cut
replaces the previous contents of the specified buffer. If a named
buffer is specified using a capital, the newly cut text is appended
to the buffer instead of overwriting it.
If no buffer is specified for a cut command, "1 is used, and the
contents of "1 to "8 are each shifted along one buffer; the
contents of "9 is lost.
vi-set-mark (unbound) (m) (unbound)
Set the specified mark at the cursor position.
set-mark-command (^@) (unbound) (unbound)
Set the mark at the cursor position. If called with a negative
prefix argument, do not set the mark but deactivate the region so
that it is no longer highlighted (it is still usable for other
purposes). Otherwise the region is marked as active.
spell-word (ESC-$ ESC-S ESC-s) (unbound) (unbound)
Attempt spelling correction on the current word.
undefined-key
This command is executed when a key sequence that is not bound to
any command is typed. By default it beeps.
undo (^_ ^Xu ^X^U) (unbound) (unbound)
Incrementally undo the last text modification. When called from a
user-defined widget, takes an optional argument indicating a
previous state of the undo history as returned by the
UNDO_CHANGE_NO variable; modifications are undone until that state
is reached.
redo
Incrementally redo undone text modifications.
vi-undo-change (unbound) (u) (unbound)
Undo the last text modification. If repeated, redo the
modification.
what-cursor-position (^X=) (unbound) (unbound)
Print the character under the cursor, its code as an octal, decimal
and hexadecimal number, the current cursor position within the
buffer and the column of the cursor in the current line.
where-is
Read the name of an editor command and print the listing of key
sequences that invoke the specified command. A restricted set of
editing functions is available in the mini-buffer. Keys are looked
up in the special command keymap, and if not found there in the
main keymap.
which-command (ESC-?) (unbound) (unbound)
Push the buffer onto the buffer stack, and execute the command
'which-command CMD'. where CMD is the current command.
which-command is normally aliased to WHENCE.
vi-digit-or-beginning-of-line (unbound) (0) (unbound)
If the last command executed was a digit as part of an argument,
continue the argument. Otherwise, execute vi-beginning-of-line.
File: zsh.info, Node: Character Highlighting, Prev: Zle Widgets, Up: Zsh Line Editor
18.7 Character Highlighting
===========================
The line editor has the ability to highlight characters or regions of
the line that have a particular significance. This is controlled by the
array parameter zle_highlight, if it has been set by the user.
If the parameter contains the single entry none all highlighting is
turned off. Note the parameter is still expected to be an array.
Otherwise each entry of the array should consist of a word indicating a
context for highlighting, then a colon, then a comma-separated list of
the types of highlighting to apply in that context.
The contexts available for highlighting are the following:
default
Any text within the command line not affected by any other
highlighting. Text outside the editable area of the command line
is not affected.
isearch
When one of the incremental history search widgets is active, the
area of the command line matched by the search string or pattern.
region
The region between the cursor (point) and the mark as set with
set-mark-command. The region is only highlighted if it is active,
which is the case if set-mark-command or exchange-point-and-mark
has been called and the line has not been subsequently modified.
The region can be deactivated by calling set-mark-command with a
negative prefix argument, or reactivated by calling
exchange-point-and-mark with a zero prefix argument. Note that
whether or not the region is active has no effect on its use within
widgets, it simply determines whether it is highlighted.
special
Individual characters that have no direct printable representation
but are shown in a special manner by the line editor. These
characters are described below.
suffix
This context is used in completion for characters that are marked
as suffixes that will be removed if the completion ends at that
point, the most obvious example being a slash (/) after a directory
name. Note that suffix removal is configurable; the circumstances
under which the suffix will be removed may differ for different
completions.
zle_highlight may contain additional fields for controlling how terminal
sequences to change colours are output. Each of the following is
followed by a colon and a string in the same form as for key bindings.
This will not be necessary for the vast majority of terminals as the
defaults shown in parentheses are widely used.
fg_start_code (\e[3)
The start of the escape sequence for the foreground colour. This
is followed by an ASCII digit representing the colour.
fg_default_code (9)
The number to use instead of the colour to reset the default
foreground colour.
fg_end_code (m)
The end of the escape sequence for the foreground colour.
bg_start_code (\e[4)
The start of the escape sequence for the background colour. This
is followed by an ASCII digit representing the colour.
bg_default_code (9)
The number to use instead of the colour to reset the default
background colour.
bg_end_code (m)
The end of the escape sequence for the background colour.
The available types of highlighting are the following. Note that not
all types of highlighting are available on all terminals:
none
No highlighting is applied to the given context. It is not useful
for this to appear with other types of highlighting; it is used to
override a default.
fg=COLOUR
The foreground colour should be set to COLOUR, a decimal integer or
the name of one of the eight most widely-supported colours.
Not all terminals support this and, of those that do, not all
provide facilities to test the support, hence the user should
decide based on the terminal type. Most terminals support the
colours black, red, green, yellow, blue, magenta, cyan and white,
which can be set by name. In addition. default may be used to set
the terminal's default foreground colour. Abbreviations are
allowed; b or bl selects black. Some terminals may generate
additional colours if the bold attribute is also present.
On recent terminals and on systems with an up-to-date terminal
database the number of colours supported may be tested by the
command 'echotc Co'; if this succeeds, it indicates a limit on the
number of colours which will be enforced by the line editor. The
number of colours is in any case limited to 256 (i.e. the range 0
to 255).
Colour is also known as color.
bg=COLOUR
The background colour should be set to COLOUR. This works
similarly to the foreground colour, except the background is not
usually affected by the bold attribute.
bold
The characters in the given context are shown in a bold font. Not
all terminals distinguish bold fonts.
standout
The characters in the given context are shown in the terminal's
standout mode. The actual effect is specific to the terminal; on
many terminals it is inverse video. On some such terminals, where
the cursor does not blink it appears with standout mode negated,
making it less than clear where the cursor actually is. On such
terminals one of the other effects may be preferable for
highlighting the region and matched search string.
underline
The characters in the given context are shown underlined. Some
terminals show the foreground in a different colour instead; in
this case whitespace will not be highlighted.
The characters described above as 'special' are as follows. The
formatting described here is used irrespective of whether the characters
are highlighted:
ASCII control characters
Control characters in the ASCII range are shown as '^' followed by
the base character.
Unprintable multibyte characters
This item applies to control characters not in the ASCII range,
plus other characters as follows. If the MULTIBYTE option is in
effect, multibyte characters not in the ASCII character set that
are reported as having zero width are treated as combining
characters when the option COMBINING_CHARS is on. If the option is
off, or if a character appears where a combining character is not
valid, the character is treated as unprintable.
Unprintable multibyte characters are shown as a hexadecimal number
between angle brackets. The number is the code point of the
character in the wide character set; this may or may not be
Unicode, depending on the operating system.
Invalid multibyte characters
If the MULTIBYTE option is in effect, any sequence of one or more
bytes that does not form a valid character in the current character
set is treated as a series of bytes each shown as a special
character. This case can be distinguished from other unprintable
characters as the bytes are represented as two hexadecimal digits
between angle brackets, as distinct from the four or eight digits
that are used for unprintable characters that are nonetheless valid
in the current character set.
Not all systems support this: for it to work, the system's
representation of wide characters must be code values from the
Universal Character Set, as defined by IS0 10646 (also known as
Unicode).
Wrapped double-width characters
When a double-width character appears in the final column of a
line, it is instead shown on the next line. The empty space left
in the original position is highlighted as a special character.
If zle_highlight is not set or no value applies to a particular context,
the defaults applied are equivalent to
zle_highlight=(region:standout special:standout
suffix:bold isearch:underline)
i.e. both the region and special characters are shown in standout mode.
Within widgets, arbitrary regions may be highlighted by setting the
special array parameter region_highlight; see *note Zle Widgets::.
File: zsh.info, Node: Completion Widgets, Next: Completion System, Prev: Zsh Line Editor, Up: Top
19 Completion Widgets
*********************
19.1 Description
================
The shell's programmable completion mechanism can be manipulated in two
ways; here the low-level features supporting the newer, function-based
mechanism are defined. A complete set of shell functions based on these
features is described in the next chapter, *note Completion System::,
and users with no interest in adding to that system (or, potentially,
writing their own -- see dictionary entry for 'hubris') should skip the
current section. The older system based on the compctl builtin command
is described in *note Completion Using compctl::.
Completion widgets are defined by the -C option to the zle builtin
command provided by the zsh/zle module (see *note The zsh/zle Module::).
For example,
zle -C complete expand-or-complete completer
defines a widget named 'complete'. The second argument is the name of
any of the builtin widgets that handle completions: complete-word,
expand-or-complete, expand-or-complete-prefix, menu-complete,
menu-expand-or-complete, reverse-menu-complete, list-choices, or
delete-char-or-list. Note that this will still work even if the widget
in question has been re-bound.
When this newly defined widget is bound to a key using the bindkey
builtin command defined in the zsh/zle module (*note Zsh Line Editor::),
typing that key will call the shell function 'completer'. This function
is responsible for generating the possible matches using the builtins
described below. As with other ZLE widgets, the function is called with
its standard input closed.
Once the function returns, the completion code takes over control again
and treats the matches in the same manner as the specified builtin
widget, in this case expand-or-complete.
* Menu:
* Completion Special Parameters::
* Completion Builtin Commands::
* Completion Condition Codes::
* Completion Matching Control::
* Completion Widget Example::
File: zsh.info, Node: Completion Special Parameters, Next: Completion Builtin Commands, Up: Completion Widgets
19.2 Completion Special Parameters
==================================
The parameters ZLE_REMOVE_SUFFIX_CHARS and ZLE_SPACE_SUFFIX_CHARS are
used by the completion mechanism, but are not special. *note Parameters
Used By The Shell::.
Inside completion widgets, and any functions called from them, some
parameters have special meaning; outside these functions they are not
special to the shell in any way. These parameters are used to pass
information between the completion code and the completion widget. Some
of the builtin commands and the condition codes use or change the
current values of these parameters. Any existing values will be hidden
during execution of completion widgets; except for compstate, the
parameters are reset on each function exit (including nested function
calls from within the completion widget) to the values they had when the
function was entered.
CURRENT
This is the number of the current word, i.e. the word the cursor
is currently on in the words array. Note that this value is only
correct if the ksharrays option is not set.
IPREFIX
Initially this will be set to the empty string. This parameter
functions like PREFIX; it contains a string which precedes the one
in PREFIX and is not considered part of the list of matches.
Typically, a string is transferred from the beginning of PREFIX to
the end of IPREFIX, for example:
IPREFIX=${PREFIX%%\=*}=
PREFIX=${PREFIX#*=}
causes the part of the prefix up to and including the first equal
sign not to be treated as part of a matched string. This can be
done automatically by the compset builtin, see below.
ISUFFIX
As IPREFIX, but for a suffix that should not be considered part of
the matches; note that the ISUFFIX string follows the SUFFIX
string.
PREFIX
Initially this will be set to the part of the current word from the
beginning of the word up to the position of the cursor; it may be
altered to give a common prefix for all matches.
QIPREFIX
This parameter is read-only and contains the quoted string up to
the word being completed. E.g. when completing '"foo', this
parameter contains the double quote. If the -q option of compset
is used (see below), and the original string was '"foo bar' with
the cursor on the 'bar', this parameter contains '"foo '.
QISUFFIX
Like QIPREFIX, but containing the suffix.
SUFFIX
Initially this will be set to the part of the current word from the
cursor position to the end; it may be altered to give a common
suffix for all matches. It is most useful when the option
COMPLETE_IN_WORD is set, as otherwise the whole word on the command
line is treated as a prefix.
compstate
This is an associative array with various keys and values that the
completion code uses to exchange information with the completion
widget. The keys are:
all_quotes
The -q option of the compset builtin command (see below)
allows a quoted string to be broken into separate words; if
the cursor is on one of those words, that word will be
completed, possibly invoking 'compset -q' recursively. With
this key it is possible to test the types of quoted strings
which are currently broken into parts in this fashion. Its
value contains one character for each quoting level. The
characters are a single quote or a double quote for strings
quoted with these characters, a dollars sign for strings
quoted with $'...' and a backslash for strings not starting
with a quote character. The first character in the value
always corresponds to the innermost quoting level.
context
This will be set by the completion code to the overall context
in which completion is attempted. Possible values are:
array_value
when completing inside the value of an array parameter
assignment; in this case the words array contains the
words inside the parentheses.
brace_parameter
when completing the name of a parameter in a parameter
expansion beginning with ${. This context will also be
set when completing parameter flags following ${(; the
full command line argument is presented and the handler
must test the value to be completed to ascertain that
this is the case.
assign_parameter
when completing the name of a parameter in a parameter
assignment.
command
when completing for a normal command (either in command
position or for an argument of the command).
condition
when completing inside a '[[...]]' conditional
expression; in this case the words array contains only
the words inside the conditional expression.
math
when completing in a mathematical environment such as a
'((...))' construct.
parameter
when completing the name of a parameter in a parameter
expansion beginning with $ but not ${.
redirect
when completing after a redirection operator.
subscript
when completing inside a parameter subscript.
value
when completing the value of a parameter assignment.
exact
Controls the behaviour when the REC_EXACT option is set. It
will be set to accept if an exact match would be accepted, and
will be unset otherwise.
If it was set when at least one match equal to the string on
the line was generated, the match is accepted.
exact_string
The string of an exact match if one was found, otherwise
unset.
ignored
The number of words that were ignored because they matched one
of the patterns given with the -F option to the compadd
builtin command.
insert
This controls the manner in which a match is inserted into the
command line. On entry to the widget function, if it is unset
the command line is not to be changed; if set to unambiguous,
any prefix common to all matches is to be inserted; if set to
automenu-unambiguous, the common prefix is to be inserted and
the next invocation of the completion code may start menu
completion (due to the AUTO_MENU option being set); if set to
menu or automenu menu completion will be started for the
matches currently generated (in the latter case this will
happen because the AUTO_MENU is set). The value may also
contain the string 'tab' when the completion code would
normally not really do completion, but only insert the TAB
character.
On exit it may be set to any of the values above (where
setting it to the empty string is the same as unsetting it),
or to a number, in which case the match whose number is given
will be inserted into the command line. Negative numbers
count backward from the last match (with '-1' selecting the
last match) and out-of-range values are wrapped around, so
that a value of zero selects the last match and a value one
more than the maximum selects the first. Unless the value of
this key ends in a space, the match is inserted as in a menu
completion, i.e. without automatically appending a space.
Both menu and automenu may also specify the number of the
match to insert, given after a colon. For example, 'menu:2'
says to start menu completion, beginning with the second
match.
Note that a value containing the substring 'tab' makes the
matches generated be ignored and only the TAB be inserted.
Finally, it may also be set to all, which makes all matches
generated be inserted into the line.
insert_positions
When the completion system inserts an unambiguous string into
the line, there may be multiple places where characters are
missing or where the character inserted differs from at least
one match. The value of this key contains a colon separated
list of all these positions, as indexes into the command line.
last_prompt
If this is set to a non-empty string for every match added,
the completion code will move the cursor back to the previous
prompt after the list of completions has been displayed.
Initially this is set or unset according to the
ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT option.
list
This controls whether or how the list of matches will be
displayed. If it is unset or empty they will never be listed;
if its value begins with list, they will always be listed; if
it begins with autolist or ambiguous, they will be listed when
the AUTO_LIST or LIST_AMBIGUOUS options respectively would
normally cause them to be.
If the substring force appears in the value, this makes the
list be shown even if there is only one match. Normally, the
list would be shown only if there are at least two matches.
The value contains the substring packed if the LIST_PACKED
option is set. If this substring is given for all matches
added to a group, this group will show the LIST_PACKED
behavior. The same is done for the LIST_ROWS_FIRST option
with the substring rows.
Finally, if the value contains the string explanations, only
the explanation strings, if any, will be listed and if it
contains messages, only the messages (added with the -x option
of compadd) will be listed. If it contains both explanations
and messages both kinds of explanation strings will be listed.
It will be set appropriately on entry to a completion widget
and may be changed there.
list_lines
This gives the number of lines that are needed to display the
full list of completions. Note that to calculate the total
number of lines to display you need to add the number of lines
needed for the command line to this value, this is available
as the value of the BUFFERLINES special parameter.
list_max
Initially this is set to the value of the LISTMAX parameter.
It may be set to any other value; when the widget exits this
value will be used in the same way as the value of LISTMAX.
nmatches
The number of matches generated and accepted by the completion
code so far.
old_insert
On entry to the widget this will be set to the number of the
match of an old list of completions that is currently inserted
into the command line. If no match has been inserted, this is
unset.
As with old_list, the value of this key will only be used if
it is the string keep. If it was set to this value by the
widget and there was an old match inserted into the command
line, this match will be kept and if the value of the insert
key specifies that another match should be inserted, this will
be inserted after the old one.
old_list
This is set to yes if there is still a valid list of
completions from a previous completion at the time the widget
is invoked. This will usually be the case if and only if the
previous editing operation was a completion widget or one of
the builtin completion functions. If there is a valid list
and it is also currently shown on the screen, the value of
this key is shown.
After the widget has exited the value of this key is only used
if it was set to keep. In this case the completion code will
continue to use this old list. If the widget generated new
matches, they will not be used.
parameter
The name of the parameter when completing in a subscript or in
the value of a parameter assignment.
pattern_insert
Normally this is set to menu, which specifies that menu
completion will be used whenever a set of matches was
generated using pattern matching. If it is set to any other
non-empty string by the user and menu completion is not
selected by other option settings, the code will instead
insert any common prefix for the generated matches as with
normal completion.
pattern_match
Locally controls the behaviour given by the GLOB_COMPLETE
option. Initially it is set to '*' if and only if the option
is set. The completion widget may set it to this value, to an
empty string (which has the same effect as unsetting it), or
to any other non-empty string. If it is non-empty, unquoted
metacharacters on the command line will be treated as
patterns; if it is '*', then additionally a wildcard '*' is
assumed at the cursor position; if it is empty or unset,
metacharacters will be treated literally.
Note that the matcher specifications given to the compadd
builtin command are not used if this is set to a non-empty
string.
quote
When completing inside quotes, this contains the quotation
character (i.e. either a single quote, a double quote, or a
backtick). Otherwise it is unset.
quoting
When completing inside single quotes, this is set to the
string single; inside double quotes, the string double; inside
backticks, the string backtick. Otherwise it is unset.
redirect
The redirection operator when completing in a redirection
position, i.e. one of <, >, etc.
restore
This is set to auto before a function is entered, which forces
the special parameters mentioned above (words, CURRENT,
PREFIX, IPREFIX, SUFFIX, and ISUFFIX) to be restored to their
previous values when the function exits. If a function unsets
it or sets it to any other string, they will not be restored.
to_end
Specifies the occasions on which the cursor is moved to the
end of a string when a match is inserted. On entry to a
widget function, it may be single if this will happen when a
single unambiguous match was inserted or match if it will
happen any time a match is inserted (for example, by menu
completion; this is likely to be the effect of the
ALWAYS_TO_END option).
On exit, it may be set to single as above. It may also be set
to always, or to the empty string or unset; in those cases the
cursor will be moved to the end of the string always or never
respectively. Any other string is treated as match.
unambiguous
This key is read-only and will always be set to the common
(unambiguous) prefix the completion code has generated for all
matches added so far.
unambiguous_cursor
This gives the position the cursor would be placed at if the
common prefix in the unambiguous key were inserted, relative
to the value of that key. The cursor would be placed before
the character whose index is given by this key.
unambiguous_positions
This contains all positions where characters in the
unambiguous string are missing or where the character inserted
differs from at least one of the matches. The positions are
given as indexes into the string given by the value of the
unambiguous key.
vared
If completion is called while editing a line using the vared
builtin, the value of this key is set to the name of the
parameter given as an argument to vared. This key is only set
while a vared command is active.
words
This array contains the words present on the command line currently
being edited.
File: zsh.info, Node: Completion Builtin Commands, Next: Completion Condition Codes, Prev: Completion Special Parameters, Up: Completion Widgets
19.3 Completion Builtin Commands
================================
compadd [ -akqQfenUld12C ] [ -F ARRAY ]
[ -P PREFIX ] [ -S SUFFIX ]
[ -p HIDDEN-PREFIX ] [ -s HIDDEN-SUFFIX ]
[ -i IGNORED-PREFIX ] [ -I IGNORED-SUFFIX ]
[ -W FILE-PREFIX ] [ -d ARRAY ]
[ -J NAME ] [ -V NAME ] [ -X EXPLANATION ] [ -x MESSAGE ]
[ -r REMOVE-CHARS ] [ -R REMOVE-FUNC ]
[ -D ARRAY ] [ -O ARRAY ] [ -A ARRAY ]
[ -E NUMBER ]
[ -M MATCH-SPEC ] [ -- ] [ WORDS ... ]
This builtin command can be used to add matches directly and
control all the information the completion code stores with each
possible match. The return status is zero if at least one match
was added and non-zero if no matches were added.
The completion code breaks the string to complete into seven fields
in the order:
<IPRE><APRE><HPRE><WORD><HSUF><ASUF><ISUF>
The first field is an ignored prefix taken from the command line,
the contents of the IPREFIX parameter plus the string given with
the -i option. With the -U option, only the string from the -i
option is used. The field <APRE> is an optional prefix string
given with the -P option. The <HPRE> field is a string that is
considered part of the match but that should not be shown when
listing completions, given with the -p option; for example,
functions that do filename generation might specify a common path
prefix this way. <WORD> is the part of the match that should
appear in the list of completions, i.e. one of the WORDS given at
the end of the compadd command line. The suffixes <HSUF>, <ASUF>
and <ISUF> correspond to the prefixes <HPRE>, <APRE> and <IPRE> and
are given by the options -s, -S and -I, respectively.
The supported flags are:
-P PREFIX
This gives a string to be inserted before the given WORDS.
The string given is not considered as part of the match and
any shell metacharacters in it will not be quoted when the
string is inserted.
-S SUFFIX
Like -P, but gives a string to be inserted after the match.
-p HIDDEN-PREFIX
This gives a string that should be inserted into the command
line before the match but that should not appear in the list
of matches. Unless the -U option is given, this string must
be matched as part of the string on the command line.
-s HIDDEN-SUFFIX
Like '-p', but gives a string to insert after the match.
-i IGNORED-PREFIX
This gives a string to insert into the command line just
before any string given with the '-P' option. Without '-P'
the string is inserted before the string given with '-p' or
directly before the match.
-I IGNORED-SUFFIX
Like -i, but gives an ignored suffix.
-a
With this flag the WORDS are taken as names of arrays and the
possible matches are their values. If only some elements of
the arrays are needed, the WORDS may also contain subscripts,
as in 'foo[2,-1]'.
-k
With this flag the WORDS are taken as names of associative
arrays and the possible matches are their keys. As for -a,
the WORDS may also contain subscripts, as in 'foo[(R)*bar*]'.
-d ARRAY
This adds per-match display strings. The ARRAY should contain
one element per WORD given. The completion code will then
display the first element instead of the first WORD, and so
on. The ARRAY may be given as the name of an array parameter
or directly as a space-separated list of words in parentheses.
If there are fewer display strings than WORDS, the leftover
WORDS will be displayed unchanged and if there are more
display strings than WORDS, the leftover display strings will
be silently ignored.
-l
This option only has an effect if used together with the -d
option. If it is given, the display strings are listed one
per line, not arrayed in columns.
-o
This option only has an effect if used together with the -d
option. If it is given, the order of the output is determined
by the match strings; otherwise it is determined by the
display strings (i.e. the strings given by the -d option).
-J NAME
Gives the name of the group of matches the words should be
stored in.
-V NAME
Like -J but naming an unsorted group. These are in a
different name space than groups created with the -J flag.
-1
If given together with the -V option, makes only consecutive
duplicates in the group be removed. If combined with the -J
option, this has no visible effect. Note that groups with and
without this flag are in different name spaces.
-2
If given together with the -J or -V option, makes all
duplicates be kept. Again, groups with and without this flag
are in different name spaces.
-X EXPLANATION
The EXPLANATION string will be printed with the list of
matches, above the group currently selected.
-x MESSAGE
Like -X, but the MESSAGE will be printed even if there are no
matches in the group.
-q
The suffix given with -S will be automatically removed if the
next character typed is a blank or does not insert anything,
or if the suffix consists of only one character and the next
character typed is the same character.
-r REMOVE-CHARS
This is a more versatile form of the -q option. The suffix
given with -S or the slash automatically added after
completing directories will be automatically removed if the
next character typed inserts one of the characters given in
the REMOVE-CHARS. This string is parsed as a characters class
and understands the backslash sequences used by the print
command. For example, '-r "a-z\t"' removes the suffix if the
next character typed inserts a lower case character or a TAB,
and '-r "^0-9"' removes the suffix if the next character typed
inserts anything but a digit. One extra backslash sequence is
understood in this string: '\-' stands for all characters that
insert nothing. Thus '-S "=" -q' is the same as '-S "=" -r "=
\t\n\-"'.
This option may also be used without the -S option; then any
automatically added space will be removed when one of the
characters in the list is typed.
-R REMOVE-FUNC
This is another form of the -r option. When a suffix has been
inserted and the completion accepted, the function REMOVE-FUNC
will be called after the next character typed. It is passed
the length of the suffix as an argument and can use the
special parameters available in ordinary (non-completion) zle
widgets (see *note Zsh Line Editor::) to analyse and modify
the command line.
-f
If this flag is given, all of the matches built from WORDS are
marked as being the names of files. They are not required to
be actual filenames, but if they are, and the option
LIST_TYPES is set, the characters describing the types of the
files in the completion lists will be shown. This also forces
a slash to be added when the name of a directory is completed.
-e
This flag can be used to tell the completion code that the
matches added are parameter names for a parameter expansion.
This will make the AUTO_PARAM_SLASH and AUTO_PARAM_KEYS
options be used for the matches.
-W FILE-PREFIX
This string is a pathname that will be prepended to each of
the matches formed by the given WORDS together with any prefix
specified by the -p option to form a complete filename for
testing. Hence it is only useful if combined with the -f
flag, as the tests will not otherwise be performed.
-F ARRAY
Specifies an array containing patterns. Words matching one of
these patterns are ignored, i.e. not considered to be
possible matches.
The ARRAY may be the name of an array parameter or a list of
literal patterns enclosed in parentheses and quoted, as in '-F
"(*?.o *?.h)"'. If the name of an array is given, the
elements of the array are taken as the patterns.
-Q
This flag instructs the completion code not to quote any
metacharacters in the words when inserting them into the
command line.
-M MATCH-SPEC
This gives local match specifications as described below in
*note Completion Matching Control::. This option may be given
more than once. In this case all MATCH-SPECs given are
concatenated with spaces between them to form the
specification string to use. Note that they will only be used
if the -U option is not given.
-n
Specifies that the words added are to be used as possible
matches, but are not to appear in the completion listing.
-U
If this flag is given, all words given will be accepted and no
matching will be done by the completion code. Normally this
is used in functions that do the matching themselves.
-O ARRAY
If this option is given, the WORDS are _not_ added to the set
of possible completions. Instead, matching is done as usual
and all of the WORDS given as arguments that match the string
on the command line will be stored in the array parameter
whose name is given as ARRAY.
-A ARRAY
As the -O option, except that instead of those of the WORDS
which match being stored in ARRAY, the strings generated
internally by the completion code are stored. For example,
with a matching specification of '-M "L:|no="', the string
'nof' on the command line and the string 'foo' as one of the
WORDS, this option stores the string 'nofoo' in the array,
whereas the -O option stores the 'foo' originally given.
-D ARRAY
As with -O, the WORDS are not added to the set of possible
completions. Instead, the completion code tests whether each
WORD in turn matches what is on the line. If the Nth WORD
does not match, the Nth element of the ARRAY is removed.
Elements for which the corresponding WORD is matched are
retained.
-C
This option adds a special match which expands to all other
matches when inserted into the line, even those that are added
after this option is used. Together with the -d option it is
possible to specify a string that should be displayed in the
list for this special match. If no string is given, it will
be shown as a string containing the strings that would be
inserted for the other matches, truncated to the width of the
screen.
-E
This option adds NUMBER empty matches after the WORDS have
been added. An empty match takes up space in completion
listings but will never be inserted in the line and can't be
selected with menu completion or menu selection. This makes
empty matches only useful to format completion lists and to
make explanatory string be shown in completion lists (since
empty matches can be given display strings with the -d
option). And because all but one empty string would otherwise
be removed, this option implies the -V and -2 options (even if
an explicit -J option is given).
-
--
This flag ends the list of flags and options. All arguments
after it will be taken as the words to use as matches even if
they begin with hyphens.
Except for the -M flag, if any of these flags is given more than
once, the first one (and its argument) will be used.
compset -p NUMBER
compset -P [ NUMBER ] PATTERN
compset -s NUMBER
compset -S [ NUMBER ] PATTERN
compset -n BEGIN [ END ]
compset -N BEG-PAT [ END-PAT ]
compset -q
This command simplifies modification of the special parameters,
while its return status allows tests on them to be carried out.
The options are:
-p NUMBER
If the contents of the PREFIX parameter is longer than NUMBER
characters, the first NUMBER characters are removed from it
and appended to the contents of the IPREFIX parameter.
-P [ NUMBER ] PATTERN
If the value of the PREFIX parameter begins with anything that
matches the PATTERN, the matched portion is removed from
PREFIX and appended to IPREFIX.
Without the optional NUMBER, the longest match is taken, but
if NUMBER is given, anything up to the NUMBERth match is
moved. If the NUMBER is negative, the NUMBERth longest match
is moved. For example, if PREFIX contains the string 'a=b=c',
then compset -P '*\=' will move the string 'a=b=' into the
IPREFIX parameter, but compset -P 1 '*\=' will move only the
string 'a='.
-s NUMBER
As -p, but transfer the last NUMBER characters from the value
of SUFFIX to the front of the value of ISUFFIX.
-S [ NUMBER ] PATTERN
As -P, but match the last portion of SUFFIX and transfer the
matched portion to the front of the value of ISUFFIX.
-n BEGIN [ END ]
If the current word position as specified by the parameter
CURRENT is greater than or equal to BEGIN, anything up to the
BEGINth word is removed from the words array and the value of
the parameter CURRENT is decremented by BEGIN.
If the optional END is given, the modification is done only if
the current word position is also less than or equal to END.
In this case, the words from position END onwards are also
removed from the words array.
Both BEGIN and END may be negative to count backwards from the
last element of the words array.
-N BEG-PAT [ END-PAT ]
If one of the elements of the words array before the one at
the index given by the value of the parameter CURRENT matches
the pattern BEG-PAT, all elements up to and including the
matching one are removed from the words array and the value of
CURRENT is changed to point to the same word in the changed
array.
If the optional pattern END-PAT is also given, and there is an
element in the words array matching this pattern, the
parameters are modified only if the index of this word is
higher than the one given by the CURRENT parameter (so that
the matching word has to be after the cursor). In this case,
the words starting with the one matching end-pat are also
removed from the words array. If words contains no word
matching END-PAT, the testing and modification is performed as
if it were not given.
-q
The word currently being completed is split on spaces into
separate words, respecting the usual shell quoting
conventions. The resulting words are stored in the words
array, and CURRENT, PREFIX, SUFFIX, QIPREFIX, and QISUFFIX are
modified to reflect the word part that is completed.
In all the above cases the return status is zero if the test
succeeded and the parameters were modified and non-zero otherwise.
This allows one to use this builtin in tests such as:
if compset -P '*\='; then ...
This forces anything up to and including the last equal sign to be
ignored by the completion code.
compcall [ -TD ]
This allows the use of completions defined with the compctl builtin
from within completion widgets. The list of matches will be
generated as if one of the non-widget completion functions
(complete-word, etc.) had been called, except that only compctls
given for specific commands are used. To force the code to try
completions defined with the -T option of compctl and/or the
default completion (whether defined by compctl -D or the builtin
default) in the appropriate places, the -T and/or -D flags can be
passed to compcall.
The return status can be used to test if a matching compctl
definition was found. It is non-zero if a compctl was found and
zero otherwise.
Note that this builtin is defined by the zsh/compctl module.
File: zsh.info, Node: Completion Condition Codes, Next: Completion Matching Control, Prev: Completion Builtin Commands, Up: Completion Widgets
19.4 Completion Condition Codes
===============================
The following additional condition codes for use within the [[ ... ]]
construct are available in completion widgets. These work on the
special parameters. All of these tests can also be performed by the
compset builtin, but in the case of the condition codes the contents of
the special parameters are not modified.
-prefix [ NUMBER ] PATTERN
true if the test for the -P option of compset would succeed.
-suffix [ NUMBER ] PATTERN
true if the test for the -S option of compset would succeed.
-after BEG-PAT
true if the test of the -N option with only the BEG-PAT given would
succeed.
-between BEG-PAT END-PAT
true if the test for the -N option with both patterns would
succeed.
File: zsh.info, Node: Completion Matching Control, Next: Completion Widget Example, Prev: Completion Condition Codes, Up: Completion Widgets
19.5 Completion Matching Control
================================
It is possible by use of the -M option of the compadd builtin command to
specify how the characters in the string to be completed (referred to
here as the command line) map onto the characters in the list of matches
produced by the completion code (referred to here as the trial
completions). Note that this is not used if the command line contains a
glob pattern and the GLOB_COMPLETE option is set or the pattern_match of
the compstate special association is set to a non-empty string.
The MATCH-SPEC given as the argument to the -M option (see *note
Completion Builtin Commands::) consists of one or more matching
descriptions separated by whitespace. Each description consists of a
letter followed by a colon and then the patterns describing which
character sequences on the line match which character sequences in the
trial completion. Any sequence of characters not handled in this
fashion must match exactly, as usual.
The forms of MATCH-SPEC understood are as follows. In each case, the
form with an upper case initial character retains the string already
typed on the command line as the final result of completion, while with
a lower case initial character the string on the command line is changed
into the corresponding part of the trial completion.
m:LPAT=TPAT
M:LPAT=TPAT
Here, LPAT is a pattern that matches on the command line,
corresponding to TPAT which matches in the trial completion.
l:LANCHOR|LPAT=TPAT
L:LANCHOR|LPAT=TPAT
l:LANCHOR||RANCHOR=TPAT
L:LANCHOR||RANCHOR=TPAT
b:LPAT=TPAT
B:LPAT=TPAT
These letters are for patterns that are anchored by another pattern
on the left side. Matching for LPAT and TPAT is as for m and M,
but the pattern LPAT matched on the command line must be preceded
by the pattern LANCHOR. The LANCHOR can be blank to anchor the
match to the start of the command line string; otherwise the anchor
can occur anywhere, but must match in both the command line and
trial completion strings.
If no LPAT is given but a RANCHOR is, this matches the gap between
substrings matched by LANCHOR and RANCHOR. Unlike LANCHOR, the
RANCHOR only needs to match the trial completion string.
The b and B forms are similar to l and L with an empty anchor, but
need to match only the beginning of the trial completion or the
word on the command line, respectively.
r:LPAT|RANCHOR=TPAT
R:LPAT|RANCHOR=TPAT
r:LANCHOR||RANCHOR=TPAT
R:LANCHOR||RANCHOR=TPAT
e:LPAT=TPAT
E:LPAT=TPAT
As l, L, b and B, with the difference that the command line and
trial completion patterns are anchored on the right side. Here an
empty RANCHOR and the e and E forms force the match to the end of
the trial completion or command line string.
Each LPAT, TPAT or ANCHOR is either an empty string or consists of a
sequence of literal characters (which may be quoted with a backslash),
question marks, character classes, and correspondence classes; ordinary
shell patterns are not used. Literal characters match only themselves,
question marks match any character, and character classes are formed as
for globbing and match any character in the given set.
Correspondence classes are defined like character classes, but with two
differences: they are delimited by a pair of braces, and negated classes
are not allowed, so the characters ! and ^ have no special meaning
directly after the opening brace. They indicate that a range of
characters on the line match a range of characters in the trial
completion, but (unlike ordinary character classes) paired according to
the corresponding position in the sequence. For example, to make any
ASCII lower case letter on the line match the corresponding upper case
letter in the trial completion, you can use 'm:{a-z}={A-Z}' (however,
see below for the recommended form for this). More than one pair of
classes can occur, in which case the first class before the =
corresponds to the first after it, and so on. If one side has more such
classes than the other side, the superfluous classes behave like normal
character classes. In anchor patterns correspondence classes also
behave like normal character classes.
The standard '[:NAME:]' forms described for standard shell patterns,
*note Filename Generation::, may appear in correspondence classes as
well as normal character classes. The only special behaviour in
correspondence classes is if the form on the left and the form on the
right are each one of [:upper:], [:lower:]. In these cases the
character in the word and the character on the line must be the same up
to a difference in case. Hence to make any lower case character on the
line match the corresponding upper case character in the trial
completion you can use 'm:{[:lower:]}={[:upper:]}'. Although the
matching system does not yet handle multibyte characters, this is likely
to be a future extension, at which point this syntax will handle
arbitrary alphabets; hence this form, rather than the use of explicit
ranges, is the recommended form. In other cases '[:NAME:]' forms are
allowed. If the two forms on the left and right are the same, the
characters must match exactly. In remaining cases, the corresponding
tests are applied to both characters, but they are not otherwise
constrained; any matching character in one set goes with any matching
character in the other set: this is equivalent to the behaviour of
ordinary character classes.
The pattern TPAT may also be one or two stars, '*' or '**'. This means
that the pattern on the command line can match any number of characters
in the trial completion. In this case the pattern must be anchored (on
either side); in the case of a single star, the ANCHOR then determines
how much of the trial completion is to be included -- only the
characters up to the next appearance of the anchor will be matched.
With two stars, substrings matched by the anchor can be matched, too.
Examples:
The keys of the options association defined by the parameter module are
the option names in all-lower-case form, without underscores, and
without the optional no at the beginning even though the builtins setopt
and unsetopt understand option names with upper case letters,
underscores, and the optional no. The following alters the matching
rules so that the prefix no and any underscore are ignored when trying
to match the trial completions generated and upper case letters on the
line match the corresponding lower case letters in the words:
compadd -M 'L:|[nN][oO]= M:_= M:{[:upper:]}={[:lower:]}' - \
${(k)options}
The first part says that the pattern '[nN][oO]' at the beginning (the
empty anchor before the pipe symbol) of the string on the line matches
the empty string in the list of words generated by completion, so it
will be ignored if present. The second part does the same for an
underscore anywhere in the command line string, and the third part uses
correspondence classes so that any upper case letter on the line matches
the corresponding lower case letter in the word. The use of the upper
case forms of the specification characters (L and M) guarantees that
what has already been typed on the command line (in particular the
prefix no) will not be deleted.
Note that the use of L in the first part means that it matches only when
at the beginning of both the command line string and the trial
completion. I.e., the string '_NO_f' would not be completed to
'_NO_foo', nor would 'NONO_f' be completed to 'NONO_foo' because of the
leading underscore or the second 'NO' on the line which makes the
pattern fail even though they are otherwise ignored. To fix this, one
would use 'B:[nN][oO]=' instead of the first part. As described above,
this matches at the beginning of the trial completion, independent of
other characters or substrings at the beginning of the command line word
which are ignored by the same or other MATCH-SPECs.
The second example makes completion case insensitive. This is just the
same as in the option example, except here we wish to retain the
characters in the list of completions:
compadd -M 'm:{[:lower:]}={[:upper:]}' ...
This makes lower case letters match their upper case counterparts. To
make upper case letters match the lower case forms as well:
compadd -M 'm:{[:lower:][:upper:]}={[:upper:][:lower:]}' ...
A nice example for the use of * patterns is partial word completion.
Sometimes you would like to make strings like 'c.s.u' complete to
strings like 'comp.source.unix', i.e. the word on the command line
consists of multiple parts, separated by a dot in this example, where
each part should be completed separately -- note, however, that the case
where each part of the word, i.e. 'comp', 'source' and 'unix' in this
example, is to be completed from separate sets of matches is a different
problem to be solved by the implementation of the completion widget.
The example can be handled by:
compadd -M 'r:|.=* r:|=*' \
- comp.sources.unix comp.sources.misc ...
The first specification says that LPAT is the empty string, while ANCHOR
is a dot; TPAT is *, so this can match anything except for the '.' from
the anchor in the trial completion word. So in 'c.s.u', the matcher
sees 'c', followed by the empty string, followed by the anchor '.', and
likewise for the second dot, and replaces the empty strings before the
anchors, giving 'c[omp].s[ources].u[nix]', where the last part of the
completion is just as normal.
With the pattern shown above, the string 'c.u' could not be completed to
'comp.sources.unix' because the single star means that no dot (matched
by the anchor) can be skipped. By using two stars as in 'r:|.=**',
however, 'c.u' could be completed to 'comp.sources.unix'. This also
shows that in some cases, especially if the anchor is a real pattern,
like a character class, the form with two stars may result in more
matches than one would like.
The second specification is needed to make this work when the cursor is
in the middle of the string on the command line and the option
COMPLETE_IN_WORD is set. In this case the completion code would
normally try to match trial completions that end with the string as
typed so far, i.e. it will only insert new characters at the cursor
position rather than at the end. However in our example we would like
the code to recognise matches which contain extra characters after the
string on the line (the 'nix' in the example). Hence we say that the
empty string at the end of the string on the line matches any characters
at the end of the trial completion.
More generally, the specification
compadd -M 'r:|[.,_-]=* r:|=*' ...
allows one to complete words with abbreviations before any of the
characters in the square brackets. For example, to complete
veryverylongfile.c rather than veryverylongheader.h with the above in
effect, you can just type very.c before attempting completion.
The specifications with both a left and a right anchor are useful to
complete partial words whose parts are not separated by some special
character. For example, in some places strings have to be completed
that are formed 'LikeThis' (i.e. the separate parts are determined by a
leading upper case letter) or maybe one has to complete strings with
trailing numbers. Here one could use the simple form with only one
anchor as in:
compadd -M 'r:|[[:upper:]0-9]=* r:|=*' LikeTHIS FooHoo 5foo123 5bar234
But with this, the string 'H' would neither complete to 'FooHoo' nor to
'LikeTHIS' because in each case there is an upper case letter before the
'H' and that is matched by the anchor. Likewise, a '2' would not be
completed. In both cases this could be changed by using
'r:|[[:upper:]0-9]=**', but then 'H' completes to both 'LikeTHIS' and
'FooHoo' and a '2' matches the other strings because characters can be
inserted before every upper case letter and digit. To avoid this one
would use:
compadd -M 'r:[^[:upper:]0-9]||[[:upper:]0-9]=** r:|=*' \
LikeTHIS FooHoo foo123 bar234
By using these two anchors, a 'H' matches only upper case 'H's that are
immediately preceded by something matching the left anchor
'[^[:upper:]0-9]'. The effect is, of course, that 'H' matches only the
string 'FooHoo', a '2' matches only 'bar234' and so on.
When using the completion system (see *note Completion System::), users
can define match specifications that are to be used for specific
contexts by using the matcher and matcher-list styles. The values for
the latter will be used everywhere.
File: zsh.info, Node: Completion Widget Example, Prev: Completion Matching Control, Up: Completion Widgets
19.6 Completion Widget Example
==============================
The first step is to define the widget:
zle -C complete complete-word complete-files
Then the widget can be bound to a key using the bindkey builtin command:
bindkey '^X\t' complete
After that the shell function complete-files will be invoked after
typing control-X and TAB. The function should then generate the matches,
e.g.:
complete-files () { compadd - * }
This function will complete files in the current directory matching the
current word.
File: zsh.info, Node: Completion System, Next: Completion Using compctl, Prev: Completion Widgets, Up: Top
20 Completion System
********************
20.1 Description
================
This describes the shell code for the 'new' completion system, referred
to as compsys. It is written in shell functions based on the features
described in the previous chapter, *note Completion Widgets::.
The features are contextual, sensitive to the point at which completion
is started. Many completions are already provided. For this reason, a
user can perform a great many tasks without knowing any details beyond
how to initialize the system, which is described in *note
Initialization::.
The context that decides what completion is to be performed may be
* an argument or option position: these describe the position on the
command line at which completion is requested. For example 'first
argument to rmdir, the word being completed names a directory';
* a special context, denoting an element in the shell's syntax. For
example 'a word in command position' or 'an array subscript'.
A full context specification contains other elements, as we shall
describe.
Besides commands names and contexts, the system employs two more
concepts, _styles_ and _tags_. These provide ways for the user to
configure the system's behaviour.
Tags play a dual role. They serve as a classification system for the
matches, typically indicating a class of object that the user may need
to distinguish. For example, when completing arguments of the ls
command the user may prefer to try files before directories, so both of
these are tags. They also appear as the rightmost element in a context
specification.
Styles modify various operations of the completion system, such as
output formatting, but also what kinds of completers are used (and in
what order), or which tags are examined. Styles may accept arguments
and are manipulated using the zstyle command described in *note The
zsh/zutil Module::.
In summary, tags describe _what_ the completion objects are, and style
how they are to be completed. At various points of execution, the
completion system checks what styles and/or tags are defined for the
current context, and uses that to modify its behavior. The full
description of context handling, which determines how tags and other
elements of the context influence the behaviour of styles, is described
in *note Completion System Configuration::.
When a completion is requested, a dispatcher function is called; see the
description of _main_complete in the list of control functions below.
This dispatcher decides which function should be called to produce the
completions, and calls it. The result is passed to one or more
_completers_, functions that implement individual completion strategies:
simple completion, error correction, completion with error correction,
menu selection, etc.
More generally, the shell functions contained in the completion system
are of two types:
* those beginning 'comp' are to be called directly; there are only a
few of these;
* those beginning '_' are called by the completion code. The shell
functions of this set, which implement completion behaviour and may
be bound to keystrokes, are referred to as 'widgets'. These
proliferate as new completions are required.
* Menu:
* Initialization::
* Completion System Configuration::
* Control Functions::
* Bindable Commands::
* Completion Functions::
* Completion Directories::
File: zsh.info, Node: Initialization, Next: Completion System Configuration, Up: Completion System
20.2 Initialization
===================
If the system was installed completely, it should be enough to call the
shell function compinit from your initialization file; see the next
section. However, the function compinstall can be run by a user to
configure various aspects of the completion system.
Usually, compinstall will insert code into .zshrc, although if that is
not writable it will save it in another file and tell you that file's
location. Note that it is up to you to make sure that the lines added
to .zshrc are actually run; you may, for example, need to move them to
an earlier place in the file if .zshrc usually returns early. So long
as you keep them all together (including the comment lines at the start
and finish), you can rerun compinstall and it will correctly locate and
modify these lines. Note, however, that any code you add to this
section by hand is likely to be lost if you rerun compinstall, although
lines using the command 'zstyle' should be gracefully handled.
The new code will take effect next time you start the shell, or run
.zshrc by hand; there is also an option to make them take effect
immediately. However, if compinstall has removed definitions, you will
need to restart the shell to see the changes.
To run compinstall you will need to make sure it is in a directory
mentioned in your fpath parameter, which should already be the case if
zsh was properly configured as long as your startup files do not remove
the appropriate directories from fpath. Then it must be autoloaded
('autoload -U compinstall' is recommended). You can abort the
installation any time you are being prompted for information, and your
.zshrc will not be altered at all; changes only take place right at the
end, where you are specifically asked for confirmation.
20.2.1 Use of compinit
----------------------
This section describes the use of compinit to initialize completion for
the current session when called directly; if you have run compinstall it
will be called automatically from your .zshrc.
To initialize the system, the function compinit should be in a directory
mentioned in the fpath parameter, and should be autoloaded ('autoload -U
compinit' is recommended), and then run simply as 'compinit'. This will
define a few utility functions, arrange for all the necessary shell
functions to be autoloaded, and will then re-define all widgets that do
completion to use the new system. If you use the menu-select widget,
which is part of the zsh/complist module, you should make sure that that
module is loaded before the call to compinit so that that widget is also
re-defined. If completion styles (see below) are set up to perform
expansion as well as completion by default, and the TAB key is bound to
expand-or-complete, compinit will rebind it to complete-word; this is
necessary to use the correct form of expansion.
Should you need to use the original completion commands, you can still
bind keys to the old widgets by putting a '.' in front of the widget
name, e.g. '.expand-or-complete'.
To speed up the running of compinit, it can be made to produce a dumped
configuration that will be read in on future invocations; this is the
default, but can be turned off by calling compinit with the option -D.
The dumped file is .zcompdump in the same directory as the startup files
(i.e. $ZDOTDIR or $HOME); alternatively, an explicit file name can be
given by 'compinit -d DUMPFILE'. The next invocation of compinit will
read the dumped file instead of performing a full initialization.
If the number of completion files changes, compinit will recognise this
and produce a new dump file. However, if the name of a function or the
arguments in the first line of a #compdef function (as described below)
change, it is easiest to delete the dump file by hand so that compinit
will re-create it the next time it is run. The check performed to see
if there are new functions can be omitted by giving the option -C. In
this case the dump file will only be created if there isn't one already.
The dumping is actually done by another function, compdump, but you will
only need to run this yourself if you change the configuration (e.g.
using compdef) and then want to dump the new one. The name of the old
dumped file will be remembered for this purpose.
If the parameter _compdir is set, compinit uses it as a directory where
completion functions can be found; this is only necessary if they are
not already in the function search path.
For security reasons compinit also checks if the completion system would
use files not owned by root or by the current user, or files in
directories that are world- or group-writable or that are not owned by
root or by the current user. If such files or directories are found,
compinit will ask if the completion system should really be used. To
avoid these tests and make all files found be used without asking, use
the option -u, and to make compinit silently ignore all insecure files
and directories use the option -i. This security check is skipped
entirely when the -C option is given.
The security check can be retried at any time by running the function
compaudit. This is the same check used by compinit, but when it is
executed directly any changes to fpath are made local to the function so
they do not persist. The directories to be checked may be passed as
arguments; if none are given, compaudit uses fpath and _compdir to find
completion system directories, adding missing ones to fpath as
necessary. To force a check of exactly the directories currently named
in fpath, set _compdir to an empty string before calling compaudit or
compinit.
The function bashcompinit provides compatibility with bash's
programmable completion system. When run it will define the functions,
compgen and complete which correspond to the bash builtins with the same
names. It will then be possible to use completion specifications and
functions written for bash.
20.2.2 Autoloaded files
-----------------------
The convention for autoloaded functions used in completion is that they
start with an underscore; as already mentioned, the fpath/FPATH
parameter must contain the directory in which they are stored. If zsh
was properly installed on your system, then fpath/FPATH automatically
contains the required directories for the standard functions.
For incomplete installations, if compinit does not find enough files
beginning with an underscore (fewer than twenty) in the search path, it
will try to find more by adding the directory _compdir to the search
path. If that directory has a subdirectory named Base, all
subdirectories will be added to the path. Furthermore, if the
subdirectory Base has a subdirectory named Core, compinit will add all
subdirectories of the subdirectories is to the path: this allows the
functions to be in the same format as in the zsh source distribution.
When compinit is run, it searches all such files accessible via
fpath/FPATH and reads the first line of each of them. This line should
contain one of the tags described below. Files whose first line does
not start with one of these tags are not considered to be part of the
completion system and will not be treated specially.
The tags are:
#compdef NAMES... [ -[pP] PATTERNS... [ -N NAMES... ] ]
The file will be made autoloadable and the function defined in it
will be called when completing NAMES, each of which is either the
name of a command whose arguments are to be completed or one of a
number of special contexts in the form -CONTEXT- described below.
Each NAME may also be of the form 'CMD=SERVICE'. When completing
the command CMD, the function typically behaves as if the command
(or special context) SERVICE was being completed instead. This
provides a way of altering the behaviour of functions that can
perform many different completions. It is implemented by setting
the parameter $service when calling the function; the function may
choose to interpret this how it wishes, and simpler functions will
probably ignore it.
If the #compdef line contains one of the options -p or -P, the
words following are taken to be patterns. The function will be
called when completion is attempted for a command or context that
matches one of the patterns. The options -p and -P are used to
specify patterns to be tried before or after other completions
respectively. Hence -P may be used to specify default actions.
The option -N is used after a list following -p or -P; it specifies
that remaining words no longer define patterns. It is possible to
toggle between the three options as many times as necessary.
#compdef -k STYLE KEY-SEQUENCES...
This option creates a widget behaving like the builtin widget STYLE
and binds it to the given KEY-SEQUENCES, if any. The STYLE must be
one of the builtin widgets that perform completion, namely
complete-word, delete-char-or-list, expand-or-complete,
expand-or-complete-prefix, list-choices, menu-complete,
menu-expand-or-complete, or reverse-menu-complete. If the
zsh/complist module is loaded (see *note The zsh/complist Module::)
the widget menu-select is also available.
When one of the KEY-SEQUENCES is typed, the function in the file
will be invoked to generate the matches. Note that a key will not
be re-bound if it already was (that is, was bound to something
other than undefined-key). The widget created has the same name as
the file and can be bound to any other keys using bindkey as usual.
#compdef -K WIDGET-NAME STYLE KEY-SEQUENCES ...
This is similar to -k except that only one KEY-SEQUENCES argument
may be given for each WIDGET-NAME STYLE pair. However, the entire
set of three arguments may be repeated with a different set of
arguments. Note in particular that the WIDGET-NAME must be
distinct in each set. If it does not begin with '_' this will be
added. The WIDGET-NAME should not clash with the name of any
existing widget: names based on the name of the function are most
useful. For example,
#compdef -K _foo_complete complete-word "^X^C" \
_foo_list list-choices "^X^D"
(all on one line) defines a widget _foo_complete for completion,
bound to '^X^C', and a widget _foo_list for listing, bound to
'^X^D'.
#autoload [ OPTIONS ]
Functions with the #autoload tag are marked for autoloading but are
not otherwise treated specially. Typically they are to be called
from within one of the completion functions. Any OPTIONS supplied
will be passed to the autoload builtin; a typical use is +X to
force the function to be loaded immediately. Note that the -U and
-z flags are always added implicitly.
The # is part of the tag name and no white space is allowed after it.
The #compdef tags use the compdef function described below; the main
difference is that the name of the function is supplied implicitly.
The special contexts for which completion functions can be defined are:
-array-value-
The right hand side of an array-assignment ('foo=(...)')
-brace-parameter-
The name of a parameter expansion within braces ('${...}')
-assign-parameter-
The name of a parameter in an assignment, i.e. on the left hand
side of an '='
-command-
A word in command position
-condition-
A word inside a condition ('[[...]]')
-default-
Any word for which no other completion is defined
-equal-
A word beginning with an equals sign
-first-
This is tried before any other completion function. The function
called may set the _compskip parameter to one of various values:
all: no further completion is attempted; a string containing the
substring patterns: no pattern completion functions will be called;
a string containing default: the function for the '-default-'
context will not be called, but functions defined for commands will
-math-
Inside mathematical contexts, such as '((...))'
-parameter-
The name of a parameter expansion ('$...')
-redirect-
The word after a redirection operator.
-subscript-
The contents of a parameter subscript.
-tilde-
After an initial tilde ('~'), but before the first slash in the
word.
-value-
On the right hand side of an assignment.
Default implementations are supplied for each of these contexts. In
most cases the context -CONTEXT- is implemented by a corresponding
function _CONTEXT, for example the context '-tilde-' and the function
'_tilde').
The contexts -redirect- and -value- allow extra context-specific
information. (Internally, this is handled by the functions for each
context calling the function _dispatch.) The extra information is added
separated by commas.
For the -redirect- context, the extra information is in the form
'-redirect-,OP,COMMAND', where OP is the redirection operator and
COMMAND is the name of the command on the line. If there is no command
on the line yet, the COMMAND field will be empty.
For the -value- context, the form is '-value-,NAME,COMMAND', where NAME
is the name of the parameter. In the case of elements of an associative
array, for example 'assoc=(key <TAB>', NAME is expanded to 'NAME-KEY'.
In certain special contexts, such as completing after 'make CFLAGS=',
the COMMAND part gives the name of the command, here make; otherwise it
is empty.
It is not necessary to define fully specific completions as the
functions provided will try to generate completions by progressively
replacing the elements with '-default-'. For example, when completing
after 'foo=<TAB>', _value will try the names '-value-,foo,' (note the
empty COMMAND part), '-value-,foo,-default-'
and'-value-,-default-,-default-', in that order, until it finds a
function to handle the context.
As an example:
compdef '_files -g "*.log"' '-redirect-,2>,-default-'
completes files matching '*.log' after '2> <TAB>' for any command with
no more specific handler defined.
Also:
compdef _foo -value-,-default-,-default-
specifies that _foo provides completions for the values of parameters
for which no special function has been defined. This is usually handled
by the function _value itself.
The same lookup rules are used when looking up styles (as described
below); for example
zstyle ':completion:*:*:-redirect-,2>,*:*' file-patterns '*.log'
is another way to make completion after '2> <TAB>' complete files
matching '*.log'.
20.2.3 Functions
----------------
The following function is defined by compinit and may be called
directly.
compdef [ -ane ] FUNCTION NAMES... [ -[pP] PATTERNS... [ -N NAMES... ] ]
compdef -d NAMES...
compdef -k [ -an ] FUNCTION STYLE KEY-SEQUENCES...
compdef -K [ -an ] FUNCTION NAME STYLE KEY-SEQUENCES ...
The first form defines the FUNCTION to call for completion in the
given contexts as described for the #compdef tag above.
Alternatively, all the arguments may have the form 'CMD=SERVICE'.
Here SERVICE should already have been defined by 'CMD1=SERVICE'
lines in #compdef files, as described above. The argument for CMD
will be completed in the same way as SERVICE.
The FUNCTION argument may alternatively be a string containing
almost any shell code. If the string contains an equal sign, the
above will take precedence. The option -e may be used to specify
the first argument is to be evaluated as shell code even if it
contains an equal sign. The string will be executed using the eval
builtin command to generate completions. This provides a way of
avoiding having to define a new completion function. For example,
to complete files ending in '.h' as arguments to the command foo:
compdef '_files -g "*.h"' foo
The option -n prevents any completions already defined for the
command or context from being overwritten.
The option -d deletes any completion defined for the command or
contexts listed.
The NAMES may also contain -p, -P and -N options as described for
the #compdef tag. The effect on the argument list is identical,
switching between definitions of patterns tried initially, patterns
tried finally, and normal commands and contexts.
The parameter $_compskip may be set by any function defined for a
pattern context. If it is set to a value containing the substring
'patterns' none of the pattern-functions will be called; if it is
set to a value containing the substring 'all', no other function
will be called.
The form with -k defines a widget with the same name as the
FUNCTION that will be called for each of the KEY-SEQUENCES; this is
like the #compdef -k tag. The function should generate the
completions needed and will otherwise behave like the builtin
widget whose name is given as the STYLE argument. The widgets
usable for this are: complete-word, delete-char-or-list,
expand-or-complete, expand-or-complete-prefix, list-choices,
menu-complete, menu-expand-or-complete, and reverse-menu-complete,
as well as menu-select if the zsh/complist module is loaded. The
option -n prevents the key being bound if it is already to bound to
something other than undefined-key.
The form with -K is similar and defines multiple widgets based on
the same FUNCTION, each of which requires the set of three
arguments NAME, STYLE and KEY-SEQUENCES, where the latter two are
as for -k and the first must be a unique widget name beginning with
an underscore.
Wherever applicable, the -a option makes the FUNCTION autoloadable,
equivalent to autoload -U FUNCTION.
The function compdef can be used to associate existing completion
functions with new commands. For example,
compdef _pids foo
uses the function _pids to complete process IDs for the command foo.
Note also the _gnu_generic function described below, which can be used
to complete options for commands that understand the '--help' option.
File: zsh.info, Node: Completion System Configuration, Next: Control Functions, Prev: Initialization, Up: Completion System
20.3 Completion System Configuration
====================================
This section gives a short overview of how the completion system works,
and then more detail on how users can configure how and when matches are
generated.
20.3.1 Overview
---------------
When completion is attempted somewhere on the command line the
completion system first works out the context. This takes account of a
number of things including the command word (such as 'grep' or 'zsh')
and options to which the current word may be an argument (such as the
'-o' option to zsh which takes a shell option as an argument).
This context information is condensed into a string consisting of
multiple fields separated by colons, referred to simply as 'the context'
in the remainder of the documentation. This is used to look up
_styles_, context-sensitive options that can be used to configure the
completion system. The context used for lookup may vary during the same
call to the completion system.
The context string always consists of a fixed set of fields, separated
by colons and with a leading colon before the first, in the form
:completion:FUNCTION:COMPLETER:COMMAND:ARGUMENT:tag. These have the
following meaning:
* The literal string completion, saying that this style is used by
the completion system. This distinguishes the context from those
used by, for example, zle widgets and ZFTP functions.
* The FUNCTION, if completion is called from a named widget rather
than through the normal completion system. Typically this is
blank, but it is set by special widgets such as predict-on and the
various functions in the Widget directory of the distribution to
the name of that function, often in an abbreviated form.
* The COMPLETER currently active, the name of the function without
the leading underscore and with other underscores converted to
hyphens. A 'completer' is in overall control of how completion is
to be performed; 'complete' is the simplest, but other completers
exist to perform related tasks such as correction, or to modify the
behaviour of a later completer. See *note Control Functions:: for
more information.
* The COMMAND or a special -CONTEXT-, just at it appears following
the #compdef tag or the compdef function. Completion functions for
commands that have sub-commands usually modify this field to
contain the name of the command followed by a minus sign and the
sub-command. For example, the completion function for the cvs
command sets this field to cvs-add when completing arguments to the
add subcommand.
* The ARGUMENT; this indicates which command line or option argument
we are completing. For command arguments this generally takes the
form argument-N, where N is the number of the argument, and for
arguments to options the form option-OPT-N where N is the number of
the argument to option OPT. However, this is only the case if the
command line is parsed with standard UNIX-style options and
arguments, so many completions do not set this.
* The TAG. As described previously, tags are used to discriminate
between the types of matches a completion function can generate in
a certain context. Any completion function may use any tag name it
likes, but a list of the more common ones is given below.
The context is gradually put together as the functions are executed,
starting with the main entry point, which adds :completion: and the
FUNCTION element if necessary. The completer then adds the COMPLETER
element. The contextual completion adds the COMMAND and ARGUMENT
options. Finally, the TAG is added when the types of completion are
known. For example, the context name
:completion::complete:dvips:option-o-1:files
says that normal completion was attempted as the first argument to the
option -o of the command dvips:
dvips -o ...
and the completion function will generate filenames.
Usually completion will be tried for all possible tags in an order given
by the completion function. However, this can be altered by using the
tag-order style. Completion is then restricted to the list of given
tags in the given order.
The _complete_help bindable command shows all the contexts and tags
available for completion at a particular point. This provides an easy
way of finding information for tag-order and other styles. It is
described in *note Bindable Commands::.
Styles determine such things as how the matches are generated, similarly
to shell options but with much more control. They can have any number
of strings as their value. They are defined with the zstyle builtin
command (*note The zsh/zutil Module::).
When looking up styles the completion system uses full context names,
including the tag. Looking up the value of a style therefore consists
of two things: the context, which may be matched as a pattern, and the
name of the style itself, which must be given exactly.
For example, many completion functions can generate matches in a simple
and a verbose form and use the verbose style to decide which form should
be used. To make all such functions use the verbose form, put
zstyle ':completion:*' verbose yes
in a startup file (probably .zshrc). This gives the verbose style the
value yes in every context inside the completion system, unless that
context has a more specific definition. It is best to avoid giving the
context as '*' in case the style has some meaning outside the completion
system.
Many such general purpose styles can be configured simply by using the
compinstall function.
A more specific example of the use of the verbose style is by the
completion for the kill builtin. If the style is set, the builtin lists
full job texts and process command lines; otherwise it shows the bare
job numbers and PIDs. To turn the style off for this use only:
zstyle ':completion:*:*:kill:*' verbose no
For even more control, the style can use one of the tags 'jobs' or
'processes'. To turn off verbose display only for jobs:
zstyle ':completion:*:*:kill:*:jobs' verbose no
The -e option to zstyle even allows completion function code to appear
as the argument to a style; this requires some understanding of the
internals of completion functions (see *note Completion Widgets::)).
For example,
zstyle -e ':completion:*' hosts 'reply=($myhosts)'
This forces the value of the hosts style to be read from the variable
myhosts each time a host name is needed; this is useful if the value of
myhosts can change dynamically. For another useful example, see the
example in the description of the file-list style below. This form can
be slow and should be avoided for commonly examined styles such as menu
and list-rows-first.
Note that the order in which styles are _defined_ does not matter; the
style mechanism uses the most specific possible match for a particular
style to determine the set of values. More precisely, strings are
preferred over patterns (for example, ':completion::complete:foo' is
more specific than ':completion::complete:*'), and longer patterns are
preferred over shorter patterns.
Style names like those of tags are arbitrary and depend on the
completion function. However, the following two sections list some of
the most common tags and styles.
20.3.2 Standard Tags
--------------------
Some of the following are only used when looking up particular styles
and do not refer to a type of match.
accounts
used to look up the users-hosts style
all-expansions
used by the _expand completer when adding the single string
containing all possible expansions
all-files
for the names of all files (as distinct from a particular subset,
see the globbed-files tag).
arguments
for arguments to a command
arrays
for names of array parameters
association-keys
for keys of associative arrays; used when completing inside a
subscript to a parameter of this type
bookmarks
when completing bookmarks (e.g. for URLs and the zftp function
suite)
builtins
for names of builtin commands
characters
for single characters in arguments of commands such as stty. Also
used when completing character classes after an opening bracket
colormapids
for X colormap ids
colors
for color names
commands
for names of external commands. Also used by complex commands such
as cvs when completing names subcommands.
contexts
for contexts in arguments to the zstyle builtin command
corrections
used by the _approximate and _correct completers for possible
corrections
cursors
for cursor names used by X programs
default
used in some contexts to provide a way of supplying a default when
more specific tags are also valid. Note that this tag is used when
only the FUNCTION field of the context name is set
descriptions
used when looking up the value of the format style to generate
descriptions for types of matches
devices
for names of device special files
directories
for names of directories -- local-directories is used instead when
completing arguments of cd and related builtin commands when the
cdpath array is set
directory-stack
for entries in the directory stack
displays
for X display names
domains
for network domains
expansions
used by the _expand completer for individual words (as opposed to
the complete set of expansions) resulting from the expansion of a
word on the command line
extensions
for X server extensions
file-descriptors
for numbers of open file descriptors
files
the generic file-matching tag used by functions completing
filenames
fonts
for X font names
fstypes
for file system types (e.g. for the mount command)
functions
names of functions -- normally shell functions, although certain
commands may understand other kinds of function
globbed-files
for filenames when the name has been generated by pattern matching
groups
for names of user groups
history-words
for words from the history
hosts
for hostnames
indexes
for array indexes
jobs
for jobs (as listed by the 'jobs' builtin)
interfaces
for network interfaces
keymaps
for names of zsh keymaps
keysyms
for names of X keysyms
libraries
for names of system libraries
limits
for system limits
local-directories
for names of directories that are subdirectories of the current
working directory when completing arguments of cd and related
builtin commands (compare path-directories) -- when the cdpath
array is unset, directories is used instead
manuals
for names of manual pages
mailboxes
for e-mail folders
maps
for map names (e.g. NIS maps)
messages
used to look up the format style for messages
modifiers
for names of X modifiers
modules
for modules (e.g. zsh modules)
my-accounts
used to look up the users-hosts style
named-directories
for named directories (you wouldn't have guessed that, would you?)
names
for all kinds of names
newsgroups
for USENET groups
nicknames
for nicknames of NIS maps
options
for command options
original
used by the _approximate, _correct and _expand completers when
offering the original string as a match
other-accounts
used to look up the users-hosts style
other-files
for the names of any non-directory files. This is used instead of
all-files when the list-dirs-first style is in effect.
packages
for packages (e.g. rpm or installed Debian packages)
parameters
for names of parameters
path-directories
for names of directories found by searching the cdpath array when
completing arguments of cd and related builtin commands (compare
local-directories)
paths
used to look up the values of the expand, ambiguous and
special-dirs styles
pods
for perl pods (documentation files)
ports
for communication ports
prefixes
for prefixes (like those of a URL)
printers
for print queue names
processes
for process identifiers
processes-names
used to look up the command style when generating the names of
processes for killall
sequences
for sequences (e.g. mh sequences)
sessions
for sessions in the zftp function suite
signals
for signal names
strings
for strings (e.g. the replacement strings for the cd builtin
command)
styles
for styles used by the zstyle builtin command
suffixes
for filename extensions
tags
for tags (e.g. rpm tags)
targets
for makefile targets
time-zones
for time zones (e.g. when setting the TZ parameter)
types
for types of whatever (e.g. address types for the xhost command)
urls
used to look up the urls and local styles when completing URLs
users
for usernames
values
for one of a set of values in certain lists
variant
used by _pick_variant to look up the command to run when
determining what program is installed for a particular command
name.
visuals
for X visuals
warnings
used to look up the format style for warnings
widgets
for zsh widget names
windows
for IDs of X windows
zsh-options
for shell options
20.3.3 Standard Styles
----------------------
Note that the values of several of these styles represent boolean
values. Any of the strings 'true', 'on', 'yes', and '1' can be used for
the value 'true' and any of the strings 'false', 'off', 'no', and '0'
for the value 'false'. The behavior for any other value is undefined
except where explicitly mentioned. The default value may be either true
or false if the style is not set.
Some of these styles are tested first for every possible tag
corresponding to a type of match, and if no style was found, for the
default tag. The most notable styles of this type are menu, list-colors
and styles controlling completion listing such as list-packed and
last-prompt. When tested for the default tag, only the FUNCTION field
of the context will be set so that a style using the default tag will
normally be defined along the lines of:
zstyle ':completion:*:default' menu ...
accept-exact
This is tested for the default tag in addition to the tags valid
for the current context. If it is set to 'true' and any of the
trial matches is the same as the string on the command line, this
match will immediately be accepted (even if it would otherwise be
considered ambiguous).
When completing pathnames (where the tag used is 'paths') this
style accepts any number of patterns as the value in addition to
the boolean values. Pathnames matching one of these patterns will
be accepted immediately even if the command line contains some more
partially typed pathname components and these match no file under
the directory accepted.
This style is also used by the _expand completer to decide if words
beginning with a tilde or parameter expansion should be expanded.
For example, if there are parameters foo and foobar, the string
'$foo' will only be expanded if accept-exact is set to 'true';
otherwise the completion system will be allowed to complete $foo to
$foobar. If the style is set to 'continue', _expand will add the
expansion as a match and the completion system will also be allowed
to continue.
accept-exact-dirs
This is used by filename completion. Unlike accept-exact it is a
boolean. By default, filename completion examines all components
of a path to see if there are completions of that component, even
if the component matches an existing directory. For example, when
completion after /usr/bin/, the function examines possible
completions to /usr.
When this style is true, any prefix of a path that matches an
existing directory is accepted without any attempt to complete it
further. Hence, in the given example, the path /usr/bin/ is
accepted immediately and completion tried in that directory.
If you wish to inhibit this behaviour entirely, set the
path-completion style (see below) to false.
add-space
This style is used by the _expand completer. If it is true (the
default), a space will be inserted after all words resulting from
the expansion, or a slash in the case of directory names. If the
value is 'file', the completer will only add a space to names of
existing files. Either a boolean true or the value 'file' may be
combined with 'subst', in which case the completer will not add a
space to words generated from the expansion of a substitution of
the form '$(...)' or '${...}'.
The _prefix completer uses this style as a simple boolean value to
decide if a space should be inserted before the suffix.
ambiguous
This applies when completing non-final components of filename
paths, in other words those with a trailing slash. If it is set,
the cursor is left after the first ambiguous component, even if
menu completion is in use. The style is always tested with the
paths tag.
assign-list
When completing after an equals sign that is being treated as an
assignment, the completion system normally completes only one
filename. In some cases the value may be a list of filenames
separated by colons, as with PATH and similar parameters. This
style can be set to a list of patterns matching the names of such
parameters.
The default is to complete lists when the word on the line already
contains a colon.
auto-description
If set, this style's value will be used as the description for
options that are not described by the completion functions, but
that have exactly one argument. The sequence '%d' in the value
will be replaced by the description for this argument. Depending
on personal preferences, it may be useful to set this style to
something like 'specify: %d'. Note that this may not work for some
commands.
avoid-completer
This is used by the _all_matches completer to decide if the string
consisting of all matches should be added to the list currently
being generated. Its value is a list of names of completers. If
any of these is the name of the completer that generated the
matches in this completion, the string will not be added.
The default value for this style is '_expand _old_list _correct
_approximate', i.e. it contains the completers for which a string
with all matches will almost never be wanted.
cache-path
This style defines the path where any cache files containing dumped
completion data are stored. It defaults to '$ZDOTDIR/.zcompcache',
or '$HOME/.zcompcache' if $ZDOTDIR is not defined. The completion
cache will not be used unless the use-cache style is set.
cache-policy
This style defines the function that will be used to determine
whether a cache needs rebuilding. See the section on the
_cache_invalid function below.
call-command
This style is used in the function for commands such as make and
ant where calling the command directly to generate matches suffers
problems such as being slow or, as in the case of make can
potentially cause actions in the makefile to be executed. If it is
set to 'true' the command is called to generate matches. The
default value of this style is 'false'.
command
In many places, completion functions need to call external commands
to generate the list of completions. This style can be used to
override the command that is called in some such cases. The
elements of the value are joined with spaces to form a command line
to execute. The value can also start with a hyphen, in which case
the usual command will be added to the end; this is most useful for
putting 'builtin' or 'command' in front to make sure the
appropriate version of a command is called, for example to avoid
calling a shell function with the same name as an external command.
As an example, the completion function for process IDs uses this
style with the processes tag to generate the IDs to complete and
the list of processes to display (if the verbose style is 'true').
The list produced by the command should look like the output of the
ps command. The first line is not displayed, but is searched for
the string 'PID' (or 'pid') to find the position of the process IDs
in the following lines. If the line does not contain 'PID', the
first numbers in each of the other lines are taken as the process
IDs to complete.
Note that the completion function generally has to call the
specified command for each attempt to generate the completion list.
Hence care should be taken to specify only commands that take a
short time to run, and in particular to avoid any that may never
terminate.
command-path
This is a list of directories to search for commands to complete.
The default for this style is the value of the special parameter
path.
commands
This is used by the function completing sub-commands for the system
initialisation scripts (residing in /etc/init.d or somewhere not
too far away from that). Its values give the default commands to
complete for those commands for which the completion function isn't
able to find them out automatically. The default for this style
are the two strings 'start' and 'stop'.
complete
This is used by the _expand_alias function when invoked as a
bindable command. If set to 'true' and the word on the command
line is not the name of an alias, matching alias names will be
completed.
complete-options
This is used by the completer for cd, chdir and pushd. For these
commands a - is used to introduce a directory stack entry and
completion of these is far more common than completing options.
Hence unless the value of this style is true options will not be
completed, even after an initial -. If it is true, options will be
completed after an initial - unless there is a preceding -- on the
command line.
completer
The strings given as the value of this style provide the names of
the completer functions to use. The available completer functions
are described in *note Control Functions::.
Each string may be either the name of a completer function or a
string of the form 'FUNCTION:NAME'. In the first case the
COMPLETER field of the context will contain the name of the
completer without the leading underscore and with all other
underscores replaced by hyphens. In the second case the FUNCTION
is the name of the completer to call, but the context will contain
the user-defined NAME in the COMPLETER field of the context. If
the NAME starts with a hyphen, the string for the context will be
build from the name of the completer function as in the first case
with the NAME appended to it. For example:
zstyle ':completion:*' completer _complete _complete:-foo
Here, completion will call the _complete completer twice, once
using 'complete' and once using 'complete-foo' in the COMPLETER
field of the context. Normally, using the same completer more than
once only makes sense when used with the 'FUNCTIONS:NAME' form,
because otherwise the context name will be the same in all calls to
the completer; possible exceptions to this rule are the _ignored
and _prefix completers.
The default value for this style is '_complete _ignored': only
completion will be done, first using the ignored-patterns style and
the $fignore array and then without ignoring matches.
condition
This style is used by the _list completer function to decide if
insertion of matches should be delayed unconditionally. The
default is 'true'.
delimiters
This style is used when adding a delimiter for use with history
modifiers or glob qualifiers that have delimited arguments. It is
an array of preferred delimiters to add. Non-special characters
are preferred as the completion system may otherwise become
confused. The default list is :, +, /, -, %. The list may be
empty to force a delimiter to be typed.
disabled
If this is set to 'true', the _expand_alias completer and bindable
command will try to expand disabled aliases, too. The default is
'false'.
domains
A list of names of network domains for completion. If this is not
set, domain names will be taken from the file /etc/resolv.conf.
environ
The environ style is used when completing for 'sudo'. It is set to
an array of 'VAR=VALUE' assignments to be exported into the local
environment before the completion for the target command is
invoked.
zstyle ':completion:*:sudo::' environ \
PATH="/sbin:/usr/sbin:$PATH" HOME="/root"
expand
This style is used when completing strings consisting of multiple
parts, such as path names.
If one of its values is the string 'prefix', the partially typed
word from the line will be expanded as far as possible even if
trailing parts cannot be completed.
If one of its values is the string 'suffix', matching names for
components after the first ambiguous one will also be added. This
means that the resulting string is the longest unambiguous string
possible. However, menu completion can be used to cycle through
all matches.
fake
This style may be set for any completion context. It specifies
additional strings that will always be completed in that context.
The form of each string is 'VALUE:DESCRIPTION'; the colon and
description may be omitted, but any literal colons in VALUE must be
quoted with a backslash. Any DESCRIPTION provided is shown
alongside the value in completion listings.
It is important to use a sufficiently restrictive context when
specifying fake strings. Note that the styles fake-files and
fake-parameters provide additional features when completing files
or parameters.
fake-always
This works identically to the fake style except that the
ignored-patterns style is not applied to it. This makes it
possible to override a set of matches completely by setting the
ignored patterns to '*'.
The following shows a way of supplementing any tag with arbitrary
data, but having it behave for display purposes like a separate
tag. In this example we use the features of the tag-order style to
divide the named-directories tag into two when performing
completion with the standard completer complete for arguments of
cd. The tag named-directories-normal behaves as normal, but the
tag named-directories-mine contains a fixed set of directories.
This has the effect of adding the match group 'extra directories'
with the given completions.
zstyle ':completion::complete:cd:*' tag-order \
'named-directories:-mine:extra\ directories
named-directories:-normal:named\ directories *'
zstyle ':completion::complete:cd:*:named-directories-mine' \
fake-always mydir1 mydir2
zstyle ':completion::complete:cd:*:named-directories-mine' \
ignored-patterns '*'
fake-files
This style is used when completing files and looked up without a
tag. Its values are of the form 'DIR:NAMES...'. This will add the
NAMES (strings separated by spaces) as possible matches when
completing in the directory DIR, even if no such files really
exist. The dir may be a pattern; pattern characters or colons in
DIR should be quoted with a backslash to be treated literally.
This can be useful on systems that support special file systems
whose top-level pathnames can not be listed or generated with glob
patterns. It can also be used for directories for which one does
not have read permission.
The pattern form can be used to add a certain 'magic' entry to all
directories on a particular file system.
fake-parameters
This is used by the completion function for parameter names. Its
values are names of parameters that might not yet be set but should
be completed nonetheless. Each name may also be followed by a
colon and a string specifying the type of the parameter (like
'scalar', 'array' or 'integer'). If the type is given, the name
will only be completed if parameters of that type are required in
the particular context. Names for which no type is specified will
always be completed.
file-list
This style controls whether files completed using the standard
builtin mechanism are to be listed with a long list similar to ls
-l. Note that this feature uses the shell module zsh/stat for file
information; this loads the builtin stat which will replace any
external stat executable. To avoid this the following code can be
included in an initialization file:
zmodload -i zsh/stat
disable stat
The style may either be set to a true value (or 'all'), or one of
the values 'insert' or 'list', indicating that files are to be
listed in long format in all circumstances, or when attempting to
insert a file name, or when listing file names without attempting
to insert one.
More generally, the value may be an array of any of the above
values, optionally followed by =NUM. If NUM is present it gives
the maximum number of matches for which long listing style will be
used. For example,
zstyle ':completion:*' file-list list=20 insert=10
specifies that long format will be used when listing up to 20 files
or inserting a file with up to 10 matches (assuming a listing is to
be shown at all, for example on an ambiguous completion), else
short format will be used.
zstyle -e ':completion:*' file-list '(( ${+NUMERIC} )) && reply=(true)'
specifies that long format will be used any time a numeric argument
is supplied, else short format.
file-patterns
This is used by the standard function for completing filenames,
_files. If the style is unset up to three tags are offered,
'globbed-files','directories' and 'all-files', depending on the
types of files expected by the caller of _files. The first two
('globbed-files' and 'directories') are normally offered together
to make it easier to complete files in sub-directories.
The file-patterns style provides alternatives to the default tags,
which are not used. Its value consists of elements of the form
'PATTERN:TAG'; each string may contain any number of such
specifications separated by spaces.
The PATTERN is a pattern that is to be used to generate filenames.
Any occurrence of the sequence '%p' is replaced by any pattern(s)
passed by the function calling _files. Colons in the pattern must
be preceded by a backslash to make them distinguishable from the
colon before the TAG. If more than one pattern is needed, the
patterns can be given inside braces, separated by commas.
The TAGs of all strings in the value will be offered by _files and
used when looking up other styles. Any TAGs in the same word will
be offered at the same time and before later words. If no ':TAG'
is given the 'files' tag will be used.
The TAG may also be followed by an optional second colon and a
description, which will be used for the '%d' in the value of the
format style (if that is set) instead of the default description
supplied by the completion function. If the description given here
contains itself a '%d', that is replaced with the description
supplied by the completion function.
For example, to make the rm command first complete only names of
object files and then the names of all files if there is no
matching object file:
zstyle ':completion:*:*:rm:*' file-patterns \
'*.o:object-files' '%p:all-files'
To alter the default behaviour of file completion -- offer files
matching a pattern and directories on the first attempt, then all
files -- to offer only matching files on the first attempt, then
directories, and finally all files:
zstyle ':completion:*' file-patterns \
'%p:globbed-files' '*(-/):directories' '*:all-files'
This works even where there is no special pattern: _files matches
all files using the pattern '*' at the first step and stops when it
sees this pattern. Note also it will never try a pattern more than
once for a single completion attempt.
During the execution of completion functions, the EXTENDED_GLOB
option is in effect, so the characters '#', '~' and '^' have
special meanings in the patterns.
file-sort
The standard filename completion function uses this style without a
tag to determine in which order the names should be listed; menu
completion will cycle through them in the same order. The possible
values are: 'size' to sort by the size of the file; 'links' to sort
by the number of links to the file; 'modification' (or 'time' or
'date') to sort by the last modification time; 'access' to sort by
the last access time; and 'inode' (or 'change') to sort by the last
inode change time. If the style is set to any other value, or is
unset, files will be sorted alphabetically by name. If the value
contains the string 'reverse', sorting is done in the opposite
order. If the value contains the string 'follow', timestamps are
associated with the targets of symbolic links; the default is to
use the timestamps of the links themselves.
filter
This is used by the LDAP plugin for e-mail address completion to
specify the attributes to match against when filtering entries. So
for example, if the style is set to 'sn', matching is done against
surnames. Standard LDAP filtering is used so normal completion
matching is bypassed. If this style is not set, the LDAP plugin is
skipped. You may also need to set the command style to specify how
to connect to your LDAP server.
force-list
This forces a list of completions to be shown at any point where
listing is done, even in cases where the list would usually be
suppressed. For example, normally the list is only shown if there
are at least two different matches. By setting this style to
'always', the list will always be shown, even if there is only a
single match that will immediately be accepted. The style may also
be set to a number. In this case the list will be shown if there
are at least that many matches, even if they would all insert the
same string.
This style is tested for the default tag as well as for each tag
valid for the current completion. Hence the listing can be forced
only for certain types of match.
format
If this is set for the descriptions tag, its value is used as a
string to display above matches in completion lists. The sequence
'%d' in this string will be replaced with a short description of
what these matches are. This string may also contain the following
sequences to specify output attributes, *note Prompt Expansion:::
'%B', '%S', '%U', '%F', '%K' and their lower case counterparts, as
well as '%{...%}'. '%F', '%K' and '%{...%}' take arguments in the
same form as prompt expansion. Note that the %G sequence is not
available; an argument to '%{' should be used instead.
The style is tested with each tag valid for the current completion
before it is tested for the descriptions tag. Hence different
format strings can be defined for different types of match.
Note also that some completer functions define additional
'%'-sequences. These are described for the completer functions
that make use of them.
Some completion functions display messages that may be customised
by setting this style for the messages tag. Here, the '%d' is
replaced with a message given by the completion function.
Finally, the format string is looked up with the warnings tag, for
use when no matches could be generated at all. In this case the
'%d' is replaced with the descriptions for the matches that were
expected separated by spaces. The sequence '%D' is replaced with
the same descriptions separated by newlines.
It is possible to use printf-style field width specifiers with '%d'
and similar escape sequences. This is handled by the zformat
builtin command from the zsh/zutil module, see *note The zsh/zutil
Module::.
glob
This is used by the _expand completer. If it is set to 'true' (the
default), globbing will be attempted on the words resulting from a
previous substitution (see the substitute style) or else the
original string from the line.
global
If this is set to 'true' (the default), the _expand_alias completer
and bindable command will try to expand global aliases.
group-name
The completion system can group different types of matches, which
appear in separate lists. This style can be used to give the names
of groups for particular tags. For example, in command position
the completion system generates names of builtin and external
commands, names of aliases, shell functions and parameters and
reserved words as possible completions. To have the external
commands and shell functions listed separately:
zstyle ':completion:*:*:-command-:*:commands' group-name commands
zstyle ':completion:*:*:-command-:*:functions' group-name functions
As a consequence, any match with the same tag will be displayed in
the same group.
If the name given is the empty string the name of the tag for the
matches will be used as the name of the group. So, to have all
different types of matches displayed separately, one can just set:
zstyle ':completion:*' group-name ''
All matches for which no group name is defined will be put in a
group named -default-.
group-order
This style is additional to the group-name style to specify the
order for display of the groups defined by that style (compare
tag-order, which determines which completions appear at all). The
groups named are shown in the given order; any other groups are
shown in the order defined by the completion function.
For example, to have names of builtin commands, shell functions and
external commands appear in that order when completing in command
position:
zstyle ':completion:*:*:-command-:*' group-order \
builtins functions commands
groups
A list of names of UNIX groups. If this is not set, group names
are taken from the YP database or the file '/etc/group'.
hidden
If this is set to true, matches for the given context will not be
listed, although any description for the matches set with the
format style will be shown. If it is set to 'all', not even the
description will be displayed.
Note that the matches will still be completed; they are just not
shown in the list. To avoid having matches considered as possible
completions at all, the tag-order style can be modified as
described below.
hosts
A list of names of hosts that should be completed. If this is not
set, hostnames are taken from the file '/etc/hosts'.
hosts-ports
This style is used by commands that need or accept hostnames and
network ports. The strings in the value should be of the form
'HOST:PORT'. Valid ports are determined by the presence of
hostnames; multiple ports for the same host may appear.
ignore-line
This is tested for each tag valid for the current completion. If
it is set to 'true', none of the words that are already on the line
will be considered as possible completions. If it is set to
'current', the word the cursor is on will not be considered as a
possible completion. The value 'current-shown' is similar but only
applies if the list of completions is currently shown on the
screen. Finally, if the style is set to 'other', all words on the
line except for the current one will be excluded from the possible
completions.
The values 'current' and 'current-shown' are a bit like the
opposite of the accept-exact style: only strings with missing
characters will be completed.
Note that you almost certainly don't want to set this to 'true' or
'other' for a general context such as ':completion:*'. This is
because it would disallow completion of, for example, options
multiple times even if the command in question accepts the option
more than once.
ignore-parents
The style is tested without a tag by the function completing
pathnames in order to determine whether to ignore the names of
directories already mentioned in the current word, or the name of
the current working directory. The value must include one or both
of the following strings:
parent
The name of any directory whose path is already contained in
the word on the line is ignored. For example, when completing
after foo/../, the directory foo will not be considered a
valid completion.
pwd
The name of the current working directory will not be
completed; hence, for example, completion after ../ will not
use the name of the current directory.
In addition, the value may include one or both of:
..
Ignore the specified directories only when the word on the
line contains the substring '../'.
directory
Ignore the specified directories only when names of
directories are completed, not when completing names of files.
Excluded values act in a similar fashion to values of the
ignored-patterns style, so they can be restored to consideration by
the _ignored completer.
extra-verbose
If set, the completion listing is more verbose at the cost of a
probable decrease in completion speed. Completion performance will
suffer if this style is set to 'true'.
ignored-patterns
A list of patterns; any trial completion matching one of the
patterns will be excluded from consideration. The _ignored
completer can appear in the list of completers to restore the
ignored matches. This is a more configurable version of the shell
parameter $fignore.
Note that the EXTENDED_GLOB option is set during the execution of
completion functions, so the characters '#', '~' and '^' have
special meanings in the patterns.
insert
This style is used by the _all_matches completer to decide whether
to insert the list of all matches unconditionally instead of adding
the list as another match.
insert-ids
When completing process IDs, for example as arguments to the kill
and wait builtins the name of a command may be converted to the
appropriate process ID. A problem arises when the process name
typed is not unique. By default (or if this style is set
explicitly to 'menu') the name will be converted immediately to a
set of possible IDs, and menu completion will be started to cycle
through them.
If the value of the style is 'single', the shell will wait until
the user has typed enough to make the command unique before
converting the name to an ID; attempts at completion will be
unsuccessful until that point. If the value is any other string,
menu completion will be started when the string typed by the user
is longer than the common prefix to the corresponding IDs.
insert-tab
If this is set to 'true', the completion system will insert a TAB
character (assuming that was used to start completion) instead of
performing completion when there is no non-blank character to the
left of the cursor. If it is set to 'false', completion will be
done even there.
The value may also contain the substrings 'pending' or
'pending=VAL'. In this case, the typed character will be inserted
instead of starting completion when there is unprocessed input
pending. If a VAL is given, completion will not be done if there
are at least that many characters of unprocessed input. This is
often useful when pasting characters into a terminal. Note
however, that it relies on the $PENDING special parameter from the
zsh/zle module being set properly which is not guaranteed on all
platforms.
The default value of this style is 'true' except for completion
within vared builtin command where it is 'false'.
insert-unambiguous
This is used by the _match and _approximate completers. These
completers are often used with menu completion since the word typed
may bear little resemblance to the final completion. However, if
this style is 'true', the completer will start menu completion only
if it could find no unambiguous initial string at least as long as
the original string typed by the user.
In the case of the _approximate completer, the completer field in
the context will already have been set to one of correct-NUM or
approximate-NUM, where NUM is the number of errors that were
accepted.
In the case of the _match completer, the style may also be set to
the string 'pattern'. Then the pattern on the line is left
unchanged if it does not match unambiguously.
keep-prefix
This style is used by the _expand completer. If it is 'true', the
completer will try to keep a prefix containing a tilde or parameter
expansion. Hence, for example, the string '~/f*' would be expanded
to '~/foo' instead of '/home/user/foo'. If the style is set to
'changed' (the default), the prefix will only be left unchanged if
there were other changes between the expanded words and the
original word from the command line. Any other value forces the
prefix to be expanded unconditionally.
The behaviour of expand when this style is true is to cause _expand
to give up when a single expansion with the restored prefix is the
same as the original; hence any remaining completers may be called.
last-prompt
This is a more flexible form of the ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT option. If
it is true, the completion system will try to return the cursor to
the previous command line after displaying a completion list. It
is tested for all tags valid for the current completion, then the
default tag. The cursor will be moved back to the previous line if
this style is 'true' for all types of match. Note that unlike the
ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT option this is independent of the numeric prefix
argument.
known-hosts-files
This style should contain a list of files to search for host names
and (if the use-ip style is set) IP addresses in a format
compatible with ssh known_hosts files. If it is not set, the files
/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts and ~/.ssh/known_hosts are used.
list
This style is used by the _history_complete_word bindable command.
If it is set to 'true' it has no effect. If it is set to 'false'
matches will not be listed. This overrides the setting of the
options controlling listing behaviour, in particular AUTO_LIST.
The context always starts with ':completion:history-words'.
list-colors
If the zsh/complist module is loaded, this style can be used to set
color specifications. This mechanism replaces the use of the
ZLS_COLORS and ZLS_COLOURS parameters described in *note The
zsh/complist Module::, but the syntax is the same.
If this style is set for the default tag, the strings in the value
are taken as specifications that are to be used everywhere. If it
is set for other tags, the specifications are used only for matches
of the type described by the tag. For this to work best, the
group-name style must be set to an empty string.
In addition to setting styles for specific tags, it is also
possible to use group names specified explicitly by the group-name
tag together with the '(group)' syntax allowed by the ZLS_COLORS
and ZLS_COLOURS parameters and simply using the default tag.
It is possible to use any color specifications already set up for
the GNU version of the ls command:
zstyle ':completion:*:default' list-colors ${(s.:.)LS_COLORS}
The default colors are the same as for the GNU ls command and can
be obtained by setting the style to an empty string (i.e. '').
list-dirs-first
This is used by file completion. If set, directories to be
completed are listed separately from and before completion for
other files, regardless of tag ordering. In addition, the tag
other-files is used in place of all-files for the remaining files,
to indicate that no directories are presented with that tag.
list-grouped
If this style is 'true' (the default), the completion system will
try to make certain completion listings more compact by grouping
matches. For example, options for commands that have the same
description (shown when the verbose style is set to 'true') will
appear as a single entry. However, menu selection can be used to
cycle through all the matches.
list-packed
This is tested for each tag valid in the current context as well as
the default tag. If it is set to 'true', the corresponding matches
appear in listings as if the LIST_PACKED option were set. If it is
set to 'false', they are listed normally.
list-prompt
If this style is set for the default tag, completion lists that
don't fit on the screen can be scrolled (see *note The zsh/complist
Module::). The value, if not the empty string, will be displayed
after every screenful and the shell will prompt for a key press; if
the style is set to the empty string, a default prompt will be
used.
The value may contain the escape sequences: '%l' or '%L', which
will be replaced by the number of the last line displayed and the
total number of lines; '%m' or '%M', the number of the last match
shown and the total number of matches; and '%p' and '%P', 'Top'
when at the beginning of the list, 'Bottom' when at the end and the
position shown as a percentage of the total length otherwise. In
each case the form with the uppercase letter will be replaced by a
string of fixed width, padded to the right with spaces, while the
lowercase form will be replaced by a variable width string. As in
other prompt strings, the escape sequences '%S', '%s', '%B', '%b',
'%U', '%u' for entering and leaving the display modes standout,
bold and underline, and '%F', '%f', '%K', '%k' for changing the
foreground background colour, are also available, as is the form
'%{...%}' for enclosing escape sequences which display with zero
(or, with a numeric argument, some other) width.
After deleting this prompt the variable LISTPROMPT should be unset
for the removal to take effect.
list-rows-first
This style is tested in the same way as the list-packed style and
determines whether matches are to be listed in a rows-first fashion
as if the LIST_ROWS_FIRST option were set.
list-suffixes
This style is used by the function that completes filenames. If it
is true, and completion is attempted on a string containing
multiple partially typed pathname components, all ambiguous
components will be shown. Otherwise, completion stops at the first
ambiguous component.
list-separator
The value of this style is used in completion listing to separate
the string to complete from a description when possible (e.g. when
completing options). It defaults to '--' (two hyphens).
local
This is for use with functions that complete URLs for which the
corresponding files are available directly from the file system.
Its value should consist of three strings: a hostname, the path to
the default web pages for the server, and the directory name used
by a user placing web pages within their home area.
For example:
zstyle ':completion:*' local toast \
/var/http/public/toast public_html
Completion after 'http://toast/stuff/' will look for files in the
directory /var/http/public/toast/stuff, while completion after
'http://toast/~yousir/' will look for files in the directory
~yousir/public_html.
mail-directory
If set, zsh will assume that mailbox files can be found in the
directory specified. It defaults to '~/Mail'.
match-original
This is used by the _match completer. If it is set to only, _match
will try to generate matches without inserting a '*' at the cursor
position. If set to any other non-empty value, it will first try
to generate matches without inserting the '*' and if that yields no
matches, it will try again with the '*' inserted. If it is unset
or set to the empty string, matching will only be performed with
the '*' inserted.
matcher
This style is tested separately for each tag valid in the current
context. Its value is added to any match specifications given by
the matcher-list style. It should be in the form described in
*note Completion Matching Control::.
matcher-list
This style can be set to a list of match specifications that are to
be applied everywhere. Match specifications are described in *note
Completion Matching Control::. The completion system will try them
one after another for each completer selected. For example, to try
first simple completion and, if that generates no matches,
case-insensitive completion:
zstyle ':completion:*' matcher-list '' 'm:{a-zA-Z}={A-Za-z}'
By default each specification replaces the previous one; however,
if a specification is prefixed with +, it is added to the existing
list. Hence it is possible to create increasingly general
specifications without repetition:
zstyle ':completion:*' matcher-list '' '+m{a-z}={A-Z}' '+m{A-Z}={a-z}'
It is possible to create match specifications valid for particular
completers by using the third field of the context. For example,
to use the completers _complete and _prefix but only allow
case-insensitive completion with _complete:
zstyle ':completion:*' completer _complete _prefix
zstyle ':completion:*:complete:*' matcher-list \
'' 'm:{a-zA-Z}={A-Za-z}'
User-defined names, as explained for the completer style, are
available. This makes it possible to try the same completer more
than once with different match specifications each time. For
example, to try normal completion without a match specification,
then normal completion with case-insensitive matching, then
correction, and finally partial-word completion:
zstyle ':completion:*' completer _complete _correct _complete:foo
zstyle ':completion:*:complete:*' matcher-list \
'' 'm:{a-zA-Z}={A-Za-z}'
zstyle ':completion:*:foo:*' matcher-list \
'm:{a-zA-Z}={A-Za-z} r:|[-_./]=* r:|=*'
If the style is unset in any context no match specification is
applied. Note also that some completers such as _correct and
_approximate do not use the match specifications at all, though
these completers will only ever be called once even if the
matcher-list contains more than one element.
Where multiple specifications are useful, note that the _entire_
completion is done for each element of matcher-list, which can
quickly reduce the shell's performance. As a rough rule of thumb,
one to three strings will give acceptable performance. On the
other hand, putting multiple space-separated values into the same
string does not have an appreciable impact on performance.
If there is no current matcher or it is empty, and the option
NO_CASE_GLOB is in effect, the matching for files is performed
case-insensitively in any case. However, any matcher must
explicitly specify case-insensitive matching if that is required.
max-errors
This is used by the _approximate and _correct completer functions
to determine the maximum number of errors to allow. The completer
will try to generate completions by first allowing one error, then
two errors, and so on, until either a match or matches were found
or the maximum number of errors given by this style has been
reached.
If the value for this style contains the string 'numeric', the
completer function will take any numeric argument as the maximum
number of errors allowed. For example, with
zstyle ':completion:*:approximate:::' max-errors 2 numeric
two errors are allowed if no numeric argument is given, but with a
numeric argument of six (as in 'ESC-6 TAB'), up to six errors are
accepted. Hence with a value of '0 numeric', no correcting
completion will be attempted unless a numeric argument is given.
If the value contains the string 'not-numeric', the completer will
_not_ try to generate corrected completions when given a numeric
argument, so in this case the number given should be greater than
zero. For example, '2 not-numeric' specifies that correcting
completion with two errors will usually be performed, but if a
numeric argument is given, correcting completion will not be
performed.
The default value for this style is '2 numeric'.
max-matches-width
This style is used to determine the trade off between the width of
the display used for matches and the width used for their
descriptions when the verbose style is in effect. The value gives
the number of display columns to reserve for the matches. The
default is half the width of the screen.
This has the most impact when several matches have the same
description and so will be grouped together. Increasing the style
will allow more matches to be grouped together; decreasing it will
allow more of the description to be visible.
menu
If this is true in the context of any of the tags defined for the
current completion menu completion will be used. The value for a
specific tag will take precedence over that for the 'default' tag.
If none of the values found in this way is true but at least one is
set to 'auto', the shell behaves as if the AUTO_MENU option is set.
If one of the values is explicitly set to false, menu completion
will be explicitly turned off, overriding the MENU_COMPLETE option
and other settings.
In the form 'yes=NUM', where 'yes' may be any of the true values
('yes', 'true', 'on' and '1'), menu completion will be turned on if
there are at least NUM matches. In the form 'yes=long', menu
completion will be turned on if the list does not fit on the
screen. This does not activate menu completion if the widget
normally only lists completions, but menu completion can be
activated in that case with the value 'yes=long-list' (Typically,
the value 'select=long-list' described later is more useful as it
provides control over scrolling.)
Similarly, with any of the 'false' values (as in 'no=10'), menu
completion will _not_ be used if there are NUM or more matches.
The value of this widget also controls menu selection, as
implemented by the zsh/complist module. The following values may
appear either alongside or instead of the values above.
If the value contains the string 'select', menu selection will be
started unconditionally.
In the form 'select=NUM', menu selection will only be started if
there are at least NUM matches. If the values for more than one
tag provide a number, the smallest number is taken.
Menu selection can be turned off explicitly by defining a value
containing the string'no-select'.
It is also possible to start menu selection only if the list of
matches does not fit on the screen by using the value
'select=long'. To start menu selection even if the current widget
only performs listing, use the value 'select=long-list'.
To turn on menu completion or menu selection when a there are a
certain number of matches _or_ the list of matches does not fit on
the screen, both of 'yes=' and 'select=' may be given twice, once
with a number and once with 'long' or 'long-list'.
Finally, it is possible to activate two special modes of menu
selection. The word 'interactive' in the value causes interactive
mode to be entered immediately when menu selection is started; see
*note The zsh/complist Module:: for a description of interactive
mode. Including the string 'search' does the same for incremental
search mode. To select backward incremental search, include the
string 'search-backward'.
muttrc
If set, gives the location of the mutt configuration file. It
defaults to '~/.muttrc'.
numbers
This is used with the jobs tag. If it is 'true', the shell will
complete job numbers instead of the shortest unambiguous prefix of
the job command text. If the value is a number, job numbers will
only be used if that many words from the job descriptions are
required to resolve ambiguities. For example, if the value is '1',
strings will only be used if all jobs differ in the first word on
their command lines.
old-list
This is used by the _oldlist completer. If it is set to 'always',
then standard widgets which perform listing will retain the current
list of matches, however they were generated; this can be turned
off explicitly with the value 'never', giving the behaviour without
the _oldlist completer. If the style is unset, or any other value,
then the existing list of completions is displayed if it is not
already; otherwise, the standard completion list is generated; this
is the default behaviour of _oldlist. However, if there is an old
list and this style contains the name of the completer function
that generated the list, then the old list will be used even if it
was generated by a widget which does not do listing.
For example, suppose you type ^Xc to use the _correct_word widget,
which generates a list of corrections for the word under the
cursor. Usually, typing ^D would generate a standard list of
completions for the word on the command line, and show that. With
_oldlist, it will instead show the list of corrections already
generated.
As another example consider the _match completer: with the
insert-unambiguous style set to 'true' it inserts only a common
prefix string, if there is any. However, this may remove parts of
the original pattern, so that further completion could produce more
matches than on the first attempt. By using the _oldlist completer
and setting this style to _match, the list of matches generated on
the first attempt will be used again.
old-matches
This is used by the _all_matches completer to decide if an old list
of matches should be used if one exists. This is selected by one
of the 'true' values or by the string 'only'. If the value is
'only', _all_matches will only use an old list and won't have any
effect on the list of matches currently being generated.
If this style is set it is generally unwise to call the
_all_matches completer unconditionally. One possible use is for
either this style or the completer style to be defined with the -e
option to zstyle to make the style conditional.
old-menu
This is used by the _oldlist completer. It controls how menu
completion behaves when a completion has already been inserted and
the user types a standard completion key such as TAB. The default
behaviour of _oldlist is that menu completion always continues with
the existing list of completions. If this style is set to 'false',
however, a new completion is started if the old list was generated
by a different completion command; this is the behaviour without
the _oldlist completer.
For example, suppose you type ^Xc to generate a list of
corrections, and menu completion is started in one of the usual
ways. Usually, or with this style set to false, typing TAB at this
point would start trying to complete the line as it now appears.
With _oldlist, it instead continues to cycle through the list of
corrections.
original
This is used by the _approximate and _correct completers to decide
if the original string should be added as a possible completion.
Normally, this is done only if there are at least two possible
corrections, but if this style is set to 'true', it is always
added. Note that the style will be examined with the completer
field in the context name set to correct-NUM or approximate-NUM,
where NUM is the number of errors that were accepted.
packageset
This style is used when completing arguments of the Debian 'dpkg'
program. It contains an override for the default package set for a
given context. For example,
zstyle ':completion:*:complete:dpkg:option--status-1:*' \
packageset avail
causes available packages, rather than only installed packages, to
be completed for 'dpkg --status'.
path
The function that completes color names uses this style with the
colors tag. The value should be the pathname of a file containing
color names in the format of an X11 rgb.txt file. If the style is
not set but this file is found in one of various standard locations
it will be used as the default.
path-completion
This is used by filename completion. By default, filename
completion examines all components of a path to see if there are
completions of that component. For example, /u/b/z can be
completed to /usr/bin/zsh. Explicitly setting this style to false
inhibits this behaviour for path components up to the / before the
cursor; this overrides the setting of accept-exact-dirs.
Even with the style set to false, it is still possible to complete
multiple paths by setting the option COMPLETE_IN_WORD and moving
the cursor back to the first component in the path to be completed.
For example, /u/b/z can be completed to /usr/bin/zsh if the cursor
is after the /u.
pine-directory
If set, specifies the directory containing PINE mailbox files.
There is no default, since recursively searching this directory is
inconvenient for anyone who doesn't use PINE.
ports
A list of Internet service names (network ports) to complete. If
this is not set, service names are taken from the file
'/etc/services'.
prefix-hidden
This is used for certain completions which share a common prefix,
for example command options beginning with dashes. If it is
'true', the prefix will not be shown in the list of matches.
The default value for this style is 'false'.
prefix-needed
This style is also relevant for matches with a common prefix. If
it is set to 'true' this common prefix must be typed by the user to
generate the matches.
The style is applicable to the options, signals, jobs, functions,
and parameters completion tags.
For command options, this means that the initial '-', '+', or '--'
must be typed explicitly before option names will be completed.
For signals, an initial '-' is required before signal names will be
completed.
For jobs, an initial '%' is required before job names will be
completed.
For function and parameter names, an initial '_' or '.' is required
before function or parameter names starting with those characters
will be completed.
The default value for this style is 'false' for function and
parameter completions, and 'true' otherwise.
preserve-prefix
This style is used when completing path names. Its value should be
a pattern matching an initial prefix of the word to complete that
should be left unchanged under all circumstances. For example, on
some Unices an initial '//' (double slash) has a special meaning;
setting this style to the string '//' will preserve it. As another
example, setting this style to '?:/' under Cygwin would allow
completion after 'a:/...' and so on.
range
This is used by the _history completer and the
_history_complete_word bindable command to decide which words
should be completed.
If it is a singe number, only the last N words from the history
will be completed.
If it is a range of the form 'MAX:SLICE', the last SLICE words will
be completed; then if that yields no matches, the SLICE words
before those will be tried and so on. This process stops either
when at least one match was been found, or MAX words have been
tried.
The default is to complete all words from the history at once.
recursive-files
If this style is set, its value is an array of patterns to be
tested against '$PWD/': note the trailing slash, which allows
directories in the pattern to be delimited unambiguously by
including slashes on both sides. If an ordinary file completion
fails and the word on the command line does not yet have a
directory part to its name, the style is retrieved using the same
tag as for the completion just attempted, then the elements tested
against $PWD/ in turn. If one matches, then the shell reattempts
completion by prepending the word on the command line with each
directory in the expansion of **/*(/) in turn. Typically the
elements of the style will be set to restrict the number of
directories beneath the current one to a manageable number, for
example '*/.git/*'.
For example,
zstyle ':completion:*' recursive-files '*/zsh/*'
If the current directory is /home/pws/zsh/Src, then zle_tr_TAB_ can
be completed to Zle/zle_tricky.c.
regular
This style is used by the _expand_alias completer and bindable
command. If set to 'true' (the default), regular aliases will be
expanded but only in command position. If it is set to 'false',
regular aliases will never be expanded. If it is set to 'always',
regular aliases will be expanded even if not in command position.
rehash
If this is set when completing external commands, the internal list
(hash) of commands will be updated for each search by issuing the
rehash command. There is a speed penalty for this which is only
likely to be noticeable when directories in the path have slow file
access.
remote-access
If set to false, certain commands will be prevented from making
Internet connections to retrieve remote information. This includes
the completion for the CVS command.
It is not always possible to know if connections are in fact to a
remote site, so some may be prevented unnecessarily.
remove-all-dups
The _history_complete_word bindable command and the _history
completer use this to decide if all duplicate matches should be
removed, rather than just consecutive duplicates.
select-prompt
If this is set for the default tag, its value will be displayed
during menu selection (see the menu style above) when the
completion list does not fit on the screen as a whole. The same
escapes as for the list-prompt style are understood, except that
the numbers refer to the match or line the mark is on. A default
prompt is used when the value is the empty string.
select-scroll
This style is tested for the default tag and determines how a
completion list is scrolled during a menu selection (see the menu
style above) when the completion list does not fit on the screen as
a whole. If the value is '0' (zero), the list is scrolled by
half-screenfuls; if it is a positive integer, the list is scrolled
by the given number of lines; if it is a negative number, the list
is scrolled by a screenful minus the absolute value of the given
number of lines. The default is to scroll by single lines.
separate-sections
This style is used with the manuals tag when completing names of
manual pages. If it is 'true', entries for different sections are
added separately using tag names of the form 'manual.X', where X is
the section number. When the group-name style is also in effect,
pages from different sections will appear separately. This style
is also used similarly with the words style when completing words
for the dict command. It allows words from different dictionary
databases to be added separately. The default for this style is
'false'.
show-completer
Tested whenever a new completer is tried. If it is true, the
completion system outputs a progress message in the listing area
showing what completer is being tried. The message will be
overwritten by any output when completions are found and is removed
after completion is finished.
single-ignored
This is used by the _ignored completer when there is only one
match. If its value is 'show', the single match will be displayed
but not inserted. If the value is 'menu', then the single match
and the original string are both added as matches and menu
completion is started, making it easy to select either of them.
sort
Many completion widgets call _description at some point which
decides whether the matches are added sorted or unsorted (often
indirectly via _wanted or _requested). This style can be set
explicitly to one of the usual true or false values as an override.
If it is not set for the context, the standard behaviour of the
calling widget is used.
The style is tested first against the full context including the
tag, and if that fails to produce a value against the context
without the tag.
If the calling widget explicitly requests unsorted matches, this is
usually honoured. However, the default (unsorted) behaviour of
completion for the command history may be overridden by setting the
style to true.
In the _expand completer, if it is set to 'true', the expansions
generated will always be sorted. If it is set to 'menu', then the
expansions are only sorted when they are offered as single strings
but not in the string containing all possible expansions.
special-dirs
Normally, the completion code will not produce the directory names
'.' and '..' as possible completions. If this style is set to
'true', it will add both '.' and '..' as possible completions; if
it is set to '..', only '..' will be added.
The following example sets special-dirs to '..' when the current
prefix is empty, is a single '.', or consists only of a path
beginning with '../'. Otherwise the value is 'false'.
zstyle -e ':completion:*' special-dirs \
'[[ $PREFIX = (../)#(|.|..) ]] && reply=(..)'
squeeze-slashes
If set to 'true', sequences of slashes in filename paths (for
example in 'foo//bar') will be treated as a single slash. This is
the usual behaviour of UNIX paths. However, by default the file
completion function behaves as if there were a '*' between the
slashes.
stop
If set to 'true', the _history_complete_word bindable command will
stop once when reaching the beginning or end of the history.
Invoking _history_complete_word will then wrap around to the
opposite end of the history. If this style is set to 'false' (the
default), _history_complete_word will loop immediately as in a menu
completion.
strip-comments
If set to 'true', this style causes non-essential comment text to
be removed from completion matches. Currently it is only used when
completing e-mail addresses where it removes any display name from
the addresses, cutting them down to plain USER@HOST form.
subst-globs-only
This is used by the _expand completer. If it is set to 'true', the
expansion will only be used if it resulted from globbing; hence, if
expansions resulted from the use of the substitute style described
below, but these were not further changed by globbing, the
expansions will be rejected.
The default for this style is 'false'.
substitute
This boolean style controls whether the _expand completer will
first try to expand all substitutions in the string (such as
'$(...)' and '${...}').
The default is 'true'.
suffix
This is used by the _expand completer if the word starts with a
tilde or contains a parameter expansion. If it is set to 'true',
the word will only be expanded if it doesn't have a suffix, i.e.
if it is something like '~foo' or '$foo' rather than '~foo/' or
'$foo/bar', unless that suffix itself contains characters eligible
for expansion. The default for this style is 'true'.
tag-order
This provides a mechanism for sorting how the tags available in a
particular context will be used.
The values for the style are sets of space-separated lists of tags.
The tags in each value will be tried at the same time; if no match
is found, the next value is used. (See the file-patterns style for
an exception to this behavior.)
For example:
zstyle ':completion:*:complete:-command-:*' tag-order \
'commands functions'
specifies that completion in command position first offers external
commands and shell functions. Remaining tags will be tried if no
completions are found.
In addition to tag names, each string in the value may take one of
the following forms:
-
If any value consists of only a hyphen, then _only_ the tags
specified in the other values are generated. Normally all
tags not explicitly selected are tried last if the specified
tags fail to generate any matches. This means that a single
value consisting only of a single hyphen turns off completion.
! TAGS...
A string starting with an exclamation mark specifies names of
tags that are _not_ to be used. The effect is the same as if
all other possible tags for the context had been listed.
TAG:LABEL ...
Here, TAG is one of the standard tags and LABEL is an
arbitrary name. Matches are generated as normal but the name
LABEL is used in contexts instead of TAG. This is not useful
in words starting with !.
If the LABEL starts with a hyphen, the TAG is prepended to the
LABEL to form the name used for lookup. This can be used to
make the completion system try a certain tag more than once,
supplying different style settings for each attempt; see below
for an example.
TAG:LABEL:DESCRIPTION
As before, but description will replace the '%d' in the value
of the format style instead of the default description
supplied by the completion function. Spaces in the
description must be quoted with a backslash. A '%d' appearing
in DESCRIPTION is replaced with the description given by the
completion function.
In any of the forms above the tag may be a pattern or several
patterns in the form '{PAT1,PAT2...}'. In this case all matching
tags will be used except for any given explicitly in the same
string.
One use of these features is to try one tag more than once, setting
other styles differently on each attempt, but still to use all the
other tags without having to repeat them all. For example, to make
completion of function names in command position ignore all the
completion functions starting with an underscore the first time
completion is tried:
zstyle ':completion:*:*:-command-:*' tag-order \
'functions:-non-comp *' functions
zstyle ':completion:*:functions-non-comp' ignored-patterns '_*'
On the first attempt, all tags will be offered but the functions
tag will be replaced by functions-non-comp. The ignored-patterns
style is set for this tag to exclude functions starting with an
underscore. If there are no matches, the second value of the
tag-order style is used which completes functions using the default
tag, this time presumably including all function names.
The matches for one tag can be split into different groups. For
example:
zstyle ':completion:*' tag-order \
'options:-long:long\ options
options:-short:short\ options
options:-single-letter:single\ letter\ options'
zstyle ':completion:*:options-long' ignored-patterns '[-+](|-|[^-]*)'
zstyle ':completion:*:options-short' ignored-patterns '--*' '[-+]?'
zstyle ':completion:*:options-single-letter' ignored-patterns '???*'
With the group-names style set, options beginning with '--',
options beginning with a single '-' or '+' but containing multiple
characters, and single-letter options will be displayed in separate
groups with different descriptions.
Another use of patterns is to try multiple match specifications one
after another. The matcher-list style offers something similar,
but it is tested very early in the completion system and hence
can't be set for single commands nor for more specific contexts.
Here is how to try normal completion without any match
specification and, if that generates no matches, try again with
case-insensitive matching, restricting the effect to arguments of
the command foo:
zstyle ':completion:*:*:foo:*' tag-order '*' '*:-case'
zstyle ':completion:*-case' matcher 'm:{a-z}={A-Z}'
First, all the tags offered when completing after foo are tried
using the normal tag name. If that generates no matches, the
second value of tag-order is used, which tries all tags again
except that this time each has -case appended to its name for
lookup of styles. Hence this time the value for the matcher style
from the second call to zstyle in the example is used to make
completion case-insensitive.
It is possible to use the -e option of the zstyle builtin command
to specify conditions for the use of particular tags. For example:
zstyle -e '*:-command-:*' tag-order '
if [[ -n $PREFIX$SUFFIX ]]; then
reply=( )
else
reply=( - )
fi'
Completion in command position will be attempted only if the string
typed so far is not empty. This is tested using the PREFIX special
parameter; see *note Completion Widgets:: for a description of
parameters which are special inside completion widgets. Setting
reply to an empty array provides the default behaviour of trying
all tags at once; setting it to an array containing only a hyphen
disables the use of all tags and hence of all completions.
If no tag-order style has been defined for a context, the strings
'(|*-)argument-* (|*-)option-* values' and 'options' plus all tags
offered by the completion function will be used to provide a
sensible default behavior that causes arguments (whether normal
command arguments or arguments of options) to be completed before
option names for most commands.
urls
This is used together with the urls tag by functions completing
URLs.
If the value consists of more than one string, or if the only
string does not name a file or directory, the strings are used as
the URLs to complete.
If the value contains only one string which is the name of a normal
file the URLs are taken from that file (where the URLs may be
separated by white space or newlines).
Finally, if the only string in the value names a directory, the
directory hierarchy rooted at this directory gives the completions.
The top level directory should be the file access method, such as
'http', 'ftp', 'bookmark' and so on. In many cases the next level
of directories will be a filename. The directory hierarchy can
descend as deep as necessary.
For example,
zstyle ':completion:*' urls ~/.urls
mkdir -p ~/.urls/ftp/ftp.zsh.org/pub
allows completion of all the components of the URL
ftp://ftp.zsh.org/pub after suitable commands such as 'netscape' or
'lynx'. Note, however, that access methods and files are completed
separately, so if the hosts style is set hosts can be completed
without reference to the urls style.
See the description in the function _urls itself for more
information (e.g. 'more $^fpath/_urls(N)').
use-cache
If this is set, the completion caching layer is activated for any
completions which use it (via the _store_cache, _retrieve_cache,
and _cache_invalid functions). The directory containing the cache
files can be changed with the cache-path style.
use-compctl
If this style is set to a string _not_ equal to false, 0, no, and
off, the completion system may use any completion specifications
defined with the compctl builtin command. If the style is unset,
this is done only if the zsh/compctl module is loaded. The string
may also contain the substring 'first' to use completions defined
with 'compctl -T', and the substring 'default' to use the
completion defined with 'compctl -D'.
Note that this is only intended to smooth the transition from
compctl to the new completion system and may disappear in the
future.
Note also that the definitions from compctl will only be used if
there is no specific completion function for the command in
question. For example, if there is a function _foo to complete
arguments to the command foo, compctl will never be invoked for
foo. However, the compctl version will be tried if foo only uses
default completion.
use-ip
By default, the function _hosts that completes host names strips IP
addresses from entries read from host databases such as NIS and ssh
files. If this style is true, the corresponding IP addresses can
be completed as well. This style is not use in any context where
the hosts style is set; note also it must be set before the cache
of host names is generated (typically the first completion
attempt).
users
This may be set to a list of usernames to be completed. If it is
not set all usernames will be completed. Note that if it is set
only that list of users will be completed; this is because on some
systems querying all users can take a prohibitive amount of time.
users-hosts
The values of this style should be of the form 'USER@HOST' or
'USER:HOST'. It is used for commands that need pairs of user- and
hostnames. These commands will complete usernames from this style
(only), and will restrict subsequent hostname completion to hosts
paired with that user in one of the values of the style.
It is possible to group values for sets of commands which allow a
remote login, such as rlogin and ssh, by using the my-accounts tag.
Similarly, values for sets of commands which usually refer to the
accounts of other people, such as talk and finger, can be grouped
by using the other-accounts tag. More ambivalent commands may use
the accounts tag.
users-hosts-ports
Like users-hosts but used for commands like telnet and containing
strings of the form 'USER@HOST:PORT'.
verbose
If set, as it is by default, the completion listing is more
verbose. In particular many commands show descriptions for options
if this style is 'true'.
word
This is used by the _list completer, which prevents the insertion
of completions until a second completion attempt when the line has
not changed. The normal way of finding out if the line has changed
is to compare its entire contents between the two occasions. If
this style is true, the comparison is instead performed only on the
current word. Hence if completion is performed on another word
with the same contents, completion will not be delayed.
File: zsh.info, Node: Control Functions, Next: Bindable Commands, Prev: Completion System Configuration, Up: Completion System
20.4 Control Functions
======================
The initialization script compinit redefines all the widgets which
perform completion to call the supplied widget function _main_complete.
This function acts as a wrapper calling the so-called 'completer'
functions that generate matches. If _main_complete is called with
arguments, these are taken as the names of completer functions to be
called in the order given. If no arguments are given, the set of
functions to try is taken from the completer style. For example, to use
normal completion and correction if that doesn't generate any matches:
zstyle ':completion:*' completer _complete _correct
after calling compinit. The default value for this style is '_complete
_ignored', i.e. normally only ordinary completion is tried, first with
the effect of the ignored-patterns style and then without it. The
_main_complete function uses the return status of the completer
functions to decide if other completers should be called. If the return
status is zero, no other completers are tried and the _main_complete
function returns.
If the first argument to _main_complete is a single hyphen, the
arguments will not be taken as names of completers. Instead, the second
argument gives a name to use in the COMPLETER field of the context and
the other arguments give a command name and arguments to call to
generate the matches.
The following completer functions are contained in the distribution,
although users may write their own. Note that in contexts the leading
underscore is stripped, for example basic completion is performed in the
context ':completion::complete:...'.
_all_matches
This completer can be used to add a string consisting of all other
matches. As it influences later completers it must appear as the
first completer in the list. The list of all matches is affected
by the avoid-completer and old-matches styles described above.
It may be useful to use the _generic function described below to
bind _all_matches to its own keystroke, for example:
zle -C all-matches complete-word _generic
bindkey '^Xa' all-matches
zstyle ':completion:all-matches:*' old-matches only
zstyle ':completion:all-matches::::' completer _all_matches
Note that this does not generate completions by itself: first use
any of the standard ways of generating a list of completions, then
use ^Xa to show all matches. It is possible instead to add a
standard completer to the list and request that the list of all
matches should be directly inserted:
zstyle ':completion:all-matches::::' completer _all_matches _complete
zstyle ':completion:all-matches:*' insert true
In this case the old-matches style should not be set.
_approximate
This is similar to the basic _complete completer but allows the
completions to undergo corrections. The maximum number of errors
can be specified by the max-errors style; see the description of
approximate matching in *note Filename Generation:: for how errors
are counted. Normally this completer will only be tried after the
normal _complete completer:
zstyle ':completion:*' completer _complete _approximate
This will give correcting completion if and only if normal
completion yields no possible completions. When corrected
completions are found, the completer will normally start menu
completion allowing you to cycle through these strings.
This completer uses the tags corrections and original when
generating the possible corrections and the original string. The
format style for the former may contain the additional sequences
'%e' and '%o' which will be replaced by the number of errors
accepted to generate the corrections and the original string,
respectively.
The completer progressively increases the number of errors allowed
up to the limit by the max-errors style, hence if a completion is
found with one error, no completions with two errors will be shown,
and so on. It modifies the completer name in the context to
indicate the number of errors being tried: on the first try the
completer field contains 'approximate-1', on the second try
'approximate-2', and so on.
When _approximate is called from another function, the number of
errors to accept may be passed with the -a option. The argument is
in the same format as the max-errors style, all in one string.
Note that this completer (and the _correct completer mentioned
below) can be quite expensive to call, especially when a large
number of errors are allowed. One way to avoid this is to set up
the completer style using the -e option to zstyle so that some
completers are only used when completion is attempted a second time
on the same string, e.g.:
zstyle -e ':completion:*' completer '
if [[ $_last_try != "$HISTNO$BUFFER$CURSOR" ]]; then
_last_try="$HISTNO$BUFFER$CURSOR"
reply=(_complete _match _prefix)
else
reply=(_ignored _correct _approximate)
fi'
This uses the HISTNO parameter and the BUFFER and CURSOR special
parameters that are available inside zle and completion widgets to
find out if the command line hasn't changed since the last time
completion was tried. Only then are the _ignored, _correct and
_approximate completers called.
_complete
This completer generates all possible completions in a
context-sensitive manner, i.e. using the settings defined with the
compdef function explained above and the current settings of all
special parameters. This gives the normal completion behaviour.
To complete arguments of commands, _complete uses the utility
function _normal, which is in turn responsible for finding the
particular function; it is described below. Various contexts of
the form -CONTEXT- are handled specifically. These are all
mentioned above as possible arguments to the #compdef tag.
Before trying to find a function for a specific context, _complete
checks if the parameter 'compcontext' is set. Setting
'compcontext' allows the usual completion dispatching to be
overridden which is useful in places such as a function that uses
vared for input. If it is set to an array, the elements are taken
to be the possible matches which will be completed using the tag
'values' and the description 'value'. If it is set to an
associative array, the keys are used as the possible completions
and the values (if non-empty) are used as descriptions for the
matches. If 'compcontext' is set to a string containing colons, it
should be of the form 'TAG:DESCR:ACTION'. In this case the TAG and
DESCR give the tag and description to use and the ACTION indicates
what should be completed in one of the forms accepted by the
_arguments utility function described below.
Finally, if 'compcontext' is set to a string without colons, the
value is taken as the name of the context to use and the function
defined for that context will be called. For this purpose, there
is a special context named -command-line- that completes whole
command lines (commands and their arguments). This is not used by
the completion system itself but is nonetheless handled when
explicitly called.
_correct
Generate corrections, but not completions, for the current word;
this is similar to _approximate but will not allow any number of
extra characters at the cursor as that completer does. The effect
is similar to spell-checking. It is based on _approximate, but the
completer field in the context name is correct.
For example, with:
zstyle ':completion:::::' completer _complete _correct _approximate
zstyle ':completion:*:correct:::' max-errors 2 not-numeric
zstyle ':completion:*:approximate:::' max-errors 3 numeric
correction will accept up to two errors. If a numeric argument is
given, correction will not be performed, but correcting completion
will be, and will accept as many errors as given by the numeric
argument. Without a numeric argument, first correction and then
correcting completion will be tried, with the first one accepting
two errors and the second one accepting three errors.
When _correct is called as a function, the number of errors to
accept may be given following the -a option. The argument is in
the same form a values to the accept style, all in one string.
This completer function is intended to be used without the
_approximate completer or, as in the example, just before it.
Using it after the _approximate completer is useless since
_approximate will at least generate the corrected strings generated
by the _correct completer -- and probably more.
_expand
This completer function does not really perform completion, but
instead checks if the word on the command line is eligible for
expansion and, if it is, gives detailed control over how this
expansion is done. For this to happen, the completion system needs
to be invoked with complete-word, not expand-or-complete (the
default binding for TAB), as otherwise the string will be expanded
by the shell's internal mechanism before the completion system is
started. Note also this completer should be called before the
_complete completer function.
The tags used when generating expansions are all-expansions for the
string containing all possible expansions, expansions when adding
the possible expansions as single matches and original when adding
the original string from the line. The order in which these
strings are generated, if at all, can be controlled by the
group-order and tag-order styles, as usual.
The format string for all-expansions and for expansions may contain
the sequence '%o' which will be replaced by the original string
from the line.
The kind of expansion to be tried is controlled by the substitute,
glob and subst-globs-only styles.
It is also possible to call _expand as a function, in which case
the different modes may be selected with options: -s for
substitute, -g for glob and -o for subst-globs-only.
_expand_alias
If the word the cursor is on is an alias, it is expanded and no
other completers are called. The types of aliases which are to be
expanded can be controlled with the styles regular, global and
disabled.
This function is also a bindable command, see *note Bindable
Commands::.
_history
Complete words from the shell's command history. This completer
can be controlled by the remove-all-dups, and sort styles as for
the _history_complete_word bindable command, see *note Bindable
Commands:: and *note Completion System Configuration::.
_ignored
The ignored-patterns style can be set to a list of patterns which
are compared against possible completions; matching ones are
removed. With this completer those matches can be reinstated, as
if no ignored-patterns style were set. The completer actually
generates its own list of matches; which completers are invoked is
determined in the same way as for the _prefix completer. The
single-ignored style is also available as described above.
_list
This completer allows the insertion of matches to be delayed until
completion is attempted a second time without the word on the line
being changed. On the first attempt, only the list of matches will
be shown. It is affected by the styles condition and word, see
*note Completion System Configuration::.
_match
This completer is intended to be used after the _complete
completer. It behaves similarly but the string on the command line
may be a pattern to match against trial completions. This gives
the effect of the GLOB_COMPLETE option.
Normally completion will be performed by taking the pattern from
the line, inserting a '*' at the cursor position and comparing the
resulting pattern with the possible completions generated. This
can be modified with the match-original style described above.
The generated matches will be offered in a menu completion unless
the insert-unambiguous style is set to 'true'; see the description
above for other options for this style.
Note that matcher specifications defined globally or used by the
completion functions (the styles matcher-list and matcher) will not
be used.
_menu
This completer was written as simple example function to show how
menu completion can be enabled in shell code. However, it has the
notable effect of disabling menu selection which can be useful with
_generic based widgets. It should be used as the first completer
in the list. Note that this is independent of the setting of the
MENU_COMPLETE option and does not work with the other menu
completion widgets such as reverse-menu-complete, or
accept-and-menu-complete.
_oldlist
This completer controls how the standard completion widgets behave
when there is an existing list of completions which may have been
generated by a special completion (i.e. a separately-bound
completion command). It allows the ordinary completion keys to
continue to use the list of completions thus generated, instead of
producing a new list of ordinary contextual completions. It should
appear in the list of completers before any of the widgets which
generate matches. It uses two styles: old-list and old-menu, see
*note Completion System Configuration::.
_prefix
This completer can be used to try completion with the suffix
(everything after the cursor) ignored. In other words, the suffix
will not be considered to be part of the word to complete. The
effect is similar to the expand-or-complete-prefix command.
The completer style is used to decide which other completers are to
be called to generate matches. If this style is unset, the list of
completers set for the current context is used -- except, of
course, the _prefix completer itself. Furthermore, if this
completer appears more than once in the list of completers only
those completers not already tried by the last invocation of
_prefix will be called.
For example, consider this global completer style:
zstyle ':completion:*' completer \
_complete _prefix _correct _prefix:foo
Here, the _prefix completer tries normal completion but ignoring
the suffix. If that doesn't generate any matches, and neither does
the call to the _correct completer after it, _prefix will be called
a second time and, now only trying correction with the suffix
ignored. On the second invocation the completer part of the
context appears as 'foo'.
To use _prefix as the last resort and try only normal completion
when it is invoked:
zstyle ':completion:*' completer _complete ... _prefix
zstyle ':completion::prefix:*' completer _complete
The add-space style is also respected. If it is set to 'true' then
_prefix will insert a space between the matches generated (if any)
and the suffix.
Note that this completer is only useful if the COMPLETE_IN_WORD
option is set; otherwise, the cursor will be moved to the end of
the current word before the completion code is called and hence
there will be no suffix.
_user_expand
This completer behaves similarly to the _expand completer but
instead performs expansions defined by users. The styles add-space
and sort styles specific to the _expand completer are usable with
_user_expand in addition to other styles handled more generally by
the completion system. The tag all-expansions is also available.
The expansion depends on the array style user-expand being defined
for the current context; remember that the context for completers
is less specific than that for contextual completion as the full
context has not yet been determined. Elements of the array may
have one of the following forms:
$HASH
HASH is the name of an associative array. Note this is not a
full parameter expression, merely a $, suitably quoted to
prevent immediate expansion, followed by the name of an
associative array. If the trial expansion word matches a key
in HASH, the resulting expansion is the corresponding value.
_FUNC
_FUNC is the name of a shell function whose name must begin
with _ but is not otherwise special to the completion system.
The function is called with the trial word as an argument. If
the word is to be expanded, the function should set the array
reply to a list of expansions. Optionally, it can set REPLY
to a word that will be used as a description for the set of
expansions. The return status of the function is irrelevant.
File: zsh.info, Node: Bindable Commands, Next: Completion Functions, Prev: Control Functions, Up: Completion System
20.5 Bindable Commands
======================
In addition to the context-dependent completions provided, which are
expected to work in an intuitively obvious way, there are a few widgets
implementing special behaviour which can be bound separately to keys.
The following is a list of these and their default bindings.
_bash_completions
This function is used by two widgets, _bash_complete-word and
_bash_list-choices. It exists to provide compatibility with
completion bindings in bash. The last character of the binding
determines what is completed: '!', command names; '$', environment
variables; '@', host names; '/', file names; '~' user names. In
bash, the binding preceded by '\e' gives completion, and preceded
by '^X' lists options. As some of these bindings clash with
standard zsh bindings, only '\e~' and '^X~' are bound by default.
To add the rest, the following should be added to .zshrc after
compinit has been run:
for key in '!' '$' '@' '/' '~'; do
bindkey "\e$key" _bash_complete-word
bindkey "^X$key" _bash_list-choices
done
This includes the bindings for '~' in case they were already bound
to something else; the completion code does not override user
bindings.
_correct_filename (^XC)
Correct the filename path at the cursor position. Allows up to six
errors in the name. Can also be called with an argument to correct
a filename path, independently of zle; the correction is printed on
standard output.
_correct_word (^Xc)
Performs correction of the current argument using the usual
contextual completions as possible choices. This stores the string
'correct-word' in the FUNCTION field of the context name and then
calls the _correct completer.
_expand_alias (^Xa)
This function can be used as a completer and as a bindable command.
It expands the word the cursor is on if it is an alias. The types
of alias expanded can be controlled with the styles regular, global
and disabled.
When used as a bindable command there is one additional feature
that can be selected by setting the complete style to 'true'. In
this case, if the word is not the name of an alias, _expand_alias
tries to complete the word to a full alias name without expanding
it. It leaves the cursor directly after the completed word so that
invoking _expand_alias once more will expand the now-complete alias
name.
_expand_word (^Xe)
Performs expansion on the current word: equivalent to the standard
expand-word command, but using the _expand completer. Before
calling it, the FUNCTION field of the context is set to
'expand-word'.
_generic
This function is not defined as a widget and not bound by default.
However, it can be used to define a widget and will then store the
name of the widget in the FUNCTION field of the context and call
the completion system. This allows custom completion widgets with
their own set of style settings to be defined easily. For example,
to define a widget that performs normal completion and starts menu
selection:
zle -C foo complete-word _generic
bindkey '...' foo
zstyle ':completion:foo:*' menu yes select=1
Note in particular that the completer style may be set for the
context in order to change the set of functions used to generate
possible matches. If _generic is called with arguments, those are
passed through to _main_complete as the list of completers in place
of those defined by the completer style.
_history_complete_word (\e/)
Complete words from the shell's command history. This uses the
list, remove-all-dups, sort, and stop styles.
_most_recent_file (^Xm)
Complete the name of the most recently modified file matching the
pattern on the command line (which may be blank). If given a
numeric argument N, complete the Nth most recently modified file.
Note the completion, if any, is always unique.
_next_tags (^Xn)
This command alters the set of matches used to that for the next
tag, or set of tags, either as given by the tag-order style or as
set by default; these matches would otherwise not be available.
Successive invocations of the command cycle through all possible
sets of tags.
_read_comp (^X^R)
Prompt the user for a string, and use that to perform completion on
the current word. There are two possibilities for the string.
First, it can be a set of words beginning '_', for example '_files
-/', in which case the function with any arguments will be called
to generate the completions. Unambiguous parts of the function
name will be completed automatically (normal completion is not
available at this point) until a space is typed.
Second, any other string will be passed as a set of arguments to
compadd and should hence be an expression specifying what should be
completed.
A very restricted set of editing commands is available when reading
the string: 'DEL' and '^H' delete the last character; '^U' deletes
the line, and '^C' and '^G' abort the function, while 'RET' accepts
the completion. Note the string is used verbatim as a command
line, so arguments must be quoted in accordance with standard shell
rules.
Once a string has been read, the next call to _read_comp will use
the existing string instead of reading a new one. To force a new
string to be read, call _read_comp with a numeric argument.
_complete_debug (^X?)
This widget performs ordinary completion, but captures in a
temporary file a trace of the shell commands executed by the
completion system. Each completion attempt gets its own file. A
command to view each of these files is pushed onto the editor
buffer stack.
_complete_help (^Xh)
This widget displays information about the context names, the tags,
and the completion functions used when completing at the current
cursor position. If given a numeric argument other than 1 (as in
'ESC-2 ^Xh'), then the styles used and the contexts for which they
are used will be shown, too.
Note that the information about styles may be incomplete; it
depends on the information available from the completion functions
called, which in turn is determined by the user's own styles and
other settings.
_complete_help_generic
Unlike other commands listed here, this must be created as a normal
ZLE widget rather than a completion widget (i.e. with zle -N). It
is used for generating help with a widget bound to the _generic
widget that is described above.
If this widget is created using the name of the function, as it is
by default, then when executed it will read a key sequence. This
is expected to be bound to a call to a completion function that
uses the _generic widget. That widget will be executed, and
information provided in the same format that the _complete_help
widget displays for contextual completion.
If the widget's name contains debug, for example if it is created
as 'zle -N _complete_debug_generic _complete_help_generic', it will
read and execute the keystring for a generic widget as before, but
then generate debugging information as done by _complete_debug for
contextual completion.
If the widget's name contains noread, it will not read a keystring
but instead arrange that the next use of a generic widget run in
the same shell will have the effect as described above.
The widget works by setting the shell parameter
ZSH_TRACE_GENERIC_WIDGET which is read by _generic. Unsetting the
parameter cancels any pending effect of the noread form.
For example, after executing the following:
zle -N _complete_debug_generic _complete_help_generic
bindkey '^x:' _complete_debug_generic
typing 'C-x :' followed by the key sequence for a generic widget
will cause trace output for that widget to be saved to a file.
_complete_tag (^Xt)
This widget completes symbol tags created by the etags or ctags
programmes (note there is no connection with the completion
system's tags) stored in a file TAGS, in the format used by etags,
or tags, in the format created by ctags. It will look back up the
path hierarchy for the first occurrence of either file; if both
exist, the file TAGS is preferred. You can specify the full path
to a TAGS or tags file by setting the parameter $TAGSFILE or
$tagsfile respectively. The corresponding completion tags used are
etags and vtags, after emacs and vi respectively.
File: zsh.info, Node: Completion Functions, Next: Completion Directories, Prev: Bindable Commands, Up: Completion System
20.6 Utility Functions
======================
Descriptions follow for utility functions that may be useful when
writing completion functions. If functions are installed in
subdirectories, most of these reside in the Base subdirectory. Like the
example functions for commands in the distribution, the utility
functions generating matches all follow the convention of returning
status zero if they generated completions and non-zero if no matching
completions could be added.
Two more features are offered by the _main_complete function. The
arrays compprefuncs and comppostfuncs may contain names of functions
that are to be called immediately before or after completion has been
tried. A function will only be called once unless it explicitly
reinserts itself into the array.
_all_labels [ -x ] [ -12VJ ] TAG NAME DESCR [ COMMAND ARGS ... ]
This is a convenient interface to the _next_label function below,
implementing the loop shown in the _next_label example. The
COMMAND and its arguments are called to generate the matches. The
options stored in the parameter NAME will automatically be inserted
into the ARGS passed to the COMMAND. Normally, they are put
directly after the COMMAND, but if one of the ARGS is a single
hyphen, they are inserted directly before that. If the hyphen is
the last argument, it will be removed from the argument list before
the COMMAND is called. This allows _all_labels to be used in
almost all cases where the matches can be generated by a single
call to the compadd builtin command or by a call to one of the
utility functions.
For example:
local expl
...
if _requested foo; then
...
_all_labels foo expl '...' compadd ... - $matches
fi
Will complete the strings from the matches parameter, using compadd
with additional options which will take precedence over those
generated by _all_labels.
_alternative [ -O NAME ] [ -C NAME ] SPEC ...
This function is useful in simple cases where multiple tags are
available. Essentially it implements a loop like the one described
for the _tags function below.
The tags to use and the action to perform if a tag is requested are
described using the SPECs which are of the form:
'TAG:DESCR:ACTION'. The TAGs are offered using _tags and if the
tag is requested, the ACTION is executed with the given description
DESCR. The ACTIONs are those accepted by the _arguments function
(described below), excluding the '->STATE' and '=...' forms.
For example, the ACTION may be a simple function call:
_alternative \
'users:user:_users' \
'hosts:host:_hosts'
offers usernames and hostnames as possible matches, generated by
the _users and _hosts functions respectively.
Like _arguments, this function uses _all_labels to execute the
actions, which will loop over all sets of tags. Special handling
is only required if there is an additional valid tag, for example
inside a function called from _alternative.
The option '-O NAME' is used in the same way as by the _arguments
function. In other words, the elements of the NAME array will be
passed to compadd when executing an action.
Like _tags this function supports the -C option to give a different
name for the argument context field.
_arguments [ -nswWACRS ] [ -O NAME ] [ -M MATCHSPEC ] [ : ] SPEC ...
This function can be used to give a complete specification for
completion for a command whose arguments follow standard UNIX
option and argument conventions. The following forms specify
individual sets of options and arguments; to avoid ambiguity, these
may be separated from the options to _arguments itself by a single
colon. Options to _arguments itself must be in separate words,
i.e. -s -w, not -sw.
With the option -n, _arguments sets the parameter NORMARG to the
position of the first normal argument in the $words array, i.e.
the position after the end of the options. If that argument has
not been reached, NORMARG is set to -1. The caller should declare
'integer NORMARG' if the -n option is passed; otherwise the
parameter is not used.
N:MESSAGE:ACTION
N::MESSAGE:ACTION
This describes the N'th normal argument. The MESSAGE will be
printed above the matches generated and the ACTION indicates
what can be completed in this position (see below). If there
are two colons before the MESSAGE the argument is optional.
If the MESSAGE contains only white space, nothing will be
printed above the matches unless the action adds an
explanation string itself.
:MESSAGE:ACTION
::MESSAGE:ACTION
Similar, but describes the _next_ argument, whatever number
that happens to be. If all arguments are specified in this
form in the correct order the numbers are unnecessary.
*:MESSAGE:ACTION
*::MESSAGE:ACTION
*:::MESSAGE:ACTION
This describes how arguments (usually non-option arguments,
those not beginning with - or +) are to be completed when
neither of the first two forms was provided. Any number of
arguments can be completed in this fashion.
With two colons before the MESSAGE, the words special array
and the CURRENT special parameter are modified to refer only
to the normal arguments when the ACTION is executed or
evaluated. With three colons before the MESSAGE they are
modified to refer only to the normal arguments covered by this
description.
OPTSPEC
OPTSPEC:...
This describes an option. The colon indicates handling for
one or more arguments to the option; if it is not present, the
option is assumed to take no arguments.
By default, options are multi-character name, one '-WORD' per
option. With -s, options may be single characters, with more
than one option per word, although words starting with two
hyphens, such as '--prefix', are still considered complete
option names. This is suitable for standard GNU options.
The combination of -s with -w allows single-letter options to
be combined in a single word even if one or more of the
options take arguments. For example, if -a takes an argument,
with no -s '-ab' is considered as a single (unhandled) option;
with -s -ab is an option with the argument 'b'; with both -s
and -w, -ab may be the option -a and the option -b with
arguments still to come.
The option -W takes this a stage further: it is possible to
complete single-letter options even after an argument that
occurs in the same word. However, it depends on the action
performed whether options will really be completed at this
point. For more control, use a utility function like _guard
as part of the action.
The following forms are available for the initial OPTSPEC,
whether or not the option has arguments.
*OPTSPEC
Here OPTSPEC is one of the remaining forms below. This
indicates the following OPTSPEC may be repeated.
Otherwise if the corresponding option is already present
on the command line to the left of the cursor it will not
be offered again.
-OPTNAME
+OPTNAME
In the simplest form the OPTSPEC is just the option name
beginning with a minus or a plus sign, such as '-foo'.
The first argument for the option (if any) must follow as
a _separate_ word directly after the option.
Either of '-+OPTNAME' and '+-OPTNAME' can be used to
specify that -OPTNAME and +OPTNAME are both valid.
In all the remaining forms, the leading '-' may be
replaced by or paired with '+' in this way.
-OPTNAME-
The first argument of the option must come directly after
the option name _in the same word_. For example,
'-foo-:...' specifies that the completed option and
argument will look like '-fooARG'.
-OPTNAME+
The first argument may appear immediately after OPTNAME
in the same word, or may appear as a separate word after
the option. For example, '-foo+:...' specifies that the
completed option and argument will look like either
'-fooARG' or '-foo ARG'.
-OPTNAME=
The argument may appear as the next word, or in same word
as the option name provided that it is separated from it
by an equals sign, for example '-foo=ARG' or '-foo ARG'.
-OPTNAME=-
The argument to the option must appear after an equals
sign in the same word, and may not be given in the next
argument.
OPTSPEC[EXPLANATION]
An explanation string may be appended to any of the
preceding forms of OPTSPEC by enclosing it in brackets,
as in '-q[query operation]'.
The verbose style is used to decide whether the
explanation strings are displayed with the option in a
completion listing.
If no bracketed explanation string is given but the
auto-description style is set and only one argument is
described for this OPTSPEC, the value of the style is
displayed, with any appearance of the sequence '%d' in it
replaced by the MESSAGE of the first OPTARG that follows
the OPTSPEC; see below.
It is possible for options with a literal '+' or '=' to
appear, but that character must be quoted, for example '-\+'.
Each OPTARG following an OPTSPEC must take one of the
following forms:
:MESSAGE:ACTION
::MESSAGE:ACTION
An argument to the option; MESSAGE and ACTION are treated
as for ordinary arguments. In the first form, the
argument is mandatory, and in the second form it is
optional.
This group may be repeated for options which take
multiple arguments. In other words,
:MESSAGE1:ACTION1:MESSAGE2:ACTION2 specifies that the
option takes two arguments.
:*PATTERN:MESSAGE:ACTION
:*PATTERN::MESSAGE:ACTION
:*PATTERN:::MESSAGE:ACTION
This describes multiple arguments. Only the last OPTARG
for an option taking multiple arguments may be given in
this form. If the PATTERN is empty (i.e., :*:), all the
remaining words on the line are to be completed as
described by the ACTION; otherwise, all the words up to
and including a word matching the PATTERN are to be
completed using the ACTION.
Multiple colons are treated as for the '*:...' forms for
ordinary arguments: when the MESSAGE is preceded by two
colons, the words special array and the CURRENT special
parameter are modified during the execution or evaluation
of the ACTION to refer only to the words after the
option. When preceded by three colons, they are modified
to refer only to the words covered by this description.
Any literal colon in an OPTNAME, MESSAGE, or ACTION must be
preceded by a backslash, '\:'.
Each of the forms above may be preceded by a list in parentheses of
option names and argument numbers. If the given option is on the
command line, the options and arguments indicated in parentheses
will not be offered. For example, '(-two -three 1)-one:...'
completes the option '-one'; if this appears on the command line,
the options -two and -three and the first ordinary argument will
not be completed after it. '(-foo):...' specifies an ordinary
argument completion; -foo will not be completed if that argument is
already present.
Other items may appear in the list of excluded options to indicate
various other items that should not be applied when the current
specification is matched: a single star (*) for the rest arguments
(i.e. a specification of the form '*:...'); a colon (:) for all
normal (non-option-) arguments; and a hyphen (-) for all options.
For example, if '(*)' appears before an option and the option
appears on the command line, the list of remaining arguments (those
shown in the above table beginning with '*:') will not be
completed.
To aid in reuse of specifications, it is possible to precede any of
the forms above with '!'; then the form will no longer be
completed, although if the option or argument appears on the
command line they will be skipped as normal. The main use for this
is when the arguments are given by an array, and _arguments is
called repeatedly for more specific contexts: on the first call
'_arguments $global_options' is used, and on subsequent calls
'_arguments !$^global_options'.
In each of the forms above the ACTION determines how completions
should be generated. Except for the '->STRING' form below, the
ACTION will be executed by calling the _all_labels function to
process all tag labels. No special handling of tags is needed
unless a function call introduces a new one.
The forms for ACTION are as follows.
(single unquoted space)
This is useful where an argument is required but it is not
possible or desirable to generate matches for it. The MESSAGE
will be displayed but no completions listed. Note that even
in this case the colon at the end of the MESSAGE is needed; it
may only be omitted when neither a MESSAGE nor an ACTION is
given.
(ITEM1 ITEM2 ...)
One of a list of possible matches, for example:
:foo:(foo bar baz)
((ITEM1\:DESC1 ...))
Similar to the above, but with descriptions for each possible
match. Note the backslash before the colon. For example,
:foo:((a\:bar b\:baz))
The matches will be listed together with their descriptions if
the description style is set with the values tag in the
context.
->STRING
In this form, _arguments processes the arguments and options
and then returns control to the calling function with
parameters set to indicate the state of processing; the
calling function then makes its own arrangements for
generating completions. For example, functions that implement
a state machine can use this type of action.
Where _arguments encounters ACTION in the '->STRING' format,
it will strip all leading and trailing whitespace from STRING
and set the array state to the set of all STRINGs for which an
action is to be performed. The elements of the array
state_descr are assigned the corresponding MESSAGE field from
each OPTARG containing such an ACTION.
By default and in common with all other well behaved
completion functions, _arguments returns status zero if it was
able to add matches and non-zero otherwise. However, if the
-R option is given, _arguments will instead return a status of
300 to indicate that $state is to be handled.
In addition to $state and $state_descr, _arguments also sets
the global parameters 'context', 'line' and 'opt_args' as
described below, and does not reset any changes made to the
special parameters such as PREFIX and words. This gives the
calling function the choice of resetting these parameters or
propagating changes in them.
A function calling _arguments with at least one action
containing a '->STRING' must therefore declare appropriate
local parameters:
local context state state_descr line
typeset -A opt_args
to prevent _arguments from altering the global environment.
{EVAL-STRING}
A string in braces is evaluated as shell code to generate
matches. If the EVAL-STRING itself does not begin with an
opening parenthesis or brace it is split into separate words
before execution.
= ACTION
If the ACTION starts with '= ' (an equals sign followed by a
space), _arguments will insert the contents of the ARGUMENT
field of the current context as the new first element in the
words special array and increment the value of the CURRENT
special parameter. This has the effect of inserting a dummy
word onto the completion command line while not changing the
point at which completion is taking place.
This is most useful with one of the specifiers that restrict
the words on the command line on which the ACTION is to
operate (the two- and three-colon forms above). One
particular use is when an ACTION itself causes _arguments on a
restricted range; it is necessary to use this trick to insert
an appropriate command name into the range for the second call
to _arguments to be able to parse the line.
WORD...
WORD...
This covers all forms other than those above. If the ACTION
starts with a space, the remaining list of words will be
invoked unchanged.
Otherwise it will be invoked with some extra strings placed
after the first word; these are to be passed down as options
to the compadd builtin. They ensure that the state specified
by _arguments, in particular the descriptions of options and
arguments, is correctly passed to the completion command.
These additional arguments are taken from the array parameter
'expl'; this will be set up before executing the ACTION and
hence may be referred to inside it, typically in an expansion
of the form '$expl[@]' which preserves empty elements of the
array.
During the performance of the action the array 'line' will be set
to the command name and normal arguments from the command line,
i.e. the words from the command line excluding all options and
their arguments. Options are stored in the associative array
'opt_args' with option names as keys and their arguments as the
values. For options that have more than one argument these are
given as one string, separated by colons. All colons in the
original arguments are preceded with backslashes.
The parameter 'context' is set when returning to the calling
function to perform an action of the form '->STRING'. It is set to
an array of elements corresponding to the elements of $state. Each
element is a suitable name for the argument field of the context:
either a string of the form 'option-OPT-N' for the N'th argument of
the option -OPT, or a string of the form 'argument-N' for the N'th
argument. For 'rest' arguments, that is those in the list at the
end not handled by position, N is the string 'rest'. For example,
when completing the argument of the -o option, the name is
'option-o-1', while for the second normal (non-option-) argument it
is 'argument-2'.
Furthermore, during the evaluation of the ACTION the context name
in the curcontext parameter is altered to append the same string
that is stored in the context parameter.
It is possible to specify multiple sets of options and arguments
with the sets separated by single hyphens. The specifications
before the first hyphen (if any) are shared by all the remaining
sets. The first word in every other set provides a name for the
set which may appear in exclusion lists in specifications, either
alone or before one of the possible values described above. In the
second case a '-' should appear between this name and the
remainder.
For example:
_arguments \
-a \
- set1 \
-c \
- set2 \
-d \
':arg:(x2 y2)'
This defines two sets. When the command line contains the option
'-c', the '-d' option and the argument will not be considered
possible completions. When it contains '-d' or an argument, the
option '-c' will not be considered. However, after '-a' both sets
will still be considered valid.
If the name given for one of the mutually exclusive sets is of the
form '(NAME)' then only one value from each set will ever be
completed; more formally, all specifications are mutually exclusive
to all other specifications in the same set. This is useful for
defining multiple sets of options which are mutually exclusive and
in which the options are aliases for each other. For example:
_arguments \
-a -b \
- '(compress)' \
{-c,--compress}'[compress]' \
- '(uncompress)' \
{-d,--decompress}'[decompress]'
As the completion code has to parse the command line separately for
each set this form of argument is slow and should only be used when
necessary. A useful alternative is often an option specification
with rest-arguments (as in '-foo:*:...'); here the option -foo
swallows up all remaining arguments as described by the OPTARG
definitions.
The options -S and -A are available to simplify the specifications
for commands with standard option parsing. With -S, no option will
be completed after a '--' appearing on its own on the line; this
argument will otherwise be ignored; hence in the line
foobar -a -- -b
the '-a' is considered an option but the '-b' is considered an
argument, while the '--' is considered to be neither.
With -A, no options will be completed after the first non-option
argument on the line. The -A must be followed by a pattern
matching all strings which are not to be taken as arguments. For
example, to make _arguments stop completing options after the first
normal argument, but ignoring all strings starting with a hyphen
even if they are not described by one of the OPTSPECs, the form is
'-A "-*"'.
The option '-O NAME' specifies the name of an array whose elements
will be passed as arguments to functions called to execute ACTIONS.
For example, this can be used to pass the same set of options for
the compadd builtin to all ACTIONs.
The option '-M SPEC' sets a match specification to use to
completion option names and values. It must appear before the
first argument specification. The default is 'r:|[_-]=* r:|=*':
this allows partial word completion after '_' and '-', for example
'-f-b' can be completed to '-foo-bar'.
The option -C tells _arguments to modify the curcontext parameter
for an action of the form '->STATE'. This is the standard
parameter used to keep track of the current context. Here it (and
not the context array) should be made local to the calling function
to avoid passing back the modified value and should be initialised
to the current value at the start of the function:
local curcontext="$curcontext"
This is useful where it is not possible for multiple states to be
valid together.
The option '--' allows _arguments to work out the names of long
options that support the '--help' option which is standard in many
GNU commands. The command word is called with the argument
'--help' and the output examined for option names. Clearly, it can
be dangerous to pass this to commands which may not support this
option as the behaviour of the command is unspecified.
In addition to options, '_arguments --' will try to deduce the
types of arguments available for options when the form '--OPT=VAL'
is valid. It is also possible to provide hints by examining the
help text of the command and adding specifiers of the form
'PATTERN:MESSAGE:ACTION'; note that normal _arguments specifiers
are not used. The PATTERN is matched against the help text for an
option, and if it matches the MESSAGE and ACTION are used as for
other argument specifiers. For example:
_arguments -- '*\*:toggle:(yes no)' \
'*=FILE*:file:_files' \
'*=DIR*:directory:_files -/' \
'*=PATH*:directory:_files -/'
Here, 'yes' and 'no' will be completed as the argument of options
whose description ends in a star; file names will be completed for
options that contain the substring '=FILE' in the description; and
directories will be completed for options whose description
contains '=DIR' or '=PATH'. The last three are in fact the default
and so need not be given explicitly, although it is possible to
override the use of these patterns. A typical help text which uses
this feature is:
-C, --directory=DIR change to directory DIR
so that the above specifications will cause directories to be
completed after '--directory', though not after '-C'.
Note also that _arguments tries to find out automatically if the
argument for an option is optional. This can be specified
explicitly by doubling the colon before the MESSAGE.
If the PATTERN ends in '(-)', this will be removed from the pattern
and the ACTION will be used only directly after the '=', not in the
next word. This is the behaviour of a normal specification defined
with the form '=-'.
The '_arguments --' can be followed by the option '-i PATTERNS' to
give patterns for options which are not to be completed. The
patterns can be given as the name of an array parameter or as a
literal list in parentheses. For example,
_arguments -- -i \
"(--(en|dis)able-FEATURE*)"
will cause completion to ignore the options '--enable-FEATURE' and
'--disable-FEATURE' (this example is useful with GNU configure).
The '_arguments --' form can also be followed by the option '-s
PAIR' to describe option aliases. Each PAIR consists of a pattern
and a replacement. For example, some configure-scripts describe
options only as '--enable-foo', but also accept '--disable-foo'.
To allow completion of the second form:
_arguments -- -s "(#--enable- --disable-)"
Here is a more general example of the use of _arguments:
_arguments '-l+:left border:' \
'-format:paper size:(letter A4)' \
'*-copy:output file:_files::resolution:(300 600)' \
':postscript file:_files -g \*.\(ps\|eps\)' \
'*:page number:'
This describes three options: '-l', '-format', and '-copy'. The
first takes one argument described as 'LEFT BORDER' for which no
completion will be offered because of the empty action. Its
argument may come directly after the '-l' or it may be given as the
next word on the line.
The '-format' option takes one argument in the next word, described
as 'PAPER SIZE' for which only the strings 'letter' and 'A4' will
be completed.
The '-copy' option may appear more than once on the command line
and takes two arguments. The first is mandatory and will be
completed as a filename. The second is optional (because of the
second colon before the description 'RESOLUTION') and will be
completed from the strings '300' and '600'.
The last two descriptions say what should be completed as
arguments. The first describes the first argument as a 'POSTSCRIPT
FILE' and makes files ending in 'ps' or 'eps' be completed. The
last description gives all other arguments the description 'PAGE
NUMBERS' but does not offer completions.
_cache_invalid CACHE_IDENTIFIER
This function returns status zero if the completions cache
corresponding to the given cache identifier needs rebuilding. It
determines this by looking up the cache-policy style for the
current context. This should provide a function name which is run
with the full path to the relevant cache file as the only argument.
Example:
_example_caching_policy () {
# rebuild if cache is more than a week old
local -a oldp
oldp=( "$1"(Nm+7) )
(( $#oldp ))
}
_call_function RETURN NAME [ ARGS ... ]
If a function NAME exists, it is called with the arguments ARGS.
The RETURN argument gives the name of a parameter in which the
return status from the function NAME should be stored; if RETURN is
empty or a single hyphen it is ignored.
The return status of _call_function itself is zero if the function
NAME exists and was called and non-zero otherwise.
_call_program TAG STRING ...
This function provides a mechanism for the user to override the use
of an external command. It looks up the command style with the
supplied TAG. If the style is set, its value is used as the
command to execute. The STRINGs from the call to _call_program, or
from the style if set, are concatenated with spaces between them
and the resulting string is evaluated. The return status is the
return status of the command called.
_combination [ -s PATTERN ] TAG STYLE SPEC ... FIELD OPTS ...
This function is used to complete combinations of values, for
example pairs of hostnames and usernames. The STYLE argument gives
the style which defines the pairs; it is looked up in a context
with the TAG specified.
The style name consists of field names separated by hyphens, for
example 'users-hosts-ports'. For each field for a value is already
known, a SPEC of the form 'FIELD=PATTERN' is given. For example,
if the command line so far specifies a user 'pws', the argument
'users=pws' should appear.
The next argument with no equals sign is taken as the name of the
field for which completions should be generated (presumably not one
of the FIELDs for which the value is known).
The matches generated will be taken from the value of the style.
These should contain the possible values for the combinations in
the appropriate order (users, hosts, ports in the example above).
The different fields the values for the different fields are
separated by colons. This can be altered with the option -s to
_combination which specifies a pattern. Typically this is a
character class, as for example '-s "[:@]"' in the case of the
users-hosts style. Each 'FIELD=PATTERN' specification restricts
the completions which apply to elements of the style with
appropriately matching fields.
If no style with the given name is defined for the given tag, or if
none of the strings in style's value match, but a function name of
the required field preceded by an underscore is defined, that
function will be called to generate the matches. For example, if
there is no 'users-hosts-ports' or no matching hostname when a host
is required, the function '_hosts' will automatically be called.
If the same name is used for more than one field, in both the
'FIELD=PATTERN' and the argument that gives the name of the field
to be completed, the number of the field (starting with one) may be
given after the fieldname, separated from it by a colon.
All arguments after the required field name are passed to compadd
when generating matches from the style value, or to the functions
for the fields if they are called.
_describe [ -oO | -t TAG ] DESCR NAME1 [ NAME2 ] OPTS ... -- ...
This function associates completions with descriptions. Multiple
groups separated by -- can be supplied, potentially with different
completion options OPTS.
The DESCR is taken as a string to display above the matches if the
format style for the descriptions tag is set. This is followed by
one or two names of arrays followed by options to pass to compadd.
The first array contains the possible completions with their
descriptions in the form 'COMPLETION:DESCRIPTION'. Any literal
colons in COMPLETION must be quoted with a backslash. If a second
array is given, it should have the same number of elements as the
first; in this case the corresponding elements are added as
possible completions instead of the COMPLETION strings from the
first array. The completion list will retain the descriptions from
the first array. Finally, a set of completion options can appear.
If the option '-o' appears before the first argument, the matches
added will be treated as names of command options (N.B. not shell
options), typically following a '-', '--' or '+' on the command
line. In this case _describe uses the prefix-hidden, prefix-needed
and verbose styles to find out if the strings should be added as
completions and if the descriptions should be shown. Without the
'-o' option, only the verbose style is used to decide how
descriptions are shown. If '-O' is used instead of '-o', command
options are completed as above but _describe will not handle the
prefix-needed style.
With the -t option a TAG can be specified. The default is 'values'
or, if the -o option is given, 'options'.
If selected by the list-grouped style, strings with the same
description will appear together in the list.
_describe uses the _all_labels function to generate the matches, so
it does not need to appear inside a loop over tag labels.
_description [ -x ] [ -12VJ ] TAG NAME DESCR [ SPEC ... ]
This function is not to be confused with the previous one; it is
used as a helper function for creating options to compadd. It is
buried inside many of the higher level completion functions and so
often does not need to be called directly.
The styles listed below are tested in the current context using the
given TAG. The resulting options for compadd are put into the
array named NAME (this is traditionally 'expl', but this convention
is not enforced). The description for the corresponding set of
matches is passed to the function in DESCR.
The styles tested are: format, hidden, matcher, ignored-patterns
and group-name. The format style is first tested for the given TAG
and then for the descriptions tag if no value was found, while the
remainder are only tested for the tag given as the first argument.
The function also calls _setup which tests some more styles.
The string returned by the format style (if any) will be modified
so that the sequence '%d' is replaced by the DESCR given as the
third argument without any leading or trailing white space. If,
after removing the white space, the DESCR is the empty string, the
format style will not be used and the options put into the NAME
array will not contain an explanation string to be displayed above
the matches.
If _description is called with more than three arguments, the
additional SPECs should be of the form 'CHAR:STR'. These supply
escape sequence replacements for the format style: every appearance
of '%CHAR' will be replaced by STRING.
If the -x option is given, the description will be passed to
compadd using the -x option instead of the default -X. This means
that the description will be displayed even if there are no
corresponding matches.
The options placed in the array NAME take account of the group-name
style, so matches are placed in a separate group where necessary.
The group normally has its elements sorted (by passing the option
-J to compadd), but if an option starting with '-V', '-J', '-1', or
'-2' is passed to _description, that option will be included in the
array. Hence it is possible for the completion group to be
unsorted by giving the option '-V', '-1V', or '-2V'.
In most cases, the function will be used like this:
local expl
_description files expl file
compadd "$expl[@]" - "$files[@]"
Note the use of the parameter expl, the hyphen, and the list of
matches. Almost all calls to compadd within the completion system
use a similar format; this ensures that user-specified styles are
correctly passed down to the builtins which implement the internals
of completion.
_dispatch CONTEXT STRING ...
This sets the current context to CONTEXT and looks for completion
functions to handle this context by hunting through the list of
command names or special contexts (as described above for compdef)
given as STRING .... The first completion function to be defined
for one of the contexts in the list is used to generate matches.
Typically, the last STRING is -default- to cause the function for
default completion to be used as a fallback.
The function sets the parameter $service to the STRING being tried,
and sets the CONTEXT/COMMAND field (the fourth) of the $curcontext
parameter to the CONTEXT given as the first argument.
_files
The function _files calls _path_files with all the arguments it was
passed except for -g and -/. The use of these two options depends
on the setting of the file-patterns style.
This function accepts the full set of options allowed by
_path_files, described below.
_gnu_generic
This function is a simple wrapper around the _arguments function
described above. It can be used to determine automatically the
long options understood by commands that produce a list when passed
the option '--help'. It is intended to be used as a top-level
completion function in its own right. For example, to enable
option completion for the commands foo and bar, use
compdef _gnu_generic foo bar
after the call to compinit.
The completion system as supplied is conservative in its use of
this function, since it is important to be sure the command
understands the option '--help'.
_guard [ OPTIONS ] PATTERN DESCR
This function is intended to be used in the ACTION for the
specifications passed to _arguments and similar functions. It
returns immediately with a non-zero return status if the string to
be completed does not match the PATTERN. If the pattern matches,
the DESCR is displayed; the function then returns status zero if
the word to complete is not empty, non-zero otherwise.
The PATTERN may be preceded by any of the options understood by
compadd that are passed down from _description, namely -M, -J, -V,
-1, -2, -n, -F and -X. All of these options will be ignored. This
fits in conveniently with the argument-passing conventions of
actions for _arguments.
As an example, consider a command taking the options -n and -none,
where -n must be followed by a numeric value in the same word. By
using:
_arguments '-n-: :_guard "[0-9]#" "numeric value"' '-none'
_arguments can be made to both display the message 'numeric value'
and complete options after '-n<TAB>'. If the '-n' is already
followed by one or more digits (the pattern passed to _guard) only
the message will be displayed; if the '-n' is followed by another
character, only options are completed.
_message [ -r12 ] [ -VJ GROUP ] DESCR
_message -e [ TAG ] DESCR
The DESCR is used in the same way as the third argument to the
_description function, except that the resulting string will always
be shown whether or not matches were generated. This is useful for
displaying a help message in places where no completions can be
generated.
The format style is examined with the messages tag to find a
message; the usual tag, descriptions, is used only if the style is
not set with the former.
If the -r option is given, no style is used; the DESCR is taken
literally as the string to display. This is most useful when the
DESCR comes from a pre-processed argument list which already
contains an expanded description.
The -12VJ options and the GROUP are passed to compadd and hence
determine the group the message string is added to.
The second form gives a description for completions with the tag
TAG to be shown even if there are no matches for that tag. The tag
can be omitted and if so the tag is taken from the parameter
$curtag; this is maintained by the completion system and so is
usually correct.
_multi_parts SEP ARRAY
The argument SEP is a separator character. The ARRAY may be either
the name of an array parameter or a literal array in the form '(foo
bar)', a parenthesised list of words separated by whitespace. The
possible completions are the strings from the array. However, each
chunk delimited by SEP will be completed separately. For example,
the _tar function uses '_multi_parts / PATHARRAY' to complete
partial file paths from the given array of complete file paths.
The -i option causes _multi_parts to insert a unique match even if
that requires multiple separators to be inserted. This is not
usually the expected behaviour with filenames, but certain other
types of completion, for example those with a fixed set of
possibilities, may be more suited to this form.
Like other utility functions, this function accepts the '-V', '-J',
'-1', '-2', '-n', '-f', '-X', '-M', '-P', '-S', '-r', '-R', and
'-q' options and passes them to the compadd builtin.
_next_label [ -x ] [ -12VJ ] TAG NAME DESCR [ OPTIONS ... ]
This function is used to implement the loop over different tag
labels for a particular tag as described above for the tag-order
style. On each call it checks to see if there are any more tag
labels; if there is it returns status zero, otherwise non-zero. As
this function requires a current tag to be set, it must always
follow a call to _tags or _requested.
The -x12VJ options and the first three arguments are passed to the
_description function. Where appropriate the TAG will be replaced
by a tag label in this call. Any description given in the
tag-order style is preferred to the DESCR passed to _next_label.
The OPTIONS given after the DESCR are set in the parameter given by
NAME, and hence are to be passed to compadd or whatever function is
called to add the matches.
Here is a typical use of this function for the tag foo. The call
to _requested determines if tag foo is required at all; the loop
over _next_label handles any labels defined for the tag in the
tag-order style.
local expl ret=1
...
if _requested foo; then
...
while _next_label foo expl '...'; do
compadd "$expl[@]" ... && ret=0
done
...
fi
return ret
_normal
This is the standard function called to handle completion outside
any special -CONTEXT-. It is called both to complete the command
word and also the arguments for a command. In the second case,
_normal looks for a special completion for that command, and if
there is none it uses the completion for the -default- context.
A second use is to reexamine the command line specified by the
$words array and the $CURRENT parameter after those have been
modified. For example, the function _precommand, which completes
after pre-command specifiers such as nohup, removes the first word
from the words array, decrements the CURRENT parameter, then calls
_normal again. The effect is that 'nohup CMD ...' is treated in
the same way as 'CMD ...'.
If the command name matches one of the patterns given by one of the
options -p or -P to compdef, the corresponding completion function
is called and then the parameter _compskip is checked. If it is
set completion is terminated at that point even if no matches have
been found. This is the same effect as in the -first- context.
_options
This can be used to complete the names of shell options. It
provides a matcher specification that ignores a leading 'no',
ignores underscores and allows upper-case letters to match their
lower-case counterparts (for example, 'glob', 'noglob', 'NO_GLOB'
are all completed). Any arguments are propagated to the compadd
builtin.
_options_set and _options_unset
These functions complete only set or unset options, with the same
matching specification used in the _options function.
Note that you need to uncomment a few lines in the _main_complete
function for these functions to work properly. The lines in
question are used to store the option settings in effect before the
completion widget locally sets the options it needs. Hence these
functions are not generally used by the completion system.
_parameters
This is used to complete the names of shell parameters.
The option '-g PATTERN' limits the completion to parameters whose
type matches the PATTERN. The type of a parameter is that shown by
'print ${(t)PARAM}', hence judicious use of '*' in PATTERN is
probably necessary.
All other arguments are passed to the compadd builtin.
_path_files
This function is used throughout the completion system to complete
filenames. It allows completion of partial paths. For example,
the string '/u/i/s/sig' may be completed to
'/usr/include/sys/signal.h'.
The options accepted by both _path_files and _files are:
-f
Complete all filenames. This is the default.
-/
Specifies that only directories should be completed.
-g PATTERN
Specifies that only files matching the PATTERN should be
completed.
-W PATHS
Specifies path prefixes that are to be prepended to the string
from the command line to generate the filenames but that
should not be inserted as completions nor shown in completion
listings. Here, PATHS may be the name of an array parameter,
a literal list of paths enclosed in parentheses or an absolute
pathname.
-F IGNORED-FILES
This behaves as for the corresponding option to the compadd
builtin. It gives direct control over which filenames should
be ignored. If the option is not present, the
ignored-patterns style is used.
Both _path_files and _files also accept the following options which
are passed to compadd: '-J', '-V', '-1', '-2', '-n', '-X', '-M',
'-P', '-S', '-q', '-r', and '-R'.
Finally, the _path_files function uses the styles expand,
ambiguous, special-dirs, list-suffixes and file-sort described
above.
_pick_variant [ -b BUILTIN-LABEL ] [ -c COMMAND ] [ -r NAME ]
LABEL=PATTERN ... LABEL [ ARGS ... ]
This function is used to resolve situations where a single command
name requires more than one type of handling, either because it has
more than one variant or because there is a name clash between two
different commands.
The command to run is taken from the first element of the array
words unless this is overridden by the option -c. This command is
run and its output is compared with a series of patterns.
Arguments to be passed to the command can be specified at the end
after all the other arguments. The patterns to try in order are
given by the arguments LABEL=PATTERN; if the output of 'COMMAND
ARGS ...' contains PATTERN, then label is selected as the label for
the command variant. If none of the patterns match, the final
command label is selected and status 1 is returned.
If the '-b BUILTIN-LABEL' is given, the command is tested to see if
it is provided as a shell builtin, possibly autoloaded; if so, the
label BUILTIN-LABEL is selected as the label for the variant.
If the '-r NAME' is given, the LABEL picked is stored in the
parameter named NAME.
The results are also cached in the _CMD_VARIANT associative array
indexed by the name of the command run.
_regex_arguments NAME SPEC ...
This function generates a completion function NAME which matches
the specifications SPEC ..., a set of regular expressions as
described below. After running _regex_arguments, the function NAME
should be called as a normal completion function. The pattern to
be matched is given by the contents of the words array up to the
current cursor position joined together with null characters; no
quotation is applied.
The arguments are grouped as sets of alternatives separated by '|',
which are tried one after the other until one matches. Each
alternative consists of a one or more specifications which are
tried left to right, with each pattern matched being stripped in
turn from the command line being tested, until all of the group
succeeds or until one fails; in the latter case, the next
alternative is tried. This structure can be repeated to arbitrary
depth by using parentheses; matching proceeds from inside to
outside.
A special procedure is applied if no test succeeds but the
remaining command line string contains no null character (implying
the remaining word is the one for which completions are to be
generated). The completion target is restricted to the remaining
word and any ACTIONs for the corresponding patterns are executed.
In this case, nothing is stripped from the command line string.
The order of evaluation of the ACTIONs can be determined by the
tag-order style; the various formats supported by _alternative can
be used in ACTION. The DESCR is used for setting up the array
parameter expl.
Specification arguments take one of following forms, in which
metacharacters such as '(', ')', '#' and '|' should be quoted.
/PATTERN/ [%LOOKAHEAD%] [-GUARD] [:TAG:DESCR:ACTION]
This is a single primitive component. The function tests
whether the combined pattern '(#b)((#B)PATTERN)LOOKAHEAD*'
matches the command line string. If so, 'GUARD' is evaluated
and its return status is examined to determine if the test has
succeeded. The PATTERN string '[]' is guaranteed never to
match. The LOOKAHEAD is not stripped from the command line
before the next pattern is examined.
The argument starting with : is used in the same manner as an
argument to _alternative.
A component is used as follows: PATTERN is tested to see if
the component already exists on the command line. If it does,
any following specifications are examined to find something to
complete. If a component is reached but no such pattern
exists yet on the command line, the string containing the
ACTION is used to generate matches to insert at that point.
/PATTERN/+ [%LOOKAHEAD%] [-GUARD] [:TAG:DESCR:ACTION]
This is similar to '/PATTERN/ ...' but the left part of the
command line string (i.e. the part already matched by
previous patterns) is also considered part of the completion
target.
/PATTERN/- [%LOOKAHEAD%] [-GUARD] [:TAG:DESCR:ACTION]
This is similar to '/PATTERN/ ...' but the ACTIONs of the
current and previously matched patterns are ignored even if
the following 'PATTERN' matches the empty string.
( SPEC )
Parentheses may be used to groups SPECs; note each parenthesis
is a single argument to _regex_arguments.
SPEC #
This allows any number of repetitions of SPEC.
SPEC SPEC
The two SPECs are to be matched one after the other as
described above.
SPEC | SPEC
Either of the two SPECs can be matched.
The function _regex_words can be used as a helper function to
generate matches for a set of alternative words possibly with their
own arguments as a command line argument.
Examples:
_regex_arguments _tst /$'[^\0]#\0'/ \
/$'[^\0]#\0'/ :'compadd aaa'
This generates a function _tst that completes aaa as its only
argument. The TAG and DESCRIPTION for the action have been omitted
for brevity (this works but is not recommended in normal use). The
first component matches the command word, which is arbitrary; the
second matches any argument. As the argument is also arbitrary,
any following component would not depend on aaa being present.
_regex_arguments _tst /$'[^\0]#\0'/ \
/$'aaa\0'/ :'compadd aaa'
This is a more typical use; it is similar, but any following
patterns would only match if aaa was present as the first argument.
_regex_arguments _tst /$'[^\0]#\0'/ \( \
/$'aaa\0'/ :'compadd aaa' \
/$'bbb\0'/ :'compadd bbb' \) \#
In this example, an indefinite number of command arguments may be
completed. Odd arguments are completed as aaa and even arguments
as bbb. Completion fails unless the set of aaa and bbb arguments
before the current one is matched correctly.
_regex_arguments _tst /$'[^\0]#\0'/ \
\( /$'aaa\0'/ :'compadd aaa' \| \
/$'bbb\0'/ :'compadd bbb' \) \#
This is similar, but either aaa or bbb may be completed for any
argument. In this case _regex_words could be used to generate a
suitable expression for the arguments.
_regex_words TAG DESCRIPTION SPEC ...
This function can be used to generate arguments for the
_regex_arguments command which may be inserted at any point where a
set of rules is expected. The TAG and DESCRIPTION give a standard
tag and description pertaining to the current context. Each SPEC
contains two or three arguments separated by a colon: note that
there is no leading colon in this case.
Each SPEC gives one of a set of words that may be completed at this
point, together with arguments. It is thus roughly equivalent to
the _arguments function when used in normal (non-regex) completion.
The part of the SPEC before the first colon is the word to be
completed. This may contain a *; the entire word, before and after
the * is completed, but only the text before the * is required for
the context to be matched, so that further arguments may be
completed after the abbreviated form.
The second part of SPEC is a description for the word being
completed.
The optional third part of the SPEC describes how words following
the one being completed are themselves to be completed. It will be
evaluated in order to avoid problems with quoting. This means that
typically it contains a reference to an array containing previously
generated regex arguments.
The option -t TERM specifies a terminator for the word instead of
the usual space. This is handled as an auto-removable suffix in
the manner of the option -s SEP to _values.
The result of the processing by _regex_words is placed in the array
reply, which should be made local to the calling function. If the
set of words and arguments may be matched repeatedly, a # should be
appended to the generated array at that point.
For example:
local -a reply
_regex_words mydb-commands 'mydb commands' \
'add:add an entry to mydb:$mydb_add_cmds' \
'show:show entries in mydb'
_regex_arguments _mydb "$reply[@]"
_mydb "$@"
This shows a completion function for a command mydb which takes two
command arguments, add and show. show takes no arguments, while
the arguments for add have already been prepared in an array
mydb_add_cmds, quite possibly by a previous call to _regex_words.
_requested [ -x ] [ -12VJ ] TAG [ NAME DESCR [ COMMAND ARGS ... ] ]
This function is called to decide whether a tag already registered
by a call to _tags (see below) has been requested by the user and
hence completion should be performed for it. It returns status
zero if the tag is requested and non-zero otherwise. The function
is typically used as part of a loop over different tags as follows:
_tags foo bar baz
while _tags; do
if _requested foo; then
... # perform completion for foo
fi
... # test the tags bar and baz in the same way
... # exit loop if matches were generated
done
Note that the test for whether matches were generated is not
performed until the end of the _tags loop. This is so that the
user can set the tag-order style to specify a set of tags to be
completed at the same time.
If NAME and DESCR are given, _requested calls the _description
function with these arguments together with the options passed to
_requested.
If COMMAND is given, the _all_labels function will be called
immediately with the same arguments. In simple cases this makes it
possible to perform the test for the tag and the matching in one
go. For example:
local expl ret=1
_tags foo bar baz
while _tags; do
_requested foo expl 'description' \
compadd foobar foobaz && ret=0
...
(( ret )) || break
done
If the COMMAND is not compadd, it must nevertheless be prepared to
handle the same options.
_retrieve_cache CACHE_IDENTIFIER
This function retrieves completion information from the file given
by CACHE_IDENTIFIER, stored in a directory specified by the
cache-path style which defaults to ~/.zcompcache. The return
status is zero if retrieval was successful. It will only attempt
retrieval if the use-cache style is set, so you can call this
function without worrying about whether the user wanted to use the
caching layer.
See _store_cache below for more details.
_sep_parts
This function is passed alternating arrays and separators as
arguments. The arrays specify completions for parts of strings to
be separated by the separators. The arrays may be the names of
array parameters or a quoted list of words in parentheses. For
example, with the array 'hosts=(ftp news)' the call '_sep_parts
'(foo bar)' @ hosts' will complete the string 'f' to 'foo' and the
string 'b@n' to 'bar@news'.
This function accepts the compadd options '-V', '-J', '-1', '-2',
'-n', '-X', '-M', '-P', '-S', '-r', '-R', and '-q' and passes them
on to the compadd builtin used to add the matches.
_setup TAG [ GROUP ]
This function sets up the special parameters used by the completion
system appropriately for the TAG given as the first argument. It
uses the styles list-colors, list-packed, list-rows-first,
last-prompt, accept-exact, menu and force-list.
The optional GROUP supplies the name of the group in which the
matches will be placed. If it is not given, the TAG is used as the
group name.
This function is called automatically from _description and hence
is not normally called explicitly.
_store_cache CACHE_IDENTIFIER PARAMS ...
This function, together with _retrieve_cache and _cache_invalid,
implements a caching layer which can be used in any completion
function. Data obtained by costly operations are stored in
parameters; this function then dumps the values of those parameters
to a file. The data can then be retrieved quickly from that file
via _retrieve_cache, even in different instances of the shell.
The CACHE_IDENTIFIER specifies the file which the data should be
dumped to. The file is stored in a directory specified by the
cache-path style which defaults to ~/.zcompcache. The remaining
PARAMS arguments are the parameters to dump to the file.
The return status is zero if storage was successful. The function
will only attempt storage if the use-cache style is set, so you can
call this function without worrying about whether the user wanted
to use the caching layer.
The completion function may avoid calling _retrieve_cache when it
already has the completion data available as parameters. However,
in that case it should call _cache_invalid to check whether the
data in the parameters and in the cache are still valid.
See the _perl_modules completion function for a simple example of
the usage of the caching layer.
_tags [ [ -C NAME ] TAGS ... ]
If called with arguments, these are taken to be the names of tags
valid for completions in the current context. These tags are
stored internally and sorted by using the tag-order style.
Next, _tags is called repeatedly without arguments from the same
completion function. This successively selects the first, second,
etc. set of tags requested by the user. The return status is zero
if at least one of the tags is requested and non-zero otherwise.
To test if a particular tag is to be tried, the _requested function
should be called (see above).
If '-C NAME' is given, NAME is temporarily stored in the argument
field (the fifth) of the context in the curcontext parameter during
the call to _tags; the field is restored on exit. This allows
_tags to use a more specific context without having to change and
reset the curcontext parameter (which has the same effect).
_values [ -O NAME ] [ -s SEP ] [ -S SEP ] [ -wC ] DESC SPEC ...
This is used to complete arbitrary keywords (values) and their
arguments, or lists of such combinations.
If the first argument is the option '-O NAME', it will be used in
the same way as by the _arguments function. In other words, the
elements of the NAME array will be passed to compadd when executing
an action.
If the first argument (or the first argument after '-O NAME') is
'-s', the next argument is used as the character that separates
multiple values. This character is automatically added after each
value in an auto-removable fashion (see below); all values
completed by '_values -s' appear in the same word on the command
line, unlike completion using _arguments. If this option is not
present, only a single value will be completed per word.
Normally, _values will only use the current word to determine which
values are already present on the command line and hence are not to
be completed again. If the -w option is given, other arguments are
examined as well.
The first non-option argument is used as a string to print as a
description before listing the values.
All other arguments describe the possible values and their
arguments in the same format used for the description of options by
the _arguments function (see above). The only differences are that
no minus or plus sign is required at the beginning, values can have
only one argument, and the forms of action beginning with an equal
sign are not supported.
The character separating a value from its argument can be set using
the option -S (like -s, followed by the character to use as the
separator in the next argument). By default the equals sign will
be used as the separator between values and arguments.
Example:
_values -s , 'description' \
'*foo[bar]' \
'(two)*one[number]:first count:' \
'two[another number]::second count:(1 2 3)'
This describes three possible values: 'foo', 'one', and 'two'. The
first is described as 'bar', takes no argument and may appear more
than once. The second is described as 'number', may appear more
than once, and takes one mandatory argument described as 'first
count'; no action is specified, so it will not be completed. The
'(two)' at the beginning says that if the value 'one' is on the
line, the value 'two' will no longer be considered a possible
completion. Finally, the last value ('two') is described as
'another number' and takes an optional argument described as
'second count' for which the completions (to appear after an '=')
are '1', '2', and '3'. The _values function will complete lists of
these values separated by commas.
Like _arguments, this function temporarily adds another context
name component to the arguments element (the fifth) of the current
context while executing the ACTION. Here this name is just the
name of the value for which the argument is completed.
The style verbose is used to decide if the descriptions for the
values (but not those for the arguments) should be printed.
The associative array val_args is used to report values and their
arguments; this works similarly to the opt_args associative array
used by _arguments. Hence the function calling _values should
declare the local parameters state, state_descr, line, context and
val_args:
local context state state_descr line
typeset -A val_args
when using an action of the form '->STRING'. With this function
the context parameter will be set to the name of the value whose
argument is to be completed. Note that for _values, the state and
state_descr are scalars rather than arrays. Only a single matching
state is returned.
Note also that _values normally adds the character used as the
separator between values as an auto-removable suffix (similar to a
'/' after a directory). However, this is not possible for a
'->STRING' action as the matches for the argument are generated by
the calling function. To get the usual behaviour, the calling
function can add the separator X as a suffix by passing the options
'-qS X' either directly or indirectly to compadd.
The option -C is treated in the same way as it is by _arguments.
In that case the parameter curcontext should be made local instead
of context (as described above).
_wanted [ -x ] [ -C NAME ] [ -12VJ ] TAG NAME DESCR COMMAND ARGS ...
In many contexts, completion can only generate one particular set
of matches, usually corresponding to a single tag. However, it is
still necessary to decide whether the user requires matches of this
type. This function is useful in such a case.
The arguments to _wanted are the same as those to _requested, i.e.
arguments to be passed to _description. However, in this case the
COMMAND is not optional; all the processing of tags, including the
loop over both tags and tag labels and the generation of matches,
is carried out automatically by _wanted.
Hence to offer only one tag and immediately add the corresponding
matches with the given description:
local expl
_wanted tag expl 'description' \
compadd matches...
Note that, as for _requested, the COMMAND must be able to accept
options to be passed down to compadd.
Like _tags this function supports the -C option to give a different
name for the argument context field. The -x option has the same
meaning as for _description.
File: zsh.info, Node: Completion Directories, Prev: Completion Functions, Up: Completion System
20.7 Completion Directories
===========================
In the source distribution, the files are contained in various
subdirectories of the Completion directory. They may have been
installed in the same structure, or into one single function directory.
The following is a description of the files found in the original
directory structure. If you wish to alter an installed file, you will
need to copy it to some directory which appears earlier in your fpath
than the standard directory where it appears.
Base
The core functions and special completion widgets automatically
bound to keys. You will certainly need most of these, though will
probably not need to alter them. Many of these are documented
above.
Zsh
Functions for completing arguments of shell builtin commands and
utility functions for this. Some of these are also used by
functions from the Unix directory.
Unix
Functions for completing arguments of external commands and suites
of commands. They may need modifying for your system, although in
many cases some attempt is made to decide which version of a
command is present. For example, completion for the mount command
tries to determine the system it is running on, while completion
for many other utilities try to decide whether the GNU version of
the command is in use, and hence whether the --help option is
supported.
X, AIX, BSD, ...
Completion and utility function for commands available only on some
systems. These are not arranged hierarchically, so, for example,
both the Linux and Debian directories, as well as the X directory,
may be useful on your system.
File: zsh.info, Node: Completion Using compctl, Next: Zsh Modules, Prev: Completion System, Up: Top
21 Completion Using compctl
***************************
21.1 Types of completion
========================
This version of zsh has two ways of performing completion of words on
the command line. New users of the shell may prefer to use the newer
and more powerful system based on shell functions; this is described in
*note Completion System::, and the basic shell mechanisms which support
it are described in *note Completion Widgets::. This chapter describes
the older compctl command.
21.2 Description
================
compctl [ -CDT ] OPTIONS [ COMMAND ... ]
compctl [ -CDT ] OPTIONS [ -x PATTERN OPTIONS - ... -- ] [ + OPTIONS [ -x ... -- ] ... [+] ] [ COMMAND ... ]
compctl -M MATCH-SPECS ...
compctl -L [ -CDTM ] [ COMMAND ... ]
compctl + COMMAND ...
Control the editor's completion behavior according to the supplied set
of OPTIONS. Various editing commands, notably expand-or-complete-word,
usually bound to tab, will attempt to complete a word typed by the user,
while others, notably delete-char-or-list, usually bound to ^D in EMACS
editing mode, list the possibilities; compctl controls what those
possibilities are. They may for example be filenames (the most common
case, and hence the default), shell variables, or words from a
user-specified list.
* Menu:
* Command Flags::
* Option Flags::
* Alternative Completion::
* Extended Completion::
* Example::
File: zsh.info, Node: Command Flags, Next: Option Flags, Up: Completion Using compctl
21.3 Command Flags
==================
Completion of the arguments of a command may be different for each
command or may use the default. The behavior when completing the
command word itself may also be separately specified. These correspond
to the following flags and arguments, all of which (except for -L) may
be combined with any combination of the OPTIONS described subsequently
in *note Option Flags:::
COMMAND ...
controls completion for the named commands, which must be listed
last on the command line. If completion is attempted for a command
with a pathname containing slashes and no completion definition is
found, the search is retried with the last pathname component. If
the command starts with a =, completion is tried with the pathname
of the command.
Any of the COMMAND strings may be patterns of the form normally
used for filename generation. These should be quoted to protect
them from immediate expansion; for example the command string
'foo*' arranges for completion of the words of any command
beginning with foo. When completion is attempted, all pattern
completions are tried in the reverse order of their definition
until one matches. By default, completion then proceeds as normal,
i.e. the shell will try to generate more matches for the specific
command on the command line; this can be overridden by including
-tn in the flags for the pattern completion.
Note that aliases are expanded before the command name is
determined unless the COMPLETE_ALIASES option is set. Commands may
not be combined with the -C, -D or -T flags.
-C
controls completion when the command word itself is being
completed. If no compctl -C command has been issued, the names of
any executable command (whether in the path or specific to the
shell, such as aliases or functions) are completed.
-D
controls default completion behavior for the arguments of commands
not assigned any special behavior. If no compctl -D command has
been issued, filenames are completed.
-T
supplies completion flags to be used before any other processing is
done, even before processing for compctls defined for specific
commands. This is especially useful when combined with extended
completion (the -x flag, see *note Extended Completion:: below).
Using this flag you can define default behavior which will apply to
all commands without exception, or you can alter the standard
behavior for all commands. For example, if your access to the user
database is too slow and/or it contains too many users (so that
completion after '~' is too slow to be usable), you can use
compctl -T -x 's[~] C[0,[^/]#]' -k friends -S/ -tn
to complete the strings in the array friends after a '~'. The
C[...] argument is necessary so that this form of ~-completion is
not tried after the directory name is finished.
-L
lists the existing completion behavior in a manner suitable for
putting into a start-up script; the existing behavior is not
changed. Any combination of the above forms, or the -M flag (which
must follow the -L flag), may be specified, otherwise all defined
completions are listed. Any other flags supplied are ignored.
_no argument_
If no argument is given, compctl lists all defined completions in
an abbreviated form; with a list of OPTIONS, all completions with
those flags set (not counting extended completion) are listed.
If the + flag is alone and followed immediately by the COMMAND list, the
completion behavior for all the commands in the list is reset to the
default. In other words, completion will subsequently use the options
specified by the -D flag.
The form with -M as the first and only option defines global matching
specifications (see *note Completion Matching Control::). The match
specifications given will be used for every completion attempt (only
when using compctl, not with the new completion system) and are tried in
the order in which they are defined until one generates at least one
match. E.g.:
compctl -M '' 'm:{a-zA-Z}={A-Za-z}'
This will first try completion without any global match specifications
(the empty string) and, if that generates no matches, will try case
insensitive completion.
File: zsh.info, Node: Option Flags, Next: Alternative Completion, Prev: Command Flags, Up: Completion Using compctl
21.4 Option Flags
=================
[ -fcFBdeaRGovNAIOPZEnbjrzu/12 ]
[ -k ARRAY ] [ -g GLOBSTRING ] [ -s SUBSTSTRING ]
[ -K FUNCTION ]
[ -Q ] [ -P PREFIX ] [ -S SUFFIX ]
[ -W FILE-PREFIX ] [ -H NUM PATTERN ]
[ -q ] [ -X EXPLANATION ] [ -Y EXPLANATION ]
[ -y FUNC-OR-VAR ] [ -l CMD ] [ -h CMD ] [ -U ]
[ -t CONTINUE ] [ -J NAME ] [ -V NAME ]
[ -M MATCH-SPEC ]
The remaining OPTIONS specify the type of command arguments to look for
during completion. Any combination of these flags may be specified; the
result is a sorted list of all the possibilities. The options are as
follows.
* Menu:
* Simple Flags::
* Flags with Arguments::
* Control Flags::
File: zsh.info, Node: Simple Flags, Next: Flags with Arguments, Up: Option Flags
21.4.1 Simple Flags
-------------------
These produce completion lists made up by the shell itself:
-f
Filenames and file system paths.
-/
Just file system paths.
-c
Command names, including aliases, shell functions, builtins and
reserved words.
-F
Function names.
-B
Names of builtin commands.
-m
Names of external commands.
-w
Reserved words.
-a
Alias names.
-R
Names of regular (non-global) aliases.
-G
Names of global aliases.
-d
This can be combined with -F, -B, -w, -a, -R and -G to get names of
disabled functions, builtins, reserved words or aliases.
-e
This option (to show enabled commands) is in effect by default, but
may be combined with -d; -de in combination with -F, -B, -w, -a, -R
and -G will complete names of functions, builtins, reserved words
or aliases whether or not they are disabled.
-o
Names of shell options (see *note Options::).
-v
Names of any variable defined in the shell.
-N
Names of scalar (non-array) parameters.
-A
Array names.
-I
Names of integer variables.
-O
Names of read-only variables.
-p
Names of parameters used by the shell (including special
parameters).
-Z
Names of shell special parameters.
-E
Names of environment variables.
-n
Named directories.
-b
Key binding names.
-j
Job names: the first word of the job leader's command line. This
is useful with the kill builtin.
-r
Names of running jobs.
-z
Names of suspended jobs.
-u
User names.
File: zsh.info, Node: Flags with Arguments, Next: Control Flags, Prev: Simple Flags, Up: Option Flags
21.4.2 Flags with Arguments
---------------------------
These have user supplied arguments to determine how the list of
completions is to be made up:
-k ARRAY
Names taken from the elements of $ARRAY (note that the '$' does not
appear on the command line). Alternatively, the argument ARRAY
itself may be a set of space- or comma-separated values in
parentheses, in which any delimiter may be escaped with a
backslash; in this case the argument should be quoted. For
example,
compctl -k "(cputime filesize datasize stacksize
coredumpsize resident descriptors)" limit
-g GLOBSTRING
The GLOBSTRING is expanded using filename globbing; it should be
quoted to protect it from immediate expansion. The resulting
filenames are taken as the possible completions. Use '*(/)'
instead of '*/' for directories. The fignore special parameter is
not applied to the resulting files. More than one pattern may be
given separated by blanks. (Note that brace expansion is _not_
part of globbing. Use the syntax '(either|or)' to match
alternatives.)
-s SUBSTSTRING
The SUBSTSTRING is split into words and these words are than
expanded using all shell expansion mechanisms (see *note
Expansion::). The resulting words are taken as possible
completions. The fignore special parameter is not applied to the
resulting files. Note that -g is faster for filenames.
-K FUNCTION
Call the given function to get the completions. Unless the name
starts with an underscore, the function is passed two arguments:
the prefix and the suffix of the word on which completion is to be
attempted, in other words those characters before the cursor
position, and those from the cursor position onwards. The whole
command line can be accessed with the -c and -l flags of the read
builtin. The function should set the variable reply to an array
containing the completions (one completion per element); note that
reply should not be made local to the function. From such a
function the command line can be accessed with the -c and -l flags
to the read builtin. For example,
function whoson { reply=(`users`); }
compctl -K whoson talk
completes only logged-on users after 'talk'. Note that 'whoson'
must return an array, so 'reply=`users`' would be incorrect.
-H NUM PATTERN
The possible completions are taken from the last NUM history lines.
Only words matching PATTERN are taken. If NUM is zero or negative
the whole history is searched and if PATTERN is the empty string
all words are taken (as with '*'). A typical use is
compctl -D -f + -H 0 ''
which forces completion to look back in the history list for a word
if no filename matches.
File: zsh.info, Node: Control Flags, Prev: Flags with Arguments, Up: Option Flags
21.4.3 Control Flags
--------------------
These do not directly specify types of name to be completed, but
manipulate the options that do:
-Q
This instructs the shell not to quote any metacharacters in the
possible completions. Normally the results of a completion are
inserted into the command line with any metacharacters quoted so
that they are interpreted as normal characters. This is
appropriate for filenames and ordinary strings. However, for
special effects, such as inserting a backquoted expression from a
completion array (-k) so that the expression will not be evaluated
until the complete line is executed, this option must be used.
-P PREFIX
The PREFIX is inserted just before the completed string; any
initial part already typed will be completed and the whole PREFIX
ignored for completion purposes. For example,
compctl -j -P "%" kill
inserts a '%' after the kill command and then completes job names.
-S SUFFIX
When a completion is found the SUFFIX is inserted after the
completed string. In the case of menu completion the suffix is
inserted immediately, but it is still possible to cycle through the
list of completions by repeatedly hitting the same key.
-W FILE-PREFIX
With directory FILE-PREFIX: for command, file, directory and
globbing completion (options -c, -f, -/, -g), the file prefix is
implicitly added in front of the completion. For example,
compctl -/ -W ~/Mail maildirs
completes any subdirectories to any depth beneath the directory
~/Mail, although that prefix does not appear on the command line.
The FILE-PREFIX may also be of the form accepted by the -k flag,
i.e. the name of an array or a literal list in parenthesis. In
this case all the directories in the list will be searched for
possible completions.
-q
If used with a suffix as specified by the -S option, this causes
the suffix to be removed if the next character typed is a blank or
does not insert anything or if the suffix consists of only one
character and the next character typed is the same character; this
the same rule used for the AUTO_REMOVE_SLASH option. The option is
most useful for list separators (comma, colon, etc.).
-l CMD
This option restricts the range of command line words that are
considered to be arguments. If combined with one of the extended
completion patterns 'p[...]', 'r[...]', or 'R[...]' (see *note
Extended Completion:: below) the range is restricted to the range
of arguments specified in the brackets. Completion is then
performed as if these had been given as arguments to the CMD
supplied with the option. If the CMD string is empty the first
word in the range is instead taken as the command name, and command
name completion performed on the first word in the range. For
example,
compctl -x 'r[-exec,;]' -l '' -- find
completes arguments between '-exec' and the following ';' (or the
end of the command line if there is no such string) as if they were
a separate command line.
-h CMD
Normally zsh completes quoted strings as a whole. With this
option, completion can be done separately on different parts of
such strings. It works like the -l option but makes the completion
code work on the parts of the current word that are separated by
spaces. These parts are completed as if they were arguments to the
given CMD. If CMD is the empty string, the first part is completed
as a command name, as with -l.
-U
Use the whole list of possible completions, whether or not they
actually match the word on the command line. The word typed so far
will be deleted. This is most useful with a function (given by the
-K option) which can examine the word components passed to it (or
via the read builtin's -c and -l flags) and use its own criteria to
decide what matches. If there is no completion, the original word
is retained. Since the produced possible completions seldom have
interesting common prefixes and suffixes, menu completion is
started immediately if AUTO_MENU is set and this flag is used.
-y FUNC-OR-VAR
The list provided by FUNC-OR-VAR is displayed instead of the list
of completions whenever a listing is required; the actual
completions to be inserted are not affected. It can be provided in
two ways. Firstly, if FUNC-OR-VAR begins with a $ it defines a
variable, or if it begins with a left parenthesis a literal array,
which contains the list. A variable may have been set by a call to
a function using the -K option. Otherwise it contains the name of
a function which will be executed to create the list. The function
will be passed as an argument list all matching completions,
including prefixes and suffixes expanded in full, and should set
the array reply to the result. In both cases, the display list
will only be retrieved after a complete list of matches has been
created.
Note that the returned list does not have to correspond, even in
length, to the original set of matches, and may be passed as a
scalar instead of an array. No special formatting of characters is
performed on the output in this case; in particular, newlines are
printed literally and if they appear output in columns is
suppressed.
-X EXPLANATION
Print EXPLANATION when trying completion on the current set of
options. A '%n' in this string is replaced by the number of
matches that were added for this explanation string. The
explanation only appears if completion was tried and there was no
unique match, or when listing completions. Explanation strings
will be listed together with the matches of the group specified
together with the -X option (using the -J or -V option). If the
same explanation string is given to multiple -X options, the string
appears only once (for each group) and the number of matches shown
for the '%n' is the total number of all matches for each of these
uses. In any case, the explanation string will only be shown if
there was at least one match added for the explanation string.
The sequences %B, %b, %S, %s, %U, and %u specify output attributes
(bold, standout, and underline), %F, %f, %K, %k specify foreground
and background colours, and %{...%} can be used to include literal
escape sequences as in prompts.
-Y EXPLANATION
Identical to -X, except that the EXPLANATION first undergoes
expansion following the usual rules for strings in double quotes.
The expansion will be carried out after any functions are called
for the -K or -y options, allowing them to set variables.
-t CONTINUE
The CONTINUE-string contains a character that specifies which set
of completion flags should be used next. It is useful:
(i) With -T, or when trying a list of pattern completions, when
compctl would usually continue with ordinary processing after
finding matches; this can be suppressed with '-tn'.
(ii) With a list of alternatives separated by +, when compctl would
normally stop when one of the alternatives generates matches. It
can be forced to consider the next set of completions by adding
'-t+' to the flags of the alternative before the '+'.
(iii) In an extended completion list (see below), when compctl
would normally continue until a set of conditions succeeded, then
use only the immediately following flags. With '-t-', compctl will
continue trying extended completions after the next '-'; with '-tx'
it will attempt completion with the default flags, in other words
those before the '-x'.
-J NAME
This gives the name of the group the matches should be placed in.
Groups are listed and sorted separately; likewise, menu completion
will offer the matches in the groups in the order in which the
groups were defined. If no group name is explicitly given, the
matches are stored in a group named DEFAULT. The first time a
group name is encountered, a group with that name is created.
After that all matches with the same group name are stored in that
group.
This can be useful with non-exclusive alternative completions. For
example, in
compctl -f -J files -t+ + -v -J variables foo
both files and variables are possible completions, as the -t+
forces both sets of alternatives before and after the + to be
considered at once. Because of the -J options, however, all files
are listed before all variables.
-V NAME
Like -J, but matches within the group will not be sorted in
listings nor in menu completion. These unsorted groups are in a
different name space from the sorted ones, so groups defined as -J
files and -V files are distinct.
-1
If given together with the -V option, makes only consecutive
duplicates in the group be removed. Note that groups with and
without this flag are in different name spaces.
-2
If given together with the -J or -V option, makes all duplicates be
kept. Again, groups with and without this flag are in different
name spaces.
-M MATCH-SPEC
This defines additional matching control specifications that should
be used only when testing words for the list of flags this flag
appears in. The format of the MATCH-SPEC string is described in
*note Completion Matching Control::.
File: zsh.info, Node: Alternative Completion, Next: Extended Completion, Prev: Option Flags, Up: Completion Using compctl
21.5 Alternative Completion
===========================
compctl [ -CDT ] OPTIONS + OPTIONS [ + ... ] [ + ] COMMAND ...
The form with '+' specifies alternative options. Completion is tried
with the options before the first '+'. If this produces no matches
completion is tried with the flags after the '+' and so on. If there
are no flags after the last '+' and a match has not been found up to
that point, default completion is tried. If the list of flags contains
a -t with a + character, the next list of flags is used even if the
current list produced matches.
File: zsh.info, Node: Extended Completion, Next: Example, Prev: Alternative Completion, Up: Completion Using compctl
Additional options are available that restrict completion to some part
of the command line; this is referred to as 'extended completion'.
21.6 Extended Completion
========================
compctl [ -CDT ] OPTIONS -x PATTERN OPTIONS - ... --
[ COMMAND ... ]
compctl [ -CDT ] OPTIONS [ -x PATTERN OPTIONS - ... -- ]
[ + OPTIONS [ -x ... -- ] ... [+] ] [ COMMAND ... ]
The form with '-x' specifies extended completion for the commands given;
as shown, it may be combined with alternative completion using '+'.
Each PATTERN is examined in turn; when a match is found, the
corresponding OPTIONS, as described in *note Option Flags:: above, are
used to generate possible completions. If no PATTERN matches, the
OPTIONS given before the -x are used.
Note that each pattern should be supplied as a single argument and
should be quoted to prevent expansion of metacharacters by the shell.
A PATTERN is built of sub-patterns separated by commas; it matches if at
least one of these sub-patterns matches (they are 'or'ed). These
sub-patterns are in turn composed of other sub-patterns separated by
white spaces which match if all of the sub-patterns match (they are
'and'ed). An element of the sub-patterns is of the form 'C[...][...]',
where the pairs of brackets may be repeated as often as necessary, and
matches if any of the sets of brackets match (an 'or'). The example
below makes this clearer.
The elements may be any of the following:
s[STRING]...
Matches if the current word on the command line starts with one of
the strings given in brackets. The STRING is not removed and is
not part of the completion.
S[STRING]...
Like s[STRING] except that the STRING is part of the completion.
p[FROM,TO]...
Matches if the number of the current word is between one of the
FROM and TO pairs inclusive. The comma and TO are optional; TO
defaults to the same value as FROM. The numbers may be negative:
-N refers to the N'th last word on the line.
c[OFFSET,STRING]...
Matches if the STRING matches the word offset by OFFSET from the
current word position. Usually OFFSET will be negative.
C[OFFSET,PATTERN]...
Like c but using pattern matching instead.
w[INDEX,STRING]...
Matches if the word in position INDEX is equal to the corresponding
STRING. Note that the word count is made after any alias
expansion.
W[INDEX,PATTERN]...
Like w but using pattern matching instead.
n[INDEX,STRING]...
Matches if the current word contains STRING. Anything up to and
including the INDEXth occurrence of this string will not be
considered part of the completion, but the rest will. INDEX may be
negative to count from the end: in most cases, INDEX will be 1 or
-1. For example,
compctl -s '`users`' -x 'n[1,@]' -k hosts -- talk
will usually complete usernames, but if you insert an @ after the
name, names from the array HOSTS (assumed to contain hostnames,
though you must make the array yourself) will be completed. Other
commands such as rcp can be handled similarly.
N[INDEX,STRING]...
Like n except that the string will be taken as a character class.
Anything up to and including the INDEXth occurrence of any of the
characters in STRING will not be considered part of the completion.
m[MIN,MAX]...
Matches if the total number of words lies between MIN and MAX
inclusive.
r[STR1,STR2]...
Matches if the cursor is after a word with prefix STR1. If there
is also a word with prefix STR2 on the command line after the one
matched by STR1 it matches only if the cursor is before this word.
If the comma and STR2 are omitted, it matches if the cursor is
after a word with prefix STR1.
R[STR1,STR2]...
Like r but using pattern matching instead.
q[STR]...
Matches the word currently being completed is in single quotes and
the STR begins with the letter 's', or if completion is done in
double quotes and STR starts with the letter 'd', or if completion
is done in backticks and STR starts with a 'b'.
File: zsh.info, Node: Example, Prev: Extended Completion, Up: Completion Using compctl
21.7 Example
============
compctl -u -x 's[+] c[-1,-f],s[-f+]' \
-g '~/Mail/*(:t)' - 's[-f],c[-1,-f]' -f -- mail
This is to be interpreted as follows:
If the current command is mail, then
if ((the current word begins with + and the previous word is -f) or
(the current word begins with -f+)), then complete the
non-directory part (the ':t' glob modifier) of files in the
directory ~/Mail; else
if the current word begins with -f or the previous word was -f,
then complete any file; else
complete user names.
File: zsh.info, Node: Zsh Modules, Next: Calendar Function System, Prev: Completion Using compctl, Up: Top
22 Zsh Modules
**************
22.1 Description
================
Some optional parts of zsh are in modules, separate from the core of the
shell. Each of these modules may be linked in to the shell at build
time, or can be dynamically linked while the shell is running if the
installation supports this feature. Modules are linked at runtime with
the zmodload command, see *note Shell Builtin Commands::.
The modules that are bundled with the zsh distribution are:
zsh/attr
Builtins for manipulating extended attributes (xattr).
zsh/cap
Builtins for manipulating POSIX.1e (POSIX.6) capability (privilege)
sets.
zsh/clone
A builtin that can clone a running shell onto another terminal.
zsh/compctl
The compctl builtin for controlling completion.
zsh/complete
The basic completion code.
zsh/complist
Completion listing extensions.
zsh/computil
A module with utility builtins needed for the shell function based
completion system.
zsh/curses
curses windowing commands
zsh/datetime
Some date/time commands and parameters.
zsh/deltochar
A ZLE function duplicating EMACS' zap-to-char.
zsh/example
An example of how to write a module.
zsh/files
Some basic file manipulation commands as builtins.
zsh/langinfo
Interface to locale information.
zsh/mapfile
Access to external files via a special associative array.
zsh/mathfunc
Standard scientific functions for use in mathematical evaluations.
zsh/newuser
Arrange for files for new users to be installed.
zsh/parameter
Access to internal hash tables via special associative arrays.
zsh/pcre
Interface to the PCRE library.
zsh/regex
Interface to the POSIX regex library.
zsh/sched
A builtin that provides a timed execution facility within the
shell.
zsh/net/socket
Manipulation of Unix domain sockets
zsh/stat
A builtin command interface to the stat system call.
zsh/system
A builtin interface to various low-level system features.
zsh/net/tcp
Manipulation of TCP sockets
zsh/termcap
Interface to the termcap database.
zsh/terminfo
Interface to the terminfo database.
zsh/zftp
A builtin FTP client.
zsh/zle
The Zsh Line Editor, including the bindkey and vared builtins.
zsh/zleparameter
Access to internals of the Zsh Line Editor via parameters.
zsh/zprof
A module allowing profiling for shell functions.
zsh/zpty
A builtin for starting a command in a pseudo-terminal.
zsh/zselect
Block and return when file descriptors are ready.
zsh/zutil
Some utility builtins, e.g. the one for supporting configuration
via styles.
* Menu:
* The zsh/attr Module::
* The zsh/cap Module::
* The zsh/clone Module::
* The zsh/compctl Module::
* The zsh/complete Module::
* The zsh/complist Module::
* The zsh/computil Module::
* The zsh/curses Module::
* The zsh/datetime Module::
* The zsh/deltochar Module::
* The zsh/example Module::
* The zsh/files Module::
* The zsh/langinfo Module::
* The zsh/mapfile Module::
* The zsh/mathfunc Module::
* The zsh/newuser Module::
* The zsh/parameter Module::
* The zsh/pcre Module::
* The zsh/regex Module::
* The zsh/sched Module::
* The zsh/net/socket Module::
* The zsh/stat Module::
* The zsh/system Module::
* The zsh/net/tcp Module::
* The zsh/termcap Module::
* The zsh/terminfo Module::
* The zsh/zftp Module::
* The zsh/zle Module::
* The zsh/zleparameter Module::
* The zsh/zprof Module::
* The zsh/zpty Module::
* The zsh/zselect Module::
* The zsh/zutil Module::
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/attr Module, Next: The zsh/cap Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.2 The zsh/attr Module
========================
The zsh/attr module is used for manipulating extended attributes. The
-h option causes all commands to operate on symbolic links instead of
their targets. The builtins in this module are:
zgetattr [ -h ] FILENAME ATTRIBUTE [ PARAMETER ]
Get the extended attribute ATTRIBUTE from the specified FILENAME.
If the optional argument PARAMETER is given, the attribute is set
on that parameter instead of being printed to stdout.
zsetattr [ -h ] FILENAME ATTRIBUTE VALUE
Set the extended attribute ATTRIBUTE on the specified FILENAME to
VALUE.
zdelattr [ -h ] FILENAME ATTRIBUTE
Remove the extended attribute ATTRIBUTE from the specified
FILENAME.
zlistattr [ -h ] FILENAME [ PARAMETER ]
List the extended attributes currently set on the specified
FILENAME. If the optional argument PARAMETER is given, the list of
attributes is set on that parameter instead of being printed to
stdout.
zgetattr and zlistattr allocate memory dynamically. If the attribute or
list of attributes grows between the allocation and the call to get
them, they return 2. On all other errors, 1 is returned. This allows
the calling function to check for this case and retry.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/cap Module, Next: The zsh/clone Module, Prev: The zsh/attr Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.3 The zsh/cap Module
=======================
The zsh/cap module is used for manipulating POSIX.1e (POSIX.6)
capability sets. If the operating system does not support this
interface, the builtins defined by this module will do nothing. The
builtins in this module are:
cap [ CAPABILITIES ]
Change the shell's process capability sets to the specified
CAPABILITIES, otherwise display the shell's current capabilities.
getcap FILENAME ...
This is a built-in implementation of the POSIX standard utility.
It displays the capability sets on each specified FILENAME.
setcap CAPABILITIES FILENAME ...
This is a built-in implementation of the POSIX standard utility.
It sets the capability sets on each specified FILENAME to the
specified CAPABILITIES.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/clone Module, Next: The zsh/compctl Module, Prev: The zsh/cap Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.4 The zsh/clone Module
=========================
The zsh/clone module makes available one builtin command:
clone TTY
Creates a forked instance of the current shell, attached to the
specified TTY. In the new shell, the PID, PPID and TTY special
parameters are changed appropriately. $! is set to zero in the new
shell, and to the new shell's PID in the original shell.
The return status of the builtin is zero in both shells if
successful, and non-zero on error.
The target of clone should be an unused terminal, such as an unused
virtual console or a virtual terminal created by
xterm -e sh -c 'trap : INT QUIT TSTP; tty; while :; do sleep
100000000; done'
Some words of explanation are warranted about this long xterm
command line: when doing clone on a pseudo-terminal, some other
session ("session" meant as a unix session group, or SID) is
already owning the terminal. Hence the cloned zsh cannot acquire
the pseudo-terminal as a controlling tty. That means two things:
the job control signals will go to the sh-started-by-xterm process
group (that's why we disable INT QUIT and TSTP with trap; otherwise
the while loop could get suspended or killed)
the cloned shell will have job control disabled, and the job
control keys (control-C, control-\ and control-Z) will not work.
This does not apply when cloning to an 'unused' vc.
Cloning to a used (and unprepared) terminal will result in two
processes reading simultaneously from the same terminal, with input
bytes going randomly to either process.
clone is mostly useful as a shell built-in replacement for openvt.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/compctl Module, Next: The zsh/complete Module, Prev: The zsh/clone Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.5 The zsh/compctl Module
===========================
The zsh/compctl module makes available two builtin commands. compctl,
is the old, deprecated way to control completions for ZLE. See *note
Completion Using compctl::. The other builtin command, compcall can be
used in user-defined completion widgets, see *note Completion Widgets::.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/complete Module, Next: The zsh/complist Module, Prev: The zsh/compctl Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.6 The zsh/complete Module
============================
The zsh/complete module makes available several builtin commands which
can be used in user-defined completion widgets, see *note Completion
Widgets::.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/complist Module, Next: The zsh/computil Module, Prev: The zsh/complete Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.7 The zsh/complist Module
============================
The zsh/complist module offers three extensions to completion listings:
the ability to highlight matches in such a list, the ability to scroll
through long lists and a different style of menu completion.
22.7.1 Colored completion listings
----------------------------------
Whenever one of the parameters ZLS_COLORS or ZLS_COLOURS is set and the
zsh/complist module is loaded or linked into the shell, completion lists
will be colored. Note, however, that complist will not automatically be
loaded if it is not linked in: on systems with dynamic loading,
'zmodload zsh/complist' is required.
The parameters ZLS_COLORS and ZLS_COLOURS describe how matches are
highlighted. To turn on highlighting an empty value suffices, in which
case all the default values given below will be used. The format of the
value of these parameters is the same as used by the GNU version of the
ls command: a colon-separated list of specifications of the form
'NAME=VALUE'. The NAME may be one of the following strings, most of
which specify file types for which the VALUE will be used. The strings
and their default values are:
no 0
for normal text (i.e. when displaying something other than a
matched file)
fi 0
for regular files
di 32
for directories
ln 36
for symbolic links. If this has the special value target, symbolic
links are dereferenced and the target file used to determine the
display format.
pi 31
for named pipes (FIFOs)
so 33
for sockets
bd 44;37
for block devices
cd 44;37
for character devices
or NONE
for a symlink to nonexistent file (default is the value defined for
ln)
mi NONE
for a non-existent file (default is the value defined for fi); this
code is currently not used
su 37;41
for files with setuid bit set
sg 30;43
for files with setgid bit set
tw 30;42
for world writable directories with sticky bit set
ow 34;43
for world writable directories without sticky bit set
sa NONE
for files with an associated suffix alias; this is only tested
after specific suffixes, as described below
st 37;44
for directories with sticky bit set but not world writable
ex 35
for executable files
lc \e[
for the left code (see below)
rc m
for the right code
tc 0
for the character indicating the file type printed after filenames
if the LIST_TYPES option is set
sp 0
for the spaces printed after matches to align the next column
ec NONE
for the end code
Apart from these strings, the NAME may also be an asterisk ('*')
followed by any string. The VALUE given for such a string will be used
for all files whose name ends with the string. The NAME may also be an
equals sign ('=') followed by a pattern; the EXTENDED_GLOB option will
be turned on for evaluation of the pattern. The VALUE given for this
pattern will be used for all matches (not just filenames) whose display
string are matched by the pattern. Definitions for the form with the
leading equal sign take precedence over the values defined for file
types, which in turn take precedence over the form with the leading
asterisk (file extensions).
The leading-equals form also allows different parts of the displayed
strings to be colored differently. For this, the pattern has to use the
'(#b)' globbing flag and pairs of parentheses surrounding the parts of
the strings that are to be colored differently. In this case the VALUE
may consist of more than one color code separated by equal signs. The
first code will be used for all parts for which no explicit code is
specified and the following codes will be used for the parts matched by
the sub-patterns in parentheses. For example, the specification
'=(#b)(?)*(?)=0=3=7' will be used for all matches which are at least two
characters long and will use the code '3' for the first character, '7'
for the last character and '0' for the rest.
All three forms of NAME may be preceded by a pattern in parentheses. If
this is given, the VALUE will be used only for matches in groups whose
names are matched by the pattern given in the parentheses. For example,
'(g*)m*=43' highlights all matches beginning with 'm' in groups whose
names begin with 'g' using the color code '43'. In case of the 'lc',
'rc', and 'ec' codes, the group pattern is ignored.
Note also that all patterns are tried in the order in which they appear
in the parameter value until the first one matches which is then used.
When printing a match, the code prints the value of lc, the value for
the file-type or the last matching specification with a '*', the value
of rc, the string to display for the match itself, and then the value of
ec if that is defined or the values of lc, no, and rc if ec is not
defined.
The default values are ISO 6429 (ANSI) compliant and can be used on
vt100 compatible terminals such as xterms. On monochrome terminals the
default values will have no visible effect. The colors function from
the contribution can be used to get associative arrays containing the
codes for ANSI terminals (see *note Other Functions::). For example,
after loading colors, one could use '$colors[red]' to get the code for
foreground color red and '$colors[bg-green]' for the code for background
color green.
If the completion system invoked by compinit is used, these parameters
should not be set directly because the system controls them itself.
Instead, the list-colors style should be used (see *note Completion
System Configuration::).
22.7.2 Scrolling in completion listings
---------------------------------------
To enable scrolling through a completion list, the LISTPROMPT parameter
must be set. Its value will be used as the prompt; if it is the empty
string, a default prompt will be used. The value may contain escapes of
the form '%x'. It supports the escapes '%B', '%b', '%S', '%s', '%U',
'%u', '%F', '%f', '%K', '%k' and '%{...%}' used also in shell prompts as
well as three pairs of additional sequences: a '%l' or '%L' is replaced
by the number of the last line shown and the total number of lines in
the form 'NUMBER/TOTAL'; a '%m' or '%M' is replaced with the number of
the last match shown and the total number of matches; and '%p' or '%P'
is replaced with 'Top', 'Bottom' or the position of the first line shown
in percent of the total number of lines, respectively. In each of these
cases the form with the uppercase letter will be replaced with a string
of fixed width, padded to the right with spaces, while the lowercase
form will not be padded.
If the parameter LISTPROMPT is set, the completion code will not ask if
the list should be shown. Instead it immediately starts displaying the
list, stopping after the first screenful, showing the prompt at the
bottom, waiting for a keypress after temporarily switching to the
listscroll keymap. Some of the zle functions have a special meaning
while scrolling lists:
send-break
stops listing discarding the key pressed
accept-line, down-history, down-line-or-history
down-line-or-search, vi-down-line-or-history
scrolls forward one line
complete-word, menu-complete, expand-or-complete
expand-or-complete-prefix, menu-complete-or-expand
scrolls forward one screenful
accept-search
stop listing but take no other action
Every other character stops listing and immediately processes the key as
usual. Any key that is not bound in the listscroll keymap or that is
bound to undefined-key is looked up in the keymap currently selected.
As for the ZLS_COLORS and ZLS_COLOURS parameters, LISTPROMPT should not
be set directly when using the shell function based completion system.
Instead, the list-prompt style should be used.
22.7.3 Menu selection
---------------------
The zsh/complist module also offers an alternative style of selecting
matches from a list, called menu selection, which can be used if the
shell is set up to return to the last prompt after showing a completion
list (see the ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT option in *note Options::).
Menu selection can be invoked directly by the widget menu-select defined
by this module. This is a standard ZLE widget that can be bound to a
key in the usual way as described in *note Zsh Line Editor::.
Alternatively, the parameter MENUSELECT can be set to an integer, which
gives the minimum number of matches that must be present before menu
selection is automatically turned on. This second method requires that
menu completion be started, either directly from a widget such as
menu-complete, or due to one of the options MENU_COMPLETE or AUTO_MENU
being set. If MENUSELECT is set, but is 0, 1 or empty, menu selection
will always be started during an ambiguous menu completion.
When using the completion system based on shell functions, the
MENUSELECT parameter should not be used (like the ZLS_COLORS and
ZLS_COLOURS parameters described above). Instead, the menu style should
be used with the select=... keyword.
After menu selection is started, the matches will be listed. If there
are more matches than fit on the screen, only the first screenful is
shown. The matches to insert into the command line can be selected from
this list. In the list one match is highlighted using the value for ma
from the ZLS_COLORS or ZLS_COLOURS parameter. The default value for
this is '7' which forces the selected match to be highlighted using
standout mode on a vt100-compatible terminal. If neither ZLS_COLORS nor
ZLS_COLOURS is set, the same terminal control sequence as for the '%S'
escape in prompts is used.
If there are more matches than fit on the screen and the parameter
MENUPROMPT is set, its value will be shown below the matches. It
supports the same escape sequences as LISTPROMPT, but the number of the
match or line shown will be that of the one where the mark is placed.
If its value is the empty string, a default prompt will be used.
The MENUSCROLL parameter can be used to specify how the list is
scrolled. If the parameter is unset, this is done line by line, if it
is set to '0' (zero), the list will scroll half the number of lines of
the screen. If the value is positive, it gives the number of lines to
scroll and if it is negative, the list will be scrolled the number of
lines of the screen minus the (absolute) value.
As for the ZLS_COLORS, ZLS_COLOURS and LISTPROMPT parameters, neither
MENUPROMPT nor MENUSCROLL should be set directly when using the shell
function based completion system. Instead, the select-prompt and
select-scroll styles should be used.
The completion code sometimes decides not to show all of the matches in
the list. These hidden matches are either matches for which the
completion function which added them explicitly requested that they not
appear in the list (using the -n option of the compadd builtin command)
or they are matches which duplicate a string already in the list
(because they differ only in things like prefixes or suffixes that are
not displayed). In the list used for menu selection, however, even
these matches are shown so that it is possible to select them. To
highlight such matches the hi and du capabilities in the ZLS_COLORS and
ZLS_COLOURS parameters are supported for hidden matches of the first and
second kind, respectively.
Selecting matches is done by moving the mark around using the zle
movement functions. When not all matches can be shown on the screen at
the same time, the list will scroll up and down when crossing the top or
bottom line. The following zle functions have special meaning during
menu selection. Note that the following always perform the same task
within the menu selection map and cannot be replaced by user defined
widgets, nor can the set of functions be extended:
accept-line, accept-search
accept the current match and leave menu selection (but do not cause
the command line to be accepted)
send-break
leaves menu selection and restores the previous contents of the
command line
redisplay, clear-screen
execute their normal function without leaving menu selection
accept-and-hold, accept-and-menu-complete
accept the currently inserted match and continue selection allowing
to select the next match to insert into the line
accept-and-infer-next-history
accepts the current match and then tries completion with menu
selection again; in the case of files this allows one to select a
directory and immediately attempt to complete files in it; if there
are no matches, a message is shown and one can use undo to go back
to completion on the previous level, every other key leaves menu
selection (including the other zle functions which are otherwise
special during menu selection)
undo
removes matches inserted during the menu selection by one of the
three functions before
down-history, down-line-or-history
vi-down-line-or-history, down-line-or-search
moves the mark one line down
up-history, up-line-or-history
vi-up-line-or-history, up-line-or-search
moves the mark one line up
forward-char, vi-forward-char
moves the mark one column right
backward-char, vi-backward-char
moves the mark one column left
forward-word, vi-forward-word
vi-forward-word-end, emacs-forward-word
moves the mark one screenful down
backward-word, vi-backward-word, emacs-backward-word
moves the mark one screenful up
vi-forward-blank-word, vi-forward-blank-word-end
moves the mark to the first line of the next group of matches
vi-backward-blank-word
moves the mark to the last line of the previous group of matches
beginning-of-history
moves the mark to the first line
end-of-history
moves the mark to the last line
beginning-of-buffer-or-history, beginning-of-line
beginning-of-line-hist, vi-beginning-of-line
moves the mark to the leftmost column
end-of-buffer-or-history, end-of-line
end-of-line-hist, vi-end-of-line
moves the mark to the rightmost column
complete-word, menu-complete, expand-or-complete
expand-or-complete-prefix, menu-expand-or-complete
moves the mark to the next match
reverse-menu-complete
moves the mark to the previous match
vi-insert
this toggles between normal and interactive mode; in interactive
mode the keys bound to self-insert and self-insert-unmeta insert
into the command line as in normal editing mode but without leaving
menu selection; after each character completion is tried again and
the list changes to contain only the new matches; the completion
widgets make the longest unambiguous string be inserted in the
command line and undo and backward-delete-char go back to the
previous set of matches
history-incremental-search-forward
history-incremental-search-backward
this starts incremental searches in the list of completions
displayed; in this mode, accept-line only leaves incremental
search, going back to the normal menu selection mode
All movement functions wrap around at the edges; any other zle function
not listed leaves menu selection and executes that function. It is
possible to make widgets in the above list do the same by using the form
of the widget with a '.' in front. For example, the widget
'.accept-line' has the effect of leaving menu selection and accepting
the entire command line.
During this selection the widget uses the keymap menuselect. Any key
that is not defined in this keymap or that is bound to undefined-key is
looked up in the keymap currently selected. This is used to ensure that
the most important keys used during selection (namely the cursor keys,
return, and TAB) have sensible defaults. However, keys in the
menuselect keymap can be modified directly using the bindkey builtin
command (see *note The zsh/zle Module::). For example, to make the
return key leave menu selection without accepting the match currently
selected one could call
bindkey -M menuselect '^M' send-break
after loading the zsh/complist module.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/computil Module, Next: The zsh/curses Module, Prev: The zsh/complist Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.8 The zsh/computil Module
============================
The zsh/computil module adds several builtin commands that are used by
some of the completion functions in the completion system based on shell
functions (see *note Completion System:: ). Except for compquote these
builtin commands are very specialised and thus not very interesting when
writing your own completion functions. In summary, these builtin
commands are:
comparguments
This is used by the _arguments function to do the argument and
command line parsing. Like compdescribe it has an option -i to do
the parsing and initialize some internal state and various options
to access the state information to decide what should be completed.
compdescribe
This is used by the _describe function to build the displays for
the matches and to get the strings to add as matches with their
options. On the first call one of the options -i or -I should be
supplied as the first argument. In the first case, display strings
without the descriptions will be generated, in the second case, the
string used to separate the matches from their descriptions must be
given as the second argument and the descriptions (if any) will be
shown. All other arguments are like the definition arguments to
_describe itself.
Once compdescribe has been called with either the -i or the -I
option, it can be repeatedly called with the -g option and the
names of five arrays as its arguments. This will step through the
different sets of matches and store the options in the first array,
the strings with descriptions in the second, the matches for these
in the third, the strings without descriptions in the fourth, and
the matches for them in the fifth array. These are then directly
given to compadd to register the matches with the completion code.
compfiles
Used by the _path_files function to optimize complex recursive
filename generation (globbing). It does three things. With the -p
and -P options it builds the glob patterns to use, including the
paths already handled and trying to optimize the patterns with
respect to the prefix and suffix from the line and the match
specification currently used. The -i option does the directory
tests for the ignore-parents style and the -r option tests if a
component for some of the matches are equal to the string on the
line and removes all other matches if that is true.
compgroups
Used by the _tags function to implement the internals of the
group-order style. This only takes its arguments as names of
completion groups and creates the groups for it (all six types:
sorted and unsorted, both without removing duplicates, with
removing all duplicates and with removing consecutive duplicates).
compquote [ -p ] NAMES ...
There may be reasons to write completion functions that have to add
the matches using the -Q option to compadd and perform quoting
themselves. Instead of interpreting the first character of the
all_quotes key of the compstate special association and using the q
flag for parameter expansions, one can use this builtin command.
The arguments are the names of scalar or array parameters and the
values of these parameters are quoted as needed for the innermost
quoting level. If the -p option is given, quoting is done as if
there is some prefix before the values of the parameters, so that a
leading equal sign will not be quoted.
The return status is non-zero in case of an error and zero
otherwise.
comptags
comptry
These implement the internals of the tags mechanism.
compvalues
Like comparguments, but for the _values function.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/curses Module, Next: The zsh/datetime Module, Prev: The zsh/computil Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.9 The zsh/curses Module
==========================
The zsh/curses module makes available one builtin command and various
parameters.
22.9.1 Builtin
--------------
zcurses init
zcurses end
zcurses addwin TARGETWIN NLINES NCOLS BEGIN_Y BEGIN_X [ PARENTWIN ]
zcurses delwin TARGETWIN
zcurses refresh [ TARGETWIN ... ]
zcurses touch TARGETWIN ...
zcurses move TARGETWIN NEW_Y NEW_X
zcurses clear TARGETWIN [ redraw | eol | bot ]
zcurses position TARGETWIN ARRAY
zcurses char TARGETWIN CHARACTER
zcurses string TARGETWIN STRING
zcurses border TARGETWIN BORDER
zcurses attr TARGETWIN [ {+/-}ATTRIBUTE | FG_COL/BG_COL ] [...]
zcurses bg TARGETWIN [ {+/-}ATTRIBUTE | FG_COL/BG_COL | @CHAR ] [...]
zcurses scroll TARGETWIN [ on | off | {+/-}LINES ]
zcurses input TARGETWIN [ PARAM [ KPARAM [ MPARAM ] ] ]
zcurses mouse [ delay NUM | {+/-}motion ]
zcurses timeout TARGETWIN INTVAL
zcurses querychar TARGETWIN [ PARAM ]
Manipulate curses windows. All uses of this command should be
bracketed by 'zcurses init' to initialise use of curses, and
'zcurses end' to end it; omitting 'zcurses end' can cause the
terminal to be in an unwanted state.
The subcommand addwin creates a window with NLINES lines and NCOLS
columns. Its upper left corner will be placed at row BEGIN_Y and
column BEGIN_X of the screen. TARGETWIN is a string and refers to
the name of a window that is not currently assigned. Note in
particular the curses convention that vertical values appear before
horizontal values.
If addwin is given an existing window as the final argument, the
new window is created as a subwindow of PARENTWIN. This differs
from an ordinary new window in that the memory of the window
contents is shared with the parent's memory. Subwindows must be
deleted before their parent. Note that the coordinates of
subwindows are relative to the screen, not the parent, as with
other windows.
Use the subcommand delwin to delete a window created with addwin.
Note that end does _not_ implicitly delete windows, and that delwin
does not erase the screen image of the window.
The window corresponding to the full visible screen is called
stdscr; it always exists after 'zcurses init' and cannot be delete
with delwin.
The subcommand refresh will refresh window TARGETWIN; this is
necessary to make any pending changes (such as characters you have
prepared for output with char) visible on the screen. refresh
without an argument causes the screen to be cleared and redrawn.
If multiple windows are given, the screen is updated once at the
end.
The subcommand touch marks the TARGETWINs listed as changed. This
is necessary before refreshing windows if a window that was in
front of another window (which may be stdscr) is deleted.
The subcommand move moves the cursor position in TARGETWIN to new
coordinates NEW_Y and NEW_X. Note that the subcommand string (but
not the subcommand char) advances the cursor position over the
characters added.
The subcommand clear erases the contents of TARGETWIN. One (and no
more than one) of three options may be specified. With the option
redraw, in addition the next refresh of TARGETWIN will cause the
screen to be cleared and repainted. With the option eol, TARGETWIN
is only cleared to the end of the current cursor line. With the
option bot, TARGETWIN is cleared to the end of the window, i.e
everything to the right and below the cursor is cleared.
The subcommand position writes various positions associated with
TARGETWIN into the array named ARRAY. These are, in order:
The y and x coordinates of the cursor relative to the top left
of TARGETWIN
The y and x coordinates of the top left of TARGETWIN on the
screen
The size of TARGETWIN in y and x dimensions.
Outputting characters and strings are achieved by char and string
respectively.
To draw a border around window TARGETWIN, use border. Note that
the border is not subsequently handled specially: in other words,
the border is simply a set of characters output at the edge of the
window. Hence it can be overwritten, can scroll off the window,
etc.
The subcommand attr will set TARGETWIN's attributes or
foreground/background color pair for any successive character
output. Each ATTRIBUTE given on the line may be prepended by a +
to set or a - to unset that attribute; + is assumed if absent. The
attributes supported are blink, bold, dim, reverse, standout, and
underline.
Each FG_COL/BG_COL attribute (to be read as 'FG_COL on BG_COL')
sets the foreground and background color for character output. The
color default is sometimes available (in particular if the library
is ncurses), specifying the foreground or background color with
which the terminal started. The color pair default/default is
always available.
bg overrides the color and other attributes of all characters in
the window. Its usual use is to set the background initially, but
it will overwrite the attributes of any characters at the time when
it is called. In addition to the arguments allowed with attr, an
argument @CHAR specifies a character to be shown in otherwise blank
areas of the window. Owing to limitations of curses this cannot be
a multibyte character (use of ASCII characters only is
recommended). As the specified set of attributes override the
existing background, turning attributes off in the arguments is not
useful, though this does not cause an error.
The subcommand scroll can be used with on or off to enabled or
disable scrolling of a window when the cursor would otherwise move
below the window due to typing or output. It can also be used with
a positive or negative integer to scroll the window up or down the
given number of lines without changing the current cursor position
(which therefore appears to move in the opposite direction relative
to the window). In the second case, if scrolling is off it is
temporarily turned on to allow the window to be scrolled.
The subcommand input reads a single character from the window
without echoing it back. If PARAM is supplied the character is
assigned to the parameter PARAM, else it is assigned to the
parameter REPLY.
If both PARAM and KPARAM are supplied, the key is read in 'keypad'
mode. In this mode special keys such as function keys and arrow
keys return the name of the key in the parameter KPARAM. The key
names are the macros defined in the curses.h or ncurses.h with the
prefix 'KEY_' removed; see also the description of the parameter
zcurses_keycodes below. Other keys cause a value to be set in
PARAM as before. On a successful return only one of PARAM or
KPARAM contains a non-empty string; the other is set to an empty
string.
If MPARAM is also supplied, input attempts to handle mouse input.
This is only available with the ncurses library; mouse handling can
be detected by checking for the exit status of 'zcurses mouse' with
no arguments. If a mouse button is clicked (or double- or
triple-clicked, or pressed or released with a configurable delay
from being clicked) then kparam is set to the string MOUSE, and
MPARAM is set to an array consisting of the following elements:
-
An identifier to discriminate different input devices; this is
only rarely useful.
-
The x, y and z coordinates of the mouse click relative to the
full screen, as three elements in that order (i.e. the y
coordinate is, unusually, after the x coordinate). The z
coordinate is only available for a few unusual input devices
and is otherwise set to zero.
-
Any events that occurred as separate items; usually there will
be just one. An event consists of PRESSED, RELEASED, CLICKED,
DOUBLE_CLICKED or TRIPLE_CLICKED followed immediately (in the
same element) by the number of the button.
-
If the shift key was pressed, the string SHIFT.
-
If the control key was pressed, the string CTRL.
-
If the alt key was pressed, the string ALT.
Not all mouse events may be passed through to the terminal window;
most terminal emulators handle some mouse events themselves. Note
that the ncurses manual implies that using input both with and
without mouse handling may cause the mouse cursor to appear and
disappear.
The subcommand mouse can be used to configure the use of the mouse.
There is no window argument; mouse options are global. 'zcurses
mouse' with no arguments returns status 0 if mouse handling is
possible, else status 1. Otherwise, the possible arguments (which
may be combined on the same command line) are as follows. delay
NUM sets the maximum delay in milliseconds between press and
release events to be considered as a click; the value 0 disables
click resolution, and the default is one sixth of a second. motion
proceeded by an optional '+' (the default) or - turns on or off
reporting of mouse motion in addition to clicks, presses and
releases, which are always reported. However, it appears reports
for mouse motion are not currently implemented.
The subcommand timeout specifies a timeout value for input from
TARGETWIN. If INTVAL is negative, 'zcurses input' waits
indefinitely for a character to be typed; this is the default. If
INTVAL is zero, 'zcurses input' returns immediately; if there is
typeahead it is returned, else no input is done and status 1 is
returned. If INTVAL is positive, 'zcurses input' waits INTVAL
milliseconds for input and if there is none at the end of that
period returns status 1.
The subcommand querychar queries the character at the current
cursor position. The return values are stored in the array named
PARAM if supplied, else in the array reply. The first value is the
character (which may be a multibyte character if the system
supports them); the second is the color pair in the usual
FG_COL/BG_COL notation, or 0 if color is not supported. Any
attributes other than color that apply to the character, as set
with the subcommand attr, appear as additional elements.
22.9.2 Parameters
-----------------
ZCURSES_COLORS
Readonly integer. The maximum number of colors the terminal
supports. This value is initialised by the curses library and is
not available until the first time zcurses init is run.
ZCURSES_COLOR_PAIRS
Readonly integer. The maximum number of color pairs FG_COL/BG_COL
that may be defined in 'zcurses attr' commands; note this limit
applies to all color pairs that have been used whether or not they
are currently active. This value is initialised by the curses
library and is not available until the first time zcurses init is
run.
zcurses_attrs
Readonly array. The attributes supported by zsh/curses; available
as soon as the module is loaded.
zcurses_colors
Readonly array. The colors supported by zsh/curses; available as
soon as the module is loaded.
zcurses_keycodes
Readonly array. The values that may be returned in the second
parameter supplied to 'zcurses input' in the order in which they
are defined internally by curses. Not all function keys are
listed, only F0; curses reserves space for F0 up to F63.
zcurses_windows
Readonly array. The current list of windows, i.e. all windows
that have been created with 'zcurses addwin' and not removed with
'zcurses delwin'.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/datetime Module, Next: The zsh/deltochar Module, Prev: The zsh/curses Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.10 The zsh/datetime Module
=============================
The zsh/datetime module makes available one builtin command:
strftime [ -s SCALAR ] FORMAT EPOCHTIME
strftime -r [ -q ] [ -s SCALAR ] FORMAT TIMESTRING
Output the date denoted by EPOCHTIME in the FORMAT specified.
With the option -r (reverse), use the format FORMAT to parse the
input string TIMESTRING and output the number of seconds since the
epoch at which the time occurred. If no timezone is parsed, the
current timezone is used; other parameters are set to zero if not
present. If TIMESTRING does not match FORMAT the command returns
status 1; it will additionally print an error message unless the
option -q (quiet) is given. If TIMESTRING matches FORMAT but not
all characters in TIMESTRING were used, the conversion succeeds;
however, a warning is issued unless the option -q is given. The
matching is implemented by the system function strptime; see man
page strptime(3). This means that zsh format extensions are not
available, however for reverse lookup they are not required. If
the function is not implemented, the command returns status 2 and
(unless -q is given) prints a message.
If -s SCALAR is given, assign the date string (or epoch time in
seconds if -r is given) to SCALAR instead of printing it.
The zsh/datetime module makes available several parameters; all are
readonly:
EPOCHREALTIME
A floating point value representing the number of seconds since the
epoch. The notional accuracy is to nanoseconds if the
clock_gettime call is available and to microseconds otherwise, but
in practice the range of double precision floating point and shell
scheduling latencies may be significant effects.
EPOCHSECONDS
An integer value representing the number of seconds since the
epoch.
epochtime
An array value containing the number of seconds since the epoch in
the first element and the remainder of the time since the epoch in
nanoseconds in the second element. To ensure the two elements are
consistent the array should be copied or otherwise referenced as a
single substitution before the values are used. The following
idiom may be used:
for secs nsecs in $epochtime; do
...
done
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/deltochar Module, Next: The zsh/example Module, Prev: The zsh/datetime Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.11 The zsh/deltochar Module
==============================
The zsh/deltochar module makes available two ZLE functions:
delete-to-char
Read a character from the keyboard, and delete from the cursor
position up to and including the next (or, with repeat count N, the
Nth) instance of that character. Negative repeat counts mean
delete backwards.
zap-to-char
This behaves like delete-to-char, except that the final occurrence
of the character itself is not deleted.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/example Module, Next: The zsh/files Module, Prev: The zsh/deltochar Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.12 The zsh/example Module
============================
The zsh/example module makes available one builtin command:
example [ -flags ] [ ARGS ... ]
Displays the flags and arguments it is invoked with.
The purpose of the module is to serve as an example of how to write a
module.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/files Module, Next: The zsh/langinfo Module, Prev: The zsh/example Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.13 The zsh/files Module
==========================
The zsh/files module makes available some common commands for file
manipulation as builtins; these commands are probably not needed for
many normal situations but can be useful in emergency recovery
situations with constrained resources. The commands do not implement
all features now required by relevant standards committees.
For all commands, a variant beginning zf_ is also available and loaded
automatically. Using the features capability of zmodload will let you
load only those names you want.
The commands loaded by default are:
chgrp [ -hRs ] GROUP FILENAME ...
Changes group of files specified. This is equivalent to chown with
a USER-SPEC argument of ':GROUP'.
chown [ -hRs ] USER-SPEC FILENAME ...
Changes ownership and group of files specified.
The USER-SPEC can be in four forms:
USER
change owner to USER; do not change group
USER::
change owner to USER; do not change group
USER:
change owner to USER; change group to USER's primary group
USER:GROUP
change owner to USER; change group to GROUP
:GROUP
do not change owner; change group to GROUP
In each case, the ':' may instead be a '.'. The rule is that if
there is a ':' then the separator is ':', otherwise if there is a
'.' then the separator is '.', otherwise there is no separator.
Each of USER and GROUP may be either a username (or group name, as
appropriate) or a decimal user ID (group ID). Interpretation as a
name takes precedence, if there is an all-numeric username (or
group name).
If the target is a symbolic link, the -h option causes chown to set
the ownership of the link instead of its target.
The -R option causes chown to recursively descend into directories,
changing the ownership of all files in the directory after changing
the ownership of the directory itself.
The -s option is a zsh extension to chown functionality. It
enables paranoid behaviour, intended to avoid security problems
involving a chown being tricked into affecting files other than the
ones intended. It will refuse to follow symbolic links, so that
(for example) ''chown luser /tmp/foo/passwd'' can't accidentally
chown /etc/passwd if /tmp/foo happens to be a link to /etc. It
will also check where it is after leaving directories, so that a
recursive chown of a deep directory tree can't end up recursively
chowning /usr as a result of directories being moved up the tree.
ln [ -dfhins ] FILENAME DEST
ln [ -dfhins ] FILENAME ... DIR
Creates hard (or, with -s, symbolic) links. In the first form, the
specified DESTination is created, as a link to the specified
FILENAME. In the second form, each of the FILENAMEs is taken in
turn, and linked to a pathname in the specified DIRectory that has
the same last pathname component.
Normally, ln will not attempt to create hard links to directories.
This check can be overridden using the -d option. Typically only
the super-user can actually succeed in creating hard links to
directories. This does not apply to symbolic links in any case.
By default, existing files cannot be replaced by links. The -i
option causes the user to be queried about replacing existing
files. The -f option causes existing files to be silently deleted,
without querying. -f takes precedence.
The -h and -n options are identical and both exist for
compatibility; either one indicates that if the target is a symlink
then it should not be dereferenced. Typically this is used in
combination with -sf so that if an existing link points to a
directory then it will be removed, instead of followed. If this
option is used with multiple filenames and the target is a symbolic
link pointing to a directory then the result is an error.
mkdir [ -p ] [ -m MODE ] DIR ...
Creates directories. With the -p option, non-existing parent
directories are first created if necessary, and there will be no
complaint if the directory already exists. The -m option can be
used to specify (in octal) a set of file permissions for the
created directories, otherwise mode 777 modified by the current
umask (see man page umask(2)) is used.
mv [ -fi ] FILENAME DEST
mv [ -fi ] FILENAME ... DIR
Moves files. In the first form, the specified FILENAME is moved to
the specified DESTination. In the second form, each of the
FILENAMEs is taken in turn, and moved to a pathname in the
specified DIRectory that has the same last pathname component.
By default, the user will be queried before replacing any file that
the user cannot write to, but writable files will be silently
removed. The -i option causes the user to be queried about
replacing any existing files. The -f option causes any existing
files to be silently deleted, without querying. -f takes
precedence.
Note that this mv will not move files across devices. Historical
versions of mv, when actual renaming is impossible, fall back on
copying and removing files; if this behaviour is desired, use cp
and rm manually. This may change in a future version.
rm [ -dfirs ] FILENAME ...
Removes files and directories specified.
Normally, rm will not remove directories (except with the -r
option). The -d option causes rm to try removing directories with
unlink (see man page unlink(2)), the same method used for files.
Typically only the super-user can actually succeed in unlinking
directories in this way. -d takes precedence over -r.
By default, the user will be queried before removing any file that
the user cannot write to, but writable files will be silently
removed. The -i option causes the user to be queried about
removing any files. The -f option causes files to be silently
deleted, without querying, and suppresses all error indications.
-f takes precedence.
The -r option causes rm to recursively descend into directories,
deleting all files in the directory before removing the directory
with the rmdir system call (see man page rmdir(2)).
The -s option is a zsh extension to rm functionality. It enables
paranoid behaviour, intended to avoid common security problems
involving a root-run rm being tricked into removing files other
than the ones intended. It will refuse to follow symbolic links,
so that (for example) ''rm /tmp/foo/passwd'' can't accidentally
remove /etc/passwd if /tmp/foo happens to be a link to /etc. It
will also check where it is after leaving directories, so that a
recursive removal of a deep directory tree can't end up recursively
removing /usr as a result of directories being moved up the tree.
rmdir DIR ...
Removes empty directories specified.
sync
Calls the system call of the same name (see man page sync(2)),
which flushes dirty buffers to disk. It might return before the
I/O has actually been completed.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/langinfo Module, Next: The zsh/mapfile Module, Prev: The zsh/files Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.14 The zsh/langinfo Module
=============================
The zsh/langinfo module makes available one parameter:
langinfo
An associative array that maps langinfo elements to their values.
Your implementation may support a number of the following keys:
CODESET, D_T_FMT, D_FMT, T_FMT, RADIXCHAR, THOUSEP, YESEXPR,
NOEXPR, CRNCYSTR, ABDAY_{1..7}, DAY_{1..7}, ABMON_{1..12},
MON_{1..12}, T_FMT_AMPM, AM_STR, PM_STR, ERA, ERA_D_FMT,
ERA_D_T_FMT, ERA_T_FMT, ALT_DIGITS
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/mapfile Module, Next: The zsh/mathfunc Module, Prev: The zsh/langinfo Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.15 The zsh/mapfile Module
============================
The zsh/mapfile module provides one special associative array parameter
of the same name.
mapfile
This associative array takes as keys the names of files; the
resulting value is the content of the file. The value is treated
identically to any other text coming from a parameter. The value
may also be assigned to, in which case the file in question is
written (whether or not it originally existed); or an element may
be unset, which will delete the file in question. For example,
'vared mapfile[myfile]' works as expected, editing the file
'myfile'.
When the array is accessed as a whole, the keys are the names of
files in the current directory, and the values are empty (to save a
huge overhead in memory). Thus ${(k)mapfile} has the same affect
as the glob operator *(D), since files beginning with a dot are not
special. Care must be taken with expressions such as rm
${(k)mapfile}, which will delete every file in the current
directory without the usual 'rm *' test.
The parameter mapfile may be made read-only; in that case, files
referenced may not be written or deleted.
A file may conveniently be read into an array as one line per
element with the form 'ARRAY=("${(f)mapfile[FILENAME]}")'. The
double quotes are necessary to prevent empty lines from being
removed.
22.15.1 Limitations
-------------------
Although reading and writing of the file in question is efficiently
handled, zsh's internal memory management may be arbitrarily baroque;
however, mapfile is usually very much more efficient than anything
involving a loop. Note in particular that the whole contents of the
file will always reside physically in memory when accessed (possibly
multiple times, due to standard parameter substitution operations). In
particular, this means handling of sufficiently long files (greater than
the machine's swap space, or than the range of the pointer type) will be
incorrect.
No errors are printed or flagged for non-existent, unreadable, or
unwritable files, as the parameter mechanism is too low in the shell
execution hierarchy to make this convenient.
It is unfortunate that the mechanism for loading modules does not yet
allow the user to specify the name of the shell parameter to be given
the special behaviour.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/mathfunc Module, Next: The zsh/newuser Module, Prev: The zsh/mapfile Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.16 The zsh/mathfunc Module
=============================
The zsh/mathfunc module provides standard mathematical functions for use
when evaluating mathematical formulae. The syntax agrees with normal C
and FORTRAN conventions, for example,
(( f = sin(0.3) ))
assigns the sine of 0.3 to the parameter f.
Most functions take floating point arguments and return a floating point
value. However, any necessary conversions from or to integer type will
be performed automatically by the shell. Apart from atan with a second
argument and the abs, int and float functions, all functions behave as
noted in the manual page for the corresponding C function, except that
any arguments out of range for the function in question will be detected
by the shell and an error reported.
The following functions take a single floating point argument: acos,
acosh, asin, asinh, atan, atanh, cbrt, ceil, cos, cosh, erf, erfc, exp,
expm1, fabs, floor, gamma, j0, j1, lgamma, log, log10, log1p, logb, sin,
sinh, sqrt, tan, tanh, y0, y1. The atan function can optionally take a
second argument, in which case it behaves like the C function atan2.
The ilogb function takes a single floating point argument, but returns
an integer.
The function signgam takes no arguments, and returns an integer, which
is the C variable of the same name, as described in man page gamma(3).
Note that it is therefore only useful immediately after a call to gamma
or lgamma. Note also that 'signgam(RPAR' and 'signgam' are distinct
expressions.
The following functions take two floating point arguments: copysign,
fmod, hypot, nextafter.
The following take an integer first argument and a floating point second
argument: jn, yn.
The following take a floating point first argument and an integer second
argument: ldexp, scalb.
The function abs does not convert the type of its single argument; it
returns the absolute value of either a floating point number or an
integer. The functions float and int convert their arguments into a
floating point or integer value (by truncation) respectively.
Note that the C pow function is available in ordinary math evaluation as
the '**' operator and is not provided here.
The function rand48 is available if your system's mathematical library
has the function erand48(3). It returns a pseudo-random floating point
number between 0 and 1. It takes a single string optional argument.
If the argument is not present, the random number seed is initialised by
three calls to the rand(3) function -- this produces the same random
numbers as the next three values of $RANDOM.
If the argument is present, it gives the name of a scalar parameter
where the current random number seed will be stored. On the first call,
the value must contain at least twelve hexadecimal digits (the remainder
of the string is ignored), or the seed will be initialised in the same
manner as for a call to rand48 with no argument. Subsequent calls to
rand48(PARAM) will then maintain the seed in the parameter PARAM as a
string of twelve hexadecimal digits, with no base signifier. The random
number sequences for different parameters are completely independent,
and are also independent from that used by calls to rand48 with no
argument.
For example, consider
print $(( rand48(seed) ))
print $(( rand48() ))
print $(( rand48(seed) ))
Assuming $seed does not exist, it will be initialised by the first call.
In the second call, the default seed is initialised; note, however, that
because of the properties of rand() there is a correlation between the
seeds used for the two initialisations, so for more secure uses, you
should generate your own 12-byte seed. The third call returns to the
same sequence of random numbers used in the first call, unaffected by
the intervening rand48().
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/newuser Module, Next: The zsh/parameter Module, Prev: The zsh/mathfunc Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.17 The zsh/newuser Module
============================
The zsh/newuser module is loaded at boot if it is available, the RCS
option is set, and the PRIVILEGED option is not set (all three are true
by default). This takes place immediately after commands in the global
zshenv file (typically /etc/zshenv), if any, have been executed. If the
module is not available it is silently ignored by the shell; the module
may safely be removed from $MODULE_PATH by the administrator if it is
not required.
On loading, the module tests if any of the start-up files .zshenv,
.zprofile, .zshrc or .zlogin exist in the directory given by the
environment variable ZDOTDIR, or the user's home directory if that is
not set. The test is not performed and the module halts processing if
the shell was in an emulation mode (i.e. had been invoked as some other
shell than zsh).
If none of the start-up files were found, the module then looks for the
file newuser first in a sitewide directory, usually the parent directory
of the site-functions directory, and if that is not found the module
searches in a version-specific directory, usually the parent of the
functions directory containing version-specific functions. (These
directories can be configured when zsh is built using the
--enable-site-scriptdir=DIR and --enable-scriptdir=DIR flags to
configure, respectively; the defaults are PREFIX/share/zsh and
PREFIX/share/zsh/$ZSH_VERSION where the default PREFIX is /usr/local.)
If the file newuser is found, it is then sourced in the same manner as a
start-up file. The file is expected to contain code to install start-up
files for the user, however any valid shell code will be executed.
The zsh/newuser module is then unconditionally unloaded.
Note that it is possible to achieve exactly the same effect as the
zsh/newuser module by adding code to /etc/zshenv. The module exists
simply to allow the shell to make arrangements for new users without the
need for intervention by package maintainers and system administrators.
The script supplied with the module invokes the shell function
zsh-newuser-install. This may be invoked directly by the user even if
the zsh/newuser module is disabled. Note, however, that if the module
is not installed the function will not be installed either. The
function is documented in *note User Configuration Functions::.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/parameter Module, Next: The zsh/pcre Module, Prev: The zsh/newuser Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.18 The zsh/parameter Module
==============================
The zsh/parameter module gives access to some of the internal hash
tables used by the shell by defining some special parameters.
options
The keys for this associative array are the names of the options
that can be set and unset using the setopt and unsetopt builtins.
The value of each key is either the string on if the option is
currently set, or the string off if the option is unset. Setting a
key to one of these strings is like setting or unsetting the
option, respectively. Unsetting a key in this array is like
setting it to the value off.
commands
This array gives access to the command hash table. The keys are
the names of external commands, the values are the pathnames of the
files that would be executed when the command would be invoked.
Setting a key in this array defines a new entry in this table in
the same way as with the hash builtin. Unsetting a key as in
'unset "commands[foo]"' removes the entry for the given key from
the command hash table.
functions
This associative array maps names of enabled functions to their
definitions. Setting a key in it is like defining a function with
the name given by the key and the body given by the value.
Unsetting a key removes the definition for the function named by
the key.
dis_functions
Like functions but for disabled functions.
builtins
This associative array gives information about the builtin commands
currently enabled. The keys are the names of the builtin commands
and the values are either 'undefined' for builtin commands that
will automatically be loaded from a module if invoked or 'defined'
for builtin commands that are already loaded.
dis_builtins
Like builtins but for disabled builtin commands.
reswords
This array contains the enabled reserved words.
dis_reswords
Like reswords but for disabled reserved words.
aliases
This maps the names of the regular aliases currently enabled to
their expansions.
dis_aliases
Like aliases but for disabled regular aliases.
galiases
Like aliases, but for global aliases.
dis_galiases
Like galiases but for disabled global aliases.
saliases
Like raliases, but for suffix aliases.
dis_saliases
Like saliases but for disabled suffix aliases.
parameters
The keys in this associative array are the names of the parameters
currently defined. The values are strings describing the type of
the parameter, in the same format used by the t parameter flag, see
*note Parameter Expansion:: . Setting or unsetting keys in this
array is not possible.
modules
An associative array giving information about modules. The keys
are the names of the modules loaded, registered to be autoloaded,
or aliased. The value says which state the named module is in and
is one of the strings 'loaded', 'autoloaded', or 'alias:NAME',
where NAME is the name the module is aliased to.
Setting or unsetting keys in this array is not possible.
dirstack
A normal array holding the elements of the directory stack. Note
that the output of the dirs builtin command includes one more
directory, the current working directory.
history
This associative array maps history event numbers to the full
history lines.
historywords
A special array containing the words stored in the history.
jobdirs
This associative array maps job numbers to the directories from
which the job was started (which may not be the current directory
of the job).
The keys of the associative arrays are usually valid job numbers,
and these are the values output with, for example, ${(k)jobdirs}.
Non-numeric job references may be used when looking up a value; for
example, ${jobdirs[%+]} refers to the current job.
jobtexts
This associative array maps job numbers to the texts of the command
lines that were used to start the jobs.
Handling of the keys of the associative array is as described for
jobdirs above.
jobstates
This associative array gives information about the states of the
jobs currently known. The keys are the job numbers and the values
are strings of the form 'JOB-STATE:MARK:PID=STATE...'. The
JOB-STATE gives the state the whole job is currently in, one of
'running', 'suspended', or 'done'. The MARK is '+' for the current
job, '-' for the previous job and empty otherwise. This is
followed by one 'PID=STATE' for every process in the job. The PIDs
are, of course, the process IDs and the STATE describes the state
of that process.
Handling of the keys of the associative array is as described for
jobdirs above.
nameddirs
This associative array maps the names of named directories to the
pathnames they stand for.
userdirs
This associative array maps user names to the pathnames of their
home directories.
usergroups
This associative array maps names of system groups of which the
current user is a member to the corresponding group identifiers.
The contents are the same as the groups output by the id command.
funcfiletrace
This array contains the absolute line numbers and corresponding
file names for the point where the current function, sourced file,
or (if EVAL_LINENO is set) eval command was called. The array is
of the same length as funcsourcetrace and functrace, but differs
from funcsourcetrace in that the line and file are the point of
call, not the point of definition, and differs from functrace in
that all values are absolute line numbers in files, rather than
relative to the start of a function, if any.
funcsourcetrace
This array contains the file names and line numbers of the points
where the functions, sourced files, and (if EVAL_LINENO is set)
eval commands currently being executed were defined. The line
number is the line where the 'function NAME' or 'NAME ()' started.
In the case of an autoloaded function the line number is reported
as zero. The format of each element is FILENAME:LINENO. For
functions autoloaded from a file in native zsh format, where only
the body of the function occurs in the file, or for files that have
been executed by the source or '.' builtins, the trace information
is shown as FILENAME:0, since the entire file is the definition.
Most users will be interested in the information in the
funcfiletrace array instead.
funcstack
This array contains the names of the functions, sourced files, and
(if EVAL_LINENO is set) eval commands. currently being executed.
The first element is the name of the function using the parameter.
functrace
This array contains the names and line numbers of the callers
corresponding to the functions currently being executed. The
format of each element is NAME:LINENO. Callers are also shown for
sourced files; the caller is the point where the source or '.'
command was executed.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/pcre Module, Next: The zsh/regex Module, Prev: The zsh/parameter Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.19 The zsh/pcre Module
=========================
The zsh/pcre module makes some commands available as builtins:
pcre_compile [ -aimxs ] PCRE
Compiles a perl-compatible regular expression.
Option -a will force the pattern to be anchored. Option -i will
compile a case-insensitive pattern. Option -m will compile a
multi-line pattern; that is, ^ and $ will match newlines within the
pattern. Option -x will compile an extended pattern, wherein
whitespace and # comments are ignored. Option -s makes the dot
metacharacter match all characters, including those that indicate
newline.
pcre_study
Studies the previously-compiled PCRE which may result in faster
matching.
pcre_match [ -v VAR ] [ -a ARR ] [ -n OFFSET ] [ -b ] STRING
Returns successfully if string matches the previously-compiled
PCRE.
Upon successful match, if the expression captures substrings within
parentheses, pcre_match will set the array $MATCH to those
substrings, unless the -a option is given, in which case it will
set the array ARR. Similarly, the variable MATCH will be set to
the entire matched portion of the string, unless the -v option is
given, in which case the variable VAR will be set. No variables
are altered if there is no successful match. A -n option starts
searching for a match from the byte OFFSET position in STRING. If
the -b option is given, the variable ZPCRE_OP will be set to an
offset pair string, representing the byte offset positions of the
entire matched portion within the STRING. For example, a ZPCRE_OP
set to "32 45" indicates that the matched portion began on byte
offset 32 and ended on byte offset 44. Here, byte offset position
45 is the position directly after the matched portion. Keep in
mind that the byte position isn't necessarily the same as the
character position when UTF-8 characters are involved.
Consequently, the byte offset positions are only to be relied on in
the context of using them for subsequent searches on STRING, using
an offset position as an argument to the -n option. This is mostly
used to implement the "find all non-overlapping matches"
functionality.
A simple example of "find all non-overlapping matches":
string="The following zip codes: 78884 90210 99513"
pcre_compile -m "\d{5}"
accum=()
pcre_match -b -- $string
while [[ $? -eq 0 ]] do
b=($=ZPCRE_OP)
accum+=$MATCH
pcre_match -b -n $b[2] -- $string
done
print -l $accum
The zsh/pcre module makes available the following test condition:
expr -pcre-match pcre
Matches a string against a perl-compatible regular expression.
For example,
[[ "$text" -pcre-match ^d+$ ]] && print text variable contains only
"d's".
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/regex Module, Next: The zsh/sched Module, Prev: The zsh/pcre Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.20 The zsh/regex Module
==========================
The zsh/regex module makes available the following test condition:
EXPR -regex-match REGEX
Matches a string against a POSIX extended regular expression. On
successful match, matched portion of the string will normally be
placed in the MATCH variable. If there are any capturing
parentheses within the regex, then the match array variable will
contain those. If the match is not successful, then the variables
will not be altered.
For example,
[[ alphabetical -regex-match ^a([^a]+)a([^a]+)a ]] &&
print -l $MATCH X $match
If the option REMATCH_PCRE is not set, then the =~ operator will
automatically load this module as needed and will invoke the
-regex-match operator.
If BASH_REMATCH is set, then the array BASH_REMATCH will be set
instead of MATCH and match.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/sched Module, Next: The zsh/net/socket Module, Prev: The zsh/regex Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.21 The zsh/sched Module
==========================
The zsh/sched module makes available one builtin command and one
parameter.
sched [-o] [+]HH:MM[:SS] COMMAND ...
sched [-o] [+]SECONDS COMMAND ...
sched [ -ITEM ]
Make an entry in the scheduled list of commands to execute. The
time may be specified in either absolute or relative time, and
either as hours, minutes and (optionally) seconds separated by a
colon, or seconds alone. An absolute number of seconds indicates
the time since the epoch (1970/01/01 00:00); this is useful in
combination with the features in the zsh/datetime module, see *note
The zsh/datetime Module::.
With no arguments, prints the list of scheduled commands. If the
scheduled command has the -o flag set, this is shown at the start
of the command.
With the argument '-ITEM', removes the given item from the list.
The numbering of the list is continuous and entries are in time
order, so the numbering can change when entries are added or
deleted.
Commands are executed either immediately before a prompt, or while
the shell's line editor is waiting for input. In the latter case
it is useful to be able to produce output that does not interfere
with the line being edited. Providing the option -o causes the
shell to clear the command line before the event and redraw it
afterwards. This should be used with any scheduled event that
produces visible output to the terminal; it is not needed, for
example, with output that updates a terminal emulator's title bar.
The sched builtin is not made available by default when the shell
starts in a mode emulating another shell. It can be made available
with the command 'zmodload -F zsh/sched b:sched'.
zsh_scheduled_events
A readonly array corresponding to the events scheduled by the sched
builtin. The indices of the array correspond to the numbers shown
when sched is run with no arguments (provided that the KSH_ARRAYS
option is not set). The value of the array consists of the
scheduled time in seconds since the epoch (see The zsh/datetime
Module for facilities for using this number), followed by a colon,
followed by any options (which may be empty but will be preceded by
a '-' otherwise), followed by a colon, followed by the command to
be executed.
The sched builtin should be used for manipulating the events. Note
that this will have an immediate effect on the contents of the
array, so that indices may become invalid.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/net/socket Module, Next: The zsh/stat Module, Prev: The zsh/sched Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.22 The zsh/net/socket Module
===============================
The zsh/net/socket module makes available one builtin command:
zsocket [ -altv ] [ -d FD ] [ ARGS ]
zsocket is implemented as a builtin to allow full use of shell
command line editing, file I/O, and job control mechanisms.
22.22.1 Outbound Connections
----------------------------
zsocket [ -v ] [ -d FD ] FILENAME
Open a new Unix domain connection to FILENAME. The shell parameter
REPLY will be set to the file descriptor associated with that
connection. Currently, only stream connections are supported.
If -d is specified, its argument will be taken as the target file
descriptor for the connection.
In order to elicit more verbose output, use -v.
22.22.2 Inbound Connections
---------------------------
zsocket -l [ -v ] [ -d FD ] FILENAME
zsocket -l will open a socket listening on FILENAME. The shell
parameter REPLY will be set to the file descriptor associated with
that listener.
If -d is specified, its argument will be taken as the target file
descriptor for the connection.
In order to elicit more verbose output, use -v.
zsocket -a [ -tv ] [ -d TARGETFD ] LISTENFD
zsocket -a will accept an incoming connection to the socket
associated with LISTENFD. The shell parameter REPLY will be set to
the file descriptor associated with the inbound connection.
If -d is specified, its argument will be taken as the target file
descriptor for the connection.
If -t is specified, zsocket will return if no incoming connection
is pending. Otherwise it will wait for one.
In order to elicit more verbose output, use -v.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/stat Module, Next: The zsh/system Module, Prev: The zsh/net/socket Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.23 The zsh/stat Module
=========================
The zsh/stat module makes available one builtin command under two
possible names:
zstat [ -gnNolLtTrs ] [ -f FD ] [ -H HASH ] [ -A ARRAY ] [ -F FMT ] [ +ELEMENT ] [ FILE ... ]
stat ...
The command acts as a front end to the stat system call (see man
page stat(2)). The same command is provided with two names; as the
name stat is often used by an external command it is recommended
that only the zstat form of the command is used. This can be
arranged by loading the module with the command 'zmodload -F
zsh/stat b:zstat'.
If the stat call fails, the appropriate system error message
printed and status 1 is returned. The fields of struct stat give
information about the files provided as arguments to the command.
In addition to those available from the stat call, an extra element
'link' is provided. These elements are:
device
The number of the device on which the file resides.
inode
The unique number of the file on this device ('_inode_'
number).
mode
The mode of the file; that is, the file's type and access
permissions. With the -s option, this will be returned as a
string corresponding to the first column in the display of the
ls -l command.
nlink
The number of hard links to the file.
uid
The user ID of the owner of the file. With the -s option,
this is displayed as a user name.
gid
The group ID of the file. With the -s option, this is
displayed as a group name.
rdev
The raw device number. This is only useful for special
devices.
size
The size of the file in bytes.
atime
mtime
ctime
The last access, modification and inode change times of the
file, respectively, as the number of seconds since midnight
GMT on 1st January, 1970. With the -s option, these are
printed as strings for the local time zone; the format can be
altered with the -F option, and with the -g option the times
are in GMT.
blksize
The number of bytes in one allocation block on the device on
which the file resides.
block
The number of disk blocks used by the file.
link
If the file is a link and the -L option is in effect, this
contains the name of the file linked to, otherwise it is
empty. Note that if this element is selected (''zstat
+link'') then the -L option is automatically used.
A particular element may be selected by including its name preceded
by a '+' in the option list; only one element is allowed. The
element may be shortened to any unique set of leading characters.
Otherwise, all elements will be shown for all files.
Options:
-A ARRAY
Instead of displaying the results on standard output, assign
them to an ARRAY, one struct stat element per array element
for each file in order. In this case neither the name of the
element nor the name of the files appears in ARRAY unless the
-t or -n options were given, respectively. If -t is given,
the element name appears as a prefix to the appropriate array
element; if -n is given, the file name appears as a separate
array element preceding all the others. Other formatting
options are respected.
-H HASH
Similar to -A, but instead assign the values to HASH. The
keys are the elements listed above. If the -n option is
provided then the name of the file is included in the hash
with key name.
-f FD
Use the file on file descriptor FD instead of named files; no
list of file names is allowed in this case.
-F FMT
Supplies a strftime (see man page strftime(3)) string for the
formatting of the time elements. The -s option is implied.
-g
Show the time elements in the GMT time zone. The -s option is
implied.
-l
List the names of the type elements (to standard output or an
array as appropriate) and return immediately; options other
than -A and arguments are ignored.
-L
Perform an lstat (see man page lstat(2)) rather than a stat
system call. In this case, if the file is a link, information
about the link itself rather than the target file is returned.
This option is required to make the link element useful. It's
important to note that this is the exact opposite from man
page ls(1), etc.
-n
Always show the names of files. Usually these are only shown
when output is to standard output and there is more than one
file in the list.
-N
Never show the names of files.
-o
If a raw file mode is printed, show it in octal, which is more
useful for human consumption than the default of decimal. A
leading zero will be printed in this case. Note that this
does not affect whether a raw or formatted file mode is shown,
which is controlled by the -r and -s options, nor whether a
mode is shown at all.
-r
Print raw data (the default format) alongside string data (the
-s format); the string data appears in parentheses after the
raw data.
-s
Print mode, uid, gid and the three time elements as strings
instead of numbers. In each case the format is like that of
ls -l.
-t
Always show the type names for the elements of struct stat.
Usually these are only shown when output is to standard output
and no individual element has been selected.
-T
Never show the type names of the struct stat elements.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/system Module, Next: The zsh/net/tcp Module, Prev: The zsh/stat Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.24 The zsh/system Module
===========================
The zsh/system module makes available various builtin commands and
parameters.
22.24.1 Builtins
----------------
syserror [ -e ERRVAR ] [ -p PREFIX ] [ ERRNO | ERRNAME ]
This command prints out the error message associated with ERRNO, a
system error number, followed by a newline to standard error.
Instead of the error number, a name ERRNAME, for example ENOENT,
may be used. The set of names is the same as the contents of the
array errnos, see below.
If the string PREFIX is given, it is printed in front of the error
message, with no intervening space.
If ERRVAR is supplied, the entire message, without a newline, is
assigned to the parameter names ERRVAR and nothing is output.
A return status of 0 indicates the message was successfully printed
(although it may not be useful if the error number was out of the
system's range), a return status of 1 indicates an error in the
parameters, and a return status of 2 indicates the error name was
not recognised (no message is printed for this).
sysread [ -c COUNTVAR ] [ -i INFD ] [ -o OUTFD ]
[ -s BUFSIZE ] [ -t TIMEOUT ] [ PARAM ]
Perform a single system read from file descriptor INFD, or zero if
that is not given. The result of the read is stored in PARAM or
REPLY if that is not given. If COUNTVAR is given, the number of
bytes read is assigned to the parameter named by COUNTVAR.
The maximum number of bytes read is BUFSIZE or 8192 if that is not
given, however the command returns as soon as any number of bytes
was successfully read.
If TIMEOUT is given, it specifies a timeout in seconds, which may
be zero to poll the file descriptor. This is handled by the poll
system call if available, otherwise the select system call if
available.
If OUTFD is given, an attempt is made to write all the bytes just
read to the file descriptor OUTFD. If this fails, because of a
system error other than EINTR or because of an internal zsh error
during an interrupt, the bytes read but not written are stored in
the parameter named by PARAM if supplied (no default is used in
this case), and the number of bytes read but not written is stored
in the parameter named by COUNTVAR if that is supplied. If it was
successful, COUNTVAR contains the full number of bytes transferred,
as usual, and PARAM is not set.
The error EINTR (interrupted system call) is handled internally so
that shell interrupts are transparent to the caller. Any other
error causes a return.
The possible return statuses are
0
At least one byte of data was successfully read and, if
appropriate, written.
1
There was an error in the parameters to the command. This is
the only error for which a message is printed to standard
error.
2
There was an error on the read, or on polling the input file
descriptor for a timeout. The parameter ERRNO gives the
error.
3
Data were successfully read, but there was an error writing
them to OUTFD. The parameter ERRNO gives the error.
4
The attempt to read timed out. Note this does not set ERRNO
as this is not a system error.
5
No system error occurred, but zero bytes were read. This
usually indicates end of file. The parameters are set
according to the usual rules; no write to OUTFD is attempted.
syswrite [ -c COUNTVAR ] [ -o OUTFD ] DATA
The data (a single string of bytes) are written to the file
descriptor OUTFD, or 1 if that is not given, using the write system
call. Multiple write operations may be used if the first does not
write all the data.
If COUNTVAR is given, the number of byte written is stored in the
parameter named by COUNTVAR; this may not be the full length of
DATA if an error occurred.
The error EINTR (interrupted system call) is handled internally by
retrying; otherwise an error causes the command to return. For
example, if the file descriptor is set to non-blocking output, an
error EAGAIN (on some systems, EWOULDBLOCK) may result in the
command returning early.
The return status may be 0 for success, 1 for an error in the
parameters to the command, or 2 for an error on the write; no error
message is printed in the last case, but the parameter ERRNO will
reflect the error that occurred.
zsystem flock [ -t TIMEOUT ] [ -f VAR ] [-er] FILE
zsystem flock -u FD_EXPR
The builtin zsystem's subcommand flock performs advisory file
locking (via the man page fcntl(2) system call) over the entire
contents of the given file. This form of locking requires the
processes accessing the file to cooperate; its most obvious use is
between two instances of the shell itself.
In the first form the named FILE, which must already exist, is
locked by opening a file descriptor to the file and applying a lock
to the file descriptor. The lock terminates when the shell process
that created the lock exits; it is therefore often convenient to
create file locks within subshells, since the lock is automatically
released when the subshell exits. Status 0 is returned if the lock
succeeds, else status 1.
In the second form the file descriptor given by the arithmetic
expression fd_expr is closed, releasing a lock. The file
descriptor can be queried by using the '-f VAR' form during the
lock; on a successful lock, the shell variable VAR is set to the
file descriptor used for locking. The lock will be released if the
file descriptor is closed by any other means, for example using
'exec {VAR}>&-'; however, the form described here performs a safety
check that the file descriptor is in use for file locking.
By default the shell waits indefinitely for the lock to succeed.
The option -t TIMEOUT specifies a timeout for the lock in seconds;
currently this must be an integer. The shell will attempt to lock
the file once a second during this period. If the attempt times
out, status 2 is returned.
If the option -e is given, the file descriptor for the lock is
preserved when the shell uses exec to start a new process;
otherwise it is closed at that point and the lock released.
If the option -r is given, the lock is only for reading, otherwise
it is for reading and writing. The file descriptor is opened
accordingly.
zsystem supports SUBCOMMAND
The builtin zsystem's subcommand supports tests whether a given
subcommand is supported. It returns status 0 if so, else status 1.
It operates silently unless there was a syntax error (i.e. the
wrong number of arguments), in which case status 255 is returned.
Status 1 can indicate one of two things: SUBCOMMAND is known but
not supported by the current operating system, or SUBCOMMAND is not
known (possibly because this is an older version of the shell
before it was implemented).
22.24.2 Parameters
------------------
errnos
A readonly array of the names of errors defined on the system.
These are typically macros defined in C by including the system
header file errno.h. The index of each name (assuming the option
KSH_ARRAYS is unset) corresponds to the error number. Error
numbers NUM before the last known error which have no name are
given the name ENUM in the array.
Note that aliases for errors are not handled; only the canonical
name is used.
sysparams
A readonly associative array. The keys are:
pid
Returns the process ID of the current process, even in
subshells. Compare $$, which returns the process ID of the
main shell process.
ppid
Returns the process ID of the parent of the current process,
even in subshells. Compare $PPID, which returns the process
ID of the parent of the main shell process.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/net/tcp Module, Next: The zsh/termcap Module, Prev: The zsh/system Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.25 The zsh/net/tcp Module
============================
The zsh/net/tcp module makes available one builtin command:
ztcp [ -acflLtv ] [ -d FD ] [ ARGS ]
ztcp is implemented as a builtin to allow full use of shell command
line editing, file I/O, and job control mechanisms.
If ztcp is run with no options, it will output the contents of its
session table.
If it is run with only the option -L, it will output the contents
of the session table in a format suitable for automatic parsing.
The option is ignored if given with a command to open or close a
session. The output consists of a set of lines, one per session,
each containing the following elements separated by spaces:
File descriptor
The file descriptor in use for the connection. For normal
inbound (I) and outbound (O) connections this may be read and
written by the usual shell mechanisms. However, it should
only be close with 'ztcp -c'.
Connection type
A letter indicating how the session was created:
Z
A session created with the zftp command.
L
A connection opened for listening with 'ztcp -l'.
I
An inbound connection accepted with 'ztcp -a'.
O
An outbound connection created with 'ztcp HOST ...'.
The local host
This is usually set to an all-zero IP address as the address
of the localhost is irrelevant.
The local port
This is likely to be zero unless the connection is for
listening.
The remote host
This is the fully qualified domain name of the peer, if
available, else an IP address. It is an all-zero IP address
for a session opened for listening.
The remote port
This is zero for a connection opened for listening.
22.25.1 Outbound Connections
----------------------------
ztcp [ -v ] [ -d FD ] HOST [ PORT ]
Open a new TCP connection to HOST. If the PORT is omitted, it will
default to port 23. The connection will be added to the session
table and the shell parameter REPLY will be set to the file
descriptor associated with that connection.
If -d is specified, its argument will be taken as the target file
descriptor for the connection.
In order to elicit more verbose output, use -v.
22.25.2 Inbound Connections
---------------------------
ztcp -l [ -v ] [ -d FD ] PORT
ztcp -l will open a socket listening on TCP PORT. The socket will
be added to the session table and the shell parameter REPLY will be
set to the file descriptor associated with that listener.
If -d is specified, its argument will be taken as the target file
descriptor for the connection.
In order to elicit more verbose output, use -v.
ztcp -a [ -tv ] [ -d TARGETFD ] LISTENFD
ztcp -a will accept an incoming connection to the port associated
with LISTENFD. The connection will be added to the session table
and the shell parameter REPLY will be set to the file descriptor
associated with the inbound connection.
If -d is specified, its argument will be taken as the target file
descriptor for the connection.
If -t is specified, ztcp will return if no incoming connection is
pending. Otherwise it will wait for one.
In order to elicit more verbose output, use -v.
22.25.3 Closing Connections
---------------------------
ztcp -cf [ -v ] [ FD ]
ztcp -c [ -v ] [ FD ]
ztcp -c will close the socket associated with FD. The socket will
be removed from the session table. If FD is not specified, ztcp
will close everything in the session table.
Normally, sockets registered by zftp (see *note The zsh/zftp
Module:: ) cannot be closed this way. In order to force such a
socket closed, use -f.
In order to elicit more verbose output, use -v.
22.25.4 Example
---------------
Here is how to create a TCP connection between two instances of zsh. We
need to pick an unassigned port; here we use the randomly chosen 5123.
On host1,
zmodload zsh/net/tcp
ztcp -l 5123
listenfd=$REPLY
ztcp -a $listenfd
fd=$REPLY
The second from last command blocks until there is an incoming
connection.
Now create a connection from host2 (which may, of course, be the same
machine):
zmodload zsh/net/tcp
ztcp host1 5123
fd=$REPLY
Now on each host, $fd contains a file descriptor for talking to the
other. For example, on host1:
print This is a message >&$fd
and on host2:
read -r line <&$fd; print -r - $line
prints 'This is a message'.
To tidy up, on host1:
ztcp -c $listenfd
ztcp -c $fd
and on host2
ztcp -c $fd
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/termcap Module, Next: The zsh/terminfo Module, Prev: The zsh/net/tcp Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.26 The zsh/termcap Module
============================
The zsh/termcap module makes available one builtin command:
echotc CAP [ ARG ... ]
Output the termcap value corresponding to the capability CAP, with
optional arguments.
The zsh/termcap module makes available one parameter:
termcap
An associative array that maps termcap capability codes to their
values.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/terminfo Module, Next: The zsh/zftp Module, Prev: The zsh/termcap Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.27 The zsh/terminfo Module
=============================
The zsh/terminfo module makes available one builtin command:
echoti CAP [ ARG ]
Output the terminfo value corresponding to the capability CAP,
instantiated with ARG if applicable.
The zsh/terminfo module makes available one parameter:
terminfo
An associative array that maps terminfo capability names to their
values.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/zftp Module, Next: The zsh/zle Module, Prev: The zsh/terminfo Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.28 The zsh/zftp Module
=========================
The zsh/zftp module makes available one builtin command:
zftp SUBCOMMAND [ ARGS ]
The zsh/zftp module is a client for FTP (file transfer protocol).
It is implemented as a builtin to allow full use of shell command
line editing, file I/O, and job control mechanisms. Often, users
will access it via shell functions providing a more powerful
interface; a set is provided with the zsh distribution and is
described in *note Zftp Function System::. However, the zftp
command is entirely usable in its own right.
All commands consist of the command name zftp followed by the name
of a subcommand. These are listed below. The return status of
each subcommand is supposed to reflect the success or failure of
the remote operation. See a description of the variable
ZFTP_VERBOSE for more information on how responses from the server
may be printed.
22.28.1 Subcommands
-------------------
open HOST[:PORT] [ USER [ PASSWORD [ ACCOUNT ] ] ]
Open a new FTP session to HOST, which may be the name of a TCP/IP
connected host or an IP number in the standard dot notation. If
the argument is in the form HOST:PORT, open a connection to TCP
port PORT instead of the standard FTP port 21. This may be the
name of a TCP service or a number: see the description of ZFTP_PORT
below for more information.
If IPv6 addresses in colon format are used, the HOST should be
surrounded by quoted square brackets to distinguish it from the
PORT, for example '[fe80::203:baff:fe02:8b56]'. For consistency
this is allowed with all forms of HOST.
Remaining arguments are passed to the login subcommand. Note that
if no arguments beyond HOST are supplied, open will _not_
automatically call login. If no arguments at all are supplied,
open will use the parameters set by the params subcommand.
After a successful open, the shell variables ZFTP_HOST, ZFTP_PORT,
ZFTP_IP and ZFTP_SYSTEM are available; see 'Variables' below.
login [ NAME [ PASSWORD [ ACCOUNT ] ] ]
user [ NAME [ PASSWORD [ ACCOUNT ] ] ]
Login the user NAME with parameters PASSWORD and ACCOUNT. Any of
the parameters can be omitted, and will be read from standard input
if needed (NAME is always needed). If standard input is a
terminal, a prompt for each one will be printed on standard error
and PASSWORD will not be echoed. If any of the parameters are not
used, a warning message is printed.
After a successful login, the shell variables ZFTP_USER,
ZFTP_ACCOUNT and ZFTP_PWD are available; see 'Variables' below.
This command may be re-issued when a user is already logged in, and
the server will first be reinitialized for a new user.
params [ HOST [ USER [ PASSWORD [ ACCOUNT ] ] ] ]
params -
Store the given parameters for a later open command with no
arguments. Only those given on the command line will be
remembered. If no arguments are given, the parameters currently
set are printed, although the password will appear as a line of
stars; the return status is one if no parameters were set, zero
otherwise.
Any of the parameters may be specified as a '?', which may need to
be quoted to protect it from shell expansion. In this case, the
appropriate parameter will be read from stdin as with the login
subcommand, including special handling of PASSWORD. If the '?' is
followed by a string, that is used as the prompt for reading the
parameter instead of the default message (any necessary punctuation
and whitespace should be included at the end of the prompt). The
first letter of the parameter (only) may be quoted with a '\';
hence an argument "\\$word" guarantees that the string from the
shell parameter $word will be treated literally, whether or not it
begins with a '?'.
If instead a single '-' is given, the existing parameters, if any,
are deleted. In that case, calling open with no arguments will
cause an error.
The list of parameters is not deleted after a close, however it
will be deleted if the zsh/zftp module is unloaded.
For example,
zftp params ftp.elsewhere.xx juser '?Password for juser: '
will store the host ftp.elsewhere.xx and the user juser and then
prompt the user for the corresponding password with the given
prompt.
test
Test the connection; if the server has reported that it has closed
the connection (maybe due to a timeout), return status 2; if no
connection was open anyway, return status 1; else return status 0.
The test subcommand is silent, apart from messages printed by the
$ZFTP_VERBOSE mechanism, or error messages if the connection
closes. There is no network overhead for this test.
The test is only supported on systems with either the select(2) or
poll(2) system calls; otherwise the message 'not supported on this
system' is printed instead.
The test subcommand will automatically be called at the start of
any other subcommand for the current session when a connection is
open.
cd DIRECTORY
Change the remote directory to DIRECTORY. Also alters the shell
variable ZFTP_PWD.
cdup
Change the remote directory to the one higher in the directory
tree. Note that cd .. will also work correctly on non-UNIX
systems.
dir [ ARGS... ]
Give a (verbose) listing of the remote directory. The ARGS are
passed directly to the server. The command's behaviour is
implementation dependent, but a UNIX server will typically
interpret ARGS as arguments to the ls command and with no arguments
return the result of 'ls -l'. The directory is listed to standard
output.
ls [ ARGS ]
Give a (short) listing of the remote directory. With no ARGS,
produces a raw list of the files in the directory, one per line.
Otherwise, up to vagaries of the server implementation, behaves
similar to dir.
type [ TYPE ]
Change the type for the transfer to TYPE, or print the current type
if TYPE is absent. The allowed values are 'A' (ASCII), 'I' (Image,
i.e. binary), or 'B' (a synonym for 'I').
The FTP default for a transfer is ASCII. However, if zftp finds
that the remote host is a UNIX machine with 8-bit byes, it will
automatically switch to using binary for file transfers upon open.
This can subsequently be overridden.
The transfer type is only passed to the remote host when a data
connection is established; this command involves no network
overhead.
ascii
The same as type A.
binary
The same as type I.
mode [ S | B ]
Set the mode type to stream (S) or block (B). Stream mode is the
default; block mode is not widely supported.
remote FILES...
local [ FILES... ]
Print the size and last modification time of the remote or local
files. If there is more than one item on the list, the name of the
file is printed first. The first number is the file size, the
second is the last modification time of the file in the format
CCYYMMDDhhmmSS consisting of year, month, date, hour, minutes and
seconds in GMT. Note that this format, including the length, is
guaranteed, so that time strings can be directly compared via the
[[ builtin's < and > operators, even if they are too long to be
represented as integers.
Not all servers support the commands for retrieving this
information. In that case, the remote command will print nothing
and return status 2, compared with status 1 for a file not found.
The local command (but not remote) may be used with no arguments,
in which case the information comes from examining file descriptor
zero. This is the same file as seen by a put command with no
further redirection.
get FILE [...]
Retrieve all FILEs from the server, concatenating them and sending
them to standard output.
put FILE [...]
For each FILE, read a file from standard input and send that to the
remote host with the given name.
append FILE [...]
As put, but if the remote FILE already exists, data is appended to
it instead of overwriting it.
getat FILE POINT
putat FILE POINT
appendat FILE POINT
Versions of get, put and append which will start the transfer at
the given POINT in the remote FILE. This is useful for appending
to an incomplete local file. However, note that this ability is
not universally supported by servers (and is not quite the
behaviour specified by the standard).
delete FILE [...]
Delete the list of files on the server.
mkdir DIRECTORY
Create a new directory DIRECTORY on the server.
rmdir DIRECTORY
Delete the directory DIRECTORY on the server.
rename OLD-NAME NEW-NAME
Rename file OLD-NAME to NEW-NAME on the server.
site ARGS...
Send a host-specific command to the server. You will probably only
need this if instructed by the server to use it.
quote ARGS...
Send the raw FTP command sequence to the server. You should be
familiar with the FTP command set as defined in RFC959 before doing
this. Useful commands may include STAT and HELP. Note also the
mechanism for returning messages as described for the variable
ZFTP_VERBOSE below, in particular that all messages from the
control connection are sent to standard error.
close
quit
Close the current data connection. This unsets the shell
parameters ZFTP_HOST, ZFTP_PORT, ZFTP_IP, ZFTP_SYSTEM, ZFTP_USER,
ZFTP_ACCOUNT, ZFTP_PWD, ZFTP_TYPE and ZFTP_MODE.
session [ SESSNAME ]
Allows multiple FTP sessions to be used at once. The name of the
session is an arbitrary string of characters; the default session
is called 'default'. If this command is called without an
argument, it will list all the current sessions; with an argument,
it will either switch to the existing session called SESSNAME, or
create a new session of that name.
Each session remembers the status of the connection, the set of
connection-specific shell parameters (the same set as are unset
when a connection closes, as given in the description of close),
and any user parameters specified with the params subcommand.
Changing to a previous session restores those values; changing to a
new session initialises them in the same way as if zftp had just
been loaded. The name of the current session is given by the
parameter ZFTP_SESSION.
rmsession [ SESSNAME ]
Delete a session; if a name is not given, the current session is
deleted. If the current session is deleted, the earliest existing
session becomes the new current session, otherwise the current
session is not changed. If the session being deleted is the only
one, a new session called 'default' is created and becomes the
current session; note that this is a new session even if the
session being deleted is also called 'default'. It is recommended
that sessions not be deleted while background commands which use
zftp are still active.
22.28.2 Parameters
------------------
The following shell parameters are used by zftp. Currently none of them
are special.
ZFTP_TMOUT
Integer. The time in seconds to wait for a network operation to
complete before returning an error. If this is not set when the
module is loaded, it will be given the default value 60. A value
of zero turns off timeouts. If a timeout occurs on the control
connection it will be closed. Use a larger value if this occurs
too frequently.
ZFTP_IP
Readonly. The IP address of the current connection in dot
notation.
ZFTP_HOST
Readonly. The hostname of the current remote server. If the host
was opened as an IP number, ZFTP_HOST contains that instead; this
saves the overhead for a name lookup, as IP numbers are most
commonly used when a nameserver is unavailable.
ZFTP_PORT
Readonly. The number of the remote TCP port to which the
connection is open (even if the port was originally specified as a
named service). Usually this is the standard FTP port, 21.
In the unlikely event that your system does not have the
appropriate conversion functions, this appears in network byte
order. If your system is little-endian, the port then consists of
two swapped bytes and the standard port will be reported as 5376.
In that case, numeric ports passed to zftp open will also need to
be in this format.
ZFTP_SYSTEM
Readonly. The system type string returned by the server in
response to an FTP SYST request. The most interesting case is a
string beginning "UNIX Type: L8", which ensures maximum
compatibility with a local UNIX host.
ZFTP_TYPE
Readonly. The type to be used for data transfers , either 'A' or
'I'. Use the type subcommand to change this.
ZFTP_USER
Readonly. The username currently logged in, if any.
ZFTP_ACCOUNT
Readonly. The account name of the current user, if any. Most
servers do not require an account name.
ZFTP_PWD
Readonly. The current directory on the server.
ZFTP_CODE
Readonly. The three digit code of the last FTP reply from the
server as a string. This can still be read after the connection is
closed, and is not changed when the current session changes.
ZFTP_REPLY
Readonly. The last line of the last reply sent by the server.
This can still be read after the connection is closed, and is not
changed when the current session changes.
ZFTP_SESSION
Readonly. The name of the current FTP session; see the description
of the session subcommand.
ZFTP_PREFS
A string of preferences for altering aspects of zftp's behaviour.
Each preference is a single character. The following are defined:
P
Passive: attempt to make the remote server initiate data
transfers. This is slightly more efficient than sendport
mode. If the letter S occurs later in the string, zftp will
use sendport mode if passive mode is not available.
S
Sendport: initiate transfers by the FTP PORT command. If this
occurs before any P in the string, passive mode will never be
attempted.
D
Dumb: use only the bare minimum of FTP commands. This
prevents the variables ZFTP_SYSTEM and ZFTP_PWD from being
set, and will mean all connections default to ASCII type. It
may prevent ZFTP_SIZE from being set during a transfer if the
server does not send it anyway (many servers do).
If ZFTP_PREFS is not set when zftp is loaded, it will be set to a
default of 'PS', i.e. use passive mode if available, otherwise
fall back to sendport mode.
ZFTP_VERBOSE
A string of digits between 0 and 5 inclusive, specifying which
responses from the server should be printed. All responses go to
standard error. If any of the numbers 1 to 5 appear in the string,
raw responses from the server with reply codes beginning with that
digit will be printed to standard error. The first digit of the
three digit reply code is defined by RFC959 to correspond to:
1.
A positive preliminary reply.
2.
A positive completion reply.
3.
A positive intermediate reply.
4.
A transient negative completion reply.
5.
A permanent negative completion reply.
It should be noted that, for unknown reasons, the reply 'Service
not available', which forces termination of a connection, is
classified as 421, i.e. 'transient negative', an interesting
interpretation of the word 'transient'.
The code 0 is special: it indicates that all but the last line of
multiline replies read from the server will be printed to standard
error in a processed format. By convention, servers use this
mechanism for sending information for the user to read. The
appropriate reply code, if it matches the same response, takes
priority.
If ZFTP_VERBOSE is not set when zftp is loaded, it will be set to
the default value 450, i.e., messages destined for the user and all
errors will be printed. A null string is valid and specifies that
no messages should be printed.
22.28.3 Functions
-----------------
zftp_chpwd
If this function is set by the user, it is called every time the
directory changes on the server, including when a user is logged
in, or when a connection is closed. In the last case, $ZFTP_PWD
will be unset; otherwise it will reflect the new directory.
zftp_progress
If this function is set by the user, it will be called during a
get, put or append operation each time sufficient data has been
received from the host. During a get, the data is sent to standard
output, so it is vital that this function should write to standard
error or directly to the terminal, _not_ to standard output.
When it is called with a transfer in progress, the following
additional shell parameters are set:
ZFTP_FILE
The name of the remote file being transferred from or to.
ZFTP_TRANSFER
A G for a get operation and a P for a put operation.
ZFTP_SIZE
The total size of the complete file being transferred: the
same as the first value provided by the remote and local
subcommands for a particular file. If the server cannot
supply this value for a remote file being retrieved, it will
not be set. If input is from a pipe the value may be
incorrect and correspond simply to a full pipe buffer.
ZFTP_COUNT
The amount of data so far transferred; a number between zero
and $ZFTP_SIZE, if that is set. This number is always
available.
The function is initially called with ZFTP_TRANSFER set
appropriately and ZFTP_COUNT set to zero. After the transfer is
finished, the function will be called one more time with
ZFTP_TRANSFER set to GF or PF, in case it wishes to tidy up. It is
otherwise never called twice with the same value of ZFTP_COUNT.
Sometimes the progress meter may cause disruption. It is up to the
user to decide whether the function should be defined and to use
unfunction when necessary.
22.28.4 Problems
----------------
A connection may not be opened in the left hand side of a pipe as this
occurs in a subshell and the file information is not updated in the main
shell. In the case of type or mode changes or closing the connection in
a subshell, the information is returned but variables are not updated
until the next call to zftp. Other status changes in subshells will not
be reflected by changes to the variables (but should be otherwise
harmless).
Deleting sessions while a zftp command is active in the background can
have unexpected effects, even if it does not use the session being
deleted. This is because all shell subprocesses share information on
the state of all connections, and deleting a session changes the
ordering of that information.
On some operating systems, the control connection is not valid after a
fork(), so that operations in subshells, on the left hand side of a
pipeline, or in the background are not possible, as they should be.
This is presumably a bug in the operating system.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/zle Module, Next: The zsh/zleparameter Module, Prev: The zsh/zftp Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.29 The zsh/zle Module
========================
The zsh/zle module contains the Zsh Line Editor. See *note Zsh Line
Editor::.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/zleparameter Module, Next: The zsh/zprof Module, Prev: The zsh/zle Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.30 The zsh/zleparameter Module
=================================
The zsh/zleparameter module defines two special parameters that can be
used to access internal information of the Zsh Line Editor (see *note
Zsh Line Editor::).
keymaps
This array contains the names of the keymaps currently defined.
widgets
This associative array contains one entry per widget defined. The
name of the widget is the key and the value gives information about
the widget. It is either the string 'builtin' for builtin widgets,
a string of the form 'user:NAME' for user-defined widgets, where
NAME is the name of the shell function implementing the widget, or
it is a string of the form 'completion:TYPE:NAME', for completion
widgets. In the last case TYPE is the name of the builtin widgets
the completion widget imitates in its behavior and NAME is the name
of the shell function implementing the completion widget.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/zprof Module, Next: The zsh/zpty Module, Prev: The zsh/zleparameter Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.31 The zsh/zprof Module
==========================
When loaded, the zsh/zprof causes shell functions to be profiled. The
profiling results can be obtained with the zprof builtin command made
available by this module. There is no way to turn profiling off other
than unloading the module.
zprof [ -c ]
Without the -c option, zprof lists profiling results to standard
output. The format is comparable to that of commands like gprof.
At the top there is a summary listing all functions that were
called at least once. This summary is sorted in decreasing order
of the amount of time spent in each. The lines contain the number
of the function in order, which is used in other parts of the list
in suffixes of the form '[NUM]', then the number of calls made to
the function. The next three columns list the time in milliseconds
spent in the function and its descendants, the average time in
milliseconds spent in the function and its descendants per call and
the percentage of time spent in all shell functions used in this
function and its descendants. The following three columns give the
same information, but counting only the time spent in the function
itself. The final column shows the name of the function.
After the summary, detailed information about every function that
was invoked is listed, sorted in decreasing order of the amount of
time spent in each function and its descendants. Each of these
entries consists of descriptions for the functions that called the
function described, the function itself, and the functions that
were called from it. The description for the function itself has
the same format as in the summary (and shows the same information).
The other lines don't show the number of the function at the
beginning and have their function named indented to make it easier
to distinguish the line showing the function described in the
section from the surrounding lines.
The information shown in this case is almost the same as in the
summary, but only refers to the call hierarchy being displayed.
For example, for a calling function the column showing the total
running time lists the time spent in the described function and its
descendants only for the times when it was called from that
particular calling function. Likewise, for a called function, this
columns lists the total time spent in the called function and its
descendants only for the times when it was called from the function
described.
Also in this case, the column showing the number of calls to a
function also shows a slash and then the total number of
invocations made to the called function.
As long as the zsh/zprof module is loaded, profiling will be done
and multiple invocations of the zprof builtin command will show the
times and numbers of calls since the module was loaded. With the
-c option, the zprof builtin command will reset its internal
counters and will not show the listing.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/zpty Module, Next: The zsh/zselect Module, Prev: The zsh/zprof Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.32 The zsh/zpty Module
=========================
The zsh/zpty module offers one builtin:
zpty [ -e ] [ -b ] NAME [ ARG ... ]
The arguments following NAME are concatenated with spaces between,
then executed as a command, as if passed to the eval builtin. The
command runs under a newly assigned pseudo-terminal; this is useful
for running commands non-interactively which expect an interactive
environment. The NAME is not part of the command, but is used to
refer to this command in later calls to zpty.
With the -e option, the pseudo-terminal is set up so that input
characters are echoed.
With the -b option, input to and output from the pseudo-terminal
are made non-blocking.
zpty -d [ NAMES ... ]
The second form, with the -d option, is used to delete commands
previously started, by supplying a list of their NAMEs. If no
NAMES are given, all commands are deleted. Deleting a command
causes the HUP signal to be sent to the corresponding process.
zpty -w [ -n ] NAME [ STRINGS ... ]
The -w option can be used to send the to command NAME the given
STRINGS as input (separated by spaces). If the -n option is _not_
given, a newline is added at the end.
If no STRINGS are provided, the standard input is copied to the
pseudo-terminal; this may stop before copying the full input if the
pseudo-terminal is non-blocking.
Note that the command under the pseudo-terminal sees this input as
if it were typed, so beware when sending special tty driver
characters such as word-erase, line-kill, and end-of-file.
zpty -r [ -mt ] NAME [ PARAM [ PATTERN ] ]
The -r option can be used to read the output of the command NAME.
With only a NAME argument, the output read is copied to the
standard output. Unless the pseudo-terminal is non-blocking,
copying continues until the command under the pseudo-terminal
exits; when non-blocking, only as much output as is immediately
available is copied. The return status is zero if any output is
copied.
When also given a PARAM argument, at most one line is read and
stored in the parameter named PARAM. Less than a full line may be
read if the pseudo-terminal is non-blocking. The return status is
zero if at least one character is stored in PARAM.
If a PATTERN is given as well, output is read until the whole
string read matches the PATTERN, even in the non-blocking case.
The return status is zero if the string read matches the pattern,
or if the command has exited but at least one character could still
be read. If the option -m is present, the return status is zero
only if the pattern matches. As of this writing, a maximum of one
megabyte of output can be consumed this way; if a full megabyte is
read without matching the pattern, the return status is non-zero.
In all cases, the return status is non-zero if nothing could be
read, and is 2 if this is because the command has finished.
If the -r option is combined with the -t option, zpty tests whether
output is available before trying to read. If no output is
available, zpty immediately returns the status 1. When used with a
PATTERN, the behaviour on a failed poll is similar to when the
command has exited: the return value is zero if at least one
character could still be read even if the pattern failed to match.
zpty -t NAME
The -t option without the -r option can be used to test whether the
command NAME is still running. It returns a zero status if the
command is running and a non-zero value otherwise.
zpty [ -L ]
The last form, without any arguments, is used to list the commands
currently defined. If the -L option is given, this is done in the
form of calls to the zpty builtin.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/zselect Module, Next: The zsh/zutil Module, Prev: The zsh/zpty Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.33 The zsh/zselect Module
============================
The zsh/zselect module makes available one builtin command:
zselect [ -rwe -t TIMEOUT -a ARRAY ] [ FD ... ]
The zselect builtin is a front-end to the 'select' system call,
which blocks until a file descriptor is ready for reading or
writing, or has an error condition, with an optional timeout. If
this is not available on your system, the command prints an error
message and returns status 2 (normal errors return status 1). For
more information, see your systems documentation for man page
select(3). Note there is no connection with the shell builtin of
the same name.
Arguments and options may be intermingled in any order. Non-option
arguments are file descriptors, which must be decimal integers. By
default, file descriptors are to be tested for reading, i.e.
zselect will return when data is available to be read from the file
descriptor, or more precisely, when a read operation from the file
descriptor will not block. After a -r, -w and -e, the given file
descriptors are to be tested for reading, writing, or error
conditions. These options and an arbitrary list of file
descriptors may be given in any order.
(The presence of an 'error condition' is not well defined in the
documentation for many implementations of the select system call.
According to recent versions of the POSIX specification, it is
really an _exception_ condition, of which the only standard example
is out-of-band data received on a socket. So zsh users are
unlikely to find the -e option useful.)
The option '-t TIMEOUT' specifies a timeout in hundredths of a
second. This may be zero, in which case the file descriptors will
simply be polled and zselect will return immediately. It is
possible to call zselect with no file descriptors and a non-zero
timeout for use as a finer-grained replacement for 'sleep'; note,
however, the return status is always 1 for a timeout.
The option '-a ARRAY' indicates that array should be set to
indicate the file descriptor(s) which are ready. If the option is
not given, the array reply will be used for this purpose. The
array will contain a string similar to the arguments for zselect.
For example,
zselect -t 0 -r 0 -w 1
might return immediately with status 0 and $reply containing '-r 0
-w 1' to show that both file descriptors are ready for the
requested operations.
The option '-A ASSOC' indicates that the associative array assoc
should be set to indicate the file descriptor(s( which are ready.
This option overrides the option -a, nor will reply be modified.
The keys of assoc are the file descriptors, and the corresponding
values are any of the characters 'rwe' to indicate the condition.
The command returns status 0 if some file descriptors are ready for
reading. If the operation timed out, or a timeout of 0 was given
and no file descriptors were ready, or there was an error, it
returns status 1 and the array will not be set (nor modified in any
way). If there was an error in the select operation the
appropriate error message is printed.
File: zsh.info, Node: The zsh/zutil Module, Prev: The zsh/zselect Module, Up: Zsh Modules
22.34 The zsh/zutil Module
==========================
The zsh/zutil module only adds some builtins:
zstyle [ -L [ PATTERN [ STYLE ] ] ]
zstyle [ -e | - | -- ] PATTERN STYLE STRINGS ...
zstyle -d [ PATTERN [ STYLES ... ] ]
zstyle -g NAME [ PATTERN [ STYLE ] ]
zstyle -abs CONTEXT STYLE NAME [ SEP ]
zstyle -Tt CONTEXT STYLE [ STRINGS ...]
zstyle -m CONTEXT STYLE PATTERN
This builtin command is used to define and lookup styles. Styles
are pairs of names and values, where the values consist of any
number of strings. They are stored together with patterns and
lookup is done by giving a string, called the 'context', which is
compared to the patterns. The definition stored for the first
matching pattern will be returned.
For ordering of comparisons, patterns are searched from most
specific to least specific, and patterns that are equally specific
keep the order in which they were defined. A pattern is considered
to be more specific than another if it contains more components
(substrings separated by colons) or if the patterns for the
components are more specific, where simple strings are considered
to be more specific than patterns and complex patterns are
considered to be more specific than the pattern '*'.
The first form (without arguments) lists the definitions. Styles
are shown in alphabetic order and patterns are shown in the order
zstyle will test them.
If the -L option is given, listing is done in the form of calls to
zstyle. The optional first argument is a pattern which will be
matched against the string supplied as the pattern for the context;
note that this means, for example, 'zstyle -L ":completion:*"' will
match any supplied pattern beginning ':completion:', not just
":completion:*": use ":completion:\*" to match that. The optional
second argument limits the output to a specific style (not a
pattern). -L is not compatible with any other options.
The other forms are the following:
zstyle [ - | -- | -e ] PATTERN STYLE STRINGS ...
Defines the given STYLE for the PATTERN with the STRINGS as
the value. If the -e option is given, the STRINGS will be
concatenated (separated by spaces) and the resulting string
will be evaluated (in the same way as it is done by the eval
builtin command) when the style is looked up. In this case
the parameter 'reply' must be assigned to set the strings
returned after the evaluation. Before evaluating the value,
reply is unset, and if it is still unset after the evaluation,
the style is treated as if it were not set.
zstyle -d [ PATTERN [ STYLES ... ] ]
Delete style definitions. Without arguments all definitions
are deleted, with a PATTERN all definitions for that pattern
are deleted and if any STYLES are given, then only those
styles are deleted for the PATTERN.
zstyle -g NAME [ PATTERN [ STYLE ] ]
Retrieve a style definition. The NAME is used as the name of
an array in which the results are stored. Without any further
arguments, all PATTERNS defined are returned. With a PATTERN
the styles defined for that pattern are returned and with both
a PATTERN and a STYLE, the value strings of that combination
is returned.
The other forms can be used to look up or test patterns.
zstyle -s CONTEXT STYLE NAME [ SEP ]
The parameter NAME is set to the value of the style
interpreted as a string. If the value contains several
strings they are concatenated with spaces (or with the SEP
string if that is given) between them.
zstyle -b CONTEXT STYLE NAME
The value is stored in NAME as a boolean, i.e. as the string
'yes' if the value has only one string and that string is
equal to one of 'yes', 'true', 'on', or '1'. If the value is
any other string or has more than one string, the parameter is
set to 'no'.
zstyle -a CONTEXT STYLE NAME
The value is stored in NAME as an array. If NAME is declared
as an associative array, the first, third, etc. strings are
used as the keys and the other strings are used as the values.
zstyle -t CONTEXT STYLE [ STRINGS ...]
zstyle -T CONTEXT STYLE [ STRINGS ...]
Test the value of a style, i.e. the -t option only returns a
status (sets $?). Without any STRINGS the return status is
zero if the style is defined for at least one matching
pattern, has only one string in its value, and that is equal
to one of 'true', 'yes', 'on' or '1'. If any STRINGS are
given the status is zero if and only if at least one of the
STRINGS is equal to at least one of the strings in the value.
If the style is defined but doesn't match, the return status
is 1. If the style is not defined, the status is 2.
The -T option tests the values of the style like -t, but it
returns status zero (rather than 2) if the style is not
defined for any matching pattern.
zstyle -m CONTEXT STYLE PATTERN
Match a value. Returns status zero if the PATTERN matches at
least one of the strings in the value.
zformat -f PARAM FORMAT SPECS ...
zformat -a ARRAY SEP SPECS ...
This builtin provides two different forms of formatting. The first
form is selected with the -f option. In this case the FORMAT
string will be modified by replacing sequences starting with a
percent sign in it with strings from the SPECS. Each SPEC should
be of the form 'CHAR:STRING' which will cause every appearance of
the sequence '%CHAR' in FORMAT to be replaced by the STRING. The
'%' sequence may also contain optional minimum and maximum field
width specifications between the '%' and the 'CHAR' in the form
'%MIN.MAXc', i.e. the minimum field width is given first and if
the maximum field width is used, it has to be preceded by a dot.
Specifying a minimum field width makes the result be padded with
spaces to the right if the STRING is shorter than the requested
width. Padding to the left can be achieved by giving a negative
minimum field width. If a maximum field width is specified, the
STRING will be truncated after that many characters. After all '%'
sequences for the given SPECS have been processed, the resulting
string is stored in the parameter PARAM.
The %-escapes also understand ternary expressions in the form used
by prompts. The % is followed by a '(' and then an ordinary format
specifier character as described above. There may be a set of
digits either before or after the '('; these specify a test number,
which defaults to zero. Negative numbers are also allowed. An
arbitrary delimiter character follows the format specifier, which
is followed by a piece of 'true' text, the delimiter character
again, a piece of 'false' text, and a closing parenthesis. The
complete expression (without the digits) thus looks like
'%(X.TEXT1.TEXT2)', except that the '.' character is arbitrary.
The value given for the format specifier in the CHAR:STRING
expressions is evaluated as a mathematical expression, and compared
with the test number. If they are the same, TEXT1 is output, else
TEXT2 is output. A parenthesis may be escaped in TEXT2 as %).
Either of TEXT1 or TEXT2 may contain nested %-escapes.
For example:
zformat -f REPLY "The answer is '%3(c.yes.no)'." c:3
outputs "The answer is 'yes'." to REPLY since the value for the
format specifier c is 3, agreeing with the digit argument to the
ternary expression.
The second form, using the -a option, can be used for aligning
strings. Here, the SPECS are of the form 'LEFT:RIGHT' where 'LEFT'
and 'RIGHT' are arbitrary strings. These strings are modified by
replacing the colons by the SEP string and padding the LEFT strings
with spaces to the right so that the SEP strings in the result (and
hence the RIGHT strings after them) are all aligned if the strings
are printed below each other. All strings without a colon are left
unchanged and all strings with an empty RIGHT string have the
trailing colon removed. In both cases the lengths of the strings
are not used to determine how the other strings are to be aligned.
The resulting strings are stored in the ARRAY.
zregexparse
This implements some internals of the _regex_arguments function.
zparseopts [ -D ] [ -K ] [ -M ] [ -E ] [ -a ARRAY ] [ -A ASSOC ] SPECS
This builtin simplifies the parsing of options in positional
parameters, i.e. the set of arguments given by $*. Each SPEC
describes one option and must be of the form 'OPT[=ARRAY]'. If an
option described by OPT is found in the positional parameters it is
copied into the ARRAY specified with the -a option; if the optional
'=ARRAY' is given, it is instead copied into that array.
Note that it is an error to give any SPEC without an '=ARRAY'
unless one of the -a or -A options is used.
Unless the -E option is given, parsing stops at the first string
that isn't described by one of the SPECS. Even with -E, parsing
always stops at a positional parameter equal to '-' or '--'.
The OPT description must be one of the following. Any of the
special characters can appear in the option name provided it is
preceded by a backslash.
NAME
NAME+
The NAME is the name of the option without the leading '-'.
To specify a GNU-style long option, one of the usual two
leading '-' must be included in NAME; for example, a '--file'
option is represented by a NAME of '-file'.
If a '+' appears after NAME, the option is appended to ARRAY
each time it is found in the positional parameters; without
the '+' only the _last_ occurrence of the option is preserved.
If one of these forms is used, the option takes no argument,
so parsing stops if the next positional parameter does not
also begin with '-' (unless the -E option is used).
NAME:
NAME:-
NAME::
If one or two colons are given, the option takes an argument;
with one colon, the argument is mandatory and with two colons
it is optional. The argument is appended to the ARRAY after
the option itself.
An optional argument is put into the same array element as the
option name (note that this makes empty strings as arguments
indistinguishable). A mandatory argument is added as a
separate element unless the ':-' form is used, in which case
the argument is put into the same element.
A '+' as described above may appear between the NAME and the
first colon.
The options of zparseopts itself are:
-a ARRAY
As described above, this names the default array in which to
store the recognised options.
-A ASSOC
If this is given, the options and their values are also put
into an associative array with the option names as keys and
the arguments (if any) as the values.
-D
If this option is given, all options found are removed from
the positional parameters of the calling shell or shell
function, up to but not including any not described by the
SPECS. This is similar to using the shift builtin.
-K
With this option, the arrays specified with the -a and -A
options and with the '=ARRAY' forms are kept unchanged when
none of the SPECS for them is used. This allows assignment of
default values to them before calling zparseopts.
-M
This changes the assignment rules to implement a map among
equivalent option names. If any SPEC uses the '=ARRAY' form,
the string ARRAY is interpreted as the name of another SPEC,
which is used to choose where to store the values. If no
other SPEC is found, the values are stored as usual. This
changes only the way the values are stored, not the way $* is
parsed, so results may be unpredicable if the 'NAME+'
specifier is used inconsistently.
-E
This changes the parsing rules to _not_ stop at the first
string that isn't described by one of the SPECs. It can be
used to test for or (if used together with -D) extract options
and their arguments, ignoring all other options and arguments
that may be in the positional parameters.
For example,
set -- -a -bx -c y -cz baz -cend
zparseopts a=foo b:=bar c+:=bar
will have the effect of
foo=(-a)
bar=(-b x -c y -c z)
The arguments from 'baz' on will not be used.
As an example for the -E option, consider:
set -- -a x -b y -c z arg1 arg2
zparseopts -E -D b:=bar
will have the effect of
bar=(-b y)
set -- -a x -c z arg1 arg2
I.e., the option -b and its arguments are taken from the positional
parameters and put into the array bar.
The -M option can be used like this:
set -- -a -bx -c y -cz baz -cend
zparseopts -A bar -M a=foo b+: c:=b
to have the effect of
foo=(-a)
bar=(-a '' -b xyz)
File: zsh.info, Node: Calendar Function System, Next: TCP Function System, Prev: Zsh Modules, Up: Top
23 Calendar Function System
***************************
23.1 Description
================
The shell is supplied with a series of functions to replace and enhance
the traditional Unix calendar programme, which warns the user of
imminent or future events, details of which are stored in a text file
(typically calendar in the user's home directory). The version provided
here includes a mechanism for alerting the user when an event is due.
In addition a function age is provided that can be used in a glob
qualifier; it allows files to be selected based on their modification
times.
The format of the calendar file and the dates used there in and in the
age function are described first, then the functions that can be called
to examine and modify the calendar file.
The functions here depend on the availability of the zsh/datetime module
which is usually installed with the shell. The library function
strptime() must be available; it is present on most recent operating
systems.
* Menu:
* Calendar File and Date Formats::
* Calendar System User Functions::
* Calendar Styles::
* Calendar Utility Functions::
* Calendar Bugs::
File: zsh.info, Node: Calendar File and Date Formats, Next: Calendar System User Functions, Up: Calendar Function System
23.2 File and Date Formats
==========================
23.2.1 Calendar File Format
---------------------------
The calendar file is by default ~/calendar. This can be configured by
the calendar-file style, see *note Calendar Styles::. The basic format
consists of a series of separate lines, with no indentation, each
including a date and time specification followed by a description of the
event.
Various enhancements to this format are supported, based on the syntax
of Emacs calendar mode. An indented line indicates a continuation line
that continues the description of the event from the preceding line
(note the date may not be continued in this way). An initial ampersand
(&) is ignored for compatibility.
An indented line on which the first non-whitespace character is # is not
displayed with the calendar entry, but is still scanned for information.
This can be used to hide information useful to the calendar system but
not to the user, such as the unique identifier used by calendar_add.
The Emacs extension that a date with no description may refer to a
number of succeeding events at different times is not supported.
Unless the done-file style has been altered, any events which have been
processed are appended to the file with the same name as the calendar
file with the suffix .done, hence ~/calendar.done by default.
An example is shown below.
23.2.2 Date Format
------------------
The format of the date and time is designed to allow flexibility without
admitting ambiguity. (The words 'date' and 'time' are both used in the
documentation below; except where specifically noted this implies a
string that may include both a date and a time specification.) Note
that there is no localization support; month and day names must be in
English and separator characters are fixed. Matching is case
insensitive, and only the first three letters of the names are
significant, although as a special case a form beginning "month" does
not match "Monday". Furthermore, time zones are not handled; all times
are assumed to be local.
It is recommended that, rather than exploring the intricacies of the
system, users find a date format that is natural to them and stick to
it. This will avoid unexpected effects. Various key facts should be
noted.
* In particular, note the confusion between MONTH/DAY/YEAR and
DAY/MONTH/YEAR when the month is numeric; these formats should be
avoided if at all possible. Many alternatives are available.
* The year must be given in full to avoid confusion, and only years
from 1900 to 2099 inclusive are matched.
The following give some obvious examples; users finding here a format
they like and not subject to vagaries of style may skip the full
description. As dates and times are matched separately (even though the
time may be embedded in the date), any date format may be mixed with any
format for the time of day provide the separators are clear (whitespace,
colons, commas).
2007/04/03 13:13
2007/04/03:13:13
2007/04/03 1:13 pm
3rd April 2007, 13:13
April 3rd 2007 1:13 p.m.
Apr 3, 2007 13:13
Tue Apr 03 13:13:00 2007
13:13 2007/apr/3
More detailed rules follow.
Times are parsed and extracted before dates. They must use colons to
separate hours and minutes, though a dot is allowed before seconds if
they are present. This limits time formats to the following:
* HH:MM[:SS[.FFFFF]] [am|pm|a.m.|p.m.]
* HH:MM.SS[.FFFFF] [am|pm|a.m.|p.m.]
Here, square brackets indicate optional elements, possibly with
alternatives. Fractions of a second are recognised but ignored. For
absolute times (the normal format require by the calendar file and the
age function) a date is mandatory but a time of day is not; the time
returned is at the start of the date. One variation is allowed: if a.m.
or p.m. or one of their variants is present, an hour without a minute is
allowed, e.g. 3 p.m..
Time zones are not handled, though if one is matched following a time
specification it will be removed to allow a surrounding date to be
parsed. This only happens if the format of the timezone is not too
unusual. The following are examples of forms that are understood:
+0100
GMT
GMT-7
CET+1CDT
Any part of the timezone that is not numeric must have exactly three
capital letters in the name.
Dates suffer from the ambiguity between DD/MM/YYYY and MM/DD/YYYY. It
is recommended this form is avoided with purely numeric dates, but use
of ordinals, eg. 3rd/04/2007, will resolve the ambiguity as the ordinal
is always parsed as the day of the month. Years must be four digits
(and the first two must be 19 or 20); 03/04/08 is not recognised. Other
numbers may have leading zeroes, but they are not required. The
following are handled:
* YYYY/MM/DD
* YYYY-MM-DD
* YYYY/MNM/DD
* YYYY-MNM-DD
* DD[th|st|rd] MNM[,] [ YYYY ]
* MNM DD[th|st|rd][,] [ YYYY ]
* DD[th|st|rd]/MM[,] YYYY
* DD[th|st|rd]/MM/YYYY
* MM/DD[th|st|rd][,] YYYY
* MM/DD[th|st|rd]/YYYY
Here, MNM is at least the first three letters of a month name, matched
case-insensitively. The remainder of the month name may appear but its
contents are irrelevant, so janissary, febrile, martial, apricot, maybe,
junta, etc. are happily handled.
Where the year is shown as optional, the current year is assumed. There
are only two such cases, the form Jun 20 or 14 September (the only two
commonly occurring forms, apart from a "the" in some forms of English,
which isn't currently supported). Such dates will of course become
ambiguous in the future, so should ideally be avoided.
Times may follow dates with a colon, e.g. 1965/07/12:09:45; this is in
order to provide a format with no whitespace. A comma and whitespace
are allowed, e.g. 1965/07/12, 09:45. Currently the order of these
separators is not checked, so illogical formats such as 1965/07/12, :
,09:45 will also be matched. For simplicity such variations are not
shown in the list above. Otherwise, a time is only recognised as being
associated with a date if there is only whitespace in between, or if the
time was embedded in the date.
Days of the week are not normally scanned, but will be ignored if they
occur at the start of the date pattern only. However, in contexts where
it is useful to specify dates relative to today, days of the week with
no other date specification may be given. The day is assumed to be
either today or within the past week. Likewise, the words yesterday,
today and tomorrow are handled. All matches are case-insensitive.
Hence if today is Monday, then Sunday is equivalent to yesterday, Monday
is equivalent to today, but Tuesday gives a date six days ago. This is
not generally useful within the calendar file. Dates in this format may
be combined with a time specification; for example Tomorrow, 8 p.m..
For example, the standard date format:
Fri Aug 18 17:00:48 BST 2006
is handled by matching HH:MM:SS and removing it together with the
matched (but unused) time zone. This leaves the following:
Fri Aug 18 2006
Fri is ignored and the rest is matched according to the standard rules.
23.2.3 Relative Time Format
---------------------------
In certain places relative times are handled. Here, a date is not
allowed; instead a combination of various supported periods are allowed,
together with an optional time. The periods must be in order from most
to least significant.
In some cases, a more accurate calculation is possible when there is an
anchor date: offsets of months or years pick the correct day, rather
than being rounded, and it is possible to pick a particular day in a
month as '(1st Friday)', etc., as described in more detail below.
Anchors are available in the following cases. If one or two times are
passed to the function calendar, the start time acts an anchor for the
end time when the end time is relative (even if the start time is
implicit). When examining calendar files, the scheduled event being
examined anchors the warning time when it is given explicitly by means
of the WARN keyword; likewise, the scheduled event anchors a repetition
period when given by the RPT keyword, so that specifications such as RPT
2 months, 3rd Thursday are handled properly. Finally, the -R argument
to calendar_scandate directly provides an anchor for relative
calculations.
The periods handled, with possible abbreviations are:
Years
years, yrs, ys, year, yr, y, yearly. A year is 365.25 days unless
there is an anchor.
Months
months, mons, mnths, mths, month, mon, mnth, mth, monthly. Note
that m, ms, mn, mns are ambiguous and are _not_ handled. A month
is a period of 30 days rather than a calendar month unless there is
an anchor.
Weeks
weeks, wks, ws, week, wk, w, weekly
Days
days, dys, ds, day, dy, d, daily
Hours
hours, hrs, hs, hour, hr, h, hourly
Minutes
minutes, mins, minute, min, but _not_ m, ms, mn or mns
Seconds
seconds, secs, ss, second, sec, s
Spaces between the numbers are optional, but are required between items,
although a comma may be used (with or without spaces).
The forms yearly to hourly allow the number to be omitted; it is assumed
to be 1. For example, 1 d and daily are equivalent. Note that using
those forms with plurals is confusing; 2 yearly is the same as 2 years,
_not_ twice yearly, so it is recommended they only be used without
numbers.
When an anchor time is present, there is an extension to handle regular
events in the form of the Nth SOMEday of the month. Such a
specification must occur immediately after any year and month
specification, but before any time of day, and must be in the form
N(th|st|rd) DAY, for example 1st Tuesday or 3rd Monday. As in other
places, days are matched case insensitively, must be in English, and
only the first three letters are significant except that a form
beginning 'month' does not match 'Monday'. No attempt is made to
sanitize the resulting date; attempts to squeeze too many occurrences
into a month will push the day into the next month (but in the obvious
fashion, retaining the correct day of the week).
Here are some examples:
30 years 3 months 4 days 3:42:41
14 days 5 hours
Monthly, 3rd Thursday
4d,10hr
23.2.4 Example
--------------
Here is an example calendar file. It uses a consistent date format, as
recommended above.
Feb 1, 2006 14:30 Pointless bureaucratic meeting
Mar 27, 2006 11:00 Mutual recrimination and finger pointing
Bring water pistol and waterproofs
Mar 31, 2006 14:00 Very serious managerial pontification
# UID 12C7878A9A50
Apr 10, 2006 13:30 Even more pointless blame assignment exercise WARN 30 mins
May 18, 2006 16:00 Regular moaning session RPT monthly, 3rd Thursday
The second entry has a continuation line. The third entry has a
continuation line that will not be shown when the entry is displayed,
but the unique identifier will be used by the calendar_add function when
updating the event. The fourth entry will produce a warning 30 minutes
before the event (to allow you to equip yourself appropriately). The
fifth entry repeats after a month on the 3rd Thursday, i.e. June 15,
2006, at the same time.
File: zsh.info, Node: Calendar System User Functions, Next: Calendar Styles, Prev: Calendar File and Date Formats, Up: Calendar Function System
23.3 User Functions
===================
This section describes functions that are designed to be called directly
by the user. The first part describes those functions associated with
the user's calendar; the second part describes the use in glob
qualifiers.
23.3.1 Calendar system functions
--------------------------------
calendar [ -abdDsv ] [ -C CALFILE ] [ -n NUM ] [ -S SHOWPROG ] [ [ START ] END ](
calendar -r [ -abdDrsv ] [ -C CALFILE ] [ -n NUM ] [ -S SHOWPROG ] [ START ]
Show events in the calendar.
With no arguments, show events from the start of today until the
end of the next working day after today. In other words, if today
is Friday, Saturday, or Sunday, show up to the end of the following
Monday, otherwise show today and tomorrow.
If END is given, show events from the start of today up to the time
and date given, which is in the format described in the previous
section. Note that if this is a date the time is assumed to be
midnight at the start of the date, so that effectively this shows
all events before the given date.
END may start with a +, in which case the remainder of the
specification is a relative time format as described in the
previous section indicating the range of time from the start time
that is to be included.
If START is also given, show events starting from that time and
date. The word now can be used to indicate the current time.
To implement an alert when events are due, include calendar -s in
your ~/.zshrc file.
Options:
-a
Show all items in the calendar, regardless of the start and
end.
-b
Brief: don't display continuation lines (i.e. indented lines
following the line with the date/time), just the first line.
-B LINES
Brief: display at most the first LINES lines of the calendar
entry. '-B 1' is equivalent to '-b'.
-C CALFILE
Explicitly specify a calendar file instead of the value of the
calendar-file style or the default ~/calendar.
-d
Move any events that have passed from the calendar file to the
"done" file, as given by the done-file style or the default
which is the calendar file with .done appended. This option
is implied by the -s option.
-D
Turns off the option -d, even if the -s option is also
present.
-n NUM, -NUM
Show at least NUM events, if present in the calendar file,
regardless of the start and end.
-r
Show all the remaining options in the calendar, ignoring the
given end time. The start time is respected; any argument
given is treated as a start time.
-s
Use the shell's sched command to schedule a timed event that
will warn the user when an event is due. Note that the sched
command only runs if the shell is at an interactive prompt; a
foreground task blocks the scheduled task from running until
it is finished.
The timed event usually runs the programme calendar_show to
show the event, as described in *note Calendar Utility
Functions::.
By default, a warning of the event is shown five minutes
before it is due. The warning period can be configured by the
style warn-time or for a single calendar entry by including
WARN RELTIME in the first line of the entry, where RELTIME is
one of the usual relative time formats.
A repeated event may be indicated by including RPT RELDATE in
the first line of the entry. After the scheduled event has
been displayed it will be re-entered into the calendar file at
a time RELDATE after the existing event. Note that this is
currently the only use made of the repeat count, so that it is
not possible to query the schedule for a recurrence of an
event in the calendar until the previous event has passed.
If RPT is used, it is also possible to specify that certain
recurrences of an event are rescheduled or cancelled. This is
done with the OCCURRENCE keyword, followed by whitespace and
the date and time of the occurrence in the regular sequence,
followed by whitespace and either the date and time of the
rescheduled event or the exact string CANCELLED. In this case
the date and time must be in exactly the "date with local
time" format used by the text/calendar MIME type (RFC 2445),
<YYYY><MM><DD>T<HH><MM><SS> (note the presence of the literal
character T). The first word (the regular recurrence) may be
something other than a proper date/time to indicate that the
event is additional to the normal sequence; a convention that
retains the formatting appearance is XXXXXXXXTXXXXXX.
Furthermore, it is useful to record the next regular
recurrence (as then the displayed date may be for a
rescheduled event so cannot be used for calculating the
regular sequence). This is specified by RECURRENCE and a time
or date in the same format. calendar_add adds such an
indication when it encounters a recurring event that does not
include one, based on the headline date/time.
If calendar_add is used to update occurrences the UID keyword
described there should be present in both the existing entry
and the added occurrence in order to identify recurring event
sequences.
For example,
Thu May 6, 2010 11:00 Informal chat RPT 1 week
# RECURRENCE 20100506T110000
# OCCURRENCE 20100513T110000 20100513T120000
# OCCURRENCE 20100520T110000 CANCELLED
The event that occurs at 11:00 on 13th May 2010 is rescheduled
an hour later. The event that occurs a week later is
cancelled. The occurrences are given on a continuation line
starting with a # character so will not usually be displayed
as part of the event. As elsewhere, no account of time zones
is taken with the times. After the next event occurs the
headline date/time will be 'Thu May 13, 2010 12:00' while the
RECURRENCE date/time will be '20100513T110000' (note that
cancelled and moved events are not taken account of in the
RECURRENCE, which records what the next regular recurrence is,
but they are accounted for in the headline date/time).
It is safe to run calendar -s to reschedule an existing event
(if the calendar file has changed, for example), and also to
have it running in multiples instances of the shell since the
calendar file is locked when in use.
By default, expired events are moved to the "done" file; see
the -d option. Use -D to prevent this.
-S SHOWPROG
Explicitly specify a programme to be used for showing events
instead of the value of the show-prog style or the default
calendar_show.
-v
Verbose: show more information about stages of processing.
This is useful for confirming that the function has
successfully parsed the dates in the calendar file.
calendar_add [ -BL ] EVENT ...
Adds a single event to the calendar in the appropriate location.
The event can contain multiple lines, as described in *note
Calendar File and Date Formats::. Using this function ensures that
the calendar file is sorted in date and time order. It also makes
special arrangements for locking the file while it is altered. The
old calendar is left in a file with the suffix .old.
The option -B indicates that backing up the calendar file will be
handled by the caller and should not be performed by calendar_add.
The option -L indicates that calendar_add does not need to lock the
calendar file as it is already locked. These options will not
usually be needed by users.
If the style reformat-date is true, the date and time of the new
entry will be rewritten into the standard date format: see the
descriptions of this style and the style date-format.
The function can use a unique identifier stored with each event to
ensure that updates to existing events are treated correctly. The
entry should contain the word UID, followed by whitespace, followed
by a word consisting entirely of hexadecimal digits of arbitrary
length (all digits are significant, including leading zeroes). As
the UID is not directly useful to the user, it is convenient to
hide it on an indented continuation line starting with a #, for
example:
Aug 31, 2007 09:30 Celebrate the end of the holidays
# UID 045B78A0
The second line will not be shown by the calendar function.
It is possible to specify the RPT keyword followed by CANCELLED
instead of a relative time. This causes any matched event or
series of events to be cancelled (the original event does not have
to be marked as recurring in order to be cancelled by this method).
A UID is required in order to match an existing event in the
calendar.
calendar_add will attempt to manage recurrences and occurrences of
repeating events as described for event scheduling by calendar -s
above. To reschedule or cancel a single event calendar_add should
be called with an entry that includes the correct UID but does
_not_ include the RPT keyword as this is taken to mean the entry
applies to a series of repeating events and hence replaces all
existing information. Each rescheduled or cancelled occurrence
must have an OCCURRENCE keyword in the entry passed to calendar_add
which will be merged into the calendar file. Any existing
reference to the occurrence is replaced. An occurrence that does
not refer to a valid existing event is added as a one-off
occurrence to the same calendar entry.
calendar_edit
This calls the user's editor to edit the calendar file. If there
are arguments, they are taken as the editor to use (the file name
is appended to the commands); otherwise, the editor is given by the
variable VISUAL, if set, else the variable EDITOR.
If the calendar scheduler was running, then after editing the file
calendar -s is called to update it.
This function locks out the calendar system during the edit. Hence
it should be used to edit the calendar file if there is any
possibility of a calendar event occurring meanwhile. Note this can
lead to another shell with calendar functions enabled hanging
waiting for a lock, so it is necessary to quit the editor as soon
as possible.
calendar_parse CALENDAR-ENTRY
This is the internal function that analyses the parts of a calendar
entry, which is passed as the only argument. The function returns
status 1 if the argument could not be parsed as a calendar entry
and status 2 if the wrong number of arguments were passed; it also
sets the parameter reply to an empty associative array. Otherwise,
it returns status 0 and sets elements of the associative array
reply as follows:
timeNL()The time as a string of digits in the same units as
$EPOCHSECONDS
schedtimeNL()The regularly scheduled time. This may differ from
the actual event time time if this is a recurring event and
the next occurrence has been rescheduled. Then time gives the
actual time and schedtime the time of the regular recurrence
before modification.
text1
The text from the line not including the date and time of the
event, but including any WARN or RPT keywords and values.
warntimeNL()Any warning time given by the WARN keyword as a string
of digits containing the time at which to warn in the same
units as $EPOCHSECONDS. (Note this is an absolute time, not
the relative time passed down.) Not set no WARN keyword and
value were matched.
warnstrNL()The raw string matched after the WARN keyword, else unset.
rpttimeNL()Any recurrence time given by the RPT keyword as a string
of digits containing the time of the recurrence in the same
units as $EPOCHSECONDS. (Note this is an absolute time.) Not
set if no RPT keyword and value were matched.
schedrpttimeNL()The next regularly scheduled occurrence of a recurring
event before modification. This may differ from rpttime,
which is the actual time of the event that may have been
rescheduled from the regular time.
rptstrNL()The raw string matched after the RPT keyword, else unset.
text2
The text from the line after removal of the date and any
keywords and values.
)
calendar_showdate [ -r ] [ -f FMT ] DATE-SPEC ...
The given DATE-SPEC is interpreted and the corresponding date and
time printed. If the initial DATE-SPEC begins with a + or - it is
treated as relative to the current time; DATE-SPECs after the first
are treated as relative to the date calculated so far and a leading
+ is optional in that case. This allows one to use the system as a
date calculator. For example, calendar_showdate '+1 month, 1st
Friday' shows the date of the first Friday of next month.
With the option -r nothing is printed but the value of the date and
time in seconds since the epoch is stored in the parameter REPLY.
With the option -f FMT the given date/time conversion format is
passed to strftime; see notes on the date-format style below.
In order to avoid ambiguity with negative relative date
specifications, options must occur in separate words; in other
words, -r and -f should not be combined in the same word.
calendar_sort
Sorts the calendar file into date and time order. The old calendar
is left in a file with the suffix .old.
23.3.2 Glob qualifiers
----------------------
The function age can be autoloaded and use separately from the calendar
system, although it uses the function calendar_scandate for date
formatting. It requires the zsh/stat builtin, but uses only the builtin
zstat.
age selects files having a given modification time for use as a glob
qualifier. The format of the date is the same as that understood by the
calendar system, described in *note Calendar File and Date Formats::.
The function can take one or two arguments, which can be supplied either
directly as command or arguments, or separately as shell parameters.
print *(e:age 2006/10/04 2006/10/09:)
The example above matches all files modified between the start of those
dates. The second argument may alternatively be a relative time
introduced by a +:
print *(e:age 2006/10/04 +5d:)
The example above is equivalent to the previous example.
In addition to the special use of days of the week, today and yesterday,
times with no date may be specified; these apply to today. Obviously
such uses become problematic around midnight.
print *(e-age 12:00 13:30-)
The example above shows files modified between 12:00 and 13:00 today.
print *(e:age 2006/10/04:)
The example above matches all files modified on that date. If the
second argument is omitted it is taken to be exactly 24 hours after the
first argument (even if the first argument contains a time).
print *(e-age 2006/10/04:10:15 2006/10/04:10:45-)
The example above supplies times. Note that whitespace within the time
and date specification must be quoted to ensure age receives the correct
arguments, hence the use of the additional colon to separate the date
and time.
AGEREF1=2006/10/04:10:15
AGEREF2=2006/10/04:10:45
print *(+age)
This shows the same example before using another form of argument
passing. The dates and times in the parameters AGEREF1 and AGEREF2 stay
in effect until unset, but will be overridden if any argument is passed
as an explicit argument to age. Any explicit argument causes both
parameters to be ignored.
File: zsh.info, Node: Calendar Styles, Next: Calendar Utility Functions, Prev: Calendar System User Functions, Up: Calendar Function System
23.4 Styles
===========
The zsh style mechanism using the zstyle command is describe in *note
The zsh/zutil Module::. This is the same mechanism used in the
completion system.
The styles below are all examined in the context :datetime:FUNCTION:,
for example :datetime:calendar:.
calendar-file
The location of the main calendar. The default is ~/calendar.
date-format
A strftime format string (see man page strftime(3)) with the zsh
extensions providing various numbers with no leading zero or space
if the number is a single digit as described for the %D{STRING}
prompt format in *note Prompt Expansion::.
This is used for outputting dates in calendar, both to support the
-v option and when adding recurring events back to the calendar
file, and in calendar_showdate as the final output format.
If the style is not set, the default used is similar the standard
system format as output by the date command (also known as 'ctime
format'): '%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Z %Y'.
done-file
The location of the file to which events which have passed are
appended. The default is the calendar file location with the
suffix .done. The style may be set to an empty string in which
case a "done" file will not be maintained.
reformat-date
Boolean, used by calendar_add. If it is true, the date and time of
new entries added to the calendar will be reformatted to the format
given by the style date-format or its default. Only the date and
time of the event itself is reformatted; any subsidiary dates and
times such as those associated with repeat and warning times are
left alone.
show-prog
The programme run by calendar for showing events. It will be
passed the start time and stop time of the events requested in
seconds since the epoch followed by the event text. Note that
calendar -s uses a start time and stop time equal to one another to
indicate alerts for specific events.
The default is the function calendar_show.
warn-time
The time before an event at which a warning will be displayed, if
the first line of the event does not include the text EVENT
RELTIME. The default is 5 minutes.
File: zsh.info, Node: Calendar Utility Functions, Next: Calendar Bugs, Prev: Calendar Styles, Up: Calendar Function System
23.5 Utility functions
======================
calendar_lockfiles
Attempt to lock the files given in the argument. To prevent
problems with network file locking this is done in an ad hoc
fashion by attempting to create a symbolic link to the file with
the name FILE.lockfile. No other system level functions are used
for locking, i.e. the file can be accessed and modified by any
utility that does not use this mechanism. In particular, the user
is not prevented from editing the calendar file at the same time
unless calendar_edit is used.
Three attempts are made to lock the file before giving up. If the
module zsh/zselect is available, the times of the attempts are
jittered so that multiple instances of the calling function are
unlikely to retry at the same time.
The files locked are appended to the array lockfiles, which should
be local to the caller.
If all files were successfully locked, status zero is returned,
else status one.
This function may be used as a general file locking function,
although this will only work if only this mechanism is used to lock
files.
calendar_read
This is a backend used by various other functions to parse the
calendar file, which is passed as the only argument. The array
calendar_entries is set to the list of events in the file; no
pruning is done except that ampersands are removed from the start
of the line. Each entry may contain multiple lines.
calendar_scandate
This is a generic function to parse dates and times that may be
used separately from the calendar system. The argument is a date
or time specification as described in *note Calendar File and Date
Formats::. The parameter REPLY is set to the number of seconds
since the epoch corresponding to that date or time. By default,
the date and time may occur anywhere within the given argument.
Returns status zero if the date and time were successfully parsed,
else one.
Options:
-a
The date and time are anchored to the start of the argument;
they will not be matched if there is preceding text.
-A
The date and time are anchored to both the start and end of
the argument; they will not be matched if the is any other
text in the argument.
-d
Enable additional debugging output.
-m
Minus. When -R ANCHOR_TIME is also given the relative time is
calculated backwards from ANCHOR_TIME.
-r
The argument passed is to be parsed as a relative time.
-R ANCHOR_TIME
The argument passed is to be parsed as a relative time. The
time is relative to ANCHOR_TIME, a time in seconds since the
epoch, and the returned value is the absolute time
corresponding to advancing ANCHOR_TIME by the relative time
given. This allows lengths of months to be correctly taken
into account. If the final day does not exist in the given
month, the last day of the final month is given. For example,
if the anchor time is during 31st January 2007 and the
relative time is 1 month, the final time is the same time of
day during 28th February 2007.
-s
In addition to setting REPLY, set REPLY2 to the remainder of
the argument after the date and time have been stripped. This
is empty if the option -A was given.
-t
Allow a time with no date specification. The date is assumed
to be today. The behaviour is unspecified if the iron tongue
of midnight is tolling twelve.
calendar_show
The function used by default to display events. It accepts a start
time and end time for events, both in epoch seconds, and an event
description.
The event is always printed to standard output. If the command
line editor is active (which will usually be the case) the command
line will be redisplayed after the output.
If the parameter DISPLAY is set and the start and end times are the
same (indicating a scheduled event), the function uses the command
xmessage to display a window with the event details.
File: zsh.info, Node: Calendar Bugs, Prev: Calendar Utility Functions, Up: Calendar Function System
23.6 Bugs
=========
As the system is based entirely on shell functions (with a little
support from the zsh/datetime module) the mechanisms used are not as
robust as those provided by a dedicated calendar utility. Consequently
the user should not rely on the shell for vital alerts.
There is no calendar_delete function.
There is no localization support for dates and times, nor any support
for the use of time zones.
Relative periods of months and years do not take into account the
variable number of days.
The calendar_show function is currently hardwired to use xmessage for
displaying alerts on X Window System displays. This should be
configurable and ideally integrate better with the desktop.
calendar_lockfiles hangs the shell while waiting for a lock on a file.
If called from a scheduled task, it should instead reschedule the event
that caused it.
File: zsh.info, Node: TCP Function System, Next: Zftp Function System, Prev: Calendar Function System, Up: Top
24 TCP Function System
**********************
24.1 Description
================
A module zsh/net/tcp is provided to provide network I/O over TCP/IP from
within the shell; see its description in *note Zsh Modules:: . This
manual page describes a function suite based on the module. If the
module is installed, the functions are usually installed at the same
time, in which case they will be available for autoloading in the
default function search path. In addition to the zsh/net/tcp module,
the zsh/zselect module is used to implement timeouts on read operations.
For troubleshooting tips, consult the corresponding advice for the zftp
functions described in *note Zftp Function System:: .
There are functions corresponding to the basic I/O operations open,
close, read and send, named tcp_open etc., as well as a function
tcp_expect for pattern match analysis of data read as input. The system
makes it easy to receive data from and send data to multiple named
sessions at once. In addition, it can be linked with the shell's line
editor in such a way that input data is automatically shown at the
terminal. Other facilities available including logging, filtering and
configurable output prompts.
To use the system where it is available, it should be enough to
'autoload -U tcp_open' and run tcp_open as documented below to start a
session. The tcp_open function will autoload the remaining functions.
* Menu:
* TCP Functions::
* TCP Parameters::
* TCP Examples::
* TCP Bugs::
File: zsh.info, Node: TCP Functions, Next: TCP Parameters, Up: TCP Function System
24.2 TCP User Functions
=======================
24.2.1 Basic I/O
----------------
tcp_open [-qz] HOST PORT [ SESS ]
tcp_open [-qz] [ -s SESS | -l SESS,... ] ...
tcp_open [-qz] [-a FD | -f FD ] [ SESS ]
Open a new session. In the first and simplest form, open a TCP
connection to host HOST at port PORT; numeric and symbolic forms
are understood for both.
If SESS is given, this becomes the name of the session which can be
used to refer to multiple different TCP connections. If SESS is
not given, the function will invent a numeric name value (note this
is _not_ the same as the file descriptor to which the session is
attached). It is recommended that session names not include
'funny' characters, where funny characters are not well-defined but
certainly do not include alphanumerics or underscores, and
certainly do include whitespace.
In the second case, one or more sessions to be opened are given by
name. A single session name is given after -s and a
comma-separated list after -l; both options may be repeated as many
times as necessary. A failure to open any session causes tcp_open
to abort. The host and port are read from the file .ztcp_sessions
in the same directory as the user's zsh initialisation files, i.e.
usually the home directory, but $ZDOTDIR if that is set. The file
consists of lines each giving a session name and the corresponding
host and port, in that order (note the session name comes first,
not last), separated by whitespace.
The third form allows passive and fake TCP connections. If the
option -a is used, its argument is a file descriptor open for
listening for connections. No function front-end is provided to
open such a file descriptor, but a call to 'ztcp -l PORT' will
create one with the file descriptor stored in the parameter $REPLY.
The listening port can be closed with 'ztcp -c FD'. A call to
'tcp_open -a FD' will block until a remote TCP connection is made
to PORT on the local machine. At this point, a session is created
in the usual way and is largely indistinguishable from an active
connection created with one of the first two forms.
If the option -f is used, its argument is a file descriptor which
is used directly as if it were a TCP session. How well the
remainder of the TCP function system copes with this depends on
what actually underlies this file descriptor. A regular file is
likely to be unusable; a FIFO (pipe) of some sort will work better,
but note that it is not a good idea for two different sessions to
attempt to read from the same FIFO at once.
If the option -q is given with any of the three forms, tcp_open
will not print informational messages, although it will in any case
exit with an appropriate status.
If the line editor (zle) is in use, which is typically the case if
the shell is interactive, tcp_open installs a handler inside zle
which will check for new data at the same time as it checks for
keyboard input. This is convenient as the shell consumes no CPU
time while waiting; the test is performed by the operating system.
Giving the option -z to any of the forms of tcp_open prevents the
handler from being installed, so data must be read explicitly.
Note, however, this is not necessary for executing complete sets of
send and read commands from a function, as zle is not active at
this point. Generally speaking, the handler is only active when
the shell is waiting for input at a command prompt or in the vared
builtin. The option has no effect if zle is not active; '[[ -o
zle]]' will test for this.
The first session to be opened becomes the current session and
subsequent calls to tcp_open do not change it. The current session
is stored in the parameter $TCP_SESS; see below for more detail
about the parameters used by the system.
The function tcp_on_open, if defined, is called when a session is
opened. See the description below.
tcp_close [-qn] [ -a | -l SESS,... | SESS ... ]
Close the named sessions, or the current session if none is given,
or all open sessions if -a is given. The options -l and -s are
both handled for consistency with tcp_open, although the latter is
redundant.
If the session being closed is the current one, $TCP_SESS is unset,
leaving no current session, even if there are other sessions still
open.
If the session was opened with tcp_open -f, the file descriptor is
closed so long as it is in the range 0 to 9 accessible directly
from the command line. If the option -n is given, no attempt will
be made to close file descriptors in this case. The -n option is
not used for genuine ztcp session; the file descriptors are always
closed with the session.
If the option -q is given, no informational messages will be
printed.
tcp_read [-bdq] [ -t TO ] [ -T TO ]
[ -a | -u FD ... | -l SESS,... | -s SESS ...]
Perform a read operation on the current session, or on a list of
sessions if any are given with -u, -l or -s, or all open sessions
if the option -a is given. Any of the -u, -l or -s options may be
repeated or mixed together. The -u option specifies a file
descriptor directly (only those managed by this system are useful),
the other two specify sessions as described for tcp_open above.
The function checks for new data available on all the sessions
listed. Unless the -b option is given, it will not block waiting
for new data. Any one line of data from any of the available
sessions will be read, stored in the parameter $TCP_LINE, and
displayed to standard output unless $TCP_SILENT contains a
non-empty string. When printed to standard output the string
$TCP_PROMPT will be shown at the start of the line; the default
form for this includes the name of the session being read. See
below for more information on these parameters. In this mode,
tcp_read can be called repeatedly until it returns status 2 which
indicates all pending input from all specified sessions has been
handled.
With the option -b, equivalent to an infinite timeout, the function
will block until a line is available to read from one of the
specified sessions. However, only a single line is returned.
The option -d indicates that all pending input should be drained.
In this case tcp_read may process multiple lines in the manner
given above; only the last is stored in $TCP_LINE, but the complete
set is stored in the array $tcp_lines. This is cleared at the
start of each call to tcp_read.
The options -t and -T specify a timeout in seconds, which may be a
floating point number for increased accuracy. With -t the timeout
is applied before each line read. With -T, the timeout applies to
the overall operation, possibly including multiple read operations
if the option -d is present; without this option, there is no
distinction between -t and -T.
The function does not print informational messages, but if the
option -q is given, no error message is printed for a non-existent
session.
A return status of 2 indicates a timeout or no data to read. Any
other non-zero return status indicates some error condition.
See tcp_log for how to control where data is sent by tcp_read.
tcp_send [-cnq] [ -s SESS | -l SESS,... ] DATA ...
tcp_send [-cnq] -a DATA ...
Send the supplied data strings to all the specified sessions in
turn. The underlying operation differs little from a 'print -r' to
the session's file descriptor, although it attempts to prevent the
shell from dying owing to a SIGPIPE caused by an attempt to write
to a defunct session.
The option -c causes tcp_send to behave like cat. It reads lines
from standard input until end of input and sends them in turn to
the specified session(s) exactly as if they were given as DATA
arguments to individual tcp_send commands.
The option -n prevents tcp_send from putting a newline at the end
of the data strings.
The remaining options all behave as for tcp_read.
The data arguments are not further processed once they have been
passed to tcp_send; they are simply passed down to print -r.
If the parameter $TCP_OUTPUT is a non-empty string and logging is
enabled then the data sent to each session will be echoed to the
log file(s) with $TCP_OUTPUT in front where appropriate, much in
the manner of $TCP_PROMPT.
24.2.2 Session Management
-------------------------
tcp_alias [-q] ALIAS=SESS ...
tcp_alias [-q] [ ALIAS ] ...
tcp_alias -d [-q] ALIAS ...
This function is not particularly well tested.
The first form creates an alias for a session name; ALIAS can then
be used to refer to the existing session SESS. As many aliases may
be listed as required.
The second form lists any aliases specified, or all aliases if
none.
The third form deletes all the aliases listed. The underlying
sessions are not affected.
The option -q suppresses an inconsistently chosen subset of error
messages.
tcp_log [-asc] [ -n | -N ] [ LOGFILE ]
With an argument LOGFILE, all future input from tcp_read will be
logged to the named file. Unless -a (append) is given, this file
will first be truncated or created empty. With no arguments, show
the current status of logging.
With the option -s, per-session logging is enabled. Input from
tcp_read is output to the file LOGFILE.SESS. As the session is
automatically discriminated by the filename, the contents are raw
(no $TCP_PROMPT). The option -a applies as above. Per-session
logging and logging of all data in one file are not mutually
exclusive.
The option -c closes all logging, both complete and per-session
logs.
The options -n and -N respectively turn off or restore output of
data read by tcp_read to standard output; hence 'tcp_log -cn' turns
off all output by tcp_read.
The function is purely a convenient front end to setting the
parameters $TCP_LOG, $TCP_LOG_SESS, $TCP_SILENT, which are
described below.
tcp_rename OLD NEW
Rename session OLD to session NEW. The old name becomes invalid.
tcp_sess [ SESS [ COMMAND ... ] ]
With no arguments, list all the open sessions and associated file
descriptors. The current session is marked with a star. For use
in functions, direct access to the parameters $tcp_by_name,
$tcp_by_fd and $TCP_SESS is probably more convenient; see below.
With a SESS argument, set the current session to SESS. This is
equivalent to changing $TCP_SESS directly.
With additional arguments, temporarily set the current session
while executing the string command .... The first argument is
re-evaluated so as to expand aliases etc., but the remaining
arguments are passed through as the appear to tcp_sess. The
original session is restored when tcp_sess exits.
24.2.3 Advanced I/O
-------------------
tcp_command SEND-OPTIONS ... SEND-ARGUMENTS ...
This is a convenient front-end to tcp_send. All arguments are
passed to tcp_send, then the function pauses waiting for data.
While data is arriving at least every $TCP_TIMEOUT (default 0.3)
seconds, data is handled and printed out according to the current
settings. Status 0 is always returned.
This is generally only useful for interactive use, to prevent the
display becoming fragmented by output returned from the connection.
Within a programme or function it is generally better to handle
reading data by a more explicit method.
tcp_expect [ -q ] [ -p VAR ] [ -t TO | -T TO]
[ -a | -s SESS ... | -l SESS,... ] PATTERN ...
Wait for input matching any of the given PATTERNs from any of the
specified sessions. Input is ignored until an input line matches
one of the given patterns; at this point status zero is returned,
the matching line is stored in $TCP_LINE, and the full set of lines
read during the call to tcp_expect is stored in the array
$tcp_expect_lines.
Sessions are specified in the same way as tcp_read: the default is
to use the current session, otherwise the sessions specified by -a,
-s, or -l are used.
Each PATTERN is a standard zsh extended-globbing pattern; note that
it needs to be quoted to avoid it being expanded immediately by
filename generation. It must match the full line, so to match a
substring there must be a '*' at the start and end. The line
matched against includes the $TCP_PROMPT added by tcp_read. It is
possible to include the globbing flags '#b' or '#m' in the patterns
to make backreferences available in the parameters $MATCH, $match,
etc., as described in the base zsh documentation on pattern
matching.
Unlike tcp_read, the default behaviour of tcp_expect is to block
indefinitely until the required input is found. This can be
modified by specifying a timeout with -t or -T; these function as
in tcp_read, specifying a per-read or overall timeout,
respectively, in seconds, as an integer or floating-point number.
As tcp_read, the function returns status 2 if a timeout occurs.
The function returns as soon as any one of the patterns given
match. If the caller needs to know which of the patterns matched,
the option -p VAR can be used; on return, $var is set to the number
of the pattern using ordinary zsh indexing, i.e. the first is 1,
and so on. Note the absence of a '$' in front of VAR. To avoid
clashes, the parameter cannot begin with '_expect'.
The option -q is passed directly down to tcp_read.
As all input is done via tcp_read, all the usual rules about output
of lines read apply. One exception is that the parameter
$tcp_lines will only reflect the line actually matched by
tcp_expect; use $tcp_expect_lines for the full set of lines read
during the function call.
tcp_proxy
This is a simple-minded function to accept a TCP connection and
execute a command with I/O redirected to the connection. Extreme
caution should be taken as there is no security whatsoever and this
can leave your computer open to the world. Ideally, it should only
be used behind a firewall.
The first argument is a TCP port on which the function will listen.
The remaining arguments give a command and its arguments to execute
with standard input, standard output and standard error redirected
to the file descriptor on which the TCP session has been accepted.
If no command is given, a new zsh is started. This gives everyone
on your network direct access to your account, which in many cases
will be a bad thing.
The command is run in the background, so tcp_proxy can then accept
new connections. It continues to accept new connections until
interrupted.
tcp_spam [-ertv] [ -a | -s SESS | -l SESS,... ] CMD ...
Execute 'CMD ...' for each session in turn. Note this executes the
command and arguments; it does not send the command line as data
unless the -t (transmit) option is given.
The sessions may be selected explicitly with the standard -a, -s or
-l options, or may be chosen implicitly. If none of the three
options is given the rules are: first, if the array $tcp_spam_list
is set, this is taken as the list of sessions, otherwise all
sessions are taken. Second, any sessions given in the array
$tcp_no_spam_list are removed from the list of sessions.
Normally, any sessions added by the '-a' flag or when all sessions
are chosen implicitly are spammed in alphabetic order; sessions
given by the $tcp_spam_list array or on the command line are
spammed in the order given. The -r flag reverses the order however
it was arrived it.
The -v flag specifies that a $TCP_PROMPT will be output before each
session. This is output after any modification to TCP_SESS by the
user-defined tcp_on_spam function described below. (Obviously that
function is able to generate its own output.)
If the option -e is present, the line given as CMD ... is executed
using eval, otherwise it is executed without any further
processing.
tcp_talk
This is a fairly simple-minded attempt to force input to the line
editor to go straight to the default TCP_SESSION.
An escape string, $TCP_TALK_ESCAPE, default ':', is used to allow
access to normal shell operation. If it is on its own at the start
of the line, or followed only by whitespace, the line editor
returns to normal operation. Otherwise, the string and any
following whitespace are skipped and the remainder of the line
executed as shell input without any change of the line editor's
operating mode.
The current implementation is somewhat deficient in terms of use of
the command history. For this reason, many users will prefer to
use some form of alternative approach for sending data easily to
the current session. One simple approach is to alias some special
character (such as '%') to 'tcp_command --'.
tcp_wait
The sole argument is an integer or floating point number which
gives the seconds to delay. The shell will do nothing for that
period except wait for input on all TCP sessions by calling
tcp_read -a. This is similar to the interactive behaviour at the
command prompt when zle handlers are installed.
24.2.4 'One-shot' file transfer
-------------------------------
tcp_point PORT
tcp_shoot HOST PORT
This pair of functions provide a simple way to transfer a file
between two hosts within the shell. Note, however, that bulk data
transfer is currently done using cat. tcp_point reads any data
arriving at PORT and sends it to standard output; tcp_shoot
connects to PORT on HOST and sends its standard input. Any unused
PORT may be used; the standard mechanism for picking a port is to
think of a random four-digit number above 1024 until one works.
To transfer a file from host woodcock to host springes, on
springes:
tcp_point 8091 >output_file
and on woodcock:
tcp_shoot springes 8091 <input_file
As these two functions do not require tcp_open to set up a TCP
connection first, they may need to be autoloaded separately.
24.3 TCP User-defined Functions
===============================
Certain functions, if defined by the user, will be called by the
function system in certain contexts. This facility depends on the
module zsh/parameter, which is usually available in interactive shells
as the completion system depends on it. None of the functions need be
defined; they simply provide convenient hooks when necessary.
Typically, these are called after the requested action has been taken,
so that the various parameters will reflect the new state.
tcp_on_alias ALIAS FD
When an alias is defined, this function will be called with two
arguments: the name of the alias, and the file descriptor of the
corresponding session.
tcp_on_awol SESS FD
If the function tcp_fd_handler is handling input from the line
editor and detects that the file descriptor is no longer reusable,
by default it removes it from the list of file descriptors handled
by this method and prints a message. If the function tcp_on_awol
is defined it is called immediately before this point. It may
return status 100, which indicates that the normal handling should
still be performed; any other return status indicates that no
further action should be taken and the tcp_fd_handler should return
immediately with the given status. Typically the action of
tcp_on_awol will be to close the session.
The variable TCP_INVALIDATE_ZLE will be a non-empty string if it is
necessary to invalidate the line editor display using 'zle -I'
before printing output from the function.
('AWOL' is military jargon for 'absent without leave' or some
variation. It has no pre-existing technical meaning known to the
author.)
tcp_on_close SESS FD
This is called with the name of a session being closed and the file
descriptor which corresponded to that session. Both will be
invalid by the time the function is called.
tcp_on_open SESS FD
This is called after a new session has been defined with the
session name and file descriptor as arguments. If it returns a
non-zero status, opening the session is assumed to fail and the
session is closed again; however, tcp_open will continue to attempt
to open any remaining sessions given on the command line.
tcp_on_rename OLDSESS FD NEWSESS
This is called after a session has been renamed with the three
arguments old session name, file descriptor, new session name.
tcp_on_spam SESS COMMAND ...
This is called once for each session spammed, just _before_ a
command is executed for a session by tcp_spam. The arguments are
the session name followed by the command list to be executed. If
tcp_spam was called with the option -t, the first command will be
tcp_send.
This function is called after $TCP_SESS is set to reflect the
session to be spammed, but before any use of it is made. Hence it
is possible to alter the value of $TCP_SESS within this function.
For example, the session arguments to tcp_spam could include extra
information to be stripped off and processed in tcp_on_spam.
If the function sets the parameter $REPLY to 'done', the command
line is not executed; in addition, no prompt is printed for the -v
option to tcp_spam.
tcp_on_unalias ALIAS FD
This is called with the name of an alias and the corresponding
session's file descriptor after an alias has been deleted.
24.4 TCP Utility Functions
==========================
The following functions are used by the TCP function system but will
rarely if ever need to be called directly.
tcp_fd_handler
This is the function installed by tcp_open for handling input from
within the line editor, if that is required. It is in the format
documented for the builtin 'zle -F' in *note Zle Builtins:: .
While active, the function sets the parameter TCP_HANDLER_ACTIVE to
1. This allows shell code called internally (for example, by
setting tcp_on_read) to tell if is being called when the shell is
otherwise idle at the editor prompt.
tcp_output [ -q ] -P PROMPT -F FD -S SESS
This function is used for both logging and handling output to
standard output, from within tcp_read and (if $TCP_OUTPUT is set)
tcp_send.
The PROMPT to use is specified by -P; the default is the empty
string. It can contain:
%c
Expands to 1 if the session is the current session, otherwise
0. Used with ternary expressions such as '%(c.-.+)' to output
'+' for the current session and '-' otherwise.
%f
Replaced by the session's file descriptor.
%s
Replaced by the session name.
%%
Replaced by a single '%'.
The option -q suppresses output to standard output, but not to any
log files which are configured.
The -S and -F options are used to pass in the session name and file
descriptor for possible replacement in the prompt.
File: zsh.info, Node: TCP Parameters, Next: TCP Examples, Prev: TCP Functions, Up: TCP Function System
24.5 TCP User Parameters
========================
Parameters follow the usual convention that uppercase is used for
scalars and integers, while lowercase is used for normal and associative
array. It is always safe for user code to read these parameters. Some
parameters may also be set; these are noted explicitly. Others are
included in this group as they are set by the function system for the
user's benefit, i.e. setting them is typically not useful but is
benign.
It is often also useful to make settable parameters local to a function.
For example, 'local TCP_SILENT=1' specifies that data read during the
function call will not be printed to standard output, regardless of the
setting outside the function. Likewise, 'local TCP_SESS=SESS' sets a
session for the duration of a function, and 'local TCP_PROMPT='
specifies that no prompt is used for input during the function.
tcp_expect_lines
Array. The set of lines read during the last call to tcp_expect,
including the last ($TCP_LINE).
tcp_filter
Array. May be set directly. A set of extended globbing patterns
which, if matched in tcp_output, will cause the line not to be
printed to standard output. The patterns should be defined as
described for the arguments to tcp_expect. Output of line to log
files is not affected.
TCP_HANDLER_ACTIVE
Scalar. Set to 1 within tcp_fd_handler to indicate to functions
called recursively that they have been called during an editor
session. Otherwise unset.
TCP_LINE
The last line read by tcp_read, and hence also tcp_expect.
TCP_LINE_FD
The file descriptor from which $TCP_LINE was read.
${tcp_by_fd[$TCP_LINE_FD]} will give the corresponding session
name.
tcp_lines
Array. The set of lines read during the last call to tcp_read,
including the last ($TCP_LINE).
TCP_LOG
May be set directly, although it is also controlled by tcp_log.
The name of a file to which output from all sessions will be sent.
The output is proceeded by the usual $TCP_PROMPT. If it is not an
absolute path name, it will follow the user's current directory.
TCP_LOG_SESS
May be set directly, although it is also controlled by tcp_log.
The prefix for a set of files to which output from each session
separately will be sent; the full filename is ${TCP_LOG_SESS}.SESS.
Output to each file is raw; no prompt is added. If it is not an
absolute path name, it will follow the user's current directory.
tcp_no_spam_list
Array. May be set directly. See tcp_spam for how this is used.
TCP_OUTPUT
May be set directly. If a non-empty string, any data sent to a
session by tcp_send will be logged. This parameter gives the
prompt to be used in a file specified by $TCP_LOG but not in a file
generated from $TCP_LOG_SESS. The prompt string has the same
format as TCP_PROMPT and the same rules for its use apply.
TCP_PROMPT
May be set directly. Used as the prefix for data read by tcp_read
which is printed to standard output or to the log file given by
$TCP_LOG, if any. Any '%s', '%f' or '%%' occurring in the string
will be replaced by the name of the session, the session's
underlying file descriptor, or a single '%', respectively. The
expression '%c' expands to 1 if the session being read is the
current session, else 0; this is most useful in ternary expressions
such as '%(c.-.+)' which outputs '+' if the session is the current
one, else '-'.
TCP_READ_DEBUG
May be set directly. If this has non-zero length, tcp_read will
give some limited diagnostics about data being read.
TCP_SECONDS_START
This value is created and initialised to zero by tcp_open.
The functions tcp_read and tcp_expect use the shell's SECONDS
parameter for their own timing purposes. If that parameter is not
of floating point type on entry to one of the functions, it will
create a local parameter SECONDS which is floating point and set
the parameter TCP_SECONDS_START to the previous value of $SECONDS.
If the parameter is already floating point, it is used without a
local copy being created and TCP_SECONDS_START is not set. As the
global value is zero, the shell elapsed time is guaranteed to be
the sum of $SECONDS and $TCP_SECONDS_START.
This can be avoided by setting SECONDS globally to a floating point
value using 'typeset -F SECONDS'; then the TCP functions will never
make a local copy and never set TCP_SECONDS_START to a non-zero
value.
TCP_SESS
May be set directly. The current session; must refer to one of the
sessions established by tcp_open.
TCP_SILENT
May be set directly, although it is also controlled by tcp_log. If
of non-zero length, data read by tcp_read will not be written to
standard output, though may still be written to a log file.
tcp_spam_list
Array. May be set directly. See the description of the function
tcp_spam for how this is used.
TCP_TALK_ESCAPE
May be set directly. See the description of the function tcp_talk
for how this is used.
TCP_TIMEOUT
May be set directly. Currently this is only used by the function
tcp_command, see above.
24.6 TCP User-defined Parameters
================================
The following parameters are not set by the function system, but have a
special effect if set by the user.
tcp_on_read
This should be an associative array; if it is not, the behaviour is
undefined. Each key is the name of a shell function or other
command, and the corresponding value is a shell pattern (using
EXTENDED_GLOB). Every line read from a TCP session directly or
indirectly using tcp_read (which includes lines read by tcp_expect)
is compared against the pattern. If the line matches, the command
given in the key is called with two arguments: the name of the
session from which the line was read, and the line itself.
If any function called to handle a line returns a non-zero status,
the line is not output. Thus a tcp_on_read handler containing only
the instruction 'return 1' can be used to suppress output of
particular lines (see, however, tcp_filter above). However, the
line is still stored in TCP_LINE and tcp_lines; this occurs after
all tcp_on_read processing.
24.7 TCP Utility Parameters
===========================
These parameters are controlled by the function system; they may be read
directly, but should not usually be set by user code.
tcp_aliases
Associative array. The keys are the names of sessions established
with tcp_open; each value is a space-separated list of aliases
which refer to that session.
tcp_by_fd
Associative array. The keys are session file descriptors; each
value is the name of that session.
tcp_by_name
Associative array. The keys are the names of sessions; each value
is the file descriptor associated with that session.
File: zsh.info, Node: TCP Examples, Next: TCP Bugs, Prev: TCP Parameters, Up: TCP Function System
24.8 TCP Examples
=================
Here is a trivial example using a remote calculator.
TO create a calculator server on port 7337 (see the dc manual page for
quite how infuriating the underlying command is):
tcp_proxy 7337 dc
To connect to this from the same host with a session also named 'dc':
tcp_open localhost 7337 dc
To send a command to the remote session and wait a short while for
output (assuming dc is the current session):
tcp_command 2 4 + p
To close the session:
tcp_close
The tcp_proxy needs to be killed to be stopped. Note this will not
usually kill any connections which have already been accepted, and also
that the port is not immediately available for reuse.
The following chunk of code puts a list of sessions into an xterm
header, with the current session followed by a star.
print -n "\033]2;TCP:" ${(k)tcp_by_name:/$TCP_SESS/$TCP_SESS\*} "\a"
File: zsh.info, Node: TCP Bugs, Prev: TCP Examples, Up: TCP Function System
24.9 TCP Bugs
=============
The function tcp_read uses the shell's normal read builtin. As this
reads a complete line at once, data arriving without a terminating
newline can cause the function to block indefinitely.
Though the function suite works well for interactive use and for data
arriving in small amounts, the performance when large amounts of data
are being exchanged is likely to be extremely poor.
File: zsh.info, Node: Zftp Function System, Next: User Contributions, Prev: TCP Function System, Up: Top
25 Zftp Function System
***********************
25.1 Description
================
This describes the set of shell functions supplied with the source
distribution as an interface to the zftp builtin command, allowing you
to perform FTP operations from the shell command line or within
functions or scripts. The interface is similar to a traditional FTP
client (e.g. the ftp command itself, see man page ftp(1)), but as it is
entirely done within the shell all the familiar completion, editing and
globbing features, and so on, are present, and macros are particularly
simple to write as they are just ordinary shell functions.
The prerequisite is that the zftp command, as described in *note The
zsh/zftp Module:: , must be available in the version of zsh installed at
your site. If the shell is configured to load new commands at run time,
it probably is: typing 'zmodload zsh/zftp' will make sure (if that runs
silently, it has worked). If this is not the case, it is possible zftp
was linked into the shell anyway: to test this, type 'which zftp' and if
zftp is available you will get the message 'zftp: shell built-in
command'.
Commands given directly with zftp builtin may be interspersed between
the functions in this suite; in a few cases, using zftp directly may
cause some of the status information stored in shell parameters to
become invalid. Note in particular the description of the variables
$ZFTP_TMOUT, $ZFTP_PREFS and $ZFTP_VERBOSE for zftp.
* Menu:
* Installation::
* Zftp Functions::
* Miscellaneous Features::
File: zsh.info, Node: Installation, Next: Zftp Functions, Up: Zftp Function System
25.2 Installation
=================
You should make sure all the functions from the Functions/Zftp directory
of the source distribution are available; they all begin with the two
letters 'zf'. They may already have been installed on your system;
otherwise, you will need to find them and copy them. The directory
should appear as one of the elements of the $fpath array (this should
already be the case if they were installed), and at least the function
zfinit should be autoloaded; it will autoload the rest. Finally, to
initialize the use of the system you need to call the zfinit function.
The following code in your .zshrc will arrange for this; assume the
functions are stored in the directory ~/myfns:
fpath=(~/myfns $fpath)
autoload -U zfinit
zfinit
Note that zfinit assumes you are using the zmodload method to load the
zftp command. If it is already built into the shell, change zfinit to
zfinit -n. It is helpful (though not essential) if the call to zfinit
appears after any code to initialize the new completion system, else
unnecessary compctl commands will be given.
File: zsh.info, Node: Zftp Functions, Next: Miscellaneous Features, Prev: Installation, Up: Zftp Function System
25.3 Functions
==============
The sequence of operations in performing a file transfer is essentially
the same as that in a standard FTP client. Note that, due to a quirk of
the shell's getopts builtin, for those functions that handle options you
must use '--' rather than '-' to ensure the remaining arguments are
treated literally (a single '-' is treated as an argument).
25.3.1 Opening a connection
---------------------------
zfparams [ HOST [ USER [ PASSWORD ... ] ] ]
Set or show the parameters for a future zfopen with no arguments.
If no arguments are given, the current parameters are displayed
(the password will be shown as a line of asterisks). If a host is
given, and either the USER or PASSWORD is not, they will be
prompted for; also, any parameter given as '?' will be prompted
for, and if the '?' is followed by a string, that will be used as
the prompt. As zfopen calls zfparams to store the parameters, this
usually need not be called directly.
A single argument '-' will delete the stored parameters. This will
also cause the memory of the last directory (and so on) on the
other host to be deleted.
zfopen [ -1 ] [ HOST [ USER [ PASSWORD [ ACCOUNT ] ] ] ]
If HOST is present, open a connection to that host under username
USER with password PASSWORD (and, on the rare occasions when it is
necessary, account ACCOUNT). If a necessary parameter is missing
or given as '?' it will be prompted for. If HOST is not present,
use a previously stored set of parameters.
If the command was successful, and the terminal is compatible with
xterm or is sun-cmd, a summary will appear in the title bar, giving
the local host:directory and the remote host:directory; this is
handled by the function zftp_chpwd, described below.
Normally, the HOST, USER and PASSWORD are internally recorded for
later re-opening, either by a zfopen with no arguments, or
automatically (see below). With the option '-1', no information is
stored. Also, if an open command with arguments failed, the
parameters will not be retained (and any previous parameters will
also be deleted). A zfopen on its own, or a zfopen -1, never
alters the stored parameters.
Both zfopen and zfanon (but not zfparams) understand URLs of the
form ftp://HOST/PATH... as meaning to connect to the HOST, then
change directory to PATH (which must be a directory, not a file).
The 'ftp://' can be omitted; the trailing '/' is enough to trigger
recognition of the PATH. Note prefixes other than 'ftp:' are not
recognized, and that all characters after the first slash beyond
HOST are significant in PATH.
zfanon [ -1 ] HOST
Open a connection HOST for anonymous FTP. The username used is
'anonymous'. The password (which will be reported the first time)
is generated as USER@HOST; this is then stored in the shell
parameter $EMAIL_ADDR which can alternatively be set manually to a
suitable string.
25.3.2 Directory management
---------------------------
zfcd [ DIR ]
zfcd -
zfcd OLD NEW
Change the current directory on the remote server: this is
implemented to have many of the features of the shell builtin cd.
In the first form with DIR present, change to the directory DIR.
The command 'zfcd ..' is treated specially, so is guaranteed to
work on non-UNIX servers (note this is handled internally by zftp).
If DIR is omitted, has the effect of 'zfcd ~'.
The second form changes to the directory previously current.
The third form attempts to change the current directory by
replacing the first occurrence of the string OLD with the string
NEW in the current directory.
Note that in this command, and indeed anywhere a remote filename is
expected, the string which on the local host corresponds to '~' is
converted back to a '~' before being passed to the remote machine.
This is convenient because of the way expansion is performed on the
command line before zfcd receives a string. For example, suppose
the command is 'zfcd ~/foo'. The shell will expand this to a full
path such as 'zfcd /home/user2/pws/foo'. At this stage, zfcd
recognises the initial path as corresponding to '~' and will send
the directory to the remote host as ~/foo, so that the '~' will be
expanded by the server to the correct remote host directory. Other
named directories of the form '~name' are not treated in this
fashion.
zfhere
Change directory on the remote server to the one corresponding to
the current local directory, with special handling of '~' as in
zfcd. For example, if the current local directory is ~/foo/bar,
then zfhere performs the effect of 'zfcd ~/foo/bar'.
zfdir [ -rfd ] [ - ] [ DIR-OPTIONS ] [ DIR ]
Produce a long directory listing. The arguments DIR-OPTIONS and
DIR are passed directly to the server and their effect is
implementation dependent, but specifying a particular remote
directory DIR is usually possible. The output is passed through a
pager given by the environment variable $PAGER, or 'more' if that
is not set.
The directory is usually cached for re-use. In fact, two caches
are maintained. One is for use when there is no DIR-OPTIONS or
DIR, i.e. a full listing of the current remote directory; it is
flushed when the current remote directory changes. The other is
kept for repeated use of zfdir with the same arguments; for
example, repeated use of 'zfdir /pub/gnu' will only require the
directory to be retrieved on the first call. Alternatively, this
cache can be re-viewed with the -r option. As relative directories
will confuse zfdir, the -f option can be used to force the cache to
be flushed before the directory is listed. The option -d will
delete both caches without showing a directory listing; it will
also delete the cache of file names in the current remote
directory, if any.
zfls [ LS-OPTIONS ] [ DIR ]
List files on the remote server. With no arguments, this will
produce a simple list of file names for the current remote
directory. Any arguments are passed directly to the server. No
pager and no caching is used.
25.3.3 Status commands
----------------------
zftype [ TYPE ]
With no arguments, show the type of data to be transferred, usually
ASCII or binary. With an argument, change the type: the types 'A'
or 'ASCII' for ASCII data and 'B' or 'BINARY', 'I' or 'IMAGE' for
binary data are understood case-insensitively.
zfstat [ -v ]
Show the status of the current or last connection, as well as the
status of some of zftp's status variables. With the -v option, a
more verbose listing is produced by querying the server for its
version of events, too.
25.3.4 Retrieving files
-----------------------
The commands for retrieving files all take at least two options. -G
suppresses remote filename expansion which would otherwise be performed
(see below for a more detailed description of that). -t attempts to set
the modification time of the local file to that of the remote file: see
the description of the function zfrtime below for more information.
zfget [ -Gtc ] FILE1 ...
Retrieve all the listed files FILE1 ... one at a time from the
remote server. If a file contains a '/', the full name is passed
to the remote server, but the file is stored locally under the name
given by the part after the final '/'. The option -c (cat) forces
all files to be sent as a single stream to standard output; in this
case the -t option has no effect.
zfuget [ -Gvst ] FILE1 ...
As zfget, but only retrieve files where the version on the remote
server is newer (has a later modification time), or where the local
file does not exist. If the remote file is older but the files
have different sizes, or if the sizes are the same but the remote
file is newer, the user will usually be queried. With the option
-s, the command runs silently and will always retrieve the file in
either of those two cases. With the option -v, the command prints
more information about the files while it is working out whether or
not to transfer them.
zfcget [ -Gt ] FILE1 ...
As zfget, but if any of the local files exists, and is shorter than
the corresponding remote file, the command assumes that it is the
result of a partially completed transfer and attempts to transfer
the rest of the file. This is useful on a poor connection which
keeps failing.
Note that this requires a commonly implemented, but non-standard,
version of the FTP protocol, so is not guaranteed to work on all
servers.
zfgcp [ -Gt ] REMOTE-FILE LOCAL-FILE
zfgcp [ -Gt ] RFILE1 ... LDIR
This retrieves files from the remote server with arguments behaving
similarly to the cp command.
In the first form, copy REMOTE-FILE from the server to the local
file LOCAL-FILE.
In the second form, copy all the remote files RFILE1 ... into the
local directory LDIR retaining the same basenames. This assumes
UNIX directory semantics.
25.3.5 Sending files
--------------------
zfput [ -r ] FILE1 ...
Send all the FILE1 ... given separately to the remote server. If
a filename contains a '/', the full filename is used locally to
find the file, but only the basename is used for the remote file
name.
With the option -r, if any of the FILES are directories they are
sent recursively with all their subdirectories, including files
beginning with '.'. This requires that the remote machine
understand UNIX file semantics, since '/' is used as a directory
separator.
zfuput [ -vs ] FILE1 ...
As zfput, but only send files which are newer than their local
equivalents, or if the remote file does not exist. The logic is
the same as for zfuget, but reversed between local and remote
files.
zfcput FILE1 ...
As zfput, but if any remote file already exists and is shorter than
the local equivalent, assume it is the result of an incomplete
transfer and send the rest of the file to append to the existing
part. As the FTP append command is part of the standard set, this
is in principle more likely to work than zfcget.
zfpcp LOCAL-FILE REMOTE-FILE
zfpcp LFILE1 ... RDIR
This sends files to the remote server with arguments behaving
similarly to the cp command.
With two arguments, copy LOCAL-FILE to the server as REMOTE-FILE.
With more than two arguments, copy all the local files LFILE1 ...
into the existing remote directory RDIR retaining the same
basenames. This assumes UNIX directory semantics.
A problem arises if you attempt to use zfpcp LFILE1 RDIR, i.e. the
second form of copying but with two arguments, as the command has
no simple way of knowing if RDIR corresponds to a directory or a
filename. It attempts to resolve this in various ways. First, if
the RDIR argument is '.' or '..' or ends in a slash, it is assumed
to be a directory. Secondly, if the operation of copying to a
remote file in the first form failed, and the remote server sends
back the expected failure code 553 and a reply including the string
'Is a directory', then zfpcp will retry using the second form.
25.3.6 Closing the connection
-----------------------------
zfclose
Close the connection.
25.3.7 Session management
-------------------------
zfsession [ -lvod ] [ SESSNAME ]
Allows you to manage multiple FTP sessions at once. By default,
connections take place in a session called 'default'; by giving the
command 'zfsession SESSNAME' you can change to a new or existing
session with a name of your choice. The new session remembers its
own connection, as well as associated shell parameters, and also
the host/user parameters set by zfparams. Hence you can have
different sessions set up to connect to different hosts, each
remembering the appropriate host, user and password.
With no arguments, zfsession prints the name of the current
session; with the option -l it lists all sessions which currently
exist, and with the option -v it gives a verbose list showing the
host and directory for each session, where the current session is
marked with an asterisk. With -o, it will switch to the most
recent previous session.
With -d, the given session (or else the current one) is removed;
everything to do with it is completely forgotten. If it was the
only session, a new session called 'default' is created and made
current. It is safest not to delete sessions while background
commands using zftp are active.
zftransfer SESS1:FILE1 SESS2:FILE2
Transfer files between two sessions; no local copy is made. The
file is read from the session SESS1 as FILE1 and written to session
SESS2 as file FILE2; FILE1 and FILE2 may be relative to the current
directories of the session. Either SESS1 or SESS2 may be omitted
(though the colon should be retained if there is a possibility of a
colon appearing in the file name) and defaults to the current
session; FILE2 may be omitted or may end with a slash, in which
case the basename of FILE1 will be added. The sessions SESS1 and
SESS2 must be distinct.
The operation is performed using pipes, so it is required that the
connections still be valid in a subshell, which is not the case
under versions of some operating systems, presumably due to a
system bug.
25.3.8 Bookmarks
----------------
The two functions zfmark and zfgoto allow you to 'bookmark' the present
location (host, user and directory) of the current FTP connection for
later use. The file to be used for storing and retrieving bookmarks is
given by the parameter $ZFTP_BMFILE; if not set when one of the two
functions is called, it will be set to the file .zfbkmarks in the
directory where your zsh startup files live (usually ~).
zfmark [ BOOKMARK ]
If given an argument, mark the current host, user and directory
under the name BOOKMARK for later use by zfgoto. If there is no
connection open, use the values for the last connection immediately
before it was closed; it is an error if there was none. Any
existing bookmark under the same name will be silently replaced.
If not given an argument, list the existing bookmarks and the
points to which they refer in the form USER@HOST:DIRECTORY; this is
the format in which they are stored, and the file may be edited
directly.
zfgoto [ -n ] BOOKMARK
Return to the location given by BOOKMARK, as previously set by
zfmark. If the location has user 'ftp' or 'anonymous', open the
connection with zfanon, so that no password is required. If the
user and host parameters match those stored for the current
session, if any, those will be used, and again no password is
required. Otherwise a password will be prompted for.
With the option -n, the bookmark is taken to be a nickname stored
by the ncftp program in its bookmark file, which is assumed to be
~/.ncftp/bookmarks. The function works identically in other ways.
Note that there is no mechanism for adding or modifying ncftp
bookmarks from the zftp functions.
25.3.9 Other functions
----------------------
Mostly, these functions will not be called directly (apart from zfinit),
but are described here for completeness. You may wish to alter
zftp_chpwd and zftp_progress, in particular.
zfinit [ -n ]
As described above, this is used to initialize the zftp function
system. The -n option should be used if the zftp command is
already built into the shell.
zfautocheck [ -dn ]
This function is called to implement automatic reopening behaviour,
as described in more detail below. The options must appear in the
first argument; -n prevents the command from changing to the old
directory, while -d prevents it from setting the variable do_close,
which it otherwise does as a flag for automatically closing the
connection after a transfer. The host and directory for the last
session are stored in the variable $zflastsession, but the internal
host/user/password parameters must also be correctly set.
zfcd_match PREFIX SUFFIX
This performs matching for completion of remote directory names.
If the remote server is UNIX, it will attempt to persuade the
server to list the remote directory with subdirectories marked,
which usually works but is not guaranteed. On other hosts it
simply calls zfget_match and hence completes all files, not just
directories. On some systems, directories may not even look like
filenames.
zfget_match PREFIX SUFFIX
This performs matching for completion of remote filenames. It
caches files for the current directory (only) in the shell
parameter $zftp_fcache. It is in the form to be called by the -K
option of compctl, but also works when called from a widget-style
completion function with PREFIX and SUFFIX set appropriately.
zfrglob VARNAME
Perform remote globbing, as describes in more detail below.
VARNAME is the name of a variable containing the pattern to be
expanded; if there were any matches, the same variable will be set
to the expanded set of filenames on return.
zfrtime LFILE RFILE [ TIME ]
Set the local file LFILE to have the same modification time as the
remote file RFILE, or the explicit time TIME in FTP format
CCYYMMDDhhmmSS for the GMT timezone. This uses the shell's
zsh/datetime module to perform the conversion from GMT to local
time.
zftp_chpwd
This function is called every time a connection is opened, or
closed, or the remote directory changes. This version alters the
title bar of an xterm-compatible or sun-cmd terminal emulator to
reflect the local and remote hostnames and current directories. It
works best when combined with the function chpwd. In particular, a
function of the form
chpwd() {
if [[ -n $ZFTP_USER ]]; then
zftp_chpwd
else
# usual chpwd e.g put host:directory in title bar
fi
}
fits in well.
zftp_progress
This function shows the status of the transfer. It will not write
anything unless the output is going to a terminal; however, if you
transfer files in the background, you should turn off progress
reports by hand using 'zstyle ':zftp:*' progress none'. Note also
that if you alter it, any output _must_ be to standard error, as
standard output may be a file being received. The form of the
progress meter, or whether it is used at all, can be configured
without altering the function, as described in the next section.
zffcache
This is used to implement caching of files in the current directory
for each session separately. It is used by zfget_match and
zfrglob.
File: zsh.info, Node: Miscellaneous Features, Prev: Zftp Functions, Up: Zftp Function System
25.4 Miscellaneous Features
===========================
25.4.1 Configuration
--------------------
Various styles are available using the standard shell style mechanism,
described in *note The zsh/zutil Module::. Briefly, the command 'zstyle
':zftp:*' STYLE VALUE ...'. defines the STYLE to have value VALUE; more
than one value may be given, although that is not useful in the cases
described here. These values will then be used throughout the zftp
function system. For more precise control, the first argument, which
gives a context in which the style applies, can be modified to include a
particular function, as for example ':zftp:zfget': the style will then
have the given value only in the zfget function. Values for the same
style in different contexts may be set; the most specific function will
be used, where strings are held to be more specific than patterns, and
longer patterns and shorter patterns. Note that only the top level
function name, as called by the user, is used; calling of lower level
functions is transparent to the user. Hence modifications to the title
bar in zftp_chpwd use the contexts :zftp:zfopen, :zftp:zfcd, etc.,
depending where it was called from. The following styles are
understood:
progress
Controls the way that zftp_progress reports on the progress of a
transfer. If empty, unset, or 'none', no progress report is made;
if 'bar' a growing bar of inverse video is shown; if 'percent' (or
any other string, though this may change in future), the percentage
of the file transferred is shown. The bar meter requires that the
width of the terminal be available via the $COLUMNS parameter
(normally this is set automatically). If the size of the file
being transferred is not available, bar and percent meters will
simply show the number of bytes transferred so far.
When zfinit is run, if this style is not defined for the context
:zftp:*, it will be set to 'bar'.
update
Specifies the minimum time interval between updates of the progress
meter in seconds. No update is made unless new data has been
received, so the actual time interval is limited only by
$ZFTP_TIMEOUT.
As described for progress, zfinit will force this to default to 1.
remote-glob
If set to '1', 'yes' or 'true', filename generation (globbing) is
performed on the remote machine instead of by zsh itself; see
below.
titlebar
If set to '1', 'yes' or 'true', zftp_chpwd will put the remote host
and remote directory into the titlebar of terminal emulators such
as xterm or sun-cmd that allow this.
As described for progress, zfinit will force this to default to 1.
chpwd
If set to '1' 'yes' or 'true', zftp_chpwd will call the function
chpwd when a connection is closed. This is useful if the remote
host details were put into the terminal title bar by zftp_chpwd and
your usual chpwd also modifies the title bar.
When zfinit is run, it will determine whether chpwd exists and if
so it will set the default value for the style to 1 if none exists
already.
Note that there is also an associative array zfconfig which contains
values used by the function system. This should not be modified or
overwritten.
25.4.2 Remote globbing
----------------------
The commands for retrieving files usually perform filename generation
(globbing) on their arguments; this can be turned off by passing the
option -G to each of the commands. Normally this operates by retrieving
a complete list of files for the directory in question, then matching
these locally against the pattern supplied. This has the advantage that
the full range of zsh patterns (respecting the setting of the option
EXTENDED_GLOB) can be used. However, it means that the directory part
of a filename will not be expanded and must be given exactly. If the
remote server does not support the UNIX directory semantics, directory
handling is problematic and it is recommended that globbing only be used
within the current directory. The list of files in the current
directory, if retrieved, will be cached, so that subsequent globs in the
same directory without an intervening zfcd are much faster.
If the remote-glob style (see above) is set, globbing is instead
performed on the remote host: the server is asked for a list of matching
files. This is highly dependent on how the server is implemented,
though typically UNIX servers will provide support for basic glob
patterns. This may in some cases be faster, as it avoids retrieving the
entire list of directory contents.
25.4.3 Automatic and temporary reopening
----------------------------------------
As described for the zfopen command, a subsequent zfopen with no
parameters will reopen the connection to the last host (this includes
connections made with the zfanon command). Opened in this fashion, the
connection starts in the default remote directory and will remain open
until explicitly closed.
Automatic re-opening is also available. If a connection is not
currently open and a command requiring a connection is given, the last
connection is implicitly reopened. In this case the directory which was
current when the connection was closed again becomes the current
directory (unless, of course, the command given changes it). Automatic
reopening will also take place if the connection was close by the remote
server for whatever reason (e.g. a timeout). It is not available if
the -1 option to zfopen or zfanon was used.
Furthermore, if the command issued is a file transfer, the connection
will be closed after the transfer is finished, hence providing a
one-shot mode for transfers. This does not apply to directory changing
or listing commands; for example a zfdir may reopen a connection but
will leave it open. Also, automatic closure will only ever happen in
the same command as automatic opening, i.e a zfdir directly followed by
a zfget will never close the connection automatically.
Information about the previous connection is given by the zfstat
function. So, for example, if that reports:
Session: default
Not connected.
Last session: ftp.bar.com:/pub/textfiles
then the command zfget file.txt will attempt to reopen a connection to
ftp.bar.com, retrieve the file /pub/textfiles/file.txt, and immediately
close the connection again. On the other hand, zfcd .. will open the
connection in the directory /pub and leave it open.
Note that all the above is local to each session; if you return to a
previous session, the connection for that session is the one which will
be reopened.
25.4.4 Completion
-----------------
Completion of local and remote files, directories, sessions and
bookmarks is supported. The older, compctl-style completion is defined
when zfinit is called; support for the new widget-based completion
system is provided in the function Completion/Zsh/Command/_zftp, which
should be installed with the other functions of the completion system
and hence should automatically be available.
File: zsh.info, Node: User Contributions, Prev: Zftp Function System, Up: Top
26 User Contributions
*********************
26.1 Description
================
The Zsh source distribution includes a number of items contributed by
the user community. These are not inherently a part of the shell, and
some may not be available in every zsh installation. The most
significant of these are documented here. For documentation on other
contributed items such as shell functions, look for comments in the
function source files.
* Menu:
* Utilities::
* Recent Directories::
* Version Control Information::
* Prompt Themes::
* ZLE Functions::
* Exception Handling::
* MIME Functions::
* Mathematical Functions::
* User Configuration Functions::
* Other Functions::
File: zsh.info, Node: Utilities, Next: Recent Directories, Up: User Contributions
26.2 Utilities
==============
26.2.1 Accessing On-Line Help
-----------------------------
The key sequence ESC h is normally bound by ZLE to execute the run-help
widget (see *note Zsh Line Editor::). This invokes the run-help command
with the command word from the current input line as its argument. By
default, run-help is an alias for the man command, so this often fails
when the command word is a shell builtin or a user-defined function. By
redefining the run-help alias, one can improve the on-line help provided
by the shell.
The helpfiles utility, found in the Util directory of the distribution,
is a Perl program that can be used to process the zsh manual to produce
a separate help file for each shell builtin and for many other shell
features as well. The autoloadable run-help function, found in
Functions/Misc, searches for these helpfiles and performs several other
tests to produce the most complete help possible for the command.
There may already be a directory of help files on your system; look in
/usr/share/zsh or /usr/local/share/zsh and subdirectories below those,
or ask your system administrator.
To create your own help files with helpfiles, choose or create a
directory where the individual command help files will reside. For
example, you might choose ~/zsh_help. If you unpacked the zsh
distribution in your home directory, you would use the commands:
mkdir ~/zsh_help
cd ~/zsh_help
man zshall | colcrt - | \
perl ~/zsh-5.0.2/Util/helpfiles
Next, to use the run-help function, you need to add lines something like
the following to your .zshrc or equivalent startup file:
unalias run-help
autoload run-help
HELPDIR=~/zsh_help
The HELPDIR parameter tells run-help where to look for the help files.
If your system already has a help file directory installed, set HELPDIR
to the path of that directory instead.
Note that in order for 'autoload run-help' to work, the run-help file
must be in one of the directories named in your fpath array (see *note
Parameters Used By The Shell::). This should already be the case if you
have a standard zsh installation; if it is not, copy
Functions/Misc/run-help to an appropriate directory.
26.2.2 Recompiling Functions
----------------------------
If you frequently edit your zsh functions, or periodically update your
zsh installation to track the latest developments, you may find that
function digests compiled with the zcompile builtin are frequently out
of date with respect to the function source files. This is not usually
a problem, because zsh always looks for the newest file when loading a
function, but it may cause slower shell startup and function loading.
Also, if a digest file is explicitly used as an element of fpath, zsh
won't check whether any of its source files has changed.
The zrecompile autoloadable function, found in Functions/Misc, can be
used to keep function digests up to date.
zrecompile [ -qt ] [ NAME ... ]
zrecompile [ -qt ] -p ARGS [ -- ARGS ... ]
This tries to find *.zwc files and automatically re-compile them if
at least one of the original files is newer than the compiled file.
This works only if the names stored in the compiled files are full
paths or are relative to the directory that contains the .zwc file.
In the first form, each NAME is the name of a compiled file or a
directory containing *.zwc files that should be checked. If no
arguments are given, the directories and *.zwc files in fpath are
used.
When -t is given, no compilation is performed, but a return status
of zero (true) is set if there are files that need to be
re-compiled and non-zero (false) otherwise. The -q option quiets
the chatty output that describes what zrecompile is doing.
Without the -t option, the return status is zero if all files that
needed re-compilation could be compiled and non-zero if compilation
for at least one of the files failed.
If the -p option is given, the ARGS are interpreted as one or more
sets of arguments for zcompile, separated by '--'. For example:
zrecompile -p \
-R ~/.zshrc -- \
-M ~/.zcompdump -- \
~/zsh/comp.zwc ~/zsh/Completion/*/_*
This compiles ~/.zshrc into ~/.zshrc.zwc if that doesn't exist or
if it is older than ~/.zshrc. The compiled file will be marked for
reading instead of mapping. The same is done for ~/.zcompdump and
~/.zcompdump.zwc, but this compiled file is marked for mapping.
The last line re-creates the file ~/zsh/comp.zwc if any of the
files matching the given pattern is newer than it.
Without the -p option, zrecompile does not create function digests
that do not already exist, nor does it add new functions to the
digest.
The following shell loop is an example of a method for creating function
digests for all functions in your fpath, assuming that you have write
permission to the directories:
for ((i=1; i <= $#fpath; ++i)); do
dir=$fpath[i]
zwc=${dir:t}.zwc
if [[ $dir == (.|..) || $dir == (.|..)/* ]]; then
continue
fi
files=($dir/*(N-.))
if [[ -w $dir:h && -n $files ]]; then
files=(${${(M)files%/*/*}#/})
if ( cd $dir:h &&
zrecompile -p -U -z $zwc $files ); then
fpath[i]=$fpath[i].zwc
fi
fi
done
The -U and -z options are appropriate for functions in the default zsh
installation fpath; you may need to use different options for your
personal function directories.
Once the digests have been created and your fpath modified to refer to
them, you can keep them up to date by running zrecompile with no
arguments.
26.2.3 Keyboard Definition
--------------------------
The large number of possible combinations of keyboards, workstations,
terminals, emulators, and window systems makes it impossible for zsh to
have built-in key bindings for every situation. The zkbd utility, found
in Functions/Misc, can help you quickly create key bindings for your
configuration.
Run zkbd either as an autoloaded function, or as a shell script:
zsh -f ~/zsh-5.0.2/Functions/Misc/zkbd
When you run zkbd, it first asks you to enter your terminal type; if the
default it offers is correct, just press return. It then asks you to
press a number of different keys to determine characteristics of your
keyboard and terminal; zkbd warns you if it finds anything out of the
ordinary, such as a Delete key that sends neither ^H nor ^?.
The keystrokes read by zkbd are recorded as a definition for an
associative array named key, written to a file in the subdirectory .zkbd
within either your HOME or ZDOTDIR directory. The name of the file is
composed from the TERM, VENDOR and OSTYPE parameters, joined by hyphens.
You may read this file into your .zshrc or another startup file with the
'source' or '.' commands, then reference the key parameter in bindkey
commands, like this:
source ${ZDOTDIR:-$HOME}/.zkbd/$TERM-$VENDOR-$OSTYPE
[[ -n ${key[Left]} ]] && bindkey "${key[Left]}" backward-char
[[ -n ${key[Right]} ]] && bindkey "${key[Right]}" forward-char
# etc.
Note that in order for 'autoload zkbd' to work, the zkdb file must be in
one of the directories named in your fpath array (see *note Parameters
Used By The Shell::). This should already be the case if you have a
standard zsh installation; if it is not, copy Functions/Misc/zkbd to an
appropriate directory.
26.2.4 Dumping Shell State
--------------------------
Occasionally you may encounter what appears to be a bug in the shell,
particularly if you are using a beta version of zsh or a development
release. Usually it is sufficient to send a description of the problem
to one of the zsh mailing lists (see *note Mailing Lists::), but
sometimes one of the zsh developers will need to recreate your
environment in order to track the problem down.
The script named reporter, found in the Util directory of the
distribution, is provided for this purpose. (It is also possible to
autoload reporter, but reporter is not installed in fpath by default.)
This script outputs a detailed dump of the shell state, in the form of
another script that can be read with 'zsh -f' to recreate that state.
To use reporter, read the script into your shell with the '.' command
and redirect the output into a file:
. ~/zsh-5.0.2/Util/reporter > zsh.report
You should check the zsh.report file for any sensitive information such
as passwords and delete them by hand before sending the script to the
developers. Also, as the output can be voluminous, it's best to wait
for the developers to ask for this information before sending it.
You can also use reporter to dump only a subset of the shell state.
This is sometimes useful for creating startup files for the first time.
Most of the output from reporter is far more detailed than usually is
necessary for a startup file, but the aliases, options, and zstyles
states may be useful because they include only changes from the
defaults. The bindings state may be useful if you have created any of
your own keymaps, because reporter arranges to dump the keymap creation
commands as well as the bindings for every keymap.
As is usual with automated tools, if you create a startup file with
reporter, you should edit the results to remove unnecessary commands.
Note that if you're using the new completion system, you should _not_
dump the functions state to your startup files with reporter; use the
compdump function instead (see *note Completion System::).
reporter [ STATE ... ]
Print to standard output the indicated subset of the current shell
state. The STATE arguments may be one or more of:
all
Output everything listed below.
aliases
Output alias definitions.
bindings
Output ZLE key maps and bindings.
completion
Output old-style compctl commands. New completion is covered
by functions and zstyles.
functions
Output autoloads and function definitions.
limits
Output limit commands.
options
Output setopt commands.
styles
Same as zstyles.
variables
Output shell parameter assignments, plus export commands for
any environment variables.
zstyles
Output zstyle commands.
If the STATE is omitted, all is assumed.
With the exception of 'all', every STATE can be abbreviated by any
prefix, even a single letter; thus a is the same as aliases, z is
the same as zstyles, etc.
26.2.5 Manipulating Hook Functions
----------------------------------
add-zsh-hook [-dD] HOOK FUNCTION
Several functions are special to the shell, as described in the
section Special Functions, *note Functions::, in that they are
automatic called at a specific point during shell execution. Each
has an associated array consisting of names of functions to be
called at the same point; these are so-called 'hook functions'.
The shell function add-zsh-hook provides a simple way of adding or
removing functions from the array.
HOOK is one of chpwd, periodic, precmd, preexec, zshaddhistory,
zshexit, or zsh_directory_name, the special functions in question.
Note that zsh_directory_name is called in a different way from the
other functions, but may still be manipulated as a hook.
FUNCTION is name of an ordinary shell function. If no options are
given this will be added to the array of functions to be executed
in the given context.
If the option -d is given, the FUNCTION is removed from the array
of functions to be executed.
If the option -D is given, the FUNCTION is treated as a pattern and
any matching names of functions are removed from the array of
functions to be executed.
The options -U, -z and -k are passed as arguments to autoload for
FUNCTION. For functions contributed with zsh, the options -Uz are
appropriate.
File: zsh.info, Node: Recent Directories, Next: Version Control Information, Prev: Utilities, Up: User Contributions
26.3 Remembering Recent Directories
===================================
The function cdr allows you to change the working directory to a
previous working directory from a list maintained automatically. It is
similar in concept to the directory stack controlled by the pushd, popd
and dirs builtins, but is more configurable, and as it stores all
entries in files it is maintained across sessions and (by default)
between terminal emulators in the current session. (The pushd directory
stack is not actually modified or used by cdr unless you configure it to
do so as described in the configuration section below.)
26.3.1 Installation
-------------------
The system works by means of a hook function that is called every time
the directory changes. To install the system, autoload the required
functions and use the add-zsh-hook function described above:
autoload -Uz chpwd_recent_dirs cdr add-zsh-hook
add-zsh-hook chpwd chpwd_recent_dirs
Now every time you change directly interactively, no matter which
command you use, the directory to which you change will be remembered in
most-recent-first order.
26.3.2 Use
----------
All direct user interaction is via the cdr function.
The argument to cdr is a number N corresponding to the Nth most recently
changed-to directory. 1 is the immediately preceding directory; the
current directory is remembered but is not offered as a destination.
Note that if you have multiple windows open 1 may refer to a directory
changed to in another window; you can avoid this by having per-terminal
files for storing directory as described for the recent-dirs-file style
below.
If you set the recent-dirs-default style described below cdr will behave
the same as cd if given a non-numeric argument, or more than one
argument. The recent directory list is updated just the same however
you change directory.
If the argument is omitted, 1 is assumed. This is similar to pushd's
behaviour of swapping the two most recent directories on the stack.
Completion for the argument to cdr is available if compinit has been
run; menu selection is recommended, using:
zstyle ':completion:*:*:cdr:*:*' menu selection
to allow you to cycle through recent directories; the order is
preserved, so the first choice is the most recent directory before the
current one. The verbose style is also recommended to ensure the
directory is shown; this style is on by default so no action is required
unless you have changed it.
26.3.3 Options
--------------
The behaviour of cdr may be modified by the following options.
-l
lists the numbers and the corresponding directories in abbreviated
form (i.e. with ~ substitution reapplied), one per line. The
directories here are not quoted (this would only be an issue if a
directory name contained a newline). This is used by the
completion system.
-r
sets the variable reply to the current set of directories. Nothing
is printed and the directory is not changed.
-e
allows you to edit the list of directories, one per line. The list
can be edited to any extent you like; no sanity checking is
performed. Completion is available. No quoting is necessary
(except for newlines, where I have in any case no sympathy);
directories are in unabbreviated from and contain an absolute path,
i.e. they start with /. Usually the first entry should be left as
the current directory.
26.3.4 Configuration
--------------------
Configuration is by means of the styles mechanism that should be
familiar from completion; if not, see the description of the zstyle
command in *note The zsh/zutil Module::. The context for setting styles
should be ':chpwd:*' in case the meaning of the context is extended in
future, for example:
zstyle ':chpwd:*' recent-dirs-max 0
sets the value of the recent-dirs-max style to 0. In practice the style
name is specific enough that a context of '*' should be fine.
An exception is recent-dirs-insert, which is used exclusively by the
completion system and so has the usual completion system context
(':completion:*' if nothing more specific is needed), though again '*'
should be fine in practice.
recent-dirs-default
If true, and the command is expecting a recent directory index, and
either there is more than one argument or the argument is not an
integer, then fall through to "cd". This allows the lazy to use
only one command for directory changing. Completion recognises
this, too; see recent-dirs-insert for how to control completion
when this option is in use.
recent-dirs-file
The file where the list of directories is saved. The default is
${ZDOTDIR:-$HOME}/.chpwd-recent-dirs, i.e. this is in your home
directory unless you have set the variable ZDOTDIR to point
somewhere else. Directory names are saved in $'...' quoted form,
so each line in the file can be supplied directly to the shell as
an argument.
The value of this style may be an array. In this case, the first
file in the list will always be used for saving directories while
any other files are left untouched. When reading the recent
directory list, if there are fewer than the maximum number of
entries in the first file, the contents of later files in the array
will be appended with duplicates removed from the list shown. The
contents of the two files are not sorted together, i.e. all the
entries in the first file are shown first. The special value + can
appear in the list to indicate the default file should be read at
that point. This allows effects like the following:
zstyle ':chpwd:*' recent-dirs-file \
~/.chpwd-recent-dirs-${TTY##*/} +
Recent directories are read from a file numbered according to the
terminal. If there are insufficient entries the list is
supplemented from the default file.
It is possible to use zstyle -e to make the directory configurable
at run time:
zstyle -e ':chpwd:*' recent-dirs-file pick-recent-dirs-file
pick-recent-dirs-file() {
if [[ $PWD = ~/text/writing(|/*) ]]; then
reply=(~/.chpwd-recent-dirs-writing)
else
reply=(+)
fi
}
In this example, if the current directory is ~/text/writing or a
directory under it, then use a special file for saving recent
directories, else use the default.
recent-dirs-insert
Used by completion. If recent-dirs-default is true, then setting
this to true causes the actual directory, rather than its index, to
be inserted on the command line; this has the same effect as using
the corresponding index, but makes the history clearer and the line
easier to edit. With this setting, if part of an argument was
already typed, normal directory completion rather than recent
directory completion is done; this is because recent directory
completion is expected to be done by cycling through entries menu
fashion.
If the value of the style is always, then only recent directories
will be completed; in that case, use the cd command when you want
to complete other directories.
If the value is fallback, recent directories will be tried first,
then normal directory completion is performed if recent directory
completion failed to find a match.
Finally, if the value is both then both sets of completions are
presented; the usual tag mechanism can be used to distinguish
results, with recent directories tagged as recent-dirs. Note that
the recent directories inserted are abbreviated with directory
names where appropriate.
recent-dirs-max
The maximum number of directories to save to the file. If this is
zero or negative there is no maximum. The default is 20. Note
this includes the current directory, which isn't offered, so the
highest number of directories you will be offered is one less than
the maximum.
recent-dirs-prune
This style is an array determining what directories should (or
should not) be added to the recent list. Elements of the array can
include:
parent
Prune parents (more accurately, ancestors) from the recent
list. If present, changing directly down by any number of
directories causes the current directory to be overwritten.
For example, changing from ~pws to ~pws/some/other/dir causes
~pws not to be left on the recent directory stack. This only
applies to direct changes to descendant directories; earlier
directories on the list are not pruned. For example, changing
from ~pws/yet/another to ~pws/some/other/dir does not cause
~pws to be pruned.
pattern:PATTERN
Gives a zsh pattern for directories that should not be added
to the recent list (if not already there). This element can
be repeated to add different patterns. For example,
'pattern:/tmp(|/*)' stops /tmp or its descendants from being
added. The EXTENDED_GLOB option is always turned on for these
patterns.
recent-dirs-pushd
If set to true, cdr will use pushd instead of cd to change the
directory, so the directory is saved on the directory stack. As
the directory stack is completely separate from the list of files
saved by the mechanism used in this file there is no obvious reason
to do this.
26.3.5 Use with dynamic directory naming
----------------------------------------
It is possible to refer to recent directories using the dynamic
directory name syntax by using the supplied function
zsh_directory_name_cdr a hook:
autoload -Uz add-zsh-hook
add-zsh-hook -Uz zsh_directory_name zsh_directory_name_cdr
When this is done, ~[1] will refer to the most recent directory other
than $PWD, and so on. Completion after ~[... also works.
26.3.6 Details of directory handling
------------------------------------
This section is for the curious or confused; most users will not need to
know this information.
Recent directories are saved to a file immediately and hence are
preserved across sessions. Note currently no file locking is applied:
the list is updated immediately on interactive commands and nowhere else
(unlike history), and it is assumed you are only going to change
directory in one window at once. This is not safe on shared accounts,
but in any case the system has limited utility when someone else is
changing to a different set of directories behind your back.
To make this a little safer, only directory changes instituted from the
command line, either directly or indirectly through shell function calls
(but not through subshells, evals, traps, completion functions and the
like) are saved. Shell functions should use cd -q or pushd -q to avoid
side effects if the change to the directory is to be invisible at the
command line. See the contents of the function chpwd_recent_dirs for
more details.
File: zsh.info, Node: Version Control Information, Next: Prompt Themes, Prev: Recent Directories, Up: User Contributions
26.4 Gathering information from version control systems
=======================================================
In a lot of cases, it is nice to automatically retrieve information from
version control systems (VCSs), such as subversion, CVS or git, to be
able to provide it to the user; possibly in the user's prompt. So that
you can instantly tell which branch you are currently on, for example.
In order to do that, you may use the vcs_info function.
The following VCSs are supported, showing the abbreviated name by which
they are referred to within the system:
Bazaar (bzr)
http://bazaar-vcs.org/
Codeville (cdv)
http://codeville.org/
Concurrent Versioning System (cvs)
http://www.nongnu.org/cvs/
Darcs (darcs)
http://darcs.net/
Fossil (fossil)
http://fossil-scm.org/
Git (git)
http://git-scm.com/
GNU arch (tla)
http://www.gnu.org/software/gnu-arch/
Mercurial (hg)
http://mercurial.selenic.com/
Monotone (mtn)
http://monotone.ca/
Perforce (p4)
http://www.perforce.com/
Subversion (svn)
http://subversion.tigris.org/
SVK (svk)
http://svk.bestpractical.com/
There is also support for the patch management system quilt
(http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/quilt). See Quilt Support below
for details.
To load vcs_info:
autoload -Uz vcs_info
It can be used in any existing prompt, because it does not require any
$psvar entries to be left available.
26.4.1 Quickstart
-----------------
To get this feature working quickly (including colors), you can do the
following (assuming, you loaded vcs_info properly - see above):
zstyle ':vcs_info:*' actionformats \
'%F{5}(%f%s%F{5})%F{3}-%F{5}[%F{2}%b%F{3}|%F{1}%a%F{5}]%f '
zstyle ':vcs_info:*' formats \
'%F{5}(%f%s%F{5})%F{3}-%F{5}[%F{2}%b%F{5}]%f '
zstyle ':vcs_info:(sv[nk]|bzr):*' branchformat '%b%F{1}:%F{3}%r'
precmd () { vcs_info }
PS1='%F{5}[%F{2}%n%F{5}] %F{3}%3~ ${vcs_info_msg_0_}%f%# '
Obviously, the last two lines are there for demonstration. You need to
call vcs_info from your precmd function. Once that is done you need a
single quoted '${vcs_info_msg_0_}' in your prompt.
To be able to use '${vcs_info_msg_0_}' directly in your prompt like
this, you will need to have the PROMPT_SUBST option enabled.
Now call the vcs_info_printsys utility from the command line:
% vcs_info_printsys
## list of supported version control backends:
## disabled systems are prefixed by a hash sign (#)
bzr
cdv
cvs
darcs
fossil
git
hg
mtn
p4
svk
svn
tla
## flavours (cannot be used in the enable or disable styles; they
## are enabled and disabled with their master [git-svn -> git])
## they *can* be used in contexts: ':vcs_info:git-svn:*'.
git-p4
git-svn
hg-git
hg-hgsubversion
hg-hgsvn
You may not want all of these because there is no point in running the
code to detect systems you do not use. So there is a way to disable
some backends altogether:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*' disable bzr cdv darcs mtn svk tla
You may also pick a few from that list and enable only those:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*' enable git cvs svn
If you rerun vcs_info_printsys after one of these commands, you will see
the backends listed in the disable style (or backends not in the enable
style - if you used that) marked as disabled by a hash sign. That means
the detection of these systems is skipped _completely_. No wasted time
there.
26.4.2 Configuration
--------------------
The vcs_info feature can be configured via zstyle.
First, the context in which we are working:
:vcs_info:VCS-STRING:USER-CONTEXT:REPO-ROOT-NAME
VCS-STRING
is one of: 'git', 'git-svn', 'git-p4', 'hg', 'hg-git',
'hg-hgsubversion', 'hg-hgsvn', 'darcs', 'bzr', 'cdv', 'mtn', 'svn',
'cvs', 'svk', 'tla', 'p4' or 'fossil'. When hooks are active the
hooks name is added after a '+'. (See 'Hooks in vcs_info' below.)
USER-CONTEXT
is a freely configurable string, assignable by the user as the
first argument to vcs_info (see its description below).
REPO-ROOT-NAME
is the name of a repository in which you want a style to match.
So, if you want a setting specific to /usr/src/zsh, with that being
a CVS checkout, you can set REPO-ROOT-NAME to zsh to make it so.
There are three special values for VCS-STRING: The first is named
-init-, that is in effect as long as there was no decision what VCS
backend to use. The second is -preinit-; it is used _before_ vcs_info
is run, when initializing the data exporting variables. The third
special value is formats and is used by the vcs_info_lastmsg for looking
up its styles.
The initial value of REPO-ROOT-NAME is -all- and it is replaced with the
actual name, as soon as it is known. Only use this part of the context
for defining the formats, actionformats or branchformat styles, as it is
guaranteed that REPO-ROOT-NAME is set up correctly for these only. For
all other styles, just use '*' instead.
There are two pre-defined values for USER-CONTEXT:
default
the one used if none is specified
command
used by vcs_info_lastmsg to lookup its styles
You can of course use ':vcs_info:*' to match all VCSs in all
user-contexts at once.
This is a description of all styles that are looked up.
formats
A list of formats, used when actionformats is not used (which is
most of the time).
actionformats
A list of formats, used if there is a special action going on in
your current repository; like an interactive rebase or a merge
conflict.
branchformat
Some backends replace %b in the formats and actionformats styles
above, not only by a branch name but also by a revision number.
This style lets you modify how that string should look.
nvcsformats
These "formats" are exported when we didn't detect a version
control system for the current directory or vcs_info was disabled.
This is useful if you want vcs_info to completely take over the
generation of your prompt. You would do something like
PS1='${vcs_info_msg_0_}' to accomplish that.
hgrevformat
hg uses both a hash and a revision number to reference a specific
changeset in a repository. With this style you can format the
revision string (see branchformat) to include either or both. It's
only useful when get-revision is true. Note, the full 40-character
revision id is not available (except when using the use-simple
option) because executing hg more than once per prompt is too slow;
you may customize this behavior using hooks.
max-exports
Defines the maximum number of vcs_info_msg_*_ variables vcs_info
will export.
enable
A list of backends you want to use. Checked in the -init- context.
If this list contains an item called NONE no backend is used at all
and vcs_info will do nothing. If this list contains ALL, vcs_info
will use all known backends. Only with ALL in enable will the
disable style have any effect. ALL and NONE are case insensitive.
disable
A list of VCSs you don't want vcs_info to test for repositories
(checked in the -init- context, too). Only used if enable contains
ALL.
disable-patterns
A list of patterns that are checked against $PWD. If a pattern
matches, vcs_info will be disabled. This style is checked in the
:vcs_info:-init-:*:-all- context.
Say, ~/.zsh is a directory under version control, in which you do
not want vcs_info to be active, do:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*' disable-patterns "$HOME/.zsh(|/*)"
use-quilt
If enabled, the quilt support code is active in 'addon' mode. See
Quilt Support for details.
quilt-standalone
If enabled, 'standalone' mode detection is attempted if no VCS is
active in a given directory. See Quilt Support for details.
quilt-patch-dir
Overwrite the value of the $QUILT_PATCHES environment variable.
See Quilt Support for details.
quiltcommand
When quilt itself is called in quilt support the value of this
style is used as the command name.
check-for-changes
If enabled, this style causes the %c and %u format escapes to show
when the working directory has uncommitted changes. The strings
displayed by these escapes can be controlled via the stagedstr and
unstagedstr styles. The only backends that currently support this
option are git and hg (hg only supports unstaged).
For this style to be evaluated with the hg backend, the
get-revision style needs to be set and the use-simple style needs
to be unset. The latter is the default; the former is not.
Note, the actions taken if this style is enabled are potentially
expensive (read: they may be slow, depending on how big the current
repository is). Therefore, it is disabled by default.
stagedstr
This string will be used in the %c escape if there are staged
changes in the repository.
unstagedstr
This string will be used in the %u escape if there are unstaged
changes in the repository.
command
This style causes vcs_info to use the supplied string as the
command to use as the VCS's binary. Note, that setting this in
':vcs_info:*' is not a good idea.
If the value of this style is empty (which is the default), the
used binary name is the name of the backend in use (e.g. svn is
used in an svn repository).
The repo-root-name part in the context is always the default -all-
when this style is looked up.
For example, this style can be used to use binaries from
non-default installation directories. Assume, git is installed in
/usr/bin but your sysadmin installed a newer version in
/usr/bin/local. Instead of changing the order of your $PATH
parameter, you can do this:
zstyle ':vcs_info:git:*:-all-' command /usr/local/bin/git
use-server
This is used by the Perforce backend (p4) to decide if it should
contact the Perforce server to find out if a directory is managed
by Perforce. This is the only reliable way of doing this, but runs
the risk of a delay if the server name cannot be found. If the
server (more specifically, the host:port pair describing the
server) cannot be contacted, its name is put into the associative
array vcs_info_p4_dead_servers and is not contacted again during
the session until it is removed by hand. If you do not set this
style, the p4 backend is only usable if you have set the
environment variable P4CONFIG to a file name and have corresponding
files in the root directories of each Perforce client. See
comments in the function VCS_INFO_detect_p4 for more detail.
use-simple
If there are two different ways of gathering information, you can
select the simpler one by setting this style to true; the default
is to use the not-that-simple code, which is potentially a lot
slower but might be more accurate in all possible cases. This
style is used by the bzr and hg backends. In the case of hg it
will invoke the external hexdump program to parse the binary
dirstate cache file; this method will not return the local revision
number.
get-revision
If set to true, vcs_info goes the extra mile to figure out the
revision of a repository's work tree (currently for the git and hg
backends, where this kind of information is not always vital). For
git, the hash value of the currently checked out commit is
available via the %i expansion. With hg, the local revision number
and the corresponding global hash are available via %i.
get-mq
If set to true, the hg backend will look for a Mercurial Queue (mq)
patch directory. Information will be available via the '%m'
replacement.
get-bookmarks
If set to true, the hg backend will try to get a list of current
bookmarks. They will be available via the '%m' replacement.
use-prompt-escapes
Determines if we assume that the assembled string from vcs_info
includes prompt escapes. (Used by vcs_info_lastmsg.)
debug
Enable debugging output to track possible problems. Currently this
style is only used by vcs_info's hooks system.
hooks
A list style that defines hook-function names. See 'Hooks in
vcs_info' below for details.
The default values for these styles in all contexts are:
formats
" (%s)-[%b]%u%c-"
actionformats
" (%s)-[%b|%a]%u%c-"
branchformat
"%b:%r" (for bzr, svn, svk and hg)
nvcsformats
""
hgrevformat
"%r:%h"
max-exports
2
enable
ALL
disable
(empty list)
disable-patterns
(empty list)
check-for-changes
false
stagedstr
(string: "S")
unstagedstr
(string: "U")
command
(empty string)
use-server
false
use-simple
false
get-revision
false
get-mq
true
get-bookmarks
false
use-prompt-escapes
true
debug
false
hooks
(empty list)
use-quilt
false
quilt-standalone
false
quilt-patch-dir
empty - use $QUILT_PATCHES
quiltcommand
quilt
In normal formats and actionformats the following replacements are done:
%s
The VCS in use (git, hg, svn, etc.).
%b
Information about the current branch.
%a
An identifier that describes the action. Only makes sense in
actionformats.
%i
The current revision number or identifier. For hg the hgrevformat
style may be used to customize the output.
%c
The string from the stagedstr style if there are staged changes in
the repository.
%u
The string from the unstagedstr style if there are unstaged changes
in the repository.
%R
The base directory of the repository.
%r
The repository name. If %R is /foo/bar/repoXY, %r is repoXY.
%S
A subdirectory within a repository. If $PWD is
/foo/bar/repoXY/beer/tasty, %S is beer/tasty.
%m
A "misc" replacement. It is at the discretion of the backend to
decide what this replacement expands to. It is currently used by
the hg and git backends to display patch information from the mq
and stgit extensions.
In branchformat these replacements are done:
%b
The branch name.
%r
The current revision number or the hgrevformat style for hg.
In hgrevformat these replacements are done:
%r
The current local revision number.
%h
The current global revision identifier.
In patch-format and nopatch-format these replacements are done:
%p
The name of the top-most applied patch (applied-string).
%u
The number of unapplied patches (unapplied-string).
%n
The number of applied patches.
%c
The number of unapplied patches.
%a
The number of all patches.
%g
The names of active mq guards (hg backend).
%G
The number of active mq guards (hg backend).
Not all VCS backends have to support all replacements. For nvcsformats
no replacements are performed at all, it is just a string.
26.4.3 Oddities
---------------
If you want to use the %b (bold off) prompt expansion in formats, which
expands %b itself, use %%b. That will cause the vcs_info expansion to
replace %%b with %b, so that zsh's prompt expansion mechanism can handle
it. Similarly, to hand down %b from branchformat, use %%%%b. Sorry for
this inconvenience, but it cannot be easily avoided. Luckily we do not
clash with a lot of prompt expansions and this only needs to be done for
those.
26.4.4 Quilt Support
--------------------
'Quilt' is not a version control system, therefore this is not
implemented as a backend. It can help keeping track of a series of
patches. People use it to keep a set of changes they want to use on top
of software packages (which is tightly integrated into the package build
process - the Debian project does this for a large number of packages).
Quilt can also help individual developers keep track of their own
patches on top of real version control systems.
The vcs_info integration tries to support both ways of using quilt by
having two slightly different modes of operation: 'addon' mode and
'standalone' mode).
For 'addon' mode to become active vcs_info must have already detected a
real version control system controlling the directory. If that is the
case, a directory that holds quilt's patches needs to be found. That
directory is configurable via the 'QUILT_PATCHES' environment variable.
If that variable exists its value is used, otherwise the value 'patches'
is assumed. The value from $QUILT_PATCHES can be overwritten using the
`quilt-patches' style. (Note: you can use vcs_info to keep the value of
$QUILT_PATCHES correct all the time via the post-quilt hook).
When the directory in question is found, quilt is assumed to be active.
To gather more information, vcs_info looks for a directory called '.pc';
Quilt uses that directory to track its current state. If this directory
does not exist we know that quilt has not done anything to the working
directory (read: no patches have been applied yet).
If patches are applied, vcs_info will try to find out which. If you
want to know which patches of a series are not yet applied, you need to
activate the get-unapplied style in the appropriate context.
vcs_info allows for very detailed control over how the gathered
information is presented (see the below sections, 'Styles' and 'Hooks in
vcs_info'), all of which are documented below. Note there are a number
of other patch tracking systems that work on top of a certain version
control system (like stgit for 'git', or mq for 'hg'); the configuration
for systems like that are generally configured the same way as the
'quilt' support.
If the 'quilt' support is working in 'addon' mode, the produced string
is available as a simple format replacement (%Q to be precise), which
can be used in formats and actionformats; see below for details).
If, on the other hand, the support code is working in 'standalone' mode,
vcs_info will pretend as if quilt were an actual version control system.
That means that the version control system identifier (which otherwise
would be something like 'svn' or 'cvs') will be set to '-quilt-'. This
has implications on the used style context where this identifier is the
second element. vcs_info will have filled in a proper value for the
"repository's" root directory and the string containing the information
about quilt's state will be available as the 'misc' replacement (and %Q
for compatibility with 'addon' mode.
What is left to discuss is how 'standalone' mode is detected. The
detection itself is a series of searches for directories. You can have
this detection enabled all the time in every directory that is not
otherwise under version control. If you know there is only a limited
set of trees where you would like vcs_info to try and look for Quilt in
'standalone' mode to minimise the amount of searching on every call to
vcs_info, there are a number of ways to do that:
Essentially, 'standalone' mode detection is controlled by a style called
'quilt-standalone'. It is a string style and its value can have
different effects. The simplest values are: 'always' to run detection
every time vcs_info is run, and 'never' to turn the detection off
entirely.
If the value of quilt-standalone is something else, it is interpreted
differently. If the value is the name of a scalar variable the value of
that variable is checked and that value is used in the same
'always'/'never' way as described above.
If the value of quilt-standalone is an array, the elements of that array
are used as directory names under which you want the detection to be
active.
If quilt-standalone is an associative array, the keys are taken as
directory names under which you want the detection to be active, but
only if the corresponding value is the string 'true'.
Last, but not least, if the value of quilt-standalone is the name of a
function, the function is called without arguments and the return value
decides whether detection should be active. A '0' return value is true;
a non-zero return value is interpreted as false.
Note, if there is both a function and a variable by the name of
quilt-standalone, the function will take precedence.
26.4.5 Function Descriptions (Public API)
-----------------------------------------
vcs_info [USER-CONTEXT]
The main function, that runs all backends and assembles all data
into ${vcs_info_msg_*_}. This is the function you want to call
from precmd if you want to include up-to-date information in your
prompt (see Variable description below). If an argument is given,
that string will be used instead of default in the USER-CONTEXT
field of the style context.
vcs_info_hookadd
Statically registers a number of functions to a given hook. The
hook needs to be given as the first argument; what follows is a
list of hook-function names to register to the hook. The '+vi-'
prefix needs to be left out here. See 'Hooks in vcs_info' below
for details.
vcs_info_hookdel
Remove hook-functions from a given hook. The hook needs to be
given as the first non-option argument; what follows is a list of
hook-function names to un-register from the hook. If '-a' is used
as the first argument, all occurances of the functions are
unregistered. Otherwise only the last occurance is removed (if a
function was registered to a hook more than once) . The '+vi-'
prefix needs to be left out here. See 'Hooks in vcs_info' below
for details.
vcs_info_lastmsg
Outputs the last ${vcs_info_msg_*_} value. Takes into account the
value of the use-prompt-escapes style in
':vcs_info:formats:command:-all-'. It also only prints max-exports
values.
vcs_info_printsys [USER-CONTEXT]
Prints a list of all supported version control systems. Useful to
find out possible contexts (and which of them are enabled) or
values for the disable style.
vcs_info_setsys
Initializes vcs_info's internal list of available backends. With
this function, you can add support for new VCSs without restarting
the shell.
All functions named VCS_INFO_* are for internal use only.
26.4.6 Variable Description
---------------------------
${vcs_info_msg_N_} (Note the trailing underscore)
Where N is an integer, e.g., vcs_info_msg_0_. These variables are
the storage for the informational message the last vcs_info call
has assembled. These are strongly connected to the formats,
actionformats and nvcsformats styles described above. Those styles
are lists. The first member of that list gets expanded into
${vcs_info_msg_0_}, the second into ${vcs_info_msg_1_} and the Nth
into ${vcs_info_msg_N-1_}. These parameters are exported into the
environment. (See the max-exports style above.)
All variables named VCS_INFO_* are for internal use only.
26.4.7 Hooks in vcs_info
------------------------
Hooks are places in vcs_info where you can run your own code. That code
can communicate with the code that called it and through that, change
the system's behaviour.
For configuration, hooks change the style context:
:vcs_info:VCS-STRING+HOOK-NAME:USER-CONTEXT:REPO-ROOT-NAME
To register functions to a hook, you need to list them in the hooks
style in the appropriate context.
Example:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*+foo:*' hooks bar baz
This registers functions to the hook 'foo' for all backends. In order
to avoid namespace problems, all registered function names are prepended
by a '+vi-', so the actual functions called for the 'foo' hook are
'+vi-bar' and '+vi-baz'.
If you would like to register a function to a hook regardless of the
current context, you may use the vcs_info_hookadd function. To remove a
function that was added like that, the vcs_info_hookdel function can be
used.
If something seems weird, you can enable the 'debug' boolean style in
the proper context and the hook-calling code will print what it tried to
execute and whether the function in question existed.
When you register more than one function to a hook, all functions are
executed one after another until one function returns non-zero or until
all functions have been called. Context-sensitive hook functions are
executed before statically registered ones (the ones added by
vcs_info_hookadd).
You may pass data between functions via an associative array, user_data.
For example:
+vi-git-myfirsthook(){
user_data[myval]=$myval
}
+vi-git-mysecondhook(){
# do something with ${user_data[myval]}
}
There are a number of variables that are special in hook contexts:
ret
The return value that the hooks system will return to the caller.
The default is an integer 'zero'. If and how a changed ret value
changes the execution of the caller depends on the specific hook.
See the hook documentation below for details.
hook_com
An associated array which is used for bidirectional communication
from the caller to hook functions. The used keys depend on the
specific hook.
context
The active context of the hook. Functions that wish to change this
variable should make it local scope first.
vcs
The current VCS after it was detected. The same values as in the
enable/disable style are used. Available in all hooks except
start-up.
Finally, the full list of currently available hooks:
start-up
Called after starting vcs_info but before the VCS in this directory
is determined. It can be used to deactivate vcs_info temporarily
if necessary. When ret is set to 1, vcs_info aborts and does
nothing; when set to 2, vcs_info sets up everything as if no
version control were active and exits.
pre-get-data
Same as start-up but after the VCS was detected.
gen-hg-bookmark-string
Called in the Mercurial backend when a bookmark string is
generated; the get-revision and get-bookmarks styles must be true.
This hook gets the names of the Mercurial bookmarks that vcs_info
collected from 'hg'.
When setting ret to non-zero, the string in
${hook_com[hg-bookmark-string]} will be used in the %m escape in
formats and actionformats and will be availabe in the global
backend_misc array as ${backend_misc[bookmarks]}.
gen-applied-string
Called in the git (with stgit), and hg (with mq) backends and in
quilt support when the applied-string is generated; the use-quilt
zstyle must be true for quilt (the mq and stgit backends are active
by default).
This hook gets the names of all applied patches which vcs_info
collected so far in the opposite order, which means that the first
argument is the top-most patch and so forth.
When setting ret to non-zero, the string in
${hook_com[applied-string]} will be used in the %m escape in
formats and actionformats; it will be available in the global
backend_misc array as $backend_misc[patches]}; and it will be
available as %p in the patch-format and nopatch-format styles.
gen-unapplied-string
Called in the git (with stgit), and hg (with mq) backend and in
quilt support when the unapplied-string is generated; the
get-unapplied style must be true.
This hook gets the names of all unapplied patches which vcs_info
collected so far in the opposite order, which mean that the first
argument is the patch next-in-line to be applied and so forth.
When setting ret to non-zero, the string in
${hook_com[unapplied-string]} will be available as %u in the
patch-format and nopatch-format styles.
gen-mqguards-string
Called in the hg backend when guards-string is generated; the
get-mq style must be true (default).
This hook gets the names of any active mq guards.
When setting ret to non-zero, the string in
${hook_com[guards-string]} will be used in the %g escape in the
patch-format and nopatch-format styles.
no-vcs
This hooks is called when no version control system was detected.
The 'hook_com' parameter is not used.
post-quilt
Called after the quilt support is done. The following information
is passed as arguments to the hook: 1. the quilt-support mode
('addon' or 'standalone'); 2. the directory that contains the
patch series; 3. the directory that holds quilt's status
information (the '.pc' directory) or the string "-nopc-" if that
directory wasn't found.
The 'hook_com' parameter is not used.
set-branch-format
Called before 'branchformat' is set. The only argument to the hook
is the format that is configured at this point.
The 'hook_com' keys considered are 'branch' and 'revision'. They
are set to the values figured out so far by vcs_info and any change
will be used directly when the actual replacement is done.
If ret is set to non-zero, the string in
${hook_com[branch-replace]} will be used unchanged as the '%b'
replacement in the variables set by vcs_info.
set-hgrev-format
Called before a 'hgrevformat' is set. The only argument to the
hook is the format that is configured at this point.
The 'hook_com' keys considered are 'hash' and 'localrev'. They are
set to the values figured out so far by vcs_info and any change
will be used directly when the actual replacement is done.
If ret is set to non-zero, the string in ${hook_com[rev-replace]}
will be used unchanged as the '%i' replacement in the variables set
by vcs_info.
set-message
Called each time before a 'vcs_info_msg_N_' message is set. It
takes two arguments; the first being the 'N' in the message
variable name, the second is the currently configured formats or
actionformats.
There are a number of 'hook_com' keys, that are used here:
'action', 'branch', 'base', 'base-name', 'subdir', 'staged',
'unstaged', 'revision', 'misc', 'vcs' and one 'miscN' entry for
each backend-specific data field (N starting at zero). They are
set to the values figured out so far by vcs_info and any change
will be used directly when the actual replacement is done.
Since this hook is triggered multiple times (once for each
configured formats or actionformats), each of the 'hook_com' keys
mentioned above (except for the miscN entries) has an '_orig'
counterpart, so even if you changed a value to your liking you can
still get the original value in the next run. Changing the '_orig'
values is probably not a good idea.
If ret is set to non-zero, the string in ${hook_com[message]} will
be used unchanged as the message by vcs_info.
If all of this sounds rather confusing, take a look at the Examples
section below and also in the Misc/vcs_info-examples file in the Zsh
source. They contain some explanatory code.
26.4.8 Examples
---------------
Don't use vcs_info at all (even though it's in your prompt):
zstyle ':vcs_info:*' enable NONE
Disable the backends for bzr and svk:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*' disable bzr svk
Disable everything _but_ bzr and svk:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*' enable bzr svk
Provide a special formats for git:
zstyle ':vcs_info:git:*' formats ' GIT, BABY! [%b]'
zstyle ':vcs_info:git:*' actionformats ' GIT ACTION! [%b|%a]'
All %x expansion in all sorts of formats ("formats", "actionformats",
branchformat, you name it) are done using the 'zformat' builtin from the
'zsh/zutil' module. That means you can do everything with these %x
items what zformat supports. In particular, if you want something that
is really long to have a fixed width, like a hash in a mercurial
branchformat, you can do this: %12.12i. That'll shrink the 40 character
hash to its 12 leading characters. The form is actually '%MIN.MAXx'.
More is possible. See *note The zsh/zutil Module:: for details.
Use the quicker bzr backend
zstyle ':vcs_info:bzr:*' use-simple true
If you do use use-simple, please report if it does
'the-right-thing[tm]'.
Display the revision number in yellow for bzr and svn:
zstyle ':vcs_info:(svn|bzr):*' branchformat '%b%{'${fg[yellow]}'%}:%r'
If you want colors, make sure you enclose the color codes in %{...%} if
you want to use the string provided by vcs_info in prompts.
Here is how to print the VCS information as a command (not in a prompt):
alias vcsi='vcs_info command; vcs_info_lastmsg'
This way, you can even define different formats for output via
vcs_info_lastmsg in the ':vcs_info:*:command:*' namespace.
Now as promised, some code that uses hooks: say, you'd like to replace
the string 'svn' by 'subversion' in vcs_info's %s formats replacement.
First, we will tell vcs_info to call a function when populating the
message variables with the gathered information:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*+set-message:*' hooks svn2subversion
Nothing happens. Which is reasonable, since we didn't define the actual
function yet. To see what the hooks subsystem is trying to do, enable
the 'debug' style:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*+*:*' debug true
That should give you an idea what is going on. Specifically, the
function that we are looking for is '+vi-svn2subversion'. Note, the
'+vi-' prefix. So, everything is in order, just as documented. When
you are done checking out the debugging output, disable it again:
zstyle ':vcs_info:*+*:*' debug false
Now, let's define the function:
function +vi-svn2subversion() {
[[ ${hook_com[vcs_orig]} == svn ]] && hook_com[vcs]=subversion
}
Simple enough. And it could have even been simpler, if only we had
registered our function in a less generic context. If we do it only in
the 'svn' backend's context, we don't need to test which the active
backend is:
zstyle ':vcs_info:svn+set-message:*' hooks svn2subversion
function +vi-svn2subversion() {
hook_com[vcs]=subversion
}
And finally a little more elaborate example, that uses a hook to create
a customised bookmark string for the hg backend.
Again, we start off by registering a function:
zstyle ':vcs_info:hg+gen-hg-bookmark-string:*' hooks hgbookmarks
And then we define the '+vi-hgbookmarks function:
function +vi-hgbookmarks() {
# The default is to connect all bookmark names by
# commas. This mixes things up a little.
# Imagine, there's one type of bookmarks that is
# special to you. Say, because it's *your* work.
# Those bookmarks look always like this: "sh/*"
# (because your initials are sh, for example).
# This makes the bookmarks string use only those
# bookmarks. If there's more than one, it
# concatenates them using commas.
local s i
# The bookmarks returned by `hg' are available in
# the functions positional parameters.
(( $# == 0 )) && return 0
for i in "$@"; do
if [[ $i == sh/* ]]; then
[[ -n $s ]] && s=$s,
s=${s}$i
fi
done
# Now, the communication with the code that calls
# the hook functions is done via the hook_com[]
# hash. The key, at which the `gen-hg-bookmark-string'
# hook looks at is `hg-bookmark-string'. So:
hook_com[hg-bookmark-string]=$s
# And to signal, that we want to use the sting we
# just generated, set the special variable `ret' to
# something other than the default zero:
ret=1
return 0
}
Some longer examples and code snippets which might be useful are
available in the examples file located at Misc/vcs_info-examples in the
Zsh source directory.
This concludes our guided tour through zsh's vcs_info.
File: zsh.info, Node: Prompt Themes, Next: ZLE Functions, Prev: Version Control Information, Up: User Contributions
26.5 Prompt Themes
==================
26.5.1 Installation
-------------------
You should make sure all the functions from the Functions/Prompts
directory of the source distribution are available; they all begin with
the string 'prompt_' except for the special function'promptinit'. You
also need the 'colors' function from Functions/Misc. All of these
functions may already have been installed on your system; if not, you
will need to find them and copy them. The directory should appear as
one of the elements of the fpath array (this should already be the case
if they were installed), and at least the function promptinit should be
autoloaded; it will autoload the rest. Finally, to initialize the use
of the system you need to call the promptinit function. The following
code in your .zshrc will arrange for this; assume the functions are
stored in the directory ~/myfns:
fpath=(~/myfns $fpath)
autoload -U promptinit
promptinit
26.5.2 Theme Selection
----------------------
Use the prompt command to select your preferred theme. This command may
be added to your .zshrc following the call to promptinit in order to
start zsh with a theme already selected.
prompt [ -c | -l ]
prompt [ -p | -h ] [ THEME ... ]
prompt [ -s ] THEME [ ARG ... ]
Set or examine the prompt theme. With no options and a THEME
argument, the theme with that name is set as the current theme.
The available themes are determined at run time; use the -l option
to see a list. The special THEME 'random' selects at random one of
the available themes and sets your prompt to that.
In some cases the THEME may be modified by one or more arguments,
which should be given after the theme name. See the help for each
theme for descriptions of these arguments.
Options are:
-c
Show the currently selected theme and its parameters, if any.
-l
List all available prompt themes.
-p
Preview the theme named by THEME, or all themes if no THEME is
given.
-h
Show help for the theme named by THEME, or for the prompt
function if no THEME is given.
-s
Set THEME as the current theme and save state.
prompt_THEME_setup
Each available THEME has a setup function which is called by the
prompt function to install that theme. This function may define
other functions as necessary to maintain the prompt, including
functions used to preview the prompt or provide help for its use.
You should not normally call a theme's setup function directly.
File: zsh.info, Node: ZLE Functions, Next: Exception Handling, Prev: Prompt Themes, Up: User Contributions
26.6 ZLE Functions
==================
26.6.1 Widgets
--------------
These functions all implement user-defined ZLE widgets (see *note Zsh
Line Editor::) which can be bound to keystrokes in interactive shells.
To use them, your .zshrc should contain lines of the form
autoload FUNCTION
zle -N FUNCTION
followed by an appropriate bindkey command to associate the function
with a key sequence. Suggested bindings are described below.
bash-style word functions
If you are looking for functions to implement moving over and
editing words in the manner of bash, where only alphanumeric
characters are considered word characters, you can use the
functions described in the next section. The following is
sufficient:
autoload -U select-word-style
select-word-style bash
forward-word-match, backward-word-match
kill-word-match, backward-kill-word-match
transpose-words-match, capitalize-word-match
up-case-word-match, down-case-word-match
select-word-style, match-word-context, match-words-by-style
The eight '-match' functions are drop-in replacements for the
builtin widgets without the suffix. By default they behave in a
similar way. However, by the use of styles and the function
select-word-style, the way words are matched can be altered.
The simplest way of configuring the functions is to use
select-word-style, which can either be called as a normal function
with the appropriate argument, or invoked as a user-defined widget
that will prompt for the first character of the word style to be
used. The first time it is invoked, the eight -match functions
will automatically replace the builtin versions, so they do not
need to be loaded explicitly.
The word styles available are as follows. Only the first character
is examined.
bash
Word characters are alphanumeric characters only.
normal
As in normal shell operation: word characters are alphanumeric
characters plus any characters present in the string given by
the parameter $WORDCHARS.
shell
Words are complete shell command arguments, possibly including
complete quoted strings, or any tokens special to the shell.
whitespace
Words are any set of characters delimited by whitespace.
default
Restore the default settings; this is usually the same as
'normal'.
All but 'default' can be input as an upper case character, which
has the same effect but with subword matching turned on. In this
case, words with upper case characters are treated specially: each
separate run of upper case characters, or an upper case character
followed by any number of other characters, is considered a word.
The style subword-range can supply an alternative character range
to the default '[:upper:]'; the value of the style is treated as
the contents of a '[...]' pattern (note that the outer brackets
should not be supplied, only those surrounding named ranges).
More control can be obtained using the zstyle command, as described
in *note The zsh/zutil Module::. Each style is looked up in the
context :zle:WIDGET where WIDGET is the name of the user-defined
widget, not the name of the function implementing it, so in the
case of the definitions supplied by select-word-style the
appropriate contexts are :zle:forward-word, and so on. The
function select-word-style itself always defines styles for the
context ':zle:*' which can be overridden by more specific (longer)
patterns as well as explicit contexts.
The style word-style specifies the rules to use. This may have the
following values.
normal
Use the standard shell rules, i.e. alphanumerics and
$WORDCHARS, unless overridden by the styles word-chars or
word-class.
specified
Similar to normal, but _only_ the specified characters, and
not also alphanumerics, are considered word characters.
unspecified
The negation of specified. The given characters are those
which will _not_ be considered part of a word.
shell
Words are obtained by using the syntactic rules for generating
shell command arguments. In addition, special tokens which
are never command arguments such as '()' are also treated as
words.
whitespace
Words are whitespace-delimited strings of characters.
The first three of those rules usually use $WORDCHARS, but the
value in the parameter can be overridden by the style word-chars,
which works in exactly the same way as $WORDCHARS. In addition,
the style word-class uses character class syntax to group
characters and takes precedence over word-chars if both are set.
The word-class style does not include the surrounding brackets of
the character class; for example, '-:[:alnum:]' is a valid
word-class to include all alphanumerics plus the characters '-' and
':'. Be careful including ']', '^' and '-' as these are special
inside character classes.
word-style may also have '-subword' appended to its value to turn
on subword matching, as described above.
The style skip-chars is mostly useful for transpose-words and
similar functions. If set, it gives a count of characters starting
at the cursor position which will not be considered part of the
word and are treated as space, regardless of what they actually
are. For example, if
zstyle ':zle:transpose-words' skip-chars 1
has been set, and transpose-words-match is called with the cursor
on the X of fooXbar, where X can be any character, then the
resulting expression is barXfoo.
Finer grained control can be obtained by setting the style
word-context to an array of pairs of entries. Each pair of entries
consists of a PATTERN and a SUBCONTEXT. The shell argument the
cursor is on is matched against each PATTERN in turn until one
matches; if it does, the context is extended by a colon and the
corresponding SUBCONTEXT. Note that the test is made against the
original word on the line, with no stripping of quotes. Special
handling is done between words: the current context is examined and
if it contains the string back, the word before the cursor is
considered, else the word after cursor is considered. Some
examples are given below.
The style skip-whitespace-first is only used with the forward-word
widget. If it is set to true, then forward-word skips any
non-word-characters, followed by any non-word-characters: this is
similar to the behaviour of other word-orientated widgets, and also
that used by other editors, however it differs from the standard
zsh behaviour. When using select-word-style the widget is set in
the context :zle:* to true if the word style is bash and false
otherwise. It may be overridden by setting it in the more specific
context :zle:forward-word*.
Here are some examples of use of the styles, actually taken from
the simplified interface in select-word-style:
zstyle ':zle:*' word-style standard
zstyle ':zle:*' word-chars ''
Implements bash-style word handling for all widgets, i.e. only
alphanumerics are word characters; equivalent to setting the
parameter WORDCHARS empty for the given context.
style ':zle:*kill*' word-style space
Uses space-delimited words for widgets with the word 'kill' in the
name. Neither of the styles word-chars nor word-class is used in
this case.
Here are some examples of use of the word-context style to extend
the context.
zstyle ':zle:*' word-context "*/*" file "[[:space:]]" whitespace
zstyle ':zle:transpose-words:whitespace' word-style shell
zstyle ':zle:transpose-words:filename' word-style normal
zstyle ':zle:transpose-words:filename' word-chars ''
This provides two different ways of using transpose-words depending
on whether the cursor is on whitespace between words or on a
filename, here any word containing a /. On whitespace, complete
arguments as defined by standard shell rules will be transposed.
In a filename, only alphanumerics will be transposed. Elsewhere,
words will be transposed using the default style for
:zle:transpose-words.
The word matching and all the handling of zstyle settings is
actually implemented by the function match-words-by-style. This
can be used to create new user-defined widgets. The calling
function should set the local parameter curcontext to :zle:WIDGET,
create the local parameter matched_words and call
match-words-by-style with no arguments. On return, matched_words
will be set to an array with the elements: (1) the start of the
line (2) the word before the cursor (3) any non-word characters
between that word and the cursor (4) any non-word character at the
cursor position plus any remaining non-word characters before the
next word, including all characters specified by the skip-chars
style, (5) the word at or following the cursor (6) any non-word
characters following that word (7) the remainder of the line. Any
of the elements may be an empty string; the calling function should
test for this to decide whether it can perform its function.
It is possible to pass options with arguments to
match-words-by-style to override the use of styles. The options
are:
-w
WORD-STYLE
-s
SKIP-CHARS
-c
WORD-CLASS
-C
WORD-CHARS
-r
SUBWORD-RANGE
For example, match-words-by-style -w shell -c 0 may be used to
extract the command argument around the cursor.
The word-context style is implemented by the function
match-word-context. This should not usually need to be called
directly.
copy-earlier-word
This widget works like a combination of insert-last-word and
copy-prev-shell-word. Repeated invocations of the widget retrieve
earlier words on the relevant history line. With a numeric
argument N, insert the Nth word from the history line; N may be
negative to count from the end of the line.
If insert-last-word has been used to retrieve the last word on a
previous history line, repeated invocations will replace that word
with earlier words from the same line.
Otherwise, the widget applies to words on the line currently being
edited. The widget style can be set to the name of another widget
that should be called to retrieve words. This widget must accept
the same three arguments as insert-last-word.
cycle-completion-positions
After inserting an unambiguous string into the command line, the
new function based completion system may know about multiple places
in this string where characters are missing or differ from at least
one of the possible matches. It will then place the cursor on the
position it considers to be the most interesting one, i.e. the one
where one can disambiguate between as many matches as possible with
as little typing as possible.
This widget allows the cursor to be easily moved to the other
interesting spots. It can be invoked repeatedly to cycle between
all positions reported by the completion system.
delete-whole-word-match
This is another function which works like the -match functions
described immediately above, i.e. using styles to decide the word
boundaries. However, it is not a replacement for any existing
function.
The basic behaviour is to delete the word around the cursor. There
is no numeric prefix handling; only the single word around the
cursor is considered. If the widget contains the string kill, the
removed text will be placed in the cutbuffer for future yanking.
This can be obtained by defining kill-whole-word-match as follows:
zle -N kill-whole-word-match delete-whole-word-match
and then binding the widget kill-whole-word-match.
up-line-or-beginning-search, down-line-or-beginning-search
These widgets are similar to the builtin functions
up-line-or-search and down-line-or-search: if in a multiline buffer
they move up or down within the buffer, otherwise they search for a
history line matching the start of the current line. In this case,
however, they search for a line which matches the current line up
to the current cursor position, in the manner of
history-beginning-search-backward and -forward, rather than the
first word on the line.
edit-command-line
Edit the command line using your visual editor, as in ksh.
bindkey -M vicmd v edit-command-line
history-search-end
This function implements the widgets
history-beginning-search-backward-end and
history-beginning-search-forward-end. These commands work by first
calling the corresponding builtin widget (see *note History
Control::) and then moving the cursor to the end of the line. The
original cursor position is remembered and restored before calling
the builtin widget a second time, so that the same search is
repeated to look farther through the history.
Although you autoload only one function, the commands to use it are
slightly different because it implements two widgets.
zle -N history-beginning-search-backward-end \
history-search-end
zle -N history-beginning-search-forward-end \
history-search-end
bindkey '\e^P' history-beginning-search-backward-end
bindkey '\e^N' history-beginning-search-forward-end
history-beginning-search-menu
This function implements yet another form of history searching.
The text before the cursor is used to select lines from the
history, as for history-beginning-search-backward except that all
matches are shown in a numbered menu. Typing the appropriate
digits inserts the full history line. Note that leading zeroes
must be typed (they are only shown when necessary for removing
ambiguity). The entire history is searched; there is no
distinction between forwards and backwards.
With a prefix argument, the search is not anchored to the start of
the line; the string typed by the use may appear anywhere in the
line in the history.
If the widget name contains '-end' the cursor is moved to the end
of the line inserted. If the widget name contains '-space' any
space in the text typed is treated as a wildcard and can match
anything (hence a leading space is equivalent to giving a prefix
argument). Both forms can be combined, for example:
zle -N history-beginning-search-menu-space-end \
history-beginning-search-menu
history-pattern-search
The function history-pattern-search implements widgets which prompt
for a pattern with which to search the history backwards or
forwards. The pattern is in the usual zsh format, however the
first character may be ^ to anchor the search to the start of the
line, and the last character may be $ to anchor the search to the
end of the line. If the search was not anchored to the end of the
line the cursor is positioned just after the pattern found.
The commands to create bindable widgets are similar to those in the
example immediately above:
autoload -U history-pattern-search
zle -N history-pattern-search-backward history-pattern-search
zle -N history-pattern-search-forward history-pattern-search
incarg
Typing the keystrokes for this widget with the cursor placed on or
to the left of an integer causes that integer to be incremented by
one. With a numeric prefix argument, the number is incremented by
the amount of the argument (decremented if the prefix argument is
negative). The shell parameter incarg may be set to change the
default increment to something other than one.
bindkey '^X+' incarg
incremental-complete-word
This allows incremental completion of a word. After starting this
command, a list of completion choices can be shown after every
character you type, which you can delete with ^H or DEL. Pressing
return accepts the completion so far and returns you to normal
editing (that is, the command line is _not_ immediately executed).
You can hit TAB to do normal completion, ^G to abort back to the
state when you started, and ^D to list the matches.
This works only with the new function based completion system.
bindkey '^Xi' incremental-complete-word
insert-composed-char
This function allows you to compose characters that don't appear on
the keyboard to be inserted into the command line. The command is
followed by two keys corresponding to ASCII characters (there is no
prompt). For accented characters, the two keys are a base
character followed by a code for the accent, while for other
special characters the two characters together form a mnemonic for
the character to be inserted. The two-character codes are a subset
of those given by RFC 1345 (see for example
http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc1345.html).
The function may optionally be followed by up to two characters
which replace one or both of the characters read from the keyboard;
if both characters are supplied, no input is read. For example,
insert-composed-char a: can be used within a widget to insert an a
with umlaut into the command line. This has the advantages over
use of a literal character that it is more portable.
For best results zsh should have been built with support for
multibyte characters (configured with --enable-multibyte); however,
the function works for the limited range of characters available in
single-byte character sets such as ISO-8859-1.
The character is converted into the local representation and
inserted into the command line at the cursor position. (The
conversion is done within the shell, using whatever facilities the
C library provides.) With a numeric argument, the character and
its code are previewed in the status line
The function may be run outside zle in which case it prints the
character (together with a newline) to standard output. Input is
still read from keystrokes.
See insert-unicode-char for an alternative way of inserting Unicode
characters using their hexadecimal character number.
The set of accented characters is reasonably complete up to Unicode
character U+0180, the set of special characters less so. However,
it is very sporadic from that point. Adding new characters is
easy, however; see the function define-composed-chars. Please send
any additions to zsh-workers AT zsh.org.
The codes for the second character when used to accent the first
are as follows. Note that not every character can take every
accent.
!
Grave.
'
Acute.
>
Circumflex.
?
Tilde. (This is not ~ as RFC 1345 does not assume that
character is present on the keyboard.)
-
Macron. (A horizontal bar over the base character.)
(
Breve. (A shallow dish shape over the base character.)
.
Dot above the base character, or in the case of i no dot, or
in the case of L and l a centered dot.
:
Diaeresis (Umlaut).
c
Cedilla.
_
Underline, however there are currently no underlined
characters.
/
Stroke through the base character.
"
Double acute (only supported on a few letters).
;
Ogonek. (A little forward facing hook at the bottom right of
the character.)
<
Caron. (A little v over the letter.)
0
Circle over the base character.
2
Hook over the base character.
9
Horn over the base character.
The most common characters from the Arabic, Cyrillic, Greek and
Hebrew alphabets are available; consult RFC 1345 for the
appropriate sequences. In addition, a set of two letter codes not
in RFC 1345 are available for the double-width characters
corresponding to ASCII characters from ! to ~ (0x21 to 0x7e) by
preceding the character with ^, for example ^A for a double-width
A.
The following other two-character sequences are understood.
ASCII characters
These are already present on most keyboards:
<(
Left square bracket
//
Backslash (solidus)
)>
Right square bracket
(!
Left brace (curly bracket)
!!
Vertical bar (pipe symbol)
!)
Right brace (curly bracket)
'?
Tilde
Special letters
Characters found in various variants of the Latin alphabet:
ss
Eszett (scharfes S)
D-, d-
Eth
TH, th
Thorn
kk
Kra
'n
'n
NG, ng
Ng
OI, oi
Oi
yr
yr
ED
ezh
Currency symbols
Ct
Cent
Pd
Pound sterling (also lira and others)
Cu
Currency
Ye
Yen
Eu
Euro (N.B. not in RFC 1345)
Punctuation characters
References to "right" quotes indicate the shape (like a 9
rather than 6) rather than their grammatical use. (For
example, a "right" low double quote is used to open quotations
in German.)
!I
Inverted exclamation mark
BB
Broken vertical bar
SE
Section
Co
Copyright
-a
Spanish feminine ordinal indicator
<<
Left guillemet
--
Soft hyphen
Rg
Registered trade mark
PI
Pilcrow (paragraph)
-o
Spanish masculine ordinal indicator
>>
Right guillemet
?I
Inverted question mark
-1
Hyphen
-N
En dash
-M
Em dash
-3
Horizontal bar
:3
Vertical ellipsis
.3
Horizontal midline ellipsis
!2
Double vertical line
=2
Double low line
'6
Left single quote
'9
Right single quote
.9
"Right" low quote
9'
Reversed "right" quote
"6
Left double quote
"9
Right double quote
:9
"Right" low double quote
9"
Reversed "right" double quote
/-
Dagger
/=
Double dagger
Mathematical symbols
DG
Degree
-2, +-, -+
- sign, +/- sign, -/+ sign
2S
Superscript 2
3S
Superscript 3
1S
Superscript 1
My
Micro
.M
Middle dot
14
Quarter
12
Half
34
Three quarters
*X
Multiplication
-:
Division
%0
Per mille
FA, TE, /0
For all, there exists, empty set
dP, DE, NB
Partial derivative, delta (increment), del (nabla)
(-, -)
Element of, contains
*P, +Z
Product, sum
*-, Ob, Sb
Asterisk, ring, bullet
RT, 0(, 00
Root sign, proportional to, infinity
Other symbols
cS, cH, cD, cC
Card suits: spades, hearts, diamonds, clubs
Md, M8, M2, Mb, Mx, MX
Musical notation: crotchet (quarter note), quaver (eighth
note), semiquavers (sixteenth notes), flag sign, natural
sign, sharp sign
Fm, Ml
Female, male
Accents on their own
'>
Circumflex (same as caret, ^)
'!
Grave (same as backtick, `)
',
Cedilla
':
Diaeresis (Umlaut)
'm
Macron
''
Acute
insert-files
This function allows you type a file pattern, and see the results
of the expansion at each step. When you hit return, all expansions
are inserted into the command line.
bindkey '^Xf' insert-files
insert-unicode-char
When first executed, the user inputs a set of hexadecimal digits.
This is terminated with another call to insert-unicode-char. The
digits are then turned into the corresponding Unicode character.
For example, if the widget is bound to ^XU, the character sequence
'^XU 4 c ^XU' inserts L (Unicode U+004c).
See insert-composed-char for a way of inserting characters using a
two-character mnemonic.
narrow-to-region [ -p PRE ] [ -P POST ]
[ -S STATEPM | -R STATEPM ] [ -n ] [ START END ])
narrow-to-region-invisible
Narrow the editable portion of the buffer to the region between the
cursor and the mark, which may be in either order. The region may
not be empty.
narrow-to-region may be used as a widget or called as a function
from a user-defined widget; by default, the text outside the
editable area remains visible. A recursive-edit is performed and
the original widening status is then restored. Various options and
arguments are available when it is called as a function.
The options -p PRETEXT and -P POSTTEXT may be used to replace the
text before and after the display for the duration of the function;
either or both may be an empty string.
If the option -n is also given, PRETEXT or POSTTEXT will only be
inserted if there is text before or after the region respectively
which will be made invisible.
Two numeric arguments may be given which will be used instead of
the cursor and mark positions.
The option -S STATEPM is used to narrow according to the other
options while saving the original state in the parameter with name
STATEPM, while the option -R STATEPM is used to restore the state
from the parameter; note in both cases the _name_ of the parameter
is required. In the second case, other options and arguments are
irrelevant. When this method is used, no recursive-edit is
performed; the calling widget should call this function with the
option -S, perform its own editing on the command line or pass
control to the user via 'zle recursive-edit', then call this
function with the option -R. The argument STATEPM must be a
suitable name for an ordinary parameter, except that parameters
beginning with the prefix _ntr_ are reserved for use within
narrow-to-region. Typically the parameter will be local to the
calling function.
narrow-to-region-invisible is a simple widget which calls
narrow-to-region with arguments which replace any text outside the
region with '...'.
The display is restored (and the widget returns) upon any zle
command which would usually cause the line to be accepted or
aborted. Hence an additional such command is required to accept or
abort the current line.
The return status of both widgets is zero if the line was accepted,
else non-zero.
Here is a trivial example of a widget using this feature.
local state
narrow-to-region -p $'Editing restricted region\n' \
-P '' -S state
zle recursive-edit
narrow-to-region -R state
predict-on
This set of functions implements predictive typing using history
search. After predict-on, typing characters causes the editor to
look backward in the history for the first line beginning with what
you have typed so far. After predict-off, editing returns to
normal for the line found. In fact, you often don't even need to
use predict-off, because if the line doesn't match something in the
history, adding a key performs standard completion, and then
inserts itself if no completions were found. However, editing in
the middle of a line is liable to confuse prediction; see the
toggle style below.
With the function based completion system (which is needed for
this), you should be able to type TAB at almost any point to
advance the cursor to the next ''interesting'' character position
(usually the end of the current word, but sometimes somewhere in
the middle of the word). And of course as soon as the entire line
is what you want, you can accept with return, without needing to
move the cursor to the end first.
The first time predict-on is used, it creates several additional
widget functions:
delete-backward-and-predict
Replaces the backward-delete-char widget. You do not need to
bind this yourself.
insert-and-predict
Implements predictive typing by replacing the self-insert
widget. You do not need to bind this yourself.
predict-off
Turns off predictive typing.
Although you autoload only the predict-on function, it is necessary
to create a keybinding for predict-off as well.
zle -N predict-on
zle -N predict-off
bindkey '^X^Z' predict-on
bindkey '^Z' predict-off
read-from-minibuffer
This is most useful when called as a function from inside a widget,
but will work correctly as a widget in its own right. It prompts
for a value below the current command line; a value may be input
using all of the standard zle operations (and not merely the
restricted set available when executing, for example,
execute-named-cmd). The value is then returned to the calling
function in the parameter $REPLY and the editing buffer restored to
its previous state. If the read was aborted by a keyboard break
(typically ^G), the function returns status 1 and $REPLY is not
set.
If one argument is supplied to the function it is taken as a
prompt, otherwise '? ' is used. If two arguments are supplied,
they are the prompt and the initial value of $LBUFFER, and if a
third argument is given it is the initial value of $RBUFFER. This
provides a default value and starting cursor placement. Upon
return the entire buffer is the value of $REPLY.
One option is available: '-k NUM' specifies that NUM characters are
to be read instead of a whole line. The line editor is not invoked
recursively in this case, so depending on the terminal settings the
input may not be visible, and only the input keys are placed in
$REPLY, not the entire buffer. Note that unlike the read builtin
NUM must be given; there is no default.
The name is a slight misnomer, as in fact the shell's own
minibuffer is not used. Hence it is still possible to call
executed-named-cmd and similar functions while reading a value.
replace-string, replace-pattern
replace-string-again, replace-pattern-again
The function replace-string implements three widgets. If defined
under the same name as the function, it prompts for two strings;
the first (source) string will be replaced by the second everywhere
it occurs in the line editing buffer.
If the widget name contains the word 'pattern', for example by
defining the widget using the command 'zle -N replace-pattern
replace-string', then the matching is performed using zsh patterns.
All zsh extended globbing patterns can be used in the source
string; note that unlike filename generation the pattern does not
need to match an entire word, nor do glob qualifiers have any
effect. In addition, the replacement string can contain parameter
or command substitutions. Furthermore, a '&' in the replacement
string will be replaced with the matched source string, and a
backquoted digit '\N' will be replaced by the Nth parenthesised
expression matched. The form '\{N}' may be used to protect the
digit from following digits.
If the widget instead contains the word 'regex' (or 'regexp'), then
the matching is performed using regular expressions, respecting the
setting of the option RE_MATCH_PCRE (see the description of the
function regexp-replace below). The special replacement facilities
described above for pattern matching are available.
By default the previous source or replacement string will not be
offered for editing. However, this feature can be activated by
setting the style edit-previous in the context :zle:WIDGET (for
example, :zle:replace-string) to true. In addition, a positive
numeric argument forces the previous values to be offered, a
negative or zero argument forces them not to be.
The function replace-string-again can be used to repeat the
previous replacement; no prompting is done. As with
replace-string, if the name of the widget contains the word
'pattern' or 'regex', pattern or regular expression matching is
performed, else a literal string replacement. Note that the
previous source and replacement text are the same whether pattern,
regular expression or string matching is used.
In addition, replace-string shows the previous replacement above
the prompt, so long as there was one during the current session; if
the source string is empty, that replacement will be repeated
without the widget prompting for a replacement string.
For example, starting from the line:
print This line contains fan and fond
and invoking replace-pattern with the source string 'f(?)n' and the
replacement string 'c\1r' produces the not very useful line:
print This line contains car and cord
The range of the replacement string can be limited by using the
narrow-to-region-invisible widget. One limitation of the current
version is that undo will cycle through changes to the replacement
and source strings before undoing the replacement itself.
send-invisible
This is similar to read-from-minibuffer in that it may be called as
a function from a widget or as a widget of its own, and
interactively reads input from the keyboard. However, the input
being typed is concealed and a string of asterisks ('*') is shown
instead. The value is saved in the parameter $INVISIBLE to which a
reference is inserted into the editing buffer at the restored
cursor position. If the read was aborted by a keyboard break
(typically ^G) or another escape from editing such as push-line,
$INVISIBLE is set to empty and the original buffer is restored
unchanged.
If one argument is supplied to the function it is taken as a
prompt, otherwise 'Non-echoed text: ' is used (as in emacs). If a
second and third argument are supplied they are used to begin and
end the reference to $INVISIBLE that is inserted into the buffer.
The default is to open with ${, then INVISIBLE, and close with },
but many other effects are possible.
smart-insert-last-word
This function may replace the insert-last-word widget, like so:
zle -N insert-last-word smart-insert-last-word
With a numeric prefix, or when passed command line arguments in a
call from another widget, it behaves like insert-last-word, except
that words in comments are ignored when INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS is
set.
Otherwise, the rightmost ''interesting'' word from the previous
command is found and inserted. The default definition of
''interesting'' is that the word contains at least one alphabetic
character, slash, or backslash. This definition may be overridden
by use of the match style. The context used to look up the style
is the widget name, so usually the context is :insert-last-word.
However, you can bind this function to different widgets to use
different patterns:
zle -N insert-last-assignment smart-insert-last-word
zstyle :insert-last-assignment match '[[:alpha:]][][[:alnum:]]#=*'
bindkey '\e=' insert-last-assignment
If no interesting word is found and the auto-previous style is set
to a true value, the search continues upward through the history.
When auto-previous is unset or false (the default), the widget must
be invoked repeatedly in order to search earlier history lines.
transpose-lines
Only useful with a multi-line editing buffer; the lines here are
lines within the current on-screen buffer, not history lines. The
effect is similar to the function of the same name in Emacs.
Transpose the current line with the previous line and move the
cursor to the start of the next line. Repeating this (which can be
done by providing a positive numeric prefix argument) has the
effect of moving the line above the cursor down by a number of
lines.
With a negative numeric prefix argument, requires two lines above
the cursor. These two lines are transposed and the cursor moved to
the start of the previous line. Using a numeric prefix less than
-1 has the effect of moving the line above the cursor up by minus
that number of lines.
which-command
This function is a drop-in replacement for the builtin widget
which-command. It has enhanced behaviour, in that it correctly
detects whether or not the command word needs to be expanded as an
alias; if so, it continues tracing the command word from the
expanded alias until it reaches the command that will be executed.
The style whence is available in the context :zle:$WIDGET; this may
be set to an array to give the command and options that will be
used to investigate the command word found. The default is whence
-c.
26.6.2 Utility Functions
------------------------
These functions are useful in constructing widgets. They should be
loaded with 'autoload -U FUNCTION' and called as indicated from
user-defined widgets.
split-shell-arguments
This function splits the line currently being edited into shell
arguments and whitespace. The result is stored in the array reply.
The array contains all the parts of the line in order, starting
with any whitespace before the first argument, and finishing with
any whitespace after the last argument. Hence (so long as the
option KSH_ARRAYS is not set) whitespace is given by odd indices in
the array and arguments by even indices. Note that no stripping of
quotes is done; joining together all the elements of reply in order
is guaranteed to produce the original line.
The parameter REPLY is set to the index of the word in reply which
contains the character after the cursor, where the first element
has index 1. The parameter REPLY2 is set to the index of the
character under the cursor in that word, where the first character
has index 1.
Hence reply, REPLY and REPLY2 should all be made local to the
enclosing function.
See the function modify-current-argument, described below, for an
example of how to call this function.
modify-current-argument EXPR-USING-$ARG
This function provides a simple method of allowing user-defined
widgets to modify the command line argument under the cursor (or
immediately to the left of the cursor if the cursor is between
arguments). The argument should be an expression which when
evaluated operates on the shell parameter ARG, which will have been
set to the command line argument under the cursor. The expression
should be suitably quoted to prevent it being evaluated too early.
For example, a user-defined widget containing the following code
converts the characters in the argument under the cursor into all
upper case:
modify-current-argument '${(U)ARG}'
The following strips any quoting from the current word (whether
backslashes or one of the styles of quotes), and replaces it with
single quoting throughout:
modify-current-argument '${(qq)${(Q)ARG}}'
26.6.3 Styles
-------------
The behavior of several of the above widgets can be controlled by the
use of the zstyle mechanism. In particular, widgets that interact with
the completion system pass along their context to any completions that
they invoke.
break-keys
This style is used by the incremental-complete-word widget. Its
value should be a pattern, and all keys matching this pattern will
cause the widget to stop incremental completion without the key
having any further effect. Like all styles used directly by
incremental-complete-word, this style is looked up using the
context ':incremental'.
completer
The incremental-complete-word and insert-and-predict widgets set up
their top-level context name before calling completion. This
allows one to define different sets of completer functions for
normal completion and for these widgets. For example, to use
completion, approximation and correction for normal completion,
completion and correction for incremental completion and only
completion for prediction one could use:
zstyle ':completion:*' completer \
_complete _correct _approximate
zstyle ':completion:incremental:*' completer \
_complete _correct
zstyle ':completion:predict:*' completer \
_complete
It is a good idea to restrict the completers used in prediction,
because they may be automatically invoked as you type. The _list
and _menu completers should never be used with prediction. The
_approximate, _correct, _expand, and _match completers may be used,
but be aware that they may change characters anywhere in the word
behind the cursor, so you need to watch carefully that the result
is what you intended.
cursor
The insert-and-predict widget uses this style, in the context
':predict', to decide where to place the cursor after completion
has been tried. Values are:
complete
The cursor is left where it was when completion finished, but
only if it is after a character equal to the one just inserted
by the user. If it is after another character, this value is
the same as 'key'.
key
The cursor is left after the Nth occurrence of the character
just inserted, where N is the number of times that character
appeared in the word before completion was attempted. In
short, this has the effect of leaving the cursor after the
character just typed even if the completion code found out
that no other characters need to be inserted at that position.
Any other value for this style unconditionally leaves the cursor at
the position where the completion code left it.
list
When using the incremental-complete-word widget, this style says if
the matches should be listed on every key press (if they fit on the
screen). Use the context prefix ':completion:incremental'.
The insert-and-predict widget uses this style to decide if the
completion should be shown even if there is only one possible
completion. This is done if the value of this style is the string
always. In this case the context is ':predict' (_not_
':completion:predict').
match
This style is used by smart-insert-last-word to provide a pattern
(using full EXTENDED_GLOB syntax) that matches an interesting word.
The context is the name of the widget to which
smart-insert-last-word is bound (see above). The default behavior
of smart-insert-last-word is equivalent to:
zstyle :insert-last-word match '*[[:alpha:]/\\]*'
However, you might want to include words that contain spaces:
zstyle :insert-last-word match '*[[:alpha:][:space:]/\\]*'
Or include numbers as long as the word is at least two characters
long:
zstyle :insert-last-word match '*([[:digit:]]?|[[:alpha:]/\\])*'
The above example causes redirections like "2>" to be included.
prompt
The incremental-complete-word widget shows the value of this style
in the status line during incremental completion. The string value
may contain any of the following substrings in the manner of the
PS1 and other prompt parameters:
%c
Replaced by the name of the completer function that generated
the matches (without the leading underscore).
%l
When the list style is set, replaced by '...' if the list of
matches is too long to fit on the screen and with an empty
string otherwise. If the list style is 'false' or not set,
'%l' is always removed.
%n
Replaced by the number of matches generated.
%s
Replaced by '-no match-', '-no prefix-', or an empty string if
there is no completion matching the word on the line, if the
matches have no common prefix different from the word on the
line, or if there is such a common prefix, respectively.
%u
Replaced by the unambiguous part of all matches, if there is
any, and if it is different from the word on the line.
Like 'break-keys', this uses the ':incremental' context.
stop-keys
This style is used by the incremental-complete-word widget. Its
value is treated similarly to the one for the break-keys style (and
uses the same context: ':incremental'). However, in this case all
keys matching the pattern given as its value will stop incremental
completion and will then execute their usual function.
toggle
This boolean style is used by predict-on and its related widgets in
the context ':predict'. If set to one of the standard 'true'
values, predictive typing is automatically toggled off in
situations where it is unlikely to be useful, such as when editing
a multi-line buffer or after moving into the middle of a line and
then deleting a character. The default is to leave prediction
turned on until an explicit call to predict-off.
verbose
This boolean style is used by predict-on and its related widgets in
the context ':predict'. If set to one of the standard 'true'
values, these widgets display a message below the prompt when the
predictive state is toggled. This is most useful in combination
with the toggle style. The default does not display these
messages.
widget
This style is similar to the command style: For widget functions
that use zle to call other widgets, this style can sometimes be
used to override the widget which is called. The context for this
style is the name of the calling widget (_not_ the name of the
calling function, because one function may be bound to multiple
widget names).
zstyle :copy-earlier-word widget smart-insert-last-word
Check the documentation for the calling widget or function to
determine whether the widget style is used.
File: zsh.info, Node: Exception Handling, Next: MIME Functions, Prev: ZLE Functions, Up: User Contributions
26.7 Exception Handling
=======================
Two functions are provided to enable zsh to provide exception handling
in a form that should be familiar from other languages.
throw EXCEPTION
The function throw throws the named EXCEPTION. The name is an
arbitrary string and is only used by the throw and catch functions.
An exception is for the most part treated the same as a shell
error, i.e. an unhandled exception will cause the shell to abort
all processing in a function or script and to return to the top
level in an interactive shell.
catch EXCEPTION-PATTERN
The function catch returns status zero if an exception was thrown
and the pattern EXCEPTION-PATTERN matches its name. Otherwise it
returns status 1. EXCEPTION-PATTERN is a standard shell pattern,
respecting the current setting of the EXTENDED_GLOB option. An
alias catch is also defined to prevent the argument to the function
from matching filenames, so patterns may be used unquoted. Note
that as exceptions are not fundamentally different from other shell
errors it is possible to catch shell errors by using an empty
string as the exception name. The shell variable CAUGHT is set by
catch to the name of the exception caught. It is possible to
rethrow an exception by calling the throw function again once an
exception has been caught.
The functions are designed to be used together with the always construct
described in *note Complex Commands::. This is important as only this
construct provides the required support for exceptions. A typical
example is as follows.
{
# "try" block
# ... nested code here calls "throw MyExcept"
} always {
# "always" block
if catch MyExcept; then
print "Caught exception MyExcept"
elif catch ''; then
print "Caught a shell error. Propagating..."
throw ''
fi
# Other exceptions are not handled but may be caught further
# up the call stack.
}
If all exceptions should be caught, the following idiom might be
preferable.
{
# ... nested code here throws an exception
} always {
if catch *; then
case $CAUGHT in
(MyExcept)
print "Caught my own exception"
;;
(*)
print "Caught some other exception"
;;
esac
fi
}
In common with exception handling in other languages, the exception may
be thrown by code deeply nested inside the 'try' block. However, note
that it must be thrown inside the current shell, not in a subshell
forked for a pipeline, parenthesised current-shell construct, or some
form of command or process substitution.
The system internally uses the shell variable EXCEPTION to record the
name of the exception between throwing and catching. One drawback of
this scheme is that if the exception is not handled the variable
EXCEPTION remains set and may be incorrectly recognised as the name of
an exception if a shell error subsequently occurs. Adding unset
EXCEPTION at the start of the outermost layer of any code that uses
exception handling will eliminate this problem.
File: zsh.info, Node: MIME Functions, Next: Mathematical Functions, Prev: Exception Handling, Up: User Contributions
26.8 MIME Functions
===================
Three functions are available to provide handling of files recognised by
extension, for example to dispatch a file text.ps when executed as a
command to an appropriate viewer.
zsh-mime-setup [ -fv ] [ -l [ SUFFIX ... ] ]
zsh-mime-handler [-l] COMMAND ARGUMENTS ...
These two functions use the files ~/.mime.types and
/etc/mime.types, which associate types and extensions, as well as
~/.mailcap and /etc/mailcap files, which associate types and the
programs that handle them. These are provided on many systems with
the Multimedia Internet Mail Extensions.
To enable the system, the function zsh-mime-setup should be
autoloaded and run. This allows files with extensions to be
treated as executable; such files be completed by the function
completion system. The function zsh-mime-handler should not need
to be called by the user.
The system works by setting up suffix aliases with 'alias -s'.
Suffix aliases already installed by the user will not be
overwritten.
For suffixes defined in lower case, upper case variants will also
automatically be handled (e.g. PDF is automatically handled if
handling for the suffix pdf is defined), but not vice versa.
Repeated calls to zsh-mime-setup do not override the existing
mapping between suffixes and executable files unless the option -f
is given. Note, however, that this does not override existing
suffix aliases assigned to handlers other than zsh-mime-handler.
Calling zsh-mime-setup with the option -l lists the existing
mappings without altering them. Suffixes to list (which may
contain pattern characters that should be quoted from immediate
interpretation on the command line) may be given as additional
arguments, otherwise all suffixes are listed.
Calling zsh-mime-setup with the option -v causes verbose output to
be shown during the setup operation.
The system respects the mailcap flags needsterminal and
copiousoutput, see man page mailcap(4).
The functions use the following styles, which are defined with the
zstyle builtin command (*note The zsh/zutil Module::). They should
be defined before zsh-mime-setup is run. The contexts used all
start with :mime:, with additional components in some cases. It is
recommended that a trailing * (suitably quoted) be appended to
style patterns in case the system is extended in future. Some
examples are given below.
For files that have multiple suffixes, e.g. .pdf.gz, where the
context includes the suffix it will be looked up starting with the
longest possible suffix until a match for the style is found. For
example, if .pdf.gz produces a match for the handler, that will be
used; otherwise the handler for .gz will be used. Note that, owing
to the way suffix aliases work, it is always required that there be
a handler for the shortest possible suffix, so in this example
.pdf.gz can only be handled if .gz is also handled (though not
necessarily in the same way). Alternatively, if no handling for
.gz on its own is needed, simply adding the command
alias -s gz=zsh-mime-handler
to the initialisation code is sufficient; .gz will not be handled
on its own, but may be in combination with other suffixes.
current-shell
If this boolean style is true, the mailcap handler for the
context in question is run using the eval builtin instead of
by starting a new sh process. This is more efficient, but may
not work in the occasional cases where the mailcap handler
uses strict POSIX syntax.
execute-as-is
This style gives a list of patterns to be matched against
files passed for execution with a handler program. If the
file matches the pattern, the entire command line is executed
in its current form, with no handler. This is useful for
files which might have suffixes but nonetheless be executable
in their own right. If the style is not set, the pattern *(*)
*(/) is used; hence executable files are executed directly and
not passed to a handler, and the option AUTO_CD may be used to
change to directories that happen to have MIME suffixes.
file-path
Used if the style find-file-in-path is true for the same
context. Set to an array of directories that are used for
searching for the file to be handled; the default is the
command path given by the special parameter path. The shell
option PATH_DIRS is respected; if that is set, the appropriate
path will be searched even if the name of the file to be
handled as it appears on the command line contains a '/'. The
full context is :mime:.SUFFIX:, as described for the style
handler.
find-file-in-path
If set, allows files whose names do not contain absolute paths
to be searched for in the command path or the path specified
by the file-path style. If the file is not found in the path,
it is looked for locally (whether or not the current directory
is in the path); if it is not found locally, the handler will
abort unless the handle-nonexistent style is set. Files found
in the path are tested as described for the style
execute-as-is. The full context is :mime:.SUFFIX:, as
described for the style handler.
flags
Defines flags to go with a handler; the context is as for the
handler style, and the format is as for the flags in mailcap.
handle-nonexistent
By default, arguments that don't correspond to files are not
passed to the MIME handler in order to prevent it from
intercepting commands found in the path that happen to have
suffixes. This style may be set to an array of extended glob
patterns for arguments that will be passed to the handler even
if they don't exist. If it is not explicitly set it defaults
to [[:alpha:]]#:/* which allows URLs to be passed to the MIME
handler even though they don't exist in that format in the
file system. The full context is :mime:.SUFFIX:, as described
for the style handler.
handler
Specifies a handler for a suffix; the suffix is given by the
context as :mime:.SUFFIX:, and the format of the handler is
exactly that in mailcap. Note in particular the '.' and
trailing colon to distinguish this use of the context. This
overrides any handler specified by the mailcap files. If the
handler requires a terminal, the flags style should be set to
include the word needsterminal, or if the output is to be
displayed through a pager (but not if the handler is itself a
pager), it should include copiousoutput.
mailcap
A list of files in the format of ~/.mailcap and /etc/mailcap
to be read during setup, replacing the default list which
consists of those two files. The context is :mime:. A + in
the list will be replaced by the default files.
mailcap-priorities
This style is used to resolve multiple mailcap entries for the
same MIME type. It consists of an array of the following
elements, in descending order of priority; later entries will
be used if earlier entries are unable to resolve the entries
being compared. If none of the tests resolve the entries, the
first entry encountered is retained.
files
The order of files (entries in the mailcap style) read.
Earlier files are preferred. (Note this does not resolve
entries in the same file.)
priority
The priority flag from the mailcap entry. The priority
is an integer from 0 to 9 with the default value being 5.
flags
The test given by the mailcap-prio-flags option is used
to resolve entries.
place
Later entries are preferred; as the entries are strictly
ordered, this test always succeeds.
Note that as this style is handled during initialisation, the
context is always :mime:, with no discrimination by suffix.
mailcap-prio-flags
This style is used when the keyword flags is encountered in
the list of tests specified by the mailcap-priorities style.
It should be set to a list of patterns, each of which is
tested against the flags specified in the mailcap entry (in
other words, the sets of assignments found with some entries
in the mailcap file). Earlier patterns in the list are
preferred to later ones, and matched patterns are preferred to
unmatched ones.
mime-types
A list of files in the format of ~/.mime.types and
/etc/mime.types to be read during setup, replacing the default
list which consists of those two files. The context is
:mime:. A + in the list will be replaced by the default
files.
never-background
If this boolean style is set, the handler for the given
context is always run in the foreground, even if the flags
provided in the mailcap entry suggest it need not be (for
example, it doesn't require a terminal).
pager
If set, will be used instead of $PAGER or more to handle
suffixes where the copiousoutput flag is set. The context is
as for handler, i.e. :mime:.SUFFIX: for handling a file with
the given SUFFIX.
Examples:
zstyle ':mime:*' mailcap ~/.mailcap /usr/local/etc/mailcap
zstyle ':mime:.txt:' handler less %s
zstyle ':mime:.txt:' flags needsterminal
When zsh-mime-setup is subsequently run, it will look for mailcap
entries in the two files given. Files of suffix .txt will be
handled by running 'less FILE.TXT'. The flag needsterminal is set
to show that this program must run attached to a terminal.
As there are several steps to dispatching a command, the following
should be checked if attempting to execute a file by extension .EXT
does not have the expected effect.
The command 'alias -s EXT' should show 'ps=zsh-mime-handler'. If
it shows something else, another suffix alias was already installed
and was not overwritten. If it shows nothing, no handler was
installed: this is most likely because no handler was found in the
.mime.types and mailcap combination for .ext files. In that case,
appropriate handling should be added to ~/.mime.types and mailcap.
If the extension is handled by zsh-mime-handler but the file is not
opened correctly, either the handler defined for the type is
incorrect, or the flags associated with it are in appropriate.
Running zsh-mime-setup -l will show the handler and, if there are
any, the flags. A %s in the handler is replaced by the file
(suitably quoted if necessary). Check that the handler program
listed lists and can be run in the way shown. Also check that the
flags needsterminal or copiousoutput are set if the handler needs
to be run under a terminal; the second flag is used if the output
should be sent to a pager. An example of a suitable mailcap entry
for such a program is:
text/html; /usr/bin/lynx '%s'; needsterminal
Running 'zsh-mime-handler -l COMMAND LINE' prints the command line
that would be executed, simplified to remove the effect of any
flags, and quoted so that the output can be run as a complete zsh
command line. This is used by the completion system to decide how
to complete after a file handled by zsh-mime-setup.
pick-web-browser
This function is separate from the two MIME functions described
above and can be assigned directly to a suffix:
autoload -U pick-web-browser
alias -s html=pick-web-browser
It is provided as an intelligent front end to dispatch a web
browser. It may be run as either a function or a shell script.
The status 255 is returned if no browser could be started.
Various styles are available to customize the choice of browsers:
browser-style
The value of the style is an array giving preferences in
decreasing order for the type of browser to use. The values
of elements may be
running
Use a GUI browser that is already running when an X
Window display is available. The browsers listed in the
x-browsers style are tried in order until one is found;
if it is, the file will be displayed in that browser, so
the user may need to check whether it has appeared. If
no running browser is found, one is not started.
Browsers other than Firefox, Opera and Konqueror are
assumed to understand the Mozilla syntax for opening a
URL remotely.
x
Start a new GUI browser when an X Window display is
available. Search for the availability of one of the
browsers listed in the x-browsers style and start the
first one that is found. No check is made for an already
running browser.
tty
Start a terminal-based browser. Search for the
availability of one of the browsers listed in the
tty-browsers style and start the first one that is found.
If the style is not set the default running x tty is used.
x-browsers
An array in decreasing order of preference of browsers to use
when running under the X Window System. The array consists of
the command name under which to start the browser. They are
looked up in the context :mime: (which may be extended in
future, so appending '*' is recommended). For example,
zstyle ':mime:*' x-browsers opera konqueror firefox
specifies that pick-web-browser should first look for a
running instance of Opera, Konqueror or Firefox, in that
order, and if it fails to find any should attempt to start
Opera. The default is firefox mozilla netscape opera
konqueror.
tty-browsers
An array similar to x-browsers, except that it gives browsers
to use when no X Window display is available. The default is
elinks links lynx.
command
If it is set this style is used to pick the command used to
open a page for a browser. The context is
:mime:browser:new:$browser: to start a new browser or
:mime:browser:running:$browser: to open a URL in a browser
already running on the current X display, where $browser is
the value matched in the x-browsers or tty-browsers style.
The escape sequence %b in the style's value will be replaced
by the browser, while %u will be replaced by the URL. If the
style is not set, the default for all new instances is
equivalent to %b %u and the defaults for using running
browsers are equivalent to the values kfmclient openURL %u for
Konqueror, firefox -new-tab %u for Firefox, opera -newpage %u
for Opera, and %b -remote "openUrl(%u)" for all others.
File: zsh.info, Node: Mathematical Functions, Next: User Configuration Functions, Prev: MIME Functions, Up: User Contributions
26.9 Mathematical Functions
===========================
zcalc [ EXPRESSION ... ]
A reasonably powerful calculator based on zsh's arithmetic
evaluation facility. The syntax is similar to that of formulae in
most programming languages; see *note Arithmetic Evaluation:: for
details. The mathematical library zsh/mathfunc will be loaded if
it is available; see *note The zsh/mathfunc Module::. The
mathematical functions correspond to the raw system libraries, so
trigonometric functions are evaluated using radians, and so on.
Each line typed is evaluated as an expression. The prompt shows a
number, which corresponds to a positional parameter where the
result of that calculation is stored. For example, the result of
the calculation on the line preceded by '4> ' is available as $4.
The last value calculated is available as ans. Full command line
editing, including the history of previous calculations, is
available; the history is saved in the file ~/.zcalc_history. To
exit, enter a blank line or type ':q' on its own ('q' is allowed
for historical compatibility).
If arguments are given to zcalc on start up, they are used to prime
the first few positional parameters. A visual indication of this
is given when the calculator starts.
The constants PI (3.14159...) and E (2.71828...) are provided.
Parameter assignment is possible, but note that all parameters will
be put into the global namespace.
The output base can be initialised by passing the option '-#BASE',
for example 'zcalc -#16' (the '#' may have to be quoted, depending
on the globbing options set).
The prompt is configurable via the parameter ZCALCPROMPT, which
undergoes standard prompt expansion. The index of the current
entry is stored locally in the first element of the array psvar,
which can be referred to in ZCALCPROMPT as '%1v'. The default
prompt is '%1v> '.
A few special commands are available; these are introduced by a
colon. For backward compatibility, the colon may be omitted for
certain commands. Completion is available if compinit has been
run.
The output precision may be specified within zcalc by special
commands familiar from many calculators.
:norm
The default output format. It corresponds to the printf %g
specification. Typically this shows six decimal digits.
:sci DIGITS
Scientific notation, corresponding to the printf %g output
format with the precision given by DIGITS. This produces
either fixed point or exponential notation depending on the
value output.
:fix DIGITS
Fixed point notation, corresponding to the printf %f output
format with the precision given by DIGITS.
:eng DIGITS
Exponential notation, corresponding to the printf %E output
format with the precision given by DIGITS.
:raw
Raw output: this is the default form of the output from a math
evaluation. This may show more precision than the number
actually possesses.
Other special commands:
:!LINE...
Execute LINE... as a normal shell command line. Note that it
is executed in the context of the function, i.e. with local
variables. Space is optional after :!.
:local ARG ...
Declare variables local to the function. Note that certain
variables are used by the function for its own purposes.
Other variables may be used, too, but they will be taken from
or put into the global scope.
:function NAME [ BODY ]
Define a mathematical function or (with no BODY) delete it.
The function is defined using zmathfuncdef, see below.
Note that zcalc takes care of all quoting. Hence for example:
function cube $1 * $1 * $1
defines a function to cube the sole argument.
[#BASE]
This is not a special command, rather part of normal
arithmetic syntax; however, when this form appears on a line
by itself the default output radix is set to BASE. Use, for
example, '[#16]' to display hexadecimal output preceded by an
indication of the base, or '[##16]' just to display the raw
number in the given base. Bases themselves are always
specified in decimal. '[#]' restores the normal output
format. Note that setting an output base suppresses floating
point output; use '[#]' to return to normal operation.
See the comments in the function for a few extra tips.
zmathfuncdef [ MATHFUNC [ BODY ] ]
A convenient front end to functions -M.
With two arguments, define a mathematical function named MATHFUNC
which can be used in any form of arithmetic evaluation. BODY is a
mathematical expression to implement the function. It may contain
references to position parameters $1, $2, ... to refer to
mandatory parameters and ${1:-DEFVALUE} ... to refer to optional
parameters. Note that the forms must be strictly adhered to for
the function to calculate the correct number of arguments. The
implementation is held in a shell function named
zsh_math_func_MATHFUNC; usually the user will not need to refer to
the shell function directly. Any existing function of the same
name is silently replaced.
With one argument, remove the mathematical function MATHFUNC as
well as the shell function implementation.
With no arguments, list all MATHFUNC functions in a form suitable
for restoring the definition. The functions have not necessarily
been defined by zmathfuncdef.
File: zsh.info, Node: User Configuration Functions, Next: Other Functions, Prev: Mathematical Functions, Up: User Contributions
26.10 User Configuration Functions
==================================
The zsh/newuser module comes with a function to aid in configuring shell
options for new users. If the module is installed, this function can
also be run by hand. It is available even if the module's default
behaviour, namely running the function for a new user logging in without
startup files, is inhibited.
zsh-newuser-install [ -f ]
The function presents the user with various options for customizing
their initialization scripts. Currently only ~/.zshrc is handled.
$ZDOTDIR/.zshrc is used instead if the parameter ZDOTDIR is set;
this provides a way for the user to configure a file without
altering an existing .zshrc.
By default the function exits immediately if it finds any of the
files .zshenv, .zprofile, .zshrc, or .zlogin in the appropriate
directory. The option -f is required in order to force the
function to continue. Note this may happen even if .zshrc itself
does not exist.
As currently configured, the function will exit immediately if the
user has root privileges; this behaviour cannot be overridden.
Once activated, the function's behaviour is supposed to be
self-explanatory. Menus are present allowing the user to alter the
value of options and parameters. Suggestions for improvements are
always welcome.
When the script exits, the user is given the opportunity to save
the new file or not; changes are not irreversible until this point.
However, the script is careful to restrict changes to the file only
to a group marked by the lines '# Lines configured by
zsh-newuser-install' and '# End of lines configured by
zsh-newuser-install'. In addition, the old version of .zshrc is
saved to a file with the suffix .zni appended.
If the function edits an existing .zshrc, it is up to the user to
ensure that the changes made will take effect. For example, if
control usually returns early from the existing .zshrc the lines
will not be executed; or a later initialization file may override
options or parameters, and so on. The function itself does not
attempt to detect any such conflicts.
File: zsh.info, Node: Other Functions, Prev: User Configuration Functions, Up: User Contributions
26.11 Other Functions
=====================
There are a large number of helpful functions in the Functions/Misc
directory of the zsh distribution. Most are very simple and do not
require documentation here, but a few are worthy of special mention.
26.11.1 Descriptions
--------------------
colors
This function initializes several associative arrays to map color
names to (and from) the ANSI standard eight-color terminal codes.
These are used by the prompt theme system (*note Prompt Themes::).
You seldom should need to run colors more than once.
The eight base colors are: black, red, green, yellow, blue,
magenta, cyan, and white. Each of these has codes for foreground
and background. In addition there are eight intensity attributes:
bold, faint, standout, underline, blink, reverse, and conceal.
Finally, there are six codes used to negate attributes: none (reset
all attributes to the defaults), normal (neither bold nor faint),
no-standout, no-underline, no-blink, and no-reverse.
Some terminals do not support all combinations of colors and
intensities.
The associative arrays are:
color
colour
Map all the color names to their integer codes, and integer
codes to the color names. The eight base names map to the
foreground color codes, as do names prefixed with 'fg-', such
as 'fg-red'. Names prefixed with 'bg-', such as 'bg-blue',
refer to the background codes. The reverse mapping from code
to color yields base name for foreground codes and the bg-
form for backgrounds.
Although it is a misnomer to call them 'colors', these arrays
also map the other fourteen attributes from names to codes and
codes to names.
fg
fg_bold
fg_no_bold
Map the eight basic color names to ANSI terminal escape
sequences that set the corresponding foreground text
properties. The fg sequences change the color without
changing the eight intensity attributes.
bg
bg_bold
bg_no_bold
Map the eight basic color names to ANSI terminal escape
sequences that set the corresponding background properties.
The bg sequences change the color without changing the eight
intensity attributes.
In addition, the scalar parameters reset_color and bold_color are
set to the ANSI terminal escapes that turn off all attributes and
turn on bold intensity, respectively.
fned NAME
Same as zed -f. This function does not appear in the zsh
distribution, but can be created by linking zed to the name fned in
some directory in your fpath.
is-at-least NEEDED [ PRESENT ]
Perform a greater-than-or-equal-to comparison of two strings having
the format of a zsh version number; that is, a string of numbers
and text with segments separated by dots or dashes. If the PRESENT
string is not provided, $ZSH_VERSION is used. Segments are paired
left-to-right in the two strings with leading non-number parts
ignored. If one string has fewer segments than the other, the
missing segments are considered zero.
This is useful in startup files to set options and other state that
are not available in all versions of zsh.
is-at-least 3.1.6-15 && setopt NO_GLOBAL_RCS
is-at-least 3.1.0 && setopt HIST_REDUCE_BLANKS
is-at-least 2.6-17 || print "You can't use is-at-least here."
nslookup [ ARG ... ]
This wrapper function for the nslookup command requires the
zsh/zpty module (see *note The zsh/zpty Module::). It behaves
exactly like the standard nslookup except that it provides
customizable prompts (including a right-side prompt) and completion
of nslookup commands, host names, etc. (if you use the
function-based completion system). Completion styles may be set
with the context prefix ':completion:nslookup'.
See also the pager, prompt and rprompt styles below.
regexp-replace VAR REGEXP REPLACE
Use regular expressions to perform a global search and replace
operation on a variable. If the option RE_MATCH_PCRE is not set,
POSIX extended regular expressions are used, else Perl-compatible
regular expressions (this requires the shell to be linked against
the pcre library).
VAR is the name of the variable containing the string to be
matched. The variable will be modified directly by the function.
The variables MATCH, MBEGIN, MEND, match, mbegin, mend should be
avoided as these are used by the regular expression code.
REGEXP is the regular expression to match against the string.
REPLACE is the replacement text. This can contain parameter,
command and arithmetic expressions which will be replaced: in
particular, a reference to $MATCH will be replaced by the text
matched by the pattern.
The return status is 0 if at least one match was performed, else 1.
run-help CMD
This function is designed to be invoked by the run-help ZLE widget,
in place of the default alias. See 'Accessing On-Line Help' (*note
Utilities::) for setup instructions.
In the discussion which follows, if CMD is a file system path, it
is first reduced to its rightmost component (the file name).
Help is first sought by looking for a file named CMD in the
directory named by the HELPDIR parameter. If no file is found, an
assistant function, alias, or command named run-help-CMD is sought.
If found, the assistant is executed with the rest of the current
command line (everything after the command name CMD) as its
arguments. When neither file nor assistant is found, the external
command 'man CMD' is run.
An example assistant for the "ssh" command:
run-help-ssh() {
emulate -LR zsh
local -a args
# Delete the "-l username" option
zparseopts -D -E -a args l:
# Delete other options, leaving: host command
args=(${@:#-*})
if [[ ${#args} -lt 2 ]]; then
man ssh
else
run-help $args[2]
fi
}
Several of these assistants are provided in the Functions/Misc
directory. These must be autoloaded, or placed as executable
scripts in your search path, in order to be found and used by
run-help.
run-help-git
run-help-svk
run-help-svn
Assistant functions for the git, svk, and svn commands.
tetris
Zsh was once accused of not being as complete as Emacs, because it
lacked a Tetris game. This function was written to refute this
vicious slander.
This function must be used as a ZLE widget:
autoload -U tetris
zle -N tetris
bindkey KEYS tetris
To start a game, execute the widget by typing the KEYS. Whatever
command line you were editing disappears temporarily, and your
keymap is also temporarily replaced by the Tetris control keys.
The previous editor state is restored when you quit the game (by
pressing 'q') or when you lose.
If you quit in the middle of a game, the next invocation of the
tetris widget will continue where you left off. If you lost, it
will start a new game.
zargs [ OPTION ... -- ] [ INPUT ... ] [ -- COMMAND [ ARG ... ] ]
This function has a similar purpose to GNU xargs. Instead of
reading lines of arguments from the standard input, it takes them
from the command line. This is useful because zsh, especially with
recursive glob operators, often can construct a command line for a
shell function that is longer than can be accepted by an external
command.
The OPTION list represents options of the zargs command itself,
which are the same as those of xargs. The INPUT list is the
collection of strings (often file names) that become the arguments
of the command, analogous to the standard input of xargs. Finally,
the ARG list consists of those arguments (usually options) that are
passed to the COMMAND each time it runs. The ARG list precedes the
elements from the input list in each run. If no COMMAND is
provided, then no ARG list may be provided, and in that event the
default command is 'print' with arguments '-r --'.
For example, to get a long ls listing of all plain files in the
current directory or its subdirectories:
autoload -U zargs
zargs -- **/*(.) -- ls -l
Note that '--' is used both to mark the end of the OPTION list and
to mark the end of the INPUT list, so it must appear twice whenever
the INPUT list may be empty. If there is guaranteed to be at least
one INPUT and the first INPUT does not begin with a '-', then the
first '--' may be omitted.
In the event that the string '--' is or may be an INPUT, the -e
option may be used to change the end-of-inputs marker. Note that
this does _not_ change the end-of-options marker. For example, to
use '..' as the marker:
zargs -e.. -- **/*(.) .. ls -l
This is a good choice in that example because no plain file can be
named '..', but the best end-marker depends on the circumstances.
The options -i, -I, -l, -L, and -n differ slightly from their usage
in xargs. There are no input lines for zargs to count, so -l and
-L count through the INPUT list, and -n counts the number of
arguments passed to each execution of COMMAND, _including_ any ARG
list. Also, any time -i or -I is used, each INPUT is processed
separately as if by '-L 1'.
For details of the other zargs options, see man page xargs(1) (but
note the difference in function between zargs and xargs) or run
zargs with the --help option.
zed [ -f ] NAME
zed -b
This function uses the ZLE editor to edit a file or function.
Only one NAME argument is allowed. If the -f option is given, the
name is taken to be that of a function; if the function is marked
for autoloading, zed searches for it in the fpath and loads it.
Note that functions edited this way are installed into the current
shell, but _not_ written back to the autoload file.
Without -f, NAME is the path name of the file to edit, which need
not exist; it is created on write, if necessary.
While editing, the function sets the main keymap to zed and the vi
command keymap to zed-vicmd. These will be copied from the
existing main and vicmd keymaps if they do not exist the first time
zed is run. They can be used to provide special key bindings used
only in zed.
If it creates the keymap, zed rebinds the return key to insert a
line break and '^X^W' to accept the edit in the zed keymap, and
binds 'ZZ' to accept the edit in the zed-vicmd keymap.
The bindings alone can be installed by running 'zed -b'. This is
suitable for putting into a startup file. Note that, if rerun,
this will overwrite the existing zed and zed-vicmd keymaps.
Completion is available, and styles may be set with the context
prefix ':completion:zed'.
A zle widget zed-set-file-name is available. This can be called by
name from within zed using '\ex zed-set-file-name' (note, however,
that because of zed's rebindings you will have to type ^j at the
end instead of the return key), or can be bound to a key in either
of the zed or zed-vicmd keymaps after 'zed -b' has been run. When
the widget is called, it prompts for a new name for the file being
edited. When zed exits the file will be written under that name
and the original file will be left alone. The widget has no effect
with 'zed -f'.
While zed-set-file-name is running, zed uses the keymap
zed-normal-keymap, which is linked from the main keymap in effect
at the time zed initialised its bindings. (This is to make the
return key operate normally.) The result is that if the main
keymap has been changed, the widget won't notice. This is not a
concern for most users.
zcp [ -finqQvwW ] SRCPAT DEST
zln [ -finqQsvwW ] SRCPAT DEST
Same as zmv -C and zmv -L, respectively. These functions do not
appear in the zsh distribution, but can be created by linking zmv
to the names zcp and zln in some directory in your fpath.
zkbd
See 'Keyboard Definition' (*note Utilities::).
zmv [ -finqQsvwW ] [ -C | -L | -M | -p PROGRAM ] [ -o OPTSTRING ] SRCPAT DEST
Move (usually, rename) files matching the pattern SRCPAT to
corresponding files having names of the form given by DEST, where
SRCPAT contains parentheses surrounding patterns which will be
replaced in turn by $1, $2, ... in DEST. For example,
zmv '(*).lis' '$1.txt'
renames 'foo.lis' to 'foo.txt', 'my.old.stuff.lis' to
'my.old.stuff.txt', and so on.
The pattern is always treated as an EXTENDED_GLOB pattern. Any
file whose name is not changed by the substitution is simply
ignored. Any error (a substitution resulted in an empty string,
two substitutions gave the same result, the destination was an
existing regular file and -f was not given) causes the entire
function to abort without doing anything.
Options:
-f
Force overwriting of destination files. Not currently passed
down to the mv/cp/ln command due to vagaries of
implementations (but you can use -o-f to do that).
-i
Interactive: show each line to be executed and ask the user
whether to execute it. 'Y' or 'y' will execute it, anything
else will skip it. Note that you just need to type one
character.
-n
No execution: print what would happen, but don't do it.
-q
Turn bare glob qualifiers off: now assumed by default, so this
has no effect.
-Q
Force bare glob qualifiers on. Don't turn this on unless you
are actually using glob qualifiers in a pattern.
-s
Symbolic, passed down to ln; only works with -L.
-v
Verbose: print each command as it's being executed.
-w
Pick out wildcard parts of the pattern, as described above,
and implicitly add parentheses for referring to them.
-W
Just like -w, with the addition of turning wildcards in the
replacement pattern into sequential ${1} .. ${N} references.
-C
-L
-M
Force cp, ln or mv, respectively, regardless of the name of
the function.
-p PROGRAM
Call PROGRAM instead of cp, ln or mv. Whatever it does, it
should at least understand the form
PROGRAM -- OLDNAME NEWNAME
where OLDNAME and NEWNAME are filenames generated by zmv.
-o OPTSTRING
The OPTSTRING is split into words and passed down verbatim to
the cp, ln or mv command called to perform the work. It
should probably begin with a '-'.
Further examples:
zmv -v '(* *)' '${1// /_}'
For any file in the current directory with at least one space in
the name, replace every space by an underscore and display the
commands executed.
For more complete examples and other implementation details, see
the zmv source file, usually located in one of the directories
named in your fpath, or in Functions/Misc/zmv in the zsh
distribution.
zrecompile
See 'Recompiling Functions' (*note Utilities::).
zstyle+ CONTEXT STYLE VALUE [ + SUBCONTEXT STYLE VALUE ... ]
This makes defining styles a bit simpler by using a single '+' as a
special token that allows you to append a context name to the
previously used context name. Like this:
zstyle+ ':foo:bar' style1 value1 \
+ ':baz' style2 value2 \
+ ':frob' style3 value3
This defines 'style1' with 'value1' for the context :foo:bar as
usual, but it also defines 'style2' with 'value2' for the context
:foo:bar:baz and 'style3' with 'value3' for :foo:bar:frob. Any
SUBCONTEXT may be the empty string to re-use the first context
unchanged.
26.11.2 Styles
--------------
insert-tab
The zed function _sets_ this style in context ':completion:zed:*'
to turn off completion when TAB is typed at the beginning of a
line. You may override this by setting your own value for this
context and style.
pager
The nslookup function looks up this style in the context
':nslookup' to determine the program used to display output that
does not fit on a single screen.
prompt
rprompt
The nslookup function looks up this style in the context
':nslookup' to set the prompt and the right-side prompt,
respectively. The usual expansions for the PS1 and RPS1 parameters
may be used (see *note Prompt Expansion::).
File: zsh.info, Node: Concept Index, Next: Variables Index, Prev: Top, Up: Top
Concept Index
*************
[index]
* Menu:
* $0, setting: Description of Options.
(line 888)
* -help: Invocation. (line 66)
* -version: Invocation. (line 66)
* .zwc files, creation: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1832)
* acquiring zsh by FTP: Availability. (line 10)
* aliases, completion of: Description of Options.
(line 139)
* aliases, defining: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 33)
* aliases, expansion: Description of Options.
(line 595)
* aliases, global: Aliasing. (line 11)
* aliases, listing: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 33)
* aliases, removing: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1718)
* aliasing: Aliasing. (line 6)
* alternate forms for complex commands: Alternate Forms For Complex Commands.
(line 6)
* always blocks: Complex Commands. (line 89)
* ambiguous completion: Description of Options.
(line 170)
* annoying keyboard, sun: Description of Options.
(line 712)
* anonymous functions: Functions. (line 141)
* argument splitting, in typeset etc.: Description of Options.
(line 1035)
* arithmetic base: Arithmetic Evaluation.
(line 36)
* arithmetic evaluation: Arithmetic Evaluation.
(line 6)
* arithmetic expansion: Arithmetic Expansion.
(line 6)
* arithmetic operators: Arithmetic Evaluation.
(line 88)
* array assignment: Array Parameters. (line 6)
* array expansion style, rc: Parameter Expansion.
(line 233)
* array parameters, setting: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1189)
* array style, ksh: Description of Options.
(line 1014)
* arrays, behaviour of index zero: Description of Options.
(line 1043)
* arrays, ksh style: Description of Options.
(line 1014)
* assignment: Parameters. (line 18)
* author: Author. (line 6)
* autoloading functions: Functions. (line 25)
* autoloading functions <1>: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 74)
* availability of zsh: Availability. (line 10)
* background jobs, I/O: Jobs & Signals. (line 52)
* background jobs, notification: Description of Options.
(line 757)
* background jobs, priority of: Description of Options.
(line 731)
* bases, in arithmetic: Arithmetic Evaluation.
(line 36)
* bases, output in C format: Description of Options.
(line 833)
* bash, BASH_REMATCH variable: Description of Options.
(line 966)
* beep, ambiguous completion: Description of Options.
(line 178)
* beep, enabling: Description of Options.
(line 1232)
* beep, history: Description of Options.
(line 432)
* bg, output in POSIX format: Description of Options.
(line 761)
* binding keys: Zle Builtins. (line 12)
* binding widgets: Zle Builtins. (line 223)
* bindings, key: Keymaps. (line 6)
* brace expansion: Brace Expansion. (line 6)
* brace expansion, disabling: Description of Options.
(line 284)
* brace expansion, extending: Description of Options.
(line 221)
* builtin commands: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 6)
* builtins, utility: The zsh/zutil Module.
(line 6)
* calendar function system: Calendar Function System.
(line 6)
* calling widgets: Zle Builtins. (line 223)
* capabilities, getting from files: The zsh/cap Module. (line 15)
* capabilities, setting: The zsh/cap Module. (line 11)
* capabilities, setting on files: The zsh/cap Module. (line 19)
* case selection: Complex Commands. (line 52)
* case-insensitive globbing, option: Description of Options.
(line 226)
* case-insensitive regular expression matches, option: Description of Options.
(line 234)
* cd, automatic: Description of Options.
(line 17)
* cd, behaving like pushd: Description of Options.
(line 22)
* cd, to parameter: Description of Options.
(line 25)
* cd, with .. in argument: Description of Options.
(line 31)
* CDPATH, order of checking: Description of Options.
(line 51)
* character classes: Filename Generation.
(line 36)
* characters, (Unicode) combining: Description of Options.
(line 1235)
* characters, multibyte, in expansion and globbing: Description of Options.
(line 331)
* clobbering, of files: Description of Options.
(line 598)
* cloning the shell: The zsh/clone Module.
(line 8)
* colon modifiers: Modifiers. (line 6)
* combining characters (Unicode): Description of Options.
(line 1235)
* command execution: Command Execution. (line 6)
* command execution, enabling: Description of Options.
(line 882)
* command hashing: Description of Options.
(line 638)
* command not found, handling of: Command Execution. (line 6)
* command substitution: Command Substitution.
(line 6)
* commands, alternate forms for complex: Alternate Forms For Complex Commands.
(line 6)
* commands, builtin: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 6)
* commands, complex: Complex Commands. (line 6)
* commands, disabling: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 265)
* commands, enabling: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 440)
* commands, simple: Simple Commands & Pipelines.
(line 6)
* commands, tracing: Description of Options.
(line 958)
* comments: Comments. (line 6)
* comments, in interactive shells: Description of Options.
(line 635)
* compatibility: Compatibility. (line 6)
* compatibility, csh: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 338)
* compatibility, ksh: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 338)
* compatibility, sh: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 338)
* compdef, use of by compinit: Initialization. (line 129)
* compilation: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1832)
* completion removable suffix, highlighting: Character Highlighting.
(line 44)
* completion system: Completion System. (line 6)
* completion system, adding definitions: Initialization. (line 318)
* completion system, autoloaded functions: Initialization. (line 114)
* completion system, bindable commands: Bindable Commands. (line 6)
* completion system, choosing completers: Control Functions. (line 6)
* completion system, completers: Control Functions. (line 36)
* completion system, configuration: Completion System Configuration.
(line 6)
* completion system, directory structure: Completion Directories.
(line 6)
* completion system, initializing: Initialization. (line 39)
* completion system, installing: Initialization. (line 6)
* completion system, styles: Completion System Configuration.
(line 450)
* completion system, tags: Completion System Configuration.
(line 161)
* completion system, utility functions: Completion Functions.
(line 6)
* completion widgets, adding specified matches: Completion Builtin Commands.
(line 6)
* completion widgets, condition codes: Completion Condition Codes.
(line 6)
* completion widgets, creating: Zle Builtins. (line 287)
* completion widgets, examining and setting state in: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 67)
* completion widgets, example: Completion Widget Example.
(line 6)
* completion widgets, modifying special parameters: Completion Builtin Commands.
(line 273)
* completion, ambiguous: Description of Options.
(line 170)
* completion, beep on ambiguous: Description of Options.
(line 178)
* completion, coloured listings: The zsh/complist Module.
(line 6)
* completion, controlling: Completion Widgets. (line 5)
* completion, controlling <1>: Completion System. (line 5)
* completion, controlling <2>: Completion Using compctl.
(line 5)
* completion, exact matches: Description of Options.
(line 205)
* completion, listing: Description of Options.
(line 184)
* completion, listing <1>: The zsh/complist Module.
(line 6)
* completion, listing choices: Description of Options.
(line 95)
* completion, listing choices, bash style: Description of Options.
(line 130)
* completion, listing order: Description of Options.
(line 188)
* completion, menu: Description of Options.
(line 98)
* completion, menu <1>: Description of Options.
(line 197)
* completion, programmable: Completion Widgets. (line 6)
* completion, programmable <1>: Completion System. (line 6)
* completion, programmable <2>: Completion Using compctl.
(line 6)
* completion, scroll listings: The zsh/complist Module.
(line 6)
* completion, selecting by cursor: The zsh/complist Module.
(line 204)
* completion, utility: The zsh/computil Module.
(line 6)
* completion, widgets: Completion Widgets. (line 6)
* complex commands: Complex Commands. (line 6)
* conditional expression: Complex Commands. (line 164)
* conditional expressions: Conditional Expressions.
(line 6)
* continuing jobs automatically: Description of Options.
(line 722)
* continuing loops: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 236)
* coprocess: Simple Commands & Pipelines.
(line 34)
* correction, spelling: Description of Options.
(line 603)
* csh, compatibility: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 338)
* csh, history style: Description of Options.
(line 991)
* csh, loop style: Description of Options.
(line 997)
* csh, null command style: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 242)
* csh, null globbing style: Description of Options.
(line 238)
* csh, quoting style: Description of Options.
(line 1001)
* csh, redirections with no command: Description of Options.
(line 1009)
* date string, printing: The zsh/datetime Module.
(line 8)
* DEBUG trap, before or after command: Description of Options.
(line 847)
* defining widgets: Zle Builtins. (line 223)
* descriptors, file: Redirection. (line 6)
* directories, changing: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 138)
* directories, hashing: Description of Options.
(line 646)
* directories, maintaining list of recent: Recent Directories.
(line 3)
* directories, marking: Description of Options.
(line 327)
* directories, named: Description of Options.
(line 103)
* directories, named, dynamic: Filename Expansion. (line 28)
* directories, named, static: Filename Expansion. (line 116)
* directory stack, controlling syntax: Description of Options.
(line 71)
* directory stack, ignoring duplicates: Description of Options.
(line 67)
* directory stack, printing: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 244)
* directory stack, silencing: Description of Options.
(line 75)
* disabling brace expansion: Description of Options.
(line 284)
* disabling commands: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 265)
* discarding embedded nulls in $'...': Description of Options.
(line 1116)
* disowning jobs: Jobs & Signals. (line 96)
* doing nothing: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 28)
* doing nothing, successfully: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1379)
* doing nothing, unsuccessfully: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 479)
* dynamic named directories: Filename Expansion. (line 28)
* echo, BSD compatible: Description of Options.
(line 977)
* editing history: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 482)
* editing over slow connection: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 22)
* editing parameters: Zle Builtins. (line 182)
* editor ksh style: Zsh Line Editor. (line 17)
* editor, enabling: Description of Options.
(line 1276)
* editor, line: Zsh Line Editor. (line 6)
* editor, overstrike mode: Description of Options.
(line 1257)
* editor, single line mode: Description of Options.
(line 1260)
* eight bit characters, printing: Description of Options.
(line 684)
* embedded nulls, in $'...': Description of Options.
(line 1116)
* enable globbing qualifiers: Description of Options.
(line 216)
* enable history substitution: Description of Options.
(line 417)
* enabling commands: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 440)
* enabling globbing: Description of Options.
(line 251)
* enabling the beep: Description of Options.
(line 1232)
* enabling the editor: Description of Options.
(line 1276)
* environment, and local parameters: Description of Options.
(line 562)
* EOF, ignoring: Description of Options.
(line 625)
* error, option to continue script on: Description of Options.
(line 982)
* errors, handling of: Errors. (line 6)
* escape sequences, terminal, for highlighting: Character Highlighting.
(line 58)
* evaluating arguments as commands: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 453)
* evaluation, arithmetic: Arithmetic Evaluation.
(line 6)
* event designators, history: Event Designators. (line 6)
* executables, hashing: Description of Options.
(line 651)
* execution, of commands: Command Execution. (line 6)
* execution, timed: The zsh/sched Module.
(line 9)
* exit status, printing: Description of Options.
(line 689)
* exit status, trapping: Description of Options.
(line 852)
* exiting loops: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 125)
* exiting, checking jobs when: Description of Options.
(line 735)
* expanding parameters: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 28)
* expansion: Expansion. (line 6)
* expansion style, sh: Description of Options.
(line 1143)
* expansion, arithmetic: Arithmetic Expansion.
(line 6)
* expansion, brace: Brace Expansion. (line 6)
* expansion, brace, disabling: Description of Options.
(line 284)
* expansion, brace, extending: Description of Options.
(line 221)
* expansion, filename: Filename Expansion. (line 6)
* expansion, history: History Expansion. (line 6)
* expansion, parameter: Parameter Expansion.
(line 6)
* expansion, prompt: Prompt Expansion. (line 9)
* export, automatic: Description of Options.
(line 559)
* exporting, and local parameters: Description of Options.
(line 577)
* expressions, conditional: Conditional Expressions.
(line 6)
* extended attributes, xattr, getting from files: The zsh/attr Module.
(line 10)
* extended attributes, xattr, listing: The zsh/attr Module.
(line 23)
* extended attributes, xattr, removing, deleting: The zsh/attr Module.
(line 19)
* extended attributes, xattr, setting on files: The zsh/attr Module.
(line 15)
* fg, output in POSIX format: Description of Options.
(line 761)
* field splitting, sh style: Description of Options.
(line 1159)
* field splitting, sh style, parameter: Parameter Expansion.
(line 247)
* file clobbering, allowing: Description of Options.
(line 598)
* file descriptors: Redirection. (line 6)
* file descriptors, use with parameters: Redirection. (line 142)
* file descriptors, waiting for: The zsh/zselect Module.
(line 8)
* file, history: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 567)
* filename expansion: Filename Expansion. (line 6)
* filename expansion, =: Description of Options.
(line 243)
* filename generation: Filename Generation.
(line 6)
* filename generation, bad pattern: Description of Options.
(line 211)
* files used: Files. (line 45)
* files, examining: The zsh/stat Module.
(line 9)
* files, global startup, inhibiting: Description of Options.
(line 577)
* files, listing: The zsh/stat Module.
(line 9)
* files, manipulating: The zsh/files Module.
(line 6)
* files, marking type of: Description of Options.
(line 193)
* files, shutdown: Files. (line 9)
* files, startup: Files. (line 9)
* files, transferring: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 8)
* flags, parameter expansion: Parameter Expansion.
(line 296)
* flags, shell: Invocation. (line 9)
* floating point parameters: Arithmetic Evaluation.
(line 203)
* flow control: Description of Options.
(line 620)
* for loops: Complex Commands. (line 14)
* FTP: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 8)
* FTP sites for zsh: Availability. (line 10)
* FTP, functions for using shell as client: Zftp Function System.
(line 5)
* FTP, starting a session: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 27)
* function return, on error: Description of Options.
(line 864)
* functions: Functions. (line 6)
* functions, anonymous: Functions. (line 141)
* functions, autoloading: Functions. (line 25)
* functions, autoloading <1>: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 74)
* functions, math, use of: Arithmetic Evaluation.
(line 172)
* functions, mathematical: The zsh/mathfunc Module.
(line 6)
* functions, profiling: The zsh/zprof Module.
(line 6)
* functions, recompiling: Utilities. (line 58)
* functions, removing: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1721)
* functions, returning from: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1171)
* globbing: Expansion. (line 31)
* globbing modifiers: Modifiers. (line 6)
* globbing qualifiers, enable: Description of Options.
(line 216)
* globbing style, sh: Description of Options.
(line 382)
* globbing, bad pattern: Description of Options.
(line 211)
* globbing, enabling: Description of Options.
(line 251)
* globbing, extended: Description of Options.
(line 246)
* globbing, no matches: Description of Options.
(line 356)
* globbing, no matches <1>: Description of Options.
(line 361)
* globbing, null, style, csh: Description of Options.
(line 238)
* globbing, of . files: Description of Options.
(line 267)
* globbing, qualifiers: Filename Generation.
(line 481)
* globbing, sorting numerically: Description of Options.
(line 366)
* grammar, shell: Shell Grammar. (line 6)
* hashing, of commands: Description of Options.
(line 638)
* hashing, of directories: Description of Options.
(line 646)
* hashing, of executables: Description of Options.
(line 651)
* helpfiles utility: Utilities. (line 9)
* hexadecimal, output in C format: Description of Options.
(line 833)
* highlighting, region: Character Highlighting.
(line 19)
* highlighting, special characters: Character Highlighting.
(line 39)
* history: History Expansion. (line 6)
* history beeping: Description of Options.
(line 432)
* history event designators: Event Designators. (line 6)
* history expansion: History Expansion. (line 6)
* history modifiers: Modifiers. (line 6)
* history style, csh: Description of Options.
(line 991)
* history word designators: Word Designators. (line 6)
* history, appending to a file: Description of Options.
(line 408)
* history, editing: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 482)
* history, enable substitution: Description of Options.
(line 417)
* history, expiring duplicates: Description of Options.
(line 436)
* history, file: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 567)
* history, hook when line is saved: Functions. (line 235)
* history, ignoring all duplicates: Description of Options.
(line 458)
* history, ignoring duplicates: Description of Options.
(line 463)
* history, ignoring duplicates in search: Description of Options.
(line 453)
* history, ignoring spaces: Description of Options.
(line 467)
* history, incremental appending to a file: Description of Options.
(line 528)
* history, sharing: Description of Options.
(line 536)
* history, stack: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 536)
* history, timestamping: Description of Options.
(line 421)
* history, verifying substitution: Description of Options.
(line 523)
* hook function utility: Utilities. (line 254)
* identifiers, non-portable characters in: Description of Options.
(line 1096)
* if construct: Complex Commands. (line 8)
* input, tracing: Description of Options.
(line 955)
* integer parameters: Arithmetic Evaluation.
(line 198)
* introduction: Introduction. (line 6)
* invocation: Invocation. (line 5)
* invoking widgets: Zle Builtins. (line 223)
* job control, allowing: Description of Options.
(line 754)
* job control, in subshell: Description of Options.
(line 761)
* jobs: Jobs & Signals. (line 9)
* jobs, background priority: Description of Options.
(line 731)
* jobs, background, I/O: Jobs & Signals. (line 52)
* jobs, backgrounding: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 117)
* jobs, continuing automatically: Description of Options.
(line 722)
* jobs, disowning: Jobs & Signals. (line 96)
* jobs, disowning <1>: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 280)
* jobs, foregrounding: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 577)
* jobs, HUP: Description of Options.
(line 748)
* jobs, killing: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 734)
* jobs, list format: Description of Options.
(line 751)
* jobs, output in subshell: Description of Options.
(line 761)
* jobs, referring to: Jobs & Signals. (line 62)
* jobs, resuming: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 577)
* jobs, resuming automatically: Description of Options.
(line 727)
* jobs, suspending: Jobs & Signals. (line 26)
* jobs, waiting for: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1779)
* key bindings: Keymaps. (line 6)
* keyboard definition: Utilities. (line 141)
* keymaps: Keymaps. (line 6)
* keymaps <1>: Zle Builtins. (line 12)
* keys, binding: Zle Builtins. (line 12)
* keys, rebinding: Zle Builtins. (line 12)
* killing jobs: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 734)
* ksh compatibility: Compatibility. (line 6)
* ksh, argument splitting in typeset: Description of Options.
(line 1035)
* ksh, array style: Description of Options.
(line 1014)
* ksh, compatibility: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 338)
* ksh, editor mode: Zsh Line Editor. (line 17)
* ksh, null command style: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 242)
* ksh, option printing style: Description of Options.
(line 1030)
* ksh, redirections with no command: Description of Options.
(line 1150)
* ksh, single letter options style: Description of Options.
(line 1154)
* limits, resource: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 765)
* limits, resource <1>: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1639)
* limits, resource <2>: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1737)
* line editor: Zsh Line Editor. (line 6)
* line number, in evaluated expression: Description of Options.
(line 871)
* line, reading: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 634)
* links, symbolic: Description of Options.
(line 45)
* list: Simple Commands & Pipelines.
(line 59)
* loading modules: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1949)
* logging out, checking jobs when: Description of Options.
(line 735)
* long option: Invocation. (line 55)
* loop style, csh: Description of Options.
(line 997)
* loops, continuing: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 236)
* loops, exiting: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 125)
* loops, for: Complex Commands. (line 14)
* loops, repeat: Complex Commands. (line 44)
* loops, until: Complex Commands. (line 40)
* loops, while: Complex Commands. (line 36)
* mail, warning of reading: Description of Options.
(line 659)
* mailing lists: Mailing Lists. (line 6)
* marking directories: Description of Options.
(line 327)
* marking file types: Description of Options.
(line 193)
* mathematical functions: The zsh/mathfunc Module.
(line 6)
* mathematical functions, use of: Arithmetic Evaluation.
(line 172)
* mode, privileged: Description of Options.
(line 1188)
* modifiers: Modifiers. (line 6)
* modifiers, precommand: Precommand Modifiers.
(line 6)
* modules: Zsh Modules. (line 5)
* modules, example: The zsh/example Module.
(line 8)
* modules, loading: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1949)
* modules, writing: The zsh/example Module.
(line 8)
* multibyte characters, in expansion and globbing: Description of Options.
(line 331)
* multios: Redirection. (line 194)
* named directories, dynamic: Filename Expansion. (line 28)
* named directories, static: Filename Expansion. (line 116)
* notification of background jobs: Description of Options.
(line 757)
* null command style: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 242)
* null globbing style, csh: Description of Options.
(line 238)
* nulls, embedded in $'...': Description of Options.
(line 1116)
* octal, arithmetic expressions: Description of Options.
(line 929)
* octal, output in C format: Description of Options.
(line 833)
* operator precedence: Description of Options.
(line 842)
* operators, arithmetic: Arithmetic Evaluation.
(line 88)
* option printing style, ksh: Description of Options.
(line 1030)
* option printing, ksh style: Description of Options.
(line 1030)
* options: Options. (line 6)
* options, aliases: Option Aliases. (line 6)
* options, description: Description of Options.
(line 6)
* options, processing: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 638)
* options, setting: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1237)
* options, shell: Invocation. (line 9)
* options, single letter: Single Letter Options.
(line 6)
* options, single letter, ksh style: Description of Options.
(line 1154)
* options, specifying: Specifying Options. (line 6)
* options, unsetting: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1768)
* overstrike mode, of editor: Description of Options.
(line 1257)
* parameter expansion: Parameter Expansion.
(line 6)
* parameter expansion flags: Parameter Expansion.
(line 296)
* parameter expansion style, rc: Description of Options.
(line 370)
* parameter modifiers: Modifiers. (line 6)
* parameter names, non-portable characters in: Description of Options.
(line 1096)
* parameter, file access via: The zsh/mapfile Module.
(line 6)
* parameters: Parameters. (line 5)
* parameters, declaring: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1394)
* parameters, editing: Zle Builtins. (line 182)
* parameters, editor: Zle Widgets. (line 36)
* parameters, expanding: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 28)
* parameters, floating point: Arithmetic Evaluation.
(line 203)
* parameters, for using file descriptors: Redirection. (line 142)
* parameters, integer: Arithmetic Evaluation.
(line 198)
* parameters, listing: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1189)
* parameters, marking readonly: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1165)
* parameters, positional: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1189)
* parameters, positional <1>: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1264)
* parameters, setting: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1394)
* parameters, setting array: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1189)
* parameters, special: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 6)
* parameters, special <1>: The zsh/zleparameter Module.
(line 6)
* parameters, substituting unset: Description of Options.
(line 392)
* parameters, unsetting: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1747)
* parameters, warning when created globally: Description of Options.
(line 396)
* parameters, zle: Zle Widgets. (line 36)
* path search, extended: Description of Options.
(line 663)
* path search, for script argument to shell: Description of Options.
(line 677)
* PCRE, regexp: Description of Options.
(line 376)
* pipeline: Simple Commands & Pipelines.
(line 19)
* precedence of glob operators: Filename Generation.
(line 204)
* precedence, operator: Description of Options.
(line 842)
* precommand modifiers: Precommand Modifiers.
(line 6)
* priority of background jobs: Description of Options.
(line 731)
* privileged mode: Description of Options.
(line 1188)
* process substitution: Process Substitution.
(line 6)
* prompt expansion: Prompt Expansion. (line 9)
* prompt, ! expansion: Description of Options.
(line 790)
* prompt, % expansion: Description of Options.
(line 817)
* prompt, parameter expansion: Description of Options.
(line 821)
* prompt, save partial lines: Description of Options.
(line 799)
* prompt, with CR: Description of Options.
(line 794)
* pushd, making cd behave like: Description of Options.
(line 22)
* pushd, to home: Description of Options.
(line 78)
* qualifiers, globbing: Filename Generation.
(line 481)
* querying before rm *: Description of Options.
(line 698)
* quoting: Quoting. (line 6)
* quoting style, csh: Description of Options.
(line 1001)
* quoting style, rc: Description of Options.
(line 692)
* rc, array expansion style: Parameter Expansion.
(line 233)
* rc, parameter expansion style: Description of Options.
(line 370)
* rc, quoting style: Description of Options.
(line 692)
* reading a line: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 634)
* rebinding keys: Zle Builtins. (line 12)
* rebinding widgets: Zle Builtins. (line 223)
* recent directories, maintaining list of: Recent Directories.
(line 3)
* redirection: Redirection. (line 6)
* redirections with no command, csh: Description of Options.
(line 1009)
* redirections with no command, ksh: Description of Options.
(line 1150)
* redirections with no command, sh: Description of Options.
(line 1150)
* referring to jobs: Jobs & Signals. (line 62)
* regex: The zsh/regex Module.
(line 6)
* regexp, bash BASH_REMATCH variable: Description of Options.
(line 966)
* regexp, PCRE: Description of Options.
(line 376)
* region, highlighting: Character Highlighting.
(line 19)
* regular expressions: The zsh/regex Module.
(line 6)
* regular expressions, case-insensitive matching, option: Description of Options.
(line 234)
* regular expressions, perl-compatible: The zsh/pcre Module.
(line 6)
* removable suffix, highlighting in completino: Character Highlighting.
(line 44)
* repeat loops: Complex Commands. (line 44)
* reporter utility: Utilities. (line 180)
* reserved words: Reserved Words. (line 6)
* resource limits: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 765)
* resource limits <1>: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1639)
* resource limits <2>: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1737)
* restricted shell: Restricted Shell. (line 6)
* restricted shell <1>: Description of Options.
(line 1201)
* resuming jobs automatically: Description of Options.
(line 727)
* return from function, on error: Description of Options.
(line 864)
* rm *, querying before: Description of Options.
(line 698)
* rm *, waiting before: Description of Options.
(line 701)
* roadmap: Roadmap. (line 6)
* select, system call: The zsh/zselect Module.
(line 8)
* selection, case: Complex Commands. (line 52)
* selection, user: Complex Commands. (line 68)
* sh compatibility: Compatibility. (line 6)
* sh, compatibility: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 338)
* sh, expansion style: Description of Options.
(line 1143)
* sh, field splitting style: Description of Options.
(line 1159)
* sh, field splitting style, parameter: Parameter Expansion.
(line 247)
* sh, globbing style: Description of Options.
(line 382)
* sh, redirections with no command: Description of Options.
(line 1150)
* sh, single letter options style: Description of Options.
(line 1154)
* share history: Description of Options.
(line 536)
* shell flags: Invocation. (line 9)
* shell grammar: Shell Grammar. (line 6)
* shell options: Invocation. (line 9)
* shell, cloning: The zsh/clone Module.
(line 8)
* shell, suspending: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1277)
* shell, timing: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1303)
* shutdown files: Files. (line 9)
* signals, trapping: Functions. (line 274)
* signals, trapping <1>: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1307)
* simple commands: Simple Commands & Pipelines.
(line 6)
* single command: Description of Options.
(line 1221)
* single letter options: Single Letter Options.
(line 5)
* single letter options, ksh style: Description of Options.
(line 1154)
* slash, removing trailing: Description of Options.
(line 124)
* slow connection, editing over: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 22)
* sockets: The zsh/net/socket Module.
(line 8)
* sockets, closing TCP: The zsh/net/tcp Module.
(line 102)
* sockets, inbound TCP: The zsh/net/tcp Module.
(line 75)
* sockets, inbound Unix domain: The zsh/net/socket Module.
(line 28)
* sockets, outbound TCP: The zsh/net/tcp Module.
(line 61)
* sockets, outbound Unix domain: The zsh/net/socket Module.
(line 15)
* sockets, TCP: The zsh/net/tcp Module.
(line 8)
* sockets, Unix domain: The zsh/net/socket Module.
(line 8)
* special characters, highlighting: Character Highlighting.
(line 39)
* spelling correction: Description of Options.
(line 603)
* stack, history: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 536)
* startup files: Files. (line 9)
* startup files, global, inhibiting: Description of Options.
(line 577)
* startup files, sourcing: Description of Options.
(line 583)
* static named directories: Filename Expansion. (line 116)
* styles in zftp functions: Miscellaneous Features.
(line 9)
* sublist: Simple Commands & Pipelines.
(line 42)
* subscript flags: Array Parameters. (line 120)
* subscripts: Array Parameters. (line 38)
* subshell: Complex Commands. (line 82)
* substitution, command: Command Substitution.
(line 6)
* substitution, parameter, flags: Parameter Expansion.
(line 296)
* substitution, process: Process Substitution.
(line 6)
* suffix, highlighting removable, in completion: Character Highlighting.
(line 44)
* sun keyboard, annoying: Description of Options.
(line 712)
* suspending jobs: Jobs & Signals. (line 26)
* suspending the shell: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1277)
* symbolic links: Description of Options.
(line 45)
* TCP: The zsh/net/tcp Module.
(line 8)
* TCP function system: TCP Function System.
(line 6)
* TCP, example: The zsh/net/tcp Module.
(line 117)
* termcap value, printing: The zsh/termcap Module.
(line 8)
* terminal: The zsh/clone Module.
(line 8)
* terminal escape sequences for highlighting: Character Highlighting.
(line 58)
* terminfo value, printing: The zsh/terminfo Module.
(line 8)
* timed execution: The zsh/sched Module.
(line 9)
* timing: Complex Commands. (line 158)
* timing the shell: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1303)
* tracing, of commands: Description of Options.
(line 958)
* tracing, of input lines: Description of Options.
(line 955)
* trapping signals: Functions. (line 274)
* trapping signals <1>: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1307)
* traps, asynchronous: Description of Options.
(line 1164)
* traps, DEBUG, before or after command: Description of Options.
(line 847)
* traps, on function exit: Description of Options.
(line 1136)
* traps, POSIX compatibility: Description of Options.
(line 1136)
* try blocks: Complex Commands. (line 89)
* tty, freezing: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1382)
* umask: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1709)
* Unicode combining characters: Description of Options.
(line 1235)
* unset parameters, substituting: Description of Options.
(line 392)
* until loops: Complex Commands. (line 40)
* user contributions: User Contributions. (line 5)
* user selection: Complex Commands. (line 68)
* users, watching: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 853)
* version: Top. (line 10)
* version control utility: Version Control Information.
(line 6)
* waiting before rm *: Description of Options.
(line 701)
* waiting for jobs: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1779)
* watching users: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 853)
* while loops: Complex Commands. (line 36)
* widgets: Zle Widgets. (line 6)
* widgets, binding: Zle Builtins. (line 223)
* widgets, calling: Zle Builtins. (line 223)
* widgets, defining: Zle Builtins. (line 223)
* widgets, invoking: Zle Builtins. (line 223)
* widgets, rebinding: Zle Builtins. (line 223)
* widgets, standard: Zle Widgets. (line 312)
* widgets, user-defined: Zle Widgets. (line 27)
* windows, curses: The zsh/curses Module.
(line 12)
* word designators, history: Word Designators. (line 6)
* writing modules: The zsh/example Module.
(line 8)
* zftp function system: Zftp Function System.
(line 6)
* zftp function system, automatic reopening: Miscellaneous Features.
(line 102)
* zftp function system, configuration: Miscellaneous Features.
(line 9)
* zftp function system, remote globbing: Miscellaneous Features.
(line 78)
* zftp function system, styles: Miscellaneous Features.
(line 9)
* zftp, functions: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 401)
* zftp, parameters: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 265)
* zftp, problems: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 449)
* zftp, subcommands: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 27)
* ZLE: Zsh Line Editor. (line 5)
* zle, builtin commands: Zle Builtins. (line 6)
* zlogin: Files. (line 21)
* zlogout: Files. (line 24)
* zprofile: Files. (line 18)
* zrecompile utility: Utilities. (line 58)
* zsh/datetime, function system based on: Calendar Function System.
(line 5)
* zshenv: Files. (line 9)
* zshrc: Files. (line 20)
* ztcp, function system based on: TCP Function System.
(line 5)
File: zsh.info, Node: Variables Index, Next: Options Index, Prev: Concept Index, Up: Top
Variables Index
***************
[index]
* Menu:
* !: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 8)
* #: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 12)
* $: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 22)
* *: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 32)
* -: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 28)
* 0: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 48)
* ?: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 45)
* @: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 42)
* _: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 61)
* aliases: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 53)
* all_quotes, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 72)
* ARGC: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 19)
* argv: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 35)
* ARGV0: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 18)
* BAUD: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 22)
* BAUD, use of: Zsh Line Editor. (line 21)
* BUFFER: Zle Widgets. (line 45)
* BUFFERLINES: Zle Widgets. (line 50)
* builtins: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 37)
* cdpath: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 34)
* CDPATH: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 34)
* chpwd_functions: Functions. (line 206)
* COLUMNS: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 38)
* COLUMNS, use of: Zsh Line Editor. (line 21)
* commands: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 18)
* compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 67)
* CONTEXT: Zle Widgets. (line 55)
* context, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 86)
* context, use of: Completion Functions.
(line 317)
* CORRECT_IGNORE: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 42)
* CPUTYPE: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 66)
* CURRENT: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 21)
* CURSOR: Zle Widgets. (line 70)
* CUTBUFFER: Zle Widgets. (line 76)
* dirstack: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 88)
* DIRSTACKSIZE: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 52)
* dis_aliases: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 57)
* dis_builtins: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 44)
* dis_functions: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 34)
* dis_galiases: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 63)
* dis_reswords: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 50)
* dis_saliases: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 69)
* EDITOR: Keymaps. (line 33)
* EGID: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 70)
* ENV: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 57)
* ENV, use of: Compatibility. (line 20)
* EPOCHREALTIME: The zsh/datetime Module.
(line 33)
* EPOCHSECONDS: The zsh/datetime Module.
(line 40)
* epochtime: The zsh/datetime Module.
(line 44)
* ERRNO: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 84)
* errnos: The zsh/system Module.
(line 163)
* EUID: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 77)
* exact, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 133)
* exact_string, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 141)
* expl, use of: Completion Functions.
(line 354)
* FCEDIT: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 64)
* fignore: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 69)
* FIGNORE: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 69)
* fpath: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 75)
* FPATH: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 75)
* fpath, use of: Functions. (line 25)
* funcfiletrace: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 144)
* funcsourcetrace: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 154)
* funcstack: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 169)
* functions: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 27)
* functrace: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 174)
* galiases: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 60)
* GID: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 91)
* HELPDIR: Utilities. (line 45)
* histchars: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 82)
* HISTCHARS: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 93)
* histchars, use of: Comments. (line 6)
* histchars, use of <1>: Overview. (line 6)
* HISTCMD: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 98)
* HISTFILE: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 96)
* HISTNO: Zle Widgets. (line 84)
* history: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 93)
* historywords: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 97)
* HISTSIZE: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 100)
* HISTSIZE, use of: History Expansion. (line 8)
* HOME: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 106)
* HOME, use of: Files. (line 33)
* HOST: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 103)
* IFS: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 112)
* IFS, use of: Parameter Expansion.
(line 249)
* IFS, use of <1>: Command Substitution.
(line 10)
* IFS, use of <2>: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1046)
* ignored, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 145)
* incarg, use of: ZLE Functions. (line 350)
* insert, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 150)
* insert_positions, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 187)
* IPREFIX: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 26)
* ISUFFIX: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 40)
* jobdirs: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 100)
* jobstates: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 117)
* jobtexts: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 110)
* KEYBOARD_HACK: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 127)
* KEYMAP: Zle Widgets. (line 93)
* keymaps: The zsh/zleparameter Module.
(line 10)
* KEYS: Zle Widgets. (line 96)
* KEYTIMEOUT: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 140)
* killring: Zle Widgets. (line 100)
* LANG: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 144)
* langinfo: The zsh/langinfo Module.
(line 8)
* LASTABORTEDSEARCH: Zle Widgets. (line 114)
* LASTSEARCH: Zle Widgets. (line 118)
* LASTWIDGET: Zle Widgets. (line 123)
* last_prompt, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 194)
* LBUFFER: Zle Widgets. (line 126)
* LC_ALL: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 148)
* LC_COLLATE: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 152)
* LC_CTYPE: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 157)
* LC_MESSAGES: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 166)
* LC_NUMERIC: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 170)
* LC_TIME: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 176)
* line, use of: Completion Functions.
(line 317)
* LINENO: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 106)
* LINES: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 180)
* LINES, use of: Zsh Line Editor. (line 21)
* list, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 201)
* LISTMAX: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 184)
* list_lines, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 227)
* list_max, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 234)
* LOGCHECK: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 191)
* LOGNAME: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 114)
* MACHTYPE: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 120)
* MAIL: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 195)
* MAILCHECK: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 199)
* mailpath: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 202)
* MAILPATH: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 202)
* manpath: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 212)
* MANPATH: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 212)
* mapfile: The zsh/mapfile Module.
(line 9)
* MARK: Zle Widgets. (line 132)
* match: Filename Generation.
(line 236)
* MATCH: Filename Generation.
(line 304)
* mbegin: Filename Generation.
(line 236)
* MBEGIN: Filename Generation.
(line 304)
* mend: Filename Generation.
(line 236)
* MEND: Filename Generation.
(line 304)
* MENUSELECT: The zsh/complist Module.
(line 204)
* modules: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 79)
* module_path: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 231)
* MODULE_PATH: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 231)
* nameddirs: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 131)
* nmatches, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 239)
* NULLCMD: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 242)
* NULLCMD, ignoring: Description of Options.
(line 1009)
* NULLCMD, ignoring <1>: Description of Options.
(line 1150)
* NULLCMD, use of: Redirection. (line 278)
* NUMERIC: Zle Widgets. (line 135)
* OLDPWD: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 124)
* old_insert, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 243)
* old_list, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 256)
* OPTARG: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 128)
* OPTARG, use of: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 651)
* OPTIND: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 132)
* OPTIND, use of: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 651)
* options: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 9)
* opt_args, use of: Completion Functions.
(line 317)
* OSTYPE: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 136)
* parameter, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 270)
* parameters: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 72)
* path: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 248)
* PATH: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 248)
* path, use of: Command Execution. (line 11)
* pattern_insert, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 274)
* pattern_match, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 283)
* PENDING: Zle Widgets. (line 142)
* PERIOD: Functions. (line 210)
* periodic_functions: Functions. (line 209)
* pipestatus: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 57)
* POSTDISPLAY: Zle Widgets. (line 159)
* POSTEDIT: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 253)
* PPID: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 139)
* PREBUFFER: Zle Widgets. (line 148)
* precmd_functions: Functions. (line 217)
* PREDISPLAY: Zle Widgets. (line 153)
* preexec_functions: Functions. (line 223)
* PREFIX: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 45)
* PROMPT: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 257)
* prompt: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 263)
* PROMPT2: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 258)
* PROMPT3: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 259)
* PROMPT4: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 260)
* PROMPT_EOL_MARK: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 266)
* PS1: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 273)
* PS2: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 278)
* PS3: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 284)
* PS4: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 288)
* psvar: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 293)
* PSVAR: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 293)
* psvar, use of: Prompt Expansion. (line 246)
* PWD: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 144)
* QIPREFIX: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 50)
* QISUFFIX: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 57)
* quote, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 298)
* quoting, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 303)
* RANDOM: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 148)
* RBUFFER: Zle Widgets. (line 165)
* READNULLCMD: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 297)
* READNULLCMD, ignoring: Description of Options.
(line 1009)
* READNULLCMD, ignoring <1>: Description of Options.
(line 1150)
* READNULLCMD, use of: Redirection. (line 286)
* redirect, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 308)
* REGION_ACTIVE: Zle Widgets. (line 171)
* region_highlight: Zle Widgets. (line 176)
* REPLY: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 309)
* reply: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 318)
* REPLY, use of: Complex Commands. (line 69)
* REPLY, use of <1>: Filename Generation.
(line 631)
* reply, use of: Filename Generation.
(line 631)
* REPLY, use of <2>: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1047)
* reply, use of <1>: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1047)
* reply, use of <2>: Flags with Arguments.
(line 38)
* reply, use of <3>: Control Flags. (line 95)
* reply, use of <4>: The zsh/zutil Module.
(line 47)
* REPORTTIME: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 301)
* restore, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 312)
* reswords: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 47)
* RPROMPT: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 321)
* RPROMPT2: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 328)
* RPS1: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 322)
* RPS2: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 329)
* saliases: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 66)
* SAVEHIST: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 335)
* SECONDS: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 158)
* SHLVL: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 173)
* signals: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 176)
* SPROMPT: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 338)
* status: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 54)
* STTY: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 344)
* SUFFIX: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 60)
* sysparams: The zsh/system Module.
(line 174)
* tcp_expect_lines: TCP Parameters. (line 21)
* tcp_filter: TCP Parameters. (line 25)
* TCP_HANDLER_ACTIVE: TCP Parameters. (line 32)
* TCP_LINE: TCP Parameters. (line 37)
* tcp_lines: TCP Parameters. (line 45)
* TCP_LINE_FD: TCP Parameters. (line 40)
* TCP_LOG: TCP Parameters. (line 49)
* tcp_no_spam_list: TCP Parameters. (line 62)
* tcp_on_read: TCP Parameters. (line 132)
* TCP_OUTPUT: TCP Parameters. (line 65)
* TCP_PROMPT: TCP Parameters. (line 72)
* TCP_READ_DEBUG: TCP Parameters. (line 83)
* TCP_SECONDS_START: TCP Parameters. (line 87)
* TCP_SESS: TCP Parameters. (line 105)
* TCP_SILENT: TCP Parameters. (line 109)
* tcp_spam_list: TCP Parameters. (line 114)
* TCP_TALK_ESCAPE: TCP Parameters. (line 118)
* TCP_TIMEOUT: TCP Parameters. (line 122)
* TERM: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 359)
* termcap: The zsh/termcap Module.
(line 14)
* TERMINFO: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 367)
* terminfo: The zsh/terminfo Module.
(line 14)
* TIMEFMT: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 373)
* TMOUT: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 427)
* TMPPREFIX: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 437)
* to_end, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 319)
* TRY_BLOCK_ERROR: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 179)
* TTY: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 185)
* TTYIDLE: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 188)
* UID: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 192)
* unambiguous, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 333)
* unambiguous_cursor, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 338)
* unambiguous_positions, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 344)
* UNDO_CHANGE_NO: Zle Widgets. (line 209)
* userdirs: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 135)
* usergroups: The zsh/parameter Module.
(line 139)
* USERNAME: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 199)
* vared, compstate: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 351)
* VENDOR: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 208)
* VISUAL: Keymaps. (line 33)
* watch: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 442)
* WATCH: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 442)
* watch, use of: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 853)
* WATCHFMT: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 452)
* WIDGET: Zle Widgets. (line 214)
* WIDGETFUNC: Zle Widgets. (line 217)
* widgets: The zsh/zleparameter Module.
(line 13)
* WIDGETSTYLE: Zle Widgets. (line 225)
* WORDCHARS: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 525)
* words: Completion Special Parameters.
(line 357)
* ZBEEP: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 529)
* zcurses_attrs: The zsh/curses Module.
(line 230)
* ZCURSES_COLORS: The zsh/curses Module.
(line 217)
* zcurses_colors: The zsh/curses Module.
(line 234)
* ZCURSES_COLOR_PAIRS: The zsh/curses Module.
(line 222)
* zcurses_keycodes: The zsh/curses Module.
(line 238)
* zcurses_windows: The zsh/curses Module.
(line 244)
* ZDOTDIR: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 539)
* ZDOTDIR, use of: Files. (line 9)
* ZFTP_ACCOUNT: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 311)
* ZFTP_CODE: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 318)
* ZFTP_COUNT: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 431)
* ZFTP_FILE: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 417)
* ZFTP_HOST: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 280)
* ZFTP_IP: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 276)
* ZFTP_PORT: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 286)
* ZFTP_PREFS: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 332)
* ZFTP_PWD: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 315)
* ZFTP_REPLY: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 323)
* ZFTP_SESSION: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 328)
* ZFTP_SIZE: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 423)
* ZFTP_SYSTEM: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 298)
* ZFTP_TMOUT: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 268)
* ZFTP_TRANSFER: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 420)
* ZFTP_TYPE: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 304)
* ZFTP_USER: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 308)
* ZFTP_VERBOSE: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 358)
* ZLE_LINE_ABORTED: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 543)
* ZLE_REMOVE_SUFFIX_CHARS: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 549)
* ZLE_SPACE_SUFFIX_CHARS: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 549)
* ZLE_STATE: Zle Widgets. (line 232)
* ZLS_COLORS: The zsh/complist Module.
(line 19)
* ZLS_COLOURS: The zsh/complist Module.
(line 19)
* zshaddhistory_functions: Functions. (line 234)
* zshexit_functions: Functions. (line 261)
* zsh_eval_context: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 211)
* ZSH_EVAL_CONTEXT: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 211)
* ZSH_NAME: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 305)
* ZSH_PATCHLEVEL: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 309)
* zsh_scheduled_events: The zsh/sched Module.
(line 42)
* ZSH_SUBSHELL <S>: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 319)
* ZSH_VERSION: Parameters Set By The Shell.
(line 325)
File: zsh.info, Node: Options Index, Next: Functions Index, Prev: Variables Index, Up: Top
Options Index
*************
[index]
* Menu:
* ALIASES: Description of Options.
(line 595)
* ALLEXPORT: Description of Options.
(line 559)
* ALL_EXPORT: Description of Options.
(line 559)
* ALWAYSLASTPROMPT: Description of Options.
(line 84)
* ALWAYSTOEND: Description of Options.
(line 89)
* ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT: Description of Options.
(line 84)
* ALWAYS_TO_END: Description of Options.
(line 89)
* APPENDHISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 408)
* APPEND_HISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 408)
* AUTOCD: Description of Options.
(line 17)
* AUTOCONTINUE: Description of Options.
(line 722)
* AUTOLIST: Description of Options.
(line 95)
* AUTOMENU: Description of Options.
(line 98)
* AUTONAMEDIRS: Description of Options.
(line 103)
* AUTOPARAMKEYS: Description of Options.
(line 110)
* AUTOPARAMSLASH: Description of Options.
(line 120)
* AUTOPUSHD: Description of Options.
(line 22)
* AUTOREMOVESLASH: Description of Options.
(line 124)
* AUTORESUME: Description of Options.
(line 727)
* AUTO_CD: Description of Options.
(line 17)
* AUTO_CONTINUE: Description of Options.
(line 722)
* AUTO_LIST: Description of Options.
(line 95)
* AUTO_MENU: Description of Options.
(line 98)
* AUTO_NAME_DIRS: Description of Options.
(line 103)
* AUTO_PARAM_KEYS: Description of Options.
(line 110)
* AUTO_PARAM_SLASH: Description of Options.
(line 120)
* AUTO_PUSHD: Description of Options.
(line 22)
* AUTO_PUSHD, use of: Parameters Used By The Shell.
(line 55)
* AUTO_REMOVE_SLASH: Description of Options.
(line 124)
* AUTO_RESUME: Description of Options.
(line 727)
* BADPATTERN: Description of Options.
(line 211)
* BAD_PATTERN: Description of Options.
(line 211)
* BANGHIST: Description of Options.
(line 417)
* BANG_HIST: Description of Options.
(line 417)
* BAREGLOBQUAL: Description of Options.
(line 216)
* BARE_GLOB_QUAL: Description of Options.
(line 216)
* BARE_GLOB_QUAL, use of: Filename Generation.
(line 485)
* BASHAUTOLIST: Description of Options.
(line 130)
* BASHREMATCH: Description of Options.
(line 966)
* BASH_AUTO_LIST: Description of Options.
(line 130)
* BASH_REMATCH: Description of Options.
(line 966)
* BEEP: Description of Options.
(line 1232)
* BGNICE: Description of Options.
(line 731)
* BG_NICE: Description of Options.
(line 731)
* BRACECCL: Description of Options.
(line 221)
* BRACEEXPAND: Option Aliases. (line 10)
* BRACE_CCL: Description of Options.
(line 221)
* BRACE_CCL, use of: Brace Expansion. (line 31)
* BRACE_EXPAND: Option Aliases. (line 10)
* BSDECHO: Description of Options.
(line 977)
* BSD_ECHO: Description of Options.
(line 977)
* BSD_ECHO, use of: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 328)
* CASEGLOB: Description of Options.
(line 226)
* CASEMATCH: Description of Options.
(line 234)
* CASE_GLOB: Description of Options.
(line 226)
* CASE_MATCH: Description of Options.
(line 234)
* CBASES: Description of Options.
(line 833)
* CDABLEVARS: Description of Options.
(line 25)
* CDABLE_VARS: Description of Options.
(line 25)
* CDABLE_VARS, use of: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1002)
* CHASEDOTS: Description of Options.
(line 31)
* CHASELINKS: Description of Options.
(line 45)
* CHASE_DOTS: Description of Options.
(line 31)
* CHASE_LINKS: Description of Options.
(line 45)
* CHASE_LINKS, use of: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1037)
* CHECKJOBS: Description of Options.
(line 735)
* CHECK_JOBS: Description of Options.
(line 735)
* CLOBBER: Description of Options.
(line 598)
* COMBININGCHARS: Description of Options.
(line 1235)
* COMBINING_CHARS: Description of Options.
(line 1235)
* COMPLETEALIASES: Description of Options.
(line 139)
* COMPLETEINWORD: Description of Options.
(line 144)
* COMPLETE_ALIASES: Description of Options.
(line 139)
* COMPLETE_IN_WORD: Description of Options.
(line 144)
* CONTINUEONERROR: Description of Options.
(line 982)
* CONTINUE_ON_ERROR: Description of Options.
(line 982)
* CORRECT: Description of Options.
(line 603)
* CORRECTALL: Description of Options.
(line 612)
* CORRECT_ALL: Description of Options.
(line 612)
* CPRECEDENCES: Description of Options.
(line 842)
* CSHJUNKIEHISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 991)
* CSHJUNKIELOOPS: Description of Options.
(line 997)
* CSHJUNKIEQUOTES: Description of Options.
(line 1001)
* CSHNULLCMD: Description of Options.
(line 1009)
* CSHNULLGLOB: Description of Options.
(line 238)
* CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 991)
* CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY, use of: Overview. (line 24)
* CSH_JUNKIE_LOOPS: Description of Options.
(line 997)
* CSH_JUNKIE_QUOTES: Description of Options.
(line 1001)
* CSH_NULLCMD: Description of Options.
(line 1009)
* CSH_NULLCMD, use of: Redirection. (line 278)
* CSH_NULL_GLOB: Description of Options.
(line 238)
* C_BASES: Description of Options.
(line 833)
* C_BASES, use of: Arithmetic Evaluation.
(line 69)
* C_PRECEDENCES: Description of Options.
(line 842)
* DEBUGBEFORECMD <D>: Description of Options.
(line 847)
* DEBUG_BEFORE_CMD <D>: Description of Options.
(line 847)
* DOTGLOB: Option Aliases. (line 13)
* DOT_GLOB: Option Aliases. (line 13)
* DVORAK: Description of Options.
(line 615)
* EMACS: Description of Options.
(line 1250)
* EQUALS: Description of Options.
(line 243)
* ERREXIT: Description of Options.
(line 852)
* ERRRETURN: Description of Options.
(line 864)
* ERR_EXIT: Description of Options.
(line 852)
* ERR_RETURN: Description of Options.
(line 864)
* EVALLINENO: Description of Options.
(line 871)
* EVAL_LINENO: Description of Options.
(line 871)
* EXEC: Description of Options.
(line 882)
* EXTENDEDGLOB: Description of Options.
(line 246)
* EXTENDEDHISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 421)
* EXTENDED_GLOB: Description of Options.
(line 246)
* EXTENDED_GLOB, use of: Filename Generation.
(line 9)
* EXTENDED_HISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 421)
* FLOWCONTROL: Description of Options.
(line 620)
* FLOW_CONTROL: Description of Options.
(line 620)
* FUNCTIONARGZERO: Description of Options.
(line 888)
* FUNCTION_ARGZERO: Description of Options.
(line 888)
* GLOB: Description of Options.
(line 251)
* GLOB, use of: Filename Generation.
(line 8)
* GLOBALEXPORT: Description of Options.
(line 562)
* GLOBALRCS: Description of Options.
(line 577)
* GLOBAL_EXPORT: Description of Options.
(line 562)
* GLOBAL_RCS: Description of Options.
(line 577)
* GLOBAL_RCS, use of: Files. (line 9)
* GLOBASSIGN: Description of Options.
(line 255)
* GLOBCOMPLETE: Description of Options.
(line 149)
* GLOBDOTS: Description of Options.
(line 267)
* GLOBSUBST: Description of Options.
(line 271)
* GLOB_ASSIGN: Description of Options.
(line 255)
* GLOB_COMPLETE: Description of Options.
(line 149)
* GLOB_DOTS: Description of Options.
(line 267)
* GLOB_DOTS, setting in pattern: Filename Generation.
(line 738)
* GLOB_DOTS, use of: Filename Generation.
(line 20)
* GLOB_SUBST: Description of Options.
(line 271)
* GLOB_SUBST, toggle: Parameter Expansion.
(line 259)
* HASHALL: Option Aliases. (line 16)
* HASHCMDS: Description of Options.
(line 638)
* HASHDIRS: Description of Options.
(line 646)
* HASHEXECUTABLESONLY: Description of Options.
(line 651)
* HASHLISTALL: Description of Options.
(line 164)
* HASH_ALL: Option Aliases. (line 16)
* HASH_CMDS: Description of Options.
(line 638)
* HASH_DIRS: Description of Options.
(line 646)
* HASH_EXECUTABLES_ONLY: Description of Options.
(line 651)
* HASH_LIST_ALL: Description of Options.
(line 164)
* HISTALLOWCLOBBER: Description of Options.
(line 428)
* HISTAPPEND: Option Aliases. (line 19)
* HISTBEEP: Description of Options.
(line 432)
* HISTEXPAND: Option Aliases. (line 22)
* HISTEXPIREDUPSFIRST: Description of Options.
(line 436)
* HISTFCNTLLOCK: Description of Options.
(line 445)
* HISTFINDNODUPS: Description of Options.
(line 453)
* HISTIGNOREALLDUPS: Description of Options.
(line 458)
* HISTIGNOREDUPS: Description of Options.
(line 463)
* HISTIGNORESPACE: Description of Options.
(line 467)
* HISTLEXWORDS: Description of Options.
(line 477)
* HISTNOFUNCTIONS: Description of Options.
(line 488)
* HISTNOSTORE: Description of Options.
(line 494)
* HISTREDUCEBLANKS: Description of Options.
(line 500)
* HISTSAVEBYCOPY: Description of Options.
(line 504)
* HISTSAVENODUPS: Description of Options.
(line 519)
* HISTSUBSTPATTERN: Description of Options.
(line 278)
* HISTVERIFY: Description of Options.
(line 523)
* HIST_ALLOW_CLOBBER: Description of Options.
(line 428)
* HIST_APPEND: Option Aliases. (line 19)
* HIST_BEEP: Description of Options.
(line 432)
* HIST_EXPAND: Option Aliases. (line 22)
* HIST_EXPIRE_DUPS_FIRST: Description of Options.
(line 436)
* HIST_FCNTL_LOCK: Description of Options.
(line 445)
* HIST_FIND_NO_DUPS: Description of Options.
(line 453)
* HIST_IGNORE_ALL_DUPS: Description of Options.
(line 458)
* HIST_IGNORE_DUPS: Description of Options.
(line 463)
* HIST_IGNORE_SPACE: Description of Options.
(line 467)
* HIST_LEX_WORDS: Description of Options.
(line 477)
* HIST_NO_FUNCTIONS: Description of Options.
(line 488)
* HIST_NO_STORE: Description of Options.
(line 494)
* HIST_REDUCE_BLANKS: Description of Options.
(line 500)
* HIST_SAVE_BY_COPY: Description of Options.
(line 504)
* HIST_SAVE_NO_DUPS: Description of Options.
(line 519)
* HIST_SUBST_PATTERN: Description of Options.
(line 278)
* HIST_VERIFY: Description of Options.
(line 523)
* HUP: Description of Options.
(line 748)
* HUP, use of: Jobs & Signals. (line 94)
* IGNOREBRACES: Description of Options.
(line 284)
* IGNORECLOSEBRACES: Description of Options.
(line 288)
* IGNOREEOF: Description of Options.
(line 625)
* IGNORE_BRACES: Description of Options.
(line 284)
* IGNORE_CLOSE_BRACES: Description of Options.
(line 288)
* IGNORE_EOF: Description of Options.
(line 625)
* IGNORE_EOF, use of: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 469)
* INCAPPENDHISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 528)
* INC_APPEND_HISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 528)
* INTERACTIVE: Description of Options.
(line 1174)
* INTERACTIVE, use of: Description of Options.
(line 1221)
* INTERACTIVECOMMENTS: Description of Options.
(line 635)
* INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS: Description of Options.
(line 635)
* INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS, use of: Comments. (line 6)
* KSHARRAYS: Description of Options.
(line 1014)
* KSHAUTOLOAD: Description of Options.
(line 1021)
* KSHGLOB: Description of Options.
(line 307)
* KSHOPTIONPRINT: Description of Options.
(line 1030)
* KSHTYPESET: Description of Options.
(line 1035)
* KSHZEROSUBSCRIPT: Description of Options.
(line 1043)
* KSH_ARRAYS: Description of Options.
(line 1014)
* KSH_ARRAYS, use of: Array Parameters. (line 43)
* KSH_ARRAYS, use of <1>: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1189)
* KSH_AUTOLOAD: Description of Options.
(line 1021)
* KSH_AUTOLOAD, use of: Functions. (line 79)
* KSH_GLOB: Description of Options.
(line 307)
* KSH_GLOB, use of: Filename Generation.
(line 181)
* KSH_OPTION_PRINT: Description of Options.
(line 1030)
* KSH_TYPESET: Description of Options.
(line 1035)
* KSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT: Description of Options.
(line 1043)
* LISTAMBIGUOUS: Description of Options.
(line 170)
* LISTBEEP: Description of Options.
(line 178)
* LISTPACKED: Description of Options.
(line 184)
* LISTROWSFIRST: Description of Options.
(line 188)
* LISTTYPES: Description of Options.
(line 193)
* LIST_AMBIGUOUS: Description of Options.
(line 170)
* LIST_BEEP: Description of Options.
(line 178)
* LIST_PACKED: Description of Options.
(line 184)
* LIST_ROWS_FIRST: Description of Options.
(line 188)
* LIST_TYPES: Description of Options.
(line 193)
* LOCALOPTIONS: Description of Options.
(line 892)
* LOCALTRAPS: Description of Options.
(line 903)
* LOCAL_OPTIONS: Description of Options.
(line 892)
* LOCAL_TRAPS: Description of Options.
(line 903)
* LOG: Option Aliases. (line 25)
* LOGIN: Description of Options.
(line 1183)
* LOGIN, use of: Files. (line 18)
* LONGLISTJOBS: Description of Options.
(line 751)
* LONG_LIST_JOBS: Description of Options.
(line 751)
* MAGICEQUALSUBST: Description of Options.
(line 312)
* MAGIC_EQUAL_SUBST: Description of Options.
(line 312)
* MAILWARN: Option Aliases. (line 28)
* MAILWARNING: Description of Options.
(line 659)
* MAIL_WARN: Option Aliases. (line 28)
* MAIL_WARNING: Description of Options.
(line 659)
* MARKDIRS: Description of Options.
(line 327)
* MARK_DIRS: Description of Options.
(line 327)
* MARK_DIRS, setting in pattern: Filename Generation.
(line 728)
* MENUCOMPLETE: Description of Options.
(line 197)
* MENU_COMPLETE: Description of Options.
(line 197)
* MENU_COMPLETE, use of: Completion. (line 43)
* MONITOR: Description of Options.
(line 754)
* MONITOR, use of: Jobs & Signals. (line 9)
* MULTIBYTE: Description of Options.
(line 331)
* MULTIFUNCDEF: Description of Options.
(line 918)
* MULTIOS: Description of Options.
(line 925)
* MULTIOS, use of: Redirection. (line 194)
* MULTI_FUNC_DEF: Description of Options.
(line 918)
* NOALIASES: Description of Options.
(line 595)
* NOALLEXPORT: Description of Options.
(line 559)
* NOALWAYSLASTPROMPT: Description of Options.
(line 84)
* NOALWAYSTOEND: Description of Options.
(line 89)
* NOAPPENDHISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 408)
* NOAUTOCD: Description of Options.
(line 17)
* NOAUTOCONTINUE: Description of Options.
(line 722)
* NOAUTOLIST: Description of Options.
(line 95)
* NOAUTOMENU: Description of Options.
(line 98)
* NOAUTONAMEDIRS: Description of Options.
(line 103)
* NOAUTOPARAMKEYS: Description of Options.
(line 110)
* NOAUTOPARAMSLASH: Description of Options.
(line 120)
* NOAUTOPUSHD: Description of Options.
(line 22)
* NOAUTOREMOVESLASH: Description of Options.
(line 124)
* NOAUTORESUME: Description of Options.
(line 727)
* NOBADPATTERN: Description of Options.
(line 211)
* NOBANGHIST: Description of Options.
(line 417)
* NOBAREGLOBQUAL: Description of Options.
(line 216)
* NOBASHAUTOLIST: Description of Options.
(line 130)
* NOBASHREMATCH: Description of Options.
(line 966)
* NOBEEP: Description of Options.
(line 1232)
* NOBGNICE: Description of Options.
(line 731)
* NOBRACECCL: Description of Options.
(line 221)
* NOBRACEEXPAND: Option Aliases. (line 10)
* NOBSDECHO: Description of Options.
(line 977)
* NOCASEGLOB: Description of Options.
(line 226)
* NOCASEMATCH: Description of Options.
(line 234)
* NOCBASES: Description of Options.
(line 833)
* NOCDABLEVARS: Description of Options.
(line 25)
* NOCHASEDOTS: Description of Options.
(line 31)
* NOCHASELINKS: Description of Options.
(line 45)
* NOCHECKJOBS: Description of Options.
(line 735)
* NOCLOBBER: Description of Options.
(line 598)
* NOCOMBININGCHARS: Description of Options.
(line 1235)
* NOCOMPLETEALIASES: Description of Options.
(line 139)
* NOCOMPLETEINWORD: Description of Options.
(line 144)
* NOCONTINUEONERROR: Description of Options.
(line 982)
* NOCORRECT: Description of Options.
(line 603)
* NOCORRECTALL: Description of Options.
(line 612)
* NOCPRECEDENCES: Description of Options.
(line 842)
* NOCSHJUNKIEHISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 991)
* NOCSHJUNKIELOOPS: Description of Options.
(line 997)
* NOCSHJUNKIEQUOTES: Description of Options.
(line 1001)
* NOCSHNULLCMD: Description of Options.
(line 1009)
* NOCSHNULLGLOB: Description of Options.
(line 238)
* NODEBUGBEFORECMD <D>: Description of Options.
(line 847)
* NODOTGLOB: Option Aliases. (line 13)
* NODVORAK: Description of Options.
(line 615)
* NOEMACS: Description of Options.
(line 1250)
* NOEQUALS: Description of Options.
(line 243)
* NOERREXIT: Description of Options.
(line 852)
* NOERRRETURN: Description of Options.
(line 864)
* NOEVALLINENO: Description of Options.
(line 871)
* NOEXEC: Description of Options.
(line 882)
* NOEXTENDEDGLOB: Description of Options.
(line 246)
* NOEXTENDEDHISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 421)
* NOFLOWCONTROL: Description of Options.
(line 620)
* NOFUNCTIONARGZERO: Description of Options.
(line 888)
* NOGLOB: Description of Options.
(line 251)
* NOGLOBALEXPORT: Description of Options.
(line 562)
* NOGLOBALRCS: Description of Options.
(line 577)
* NOGLOBASSIGN: Description of Options.
(line 255)
* NOGLOBCOMPLETE: Description of Options.
(line 149)
* NOGLOBDOTS: Description of Options.
(line 267)
* NOGLOBSUBST: Description of Options.
(line 271)
* NOHASHALL: Option Aliases. (line 16)
* NOHASHCMDS: Description of Options.
(line 638)
* NOHASHDIRS: Description of Options.
(line 646)
* NOHASHEXECUTABLESONLY: Description of Options.
(line 651)
* NOHASHLISTALL: Description of Options.
(line 164)
* NOHISTALLOWCLOBBER: Description of Options.
(line 428)
* NOHISTAPPEND: Option Aliases. (line 19)
* NOHISTBEEP: Description of Options.
(line 432)
* NOHISTEXPAND: Option Aliases. (line 22)
* NOHISTEXPIREDUPSFIRST: Description of Options.
(line 436)
* NOHISTFCNTLLOCK: Description of Options.
(line 445)
* NOHISTFINDNODUPS: Description of Options.
(line 453)
* NOHISTIGNOREALLDUPS: Description of Options.
(line 458)
* NOHISTIGNOREDUPS: Description of Options.
(line 463)
* NOHISTIGNORESPACE: Description of Options.
(line 467)
* NOHISTLEXWORDS: Description of Options.
(line 477)
* NOHISTNOFUNCTIONS: Description of Options.
(line 488)
* NOHISTNOSTORE: Description of Options.
(line 494)
* NOHISTREDUCEBLANKS: Description of Options.
(line 500)
* NOHISTSAVEBYCOPY: Description of Options.
(line 504)
* NOHISTSAVENODUPS: Description of Options.
(line 519)
* NOHISTSUBSTPATTERN: Description of Options.
(line 278)
* NOHISTVERIFY: Description of Options.
(line 523)
* NOHUP: Description of Options.
(line 748)
* NOIGNOREBRACES: Description of Options.
(line 284)
* NOIGNORECLOSEBRACES: Description of Options.
(line 288)
* NOIGNOREEOF: Description of Options.
(line 625)
* NOINCAPPENDHISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 528)
* NOINTERACTIVE: Description of Options.
(line 1174)
* NOINTERACTIVECOMMENTS: Description of Options.
(line 635)
* NOKSHARRAYS: Description of Options.
(line 1014)
* NOKSHAUTOLOAD: Description of Options.
(line 1021)
* NOKSHGLOB: Description of Options.
(line 307)
* NOKSHOPTIONPRINT: Description of Options.
(line 1030)
* NOKSHTYPESET: Description of Options.
(line 1035)
* NOKSHZEROSUBSCRIPT: Description of Options.
(line 1043)
* NOLISTAMBIGUOUS: Description of Options.
(line 170)
* NOLISTBEEP: Description of Options.
(line 178)
* NOLISTPACKED: Description of Options.
(line 184)
* NOLISTROWSFIRST: Description of Options.
(line 188)
* NOLISTTYPES: Description of Options.
(line 193)
* NOLOCALOPTIONS: Description of Options.
(line 892)
* NOLOCALTRAPS: Description of Options.
(line 903)
* NOLOG: Option Aliases. (line 25)
* NOLOGIN: Description of Options.
(line 1183)
* NOLONGLISTJOBS: Description of Options.
(line 751)
* NOMAGICEQUALSUBST: Description of Options.
(line 312)
* NOMAILWARN: Option Aliases. (line 28)
* NOMAILWARNING: Description of Options.
(line 659)
* NOMARKDIRS: Description of Options.
(line 327)
* NOMATCH: Description of Options.
(line 356)
* NOMATCH, use of: Filename Generation.
(line 16)
* NOMENUCOMPLETE: Description of Options.
(line 197)
* NOMONITOR: Description of Options.
(line 754)
* NOMULTIBYTE: Description of Options.
(line 331)
* NOMULTIFUNCDEF: Description of Options.
(line 918)
* NOMULTIOS: Description of Options.
(line 925)
* NONOMATCH: Description of Options.
(line 356)
* NONOTIFY: Description of Options.
(line 757)
* NONULLGLOB: Description of Options.
(line 361)
* NONUMERICGLOBSORT: Description of Options.
(line 366)
* NOOCTALZEROES: Description of Options.
(line 929)
* NOONECMD: Option Aliases. (line 31)
* NOOVERSTRIKE: Description of Options.
(line 1257)
* NOPATHDIRS: Description of Options.
(line 663)
* NOPATHSCRIPT: Description of Options.
(line 677)
* NOPHYSICAL: Option Aliases. (line 34)
* NOPOSIXALIASES: Description of Options.
(line 1067)
* NOPOSIXBUILTINS: Description of Options.
(line 1083)
* NOPOSIXCD: Description of Options.
(line 51)
* NOPOSIXIDENTIFIERS: Description of Options.
(line 1096)
* NOPOSIXJOBS: Description of Options.
(line 761)
* NOPOSIXSTRINGS: Description of Options.
(line 1116)
* NOPOSIXTRAPS: Description of Options.
(line 1136)
* NOPRINTEIGHTBIT: Description of Options.
(line 684)
* NOPRINTEXITVALUE: Description of Options.
(line 689)
* NOPRIVILEGED: Description of Options.
(line 1188)
* NOPROMPTBANG: Description of Options.
(line 790)
* NOPROMPTCR: Description of Options.
(line 794)
* NOPROMPTPERCENT: Description of Options.
(line 817)
* NOPROMPTSP: Description of Options.
(line 799)
* NOPROMPTSUBST: Description of Options.
(line 821)
* NOPROMPTVARS: Option Aliases. (line 37)
* NOPUSHDIGNOREDUPS: Description of Options.
(line 67)
* NOPUSHDMINUS: Description of Options.
(line 71)
* NOPUSHDSILENT: Description of Options.
(line 75)
* NOPUSHDTOHOME: Description of Options.
(line 78)
* NORCEXPANDPARAM: Description of Options.
(line 370)
* NORCQUOTES: Description of Options.
(line 692)
* NORCS: Description of Options.
(line 583)
* NORECEXACT: Description of Options.
(line 205)
* NOREMATCHPCRE: Description of Options.
(line 376)
* NORESTRICTED: Description of Options.
(line 1201)
* NORMSTARSILENT: Description of Options.
(line 698)
* NORMSTARWAIT: Description of Options.
(line 701)
* NOSHAREHISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 536)
* NOSHFILEEXPANSION: Description of Options.
(line 1143)
* NOSHGLOB: Description of Options.
(line 382)
* NOSHINSTDIN: Description of Options.
(line 1207)
* NOSHNULLCMD: Description of Options.
(line 1150)
* NOSHOPTIONLETTERS: Description of Options.
(line 1154)
* NOSHORTLOOPS: Description of Options.
(line 708)
* NOSHWORDSPLIT: Description of Options.
(line 1159)
* NOSINGLECOMMAND: Description of Options.
(line 1221)
* NOSINGLELINEZLE: Description of Options.
(line 1260)
* NOSOURCETRACE: Description of Options.
(line 939)
* NOSTDIN: Option Aliases. (line 40)
* NOSUNKEYBOARDHACK: Description of Options.
(line 712)
* NOTIFY: Description of Options.
(line 757)
* NOTIFY, use of: Jobs & Signals. (line 79)
* NOTRACKALL: Option Aliases. (line 43)
* NOTRANSIENTRPROMPT: Description of Options.
(line 826)
* NOTRAPSASYNC: Description of Options.
(line 1164)
* NOTYPESETSILENT: Description of Options.
(line 947)
* NOUNSET: Description of Options.
(line 392)
* NOVERBOSE: Description of Options.
(line 955)
* NOVI: Description of Options.
(line 1269)
* NOWARNCREATEGLOBAL: Description of Options.
(line 396)
* NOXTRACE: Description of Options.
(line 958)
* NOZLE: Description of Options.
(line 1276)
* NO_ALIASES: Description of Options.
(line 595)
* NO_ALL_EXPORT: Description of Options.
(line 559)
* NO_ALWAYS_LAST_PROMPT: Description of Options.
(line 84)
* NO_ALWAYS_TO_END: Description of Options.
(line 89)
* NO_APPEND_HISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 408)
* NO_AUTO_CD: Description of Options.
(line 17)
* NO_AUTO_CONTINUE: Description of Options.
(line 722)
* NO_AUTO_LIST: Description of Options.
(line 95)
* NO_AUTO_MENU: Description of Options.
(line 98)
* NO_AUTO_NAME_DIRS: Description of Options.
(line 103)
* NO_AUTO_PARAM_KEYS: Description of Options.
(line 110)
* NO_AUTO_PARAM_SLASH: Description of Options.
(line 120)
* NO_AUTO_PUSHD: Description of Options.
(line 22)
* NO_AUTO_REMOVE_SLASH: Description of Options.
(line 124)
* NO_AUTO_RESUME: Description of Options.
(line 727)
* NO_BAD_PATTERN: Description of Options.
(line 211)
* NO_BANG_HIST: Description of Options.
(line 417)
* NO_BARE_GLOB_QUAL: Description of Options.
(line 216)
* NO_BASH_AUTO_LIST: Description of Options.
(line 130)
* NO_BASH_REMATCH: Description of Options.
(line 966)
* NO_BEEP: Description of Options.
(line 1232)
* NO_BG_NICE: Description of Options.
(line 731)
* NO_BRACE_CCL: Description of Options.
(line 221)
* NO_BRACE_EXPAND: Option Aliases. (line 10)
* NO_BSD_ECHO: Description of Options.
(line 977)
* NO_CASE_GLOB: Description of Options.
(line 226)
* NO_CASE_MATCH: Description of Options.
(line 234)
* NO_CDABLE_VARS: Description of Options.
(line 25)
* NO_CHASE_DOTS: Description of Options.
(line 31)
* NO_CHASE_LINKS: Description of Options.
(line 45)
* NO_CHECK_JOBS: Description of Options.
(line 735)
* NO_CLOBBER: Description of Options.
(line 598)
* NO_COMBINING_CHARS: Description of Options.
(line 1235)
* NO_COMPLETE_ALIASES: Description of Options.
(line 139)
* NO_COMPLETE_IN_WORD: Description of Options.
(line 144)
* NO_CONTINUE_ON_ERROR: Description of Options.
(line 982)
* NO_CORRECT: Description of Options.
(line 603)
* NO_CORRECT_ALL: Description of Options.
(line 612)
* NO_CSH_JUNKIE_HISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 991)
* NO_CSH_JUNKIE_LOOPS: Description of Options.
(line 997)
* NO_CSH_JUNKIE_QUOTES: Description of Options.
(line 1001)
* NO_CSH_NULLCMD: Description of Options.
(line 1009)
* NO_CSH_NULL_GLOB: Description of Options.
(line 238)
* NO_C_BASES: Description of Options.
(line 833)
* NO_C_PRECEDENCES: Description of Options.
(line 842)
* NO_DEBUG_BEFORE_CMD <D>: Description of Options.
(line 847)
* NO_DOT_GLOB: Option Aliases. (line 13)
* NO_DVORAK: Description of Options.
(line 615)
* NO_EMACS: Description of Options.
(line 1250)
* NO_EQUALS: Description of Options.
(line 243)
* NO_ERR_EXIT: Description of Options.
(line 852)
* NO_ERR_RETURN: Description of Options.
(line 864)
* NO_EVAL_LINENO: Description of Options.
(line 871)
* NO_EXEC: Description of Options.
(line 882)
* NO_EXTENDED_GLOB: Description of Options.
(line 246)
* NO_EXTENDED_HISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 421)
* NO_FLOW_CONTROL: Description of Options.
(line 620)
* NO_FUNCTION_ARGZERO: Description of Options.
(line 888)
* NO_GLOB: Description of Options.
(line 251)
* NO_GLOBAL_EXPORT: Description of Options.
(line 562)
* NO_GLOBAL_RCS: Description of Options.
(line 577)
* NO_GLOBAL_RCS, use of: Files. (line 9)
* NO_GLOB_ASSIGN: Description of Options.
(line 255)
* NO_GLOB_COMPLETE: Description of Options.
(line 149)
* NO_GLOB_DOTS: Description of Options.
(line 267)
* NO_GLOB_SUBST: Description of Options.
(line 271)
* NO_HASH_ALL: Option Aliases. (line 16)
* NO_HASH_CMDS: Description of Options.
(line 638)
* NO_HASH_DIRS: Description of Options.
(line 646)
* NO_HASH_EXECUTABLES_ONLY: Description of Options.
(line 651)
* NO_HASH_LIST_ALL: Description of Options.
(line 164)
* NO_HIST_ALLOW_CLOBBER: Description of Options.
(line 428)
* NO_HIST_APPEND: Option Aliases. (line 19)
* NO_HIST_BEEP: Description of Options.
(line 432)
* NO_HIST_EXPAND: Option Aliases. (line 22)
* NO_HIST_EXPIRE_DUPS_FIRST: Description of Options.
(line 436)
* NO_HIST_FCNTL_LOCK: Description of Options.
(line 445)
* NO_HIST_FIND_NO_DUPS: Description of Options.
(line 453)
* NO_HIST_IGNORE_ALL_DUPS: Description of Options.
(line 458)
* NO_HIST_IGNORE_DUPS: Description of Options.
(line 463)
* NO_HIST_IGNORE_SPACE: Description of Options.
(line 467)
* NO_HIST_LEX_WORDS: Description of Options.
(line 477)
* NO_HIST_NO_FUNCTIONS: Description of Options.
(line 488)
* NO_HIST_NO_STORE: Description of Options.
(line 494)
* NO_HIST_REDUCE_BLANKS: Description of Options.
(line 500)
* NO_HIST_SAVE_BY_COPY: Description of Options.
(line 504)
* NO_HIST_SAVE_NO_DUPS: Description of Options.
(line 519)
* NO_HIST_SUBST_PATTERN: Description of Options.
(line 278)
* NO_HIST_VERIFY: Description of Options.
(line 523)
* NO_HUP: Description of Options.
(line 748)
* NO_IGNORE_BRACES: Description of Options.
(line 284)
* NO_IGNORE_CLOSE_BRACES: Description of Options.
(line 288)
* NO_IGNORE_EOF: Description of Options.
(line 625)
* NO_INC_APPEND_HISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 528)
* NO_INTERACTIVE: Description of Options.
(line 1174)
* NO_INTERACTIVE_COMMENTS: Description of Options.
(line 635)
* NO_KSH_ARRAYS: Description of Options.
(line 1014)
* NO_KSH_AUTOLOAD: Description of Options.
(line 1021)
* NO_KSH_GLOB: Description of Options.
(line 307)
* NO_KSH_OPTION_PRINT: Description of Options.
(line 1030)
* NO_KSH_TYPESET: Description of Options.
(line 1035)
* NO_KSH_ZERO_SUBSCRIPT: Description of Options.
(line 1043)
* NO_LIST_AMBIGUOUS: Description of Options.
(line 170)
* NO_LIST_BEEP: Description of Options.
(line 178)
* NO_LIST_PACKED: Description of Options.
(line 184)
* NO_LIST_ROWS_FIRST: Description of Options.
(line 188)
* NO_LIST_TYPES: Description of Options.
(line 193)
* NO_LOCAL_OPTIONS: Description of Options.
(line 892)
* NO_LOCAL_TRAPS: Description of Options.
(line 903)
* NO_LOG: Option Aliases. (line 25)
* NO_LOGIN: Description of Options.
(line 1183)
* NO_LONG_LIST_JOBS: Description of Options.
(line 751)
* NO_MAGIC_EQUAL_SUBST: Description of Options.
(line 312)
* NO_MAIL_WARN: Option Aliases. (line 28)
* NO_MAIL_WARNING: Description of Options.
(line 659)
* NO_MARK_DIRS: Description of Options.
(line 327)
* NO_MENU_COMPLETE: Description of Options.
(line 197)
* NO_MONITOR: Description of Options.
(line 754)
* NO_MULTIBYTE: Description of Options.
(line 331)
* NO_MULTIOS: Description of Options.
(line 925)
* NO_MULTI_FUNC_DEF: Description of Options.
(line 918)
* NO_NOMATCH: Description of Options.
(line 356)
* NO_NOTIFY: Description of Options.
(line 757)
* NO_NULL_GLOB: Description of Options.
(line 361)
* NO_NUMERIC_GLOB_SORT: Description of Options.
(line 366)
* NO_OCTAL_ZEROES: Description of Options.
(line 929)
* NO_ONE_CMD: Option Aliases. (line 31)
* NO_OVERSTRIKE: Description of Options.
(line 1257)
* NO_PATH_DIRS: Description of Options.
(line 663)
* NO_PATH_SCRIPT: Description of Options.
(line 677)
* NO_PHYSICAL: Option Aliases. (line 34)
* NO_POSIX_ALIASES: Description of Options.
(line 1067)
* NO_POSIX_BUILTINS: Description of Options.
(line 1083)
* NO_POSIX_CD: Description of Options.
(line 51)
* NO_POSIX_IDENTIFIERS: Description of Options.
(line 1096)
* NO_POSIX_JOBS: Description of Options.
(line 761)
* NO_POSIX_STRINGS: Description of Options.
(line 1116)
* NO_POSIX_TRAPS: Description of Options.
(line 1136)
* NO_PRINT_EIGHT_BIT: Description of Options.
(line 684)
* NO_PRINT_EXIT_VALUE: Description of Options.
(line 689)
* NO_PRIVILEGED: Description of Options.
(line 1188)
* NO_PROMPT_BANG: Description of Options.
(line 790)
* NO_PROMPT_CR: Description of Options.
(line 794)
* NO_PROMPT_PERCENT: Description of Options.
(line 817)
* NO_PROMPT_SP: Description of Options.
(line 799)
* NO_PROMPT_SUBST: Description of Options.
(line 821)
* NO_PROMPT_VARS: Option Aliases. (line 37)
* NO_PUSHD_IGNORE_DUPS: Description of Options.
(line 67)
* NO_PUSHD_MINUS: Description of Options.
(line 71)
* NO_PUSHD_SILENT: Description of Options.
(line 75)
* NO_PUSHD_TO_HOME: Description of Options.
(line 78)
* NO_RCS: Description of Options.
(line 583)
* NO_RCS, use of: Files. (line 9)
* NO_RC_EXPAND_PARAM: Description of Options.
(line 370)
* NO_RC_QUOTES: Description of Options.
(line 692)
* NO_REC_EXACT: Description of Options.
(line 205)
* NO_REMATCH_PCRE: Description of Options.
(line 376)
* NO_RESTRICTED: Description of Options.
(line 1201)
* NO_RM_STAR_SILENT: Description of Options.
(line 698)
* NO_RM_STAR_WAIT: Description of Options.
(line 701)
* NO_SHARE_HISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 536)
* NO_SHIN_STDIN: Description of Options.
(line 1207)
* NO_SHORT_LOOPS: Description of Options.
(line 708)
* NO_SH_FILE_EXPANSION: Description of Options.
(line 1143)
* NO_SH_GLOB: Description of Options.
(line 382)
* NO_SH_NULLCMD: Description of Options.
(line 1150)
* NO_SH_OPTION_LETTERS: Description of Options.
(line 1154)
* NO_SH_WORD_SPLIT: Description of Options.
(line 1159)
* NO_SINGLE_COMMAND: Description of Options.
(line 1221)
* NO_SINGLE_LINE_ZLE: Description of Options.
(line 1260)
* NO_SOURCE_TRACE: Description of Options.
(line 939)
* NO_STDIN: Option Aliases. (line 40)
* NO_SUN_KEYBOARD_HACK: Description of Options.
(line 712)
* NO_TRACK_ALL: Option Aliases. (line 43)
* NO_TRANSIENT_RPROMPT: Description of Options.
(line 826)
* NO_TRAPS_ASYNC: Description of Options.
(line 1164)
* NO_TYPESET_SILENT: Description of Options.
(line 947)
* NO_UNSET: Description of Options.
(line 392)
* NO_VERBOSE: Description of Options.
(line 955)
* NO_VI: Description of Options.
(line 1269)
* NO_WARN_CREATE_GLOBAL: Description of Options.
(line 396)
* NO_XTRACE: Description of Options.
(line 958)
* NO_ZLE: Description of Options.
(line 1276)
* NULLGLOB: Description of Options.
(line 361)
* NULL_GLOB: Description of Options.
(line 361)
* NULL_GLOB, setting in pattern: Filename Generation.
(line 735)
* NULL_GLOB, use of: Filename Generation.
(line 14)
* NUMERICGLOBSORT: Description of Options.
(line 366)
* NUMERIC_GLOB_SORT: Description of Options.
(line 366)
* NUMERIC_GLOB_SORT, setting in pattern: Filename Generation.
(line 741)
* OCTALZEROES: Description of Options.
(line 929)
* OCTAL_ZEROES: Description of Options.
(line 929)
* OCTAL_ZEROES, use of: Arithmetic Evaluation.
(line 69)
* ONECMD: Option Aliases. (line 31)
* ONE_CMD: Option Aliases. (line 31)
* OVERSTRIKE: Description of Options.
(line 1257)
* PATHDIRS: Description of Options.
(line 663)
* PATHSCRIPT: Description of Options.
(line 677)
* PATH_DIRS: Description of Options.
(line 663)
* PATH_SCRIPT: Description of Options.
(line 677)
* PHYSICAL: Option Aliases. (line 34)
* POSIXALIASES: Description of Options.
(line 1067)
* POSIXBUILTINS: Description of Options.
(line 1083)
* POSIXCD: Description of Options.
(line 51)
* POSIXIDENTIFIERS: Description of Options.
(line 1096)
* POSIXJOBS: Description of Options.
(line 761)
* POSIXSTRINGS: Description of Options.
(line 1116)
* POSIXTRAPS: Description of Options.
(line 1136)
* POSIX_ALIASES: Description of Options.
(line 1067)
* POSIX_BUILTINS: Description of Options.
(line 1083)
* POSIX_CD: Description of Options.
(line 51)
* POSIX_IDENTIFIERS: Description of Options.
(line 1096)
* POSIX_JOBS: Description of Options.
(line 761)
* POSIX_STRINGS: Description of Options.
(line 1116)
* POSIX_TRAPS: Description of Options.
(line 1136)
* PRINTEIGHTBIT: Description of Options.
(line 684)
* PRINTEXITVALUE: Description of Options.
(line 689)
* PRINT_EIGHT_BIT: Description of Options.
(line 684)
* PRINT_EXIT_VALUE: Description of Options.
(line 689)
* PRIVILEGED: Description of Options.
(line 1188)
* PROMPTBANG: Description of Options.
(line 790)
* PROMPTCR: Description of Options.
(line 794)
* PROMPTPERCENT: Description of Options.
(line 817)
* PROMPTSP: Description of Options.
(line 799)
* PROMPTSUBST: Description of Options.
(line 821)
* PROMPTVARS: Option Aliases. (line 37)
* PROMPT_BANG: Description of Options.
(line 790)
* PROMPT_BANG, use of: Prompt Expansion. (line 18)
* PROMPT_CR: Description of Options.
(line 794)
* PROMPT_PERCENT: Description of Options.
(line 817)
* PROMPT_PERCENT, use of: Prompt Expansion. (line 22)
* PROMPT_SP: Description of Options.
(line 799)
* PROMPT_SUBST: Description of Options.
(line 821)
* PROMPT_SUBST, use of: Prompt Expansion. (line 12)
* PROMPT_VARS: Option Aliases. (line 37)
* PUSHDIGNOREDUPS: Description of Options.
(line 67)
* PUSHDMINUS: Description of Options.
(line 71)
* PUSHDSILENT: Description of Options.
(line 75)
* PUSHDTOHOME: Description of Options.
(line 78)
* PUSHD_IGNORE_DUPS: Description of Options.
(line 67)
* PUSHD_MINUS: Description of Options.
(line 71)
* PUSHD_MINUS, use of: Filename Expansion. (line 22)
* PUSHD_MINUS, use of <1>: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 869)
* PUSHD_MINUS, use of <2>: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1002)
* PUSHD_SILENT: Description of Options.
(line 75)
* PUSHD_SILENT, use of: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1002)
* PUSHD_TO_HOME: Description of Options.
(line 78)
* PUSHD_TO_HOME, use of: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1002)
* RCEXPANDPARAM: Description of Options.
(line 370)
* RCQUOTES: Description of Options.
(line 692)
* RCS: Description of Options.
(line 583)
* RCS, use of: Files. (line 9)
* RC_EXPAND_PARAM: Description of Options.
(line 370)
* RC_EXPAND_PARAM, toggle: Parameter Expansion.
(line 233)
* RC_QUOTES: Description of Options.
(line 692)
* RC_QUOTES, use of: Quoting. (line 14)
* RECEXACT: Description of Options.
(line 205)
* REC_EXACT: Description of Options.
(line 205)
* REMATCHPCRE: Description of Options.
(line 376)
* REMATCH_PCRE: Description of Options.
(line 376)
* RESTRICTED: Restricted Shell. (line 6)
* RESTRICTED <1>: Description of Options.
(line 1201)
* RMSTARSILENT: Description of Options.
(line 698)
* RMSTARWAIT: Description of Options.
(line 701)
* RM_STAR_SILENT: Description of Options.
(line 698)
* RM_STAR_WAIT: Description of Options.
(line 701)
* SHAREHISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 536)
* SHARE_HISTORY: Description of Options.
(line 536)
* SHFILEEXPANSION: Description of Options.
(line 1143)
* SHGLOB: Description of Options.
(line 382)
* SHINSTDIN: Description of Options.
(line 1207)
* SHIN_STDIN: Description of Options.
(line 1207)
* SHNULLCMD: Description of Options.
(line 1150)
* SHOPTIONLETTERS: Description of Options.
(line 1154)
* SHORTLOOPS: Description of Options.
(line 708)
* SHORT_LOOPS: Description of Options.
(line 708)
* SHWORDSPLIT: Description of Options.
(line 1159)
* SH_FILE_EXPANSION: Description of Options.
(line 1143)
* SH_GLOB: Description of Options.
(line 382)
* SH_NULLCMD: Description of Options.
(line 1150)
* SH_NULLCMD, use of: Redirection. (line 282)
* SH_OPTION_LETTERS: Description of Options.
(line 1154)
* SH_WORD_SPLIT: Description of Options.
(line 1159)
* SH_WORD_SPLIT, toggle: Parameter Expansion.
(line 247)
* SH_WORD_SPLIT, use of: Parameter Expansion.
(line 560)
* SINGLECOMMAND: Description of Options.
(line 1221)
* SINGLELINEZLE: Description of Options.
(line 1260)
* SINGLE_COMMAND: Description of Options.
(line 1221)
* SINGLE_LINE_ZLE: Description of Options.
(line 1260)
* SINGLE_LINE_ZLE, use of: Zsh Line Editor. (line 17)
* SOURCETRACE: Description of Options.
(line 939)
* SOURCE_TRACE: Description of Options.
(line 939)
* STDIN: Option Aliases. (line 40)
* SUNKEYBOARDHACK: Description of Options.
(line 712)
* SUN_KEYBOARD_HACK: Description of Options.
(line 712)
* TRACKALL: Option Aliases. (line 43)
* TRACK_ALL: Option Aliases. (line 43)
* TRANSIENTRPROMPT: Description of Options.
(line 826)
* TRANSIENT_RPROMPT: Description of Options.
(line 826)
* TRAPSASYNC: Description of Options.
(line 1164)
* TRAPS_ASYNC: Description of Options.
(line 1164)
* TYPESETSILENT: Description of Options.
(line 947)
* TYPESET_SILENT: Description of Options.
(line 947)
* UNSET: Description of Options.
(line 392)
* VERBOSE: Description of Options.
(line 955)
* VI: Description of Options.
(line 1269)
* WARNCREATEGLOBAL: Description of Options.
(line 396)
* WARN_CREATE_GLOBAL: Description of Options.
(line 396)
* XTRACE: Description of Options.
(line 958)
* ZLE: Description of Options.
(line 1276)
* ZLE, use of: Zsh Line Editor. (line 9)
File: zsh.info, Node: Functions Index, Next: Editor Functions Index, Prev: Options Index, Up: Top
Functions Index
***************
[index]
* Menu:
* -: Precommand Modifiers.
(line 10)
* .: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 9)
* :: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 28)
* [[: Complex Commands. (line 164)
* _all_labels: Completion Functions.
(line 20)
* _all_matches: Control Functions. (line 36)
* _alternative: Completion Functions.
(line 47)
* _approximate: Control Functions. (line 61)
* _arguments: Completion Functions.
(line 80)
* _bash_completions: Bindable Commands. (line 11)
* _cache_invalid: Completion Functions.
(line 598)
* _call_function: Completion Functions.
(line 614)
* _call_program: Completion Functions.
(line 623)
* _cdr: Recent Directories. (line 3)
* _combination: Completion Functions.
(line 632)
* _complete: Control Functions. (line 116)
* _complete_debug (^X?): Bindable Commands. (line 124)
* _complete_help (^Xh): Bindable Commands. (line 131)
* _complete_help_generic: Bindable Commands. (line 143)
* _complete_tag (^Xt): Bindable Commands. (line 178)
* _correct: Control Functions. (line 151)
* _correct_filename (^XC): Bindable Commands. (line 32)
* _correct_word (^Xc): Bindable Commands. (line 38)
* _describe: Completion Functions.
(line 675)
* _description: Completion Functions.
(line 712)
* _dispatch: Completion Functions.
(line 768)
* _expand: Control Functions. (line 181)
* _expand_alias: Control Functions. (line 210)
* _expand_alias (^Xa): Bindable Commands. (line 44)
* _expand_word (^Xe): Bindable Commands. (line 58)
* _files: Completion Functions.
(line 781)
* _generic: Bindable Commands. (line 64)
* _gnu_generic: Completion Functions.
(line 789)
* _guard: Completion Functions.
(line 805)
* _history: Control Functions. (line 219)
* _history_complete_word (\e/): Bindable Commands. (line 83)
* _ignored: Control Functions. (line 225)
* _list: Control Functions. (line 234)
* _match: Control Functions. (line 241)
* _menu: Control Functions. (line 260)
* _message: Completion Functions.
(line 831)
* _most_recent_file (^Xm): Bindable Commands. (line 87)
* _multi_parts: Completion Functions.
(line 857)
* _next_label: Completion Functions.
(line 876)
* _next_tags (^Xn): Bindable Commands. (line 93)
* _normal: Completion Functions.
(line 909)
* _oldlist: Control Functions. (line 270)
* _options: Completion Functions.
(line 930)
* _options_set: Completion Functions.
(line 938)
* _options_unset: Completion Functions.
(line 938)
* _parameters: Completion Functions.
(line 948)
* _path_files: Completion Functions.
(line 958)
* _pick_variant: Completion Functions.
(line 998)
* _prefix: Control Functions. (line 281)
* _read_comp (^X^R): Bindable Commands. (line 100)
* _regex_arguments: Completion Functions.
(line 1025)
* _regex_words [ -t TERM ]: Completion Functions.
(line 1141)
* _requested: Completion Functions.
(line 1191)
* _retrieve_cache: Completion Functions.
(line 1233)
* _sep_parts: Completion Functions.
(line 1244)
* _setup: Completion Functions.
(line 1257)
* _store_cache: Completion Functions.
(line 1270)
* _tags: Completion Functions.
(line 1296)
* _user_expand: Control Functions. (line 322)
* _values: Completion Functions.
(line 1314)
* _wanted: Completion Functions.
(line 1406)
* add-zsh-hook: Utilities. (line 254)
* age: Calendar System User Functions.
(line 298)
* alias: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 33)
* alias, use of: Aliasing. (line 11)
* always: Complex Commands. (line 89)
* autoload: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 74)
* autoload, use of: Functions. (line 25)
* bashcompinit: Initialization. (line 105)
* bg: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 117)
* bg, use of: Jobs & Signals. (line 29)
* bindkey: Zle Builtins. (line 12)
* bindkey, use of: Keymaps. (line 10)
* break: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 125)
* builtin: Precommand Modifiers.
(line 13)
* builtin <1>: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 129)
* bye: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 132)
* calendar: Calendar System User Functions.
(line 14)
* calendar_add: Calendar System User Functions.
(line 166)
* calendar_edit: Calendar System User Functions.
(line 218)
* calendar_lockfiles: Calendar Utility Functions.
(line 6)
* calendar_parse: Calendar System User Functions.
(line 234)
* calendar_read: Calendar Utility Functions.
(line 31)
* calendar_scandate: Calendar Utility Functions.
(line 38)
* calendar_show: Calendar Utility Functions.
(line 91)
* calendar_showdate: Calendar System User Functions.
(line 271)
* calendar_sort: Calendar System User Functions.
(line 291)
* cap: The zsh/cap Module. (line 11)
* case: Complex Commands. (line 52)
* catch: Exception Handling. (line 29)
* cd: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 138)
* cdr: Recent Directories. (line 3)
* chdir: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 189)
* chgrp: The zsh/files Module.
(line 18)
* chown: The zsh/files Module.
(line 22)
* chpwd: Functions. (line 206)
* chpwd_recent_add: Recent Directories. (line 3)
* chpwd_recent_dirs: Recent Directories. (line 3)
* chpwd_recent_filehandler: Recent Directories. (line 3)
* clone: The zsh/clone Module.
(line 8)
* colors: Other Functions. (line 13)
* command: Precommand Modifiers.
(line 17)
* command <1>: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 195)
* command_not_found_handler: Command Execution. (line 6)
* compadd: Completion Builtin Commands.
(line 6)
* comparguments: The zsh/computil Module.
(line 13)
* compaudit: Initialization. (line 95)
* compctl: Completion Using compctl.
(line 19)
* compdef: Initialization. (line 318)
* compdescribe: The zsh/computil Module.
(line 19)
* compfiles: The zsh/computil Module.
(line 39)
* compgroups: The zsh/computil Module.
(line 50)
* compinit: Initialization. (line 39)
* compinstall: Initialization. (line 6)
* compquote: The zsh/computil Module.
(line 57)
* compset: Completion Builtin Commands.
(line 273)
* comptags: The zsh/computil Module.
(line 72)
* comptry: The zsh/computil Module.
(line 72)
* compvalues: The zsh/computil Module.
(line 76)
* continue: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 236)
* coproc: Simple Commands & Pipelines.
(line 34)
* declare: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 241)
* dirs: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 244)
* disable: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 265)
* disable, use of: Reserved Words. (line 6)
* disown: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 280)
* disown, use of: Jobs & Signals. (line 96)
* echo: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 294)
* echotc: The zsh/termcap Module.
(line 8)
* echoti: The zsh/terminfo Module.
(line 8)
* emulate: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 338)
* enable: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 440)
* eval: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 453)
* example: The zsh/example Module.
(line 8)
* exec: Precommand Modifiers.
(line 26)
* exit: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 467)
* export: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 473)
* false: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 479)
* fc: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 482)
* fc, use of: Overview. (line 50)
* fg: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 577)
* fg, use of: Jobs & Signals. (line 31)
* float: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 582)
* float, use of: Arithmetic Evaluation.
(line 203)
* fned: Other Functions. (line 66)
* for: Complex Commands. (line 14)
* foreach: Alternate Forms For Complex Commands.
(line 49)
* function: Complex Commands. (line 144)
* function, use of: Functions. (line 6)
* functions: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 586)
* functions, hook: Functions. (line 192)
* functions, use of: Functions. (line 19)
* getcap: The zsh/cap Module. (line 15)
* getln: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 634)
* getopts: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 638)
* hash: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 668)
* history: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 712)
* hook functions: Functions. (line 192)
* if: Complex Commands. (line 8)
* integer: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 715)
* integer, use of: Arithmetic Evaluation.
(line 198)
* is-at-least: Other Functions. (line 71)
* jobs: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 719)
* kill: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 734)
* let: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 759)
* let, use of: Arithmetic Evaluation.
(line 6)
* limit: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 765)
* ln: The zsh/files Module.
(line 64)
* local: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 848)
* log: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 853)
* logout: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 857)
* mkdir: The zsh/files Module.
(line 90)
* mv: The zsh/files Module.
(line 98)
* nocorrect: Precommand Modifiers.
(line 45)
* noglob: Precommand Modifiers.
(line 51)
* nslookup: Other Functions. (line 87)
* pcre-match: The zsh/pcre Module.
(line 65)
* pcre_compile: The zsh/pcre Module.
(line 8)
* pcre_match: The zsh/pcre Module.
(line 23)
* pcre_study: The zsh/pcre Module.
(line 19)
* periodic: Functions. (line 209)
* pick-web-browser: MIME Functions. (line 245)
* popd: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 863)
* precmd: Functions. (line 217)
* preexec: Functions. (line 223)
* print: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 878)
* printf: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 972)
* pushd: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1002)
* pushln: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1034)
* pwd: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1037)
* r: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1043)
* read: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1046)
* readonly: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1165)
* regex-match: The zsh/regex Module.
(line 7)
* regexp-replace: Other Functions. (line 98)
* rehash: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1168)
* repeat: Complex Commands. (line 44)
* reporter: Utilities. (line 219)
* return: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1171)
* return, use of: Functions. (line 17)
* rm: The zsh/files Module.
(line 117)
* rmdir: The zsh/files Module.
(line 147)
* run-help: Other Functions. (line 119)
* run-help, use of: Utilities. (line 38)
* run-help-git: Other Functions. (line 156)
* run-help-svk: Other Functions. (line 156)
* run-help-svn: Other Functions. (line 156)
* sched: The zsh/sched Module.
(line 9)
* select: Complex Commands. (line 68)
* set: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1189)
* set, use of: Array Parameters. (line 6)
* setcap: The zsh/cap Module. (line 19)
* setopt: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1237)
* shift: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1264)
* source: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1270)
* stat: The zsh/stat Module.
(line 9)
* strftime: The zsh/datetime Module.
(line 8)
* suspend: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1277)
* sync: The zsh/files Module.
(line 150)
* syserror: The zsh/system Module.
(line 12)
* sysread: The zsh/system Module.
(line 32)
* tcp_alias: TCP Functions. (line 178)
* tcp_aliases: TCP Parameters. (line 155)
* tcp_by_fd: TCP Parameters. (line 160)
* tcp_by_name: TCP Parameters. (line 164)
* tcp_close: TCP Functions. (line 81)
* tcp_command: TCP Functions. (line 241)
* tcp_expect: TCP Functions. (line 253)
* tcp_fd_handler: TCP Functions. (line 475)
* tcp_log: TCP Functions. (line 196)
* TCP_LOG_SESS: TCP Parameters. (line 55)
* tcp_on_alias: TCP Functions. (line 407)
* tcp_on_awol: TCP Functions. (line 412)
* tcp_on_close: TCP Functions. (line 432)
* tcp_on_open: TCP Functions. (line 437)
* tcp_on_rename: TCP Functions. (line 444)
* tcp_on_spam: TCP Functions. (line 448)
* tcp_on_unalias: TCP Functions. (line 465)
* tcp_open: TCP Functions. (line 9)
* tcp_output: TCP Functions. (line 485)
* tcp_proxy: TCP Functions. (line 298)
* tcp_read: TCP Functions. (line 101)
* tcp_rename: TCP Functions. (line 220)
* tcp_send: TCP Functions. (line 149)
* tcp_sess: TCP Functions. (line 223)
* tcp_spam: TCP Functions. (line 318)
* tcp_talk: TCP Functions. (line 345)
* tcp_wait: TCP Functions. (line 363)
* test: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1282)
* throw: Exception Handling. (line 9)
* time: Complex Commands. (line 158)
* times: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1303)
* trap: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1307)
* trap, use of: Functions. (line 321)
* TRAPDEBUG: Functions. (line 300)
* TRAPERR: Functions. (line 313)
* TRAPEXIT: Functions. (line 307)
* TRAPZERR: Functions. (line 313)
* true: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1379)
* ttyctl: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1382)
* type: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1391)
* typeset: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1394)
* typeset, use of: Parameters. (line 15)
* typeset, use of <1>: Array Parameters. (line 13)
* ulimit: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1639)
* umask: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1709)
* unalias: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1718)
* unfunction: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1721)
* unfunction, use of: Functions. (line 19)
* unhash: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1724)
* unlimit: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1737)
* unset: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1747)
* unsetopt: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1768)
* until: Complex Commands. (line 40)
* vared: Zle Builtins. (line 182)
* vcs_info: Version Control Information.
(line 550)
* vcs_info_hookadd: Version Control Information.
(line 558)
* vcs_info_hookdel: Version Control Information.
(line 565)
* vcs_info_lastmsg: Version Control Information.
(line 575)
* vcs_info_printsys: Version Control Information.
(line 581)
* vcs_info_setsys: Version Control Information.
(line 586)
* wait: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1779)
* whence: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1786)
* where: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1826)
* which: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1829)
* while: Complex Commands. (line 36)
* zargs: Other Functions. (line 182)
* zcalc: Mathematical Functions.
(line 6)
* zcompile: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1832)
* zcompile, use of: Functions. (line 37)
* zcp: Other Functions. (line 280)
* zcurses: The zsh/curses Module.
(line 12)
* zdelattr: The zsh/attr Module.
(line 19)
* zed: Other Functions. (line 233)
* zfanon: Zftp Functions. (line 57)
* zfautocheck: Zftp Functions. (line 342)
* zfcd: Zftp Functions. (line 67)
* zfcd_match: Zftp Functions. (line 352)
* zfcget: Zftp Functions. (line 174)
* zfclose: Zftp Functions. (line 249)
* zfcput: Zftp Functions. (line 218)
* zfdir: Zftp Functions. (line 103)
* zffcache: Zftp Functions. (line 409)
* zfgcp: Zftp Functions. (line 185)
* zfget: Zftp Functions. (line 155)
* zfget_match: Zftp Functions. (line 361)
* zfgoto: Zftp Functions. (line 316)
* zfhere: Zftp Functions. (line 97)
* zfinit: Zftp Functions. (line 337)
* zfls: Zftp Functions. (line 125)
* zfmark: Zftp Functions. (line 304)
* zfopen: Zftp Functions. (line 29)
* zformat: The zsh/zutil Module.
(line 111)
* zfparams: Zftp Functions. (line 15)
* zfpcp: Zftp Functions. (line 225)
* zfput: Zftp Functions. (line 200)
* zfrglob: Zftp Functions. (line 368)
* zfrtime: Zftp Functions. (line 374)
* zfsession: Zftp Functions. (line 255)
* zfstat: Zftp Functions. (line 140)
* zftp: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 8)
* zftp_chpwd, specification: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 401)
* zftp_chpwd, supplied version: Zftp Functions. (line 381)
* zftp_progress, specification: The zsh/zftp Module.
(line 407)
* zftp_progress, supplied version: Zftp Functions. (line 399)
* zftransfer: Zftp Functions. (line 278)
* zftype: Zftp Functions. (line 134)
* zfuget: Zftp Functions. (line 163)
* zfuput: Zftp Functions. (line 212)
* zgetattr: The zsh/attr Module.
(line 10)
* zkbd: Utilities. (line 141)
* zle: Zle Builtins. (line 223)
* zlistattr: The zsh/attr Module.
(line 23)
* zln: Other Functions. (line 280)
* zmathfuncdef: Mathematical Functions.
(line 108)
* zmodload: Shell Builtin Commands.
(line 1949)
* zmv: Other Functions. (line 289)
* zparseopts: The zsh/zutil Module.
(line 170)
* zprof: The zsh/zprof Module.
(line 11)
* zpty: The zsh/zpty Module.
(line 8)
* zrecompile: Utilities. (line 70)
* zregexparse: The zsh/zutil Module.
(line 167)
* zselect: The zsh/zselect Module.
(line 8)
* zsetattr: The zsh/attr Module.
(line 15)
* zsh-mime-handler: MIME Functions. (line 10)
* zsh-mime-setup: MIME Functions. (line 10)
* zshaddhistory: Functions. (line 234)
* zshexit: Functions. (line 261)
* zsocket: The zsh/net/socket Module.
(line 8)
* zstat: The zsh/stat Module.
(line 9)
* zstyle: The zsh/zutil Module.
(line 8)
* zstyle+: Other Functions. (line 367)
* ztcp: The zsh/net/tcp Module.
(line 8)
File: zsh.info, Node: Editor Functions Index, Next: Style and Tag Index, Prev: Functions Index, Up: Top
Editor Functions Index
**********************
[index]
* Menu:
* accept-and-hold: Miscellaneous. (line 6)
* accept-and-infer-next-history: Miscellaneous. (line 9)
* accept-and-menu-complete: Completion. (line 6)
* accept-line: Miscellaneous. (line 14)
* accept-line-and-down-history: Miscellaneous. (line 18)
* argument-base: Arguments. (line 30)
* auto-suffix-remove: Miscellaneous. (line 22)
* auto-suffix-retain: Miscellaneous. (line 31)
* backward-char: Movement. (line 10)
* backward-delete-char: Modifying Text. (line 13)
* backward-delete-word: Modifying Text. (line 21)
* backward-kill-line: Modifying Text. (line 24)
* backward-kill-word: Modifying Text. (line 27)
* backward-kill-word-match: ZLE Functions. (line 29)
* backward-word: Movement. (line 16)
* backward-word-match: ZLE Functions. (line 29)
* beep: Miscellaneous. (line 40)
* beginning-of-buffer-or-history: History Control. (line 6)
* beginning-of-history: History Control. (line 14)
* beginning-of-line: Movement. (line 25)
* beginning-of-line-hist: History Control. (line 10)
* capitalize-word: Modifying Text. (line 34)
* capitalize-word-match: ZLE Functions. (line 29)
* clear-screen: Miscellaneous. (line 52)
* complete-word: Completion. (line 10)
* copy-earlier-word: ZLE Functions. (line 231)
* copy-prev-shell-word: Modifying Text. (line 59)
* copy-prev-word: Modifying Text. (line 56)
* copy-region-as-kill: Modifying Text. (line 48)
* cycle-completion-positions: ZLE Functions. (line 247)
* delete-char: Modifying Text. (line 69)
* delete-char-or-list: Completion. (line 13)
* delete-to-char: The zsh/deltochar Module.
(line 8)
* delete-whole-word-match: ZLE Functions. (line 260)
* delete-word: Modifying Text. (line 76)
* describe-key-briefly: Miscellaneous. (line 55)
* digit-argument: Arguments. (line 6)
* down-case-word: Modifying Text. (line 79)
* down-case-word-match: ZLE Functions. (line 29)
* down-history: History Control. (line 35)
* down-line-or-beginning-search: ZLE Functions. (line 276)
* down-line-or-history: History Control. (line 17)
* down-line-or-search: History Control. (line 26)
* edit-command-line: ZLE Functions. (line 286)
* emacs-backward-word: Movement. (line 19)
* emacs-forward-word: Movement. (line 82)
* end-of-buffer-or-history: History Control. (line 43)
* end-of-history: History Control. (line 51)
* end-of-line: Movement. (line 32)
* end-of-line-hist: History Control. (line 47)
* end-of-list: Completion. (line 55)
* exchange-point-and-mark: Miscellaneous. (line 59)
* execute-last-named-cmd: Miscellaneous. (line 92)
* execute-named-cmd: Miscellaneous. (line 66)
* expand-cmd-path: Completion. (line 17)
* expand-history: Completion. (line 27)
* expand-or-complete: Completion. (line 20)
* expand-or-complete-prefix: Completion. (line 24)
* expand-word: Completion. (line 30)
* forward-char: Movement. (line 50)
* forward-word: Movement. (line 78)
* forward-word-match: ZLE Functions. (line 29)
* get-line: Miscellaneous. (line 97)
* gosmacs-transpose-chars: Modifying Text. (line 85)
* history-beginning-search-backward: History Control. (line 38)
* history-beginning-search-backward-end: ZLE Functions. (line 291)
* history-beginning-search-forward: History Control. (line 296)
* history-beginning-search-forward-end: ZLE Functions. (line 291)
* history-beginning-search-menu: ZLE Functions. (line 311)
* history-incremental-pattern-search-backward: History Control.
(line 160)
* history-incremental-pattern-search-forward: History Control.
(line 160)
* history-incremental-search-backward: History Control. (line 59)
* history-incremental-search-forward: History Control. (line 152)
* history-pattern-search: ZLE Functions. (line 334)
* history-pattern-search-backward: ZLE Functions. (line 334)
* history-pattern-search-forward: ZLE Functions. (line 334)
* history-search-backward: History Control. (line 178)
* history-search-forward: History Control. (line 208)
* incarg: ZLE Functions. (line 350)
* incremental-complete-word: ZLE Functions. (line 360)
* infer-next-history: History Control. (line 223)
* insert-composed-char: ZLE Functions. (line 373)
* insert-files: ZLE Functions. (line 647)
* insert-last-word: History Control. (line 227)
* insert-unicode-char: ZLE Functions. (line 654)
* kill-buffer: Modifying Text. (line 114)
* kill-line: Modifying Text. (line 101)
* kill-region: Modifying Text. (line 111)
* kill-whole-line: Modifying Text. (line 117)
* kill-word: Modifying Text. (line 82)
* kill-word-match: ZLE Functions. (line 29)
* list-choices: Completion. (line 33)
* list-expand: Completion. (line 36)
* magic-space: Completion. (line 39)
* match-word-context: ZLE Functions. (line 29)
* match-words-by-style: ZLE Functions. (line 29)
* menu-complete: Completion. (line 43)
* menu-expand-or-complete: Completion. (line 47)
* menu-select: The zsh/complist Module.
(line 204)
* modify-current-argument: ZLE Functions. (line 958)
* narrow-to-region: ZLE Functions. (line 664)
* narrow-to-region-invisible: ZLE Functions. (line 664)
* neg-argument: Arguments. (line 14)
* overwrite-mode: Modifying Text. (line 138)
* pound-insert: Miscellaneous. (line 101)
* predict-off: ZLE Functions. (line 722)
* predict-on: ZLE Functions. (line 722)
* push-input: Miscellaneous. (line 113)
* push-line: Miscellaneous. (line 121)
* push-line-or-edit: Miscellaneous. (line 126)
* quote-line: Modifying Text. (line 160)
* quote-region: Modifying Text. (line 164)
* quoted-insert: Modifying Text. (line 151)
* read-command: Miscellaneous. (line 132)
* read-from-minibuffer: ZLE Functions. (line 762)
* recursive-edit: Miscellaneous. (line 141)
* redisplay: Miscellaneous. (line 182)
* redo: Miscellaneous. (line 246)
* replace-pattern: ZLE Functions. (line 792)
* replace-string: ZLE Functions. (line 792)
* replace-string-again: ZLE Functions. (line 792)
* reset-prompt: Miscellaneous. (line 185)
* reverse-menu-complete: Completion. (line 50)
* run-help: Miscellaneous. (line 203)
* select-word-style: ZLE Functions. (line 29)
* self-insert: Modifying Text. (line 181)
* self-insert-unmeta: Modifying Text. (line 184)
* send-break: Miscellaneous. (line 197)
* send-invisible: ZLE Functions. (line 852)
* set-local-history: History Control. (line 301)
* set-mark-command: Miscellaneous. (line 226)
* smart-insert-last-word: ZLE Functions. (line 871)
* spell-word: Miscellaneous. (line 232)
* split-shell-arguments: ZLE Functions. (line 935)
* transpose-chars: Modifying Text. (line 194)
* transpose-lines: ZLE Functions. (line 899)
* transpose-words: Modifying Text. (line 199)
* transpose-words-match: ZLE Functions. (line 29)
* undefined-key: Miscellaneous. (line 235)
* undo: Miscellaneous. (line 239)
* universal-argument: Arguments. (line 17)
* up-case-word: Modifying Text. (line 205)
* up-case-word-match: ZLE Functions. (line 29)
* up-history: History Control. (line 293)
* up-line-or-beginning-search: ZLE Functions. (line 276)
* up-line-or-history: History Control. (line 275)
* up-line-or-search: History Control. (line 284)
* vi-add-eol: Modifying Text. (line 6)
* vi-add-next: Modifying Text. (line 9)
* vi-backward-blank-word: Movement. (line 6)
* vi-backward-char: Movement. (line 13)
* vi-backward-delete-char: Modifying Text. (line 16)
* vi-backward-kill-word: Modifying Text. (line 30)
* vi-backward-word: Movement. (line 22)
* vi-beginning-of-line: Movement. (line 29)
* vi-caps-lock-panic: Miscellaneous. (line 47)
* vi-change: Modifying Text. (line 37)
* vi-change-eol: Modifying Text. (line 42)
* vi-change-whole-line: Modifying Text. (line 45)
* vi-cmd-mode: Miscellaneous. (line 43)
* vi-delete: Modifying Text. (line 64)
* vi-delete-char: Modifying Text. (line 72)
* vi-digit-or-beginning-of-line: Miscellaneous. (line 270)
* vi-down-line-or-history: History Control. (line 21)
* vi-end-of-line: Movement. (line 36)
* vi-fetch-history: History Control. (line 54)
* vi-find-next-char: Movement. (line 56)
* vi-find-next-char-skip: Movement. (line 60)
* vi-find-prev-char: Movement. (line 64)
* vi-find-prev-char-skip: Movement. (line 68)
* vi-first-non-blank: Movement. (line 72)
* vi-forward-blank-word: Movement. (line 41)
* vi-forward-blank-word-end: Movement. (line 45)
* vi-forward-char: Movement. (line 53)
* vi-forward-word: Movement. (line 75)
* vi-forward-word-end: Movement. (line 85)
* vi-goto-column: Movement. (line 88)
* vi-goto-mark: Movement. (line 91)
* vi-goto-mark-line: Movement. (line 94)
* vi-history-search-backward: History Control. (line 186)
* vi-history-search-forward: History Control. (line 216)
* vi-indent: Modifying Text. (line 88)
* vi-insert: Modifying Text. (line 91)
* vi-insert-bol: Modifying Text. (line 94)
* vi-join: Modifying Text. (line 98)
* vi-kill-eol: Modifying Text. (line 108)
* vi-kill-line: Modifying Text. (line 105)
* vi-match-bracket: Modifying Text. (line 120)
* vi-open-line-above: Modifying Text. (line 126)
* vi-open-line-below: Modifying Text. (line 129)
* vi-oper-swap-case: Modifying Text. (line 132)
* vi-pound-insert: Miscellaneous. (line 108)
* vi-put-after: Modifying Text. (line 146)
* vi-put-before: Modifying Text. (line 141)
* vi-quoted-insert: Modifying Text. (line 155)
* vi-repeat-change: Modifying Text. (line 170)
* vi-repeat-find: Movement. (line 97)
* vi-repeat-search: History Control. (line 269)
* vi-replace: Modifying Text. (line 167)
* vi-replace-chars: Modifying Text. (line 177)
* vi-rev-repeat-find: Movement. (line 100)
* vi-rev-repeat-search: History Control. (line 272)
* vi-set-buffer: Miscellaneous. (line 208)
* vi-set-mark: Miscellaneous. (line 223)
* vi-substitute: Modifying Text. (line 188)
* vi-swap-case: Modifying Text. (line 191)
* vi-undo-change: Miscellaneous. (line 249)
* vi-unindent: Modifying Text. (line 202)
* vi-up-line-or-history: History Control. (line 279)
* vi-yank: Modifying Text. (line 216)
* vi-yank-eol: Modifying Text. (line 224)
* vi-yank-whole-line: Modifying Text. (line 221)
* what-cursor-position: Miscellaneous. (line 253)
* where-is: Miscellaneous. (line 258)
* which-command: Miscellaneous. (line 265)
* which-command <1>: ZLE Functions. (line 916)
* yank: Modifying Text. (line 208)
* yank-pop: Modifying Text. (line 211)
* zap-to-char: The zsh/deltochar Module.
(line 14)
* zle-history-line-set: Zle Widgets. (line 294)
* zle-isearch-exit: Zle Widgets. (line 259)
* zle-isearch-update: Zle Widgets. (line 264)
* zle-keymap-select: Zle Widgets. (line 297)
* zle-line-finish: Zle Widgets. (line 290)
* zle-line-init: Zle Widgets. (line 279)
File: zsh.info, Node: Style and Tag Index, Prev: Editor Functions Index, Up: Top
Style and Tag Index
*******************
[index]
* Menu:
* -array-value-, completion context: Initialization. (line 210)
* -assign-parameter-, completion context: Initialization. (line 216)
* -brace-parameter-, completion context: Initialization. (line 213)
* -command-, completion context: Initialization. (line 220)
* -condition-, completion context: Initialization. (line 223)
* -default-, completion context: Initialization. (line 226)
* -equal-, completion context: Initialization. (line 229)
* -first-, completion context: Initialization. (line 232)
* -math-, completion context: Initialization. (line 240)
* -parameter-, completion context: Initialization. (line 243)
* -redirect-, completion context: Initialization. (line 246)
* -subscript-, completion context: Initialization. (line 249)
* -tilde-, completion context: Initialization. (line 252)
* -value-, completion context: Initialization. (line 256)
* accept-exact, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 467)
* accept-exact-dirs, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 490)
* accounts, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 164)
* actionformats: Version Control Information.
(line 165)
* add-space, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 506)
* all-expansions, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 167)
* all-files, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 171)
* ambiguous, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 519)
* arguments, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 175)
* arrays, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 178)
* assign-list, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 526)
* association-keys, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 181)
* auto-description, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 537)
* avoid-completer, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 546)
* bookmarks, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 185)
* branchformat: Version Control Information.
(line 170)
* break-keys, widget style: ZLE Functions. (line 987)
* builtins, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 189)
* cache-path, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 557)
* cache-policy, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 563)
* calendar-file: Calendar Styles. (line 13)
* call-command, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 568)
* characters, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 192)
* check-for-changes: Version Control Information.
(line 232)
* chpwd, zftp style: Miscellaneous Features.
(line 61)
* colormapids, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 196)
* colors, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 199)
* command: Version Control Information.
(line 255)
* command, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 576)
* command-path, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 603)
* commands, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 608)
* commands, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 202)
* complete, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 616)
* complete-options, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 622)
* completer, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 631)
* completer, completion style <1>: ZLE Functions. (line 995)
* condition, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 661)
* contexts, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 206)
* corrections, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 209)
* current-shell, MIME style: MIME Functions. (line 73)
* cursor, completion style: ZLE Functions. (line 1019)
* cursors, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 213)
* date-format: Calendar Styles. (line 16)
* debug: Version Control Information.
(line 319)
* default, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 216)
* delimiters, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 666)
* descriptions, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 221)
* devices, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 225)
* directories, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 228)
* directory-stack, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 233)
* disable: Version Control Information.
(line 202)
* disable-patterns: Version Control Information.
(line 207)
* disabled, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 674)
* displays, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 236)
* domains, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 679)
* domains, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 239)
* done-file: Calendar Styles. (line 30)
* enable: Version Control Information.
(line 195)
* environ, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 683)
* execute-as-is, MIME style: MIME Functions. (line 80)
* expand, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 691)
* expansions, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 242)
* extensions, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 247)
* extra-verbose, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1057)
* fake, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 705)
* fake-always, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 718)
* fake-files, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 742)
* fake-parameters, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 758)
* file-descriptors, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 250)
* file-list, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 768)
* file-path, MIME style: MIME Functions. (line 91)
* file-patterns, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 802)
* file-sort, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 858)
* files, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 253)
* filter, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 873)
* find-file-in-path, MIME style: MIME Functions. (line 102)
* flags, MIME style: MIME Functions. (line 113)
* fonts, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 257)
* force-list, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 882)
* format, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 897)
* formats: Version Control Information.
(line 161)
* fstypes, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 260)
* functions, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 263)
* get-bookmarks: Version Control Information.
(line 311)
* get-mq: Version Control Information.
(line 306)
* get-revision: Version Control Information.
(line 298)
* glob, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 931)
* global, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 937)
* globbed-files, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 267)
* group-name, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 941)
* group-order, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 965)
* groups, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 979)
* groups, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 270)
* handle-nonexistent, MIME style: MIME Functions. (line 117)
* handler, MIME style: MIME Functions. (line 129)
* hgrevformat: Version Control Information.
(line 182)
* hidden, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 983)
* history-words, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 273)
* hooks: Version Control Information.
(line 323)
* hosts, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 994)
* hosts, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 276)
* hosts-ports, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 998)
* ignore-line, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1004)
* ignore-parents, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1025)
* ignored-patterns, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1062)
* indexes, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 279)
* insert, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1073)
* insert-ids, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1078)
* insert-tab, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1094)
* insert-tab, completion style <1>: Other Functions. (line 385)
* insert-unambiguous, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1114)
* interfaces, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 285)
* jobs, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 282)
* keep-prefix, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1131)
* keymaps, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 288)
* keysyms, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 291)
* known-hosts-files: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1155)
* last-prompt, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1145)
* libraries, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 294)
* limits, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 297)
* list, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1161)
* list, widget style: ZLE Functions. (line 1041)
* list-colors, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1168)
* list-dirs-first, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1193)
* list-grouped, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1200)
* list-packed, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1208)
* list-prompt, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1214)
* list-rows-first, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1241)
* list-separator, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1253)
* list-suffixes, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1246)
* local, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1258)
* local-directories, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 300)
* mail-directory, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1275)
* mailboxes, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 309)
* mailcap, MIME style: MIME Functions. (line 140)
* mailcap-prio-flags, MIME style: MIME Functions. (line 174)
* mailcap-priorities, MIME style: MIME Functions. (line 146)
* manuals, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 306)
* maps, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 312)
* match, widget style: ZLE Functions. (line 1052)
* match-original, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1279)
* matcher, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1288)
* matcher-list, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1294)
* max-errors, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1351)
* max-exports: Version Control Information.
(line 191)
* max-matches-width, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1380)
* menu, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1392)
* messages, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 315)
* mime-types, MIME style: MIME Functions. (line 184)
* modifiers, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 318)
* modules, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 321)
* muttrc, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1449)
* my-accounts, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 324)
* named-directories, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 327)
* names, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 330)
* never-background, MIME style: MIME Functions. (line 191)
* newsgroups, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 333)
* nicknames, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 336)
* numbers, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1453)
* nvcsformats: Version Control Information.
(line 175)
* old-list, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1462)
* old-matches, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1490)
* old-menu, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1502)
* options, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 339)
* original, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1519)
* original, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 342)
* other-accounts, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 346)
* other-files, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 349)
* packages, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 353)
* packageset, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1528)
* pager, MIME style: MIME Functions. (line 197)
* pager, nslookup style: Other Functions. (line 391)
* parameters, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 356)
* path, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1539)
* path-completion, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1546)
* path-directories, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 359)
* paths, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 364)
* pine-directory, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1560)
* pods, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 368)
* ports, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1565)
* ports, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 371)
* prefix-hidden, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1570)
* prefix-needed, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1577)
* prefixes, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 374)
* preserve-prefix, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1601)
* printers, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 377)
* processes, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 380)
* processes-names, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 383)
* progress, zftp style: Miscellaneous Features.
(line 27)
* prompt, nslookup style: Other Functions. (line 396)
* prompt, widget style: ZLE Functions. (line 1072)
* quilt-patch-dir: Version Control Information.
(line 224)
* quilt-standalone: Version Control Information.
(line 220)
* quiltcommand: Version Control Information.
(line 228)
* range, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1610)
* recursive-files, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1626)
* reformat-date: Calendar Styles. (line 36)
* regular, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1648)
* rehash, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1655)
* remote-access, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1662)
* remote-glob, zftp style: Miscellaneous Features.
(line 49)
* remove-all-dups, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1670)
* rprompt, nslookup style: Other Functions. (line 396)
* select-prompt, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1675)
* select-scroll, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1683)
* separate-sections, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1693)
* sequences, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 387)
* sessions, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 390)
* show-completer, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1704)
* show-prog: Calendar Styles. (line 44)
* signals, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 393)
* single-ignored, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1711)
* sort, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1718)
* special-dirs, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1740)
* squeeze-slashes, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1753)
* stagedstr: Version Control Information.
(line 247)
* stop, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1760)
* stop-keys, widget style: ZLE Functions. (line 1103)
* strings, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 396)
* strip-comments, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1768)
* styles, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 400)
* subst-globs-only, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1774)
* substitute, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1783)
* suffix, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1790)
* suffixes, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 403)
* tag-order, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1798)
* tags, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 406)
* targets, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 409)
* time-zones, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 412)
* titlebar, zftp style: Miscellaneous Features.
(line 54)
* toggle, widget style: ZLE Functions. (line 1110)
* types, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 415)
* unstagedstr: Version Control Information.
(line 251)
* update, zftp style: Miscellaneous Features.
(line 41)
* urls, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1936)
* urls, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 418)
* use-cache, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1969)
* use-compctl, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1975)
* use-ip, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 1995)
* use-prompt-escapes: Version Control Information.
(line 315)
* use-quilt: Version Control Information.
(line 216)
* use-server: Version Control Information.
(line 274)
* use-simple: Version Control Information.
(line 288)
* users, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 2004)
* users, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 421)
* users-hosts, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 2010)
* users-hosts-ports, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 2024)
* values, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 424)
* variant, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 427)
* verbose, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 2028)
* verbose, widget style: ZLE Functions. (line 1119)
* visuals, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 432)
* warn-time: Calendar Styles. (line 53)
* warnings, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 435)
* widget, widget style: ZLE Functions. (line 1127)
* widgets, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 438)
* windows, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 441)
* word, completion style: Completion System Configuration.
(line 2033)
* zsh-options, completion tag: Completion System Configuration.
(line 444)
Generated by $Id: phpMan.php,v 4.55 2007/09/05 04:42:51 chedong Exp $ Author: Che Dong
On Apache/2.4.6 (CentOS)
Under GNU General Public License
2025-06-23 22:03 @127.0.0.1 CrawledBy Wget/1.21.2